Page Range | 94211-94907 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 94213 - Steps for Increased Legal and Policy Transparency Concerning the United States Use of Military Force and Related National Security Operations | |
81 FR 94211 - Presidential Determination Pursuant to Section 570(a) of the Foreign Operations, Export Financing, and Related Programs Appropriations Act, 1997 | |
81 FR 94415 - Government in the Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
81 FR 94340 - Procurement List; Proposed Additions and Deletions | |
81 FR 94340 - Procurement List; Additions and Deletions | |
81 FR 94417 - Certain Foam Footwear; Commission Determination To Adopt a Report Issued by the Office of Unfair Import Investigations as Its Advisory Opinion | |
81 FR 94370 - Draft Field-Based Methods for Developing Aquatic Life Criteria for Specific Conductivity | |
81 FR 94312 - Adoption of Recommendations | |
81 FR 94371 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability | |
81 FR 94483 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94427 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94476 - Norfolk Southern Railway Company-Discontinuance of Service Exemption-in Rockingham and Shenandoah Counties, VA | |
81 FR 94339 - Nominations to the Marine Fisheries Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 94412 - Notice of Availability of the Environmental Assessment for Federal Coal Lease Application NDM-107039, McLean County, ND, Notice of Public Hearing and Request for Comment on Environmental Assessment, Maximum Economic Recovery, and Fair Market Value | |
81 FR 94274 - Civil Penalties; Inflation Adjustments for Civil Monetary Penalties | |
81 FR 94409 - City of San Diego Vernal Pool Habitat Conservation Plan and Draft Environmental Impact Report/Statement; San Diego County, California | |
81 FR 94370 - Meetings of the Local Government Advisory Committee and the Small Communities Advisory Subcommittee (SCAS) | |
81 FR 94262 - National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan; National Priorities List: Partial Deletion of the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site | |
81 FR 94484 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94379 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94413 - Notice of Public Meeting for the Eastern Washington Resource Advisory Council | |
81 FR 94411 - Announcement of Public Meetings via Teleconference: North American Wetlands Conservation Council | |
81 FR 94378 - Medicare Program; Renewal of the Advisory Panel on Hospital Outpatient Payment and Solicitation of Nominations to the Advisory Panel on Hospital Outpatient Payment | |
81 FR 94480 - Twenty Fifth RTCA SC-222 AMS(R)S Systems New Air-Ground Data Link Technologies Related to SATCOM | |
81 FR 94268 - Medicare Program; End-Stage Renal Disease Quality Incentive Program; Durable Medical Equipment, Prosthetics, Orthotics, and Supplies Competitive Bidding Program Bid Surety Bonds, State Licensure, and Appeals Process for Breach of Contract Actions; Correction | |
81 FR 94295 - National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan; National Priorities List: Partial Deletion of the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site | |
81 FR 94345 - Information Collection Requirement; Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement; Describing Agency Needs | |
81 FR 94381 - Announcement of an Award for a Single-Source Urgent and Compelling Grant Under the Unaccompanied Children's Services Program to BCFS Health and Human Services Emergency Management Division (BCFS EMD) | |
81 FR 94217 - Importation of Lemons From Northwest Argentina | |
81 FR 94342 - Proposed Information Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94270 - Drug and Alcohol Testing: Determination of Minimum Random Testing Rates for 2017 | |
81 FR 94388 - Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997: Modifications to the List of Recognized Standards, Recognition List Number: 046 | |
81 FR 94251 - Medical Devices; Neurological Devices; Classification of the Neurovascular Mechanical Thrombectomy Device for Acute Ischemic Stroke Treatment | |
81 FR 94382 - Medical Device User Fee and Modernization Act; Notice to Public of Web Site Location of Fiscal Year 2017 Proposed Guidance Development | |
81 FR 94419 - Notice of Lodging of Proposed Consent Decree Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act | |
81 FR 94215 - Freedom of Information Act Regulation | |
81 FR 94357 - Proposed Subsequent Arrangement | |
81 FR 94362 - Eagle Ford Midstream, LP; Notice of Staff Protest to Petition for Rate Approval | |
81 FR 94360 - Florida Gas Transmission Company, LLC; Notice of Intent To Prepare an Environmental Assessment for the Proposed East-West Project and Request for Comments on Environmental Issues | |
81 FR 94253 - Contraband and Inmate Personal Property: Technical Change | |
81 FR 94356 - Revision of a Currently Approved Information Collection for the State Energy Program | |
81 FR 94344 - Advisory Committee on Arlington National Cemetery Meeting Notice | |
81 FR 94377 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
81 FR 94347 - Charter Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 94276 - Risk-Based Capital and Other Regulatory Requirements for Activities of Financial Holding Companies Related to Physical Commodities and Risk-Based Capital Requirements for Merchant Banking Investments, Regulations Q and Y | |
81 FR 94346 - Defense Advisory Committee on Investigation, Prosecution, and Defense of Sexual Assault in the Armed Forces (DAC-IPAD); Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting | |
81 FR 94481 - Controlled Substances and Alcohol Testing Responsibilities of Commercial Driver Staffing Agencies and Motor Carriers That Use Them | |
81 FR 94347 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records | |
81 FR 94343 - Notice of Intent To Grant an Exclusive Patent License | |
81 FR 94349 - Public Scoping Meeting and Intent To Prepare an Environmental Impact Statement for Proposed Pascagoula River Drought Resiliency Project, George County and Jackson County, Mississippi | |
81 FR 94481 - Announcement of Household Goods Consumer Protection Working Group Members and First Public Meeting | |
81 FR 94352 - Intent To Prepare a Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the Matagorda Ship Channel, TX, Feasibility Study | |
81 FR 94351 - Intent To Prepare an Integrated Feasibility Study/Environmental Impact Statement for the San Francisquito Creek Flood Risk Management Study, San Mateo and Santa Clara Counties, CA | |
81 FR 94394 - Product-Specific Bioequivalence Recommendations; Draft and Revised Draft Guidances for Industry; Availability | |
81 FR 94343 - Advisory Committee on Arlington National Cemetery, Honor Subcommittee and the Remember and Explore Subcommittee Meeting Notice | |
81 FR 94382 - Proposed Information Collection Activity; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94362 - City of Anaheim, California; Notice of Filing | |
81 FR 94362 - City of Banning, California; Notice of Filing | |
81 FR 94360 - City of Riverside, California; Notice of Filing | |
81 FR 94364 - National Choice Energy LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
81 FR 94364 - Beacon Solar 1, LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
81 FR 94358 - Wildwood Solar I, LLC; Supplemental Notice That Initial Market-Based Rate Filing Includes Request for Blanket Section 204 Authorization | |
81 FR 94363 - Combined Notice of Filings #2 | |
81 FR 94358 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
81 FR 94358 - Combined Notice of Filings #2 | |
81 FR 94366 - Inquiry Regarding the Commission's Policy for Recovery of Income Tax Costs | |
81 FR 94357 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
81 FR 94254 - Iranian Transactions and Sanctions Regulations | |
81 FR 94384 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comment Request; Application for Participation in the Food and Drug Administration Regulatory Science Student Internship Program | |
81 FR 94386 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for Office of Management and Budget Review; Comment Request; Unique Device Identification System | |
81 FR 94413 - Information Collection Request Sent to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Approval; Application for Designation as National Recreation Trail or National Water Trail | |
81 FR 94476 - Actions Taken at December 8, 2016, Meeting | |
81 FR 94484 - Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review: (Agent Orange Registry Code Sheet; VA Form 10-9009) | |
81 FR 94485 - Revision to a Previously Approved Information Collection (Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA) Voice of the Veteran (VOV) Customer Satisfaction Continuous Measurement Survey) | |
81 FR 94353 - Privacy Act of 1974; System of Records | |
81 FR 94321 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Request for Comments; Revision of the Confidentiality Pledge Under Title 13 United States Code, Section 9 | |
81 FR 94486 - Notice that Certain VA Homeless Providers Grants Will Be Terminated | |
81 FR 94487 - Funding Availability: Homeless Providers Grant and Per Diem Program | |
81 FR 94484 - Pricing for the 2017 Lions Clubs International Centennial Silver Dollars | |
81 FR 94398 - Towing Safety Advisory Committee; January 2017 Teleconference | |
81 FR 94475 - Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations: “The Mysterious Landscapes of Hercules Segers” Exhibition | |
81 FR 94426 - State, Local, Tribal, and Private Sector Policy Advisory Committee Meeting | |
81 FR 94426 - Advisory Committee on the Presidential Library-Foundation Partnerships Meeting | |
81 FR 94440 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BYX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 11.9, Orders and Modifiers, and Rule 11.13, Order Execution and Routing, To Enhance the Exchange's Midpoint Routing Functionality | |
81 FR 94468 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats BZX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt a Participant Fee Applicable to Options Members of Its Equity Options Platform | |
81 FR 94437 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE MKT LLC; Notice of Filing of Proposed Rule Change Amending Rule 971.1NY and To Make Permanent the Aspects of Customer Best Execution Auction That Are Subject to a Pilot | |
81 FR 94462 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; National Securities Clearing Corporation; Order Granting Approval of Proposed Rule Change To Accelerate Its Trade Guaranty, Add New Clearing Fund Components, Enhance Its Intraday Risk Management, Provide for Loss Allocation of “Off-the-Market Transactions,” and Make Other Changes | |
81 FR 94460 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending the NYSE Arca Equities Schedule of Fees and Charges for Exchange Services | |
81 FR 94454 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats EDGA Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend Rule 11.8, Order Types, and Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, To Enhance the Exchange's Midpoint Routing Functionality | |
81 FR 94442 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Bats EDGX Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Amend the Market Data Section of Its Fee Schedule To Adopt Fees for EDGX Summary Depth and Amend Fees for EDGX Depth | |
81 FR 94473 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; NYSE Arca, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of Proposed Rule Change Amending NYSE Arca Rule 3.2 and NYSE Arca Equities Rules 1.1, 3.2, 10.3, 10.8, 10.13, and 14 | |
81 FR 94458 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated; Order Approving a Proposed Rule Change in Connection With a Proposed Corporate Transaction Involving CBOE Holdings, Inc. and Bats Global Markets, Inc. | |
81 FR 94434 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Debit/Credit Price Reasonability Check for Complex Orders | |
81 FR 94469 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Debit/Credit Price Reasonability Checks for Complex Orders | |
81 FR 94457 - Delaware Management Business Trust, et al.; Notice of Application | |
81 FR 94448 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; National Securities Clearing Corporation; Notice of No Objection to Advance Notice Filing To Accelerate Its Trade Guaranty, Add New Clearing Fund Components, Enhance Its Intraday Risk Management, Provide for Loss Allocation of “Off-the-Market Transactions,” and Make Other Changes | |
81 FR 94416 - Certain Carbon and Alloy Steel Products; Commission Determination To Review an Initial Determination Granting Respondents' Motion To Terminate Complainant's Antitrust Claim; Request for Written Submissions and Setting of Date for Possible Oral Argument | |
81 FR 94365 - Greybull Valley Irrigation District; Notice of Preliminary Determination of a Qualifying Conduit Hydropower Facility and Soliciting Comments and Motions To Intervene | |
81 FR 94420 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; New Collection: State and Local Justice Agencies Serving Tribal Lands (SLJASTL): Census of Prosecutor Offices Serving Tribal Lands (CSLPOSTL) | |
81 FR 94419 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed eCollection eComments Requested; Reinstatement to a Previously Approved Collection: State and Local Justice Agencies Serving Tribal Lands (SLJASTL): Census of State and Local Law Enforcement Agencies Serving Tribal Lands (CSLLEASTL) | |
81 FR 94415 - Final Environmental Impact Statement for the Cook Inlet Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Lease Sale 244; MMAA104000 | |
81 FR 94422 - Labor Certification Process for the Temporary Employment of Aliens in Agriculture in the United States: 2017 Adverse Effect Wage Rates | |
81 FR 94427 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Comment Request | |
81 FR 94477 - Determination of Trade Surplus in Certain Sugar and Syrup Goods and Sugar-Containing Products of Chile, Morocco, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Peru, Colombia, and Panama | |
81 FR 94414 - States' Decisions on Participating in Accounting and Auditing Relief for Federal Oil and Gas Marginal Properties | |
81 FR 94421 - Labor Certification Process for the Temporary Employment of Aliens in Agriculture in the United States: Adverse Effect Wage Rate for Range Occupations in 2017 | |
81 FR 94422 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; Workforce Innovation Fund Grants Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements | |
81 FR 94275 - Guidance for Implementation of 10 CFR 50.59, `Changes, Tests, and Experiments’ | |
81 FR 94400 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Floodplain Management and Protection of Wetlands | |
81 FR 94401 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Youth Homelessness Demonstration Program (YHDP) | |
81 FR 94408 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Section 202 Housing for the Elderly and Section 811 Housing for the Disabled | |
81 FR 94457 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94475 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94404 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Assessing Public Housing Authorities (PHAs) Compliance With Insurance Requirements Under the Consolidated Annual Contributions Contract and Regulations | |
81 FR 94402 - Privacy Act of 1974; Notice of a Computer Matching Program Between the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and the Department of Treasury | |
81 FR 94406 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Recordkeeping for HUD's Continuum of Care Program | |
81 FR 94399 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: FHA-Application for Insurance of Advance of Mortgage Proceeds | |
81 FR 94399 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: 24 CFR Part 58, Environmental Review Procedures for Entities Assuming HUD Environmental Responsibilities | |
81 FR 94277 - Transponder Requirement for Gliders; Withdrawal | |
81 FR 94429 - Information Collection: NRC Form 314, Certificate of Disposition of Materials | |
81 FR 94430 - Design of Structures, Components, Equipment, and Systems, and Reactor Coolant System and Connected Systems Guidance | |
81 FR 94425 - National Environmental Policy Act: Kennedy Space Center-Center Master Plan | |
81 FR 94396 - Meeting of the Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria | |
81 FR 94418 - Meeting of the Advisory Committee; Meeting | |
81 FR 94483 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request for Form 706 | |
81 FR 94424 - Reissuance of OMB Circular No. A-108, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Review, Reporting, and Publication Under the Privacy Act” | |
81 FR 94374 - Information Collections Being Submitted for Review and Approval to the Office of Management and Budget | |
81 FR 94371 - Entercom License, LLC, Applications for Renewal of License for Station KDND(FM), Sacramento, California | |
81 FR 94321 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 94431 - Spent Fuel Heat Generation in an Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation | |
81 FR 94433 - Restart of a Nuclear Power Plant Shut Down by a Seismic Event | |
81 FR 94380 - Privacy Act of 1974; Computer Matching Agreement | |
81 FR 94397 - National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 94397 - National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 94396 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
81 FR 94425 - Notice of Intent To Grant Exclusive Term License | |
81 FR 94231 - Removal of Regulations Relating to Special Registration Process for Certain Nonimmigrants | |
81 FR 94251 - Consolidated Audit Trail | |
81 FR 94281 - Air Plan Approval; WV; Infrastructure Requirements for the 2012 Fine Particulate Standard | |
81 FR 94259 - Approval and Promulgation of Air Quality Implementation Plans; Maryland; Control of Volatile Organic Compounds Emissions From Fiberglass Boat Manufacturing Materials | |
81 FR 94283 - Air Plan Approval; Air Plan Approval and Air Quality Designation; GA; Redesignation of the Atlanta, Georgia 2008 8-Hour Ozone Nonattainment Area to Attainment | |
81 FR 94324 - Endangered and Threatened Species; Take of Anadromous Fish | |
81 FR 94246 - Credit for Lower Tier Small Business Subcontracting | |
81 FR 94310 - New England Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 94339 - North Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 94296 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Establishment of a Nonessential Experimental Population of the Oregon Silverspot Butterfly in Northwestern Oregon | |
81 FR 94271 - Monetary Threshold for Reporting Rail Equipment Accidents/Incidents for Calendar Year 2017 | |
81 FR 94230 - Availability of Information to the Public | |
81 FR 94326 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; St. George Reef Lighthouse Restoration, Maintenance, and Tour Operations at Northwest Seal Rock, Del Norte County, California | |
81 FR 94267 - Significant New Use Rules on Certain Chemical Substances; Technical Correction | |
81 FR 94296 - Petition for Reconsideration of Action in Rulemaking Proceeding | |
81 FR 94240 - Availability of Information Under the Freedom of Information Act | |
81 FR 94238 - Technical Amendments and Corrections | |
81 FR 94405 - Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the Homeless | |
81 FR 94234 - Energy Conservation Standards for Commercial Water Heating Equipment: Availability of Updated Analysis Results | |
81 FR 94905 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94897 - Regulatory Flexibility Agenda | |
81 FR 94893 - Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions | |
81 FR 94889 - Semiannual Regulatory Flexibility Agenda | |
81 FR 94853 - Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions-Fall 2016 | |
81 FR 94849 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94843 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94839 - Regulatory Flexibility Agenda | |
81 FR 94829 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94823 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94821 - Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94817 - Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions | |
81 FR 94809 - Fall 2016 Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94807 - Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions | |
81 FR 94805 - Semiannual Agenda and Fiscal Year 2016 Regulatory Plan | |
81 FR 94783 - Department Regulatory Agenda; Semiannual Summary | |
81 FR 94777 - Semiannual Agenda of Regulations | |
81 FR 94775 - Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94769 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94765 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94755 - Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions | |
81 FR 94741 - Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94735 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda | |
81 FR 94733 - Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions | |
81 FR 94729 - Improving Government Regulations; Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions | |
81 FR 94713 - Fall 2016 Semiannual Agenda of Regulations | |
81 FR 94703 - Semiannual Regulatory Agenda, Fall 2016 | |
81 FR 94495 - Introduction to the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions-Fall 2016 |
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service
Inspector General Office, Agriculture Department
Census Bureau
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Air Force Department
Army Department
Defense Acquisition Regulations System
Engineers Corps
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Children and Families Administration
Food and Drug Administration
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
National Park Service
Ocean Energy Management Bureau
Office of Natural Resources Revenue
Prisons Bureau
Employment and Training Administration
Information Security Oversight Office
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
Comptroller of the Currency
Foreign Assets Control Office
Internal Revenue Service
United States Mint
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Office of Government Ethics (OGE).
Interim final rule.
The U.S. Office of Government Ethics (OGE) is updating its Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) regulation to implement changes in accordance with the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016.
This interim final rule is effective December 23, 2016. Written comments are invited and must be received on or before January 23, 2017.
You may submit written comments to OGE on the interim final rule by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Jennifer Matis, Assistant Counsel, Office of Government Ethics, Suite 500, 1201 New York Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20005-3917; Telephone: 202-482-9216; TTY: 800-877-8339; FAX: 202-482-9237.
On June 30, 2016, the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, Public Law 114-185, 130 Stat. 538 (the Act) was enacted. The Act specifically requires all agencies to review and update their Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) regulations in accordance with its provisions. OGE is making changes to its regulations accordingly, including correcting citations, highlighting the electronic availability of records, implementing the “rule of three” for frequently requested records, notifying requesters of their right to seek assistance from the FOIA Public Liaison and the Office of Government Information Services, changing the time limit for appeals, implementing the foreseeable harm standard, describing limitations on assessing search fees if the response time is delayed, and adding new annual reporting requirements.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(b), I find that good cause exists for waiving the general notice of proposed rulemaking and public comment procedures as to these technical amendments. The notice and comment procedures are being waived because these amendments, which concern matters of agency organization, procedure and practice, are being adopted in accordance with mandates required by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, which requires that agencies amend their FOIA regulations not later than 180 days after the date of enactment. It is also in the public interest in order to provide notice to requestors of the additional time to file appeals.
As the Director of the Office of Government Ethics, I certify under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) that this interim final rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because it primarily affects individuals requesting records under the FOIA.
The Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. chapter 35) does not apply because this regulation does not contain information collection requirements that require approval of the Office of Management and Budget.
For purposes of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. chapter 5, subchapter II), this rule would not significantly or uniquely affect small governments and will not result in increased expenditures by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more (as adjusted for inflation) in any one year.
Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select the regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. In promulgating this rulemaking, OGE has adhered to the regulatory philosophy and the applicable principles of regulation set forth in Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. The rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget because it is not a significant regulatory action for the purposes of Executive Order 12866.
As Director of the Office of Government Ethics, I have reviewed this rule in light of section 3 of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, and certify that it meets the applicable standards provided therein.
Administrative practice and procedure, Archives and records, Confidential business information, Freedom of information, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons set out above, OGE amends 5 CFR part 2604 as follows:
5 U.S.C. 552; 5 U.S.C. App. 101-505; E.O. 12600, 52 FR 23781, 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 235; E.O. 13392, 70 FR 75373, 3 CFR, 2005 Comp., p. 216.
(b)
(4) Copies of records created by OGE that have been released to any person under subpart C of this part and that, because of the nature of their subject matter, OGE determines have become or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same records or that have been requested three or more times; and
(a) OGE will maintain and make available for public inspection in an electronic format a current index of the materials available on its Web site that are required to be indexed under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2).
(a)
(b) * * *
(4) A statement that the denial may be appealed under § 2604.304, and a description of the requirements of that section; and
(5) A statement of the right of the requester to seek dispute resolution services from the FOIA Public Liaison or the Office of Government Information Services (OGIS).
(b)
(c)
(a)
(d) If OGE does not comply with one of the time limits under § 2604.305, it will not assess search fees (or in the case of a requester described under § 2604.502(c), duplication fees), except as provided in paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3) of this section.
(1) If OGE has determined that unusual circumstances apply, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), and OGE provided timely written notice to the requester in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), a failure to comply with the time limit is excused for an additional 10 days.
(2) If OGE has determined that unusual circumstances apply, as defined in 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B), and more than 5,000 pages are necessary to respond to the request, OGE may charge search fees (or in the case of requesters described under § 2604.502(c), duplication fees) if OGE has provided timely written notice to the requester in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B) and OGE has discussed with the requester via written mail, email, or telephone (or made not less than three good-faith attempts to do so) how the requester could effectively limit the scope of the request in accordance with 5. U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(B)(ii).
(3) If a court has determined that exceptional circumstances exist, as
On or before February 1 of each year, OGE will submit to the Office of Information Policy at the United States Department of Justice and to the Director of OGIS an Annual FOIA Report. The report will include the information required by 5 U.S.C. 552(e). OGE will electronically post on its Web site the report and the raw statistical data used in each report, in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(e)(3).
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, USDA.
Final rule.
We are amending the fruits and vegetables regulations to allow the importation of lemons from northwest Argentina into the continental United States. As a condition of entry, lemons from northwest Argentina would have to be produced in accordance with a systems approach that includes requirements for importation in commercial consignments; registration and monitoring of places of production and packinghouses; pest-free places of production; grove sanitation, monitoring, and pest control practices; treatment with a surface disinfectant; lot identification; and inspection for quarantine pests by the Argentine national plant protection organization. Additionally, lemons from northwest Argentina will have to be harvested green and within a certain time period, or treated for Mediterranean fruit fly in accordance with an approved treatment schedule. Lemons from northwest Argentina will also be required to be accompanied by a phytosanitary certificate with an additional declaration stating that the lemons have been inspected and found to be free of quarantine pests and were produced in accordance with the requirements. This action allows for the importation of lemons from northwest Argentina into the United States while continuing to provide protection against the introduction of quarantine pests.
Effective January 23, 2017.
Mr. Juan A. (Tony) Román, Senior Regulatory Policy Specialist, PPQ, APHIS, 4700 River Road Unit 133, Riverdale, MD 20737-1236; (301) 851-2242.
The regulations in “Subpart-Fruits and Vegetables” (7 CFR 319.56-1 through 319.56-75, referred to below as the regulations) prohibit or restrict the importation of fruits and vegetables into the United States from certain parts of the world to prevent the introduction and dissemination of plant pests within the United States.
On May 10, 2016, we published in the
We solicited comments concerning our proposal for 60 days ending July 11, 2016. We extended the deadline for comments until August 10, 2016, in a document published in the
One commenter stated that the proposed rule failed to comply with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). Specifically, the commenter stated that the proposed rule is a major Federal action that significantly affects the human environment, as set forth in 40 CFR 1508.18 and 1508.27, respectively, and that the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) should have prepared an environmental impact statement or environmental assessment (EA). The commenter further stated that none of the APHIS categorical exclusions set forth in 7 CFR 1b.3 apply, therefore at a minimum, APHIS is obligated to prepare an EA.
APHIS notes that the APHIS NEPA implementing regulations in 7 CFR part 372 specify that additional routine measures used by APHIS are categorically exempt from NEPA, in addition to those measures set forth in 7 CFR 1b.3. The measures in this rule that will occur within the United States fall within the scope of these additional routine measures. Accordingly, a categorical exclusion was prepared.
We do not agree that the rule meets Council on Environmental Quality requirements for a “significant” Federal action, and thus, by definition, cannot be a “major” Federal action (a type of significant action). The rule is not contextually significant from a policy standpoint because it does not substantially alter existing policy regarding market access requests, and has severity/intensity only if one concedes that the mitigations specified in the rule are ineffective in precluding the introduction of quarantine pests. We consider them effective, for reasons discussed below.
One commenter stated that APHIS must take all available measures to preclude introduction of invasive species into the United States.
APHIS agrees. Under the Plant Protection Act (7 U.S.C. 7701
One commenter noted that APHIS has also recently published proposed rules to allow for the importation of citrus from South Africa (79 FR 51273, Docket No. APHIS-2014-0015) and Chile (81
We disagree with the commenter that the other rules must be finalized before we can proceed with this rule. APHIS considers each of its rulemakings as a distinct regulatory action. This is consistent both with the language of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551-559) and with case history regarding its implementation.
Many commenters stated that APHIS should conduct an additional site visit before the rule is implemented. Many of those commenters also stated that representatives of State governments and subject matter experts should be involved in the site visit.
APHIS conducted an additional site visit to review the details of the draft operational workplan in September of 2016. In addition to APHIS personnel, a representative from the California Department of Food and Agriculture and a former plant pathologist from the United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research Service (ARS) participated in the site visit as observers. The site visit revealed nothing that would require a revision of the PRA.
Some commenters stated that the site visit should include a holistic review of Argentina's production system. Other commenters stated that Argentina's traceability system provides holistic records of their production system.
APHIS conducted a thorough review of Argentina's traceability system. We looked at the requirements for growers signing up, initial site visits of production sites, ongoing oversight during the growing season, field and packinghouse inspection, approval for movement and the final inspection for phytosanitary certificates. We also reviewed the computer system they use, how users are added, who controls movement and harvest approvals, and who issues phytosanitary certificates. Based on that review, we consider Argentina's traceability system to be robust, and we will use it for traceback as necessary. However, as specified in the proposed rule, we also consider it necessary to be able to identify lots of lemons through the export process, from the place of production to arrival at the port of entry. This establishes traceability beyond the scope of the Argentine domestic traceability system.
One commenter stated that Argentina's traceability system will not be able to trace detections of quarantine pests in U.S. orchards or urban areas back to places of production.
APHIS is confident that if the mitigations in the rule are adhered to, quarantine pests will not be introduced into United States orchards or urban areas.
One commenter stated that Argentina's traceability system has limited utility for citrus black spot (CBS), given its prolonged latency period.
As we explained in the PRA, fruit is not a pathway for CBS.
One commenter stated that the site visit should specifically focus on the infrastructure of the national plant protection organization (NPPO) of Argentina. Another commenter stated that the site visit should specifically focus on NPPO oversight of places of production.
The NPPO of Argentina is the Servicio Nacional de Sanidad y Calidad Agroalimentaria (SENASA). During the September 2016 site visit, we looked at SENASA's infrastructure and asked questions to address their capacity to provide oversight. We remain confident that SENASA will be able to adhere to the requirements of the systems approach.
Some commenters stated that the site visit should specifically focus on identifying pest populations in or near production sites.
During the site visit, we asked questions about pest populations, and we looked ourselves at fruit fly traps and at the citrus for signs of pests. We did not discover anything that requires revisions to the PRA.
One commenter stated that the site visit should specifically focus on organic production sites.
APHIS did specifically ask about organic production. Argentina may in the future ship organic fruit, but currently they do not. Current packinghouse practices include chemical treatments that are not organic, so any fruit that arrived from an organic production site would lose its organic status during packinghouse processing.
We will ask SENASA about organic production in northwest Argentina, as well as pest control guidelines they have developed for organic producers. We note that there are provisions in the systems approach that preclude the commingling of organic lemons and lemons for export to the United States later in the production chain.
One commenter stated that the site visit should be conducted during the summer months in Argentina.
The 2015 site visit occurred in June, during harvest season in Argentina. For this reason, APHIS considered a second site visit during the September/October timeframe to be sufficient.
One commenter stated that two additional site visits are needed. Specifically, the commenter stated that after the September site visit, a second fact-finding trip should be made to review the harvesting and packing operations in Argentina. The commenter stated that a trip at that time is needed since so many steps in the systems approach take place during the harvesting and packing operations.
APHIS disagrees. As we explained above, the 2015 site visit occurred in June, which is during the harvest season in Argentina. For this reason, we do not consider two additional site visits to be necessary.
Two commenters stated that industry stakeholders should be allowed to consult with trip members on their findings.
APHIS prepared a site visit report outlining the findings of the visit. The site visit report is available on the APHIS Web site at
Many commenters expressed concern that the findings of the 2007 site visit are outdated.
The trip in 2007 was conducted by APHIS risk assessors to evaluate pest complexes in Argentina in order to prepare the PRA. Information from this trip served as a baseline primarily for the pest list in the PRA. The PRA, as other commenters noted, has been continually updated since this trip through means that APHIS routinely uses to update PRAs, such as literature review and ongoing consultation with the NPPO of Argentina. More specifically, the PRA was updated in 2014 after publication of new research results on seed transmission of citrus variegated chlorosis (CVC) in citrus. The PRA was also updated in 2014 in response to a new finding of citrus greening, also known as Huanglongbing (HLB), in Argentina. The PRA was reviewed by APHIS personnel at the same time to address comments from Argentina regarding the pest list. Furthermore, APHIS conducted a site visit just last year, in June of 2015, and the information gathered during that visit was used to update the PRA before the proposed rule was published.
Two commenters stated that the 2015 site visit was not a technical review of Argentina's program.
The commenters are mistaken. The 2015 site visit was a technical review of Argentina's program.
Three commenters stated that APHIS did not provide enough information to the public regarding the 2015 site visit to evaluate its adequacy. Two commenters stated that APHIS' slow response to a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request for documents regarding the 2015 site visit is an indication of the inadequacy of the trip.
APHIS has received the FOIA request and is in the process of responding to it. The time taken to respond to the FOIA request is consistent with normal timeframes for such requests and not a reflection of the adequacy of the trip.
One commenter stated that APHIS' willingness to conduct another site visit is an indication of the inadequacy of the 2015 site visit.
Usually, APHIS conducts one site visit as close to the implementation of a new systems approach as possible in order to aid in development of the operational workplan. It was therefore entirely in keeping with APHIS policy to conduct the September 2016 site visit prior to implementing this final rule, and is not indicative of flaws in the 2015 visit.
The 2015 site visit team included several APHIS risk managers who have extensive experience in evaluating foreign production systems to determine the ability of those systems to meet requisite mitigation measures.
One commenter stated that updated information appears to have been incorporated into the PRA in a piecemeal fashion, without checking whether any conclusions or assumptions were affected.
APHIS notes that we have updated the PRA several times. Appendix 1 of the PRA summarizes updates to the draft PRA in response to public and peer review comments; Appendix 2 summarizes updates to the PRA made between 2008 and 2015 in response to new scientific information. Any time we incorporated new material into the PRA we reviewed the PRA to check the conclusions.
One commenter stated that information provided by SENASA is unreliable.
We disagree with the commenter. We have conducted two site visits during which we have verified the information provided by SENASA. They have also answered all the questions we have asked and provided all information we have requested.
Two commenters stated that stakeholder comments on the PRA appear to have been ignored.
APHIS posts PRAs and other documents for stakeholder review. As noted on the Web site on which the documents are posted, while stakeholder comments may result in changes to the PRA, as well as the RMD and the rule, it is not APHIS policy to compile or post responses to the comments received. This is because these documents are also made available for review and comment along with the rules and notices that propose to grant market access. Any comments that we receive on the documents during that comment period are addressed in a final regulatory action.
APHIS reviewed all of the comments that we received on the PRA and RMD. Certain comments, such as statements agreeing that
Other suggested revisions, such as revising the RMD to prohibit the importation of lemons with leaves attached, would have made the rule more stringent that our domestic requirements for the interstate movement of citrus fruit from areas quarantined for pests and diseases of citrus, and were not incorporated for that reason. Similarly, other revisions would have made the PRA or RMD inconsistent with how other APHIS documents discuss the same pest of concern or mitigation structure.
Finally, certain comments, such as that the NPPO of Argentina could not be trusted to abide by the systems approach, were reiterated during the comment period and dismissed for reasons discussed below under the heading “Risk Management Document.”
One commenter stated that a footnote in the Executive Summary to the PRA seems to define the term “commercially produced,” but in fact only describes conditions of the fruit after harvest and processing. The commenter stated that the term “commercially produced” should be limited to conditions at places of production.
The term “commercially produced” is equivalent to “commercial consignments.” It includes all aspects of the production system: The manner in which the fruit was grown and harvested, the quality of the fruit, the manner in which it is packaged, the quantities packaged, and the requisite accompanying documentation.
One commenter stated that the PRA and proposed rule did not identify pests of concern for Argentine lemons.
The pest list in the PRA identifies pests of lemons that are known to exist in Argentina.
One commenter stated that four pathogens—
APHIS notes that, while these could follow the pathway, the capacity for introduction or transmission of disease is so epidemiologically insignificant that further analysis was not warranted.
One commenter stated that citrus leprosis virus should have been selected for further analysis in the PRA as it is a quarantine pest likely to follow the pathway.
Citrus leprosis virus is not systemic and cannot be transmitted apart from viruliferous
One commenter stated that the citation in the PRA to the APHIS domestic fruit fly quarantine and regulations, which address Medfly was outdated and have been replaced with 7 CFR 301.32. The commenter noted that in the current regulations, only yellow lemons are regulated articles for Medfly.
The commenter is correct; the citations were outdated. However, this does not affect the conclusions of the PRA that green lemons are a poor host for Medfly.
Several commenters stated that the pest risk associated with importation of lemons is too high, and that the domestic citrus industry would suffer as a result of pest introductions.
If the mitigations in the rule are adhered to, this pest risk will be mitigated. Furthermore, some of these commenters appear to have overestimated the likelihood of introduction associated with certain of
One commenter stated that
APHIS notes that
One commenter stated that
In that article, Childers and Rodrigues state that the only confirmed vector of citrus leprosis in the Western Hemisphere is
More importantly, a high risk rating would not have changed our mitigations for the pests. Under APHIS policy, both medium risk and high-risk pests are subject to pest-specific mitigations beyond port of entry inspection, and the mitigations we prescribed to address
One commenter stated that the overall risk rating should have been higher.
As we explained above, a higher overall risk rating would not have changed the mitigation structure.
One commenter asked why, if “not be detected at the port of entry” did not impact risk ratings, port of entry inspection is a component of the systems approach.
“Not be detected at the port of entry” was removed as a criterion in the PRA because APHIS does not have enough information about relative likelihood of detection at the port of entry to be able to weight this criterion relative to other elements. As a result, this criterion could not substantially impact the risk ratings.
This does not imply that port of entry inspections are an ineffective component of a systems approach. Port of entry inspections by U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) are, in fact, capable of detecting quarantine pests and are a significant mitigation against pests entering the United States. For example, in December 2015, CBP detections of Medfly larvae on Spanish tomatoes and Moroccan citrus led us to suspend market access for those commodities, pending investigations.
One commenter asked why, if fruit is not an “epidemiologically significant” pathway for
While we do not consider fruit to be an epidemiologically significant pathway for these pests, the pests are subject to domestic quarantines within the United States. For the sake of consistency with domestic regulations regarding the interstate movement of fruit from areas quarantined for CBS, sweet orange scab, and Xcc, we would require fruit to be washed, brushed, waxed, and surface disinfected. It is worth noting that such washing, brushing, waxing, and disinfecting are standard packinghouse procedures both domestically and internationally.
Likelihood and Consequences of Establishment
Several commenters stated that citrus-producing areas are particularly at risk for establishment of quarantine pests that could follow the pathway.
Incorporating information regarding likelihood of establishment would not have affected the pest risk ratings or the risk mitigation structure. As we explained above, both medium and high-risk pests are subject to pest-specific mitigations beyond standard port-of-entry inspection.
One commenter stated that the PRA does not acknowledge that backyard citrus in California is in proximity to ports of entry. Other commenters stated that the PRA does not recognize that most quarantine pest introductions first occur in urban areas, and are undetected. Three commenters stated that urban areas in Texas and California abut production areas and expressed concern that pests could become established in urban areas with backyard citrus and then spread into production areas.
As we noted above, incorporating this information into the PRA would not have affected either the pest risk ratings or the risk mitigation structure.
One commenter stated that Climate-Host interaction for
There is no mention in the report of whether the conditions under which transmission to
In the PRA, we identified the dispersal potential of
The commenter is correct that the dispersal potential for both
One commenter stated that the environmental impact potential for
We consider the ratings given to
Accordingly, for a non-viruliferous
Since citrus leprosis virus inoculum is not shed to offspring, this would also have to occur during the infected mite's lifetime. We consider the probability of this occurring to be extremely remote.
One commenter stated that the likelihood of introduction for Medfly should have considered lemons a conditional host, rather than a conditional non-host.
The designation of lemons as a conditional non-host of Medfly was based on research published by ARS scientists
One commenter stated that the PRA did not consider introduction via smuggling or diversion. The commenter expressed concern that the fruit could be carried to a home while vectoring a pest or disease.
The PRA addressed the plant pest risk associated with the importation of commercially produced and commercially packed fresh lemon fruit from northwest Argentina into the United States. Fruit that is not commercially grown or packed are outside the scope of the risk assessment.
One commenter stated that the RMD requirements are inadequate to eliminate the risk of introduction of the quarantine pests identified in the PRA, but did not provide the basis for their concern.
Some commenters stated that the RMD and rule contain safeguards to address plant pest risk, and one commenter stated that similar systems approaches for citrus from other countries have proven effective. One commenter, however, stated that there are no similar systems approaches because no other growing area harbors this combination of pests and diseases of citrus, but is still asking to market fresh fruit.
APHIS notes that the PRA for citrus from Uruguay had a very similar quarantine pest list—they did not have
Five commenters expressed concern that Argentina cannot be trusted to abide by mitigations in the RMD and rule. Some of these commenters cited incidents that they believed showed Argentina handling sanitary or phytosanitary issues in deceptive ways. One commenter stated that, as a result of the history of SENASA, APHIS needs to exercise continual monitoring and oversight over the program.
Argentina is a World Trade Organization member country and signatory on the Agreement on the Application of Sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (SPS agreement). As such, it has agreed to respect the phytosanitary measures the United States imposes on the importation of plants and plant products from Argentina when the United States demonstrates the need to impose these measures in order to protect plant health within the United States. The PRA that accompanied the proposed rule provided evidence of such a need. Argentina has demonstrated the ability to comply with U.S. regulations with respect to other export programs.
We disagree with several of the examples cited as recent prevarication by SENASA. APHIS became aware of the presence of
That said, the 2015 site visit specifically evaluated SENASA's oversight of the Argentine production system for lemons to determine whether the provisions of the systems approach could be implemented and maintained.
Finally, as provided in paragraph (a) of the proposed rule, APHIS would be directly involved in monitoring and auditing implementation of the systems approach in Argentina. A determination that the systems approach had not been fully implemented or maintained would result in remedial actions, including possible suspension of the export program for Argentine lemons.
One commenter expressed concern that the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) cannot be trusted to abide by mitigations in the RMD and rule. The commenter referred to a scandal at Hunts Point Terminal Produce Market in the Bronx, NY, as an example of USDA personnel accepting bribes and kickbacks. The commenter stated that even if such events are not commonplace, they still must be factored into the risk assessment.
The bribery and kickback scheme referenced by the commenter was revealed in 1999 after a 3-year investigation by the USDA Inspector General and involved Agriculture Marketing Service personnel, who have no role in the implementation of this rule.
One commenter asked why, if the mitigations in the RMD are effective, the PRA discusses likelihood and consequences of introduction.
The PRA follows our guidelines for PRAs. As such, it discusses the likelihood and consequences of quarantine pests that could follow the pathway on lemons from northwest Argentina to the United States, in the absence of any mitigations. This assessment is a necessary aspect of our evaluation of the risk rating for the pests.
The RMD lists the mitigations that will be applied to prevent pests from following the pathway and being introduced.
Three commenters stated that European Union (EU) detections of CBS on fruit from Argentina indicate the inability of Argentina to follow a systems approach.
We disagree with the EU regarding the transmissibility of CBS via commercially produced fruit. The point of these statements in the PRA and RMD was to point out that Argentina has been able to implement and abide by a systems approach for lemons that rests on SENASA having the wherewithal to meet phytosanitary requirements. We note that the RMD stated that Argentina proposed the EU systems approach to us in its entirety as a mitigation structure, and that we rejected adopting it outright. Furthermore, the systems approach for Argentine citrus to the EU is the same systems approach applicable to U.S. citrus to the EU, indicating they consider us equivalent in terms of ability to adhere to phytosanitary requirements.
It is also worth noting that the EU audit
One commenter stated that there is no evidence the EU systems approach for lemons from Argentina is equivalent to the systems approach proposed by APHIS.
The two systems approaches are not equivalent, and we did not suggest they were. Rather, we made reference to the EU systems approach to illustrate that Argentina has the capacity to adhere to a stringent systems approach, so that it is plausible that they could adhere to our systems approach as well. We state in the RMD that Argentina proposed that we simply adopt the EU systems approach, and we rejected that proposal.
One commenter stated that, because of proximity of ports of entry to urban areas, and urban areas to citrus production in the United States, any lapses from systems approach will have dire consequences.
The commenter seems to be assuming that, if infested or infected fruit is shipped to the United States, it will not be detected at a port of entry inspection, and will necessarily result in the introduction of quarantine pests into the United States. This assumption is, in essence, that port of entry inspections are ineffective at detecting plant pests. We disagree with this assumption; port of entry inspections are an effective mitigation and have precluded two potential introductions of Medfly in the last year alone.
One commenter stated that there is no definition or list of criteria for pests of “quarantine significance” in either the PRA or RMD. The commenter asked what the criteria are for determining what pests are of quarantine significance.
The PRA, RMD, and rule use the terms “quarantine significance” and “quarantine pest” interchangeably. In § 319.56-2 of the regulations, we define a quarantine pest as “[a] pest of potential economic significance to the area endangered by it and not yet present there, or present but not widely distributed there and being officially controlled.”
One commenter noted that the RMD says 9 pests of quarantine significance were identified, but the PRA lists 10. The commenter asked for an explanation of this apparent discrepancy.
The PRA acknowledges that CBS could follow the pathway, and is a quarantine pest, but then cites the 2010 PRA, which determined that, even in the absence of packinghouse procedures, fruit is an “epidemiologically insignificant” pathway for CBS, and the conditions that would allow for transmission from fruit are nearly impossible to occur, even in the absence of standard packinghouse procedures. The RMD looked at commercially produced fruit, that is, fruit subject to packinghouse procedures and standard industry practices. This led us to drop CBS from the list of quarantine pests.
One commenter noted that in section 1 of the RMD, guidelines for growers participating in the program are mentioned as needing to be followed. The commenter asked what these guidelines are.
In the RMD, we explain that these are pest control guidelines that a place of production may need to meet in order to qualify for registration with SENASA.
One commenter asked if the operational workplan will contain only SENASA's requirements.
Generally, the operational workplan pertains to APHIS, the NPPO of the exporting region, and growers, packinghouses, and persons commercially involved in chain of production. It contains details that are necessary for day-to-day operations needed to carry out provisions of the rule and RMD. This one will be no different.
One commenter asked what SENASA's requirements are under the operational workplan.
SENASA's requirements include everything specified within the RMD: Registration; regular inspections; pest control guidelines; and inspections to determine that treatment guidelines are being adhered to.
Additionally, Argentina has place of production requirements apart from APHIS' requirements that pertain to all citrus groves in the country. These include sanitary guidelines that are developed in consultation with Argentine subject matter experts and address regulated nonquarantine pest populations that could affect marketability of the citrus.
One commenter noted that the RMD specifies that SENASA must ensure that growers are following the “export protocols.” The commenter asked what those protocols are, and stated that they should be made available for public review and comment.
The protocols are conditions for export established by APHIS in the operational workplan. The RMD and the regulatory requirements derived from it include a general description of all the phytosanitary measures necessary to mitigate pest risk. The operational workplan specifies details that are necessary for day-to-day operations needed to carry out provisions of the rule and RMD. Operational workplans are available to the public upon request only after a rule has been finalized and the operational workplan has been signed by APHIS and the NPPO of the exporting country. With respect to consulting with stakeholders, APHIS typically conducts outreach and consultation during the risk assessment and management phases.
One commenter stated that section 16 of the RMD should specify that fruit fly detections must fall below a threshold before a registered place of production can resume shipping.
Immature lemons are a poor host of Medfly. Because of this, prevalence levels at a place of production are not germane to whether Medfly are more likely to follow the pathway on immature Argentine lemons, and it would be incommensurate with risk to cut off a place of production based on Medfly detections.
This policy is consistent with our existing importation requirements for lemons from other countries that have Medfly. We have no reason to believe these existing requirements have been ineffective.
One commenter stated that places of production should be suspended if
In the RMD, we said place of production “may be suspended” and are “subject to suspension” out of recognition that the investigation could determine that the fruit was clean when it left the orchard, and the pest was introduced later in the production chain.
Two commenters noted that the rule doesn't contain mitigations for CVC and its vectors. The commenters expressed concern that potential vectors could transmit CVC if they were allowed to hitchhike on exports.
Glassy-winged sharpshooters are the vector of concern for CVC. They are the subject of consistent surveys and are not in northwest Argentina. Were they to
One commenter noted that the RMD concludes that seeds are unable to transmit CVC directly. The commenter stated that this directly contradicts the regulations in 7 CFR 319.37-2, which consider CVC to be seed-transmitted.
A Federal Order published on May 19, 2016, relieved restrictions on citrus seed for CVC. The Federal Order is available on the APHIS Web site at
Four commenters expressed concern that the rule does not contain mitigations for HLB.
APHIS has examined whether fruit is a pathway for HLB, and determined that HLB is not transmitted via fruit. Therefore, mitigations for HLB are not necessary.
One commenter stated that APHIS should not trust SENASA on the scope of the HLB outbreak in Argentina.
Neither the severity of the HLB outbreak in Argentina, nor its distribution, affect whether HLB-specific mitigations need to be included in the rule. As we explained above, HLB is not transmitted via fruit.
The same commenter stated that APHIS should not trust SENASA on distribution of Asian citrus psyllid (ACP), a vector of HLB, in Argentina.
The distribution of ACP in Argentina is not necessary for us to evaluate the risk of it following the pathway via the importation of lemons. As documented in the PRA, standard packinghouse procedures will remove ACP from the fruit. Only commercially produced fruit, which is subject to such procedures and will therefore be free of ACP, can be exported to the United States.
One commenter stated that the PRA should include information about distribution of HLB in Argentina.
APHIS does not consider this information to be necessary, given that HLB is not transmitted via fruit.
One commenter expressed several concerns about CBS. The commenter stated that CBS is impossible to eradicate once introduced, that it can have a lengthy latency period, and that trees infected with CBS are unmarketable.
APHIS notes that we never questioned the quarantine significance of CBS, just its ability to become established via fruit.
One commenter stated that justifications in the PRA for why CBS will not follow the pathway are not accurate. The commenter stated that the PRA assumes farmers in Argentina all farm in the same intensive manner.
The commenter is mistaken. In the systems approach for Argentina lemons, we have incorporated the same mitigations for CBS for that we are using for Florida citrus. These mitigations are based on a separate scientific review, which can be viewed on the APHIS Web site at
Several commenters stated that APHIS erred in determining that CBS cannot follow the pathway on fruit. Another commenter expressed concern that CBS could become established in Southern California if infected fruit arrived at and were distributed through the Port of Long Beach.
Both Paul et al.
One commenter stated that APHIS did not take into account either the reality of the residential yards in Southern California, or the numerous interceptions of Argentine citrus for CBS symptoms in shipments to the EU in the years since 2010.
These two facts do not affect the conclusion on the 2010 PRA that the establishment of the disease via the movement of fruit requires a combination of biological and climatic conditions that are unlikely to occur.
One commenter stated that the spread of CBS in Florida could be indicative of errors in the 2010 PRA.
The PRA found Florida's environment to be conducive to the spread of CBS, and examined only transmission via fruit. The spread of CBS within Florida could have occurred through a pathway other than fruit, and is not in itself indicative of errors in the 2010 PRA.
One commenter stated that the EU Food Safety Commission in 2014 issued a scientific opinion which deemed the risk of entry of the causal agent of CBS as moderately likely for citrus fruit without leaves.
APHIS notes that the proposed conditions for importation of lemons from northwest Argentina are the same as the conditions we apply to export citrus from the United States. We also note that the causal organism of CBS has two life cycle stages: A sexual stage represented by the ascospores of
Several commenters asked how, if we do not know how CBS got into Florida, we know it cannot follow the pathway on fruit.
The PRA examined the biological and climatic conditions necessary for establishment of CBS through infected fruit, and determined that “the establishment of the disease via this pathway [the movement of fruit] requires a combination of biological and climatic conditions that are unlikely to occur.” It is important to acknowledge, as the EU scientific opinion did, that there are many possible pathways for the introduction of CBS, with some (such as smuggling of nursery stock) significantly more likely to result in establishment.
One commenter asked what circumstances would compel APHIS to require further mitigations for CBS in Argentina's packinghouses, and what mitigation steps it would be willing to institute in those circumstances.
We have considered the risk of CBS and how to mitigate it. Standard packinghouse procedures, including washing, brushing, disinfecting, treating, and waxing, address that risk
One commenter stated that the rule should restrict exports to areas of northwest Argentina that are free of CBS.
For the reasons discussed above, we do not consider this necessary.
One commenter asked why the Provinces of Catamarca and Jujuy were included in the rule when they are not major lemon-producing regions.
As we explained in the proposed rule, SENASA asked for market access for these provinces. We therefore included them in the PRA and found that lemons could be safely exported from these provinces subject to the conditions described in the proposed rule.
One commenter stated that
Citrus leprosis virus is not systemic. It could not be introduced into the United States, unless vectored by
One commenter stated that the details of the operational workplan need to be included in the regulations or otherwise made publicly available.
As we explained above, the mitigations in the operational workplan are the same as in the RMD and the rule. The operational workplan specifies details for day-to-day operations that are needed to carry out provisions of the rule and the RMD. As a result, operational workplans are living documents that change periodically to reflect new technologies and operational realities in the field.
One commenter asked what constitutes “direct involvement” in implementation and monitoring of the operational workplan.
The operational workplan provides APHIS with the standard operating procedures that the NPPO, places of production, packinghouses, and others involved in the production of the fruit will follow as part of the export program. Our oversight will include routine reviews and inspections of the program, but not continual oversight. That would be tantamount to mandatory preclearance program, which we do not consider necessary. The frequency with which we conduct site visits and review export program records will increase if any pest concerns are identified.
One commenter stated that a trust fund agreement to pay for APHIS personnel may be necessary.
A trust fund agreement is associated with preclearance programs in which there is continual APHIS oversight, which we do not consider warranted here.
One commenter stated that registration requirements should extend to contiguous orchards to mitigate the chance of contamination of the place of production during harvest after the initial freedom certification.
APHIS does not consider this to be necessary. As discussed above, the
One commenter stated that registering small places of production may increase pest risk.
We disagree that small places of production may represent a higher pest risk than large ones. In order to be registered with the NPPO and participate in the export program, the NPPO (and, as warranted, APHIS) must determine that the place of production or packinghouse is able to adhere to the systems approach. This is true regardless of the size of the place of production or packinghouse. Routine inspections by the NPPO, and the possibility of monitoring by APHIS, will corroborate ongoing maintenance of systems approach provisions at registered places of production and packinghouses.
We proposed to require lemons from Argentina to be harvested green and within the time period of April 1 and August 31. If the lemons are harvested yellow or harvested outside of that time period, they would have to be treated for Medfly in accordance with 7 CFR part 305 and the operational workplan. Two commenters asked how we would determine whether a lemon was green or not.
In the ARS study that determined that lemons are a conditional non-host of Medfly, the term “yellow” was used interchangeably with “mature.” Immature lemons were considered to be a poor host. For purposes of the systems approach, we consider any lemon that is not green as ripe enough to require cold treatment. We are using additional ARS research
Two commenters asked who will determine whether a lemon is green or yellow. One commenter asked where this determination will be made. That commenter also stated that APHIS employees should make the determination.
In Argentina, lemons are evaluated for color and graded as part of packinghouse procedures. The determination for color and grade is made by graders employed by SENASA.
One commenter stated that the finding that green fruit is harvested from March to May in Argentina appears to be based on 2007 information, which is outdated.
When green fruit is harvested in Argentina is irrelevant to the conclusions of the PRA. As we explained in the proposed rule, lemons that are harvested yellow would have to be treated for Medfly, regardless of the time of year in which they are harvested.
One commenter stated that the RMD and rule should be consistent with regard to when lemons do not need treatment.
The commenter seems to believe that there is a discrepancy between the RMD and the proposed rule because the requirement is phrased slightly differently, but this is not the case. Both the proposed rule and the RMD specify that a lemon must be green and shipped within the April-August window in order to avoid treatment.
One commenter expressed concern that the use of the term “safeguarded” in § 319.56-76(a)(8) is too vague. The commenter stated that the words “and protected from fruit fly infestation” should be inserted after the word “safeguarded” in that paragraph.
APHIS disagrees that this addition is necessary. We use the term “safeguarded” throughout the regulations to mean that fruit must be protected from infestation, or, in the case of treated fruit, reinfestation, by quarantine pests.
One commenter asked whether trucks and workers would be sanitized in between uses for U.S. exports and other uses, and if not, why not.
Packinghouse workers are required to wash their hands and wear clean protective clothing every time they enter the packinghouse. The fruit never touches the trucks; it is harvested and brought to the packinghouse in bins that are disinfected after each use. Fruit for
Several commenters asked how APHIS will determine pest-free places of production for
While
It is worth noting that we have no evidence that Argentine producers designate specific sites for fresh or processed production and use different production practices based on the intended use of the lemons. Rather, as a result of grading during packinghouse inspections, highly graded lots are designated for the fresh market, while the rest of the fruit goes to processing and other uses.
That being said, the rule specifies that APHIS will monitor implementation of the systems approach. This includes monitoring the distribution of
One commenter stated that APHIS should ask SENASA to prepare a grid-type schematic that shows the location of processed orchards as compared with orchards where fruit is grown for the fresh export market. The commenter stated that this analysis is essential, and that if SENASA will not prepare it, then APHIS should prepare it.
The grid suggested by the commenter is not possible. Orchards in Argentina are not designated for a particular type of production. Rather, as we explained above, lots are designated based on grading conducted in packinghouses.
Two commenters stated that the biometric sampling protocol for
APHIS disagrees. Mites have limited mobility. The commenters are referring to the fact that some species of mites are known to travel longer distances by ballooning, where the mites produce streamers of silk and travel with wind currents for longer distances. According to Childers and Rodrigues (2011),
The systems approach for
One commenter stated that APHIS only described the
APHIS disagrees. Mites and other small organisms have been studied by collecting them from their habitat through sieves that concentrate them. Southwood and Henderson in their classic textbook
This method of sampling has been used since the 18th century; use of Berlese funnels and sieves is ubiquitous in sampling mites and other small organisms in various habitats. The agricultural quarantine and inspection data that APHIS collects routinely suggests that this method, which has been used for almost 20 years by APHIS as a mitigation measure, has been very effective in detecting
One commenter stated that it is impossible to know whether 100 samples is sufficient without knowing the size of places of production.
Regardless of the size of the orchard, 100 samples provides 95 percent confidence of a 3 percent infestation rate. This confidence level is sufficient given that
One commenter stated that the
APHIS disagrees. Mites, including
Very few insects and mites do not have aggregated distributions, and there is no evidence that
Two commenters stated that biometric sampling may miss immature
The mite exists in populations that contain eggs, immature stages, and adults. Only the adults can be identified reliably through microscopic examination of the filtrate from the sieve. The sieve will collect adult mites. The likelihood of only eggs or nymphs being present is very low, so APHIS can use the sieve sampling method to reliably detect populations of mites at production sites. APHIS will be requiring a number of samples and the probability that only eggs and larvae of the target mite would be present in all of the samples is very low. Moreover, if one sample detects adult
One commenter asked how APHIS determined the efficacy of Chilean citrus protocol.
As we state in the RMD, our determination was based on the absence of detections of infested fruit in the export pathway over almost 20 years.
One commenter questioned whether it is appropriate to compare the citrus-growing area that exists in Chile to the growing areas in Northwest Argentina for purposes of dealing with
The commenter is mistaken about the climate in northwest Argentina. The scientists at the Obispo Columbres Agroindustrial Station, SENASA, and the lemon growers in Tucumán told us that northwest Argentina does not have high rainfall. On the contrary, rainfall is low and the lemon groves are often irrigated. Therefore, the mite populations should face similar climates in the citrus growing portions of Chile and the lemon growing parts of northwest Argentina. During the September 2016 site visit, we asked the scientists at the Obispo Columbres Agroindustrial station about the mites. They said that they had found two of the three
One commenter stated that the protocol for citrus from Chile includes species of citrus that may be less hospitable to
APHIS notes that the protocol for mites from Chile also includes fruit that are better hosts than lemons. The sampling method for determining low prevalence works regardless of mite populations on the host fruit.
Two commenters stated that surveying for
As noted above,
One commenter stated that the
Currently Argentina is sampling for
One commenter stated that the
As we explained above,
One commenter stated that production sites should be inspected for
If mites were found in a consignment at a packinghouse, the originating production site would lose its free status. For this reason it is not necessary to inspect production sites throughout the harvest season.
One commenter stated that the
Symptoms of citrus leprosis virus are easy to detect, and fruit with such symptoms will be detected during standard packinghouse culling and phytosanitary inspections.
One commenter stated that fallen fruit should be cut and inspected for Medfly.
This effectively calls for place of production freedom for Medfly. APHIS notes that in the RMD, fallen fruit are specifically forbidden from being included in harvested fruit going to the packinghouse for fresh market. For this reason, we do not consider it necessary to sample fallen fruit for fruit flies or any other pest.
One commenter stated that trapping requirements for Medfly need to be delineated in the rule itself.
Historically, we have put trapping requirements in operational workplans, rather than rules, to allow flexibility in trapping protocols in order to respond to variations in population densities from season to season, as well as the development of new lure and bait technologies.
One commenter stated that trapping should be at least 50 percent with trimedlure and the other 50 percent should be baited with either 3-component or protein bait.
APHIS notes that both the 3-component bait and the protein bait are far less powerful lures for fruit flies than trimedlure, a pheromone. The trimedlure will draw flies in from farther away and is a more sensitive detection system. Trimedlure will also attract males and unmated females, which will make up a significant portion of any fruit fly population. The only thing that the protein or 3-component baits will attract is mated females, and if they are present then males and unmated females should also be present and will have already been detected by the more powerful trimedlure.
One commenter asked for greater detail about the requirements for packinghouses. The commenter specifically asked whether an entire facility would be included as a packinghouse, how many facilities would pack lemons for the U.S. market and what volume could a dedicated packinghouse expect to process.
A packinghouse has to be an entire facility. APHIS is aware of a few packinghouses that would serve as primary packinghouses; however, all packinghouses would be registered with the NPPO. Both the NPPO and APHIS will monitor packinghouses during routine inspections.
One commenter asked how large a consignment of lemons could be, and if there will be a limit on the size of consignments.
Consignments can vary in size. However, regardless of the size of the consignment, the sampling protocol is aimed at detecting a 3 percent infestation rate with at least 95 percent confidence.
One commenter asked how a biometric sample was defined.
The term `biometric sampling' simply means that the sample size that is smaller than a straight 2 percent sample can be used to detect pests on large consignments of the commodity. Taking a biometric sample is more efficient than taking a straight percentage sample.
One commenter stated that the number of samples inspected should be 600. The commenter stated that this is consistent with what other countries require from U.S. growers.
APHIS disagrees that the number of samples inspected should be 600. One hundred samples is consistent with the Chilean protocol, which has been effective at precluding infested fruit from being shipped. Inspecting an additional 500 fruit per sample does not substantially impact the probability of finding an infestation, and would be significantly more resource-intensive.
One commenter asked if the same method will be used to inspect for
Yes, the same method will be used for both production sites and packinghouses.
One commenter asked about the efficacy data for post-harvest inspections.
Post-harvest inspections by the NPPO of an exporting country are a long-standing phytosanitary measure that APHIS employs as part of market access requirements. The safe importation of thousands of foreign commodities into the United States over a prolonged period of time is an indication of its efficacy as a phytosanitary measure.
One commenter stated that fruit that is infested with Medfly larvae should be prohibited from being shipped.
APHIS disagrees. In the event that a single immature Medfly is found in or with the lemons, then the lemons must be treated in accordance with part 305 of the regulations and the operational workplan using a cold treatment. This cold treatment has been shown to be effective at mitigating the risk of Medfly in lemons. Additionally, the registered place of production that produced the lemons in the consignment may be suspended from the export program, pending an investigation.
One commenter stated that remedial actions should be identical, regardless of quarantine pest detected.
The remedial action when quarantine pests are detected is that the fruit cannot be exported. Some findings of quarantine pests also disqualify production sites because the mitigation requires the production site to be a pest-free place of production.
One commenter noted that the rule referred to CBP inspectors, but the supporting documents refer to APHIS inspectors. The commenter asked for clarification as to who will conduct port of entry inspections.
CBP conducts inspections at ports of entries pursuant to authority delegated to APHIS. The use of CBP employees to carry out functions specifically delegated to APHIS is authorized by the Homeland Security Act of 2002. Because CBP is effectively acting as agents of APHIS for the purposes of these inspections, we use the term “APHIS.” These inspections sample imported commodities for evidence of pests. If pests are detected, APHIS identifiers will be used to positively identify the pests.
One commenter asked whether port of entry inspections would include biometric sampling for
The
One commenter asked why, if information from port of entry inspections is “unreliable,” they can be stated to be effective.
“Not be detected at the port of entry” was removed as a criterion in the PRA because we do not have enough information about relative likelihood of detection at the port of entry to be able to weight this criterion relative to other elements. As a result, this criterion could not substantially impact the risk ratings. This does not imply that port of entry inspections are an ineffective component of a systems approach.
One commenter stated that the rule should specify how APHIS will monitor and enforce the systems approach. The commenter expressed concern that APHIS would have to commit substantial resources to ensure compliance with the operational workplan.
This request is predicated on the stated assumptions that SENASA lacks the ability and intent to abide by systems approach requirements. For reasons discussed above, we disagree with those assumptions.
One commenter stated that APHIS should require cold treatment of lemons from northwest Argentina.
This approach would not impose the least restrictive science-based actions needed to address plant pest risk, and thus would be inconsistent with our obligations under the SPS agreement.
One commenter stated that the rule should prohibit the importation of lemons from northwest Argentina into Florida. The commenter also stated that the rule should limit importation of lemons to areas north of the 38th parallel.
We have determined, for the reasons described in the RMD that accompanied the proposed rule, that the measures specified in the RMD will effectively mitigate the risk associated with the importation of lemons from northwest Argentina. The commenter did not provide any evidence suggesting that the mitigations are not effective. Therefore, we are not taking the action requested by the commenter.
Two commenters expressed concern that Argentine producers may use pesticides or practices that are not authorized in the United States.
We note that the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) of the Department of Health and Human Services regulates the pesticide, herbicide, and fertilizer residues that may be present on imported fruits and vegetables intended for human consumption. If illegal pesticides are detected, FDA will take action to remove them from the marketplace. Additionally, we note that the packinghouse disinfectants and treatments for pathogens that we are proposing for Argentina are the same used domestically.
One commenter stated that importing lemons from Argentina will involve carbon dioxide emissions that should be available to the consumer as they purchase the lemons. The commenter stated that the lemons should be labeled with the pounds of carbon dioxide emitted per pound of lemons.
This request is outside the scope of APHIS' statutory authority.
Therefore, for the reasons given in the proposed rule and in this document, we are adopting the proposed rule as a final rule, with minor editorial changes.
This final rule has been determined to be not significant for the purposes of Executive Order 12866 and, therefore, has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 604, we have performed a final regulatory flexibility analysis, which is summarized below, regarding the economic effects of this rule on small entities. Copies of the full analysis are available on the
This analysis examines potential economic impacts of a rule that will allow the importation of fresh lemons from a region in Northwest Argentina into the continental United States. A systems approach to pest risk mitigation will provide phytosanitary protection against pests of quarantine concern. Both U.S. producers and consumers will be affected by the rule. While producers' welfare will be negatively affected, welfare gains for consumers will outweigh producer losses, resulting in a net benefit to the U.S. economy.
Commercial lemon production takes place in California and Arizona. For the 2014/15 season, lemon-bearing acres totaled 55,300 (California 47,000, Arizona 8,300). In the same season, the value of U.S. production of lemons was $694 million. Over the production seasons 2008/09 to 2014/15, U.S. fresh lemon production averaged 535,244 metric tons (MT) per year. Over the same period, annual imports averaged 49,995 MT and exports averaged 101,849 MT. Because lemons imported from Argentina that are harvested green between April 1 and August 31 will not require treatment for Medfly, we expect that most will be imported during this period, which coincides roughly with the months in which U.S. lemon exports are declining and imports are increasing.
Effects of the rule are estimated using a partial equilibrium model of the U.S. lemon sector. Annual imports of fresh lemon from Argentina are expected to range between 15,000 and 20,000 MT, with volumes averaging 18,000 MT. Quantity, price and welfare changes are estimated for these three import scenarios.
If the United States imports 18,000 MT of fresh lemon from Argentina and there is no displacement of lemon imports from other countries, we estimate that the price (custom import value) of fresh lemon will decrease by about 4 percent. Consumer welfare gains of $22.4 million will outweigh producer welfare losses of $19.9 million, resulting in a net welfare gain of $2.5 million. The 15,000 MT and 20,000 MT scenarios show similar effects.
More reasonably, partial import displacement will occur, and price and welfare effects will be proportional to the net increase in U.S. lemon imports. Assuming as an upper-bound that one-half of the quantity of fresh lemons imported from Argentina displaces U.S. fresh lemon imports from elsewhere, we estimate for the 18,000 MT scenario that the price decline will be about 2 percent; consumer welfare gains and producer welfare losses will be $11.1 million and $10.0 million, respectively, yielding a net welfare benefit of $1.1 million.
The majority of businesses that may be affected by the final rule are small entities, including lemon producers, packers, wholesalers, and related establishments.
This final rule allows lemons to be imported into the continental United States from Argentina. State and local laws and regulations regarding lemons imported under this rule will be preempted while the fruit is in foreign commerce. Fresh lemons are generally imported for immediate distribution and sale to the consuming public, and remain in foreign commerce until sold to the ultimate consumer. The question of when foreign commerce ceases in other cases must be addressed on a case-by-case basis. No retroactive effect will be given to this rule, and this rule will not require administrative proceedings before parties may file suit in court challenging this rule.
In accordance with section 3507(d) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service is committed to compliance with the E-Government Act to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies, to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes. For information pertinent to E-Government Act compliance related to this rule, please contact Ms. Kimberly Hardy, APHIS' Information Collection Coordinator, at (301) 851-2483.
Coffee, Cotton, Fruits, Imports, Logs, Nursery stock, Plant diseases and pests, Quarantine, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Rice, Vegetables.
Accordingly, we are amending 7 CFR part 319 as follows:
7 U.S.C. 450, 7701-7772, and 7781-7786; 21 U.S.C. 136 and 136a; 7 CFR 2.22, 2.80, and 371.3.
The addition reads as follows:
(e) The prohibition does not apply to lemons (
Fresh lemons (
(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(b)
(2) Places of production must remove plant litter and fallen debris from groves in accordance with the operational workplan. Fallen fruit may not be included in field containers of fruit brought to the packinghouse to be packed for export.
(3) Places of production must trap for
(4) Places of production must carry out any additional grove sanitation and phytosanitary measures specified for the place of production by the operational workplan.
(5) The NPPO of Argentina must visit and inspect registered places of production regularly throughout the exporting season for signs of infestations. These inspections must start no more than 30 days before harvest and continue until the end of the export season. The NPPO of Argentina must allow APHIS to monitor these inspections. The NPPO of Argentina must also provide records of pest detections and pest detection practices to APHIS. Before any place of production may export lemons to the continental United States pursuant to this section, APHIS must review and approve of these practices.
(6) If APHIS or the NPPO of Argentina determines that a registered place of production has failed to follow the requirements in this paragraph (b), the place of production will be excluded from the export program until APHIS and the NPPO of Argentina jointly agree that the place of production has taken appropriate remedial measures to address the plant pest risk.
(c)
(2) Lemons destined for export to the continental United States must be packed within 24 hours of harvest in a registered pest-exclusionary packinghouse or stored in a degreening chamber in the registered pest-exclusionary packinghouse. Lemons must be packed for shipment to the continental United States in insect-proof cartons or containers, or covered with insect-proof mesh or plastic tarpaulin. These safeguards must remain intact until the lemons arrive in the United States, or the consignment will not be allowed to enter the United States.
(3) Prior to packing, the lemons must be washed, brushed, and surface disinfected for
(4) After treatment, the NPPO of Argentina or officials authorized by the NPPO of Argentina must visually inspect a biometric sample of each consignment for quarantine pests, wash
(i) If a single
(ii) If a single
(iii) If a single immature Medfly is found in or with the lemons, the lemons must be treated in accordance with part 305 of this chapter and the operational workplan. Additionally, the registered place of production that produced the lemons in the consignment may be suspended from the export program, pending an investigation.
(5) If APHIS or the NPPO of Argentina determines that a registered packinghouse has failed to follow the requirements in this paragraph (c), the packinghouse will be excluded from the export program until APHIS and the NPPO of Argentina jointly agree that the packinghouse has taken appropriate remedial measures to address the plant pest risk.
(d)
Office of Inspector General, USDA.
Final rule.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), Office of Inspector General (OIG) amends its regulation relating to the availability of its information to the public. The amendments are necessary to update its regulation in order to reflect reorganizations within OIG.
Effective December 23, 2016.
Christy Slamowitz, Counsel to the Inspector General, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Room 441-E, Washington, DC 20250-2308, Telephone: (202) 720-9110.
The regulations regarding USDA OIG's processing of requests for information under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), 5 U.S.C. 552, were last published in 1995 (60 FR 52842). Since that time, OIG has had several internal reorganizations. As part of those reorganizations, OIG's FOIA program was transferred from OIG's defunct Office of Policy Development and Resources Management to OIG's Office of Counsel. In order to provide the public with current information regarding which OIG office processes FOIA requests, OIG is amending these regulations, which supplement USDA's FOIA regulations at subpart A of part 1 of this title, including the appendix.
This rule relates to agency organization and internal agency management. Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 553(A), such rules are not subject to the requirement to provide public notice of proposed rulemaking and opportunity for public comment. Therefore, notice and comment before the effective date are being waived.
OIG has reviewed this rule to ensure its consistency with the regulatory philosophy and principles set forth in Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. OIG has determined that this rule is non-significant within the meaning of Executive Order 12866. Therefore, this rule is not required to be and has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
These regulations will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, a regulatory flexibility analysis as provided by the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended, is not required.
This rule relates to internal agency organization and management. Therefore, it is exempt from the provisions of Executive Order 12291.
These proposed regulations impose no additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements. Therefore, clearance by OMB is not required.
This rule does not have Federalism implications, as set forth in Executive Order 13132. It will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
OIG has determined that this rule is not a major rule as defined by the Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 804.
Freedom of information.
5 U.S.C. 301, 552; Inspector General Act of 1978, as amended, 5 U.S.C. app. 3.
This part supplements the regulations of the Secretary of Agriculture implementing the Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552 (FOIA) (subpart A of part 1 of this title, including the appendix), and governs the availability of records of the Office of Inspector General (OIG) to the public upon request.
The FOIA requires that certain materials be made available for public inspection in an electronic format. OIG records are available for public inspection on OIG's public Web site,
Requests for OIG records shall be submitted to OIG's Office of Counsel and will be processed in accordance with subpart A of part 1 of this title. Specific guidance on how to submit requests (including current contact methods) is available through OIG's Web site,
If it is determined that a requested record is exempt from mandatory disclosure and that discretionary release would be improper, the Counsel to the Inspector General or the Counsel's designee shall give written notice of denial in accordance with subpart A of part 1 of this title.
The denial of a requested record may be appealed in accordance with subpart A of part 1 of this title. Appeals shall be addressed to the Inspector General, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Whitten Building, Suite 441-E, Washington, DC 20250-2308. The Inspector General will give notice of the determination concerning an appeal in accordance with subpart A of part 1 of this title.
Department of Homeland Security.
Final rule.
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) is removing outdated regulations relating to an obsolete special registration program for certain nonimmigrants. DHS ceased use of the National Security Entry-Exit Registration System (NSEERS) program in 2011 after finding that the program was redundant, captured data manually that was already captured through automated systems, and no longer provided an increase in security in light of DHS's evolving assessment of the threat posed to the United States by international terrorism. The regulatory structure pertaining to NSEERS no longer provides a discernable public benefit as the program has been rendered obsolete. Accordingly, DHS is removing the special registration program regulations.
This rule is effective December 23, 2016.
Mr. Kekoa Koehler, Office of Policy, U.S. Department of Homeland Security. Phone: 202-447-4125. Email:
In 1991, the legacy Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS), then part of the Department of Justice (DOJ), published a final rule requiring the registration and fingerprinting of certain nonimmigrants bearing Iraqi and Kuwaiti travel documents, due to various factors, including concerns about misuse of Kuwaiti passports.
In June 2002, after the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, INS proposed to expand the existing registration and fingerprinting program at 8 CFR 264.1(f) to require certain nonimmigrants to report to INS upon arrival, approximately 30 days after arrival, every 12 months after arrival, upon certain events such as a change of address, and at the time of departure from the United States.
The INS received 14 comments on the proposed rule, some in support of the proposed program and others opposed to it. In August 2002, INS finalized the proposed program, which became known as the National Security Entry-Exit Registration System (NSEERS), without substantial change.
In December 2003, DHS amended the NSEERS regulations by interim final rule to suspend the 30-day post-arrival
In 2011, DHS published a notice in the
In 2012, the DHS Office of the Inspector General (OIG) issued a report on border security information sharing within DHS that, among other things, recommended DHS fully eliminate NSEERS by removing the regulatory structure for the program.
Although DHS retained the regulations that provide the NSEERS framework, subsequent experience has confirmed that NSEERS is obsolete, that deploying it would be inefficient and divert personnel and resources from alternative effective measures, and that the regulation authorizing NSEERS is unnecessary. Since the suspension of NSEERS in 2011, DHS has not found any need to revive or consider the use of the program. Indeed, during this period, DHS's other targeting, data collection, and data management systems have become even more sophisticated. DHS now engages in security and law enforcement efforts that were not possible when NSEERS was established in 2002, and the Department continues to make significant progress in its abilities to identify, screen, and vet all travelers arriving to the United States; to collect and analyze biometric and biographic data; to target high-risk travelers for additional examination; and to track nonimmigrants' entry, stay, and exit from the country.
The information that was previously captured through NSEERS is now generally captured from nonimmigrants through other, more comprehensive and efficient systems. Below we describe several of DHS's data collections, systems, and procedures relating to nonimmigrants and their relation to the NSEERS program.
•
•
•
•
•
•
Due to such changes, DHS has determined that the NSEERS model for border vetting and security, which focused on designated nationalities for special processing, is outmoded. Since the implementation of NSEERS in 2002, DHS has increasingly moved away from the NSEERS model and instead focused on a targeted, intelligence-driven border security model that identifies current and emerging threats in real time. For these reasons, DHS has concluded that NSEERS is obsolete and inefficient; that its implementation would be counterproductive to the Department's comprehensive security measures; and that the regulatory authority for NSEERS should thus be rescinded. For these reasons, DHS is removing the special registration program regulations found in 8 CFR 264.1(f).
DHS is making a conforming amendment to 8 CFR 214.1(f) to remove the specific reference to 8 CFR 264.1(f), which INS added when it implemented NSEERS in 2002. The amendment reinstates the text of 8 CFR 214.1(f) prior to the implementation of NSEERS, with a minor change to reflect the transfer of duties from INS to DHS.
The Administrative Procedure Act (APA) generally requires agencies to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking in the
The APA also provides an exception from notice and comment procedures when an agency finds for good cause that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.”
Further, the APA generally requires that substantive rules incorporate a 30-day delayed effective date.
This regulation has been drafted and reviewed in accordance with Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. This rule is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866, and accordingly this rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget.
Because DHS is of the opinion that this rule is not subject to the notice and comment requirements of 5 U.S.C. 553, DHS does not consider this rule to be subject to the provisions of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 is intended, among other things, to curb the practice of imposing unfunded Federal mandates on State, local, and tribal governments. Title II of the Act requires each Federal agency to prepare a written statement assessing the effects of any Federal mandate in a proposed or final agency rule that may result in a $100 million or more expenditure (adjusted annually for inflation) in any one year by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector.
This rule does not include any unfunded mandates. The requirements of Title II of the Act, therefore, do not apply, and DHS has not prepared a statement under the Act.
This rule is not a major rule as defined by section 804 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Act of 1996. This rule will not result in an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more, a major increase in costs or prices, or significant adverse effects on competition, employment, investment, productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States companies to compete with foreign-based companies in domestic and export markets.
This rule would not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the National Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. Therefore, in accordance with section 6 of Executive Order 13132, it is determined that this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a federalism summary impact statement.
This rule meets the applicable standards set forth in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988.
Administrative practice and procedure, Aliens, Cultural exchange programs, Employment, Foreign officials, Health professions, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Students.
Aliens, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, DHS amends chapter 1 of title 8 of the Code of Federal Regulations as set forth below.
6 U.S.C. 202, 236; 8 U.S.C. 1101, 1102, 1103, 1182, 1184, 1186a, 1187, 1221, 1281, 1282, 1301-1305 and 1372; sec. 643, Public Law 104-208, 110 Stat. 3009-708; Public Law 106-386, 114 Stat. 1477-1480; section 141 of the Compacts of Free Association with the Federated States of Micronesia and the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and with the Government of Palau, 48 U.S.C. 1901 note, and 1931 note, respectively; 48 U.S.C. 1806; 8 CFR part 2.
(f)
8 U.S.C. 1103, 1201, 1303-1305; 8 CFR part 2.
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy.
Notice of data availability (NODA).
In this NODA, the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) presents its updated analysis used to convert the potential energy conservation standard levels the Department has considered for residential-duty commercial gas-fired storage water heaters from thermal efficiency and standby loss metrics to the uniform energy factor (UEF) metric, as required by a recent change in law. In a notice of proposed rulemaking (NOPR) for energy conservation standards for commercial water heating equipment published on May 30, 2016 (“May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR”), DOE analyzed these potential standard levels for residential-duty commercial gas-fired storage waters in terms of thermal efficiency and standby loss, and converted the levels to UEF using conversion factors that were proposed in a separate NOPR published on April 15, 2015 (“April 2015 conversion factor NOPR”). However, DOE subsequently published a supplemental NOPR (“August 2016 conversion factor SNOPR”) in the conversion factor rulemaking in response to new data on August 30, 2016, and recently issued a conversion factor final rule (“December
DOE will accept comments, data, and information regarding this notice of data availability (NODA) no later than January 9, 2017.
Instructions: Any comments submitted must identify the NODA for commercial water heating equipment, and provide docket number EERE-2014-BT-STD-0042 and/or regulatory information number (RIN) number 1904-AD34. Comments may be submitted using any of the following methods:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
For further information on how to submit a comment, review other public comments and the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment Standards Program staff at (202) 586-6636 or by email:
(5)
A link to the docket Web page can be found at
Ms. Ashley Armstrong, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies, EE-2J, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 586-6590. Email:
Ms. Jennifer Tiedeman, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone: (202) 287-6111. Email:
Title III Part C
Under EPCA, DOE's energy conservation program generally consists of four parts: (1) Testing; (2) labeling; (3) energy conservation standards; and (4) certification and enforcement procedures. The testing requirements consist of test procedures that manufacturers of covered products and equipment must use as the basis for certifying to DOE that their products and equipment comply with the applicable energy conservation standards adopted under EPCA, and for making other representations about the efficiency of those products. Similarly, DOE must use these test procedures to determine whether such products and certain equipment comply with any relevant standards promulgated under EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6314) The initial Federal energy conservation standards and test procedures for commercial storage water heaters, instantaneous water heaters, and unfired hot water storage tanks (collectively referred to as “commercial water heating equipment” or “CWH equipment”) were added to EPCA by the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (EPACT 1992), Public Law 102-486. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(5) and 42 U.S.C. 6314(a)(4)(A)) These initial CWH equipment standards corresponded to the efficiency levels and equipment classes contained in the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard 90.1-1989, in effect on October 24, 1992. The statute provided that if the efficiency levels in ASHRAE Standard 90.1 were amended after October 24, 1992, the Secretary of Energy (Secretary) must establish an amended uniform national standard at new minimum levels for each equipment type specified in ASHRAE Standard 90.1, unless DOE determines, through a rulemaking supported by clear and convincing evidence, that national standards more stringent than the new minimum levels would result in significant additional energy savings and be technologically feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(A)(ii)(I)-(II)) The statute was subsequently amended to require DOE to review its standards for commercial water heating equipment (and other “ASHRAE equipment”) every six years. (42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(C)) On January 12, 2001, DOE published a final rule for commercial water heating equipment that amended energy conservation standards by adopting the levels in ASHRAE Standard 90.1-1999 for all types of commercial water heating equipment, except for electric storage water heaters.
On December 18, 2012, the American Energy Manufacturing Technical
Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(e)(5)(E)(ii) and (iii), the conversion factor must not affect the minimum efficiency requirements for covered water heaters, including residential-duty commercial water heaters. Furthermore, such conversions must not lead to a change in measured energy efficiency for covered residential and residential-duty commercial water heaters manufactured and tested prior to the final rule establishing the uniform efficiency descriptor.
DOE initially presented proposals for establishing mathematical conversion factors for residential-duty commercial water heaters in a NOPR published on April 14, 2015 (“April 2015 conversion factor NOPR”) to be used to convert thermal efficiency and standby loss represented values to UEF represented values for residential-duty commercial water heaters. 80 FR 20116, 20143. DOE also proposed amendments to the minimum energy conservation standards for consumer water heaters and residential-duty commercial water heaters to translate the existing standards to the UEF metric without altering the stringency of the existing energy conservation standards.
Upon further analysis and review of the public comments received in response to the April 2015 conversion factor NOPR, DOE published a supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking on August 30, 2016 (“August 2016 conversion factor SNOPR”). In the SNOPR, DOE proposed revised mathematical conversion factors, as well as updates to the energy conservation standards for residential-duty commercial water heaters denominated in UEF. 81 FR 59736, 59793-59794, 59798. On December 6, 2016, DOE issued a final rule (“December 6, 2016 conversion factor final rule”) that adopted the mathematical conversion factors used to convert thermal efficiency and standby loss to UEF for residential-duty commercial water heaters that were proposed in the August 2016 conversion factor SNOPR. DOE also adopted the energy conservation standards for residential-duty commercial water heaters that were proposed in the August 2016 conversion factor SNOPR and that translate the existing thermal efficiency and standby loss standards to UEF standards. (
The purpose of this NODA is to present the thermal efficiency and standby loss levels that were considered for residential-duty gas-fired commercial water heaters in the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR in terms of UEF using the recently updated conversion factors adopted in the December 6, 2016 conversion factor final rule. In response to the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR, DOE received feedback on the efficiency levels analyzed and the efficiency levels included in each TSL for residential-duty commercial gas-fired storage water heaters. DOE is considering this feedback, and will address the comments received in detail, along with any resulting changes to the analysis and relevant conclusions, in the forthcoming final rule. The NODA, however, does not reflect any change in the efficiency levels or TSLs considered in the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR.
The December 6, 2016 conversion factor final rule adopted conversion factors for residential-duty commercial water heaters for all four draw patterns: High, medium, low, and very small.
The thermal efficiency and standby loss levels analyzed in the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR are shown in Table 2 (81 FR 34440, 34472 (May 31, 2016)), and the corresponding updated UEF levels are shown in Table 3. The standby loss and UEF levels correspond to the representative equipment capacities analyzed for residential-duty commercial gas-fired storage water heaters—75 gallon rated storage volume and 76,000 Btu/h rated input. In Table 3, the UEF values correspond to the high draw pattern—DOE believes most, if not all, residential-duty gas-fired storage water heater models will fall into the high draw pattern bin. In the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR, DOE selected standby loss levels in Btu/h, and translated these values to modified standby loss standard equations using standby loss reduction factors. As proposed in the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR and presented in this NODA, the standby loss reduction factor is a factor that is multiplied by the current standby loss equation. Because the standby loss reduction factor is a multiplicative factor that is applied to the existing standby loss equation (in lieu of independently changing the coefficients for the volume and input terms of the equation), the standby loss reduction factor preserves the dependence of the existing standby loss equation on rated input and storage volume. 81 FR 34440, 34476 (May 31, 2016).
The energy conservation standards for residential-duty commercial water heaters adopted in the December 6, 2016 conversion factor final rule (
DOE developed UEF standard equations corresponding to each combination of thermal efficiency and standby loss levels that DOE selected in the TSLs analyzed in the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR. DOE converted the thermal efficiency level and standby loss value to UEF for each identified rated volume on the market and for each draw pattern using the conversion factors adopted in the December 6, 2016 conversion factor final rule. (
Table 4 shows the thermal efficiency and standby loss levels included in each TSL in the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR for residential-duty commercial gas-fired storage water heaters. 81 FR 34440, 34504 (May 31, 2016). Table 5 shows the updated UEF standard equations, dependent on rated volume, that were developed for each TSL and draw pattern using the conversion factors adopted in the December 6, 2016 conversion factor final rule. (
DOE is interested in receiving comments on the conversion of the thermal efficiency and standby loss levels for residential-duty gas-fired storage water heaters that were considered in the May 2016 CWH ECS NOPR to UEF levels and UEF standard equations using the conversion factors adopted by DOE in its December 6, 2016 final rule.
Federal Election Commission.
Correcting amendments.
The Commission is making technical corrections to various sections of its regulations. These are non-substantive amendments to correct typographical errors, update references, and remove provisions that no longer apply.
Effective December 23, 2016.
Mr. Eugene Lynch, Paralegal, 999 E Street NW., Washington, DC 20463, (202) 694-1650 or (800) 424-9530.
The existing rules that are the subject of these corrections are part of the continuing series of regulations that the Commission has promulgated to implement the Presidential Election Campaign Fund Act, 26 U.S.C. 9001-13, and the Presidential Primary Matching Payment Account Act, 26 U.S.C. 9031-42 (collectively, the “Funding Acts”), and the Federal Election Campaign Act, 52 U.S.C. 30101-46 (“FECA”). The Commission is promulgating these corrections without advance notice or an opportunity for comment because they fall under the “good cause” exemption of the Administrative Procedure Act. 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B). The
Moreover, because these corrections are exempt from the notice and comment procedure of the Administrative Procedure Act under 5 U.S.C. 553(b), the Commission is not required to conduct a regulatory flexibility analysis under 5 U.S.C. 603 or 604.
The Commission has renamed a division within the agency. As a result, throughout 11 CFR chapter I, the Commission is replacing every instance of the phrase “Public Disclosure Division” with the phrase “Public Disclosure and Media Relations Division.”
The Commission is correcting a typographical error in paragraph (b) of this section by adding a comma after the word “maintaining”. This comma was inadvertently omitted when the Commission promulgated this paragraph.
The Commission is correcting a typographical error in paragraph (b) of this section by adding a comma after the word “creating” and a comma after the word “maintaining”. These commas were inadvertently omitted when the Commission promulgated this paragraph.
The Commission is revising paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii)(C) of this section to correctly note the reporting requirements for candidates and authorized committees receiving earmarked contributions from conduits and intermediaries. These paragraphs currently state that candidates and authorized committees are required to report a conduit or intermediary forwarding earmarked contributions which, in the aggregate, exceed $200 in “any calendar year.” In 1999, however, Congress amended FECA to require that authorized committees aggregate and report all receipts and disbursements by election cycle, rather than by calendar year. Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act of 2000, Public Law 106-58, sec. 641, 113 Stat. 430, 477 (1999). In 2000, the Commission implemented this legislation by amending § 104.3(c) of its regulations, Election Cycle Reporting by Authorized Committees, 65 FR 42619-21 (July 11, 2000), but inadvertently failed to update paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii)(C) of § 110.6 to conform to the statute and to revised § 104.3. To correct that oversight, the Commission is amending the relevant portions of the text in paragraphs (c)(2)(i) and (c)(2)(ii)(C).
The Commission is removing paragraph (f) of this section because it is no longer applicable. Paragraph (f) describes the “personal use” rules, which concern the permissible non-campaign uses of campaign funds, that applied to Members of Congress serving in the 102d or an earlier Congress. Because this paragraph does not apply to any Members serving in the 103d or a later Congress, which includes all current and future Members of Congress, the Commission is removing paragraph (f).
The Commission is removing and reserving this section because it contains transitional rules that no longer apply. When the Commission enacted rules concerning the use of non-federal funds in 2002, the Commission also promulgated § 300.12, which outlined how and by what date national committees of political parties were to disburse non-federal funds received before November 6, 2002. Prohibited and Excessive Contributions: Non-Federal Funds or Soft Money, 67 FR 49064, 49091-92 (July 29, 2002);
For the reasons discussed above regarding the removal of § 300.12, the Commission is also removing paragraphs (b) and (c) of § 300.13. Paragraph (b) directs national party committees to file termination reports disclosing the disposition of funds in non-federal accounts and building fund accounts by January 31, 2003. Paragraph (c) refers to reporting requirements for receipts and disbursements from national party committee non-federal accounts and building fund accounts for activity occurring between November 6 and December 31, 2002.
Freedom of information.
Archives and records.
Elections.
Campaign funds, Political committees and parties.
Administrative practice and procedure, Elections.
Campaign funds, Political candidates.
Campaign funds, Nonprofit organizations, Political committees and parties, Political candidates.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Federal Election Commission amends 11 CFR chapter I as follows:
5 U.S.C. 552, as amended.
52 U.S.C. 30108(d), 30109(a)(4)(B)(ii), 30111(a); 31 U.S.C. 9701.
52 U.S.C. 30101, 30104, 30111(a)(8), and 30114(c).
52 U.S.C. 30101(8), 30101(9), 30102(c)(2), 30104(i)(3), 30111(a)(8), 30116, 30118, 30120, 30121, 30122, 30123, 30124, and 36 U.S.C. 510.
52 U.S.C. 30108, 30111(a)(8).
52 U.S.C. 30102(h), 30111(a)(8), 30114, and 30116.
52 U.S.C. 30104(e), 30111(a)(8), 30116(a), 30125, and 30143.
On behalf of the Commission.
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
Interim final rule.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) is amending its regulations governing the disclosure of information pursuant to requests made under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) to reflect changes to the FOIA made by the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016 and the OPEN FOIA Act of 2009 and to make other technical changes that update the OCC's FOIA regulations.
The interim final rule is effective on December 23, 2016. Comments on the rule must be received by February 21, 2017.
You may submit comments to the OCC by any of the methods set forth below. Because paper mail in the Washington, DC area and at the OCC is subject to delay, commenters are encouraged to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal or email, if possible. Please use the title “Availability of Information Under the Freedom of Information Act” to facilitate the organization and distribution of the comments. You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
• Click on the “Help” tab on the
•
•
•
•
You may review comments and other related materials that pertain to this rulemaking action by any of the following methods:
•
• Click on the “Help” tab on the
•
For additional information, contact Melissa Lisenbee, Attorney, Legislative and Regulatory Activities Division, (202) 649-5490, or, for persons who are deaf or hard of hearing, TTY, (202) 649-5597.
The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) sets forth the process for obtaining federal agency records, unless the records (or any portion thereof) are protected from disclosure by one of the FOIA's nine exemptions or by one of its three special law enforcement record exclusions.
Additionally, under section 2222 of the Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 (EGRPRA),
Finally, the OPEN FOIA Act of 2009 (the OPEN FOIA Act),
Twelve CFR part 4, subpart B, sets forth OCC policies regarding the availability of information under the FOIA and establishes procedures for requesters to follow when seeking information. This interim final rule amends 12 CFR part 4, subpart B, to implement the FOIA Improvement Act and the OPEN FOIA Act and to make technical changes to the regulations as a result of the OCC's EGRPRA review.
As part of the EGRPRA proposed rule, the OCC proposed to remove § 4.11(b)(4), which stated that the OCC's FOIA rules did not apply to FOIA requests filed with the former Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) before July 21, 2011, because the OTS's rules would apply to those requests instead. The OCC adopted this provision when it amended part 4 to reflect the transfer of certain powers, authorities, rights, and duties of the OTS to the OCC pursuant to Title III of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act).
Pursuant to the Act, the interim final rule amends 12 CFR 4.12 to revise the language about the availability of records in subsection (a), consistent with the FOIA Improvement Act; limit the deliberative process exemption; expand the information segregation provisions; update 12 CFR 4.12(b)(3) to be consistent with the OPEN FOIA Act; and implement proposed clarifications from the EGRPRA review.
Section 4.12(a) currently provides that OCC records are available to the public except for records that the FOIA exempts from disclosure. The FOIA Improvement Act adds new language to the statute that relates to an agency's decision to disclose information that is covered by an exemption. This language provides for the withholding of information pursuant to a FOIA exemption only if an agency “reasonably foresees that disclosure would harm an interest protected by an exemption” or if the disclosure is prohibited by law.
These considerations will inform the OCC's future determinations about whether to disclose information covered by an exemption. Accordingly, the interim final rule removes the existing reference to “exempt records” in subsection (a) and replaces it with the phrase “[e]xcept as otherwise provided by the FOIA.” This language is broad enough to encompass the “reasonable foreseeability” and the “prohibited by law” language added by the FOIA Improvement Act, and it encompasses the former reference to coverage by an exemption as well. Based on legislative history, in which the sponsors of the Act expressed their intent to preserve the longstanding protections afforded by Exemption 8,
Extreme care should be taken with respect to disclosure under Exemption 8 which protects matters that are `contained in or related to examination, operating, or condition reports prepared by, on behalf of, or for the use of an agency responsible for the regulation or supervision of financial institutions.' Currently, financial regulators rely on Exemption 8, and other relevant
Exemption 8 was intended by Congress, and has been interpreted by the courts, to be very broadly construed to ensure the security of financial institutions and to safeguard the relationship between the banks and their supervising agencies. The D.C. Circuit has gone so far as to state that in Exemption 8 Congress has provided “absolute protection regardless of the circumstances underlying the regulatory agency's receipt or preparation of examination, operating or condition reports.” Nothing in this legislation shall be interpreted to compromise the stability of any financial institution or the financial system, disrupt the operation of financial markets or undermine consumer protection efforts due to the release of confidential information about individuals or information that a financial institution may have, or encourage the release of confidential information about individuals. This legislation is not intended to lessen the protection under Exemption 8 created by Congress and traditionally afforded by the courts.
S. Rep. No 114-4 (February 23, 2015).
The interim final rule also amends the deliberative process exemption in § 4.12(b)(5) to reflect the Act's limitations on records created 25 years or more before the date of an information request. Previously, the deliberative process exemption protected all intra-agency and interagency memoranda and letters not routinely available by law to a private party in litigation, including memoranda, reports, and other documents prepared by OCC employees and records of deliberations and discussions at meetings of OCC employees. After the change, the deliberative process provision as amended by the interim final rule will exempt only those memoranda and letters created within 25 years of the date on which they were requested.
Additionally, although the OCC's rules already provide for the separation and provision of nonexempt information, the interim final rule clarifies that, in cases in which full disclosure is not possible, the OCC considers whether partial disclosure of information is possible and takes reasonable steps necessary to segregate and release nonexempt information. This provision is consistent with current OCC practice.
The interim final rule also amends § 4.12(b)(3) to reflect the OPEN FOIA Act provision that requires that statutes enacted after the date of the enactment of the OPEN FOIA Act must specifically cite to Exemption 3 of the FOIA in order to qualify under Exemption 3. The OPEN FOIA Act was enacted on October 28, 2009, so the requirement applies to statutes enacted after that date.
Finally, the interim final rule adopts the changes to § 4.12(a) and (b) that the OCC proposed as part of its EGRPRA review. Previously, § 4.12(b)(10) exempted from disclosure any OTS information similar to that listed in the exemptions in § 4.12(b)(1) to (b)(9) to the extent the information is in the possession of the OCC. For purposes of clarification, we are amending the § 4.12(a) disclosure standard so that it applies to OTS records, in addition to OCC records, and removing the resulting unnecessary exemption in paragraph (b)(10).
Section 4.14(a) lists the types of information the OCC makes available for public inspection. Consistent with the Act's amendments to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(2), the interim final rule adds two categories of information to § 4.14(a). New § 4.14(a)(11) specifies that the OCC will make available for public inspection in an electronic format any records, regardless of form or format, that have been released to any person under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(3) provided that: (1) The OCC determines that, because of the nature of their subject matter, the records are or are likely to become the subject of subsequent requests for substantially the same record; or (2) the records have been requested three or more times.
New § 4.14(a)(12) states that the OCC will provide reference materials or a guide for requesting records or information from the OCC, including an index of all major OCC information systems, a description of major information and record locator systems maintained by the OCC, and a handbook for obtaining various types and categories of public information from the OCC pursuant to FOIA and chapter 35 of title 44.
Finally, the interim final rule makes clarifying and conforming changes to § 4.14, including amending § 4.14(a) and (b) to specify that information will be made available for public inspection in an electronic format to implement section 2 of the Act.
Pursuant to the Act, the interim final rule amends § 4.15, which describes the process for requesting OCC records. Specifically, to implement section 2 of the Act, the interim final rule amends § 4.15(c)(4) to specify that if a request for information is denied, the OCC will notify the requester of the right to seek dispute resolution services from the OCC's FOIA Public Liaison or the Office of Government Information Services through the processes described in new § 4.15(h).
Pursuant to the Act's amendments to 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(6)(A)(i), the interim final rule also extends the time available for administrative appeal of a denial to release records from 35 days to 90 days. Under new § 4.15(d), requesters will have 90 days after the date of an initial denial determination to submit a written administrative appeal of denial of a request for records.
Additionally, the interim final rule expands § 4.15(f), which addresses the time limits for FOIA request responses and provides for extensions in certain situations, including a 10-day extension for unusual circumstances.
Finally, the interim final rule makes other clarifying and conforming changes to § 4.15, including amending § 4.15(d)(4) to specify that the OCC will provide notification of a denial of an appeal “in writing,” rather than “by mail.” The OCC expects this change will provide greater flexibility and efficiency
Section 4.17 provides information for the assessment and payment of FOIA request fees. As stated in § 4.17(b)(1), the OCC generally charges fees to fulfill FOIA requests. However, § 4.17(b)(6) provided that the OCC will not assess search or duplication fees, as applicable, if the OCC did not respond within the time limits set forth in § 4.15(f) and no unusual or exceptional circumstances applied. The FOIA Improvement Act provided additional information about the circumstances in which an agency may charge search or duplication fees if the agency does not meet the time limits provided by the FOIA. Thus, pursuant to the Act, the interim final rule amends § 4.17(b)(6) to update the circumstances in which the OCC is permitted to assess search or duplication fees, even if the OCC does not respond within the § 4.15(f) time limits.
For example, amended § 4.17(b)(6) permits the OCC to assess search or duplication fees if the OCC has determined “unusual circumstances” (as defined in § 4.15(f)(3)(i)) apply, has provided timely written notice to the requester, and complies with the extended time limit.
The interim final rule also updates the payment of fees contact information listed in § 4.17(c).
The interim final rule makes a technical amendment to § 4.18(b) to provide updated contact information for the OCC's Communications Division that requesters may use to track the progress of their requests.
The OCC is issuing the interim final rule without prior notice and the opportunity for public comment and the 30-day delayed effective date ordinarily prescribed by the Administrative Procedure Act (APA).
In addition, the OCC believes that providing a notice and comment period prior to issuance of the interim final rule is unnecessary because the OCC does not expect public objection to the regulations being promulgated, as this rule implements the substantive changes specified in the Act and technical, non-substantive updates and clarifications to part 4. Moreover, the OCC expects that the majority of the changes will provide additional services and critical updates that will assist FOIA requesters.
The APA also requires a 30-day delayed effective date, except for (1) substantive rules that grant or recognize an exemption or relieve a restriction; (2) interpretative rules and statements of policy; or (3) as otherwise provided by the agency for good cause.
Pursuant to section 302(a) of the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act (RCDRIA),
While the OCC believes there is good cause to issue the rule without notice and comment and with an immediate effective date, the OCC is interested in the views of the public and requests comment on all aspects of the interim final rule.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
Consistent with section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995,
Administrative practice and procedure, Freedom of information, Individuals with disabilities, Minority businesses, Organization and functions (Government agencies), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Women.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the OCC hereby amends 12 CFR part 4 as set forth below.
5 U.S.C. 301, 552; 12 U.S.C. 1, 93a, 161, 481, 482, 484(a), 1442, 1462a, 1463, 1464, 1817(a), 1818, 1820, 1821, 1831m, 1831p-1, 1831o, 1833e, 1867, 1951
The revisions read as set forth below.
(a)
(b)
(3) A record specifically exempted from disclosure by statute (other than 5 U.S.C. 552b), provided that the statute requires that the matters be withheld from the public in such a manner as to leave no discretion on the issue; establishes particular criteria for withholding, or refers to particular types of matters to be withheld; and, if enacted after the date of enactment of the OPEN FOIA Act of 2009, specifically cites to 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(3);
(5) An intra-agency or interagency memorandum or letter not routinely available by law to a private party in litigation, including memoranda, reports, and other documents prepared by OCC employees, and records of deliberations and discussions at meetings of OCC employees, provided that the deliberative process privilege shall not apply to records created 25 years or more before the date on which the records were requested;
(d) * * * If the OCC determines that full disclosure of a requested record is not possible, the OCC considers whether partial disclosure of information is possible and takes reasonable steps necessary to segregate and release nonexempt information. * * *
The revisions read as set forth below.
(a)
(1) Any final order, agreement, or other enforceable document issued in the adjudication of an OCC enforcement case, including a final order published pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1818(u);
(2) Any final opinion issued in the adjudication of an OCC enforcement case;
(3) Any statement of general policy or interpretation of general applicability not published in the
(4) Any administrative staff manual or instruction to staff that may affect a member of the public as such;
(5) A current index identifying the information referred to in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this section issued, adopted, or promulgated after July 4, 1967;
(6) A list of available OCC publications;
(7) A list of forms available from the OCC, and specific forms and instructions;
(8) Any public Community Reinvestment Act performance evaluation;
(9) Any public securities-related filing required under parts 11, 16, 194 or 197 of this chapter;
(10) Any public comment letter regarding a proposed rule;
(11) Any records, regardless of form or format, that have been released to any person under 5 U.S.C. 552(a)(3) provided that:
(i) The OCC determines that, because of the nature of their subject matter, the
(ii) The records have been requested three or more times;
(12) Reference materials or a guide for requesting records or information from the OCC, including an index of all major OCC information systems, a description of major information and record locator systems maintained by the OCC, and a handbook for obtaining various types and categories of public information from the OCC pursuant to FOIA and chapter 35 of title 44;
(13) The public file (as defined in 12 CFR 5.9) with respect to a pending application described in part 5 of this chapter; and
(14) Any OTS information similar to that listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(13) of this section, to the extent this information is in the possession of the OCC.
(c)
The additions and revisions read as set forth below.
(b) * * * (1)
(i) Through the OCC's FOIA Web portal at
(ii) Through the consolidated online request portal maintained by the Office of Management and Budget pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(m)(1); or
(iii) Under this section to the Chief FOIA Officer, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219.
(2)
(c) * * *
(2)
(4)
(d)
(4)
(f) * * *
(4)
(i) Notify the requester that the request cannot be processed within the time limit set forth in paragraph (f)(3)(i) of this section;
(ii) Provide the requester with an opportunity to limit the scope of the request so that it may be processed within that 10-day period or to arrange with the OCC an alternative time frame for processing the request or a modified request;
(iii) Make available the FOIA Public Liaison, who shall assist in the resolution of any disputes between the requester and the OCC; and
(iv) Notify the requester of the right of the requester to seek dispute resolution services from the Office of Government Information Services.
(g)
(h)
(1) To apply for dispute resolution assistance from the FOIA Public Liaison, requesters should submit a written request to the FOIA Public Liaison, Communications Division, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 400 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20219.
(2) For dispute resolution services through the Office of Government Services, requesters should contact the Office of Government Services as set forth at 36 CFR 1250.32.
The revisions read as set forth below.
(b) * * *
(6)
(i)
(B)
(ii)
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Final rule.
The U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) is amending its regulations to implement section 1614 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2014 (NDAA 2014). Section 1614 amended the Small Business Act to provide that where a prime contractor has an individual subcontracting plan for a specific prime contract with an executive agency, the prime contractor shall receive credit towards its subcontracting plan goals for awards made to small business concerns at any tier under the contract. The changes authorized by this statute will allow an other than small prime contractor that has an individual subcontracting plan for a contract to receive credit towards its small business subcontracting goals for subcontract awards made to small business concerns at any tier, to the extent reported on the subcontracting plans of its lower tier subcontractors. The final rule also implements the statutory requirements related to the subcontracting plans of all subcontractors that are required to maintain such plans, including the requirement to monitor subcontractors' performance and compliance toward reaching the goals set out in those plans as well as their compliance with subcontracting reporting requirements. SBA is also clarifying that the size standard for a particular subcontract must appear in the solicitation for the subcontract.
This rule is effective on January 23, 2017.
Michael McLaughlin, Office of Policy, Planning and Liaison, 409 Third Street SW., Washington, DC 20416; (202) 205-5353;
The final rule implements Section 1614 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2014, Public Law 113-66, December 26, 2013 (hereinafter NDAA 2014). Section 1614 amended section 8(d)(6)(D) of the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 637(d)(6)(d), to provide that where a prime contractor has a subcontracting plan for a specific prime contract with an executive agency, as required by Section 8(d) of the Small Business Act, the prime contractor will receive credit towards its subcontracting plan goals for awards made to small business concerns at any tier under the contract, to the extent reported under the subcontracting plan of a lower tier other than small subcontractor. When a prime contractor awards a subcontract to a firm, it is generally considered a first tier subcontract. That subcontractor may award a subcontract, which would be considered a second tier subcontract, and so on. Currently, with few exceptions, a prime contractor cannot receive credit towards its small business subcontracting plan goals for awards made below the first tier.
SBA is amending its regulations to require other than small business prime contractors to count lower tier small business subcontract awards towards their federal small business subcontracting goals on unrestricted federal contracts, to the extent the lower tier subcontractor are required to report the information. With limited exceptions, unrestricted federal procurements and subcontracts over $700,000 ($1.5 million for construction of any public facility) include Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.219-9 (Small Business Subcontracting Plan), which requires other than small contractors and their lower tier subcontractors to make a good faith effort to meet or to exceed the small business subcontracting goals established in their respective subcontracting plans. Failure to make this effort could result in liquidated damages, default termination, and negative performance reviews. For a subcontracting plan for a specific prime contract, the contractor or subcontractor is required to submit an Individual Subcontract Report (ISR) and Summary Subcontracting Report (SSR). The ISR is submitted semiannually during contract performance and upon contract completion. The SSR is submitted annually to procuring agencies. Both forms are submitted through the Electronic Subcontracting Reporting System (eSRS). Until this final rule, a large prime contractor could not take credit for a subcontract award to a second-tier small business subcontractor. Lastly, large prime contractors are already required to identify the size standard that applies to a subcontract. 13 CFR 121.410, 121.411, 125.3(c)(1)(v). Subcontractor size representation is reviewed during compliance reviews (See 13 CFR 125.3(f)(2)(i)) and size representations at
SBA published a proposed rule regarding these changes in the
Two commenters did not think that SBA's regulatory impact analysis took into consideration the extra burden that large businesses would have under these changes. The commenters claimed that the costs and challenges of collecting the data are more than minimal, and that large businesses will incur more than minimal costs. Neither commenter provided data or analysis on what those costs would be, just a general statement that they would be more than minimal. SBA addressed this issue in its proposed rule. Any costs associated with the regulatory implementation of these provisions of the NDAA 2014 will be included in the proposed Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) changes. Thus, any Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) costs associated with proposed rulemaking and implementation will occur during the FAR rulemaking process.
SBA received one comment seeking clarification that this rule and credit for lower tier subcontracting does not affect Agencies' prime contract goaling numbers. This rule only applies to subcontracting plans, not to agency prime contract goaling requirements. Generally, agencies do not count subcontracting dollars awarded to small business concerns towards their prime contract goaling requirements, except for the Department of Energy. This rule does not change reporting under the SSR, which is how agencies receive credit for subcontracting. Firms will continue to report only their first-tier subcontracts on the SSR.
SBA received one comment regarding enforcement of these regulations prior to FAR regulatory implementation and updates to eSRS. As noted in the proposed rule, it is SBA's position that this regulation will require changes to FAR prior to full implementation in eSRS.
SBA proposed amending § 121.411(b) allowing prime contractors to accept a subcontractor's size certification electronically. The list of enumerated methods is illustrative only, and is not exhaustive. SBA received several comments on this issue, and all believed the proposed change was positive, but that more clarity was needed about who may accept the certifications, and whether this applied to socioeconomic certifications. Thus, SBA is adopting the language as proposed, with minor additions for clarity. The final rule now makes clear that prime and subcontractors may rely on any form of electronic certification that they deem appropriate provided it is given in connection with an offer for specific subcontract and it includes the language in SBA's regulation which provides that in order to accept an electronic representation, the representation must be in connection with an offer for a subcontract and the solicitation and subcontract provides that the subcontractor verifies by submission of the offer that the size and socioeconomic representations and certifications are current accurate and complete as of the date of offer for the subcontract. See 13 CFR 121.411(b), 125.3(c)(1)(v).
In proposed § 125.3(a)(1), SBA included the new statutory definition for a subcontract that was enacted by NDAA 2014. SBA received one comment that requested more specificity with regard to what will be considered a subcontract. Specifically, this commenter wanted lists of what would and would not be considered a subcontract, based in part on FAR definitions. The proposed definition is taken from the statute, which was added by NDAA 2014, and SBA is adopting the statutory definition in the final rule. See 15 U.S.C. 632(dd)(1).
In proposed § 125.3(a)(1)(i)(C), SBA provided guidance on when a prime contractor may receive credit for lower tier subcontracting. Specifically, the proposed rule stated that only individual subcontracting plans were entitled to receive the credit. SBA has revised this section based on the comments. Specifically, the final rule clearly states how commercial and individual plans differ, and what the prime contractor's and subcontractor's responsibilities and requirements are for individual subcontracting plans as required by the Small Business Act. SBA received several comments asking for clarification, and several comments asking SBA to also apply the new guidelines to commercial subcontracting plans. SBA addressed this issue in its proposed rule, “Section 1614 applies only when determining whether or not a prime contractor has met its individual subcontracting plan goals. Thus, Section 1614 does not apply where the prime contractor has a commercial plan or comprehensive subcontracting plan.” 80 FR 60300, 60301 (October 6, 2015). The Small Business Act specifically states that the prime contractor shall receive lower tier credit “if the subcontracting goals pertain to a single contract with the executive agency.” 15 U.S.C. 637(d)(16)(A)(i). A commercial plan, like a comprehensive subcontracting plan, applies to more than one government contract, and thus the lower tier credit provisions do not apply to those types of plans.
SBA received two comments on the issue of double counting and the incorporation of subcontracting plans from lower tier, other than small subcontractors. One commenter suggested that SBA amend the language of the regulation and add examples to provide clarity. One commenter requested that SBA remove the requirement that other than small subcontractors are required to have their own subcontracting plan, if their plan is incorporated into the prime contractor's plan. The requirement that subcontractors have their own plan is an independent statutory requirement that must be met. SBA has crafted the final rule to make it clear that incorporation
SBA received two comments on proposed § 125.3(c)(1)(i), which proposed to require that in order for a prime contractor to receive credit for awards made at lower tiers, the prime contractor would be required to have a complete subcontracting plan, including incorporation of its subcontractor's goals, prior to award. The Small Business Act requires that subcontracting plans be submitted, negotiated, and approved before contract award. 15 U.S.C. 637(d)(4)(B) and (C). The commenters contend that having all of the necessary steps done and completed prior to award, including the incorporation of lower tier subcontractor's plans, is not practicable on all contracts. The commenters state that often the prime will not be aware of which companies their subcontractors may be utilizing. The Small Business Act provides that prime contractors “shall” receive credit for subcontractors at any tier pursuant to a subcontracting plan required by section 15 U.S.C. 637(d)(6)(D), which is the statutory requirement to require other than small subcontractors to have subcontracting plans if the subcontract exceeds certain threshold amounts. 15 U.S.C. 637(d)(16)(A)(i). Thus, the prime contractor with an individual subcontracting plan will be obligated to consider and establish goals based on the subcontracting plans of its other than small subcontractors prior to award of the contract.
SBA proposed to amend § 125.3(c)(1)(v) to clarify which NAICS should apply to a subcontract and how primes should inform potential subcontractors which NAICS and corresponding size standard will be applied. SBA's regulations currently require that the prime contractor (or subcontractor that is subcontracting to another concern) must assign a NAICS code to the subcontract that best describes the work being performed or the product being purchased by that subcontract. The contractor may not simply pass down the NAICS assigned to the prime contract to all subcontracts. SBA received five negative comments on this requirement, and one comment that believed it would be in conflict with the FAR. However, this is not a new requirement. SBA's current regulations require that each subcontract have a NAICS assigned that describes the work being performed under the subcontract, with the corresponding size standard. While not a new requirement, SBA believes it is important to reiterate why this requirement is necessary to accurately reflect small business participation in subcontracting. Utilizing the prime contract's NAICS for subcontracts may not always accurately describe the work being done under that subcontract. SBA does not have a one-size-fits-all definition of what a small business is, because whether a firm is small depends largely on what type of work it performs, or what type of product it supplies. Utilizing one NAICS code for all subcontracts would distort the calculation of small business subcontracting performance.
Several comments requested clarification on whether, based on the wording of this rule, all subcontracts would require a solicitation. That was not the intention of the regulation, and SBA has added a sentence to the regulation to make this clear. However, it should also be clear that the prime contractor (or lower tier subcontractor that is subcontracting) assigning the NAICS to the subcontract is responsible for providing notice of the size standard to prospective subcontractors prior to acceptance and formation of a subcontract. This is necessary to ensure that small businesses can accurately certify to their size status. SBA also added parentheticals to make clear that this applies to prime contractors and subcontractors.
SBA proposed to add § 125.3(c)(1)(x) to implement 15 U.S.C. 637(d)(6)(D) of the Small Business Act, requiring prime contractors and subcontractors with subcontracting plans to do various tasks in connection with their subcontractors with subcontracting plans. SBA received one negative comment stating the requirements were too burdensome and one comment requesting clarification concerning whether these requirements pertain to commercial subcontracting plans. SBA also received a comment requesting that the requirements of this paragraph and paragraph (xi) be required only if the prime contractor incorporates its subcontractors' subcontracting plans. The requirements articulated in the proposed rule are required by statute for all subcontracting plans, and thus we are adopting the language as proposed in the final rule. Subcontractors of primes with commercial plans do not have to have subcontracting plans if the subcontract is for a commercial item. Consequently, the requirements of § 125.3(c)(1)(x) apply to a prime with a commercial plan to the extent its subcontractors have their own individual subcontracting plans, not commercial plans
SBA received one comment stating that the dollar value thresholds in SBA's rule are different than the recently updated FAR thresholds. The revised inflation adjusted subcontracting plan thresholds became effective after SBA issued the proposed rule, and SBA has updated the thresholds in this final rule.
SBA proposed to add § 125.3(c)(1)(xi) in order to incorporate new requirements from the statute concerning the records the prime contractor must maintain to demonstrate subcontractors at all tiers comply with the subcontracting plan requirements. Two commenters noted confusion as to what was meant by the phrase “recite the types of records the prime will maintain.” SBA is changing language to make clear that a written statement is required.
Finally, with respect to liquidated damages, the Small Business Act provides that each contract subject to the requirements for a subcontracting plan shall contain a clause for the payment of liquidated damages upon a finding that a prime contractor has failed to make a good faith effort to comply with the requirements imposed on such subcontractor by section 8(d)(4)(F) of the Small Business Act, 15 U.S.C. 637(d)(4)(F). Thus, a prime contractor could be subject to liquidated damages if it fails to make a good faith effort to review and approve subcontracting plans submitted by its subcontractors; monitor subcontractor compliance with its approved subcontracting plans; ensure that subcontracting reports are submitted by its subcontractors when required; acknowledge receipt of its subcontractors' reports; compare the performance of its subcontractors to subcontracting plans and goals; and discuss performance with subcontractors when necessary to ensure its subcontractors make a good faith effort to comply with their subcontracting plans.
The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has determined that this final rule is a significant regulatory action for the purposes of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the next section contains SBA's Regulatory Impact Analysis. This is not a major rule, however, under the Congressional Review Act.
The final regulations implement section 1614 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2014. Section 1614(c)(3) requires the Administrator to promulgate regulations necessary to implement the Act.
The benefits of the final regulations are minimal and the final costs cannot be determined until the FAR rules are proposed. Other than small business prime contractors and subcontractors already establish individual subcontracting plan goals and report on their achievements if the subcontracting plan thresholds are met. Under section 1614 of the NDAA 2014, a prime contractor with an individual subcontracting plan will receive credit towards its goals for small business performance at lower tiers. Thus, there will be some costs to the prime contractor to propose subcontracting plan goals that incorporate small business performance at lower tiers and to ensure that their subcontractors have plans and submit required reports, and there will also be costs to the Government to evaluate whether the prime contractor's goals adequately address maximum practicable small business subcontracting opportunity at all tiers. SBA estimates that there were approximately 34,000 individual subcontracting plans in fiscal year 2015, and that approximately 24,000 were at the prime contract level. Other than small firms may have multiple individual subcontracting plans at the prime and sub level, so the number of other than small firms affected by this rule will be less than the number of individual subcontracting plans, but we cannot say with any precision how many will be impacted. There may also be costs to the Government as eSRS may have to be modified to allow other than small prime contractors to receive small business credit at any tier towards their subcontracting plan goals. However, SBA is not able to estimate these costs because the system will be modified when this rule is implemented into the FAR and the process for capturing the lower tier reports is further defined. There should not be any costs imposed on small business concerns as this rule does not change any reporting or recordkeeping requirements for small business concerns.
Many of the final regulations are required to implement specific statutory provisions which require promulgation of implementing regulations. There are no other alternatives that would meet the statutory requirements.
As part of its ongoing efforts to engage stakeholders in the development of its regulations, SBA has solicited comments and suggestions from the public and the procuring agencies on how to best implement section 1614 of NDAA 2014. For example, SBA received comments from the American Bar Association Section of Public Contract Law, the Associated General Contractors of America, the Council of Defense and Space Industry Associations, the U.S. Women's Chamber of Commerce, and Women Impacting Public Policy (WIPP).
SBA has incorporated those comments and suggestions to the extent feasible. SBA has considered the comments received in response to the proposed rule and incorporated public input into the final rule to the extent feasible.
For purposes of Executive Order 12988, SBA has drafted this final rule, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the standards set forth in section 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden. This rule has no preemptive or retroactive effect.
For the purpose of Executive Order 13132, SBA has determined that this final rule will not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various layers of government. Therefore, SBA has determined that this final rule has no federalism implications warranting preparation of a federalism assessment.
For purposes of the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), SBA has determined that this final rule, if adopted in final form, would not impose new government-wide reporting and recordkeeping requirements on other than small prime contractors and subcontractors. If any information collection procedures change or are amended during the subsequent FAR rulemaking of this SBA rule, they will be addressed in the FAR rulemaking process.
According to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601, when an agency issues a rulemaking, it must prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis to address the impact of the rule on small entities. However, section 605 of the RFA allows an agency to certify a rule, in lieu of preparing an analysis, if the rulemaking is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The RFA defines “small entity” to include “small businesses,” “small organizations,” and “small governmental jurisdictions.” This final rule concerns various aspects of SBA's contracting programs. As such, the rule relates to small business concerns, but would not affect “small organizations” or “small governmental jurisdictions” because those programs generally apply only to “business concerns” as defined by SBA regulations, in other words, to small businesses organized for profit. “Small organizations” or “small governmental jurisdictions” are non-profits or governmental entities and do not generally qualify as “business concerns” within the meaning of SBA's regulations.
This rule will impact other than small business concerns, as small business concerns are not required to have subcontracting plans. Other portions of the rule simply clarify existing regulations, and do not impose new requirements on small business concerns. As discussed previously, SBA's rules currently require firms to certify their size and socioeconomic status in connection with subcontracts. This rule simply clarifies that the requirement to certify applies to the solicitation for the subcontract. In sum, the final rule will not have a disparate impact on small businesses or impose any additional costs on small business concerns. For the reasons discussed, SBA certifies that this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on
Government contracts, Government procurement, Small businesses, Size standards.
Government contracts, Government procurement, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Small businesses, Small business subcontracting.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, SBA amends 13 CFR parts 121 and 125 as follows:
15 U.S.C. 632, 634(b)(6), 662, and 694a(9).
(b) * * * Prime contractors (or subcontractors) may accept paper self-certifications as to size and socioeconomic status or a subcontractor's electronic self-certification as to size or socioeconomic status, if the solicitation for the subcontract contains a clause which provides that the subcontractor verifies by submission of the offer that the size or socioeconomic representations and certifications are accurate and complete. Electronic submission may include any method acceptable to the prime contractor (or subcontractor) including, but not limited to, size representations and certifications made in SAM (or any successor system) and electronic conveyance of subcontractor certifications in prime contractor systems in connection with an offer for a subcontract. * * *
15 U.S.C. 632(p), (q); 634(b)(6), 637, 644, 657f, and 657q.
The additions and revisions read as follows:
(a) * * *
(1) Subcontract under this section means a legally binding agreement between a contractor that is already under contract to another party to perform work and a third party (other than one involving an employer-employee relationship), hereinafter referred to as the subcontractor, for the subcontractor to perform a part or all of the work that the contractor has undertaken.
(i) * * *
(C) Where the prime contractor has an individual subcontracting plan, the prime contractor shall establish two sets of small business subcontracting goals, one goal for the first tier and one goal for lower tier subcontracts awarded by other than small subcontractors with individual subcontracting plans. Under individual subcontracting plans the prime contractor shall receive credit for small business concerns performing as first tier subcontractors (first tier goal) and subcontractors at any tier pursuant to the subcontracting plans required under paragraph (c) of this section in an amount equal to the dollar value of work awarded to such small business concerns (lower tier goal). Other-than-small, lower tier subcontractors must have their own individual subcontracting plans if the subcontract is at or above the subcontracting plan threshold, and are required to make a good faith effort to meet their subcontracting plan goals. The prime contractor and any subcontractor with a subcontracting plan are responsible for reporting on subcontracting performance under their contracts or subcontracts at their first tier. The prime contractor's performance under its individual subcontracting plan will be calculated using its own reporting at the first tier for its first tier goal and its subcontractors' first tier reports under their plans for the lower tier subcontracting goals. The prime contractor's performance under the individual subcontracting plan must be evaluated based on its combined performance under the first tier and lower tier goal.
(D) Other-than-small prime contractors and subcontractors with subcontracting plans shall report on their subcontracting performance on the Summary Subcontracting report (SSR) at their first tier only.
(c)
(1) * * *
(i) Submitting and negotiating before award an acceptable subcontracting plan that reflects maximum practicable opportunities for small businesses in the performance of the contract as subcontractors or suppliers at all tiers of performance. * * *
(v) The contractor must assign to each subcontract, and to each solicitation, if a solicitation is utilized, the NAICS code and corresponding size standard that best describes the principal purpose of the subcontract (see § 121.410 of this chapter). A formal solicitation is not required for each subcontract, but the contractor must provide some form of written notice of the NAICS code and size standard assigned to potential offerors prior to acceptance and award of the subcontract. The prime contractor (or subcontractor) may rely on a subcontractor's electronic representations and certifications, if the solicitation for the subcontract contains a clause which provides that the subcontractor verifies by submission of the offer that the size or socioeconomic representations and certifications are current, accurate and complete as of the date of the offer for the subcontract. Electronic submission may include any method acceptable to the prime contractor (or subcontractor) including, but not limited to, size or socioeconomic representations and certifications made in SAM (or any successor system). A prime contractor (or subcontractor) may not require the use of SAM (or any successor system) for purposes of representing size or socioeconomic status in connection with a subcontract;
(x) Except when subcontracting for commercial items, the prime contractor must require all subcontractors (except small business concerns) who receive subcontracts in excess of $1,500,000 in
(xi) The prime contractor must provide a written statement of the types of records it will maintain to demonstrate procedures which have been adopted to ensure subcontractors at all tiers comply with the requirements and goals set forth in the subcontracting plan established in accordance with paragraph (c)(1)(x) of this section, including the establishment of source lists of small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by veterans, small business concerns owned and controlled by service-disabled veterans, qualified HUBZone small business concerns, small business concerns owned and controlled by socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, and small business concerns owned and controlled by women; the efforts to identify and award subcontracts to such small business concerns; and size or socioeconomic certifications or representations received in connection with each subcontract.
Notification regarding expired temporary rule.
The Commission is providing notice regarding temporary Rule 608T under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Commission designated 12:01 a.m. on November 16, 2016, as the expiration time for Rule 608T, because after that time the rule would no longer be necessary.
December 23, 2016.
Rebekah Liu, Special Counsel, at (202) 551-5665; Jennifer Colihan, Special Counsel, at (202) 551-5642; Leigh Duffy, Special Counsel, at (202) 551-5928; John Lee, Special Counsel, at (202) 551-5689; or Ted Uliassi, Special Counsel, at (202) 551-6905, or Division of Trading and Markets, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-7010.
On November 3, 2016, the Securities and Exchange Commission adopted a temporary rule, Rule 608T, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to extend to November 15, 2016, the date by which the Commission was required to act on the proposed National Market System Plan Governing the Consolidated Audit Trail (the “CAT NMS Plan”). Rule 608T solely governed the timeframe for action on the proposed CAT NMS Plan. The Commission adopted the temporary rule as an interim final temporary rule in light of the impending November 10, 2016 date designated by the Commission under Rule 608 as the date by which the Commission would take action on the proposed CAT NMS Plan. The Commission designated 12:01 a.m. on November 16, 2016, as the expiration time for Rule 608T because after that time the temporary rule would no longer be necessary.
On November 3, 2016, the Commission published the temporary rule on its Web site. Due to a subsequent clerical error, the temporary rule was not published in the
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Final order.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is classifying the neurovascular mechanical thrombectomy device for acute ischemic stroke treatment into class II (special controls). The special controls that will apply to the device are identified in this order and will be part of the codified language for the neurovascular mechanical thrombectomy device for acute ischemic stroke treatment's classification. The Agency is classifying the device into class II (special controls) in order to provide a reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness of the device.
This order is effective December 23, 2016. The classification was applicable on September 2, 2016.
Leigh Anderson, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 2656, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-5613,
In accordance with section 513(f)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 360c(f)(1)), devices that were not in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 (the date of enactment of the Medical Device Amendments of 1976), generally referred to as postamendments devices, are classified automatically by statute into class III without any FDA
Section 513(f)(2) of the FD&C Act, as amended by section 607 of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (Pub. L. 112-144), provides two procedures by which a person may request FDA to classify a device under the criteria set forth in section 513(a)(1). Under the first procedure, the person submits a premarket notification under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act for a device that has not previously been classified and, within 30 days of receiving an order classifying the device into class III under section 513(f)(1) of the FD&C Act, the person requests a classification under section 513(f)(2). Under the second procedure, rather than first submitting a premarket notification under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act and then a request for classification under the first procedure, the person determines that there is no legally marketed device upon which to base a determination of substantial equivalence and requests a classification under section 513(f)(2) of the FD&C Act. If the person submits a request to classify the device under this second procedure, FDA may decline to undertake the classification request if FDA identifies a legally marketed device that could provide a reasonable basis for review of substantial equivalence with the device or if FDA determines that the device submitted is not of “low-moderate risk” or that general controls would be inadequate to control the risks and special controls to mitigate the risks cannot be developed.
In response to a request to classify a device under either procedure provided by section 513(f)(2) of the FD&C Act, FDA shall classify the device by written order within 120 days. This classification will be the initial classification of the device.
On October 26, 2015, Concentric Medical, Inc., submitted a request for classification of the Trevo ProVue and XP ProVue Retrievers (Trevo Retrievers) under section 513(f)(2) of the FD&C Act.
In accordance with section 513(f)(2) of the FD&C Act, FDA reviewed the request in order to classify the device under the criteria for classification set forth in section 513(a)(1). FDA classifies devices into class II if general controls by themselves are insufficient to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness, but there is sufficient information to establish special controls to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. After review of the information submitted in the request, FDA determined that the device can be classified into class II with the establishment of special controls. FDA believes these special controls, in addition to general controls, will provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device.
Therefore, on September 2, 2016, FDA issued an order to the requestor classifying the device into class II. FDA is codifying the classification of the device by adding 21 CFR 882.5600.
Following the effective date of this final classification order, any firm submitting a premarket notification (510(k)) for a neurovascular mechanical thrombectomy device for acute ischemic stroke treatment will need to comply with the special controls named in this final order.
The device is assigned the generic name neurovascular mechanical thrombectomy device for acute ischemic stroke treatment, and it is identified as a prescription device used in the treatment of acute ischemic stroke to improve clinical outcomes. The device is delivered into the neurovasculature with an endovascular approach, mechanically removes thrombus from the body, and restores blood flow in the neurovasculature.
FDA has identified the following risks to health associated specifically with this type of device, as well as the measures required to mitigate these risks in table 1.
FDA believes that the special controls, in combination with the general controls, address these risks to health and provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness.
Neurovascular mechanical thrombectomy device for acute ischemic stroke treatment devices are not safe for use except under the supervision of a practitioner licensed by law to direct the use of the device. As such, the device is a prescription device and must satisfy prescription labeling requirements (see 21 CFR 801.109
Section 510(m) of the FD&C Act provides that FDA may exempt a class II device from the premarket notification requirements under section 510(k) if FDA determines that premarket notification is not necessary to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device. For this type of device, FDA has determined that premarket notification is necessary to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device. Therefore, this device type is not exempt from premarket notification requirements. Persons who intend to market this type of device must submit to FDA a premarket notification, prior to marketing the device, which contains information about the neurovascular mechanical thrombectomy device for acute ischemic stroke treatment they intend to market.
The Agency has determined under 21 CFR 25.34(b) that this action is of a type that does not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. Therefore, neither an environmental assessment nor an environmental impact statement is required.
This final order establishes special controls that refer to previously approved collections of information found in other FDA regulations. These collections of information are subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520). The collections of information in part 807, subpart E, regarding premarket notification submissions, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0120, and the collections of information in 21 CFR part 801, regarding labeling, have been approved under OMB control number 0910-0485.
Medical devices, Neurological devices.
Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and under authority delegated to the Commissioner of Food and Drugs, 21 CFR part 882 is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 351, 360, 360c, 360e, 360j, 360l, 371.
(a)
(b)
(1) The patient contacting components of the device must be demonstrated to be biocompatible.
(2) Non-clinical performance testing must demonstrate that the device performs as intended under anticipated conditions of use, including:
(i) Mechanical testing to demonstrate the device can withstand anticipated tensile, torsional, and compressive forces.
(ii) Mechanical testing to evaluate the radial forces exerted by the device.
(iii) Non-clinical testing to verify the dimensions of the device.
(iv) Non-clinical testing must demonstrate the device can be delivered to the target location in the neurovasculature and retrieve simulated thrombus under simulated use conditions.
(v) Non-clinical testing must demonstrate the device is radiopaque and can be visualized.
(vi) Non-clinical testing must evaluate the coating integrity and particulates under simulated use conditions.
(vii) Animal testing must evaluate the safety of the device, including damage to the vessels or tissue under anticipated use conditions.
(3) Performance data must support the sterility and pyrogenicity of the patient contacting components of the device.
(4) Performance data must support the shelf-life of the device by demonstrating continued sterility, package integrity, and device functionality over the specified shelf-life.
(5) Clinical performance testing of the device must demonstrate the device performs as intended for use in the treatment of acute ischemic stroke and must capture any adverse events associated with the device and procedure.
(6) The labeling must include:
(i) Information on the specific patient population for which the device is intended for use in the treatment of acute ischemic stroke, including but not limited to, specifying time from symptom onset, vessels or location of the neurovasculature that can be accessed for treatment, and limitations on core infarct size.
(ii) Detailed instructions on proper device preparation and use for thrombus retrieval from the neurovasculature.
(iii) A summary of the clinical testing results, including a detailed summary of the device- and procedure-related complications and adverse events.
(iv) A shelf life.
Bureau of Prisons, Justice.
Final rule.
In this document, the Bureau of Prisons makes a minor technical change to its regulations on contraband and inmate personal property to maintain consistency in language which describes the purpose of the regulations as ensuring the safety, security, or good order of the facility or protection of the public.
This rule will be effective on January 23, 2017.
Sarah Qureshi, Office of General Counsel, Bureau of Prisons, phone (202) 307-2105.
In this document, the Bureau of Prisons (Bureau) finalizes a minor technical change to its regulations on contraband and inmate personal property to maintain consistency in language which describes the purpose of the regulations as ensuring the “safety, security, or good order of the facility or protection of the public.”
Variations on this phrase appear throughout the Bureau's regulations in 28 CFR Chapter V.
The Bureau has conformed the phrase in all revised regulations since approximately 2005. This rule likewise conforms this phrase in the Bureau's regulations on contraband. An interim rule on this subject was published on August 3, 2015 (80 FR 45883), and became effective on September 2, 2015, although public comments were accepted until October 2, 2015.
Prior to the September 2, 2015, effective date of the interim rule, the definition of contraband in § 500.1(h) read as follows: “Contraband is material prohibited by law, or by regulation, or material which can reasonably be expected to cause physical injury or adversely affect the security, safety, or good order of the institution.” The interim rule conformed the “security, safety, or good order” phrase to the language we have used in recent years, to read as follows: “Contraband is material prohibited by law, regulation, or policy that can reasonably be expected to cause physical injury or adversely affect the safety, security, or good order of the facility or protection of the public.”
Likewise, to conform the phrase and underscore the importance of prohibiting contraband, we added the phrase to the end of the first sentence of § 553.10, regarding inmate personal property, to read as follows: “It is the policy of the Bureau of Prisons that an inmate may possess ordinarily only that property which the inmate is authorized to retain upon admission to the institution, which is issued while the inmate is in custody, which the inmate purchases in the institution commissary, or which is approved by staff to be mailed to, or otherwise received by an inmate,
It is important to note that neither the interim nor this final rule change the substantive requirements or obligations relating to petitions for commutation of sentence, nor do they seek to alter the Bureau's responsibilities in this regard.
We received two comments on the August 3, 2015 interim rule via the publicly-accessible
One commenter requested that the Bureau of Prisons “plainly spell out the changes that are being put out for public notice,” indicating confusion with regard to the interim rule changes.
The interim rule contained an explanation of the changes made by the interim rule. It is possible that the commenter may have read only the summary available on the
The interim rule document made a minor technical change to the Bureau of Prisons regulations on contraband and inmate personal property: We added the phrase “safety, security, or good order of the facility or protection of the public.” We did this to show that this is the purpose of the contraband regulations—to ensure the “safety, security, or good order of the facility or protection of the public.” We also did this because this phrase appears, for the same purpose, throughout the Bureau's other regulations, and we have used this phrase in new regulations, when possible, since 2005. The addition of the phrase did not change the meaning or requirements of the regulations to which it was added, and did not alter the Bureau's responsibilities.
The second commenter stated as follows: “So many times inmates come to facilities and mix with wrong crowds out of fear or intimidation. Leaving lockers unlocked due to [comfort] and many other reasons. These things should be [taken into account] if this happens three times in one year they should be further reviews on the inmates. This is not tolerated but common for Camps.” This comment is not relevant to the current regulation change, which does not discuss inmate lockers or storage of personal property. The Bureau will take this comment into consideration when developing new policy with regard to inmates in federal prison camps.
For the aforementioned reasons, the Bureau now finalizes the interim rule published on August 2, 2015, without change.
Prisoners.
Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.
Final rule.
The Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is adopting a final rule amending the Iranian Transactions and Sanctions Regulations (ITSR) to reflect OFAC's licensing policies and address inquiries from the regulated public. This final rule makes changes relating to authorized sales of agricultural commodities, medicine, and medical devices to Iran pursuant to the Trade Sanctions Reform and Export Enhancement Act of 2000 (TSRA), as amended, and clarifies the definition of the terms
The Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control: Assistant Director for Licensing, tel.: 202-622-2480, Assistant Director for Regulatory Affairs, tel.: 202-622-4855, Assistant Director for Sanctions Compliance & Evaluation, tel.: 202-622-2490; or the Department of the Treasury's Office of the Chief Counsel (Foreign Assets Control), Office of the General Counsel, tel.: 202-622-2410.
This document and additional information concerning OFAC are available from OFAC's Web site (
OFAC first issued regulations to implement TSRA (22 U.S.C. 7201
TSRA provides that, with certain exceptions, the President may not impose a unilateral agricultural sanction or unilateral medical sanction against a foreign country or foreign entity unless, at least 60 days before imposing such a sanction, the President submits a report to Congress describing the proposed sanction and the reasons for it and Congress enacts a joint resolution approving the report.
As provided in Section 221 of the USA PATRIOT Act (Pub. L. 107-56) (codified at 22 U.S.C. 7210), nothing in TSRA shall limit the application or scope of any law, including any Executive order or regulation promulgated pursuant to such law, establishing criminal or civil penalties for the unlawful export of any agricultural commodity, medicine, or medical device to: A Foreign Terrorist Organization; a foreign organization, group, or person designated pursuant to Executive Orders 12947 or 13224 (sanctions on terrorists and certain supporters of terrorism); weapons of mass destruction or missile proliferators; or designated narcotics trafficking entities. In addition, TSRA provides in Section 904(2) that the restrictions on the imposition of unilateral agricultural sanctions or unilateral medical sanctions shall not affect any authority or requirement to impose a sanction to the extent such sanction applies to any agricultural commodity, medicine, or medical device that is controlled on the United States Munitions List (USML), controlled on any control list established under the Export Administration Act of 1979 or any successor statute, or used to facilitate the design, development, or production of chemical or biological weapons, missiles, or weapons of mass destruction.
On October 22, 2012, OFAC adopted a final rule that, among other things, added a general license in § 560.530(a)(3) of the ITSR that authorized the exportation or reexportation of medicine and basic medical supplies to the Government of Iran, to individuals or entities in Iran, or to persons in third countries purchasing specifically for resale to any of the foregoing, and the conduct of related transactions (
Also on April 17, 2014, OFAC expanded an existing general license in § 560.530(a)(2) that authorized the exportation and reexportation of food to authorize the exportation or reexportation of the broader category of agricultural commodities, with certain specified exceptions, to the Government of Iran, to individuals or entities in Iran, or to persons in third countries purchasing specifically for resale to any of the foregoing, and the conduct of related transactions (
Since these amendments, in consultation with the Department of State, OFAC has routinely issued specific licenses authorizing the exportation or reexportation of certain additional medical devices and agricultural commodities to the Government of Iran, to individuals or entities in Iran, or to persons in third countries purchasing such goods specifically for resale to any of the foregoing. In addition, OFAC has continued to receive feedback from the regulated public and review its TSRA licensing procedures, particularly the procedures for licensing exports and reexports of medical devices and agricultural commodities.
As a result of this review, OFAC today is amending the general license relating to authorized sales of certain medical devices in § 560.530(a)(3) to expand the scope of medical devices that may be exported or reexported to Iran without specific authorization. OFAC is also narrowing the list of agricultural commodities excluded from the general license relating to authorized sales of agricultural commodities in § 560.530(a)(2). In addition, in response to feedback from the regulated public regarding improving patient safety, OFAC is making the following changes: Expanding existing general licenses to authorize the provision of training for the safe and effective use or operation of agricultural commodities, medicine, and medical devices; expanding an existing general license authorizing the exportation or reexportation to Iran of replacement parts to permit certain additional replacement parts to be exported or reexported and stored for future use; adding a new general license to authorize the exportation and reexportation to Iran of software and services related to the operation, maintenance, and repair of medical devices previously exported pursuant to an OFAC authorization; and adding a new general license to authorize the importation into the United States of items previously exported pursuant to an OFAC authorization in connection with product recalls, adverse events, or other safety concerns, as set forth in more detail below.
To address inquiries from the regulated public, including with regard to the status of goods on vessels and aircraft, OFAC also is amending the definition in § 560.306 of the terms
Because the amendment of the ITSR involves a foreign affairs function, the provisions of Executive Order 12866 and the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) requiring notice of proposed rulemaking, opportunity for public participation, and delay in effective date are inapplicable. Because no notice of proposed rulemaking is required for this rule, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) does not apply.
The collections of information related to the ITSR are contained in 31 CFR part 501 (the Reporting, Procedures and Penalties Regulations). Pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507), those collections of information have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1505-0164. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid control number.
Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Banks, Banking, Iran, Medicine, Medical devices.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control amends 31 CFR part 560 as follows:
3 U.S.C. 301; 18 U.S.C. 2339B, 2332d; 22 U.S.C. 2349aa-9; 22 U.S.C. 7201-7211; 31 U.S.C. 321(b); 50 U.S.C. 1601-1651, 1701-1706; Pub. L. 101-410, 104 Stat. 890 (28 U.S.C. 2461 note); Pub. L. 110-96, 121 Stat. 1011 (50 U.S.C. 1705 note); Pub. L. 111-195, 124 Stat. 1312 (22 U.S.C. 8501-8551); Pub. L. 112-81, 125 Stat. 1298 (22 U.S.C. 8513a); Pub. L. 112-158, 126 Stat. 1214 (22 U.S.C. 8701-8795); E.O. 12613, 52 FR 41940, 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 256; E.O. 12957, 60 FR 14615, 3 CFR, 1995 Comp., p. 332; E.O. 12959, 60 FR 24757, 3 CFR, 1995 Comp., p. 356; E.O. 13059, 62 FR 44531, 3 CFR, 1997 Comp., p. 217; E.O. 13599, 77 FR 6659, 3 CFR, 2012 Comp., p. 215; E.O. 13628, 77 FR 62139, 3 CFR, 2012 Comp., p. 314.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the terms
(1) Goods grown, produced, manufactured, extracted, or processed in Iran; and
(2) Goods that have entered into Iranian commerce.
(b) The terms
(1) Goods exported or reexported to Iran under an authorization issued pursuant to this part and that have subsequently been reexported from and are located outside of Iran; or
(2) Goods transported on a vessel or aircraft, as well as the vessel or aircraft itself, that passed though Iranian territorial waters or stopped at a port or place in Iran en route to a destination outside of Iran and that have not otherwise come into contact with Iran.
Pursuant to this section, goods that are temporarily offloaded from a vessel in Iranian territorial waters or at a port or place in Iran and reloaded onto the same vessel or another vessel in the same location en route to a destination outside of Iran and that have not otherwise come into contact with Iran are not considered goods of Iranian origin. Similarly, goods that are offloaded from an aircraft at a place in Iran and reloaded onto the same aircraft or another aircraft in the same location en route to a destination outside of Iran and that have not otherwise come into contact with Iran are not considered goods of Iranian origin.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(a)(1) * * *
(ii) * * *
(C) The excluded medical devices specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section; and
(D) Agricultural commodities (as defined in paragraph (e)(1) of this
(2) * * *
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(A) Unless otherwise authorized by specific license, payment terms and financing for sales pursuant to this general license are limited to, and consistent with, those authorized by § 560.532;
(B) Any technology released pursuant to this authorization is designated as EAR99; and
(C) Such training is not provided to any military, intelligence, or law enforcement entity, or any official or agent thereof.
(3)(i)
(ii)
(iv)
(v)
(A) Unless otherwise authorized by specific license, payment terms and financing for sales pursuant to this general license are limited to, and consistent with, those authorized by § 560.532;
(B) Any technology released pursuant to this authorization is designated as EAR99; and
(C) Such training is not provided to any military, intelligence, or law enforcement entity, or any official or agent thereof.
(4) * * *
(i) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, the exportation or reexportation by a covered person (as defined in paragraph (e)(4) of this section) of replacement parts to the Government of Iran, to any individual or entity in Iran, or to persons in third countries purchasing specifically for resale to any of the foregoing, for medical devices (as defined in paragraph (e)(3) of this section) exported or reexported pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(3)(i) of this section, and the conduct of related transactions, including the making of shipping and cargo inspection arrangements, obtaining of insurance, arrangement of financing and payment, shipping of the goods, receipt of payment, and entry into contracts (including executory contracts), are hereby authorized, provided that, unless otherwise authorized by specific license, payment terms and financing for sales pursuant to this general license are limited to, and consistent with, those authorized by § 560.532; and further provided that:
(A) Such replacement parts are designated as EAR99, or, in the case of replacement parts that are not subject to the Export Administration Regulations, 15 CFR parts 730
(B) Such replacement parts are exported or reexported to replace a broken or nonoperational component of a medical device that previously was exported or reexported pursuant to paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, or the exportation or reexportation of such replacements parts is necessary and ordinarily incident to the proper preventative maintenance of such a medical device;
(C) The number of replacement parts that are exported or reexported and stored in Iran does not exceed the number of corresponding operational parts currently in use in relevant medical devices in Iran; and
(D) The broken or non-operational replacement parts that are being replaced are promptly exported, reexported, or otherwise provided to a non-Iranian entity located outside of Iran selected by the supplier of the replacement parts.
(ii)
(5)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(6)(i)
(ii)
(c) * * *
(5) For items subject to the EAR, an Official Commodity Classification of EAR99 issued by the Department of Commerce's Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS), certifying that the product is designated as EAR99, is required to be submitted to OFAC with the request for a license authorizing the exportation or reexportation of all fertilizers, live horses, western red cedar, or the excluded medical devices specified in paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a state implementation plan (SIP) revision submitted by the State of Maryland. This revision pertains to Maryland's adoption of the requirements in EPA's control technique guidelines (CTG) for fiberglass boat manufacturing materials. EPA is approving this Maryland SIP submittal as it is in accordance with the requirements of the Clean Air Act (CAA).
This final rule is effective on January 23, 2017.
EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID Number EPA-R03-OAR-2016-0304. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Gavin Huang, (215) 814-2042, or by email at
On August 1, 2016 (81 FR 50427 and 81 FR 50336), EPA simultaneously published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR) and a direct final rule (DFR) for the State of Maryland. On September 16, 2016 (81 FR 63701), EPA withdrew the DFR due to the receipt of a comment on the proposed rulemaking. In the NPR, EPA proposed to include in the Maryland SIP a Maryland regulation which adopted the requirements in EPA's CTG for fiberglass boat manufacturing materials. The formal SIP revision (#15-07) was submitted by Maryland on December 23, 2015.
As described in the DFR published on August 1, 2016 (81 FR 50336), section 172(c)(1) of the CAA provides that SIPs for nonattainment areas must include reasonably available control measures (RACM), including reasonably available control technology (RACT), for sources of emissions. Additionally, Maryland is in the Ozone Transport Region (OTR) established under section 184(a) of the CAA. Pursuant to section 184(b)(1)(B) of the CAA, all areas in the OTR must submit SIP revisions that include implementation of RACT with respect to all sources of volatile organic compounds (VOC) in the states covered by a CTG.
In September 2008, EPA developed a CTG entitled Control Techniques Guidelines for Fiberglass Boat Manufacturing Materials (Publication No. EPA 453/R-08-004). The CTG for fiberglass boat manufacturing materials provides control recommendations for reducing VOC emissions from the use of gel coats, resins, and materials used to clean application equipment in fiberglass boat manufacturing operations. This CTG applies to facilities that manufacture hulls or decks of boats from fiberglass or build molds to make fiberglass boat hulls or decks.
On December 23, 2015, the Maryland Department of the Environment (MDE) submitted on behalf of the State of Maryland to EPA SIP revision #15-07 concerning implementation of RACT requirements for the control of VOC emissions from fiberglass boat manufacturing materials. Maryland adopted EPA's CTG standards for fiberglass boat manufacturing materials through a regulation found at Code of Maryland Regulations (COMAR) 26.11.19 (relating to VOC from specific processes). This SIP revision adds COMAR 26.11.19.26-1 (control of VOC emissions from fiberglass boat manufacturing materials) to the Maryland SIP and also includes an amendment to COMAR 26.11.19.26 (control of VOC emissions from reinforced plastic manufacturing) which was previously approved into the Maryland SIP. In addition to adopting EPA's CTG standards, COMAR 26.11.19.26-1 includes numerous terms and definitions to support the interpretation of the measures, as well as work practices for cleaning, compliance and monitoring requirements, sampling and testing, and record keeping requirements. The amendment to COMAR 26.11.19.26 at COMAR 26.11.19.26A exempts fiberglass boat manufacturing from provisions within COMAR 26.11.19.26 to avoid duplicative or conflicting requirements. Prior to Maryland's new COMAR 26.11.19.26-1, fiberglass boat manufacturing materials were covered under COMAR 26.11.19.26 which did not address fully EPA's CTG requirements. Thus, with COMAR 26.11.19.26-1 now addressing fiberglass boat manufacturing materials, Maryland has revised COMAR 26.11.19.26A to clarify and exempt fiberglass boat manufacturing materials from COMAR 26.11.19.26A as these are now clearly addressed in COMAR 26.11.19.26-1. EPA finds the provisions in COMAR 26.11.19.26-1 identical to the CTG standards for fiberglass boat manufacturing materials and therefore approvable in accordance with sections 172(c)(1) and 184(b)(1)(B) of the CAA.
EPA received a comment from the Export Inspection Council of India within the Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India (hereinafter referred to as “Commenter”) on the August 1, 2016 NPR.
EPA is approving the December 23, 2015 Maryland SIP submittal, which revises the Maryland SIP by adding new regulation COMAR 26.11.19.26-1 and amending COMAR 26.11.19.26, because the SIP submittal meets the requirement to adopt RACT for sources covered by EPA's CTG standards for fiberglass boat manufacturing materials and is in accordance with requirements in CAA sections 172, 182 and 184.
In this rule, EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of COMAR 26.11.19.26-1 and an amendment to COMAR 26.11.19.26 addressing VOC content limits for fiberglass boat manufacturing into the Maryland SIP. Therefore, these materials have been approved by EPA for inclusion in the SIP, have been incorporated by reference by EPA into
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the CAA and applicable federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the CAA. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the CAA, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by February 21, 2017. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. This action approving the Maryland SIP revision adding new regulation COMAR 26.11.19.26-1 and amending COMAR 26.11.19.26 may not be challenged later in proceedings to enforce its requirements. (See section 307(b)(2).)
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Ozone, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency.
Direct final rule; notice of partial deletion of the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site from the National Priorities List.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region III is publishing a direct final notice of partial deletion of a portion of the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site (Site) located in Lansdale Borough, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania, from the National Priorities List (NPL). The deletion affects approximately 6.5 acres located at 135 East Hancock Street (the “Administrative Parcel”). The NPL, promulgated pursuant to section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, as amended, is found at Appendix B of the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP). This direct final partial deletion is being published by EPA with the concurrence of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, through the Pennsylvania Department of Environmental Protection (PADEP), because EPA has determined that all appropriate response actions at the Administrative Parcel under CERCLA, other than five-year reviews, have been completed. However, this partial deletion does not preclude future actions at the Administrative Parcel under Superfund.
This partial deletion pertains to soils and groundwater of the Administrative Parcel portion of the Site. The other portions of the Site will remain on the NPL, and are not being considered for deletion as part of this action.
This direct final partial deletion is effective February 21, 2017 unless EPA receives adverse comments by January 23, 2017. If adverse comments are received, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final partial deletion in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID no. EPA-HQ-SFUND-1989-0009, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
• U.S. EPA Region III, Superfund Records Center, 6th Floor, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029;
• The Lansdale Public Library, 301 Vine St, Lansdale, PA 19446; phone (215) 855-3228. Monday through Friday 10:00 a.m.-9:00 p.m.
Huu Ngo, Remedial Project Manager (3HS21), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029; (215) 814-3187; email:
EPA Region III is publishing this direct final Notice of Partial Deletion of a portion the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site from the National Priorities List (NPL). This partial deletion pertains to the soils and groundwater of the Administrative Parcel portion of the Site. The NPL constitutes Appendix B of 40 CFR part 300, which is the National Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), which EPA promulgated pursuant to section 105 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) of 1980, as amended. EPA maintains the NPL as the list of sites that appear to present a significant risk to public health, welfare, or the environment. Sites on the NPL may be the subject of remedial actions financed by the Hazardous Substance Superfund (Fund). This partial deletion of the North Penn Area 6 Site is proposed in accordance with 40 CFR 300.425(e) and is consistent with the Notice of Policy Change: Partial Deletion of Sites Listed on the National Priorities List. 60 FR 55466 (Nov. 1, 1995). As described in 40 CFR 300.425(e)(3) of the NCP, a portion of a site deleted from the NPL remains eligible for Fund-financed remedial actions if future conditions warrant such actions.
Section II of this document explains the criteria for deleting sites from the NPL. Section III discusses the procedures that EPA is using for this action. Section IV discusses the Administrative Parcel of the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site and demonstrates how it meets the deletion criteria. Section V discusses EPA's action to delete the Administrative Parcel portion of the Site from the NPL unless adverse comments are received during the public comment period.
The NCP establishes the criteria that EPA uses to delete sites from the NPL. In accordance with 40 CFR 300.425(e), sites may be deleted from the NPL where no further response is appropriate. In making such a determination pursuant to 40 CFR 300.425(e), EPA will consider, in consultation with the Commonwealth, whether any of the following criteria have been met:
i. Responsible parties or other persons have implemented all appropriate response actions required;
ii. all appropriate Fund-financed response under CERCLA has been implemented, and no further response action by responsible parties is appropriate; or
iii. the remedial investigation has shown that the release poses no significant threat to public health or the environment and, therefore, the taking of remedial measures is not appropriate.
Pursuant to CERCLA section 121(c) and the NCP, EPA conducts five-year reviews to ensure the continued protectiveness of remedial actions where hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants remain at a site above levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure. EPA conducts such five-year reviews even if a site is deleted from the NPL. EPA may initiate further action to ensure continued protectiveness at a deleted site if new information becomes available that indicates such action is appropriate. Whenever there is a significant release from a site deleted from the NPL, the deleted site may be restored to the NPL without application of the hazard ranking system.
The following procedures apply to deletion of the Administrative Parcel portion of the Site:
(1) EPA consulted with the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania prior to developing this direct final Notice of Partial Deletion and the Notice of Intent for Partial Deletion co-published today in the “Proposed Rules” section of the
(2) EPA provided the Commonwealth 30 working days for review of this notice and the parallel Notice of Intent for Partial Deletion prior to their publication today, and the Commonwealth, through PADEP, concurred on the partial deletion of the Site from the NPL.
(3) Concurrently with the publication of this direct final Notice of Partial Deletion, a notice of the availability of the parallel Notice of Intent for Partial Deletion is being published in a major local newspaper,
(4) The EPA placed copies of documents supporting the partial deletion in the deletion docket and made these items available for public inspection and copying at the Site information repositories identified above.
(5) If adverse comments are received within the 30-day public comment period on this partial deletion action, EPA will publish a timely notice of withdrawal of this direct final Notice of Partial Deletion before its effective date, and will prepare a response to comments and continue with the deletion process, as appropriate, on the basis of the Notice of Intent for Partial Deletion and the comments already received.
Deletion of a portion of a site from the NPL does not itself create, alter, or revoke any individual's rights or obligations. Deletion of a portion of a site from the NPL does not in any way alter EPA's right to take enforcement actions, as appropriate. The NPL is designed primarily for informational purposes and to assist EPA management. Section 300.425(e)(3) of the NCP states that the deletion of a site from the NPL does not preclude eligibility for future response actions, should future conditions warrant such actions.
The following information provides EPA's rationale for deleting the Administrative Parcel portion of the Site from the NPL:
The North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site (EPA Identification Number PAD980926976) is located primarily in Lansdale Borough, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania. The Site is comprised of multiple properties contaminated primarily with volatile organic compounds (VOCs) in the soil and associated groundwater contamination. One of the properties consists of approximately 10 acres of land located at 135 East Hancock Street in Lansdale Borough (the “Property”). The Property was formerly occupied by the Tate Andale Company, and later by the Rogers Mechanical Company. The Administrative Parcel is comprised of approximately 6.5 acres located within the Property.
The current owner of the Property, including the Administrative Parcel, is
The Property is currently occupied by three buildings, portions of two former structures, and footers and concrete pads from previous on-site buildings. A treatment system operated currently by EPA for treatment of groundwater and multiple monitoring wells are also present at the Property. The Property is bordered to the southwest by East Hancock Street, and to the west, northwest, and east by railroad lines. The ground surface elevation of the Property is approximately 370 feet above mean sea level. The Property consists of relatively flat terrain with a gradual slope towards the southwest. There are no surface water bodies located within the boundaries of the Property. The nearest body of water is the Towamencin Creek, which is located approximately 2,800 feet southwest of the Property. Surface water runoff following precipitation events either infiltrates the ground surface or drains towards the western portion of the Property prior to entering a swale adjacent to the neighboring railroad tracks. Surrounding land use includes commercial, industrial, and residential uses.
The Tate Andale Company formerly occupied the Property dating back to at least the 1920s, and historically used the Property to fabricate oil coolers, heaters, and strainers. Rogers Mechanical Company purchased the Property in 1985 and operated a plumbing and heating business. The former Tate Andale Company was one of twenty-six property owners/operators to be identified as a potentially responsible party (PRP) at the Site following the detection of groundwater contamination in the Lansdale area in 1979. North Penn Area 6 was proposed to the National Priorities List on January 22, 1987 (52 FR 27620), and became a Superfund Site when the listing became final on March 31, 1989 (54 FR 13296). EPA divided the Site into three operable units (OUs). Operable Unit One (OU1) consists of Fund-financed response actions to address the contaminated soils at certain of the properties that comprise the Site. Operable Unit Two (OU2) consists of PRP-financed response actions to address the contaminated soils at certain other properties that comprise the Site. Operable Unit Three (OU3) consists of Fund-financed and PRP-financed response actions to address the contaminated groundwater over the entire Site. All activities associated with investigation and remediation at the Property were performed by EPA and financed by the Fund, and are part of OU1 and OU3. The Administrative Parcel consists of soils and groundwater on the aforementioned approximately 6.5 acre portion of the Property.
Soils at the Property were investigated as part of the OU1 Remedial Investigation and Feasibility Study (RI/FS). The OU1 RI at the Property focused primarily on a coal ash and scrap metal pile located on the southwestern portion of the Property and another area on the eastern portion of the Property. Soil gas and soil samples were collected from these areas, and elevated levels of VOCs were found in the area on the eastern portion of the Property. Trichloroethylene (TCE) was detected at concentrations up to 4600 μg/kg, and contaminants associated with the breakdown of TCE were also found at elevated levels. The Risk Assessment determined that the contaminant levels would present a risk to groundwater, and a cleanup standard of 131 μg/kg for TCE in soil was determined to protect groundwater. An area comprising roughly 18,000 cubic feet of soil on the east side of the Property was determined to require treatment. The OU1 Feasibility Study considered alternatives for remediation of the VOC-contaminated soil including No Action, Containment with Cap, Vapor Extraction, Low Temperature Thermal Desorption, Soil Washing/Biotreatment, Excavation and Off-site Disposal, and In-Place Processing with Hot Air Injection.
The Property was one of four properties addressed in the 1995 Record of Decision (ROD) for OU1. The OU1 Remedial Action Objective was to prevent further contamination of groundwater from contaminated soils. The selected alternative was in-place processing using hot air injection, with excavation and off-site disposal as a back-up. During the Remedial Design, it was determined that hot air injection would not achieve the performance standards of the OU1 ROD, and the backup remedy of excavation and off-site disposal was used to meet performance standards. Approximately 861 cubic yards of contaminated soil were removed from the Property as part of the OU1 remedial action and disposed of in a Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) permitted landfill facility in Model City, New York. EPA approved the OU1 remedial action report for the Property in 2001.
OU2 consists of soils investigations at certain enforcement-lead properties. The Property (including the Administrative Parcel to be deleted from the NPL) is not included in OU2.
Groundwater contamination was investigated as part of the RI/FS for OU3. Groundwater contamination at the Property is focused primarily in the southwestern portion of the Property. The OU3 RI/FS found contamination from VOCs at unacceptable levels in monitoring wells and a former production well (TA-1) on the Property. Contamination in well TA-1 was found at concentrations up to 7,740 μg/L of TCE, and the Property was included in the OU3 Feasibility Study to evaluate alternatives for treatment of the groundwater. The OU3 Feasibility Study considered several alternatives involving extraction of contaminated groundwater using differing treatment technologies and differing discharge points.
The Property was included in the OU3 ROD in 2000, which called for construction of groundwater extraction and treatment systems at several properties, including the Property, included in the Site to remediate the contaminated groundwater. The goal of the groundwater extraction and treatment systems is to restore the aquifer to beneficial use as a potable use aquifer. The major components of the selected remedy in the OU3 ROD include the following:
• Completion of a groundwater remedial design study to determine the most efficient design of a groundwater extraction and treatment system.
• Installation, operation, and maintenance of on-site groundwater extraction wells to remove contaminated groundwater from beneath the Site and to prevent contaminants from migrating off-site.
• Installation, operation, and maintenance of air stripping treatment at on-site groundwater extraction wells to treat groundwater to required cleanup levels.
• Construction, operation, and maintenance of a pipeline from the on-site groundwater treatment systems to the nearest surface water body or storm drain leading to a surface water body.
• Periodic sampling of groundwater and treated water to ensure treatment components are effective and groundwater remediation is progressing towards the cleanup levels.
During the Remedial Design of the groundwater extraction and treatment system at the Property, EPA conducted a pump test on the extraction well at the Property. The well failed to produce an adequate yield of contaminated water to treat to significantly improve groundwater quality. As a result, EPA conducted additional testing to determine if adding a vapor extraction unit to the treatment system at the Property would increase contaminant removal and improve the performance of the OU3 selected remedy at the Property. Based on those results, EPA issued an Explanation of Significant Differences (ESD) on September 16, 2009, requiring implementation of a modified remedy at the Property which includes vapor extraction to enhance the performance of the remedy selected in the OU3 ROD. Testing also indicated that significant cost savings could be achieved by replacing the air stripper at the Property with a vessel containing granular activated carbon (GAC). Therefore, the ESD further allowed EPA to modify the OU3 remedy at the Property to allow for this form of treatment. The treatment system at the Property was built, and determined to be operational and functional in 2012. EPA plans on transferring the groundwater treatment system at the Property to PADEP for Operation and Maintenance (O&M) in 2022.
During the Remedial Design of the OU1 remedy to address contaminated soils at the Property, it was determined that the alternative selected in the OU1 ROD would not achieve the performance standards of the ROD; therefore, the backup remedy of excavation and off-site disposal was used to meet the performance standards. Approximately 861 cubic yards of contaminated soil were removed from the Property as part of the OU1 remedial action. EPA approved the OU1 remedial action report for the Property in 2001. No further actions to remediate the soil at the Property have been required.
During the Remedial Design of the OU3 remedy to address contaminated groundwater at the Property, it was determined that the alternative selected in the OU3 ROD would not treat enough contaminated water at the Property to significantly improve groundwater quality. As a result, EPA issued the ESD to require a modified remedy at the Property which includes vapor extraction and allows for the replacement of the air stripper with a vessel containing GAC to enhance the performance of the remedy selected in the OU3 ROD. EPA built the treatment system at the Property, and determined that it was operational and functional in 2012. EPA continues to operate and maintain the groundwater treatment system at the Property.
In the OU1 ROD, EPA selected a soil cleanup level of 131 μg/kg of trichloroethylene (TCE) to be protective of groundwater. To expedite backfilling of excavated areas at the Property, EPA conducted Quality Control sampling prior to excavation to delineate the extent of contamination, and eliminate the need to keep excavation areas open while additional sampling and analysis were being performed to determine if the performance standard (cleanup level) for soil in the OU1 ROD had been met. Thirty samples were collected at the Property and sent for analysis. The performance standard was exceeded at one location; therefore, additional samples were collected further out. As a result of the sampling, the boundary of excavation was extended out five feet to comply with the OU1 performance standard. After the excavation and off-site disposal of soils was completed, EPA certified the OU1 Remedial Action at the Property to be complete.
The OU3 remedy to address contaminated groundwater called for restoration of the aquifer to beneficial use as a potable use aquifer. The OU3 ROD set the groundwater cleanup level as the EPA Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL). The MCL for TCE is 5 ug/L. There are currently ten monitoring wells on or near the Property: ROG-1S, ROG-1D, ROG-2S, ROG-2I, ROG-3S, ROG-3I, ROG-4S, ROG-4I, ROG-5, and ROG-6, in addition to the extraction well TA-1. Currently, only two of the monitoring wells at the Property, ROG-3S and ROG-4S, show contamination above the MCL. Most monitoring wells at the Property have shown downward trends in contamination since the OU3 remedy was implemented. The monitoring wells located in the Administrative Parcel (ROG-1S, ROG1D, ROG-2S, and ROG-2I) have never exhibited contaminant concentrations in excess of the performance standard (cleanup level) for groundwater in the OU3 ROD and are considered to be upgradient from the current contaminated groundwater plume.
There are no O&M requirements and no institutional controls for OU1 at the Property. For OU3, EPA plans on transferring the groundwater treatment system at the Property to PADEP for O&M in 2022. There are no institutional controls for OU3 at the Property. The monitoring wells on the Administrative Parcel will continue to be sampled.
The selected remedial actions, upon completion, will not leave hazardous substances, pollutants, or contaminants on site above levels that allow for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure; however, the OU3 remedial action will require more than five years to complete. As a result, EPA will perform Five Year Reviews at the Site pursuant to Section 121(c) of CERCLA, 42 U.S.C. 9621(c), until the cleanup levels for groundwater in the OU3 ROD are achieved, allowing for unlimited use and unrestricted exposure. Five Year Reviews will be triggered by the date that construction is completed at the entire Site.
The owner of the Property performed additional investigations at the Property subsequent to EPA's investigations. In 2005, fifty soil borings were advanced throughout the Property. A soil sample was collected from each soil boring and analyzed for VOC contamination. No soil samples exceeded EPA's performance standards (cleanup levels) for soil in the OU1 ROD. Nine composite samples were also collected and analyzed for semi-volatile organic compounds (SVOCs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), pesticides, metals, and cyanide. SVOCs, PCBs, pesticides, and cyanide were not detected at elevated levels in these samples; however, arsenic was detected in three samples at levels that exceeded background and EPA Regional Screening Levels (RSLs). In 2006, the owner of the Property conducted additional sampling in the vicinity of the samples where the elevated levels of arsenic were found. Eighteen additional soil borings were advanced, and two soil samples were collected from each boring. Elevated levels of arsenic were detected in two soil borings. EPA conducted a more rigorous evaluation of the risks associated with the arsenic levels and determined that the risks associated with the concentrations are within EPA's acceptable risk range.
The owner of the Property also conducted sampling to evaluate the planned construction of a stormwater
The owner of the Property conducted additional sampling in 2016 on an approximately 3,000 cubic yard pile of top soil to be used as ground cover for the residential development. Twelve samples were collected from the pile and analyzed for metals. One sample was analyzed for hexavalent chromium. Metals concentrations were all found to be within EPA's acceptable risk range.
Public participation activities have been satisfied as required in CERCLA section 113(k), 42 U.S.C. 9613(k), and CERCLA section 117, 42 U.S.C. 9617. Documents in the deletion docket on which EPA relied for recommendation of the deletion of the Administrative Parcel from the NPL are available to the public in the information repositories. The locations of the information repositories are set forth at the end of the Addresses section at the beginning of this notice.
EPA has determined based on the investigations conducted that all appropriate response actions under CERCLA have been implemented at the Administrative Parcel. The remedial action for OU1 removed contaminated soil from the Administrative Parcel. The implemented OU1 remedy for soils has achieved performance standards specified in the OU1 ROD at the Administrative Parcel. The four monitoring wells (ROG1S, ROG1D, ROG2S, and ROG2I) that are located within the Administrative Parcel have not shown significant detections of contaminants. These wells are also considered upgradient from the current contaminated groundwater plume. The implemented OU3 remedy for groundwater has achieved performance standards specified in the OU3 ROD at the Administrative Parcel and will continue to extract and treat contaminated groundwater at other portions of the Property. The selected remedial action objectives and associated cleanup levels for OU1 and OU3 at the Administrative Parcel are consistent with agency policy and guidance and have been achieved at the Administrative Parcel. No further Superfund response action for the Administrative Parcel is needed to protect human health and the environment. Other procedures for deletion required by 40 CFR 300.425(e) are detailed in Section III of this direct Final Notice of Partial Deletion of a portion of the Site.
The EPA, with concurrence of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, through the PADEP, has determined that all appropriate response actions under CERCLA, other than five-year reviews and monitoring, have been completed for the Administrative Parcel. Therefore, EPA is deleting the Administrative Parcel portion of the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site from the NPL.
Because EPA considers this action noncontroversial and routine, EPA is taking it without prior publication. This action will be effective February 21, 2017 unless EPA receives adverse comments by January 23, 2017. If adverse comments are received within the 30-day public comment period, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal of this direct final notice of partial deletion before the effective date of the partial deletion, and it will not take effect. EPA will prepare a response to comments and continue with the deletion process, as appropriate, on the basis of the notice of intent to partially delete and the comments already received. There will be no additional opportunity to comment.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Chemicals, Hazardous waste, Hazardous substances, Intergovernmental relations, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Superfund, Water pollution control, Water supply.
For the reasons set out in this document, 40 CFR part 300 is amended as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1321(c)(2); 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; E.O. 12580, 52 FR 2923, 3 CFR 1987 Comp., p. 193.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule; technical correction.
EPA issued a final rule in the
This technical correction is effective January 17, 2017.
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2016-0207, is available at
The Agency included in the November 17, 2016 final rule a list of those who may be potentially affected by this action.
EPA issued a final rule in the
Section 553 of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B)) provides that, when an Agency for good cause finds that notice and public procedure are impracticable, unnecessary or contrary to the public interest, the Agency may issue a final rule without providing notice and an opportunity for public comment. EPA has determined that there is good cause for making this technical correction final without prior proposal and opportunity for comment. The SNUR at § 721.10949 contains the wrong CAS number associated with PMN P-15-614, and the SNUR at § 721.10958 contains the wrong name associated with PMN P-16-52 that was the basis for the SNUR. EPA finds that this constitutes good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B).
No. For a detailed discussion concerning the statutory and executive order review, refer to Unit XII. of the November 17, 2016 final rule.
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Chemicals, Hazardous substances, Reporting and Recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR part 721 is corrected as follows:
15 U.S.C. 2604, 2607, and 2625(c).
(a)
(a)
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
Final rule; correction.
This document corrects technical and typographical errors that appeared in the final rule published in the
This correction is effective on January 1, 2017.
Julia Howard, (410) 786-8645, for issues related to DMEPOS CBP and bid surety bonds, state licensure, and the appeals process for breach of DMEPOS CBP contract actions. Stephanie Frilling, (410) 786-4507, for issues related to the ESRD QIP.
In FR Doc. 2016-26152 of November 4, 2016 (81 FR 77834) (hereinafter referred to as the CY 2017 ESRD PPS final rule) there are technical and typographical errors that are discussed in the “Summary of Errors,” and further identified and corrected in the “Correction of Errors” section below. The provisions in this correction notice are effective as if they had been included in the CY 2017 ESRD PPS final rule published in the
On page 77874, we inadvertently made technical errors with respect to the calculation of the performance standard values in Table 2, “Improvement of Performance Standards Over Time.”
On page 77886, we inadvertently made technical errors with respect to the calculation based on the most recently available data of the Achievement Threshold and Performance Standard values that apply to the Kt/V Composite, Standardized Transfusion Ratio and Hypercalcemia measures, and the calculation based on the most recently available data of the Achievement Threshold, Benchmark and Performance Standard values that apply to the ICH CAHPS measure in Table 6, “Finalized Numerical Values for the Performance Standards for the PY 2019 ESRD QIP Clinical Measures Using the Most Recently Available Data.” We also inadvertently included values for the Achievement Threshold, Benchmark and Performance Standard for the Standardized Hospitalization Ratio Clinical Measure, which is not a measure that we have adopted for the PY 2019 program.
On page 77897, we inadvertently included values for the Standardized Hospitalization Ratio Clinical Measure, which is not a finalized PY 2019 ESRD QIP measure, in Table 12, “PY 2020 Clinical Measure Including Facilities With at Least 11 Eligible Patients Per Measure.”
On page 77932 we made a technical error in our response to the first comment under “1. Bid Surety Bond Requirement”. In our response, we stated “While we acknowledge that there will be a number of entities that are required to make large expenditures in order to obtain a bid surety bond for each CBA in which they are submitting a bid, we anticipate that this revision on the bid surety bond amount from $100,000 to $50,000 will reduce that overall burden on all suppliers.” We inadvertently included the term “suppliers” at the end of the sentence but the term should read “bidders.”
On page 77933 in our response to the comment on why the bid surety bond was only required until January 1, 2019, we inadvertently included a “1” in the reference to the round of competition in 2019 in which the bid surety bond requirement commences. The reference should read “Round 2019” and not “Round 1 2019.”
At the top of page 77934 in our discussion on “Appeals Process for a DMEPOS Competitive Bidding Breach of Contract Action” we repeated a typographical error from the proposed rule (81 FR 42849) by stating that we proposed removing “§ 414.423(g)(2)(i)” from the regulation. The correct citation in this discussion should read “§ 414.422(g)(2)(i)”, consistent with the proposal to remove corrective action plan from the list of actions for a breach of contract in the regulation, as described in the preamble and regulation text of the proposed and final rules (81 FR 42849, 42878, and 81 FR 77934, 77967).
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), the agency is required to publish a notice of the proposed rule in the
In our view, this correcting document does not constitute rulemaking that would be subject to these requirements. This correcting document is simply correcting technical errors in the preamble and does not make substantive changes to the policies or payment methodologies that were adopted in the final rule, and therefore, it is unnecessary to follow the notice and comment procedure in this instance.
Even if this were a rulemaking to which the notice and comment and delayed effective date requirements applied, we find that there is good cause to waive such requirements. Undertaking further notice and comment procedures to incorporate the corrections in this document into the CY 2017 ESRD PPS final rule or delaying the effective date would be contrary to the public interest because it is in the public's interest for dialysis facilities to receive appropriate payments in as timely a manner as possible, and to ensure that the CY 2017 ESRD PPS final rule accurately reflects our policies as of the date they take effect and are applicable. Further, such procedures would be unnecessary, because we are not altering the payment methodologies or policies. For these reasons, we believe we have good cause to waive the notice and comment and effective date requirements.
In FR Doc. 2016-26152 of November 4, 2016 (81 FR 77834), we make the following corrections:
1. On page 77874, Table 2 is corrected to read as follows:
2. On page 77886, Table 6 is corrected to read as follows:
3. On page 77897, Table 12 is corrected to read as follows:
4. On page 77932, third column, line 17, the word “suppliers” is corrected to read as “bidders”.
5. On page 77933, first column, line 30, remove the number “1” before “2019”.
6. On page 77934, first column, line 3, the citation “§ 414.423(g)(2)(i)” is corrected to read “§ 414.422(g)(2)(i)”.
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice of determination.
This notice of determination provides the FRA Administrator's minimum annual random drug and alcohol testing rates for calendar year 2017.
Effective December 23, 2016.
Jerry Powers, FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Manager, W33-310, Federal Railroad Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-6313); or Sam Noe, FRA Drug and Alcohol Program Specialist (telephone 615-719-2951).
For the next calendar year, FRA determines the minimum annual random drug testing rate and the minimum annual random alcohol testing rate for railroad employees covered by hours of service laws and regulations (covered service employees) based on the railroad industry data available for the two previous calendar years (for this Notice, calendar years 2014 and 2015). Railroad industry data submitted to FRA's Management Information System (MIS) shows the rail industry's random drug testing positive rate for covered service employees has continued to be below 1.0 percent for the applicable two calendar years. FRA's Administrator has therefore determined the minimum annual random drug testing rate for the period January 1, 2017, through December 31, 2017, will remain at 25 percent of covered service employees under § 219.602 of FRA's drug and alcohol rule (49 CFR part 219). In addition, because the industry-wide random alcohol testing violation rate for covered service employees has continued to be below 0.5 percent for the applicable two calendar years, the Administrator has determined the minimum random alcohol testing rate will remain at 10 percent of covered service employees for the period January 1, 2017, through December 31, 2017, under § 219.608. Because these rates represent minimums, railroads may conduct FRA random testing at higher rates.
In a June 10, 2016, final rule, FRA expanded the scope of part 219 to cover maintenance-of-way (MOW) employees (81 FR 37894). MOW employees will become subject to FRA random drug and alcohol testing on June 12, 2017, when the final rule takes effect. In 1994, when FRA, in concert with the other DOT modes, established a drug MIS system (58 FR 68232, December 23, 1993), FRA set its initial minimum random drug testing rate at 50 percent for covered employees because of the lack of data to gauge the extent of the drug abuse problem at that time. FRA set its minimum random alcohol testing rate for covered employees at 25 percent for the same reason. As its MIS data continued to show consistently low industry-wide drug and alcohol positive rates among covered employees, FRA lowered its minimum annual random drug and alcohol testing rates to their current respective rates of 25 and 10 percent.
Similarly, because FRA has no MIS data for MOW employees yet, the Administrator has determined that for the period June 12, 2017, through December 31, 2017, the minimum annual random drug testing rate will be set at 50 percent of MOW employees, and the minimum annual random alcohol testing rate will be set at 25 percent of MOW employees. As with covered employees, because these rates represent minimums, railroads may conduct FRA random testing of MOW employees at higher rates.
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
This rule increases the rail equipment accident/incident monetary reporting threshold (reporting threshold) from $10,500 to $10,700 for railroad accidents/incidents involving property damage that occur during calendar year (CY) 2017 that FRA's accident/incident reporting regulations require railroads to report to the agency. This action is needed to ensure FRA's reporting requirements reflect cost increases that have occurred since FRA last published the reporting threshold in December 2015.
This final rule is effective January 1, 2017.
Kebo Chen, Staff Director, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Safety Analysis, RRS-22, Mail Stop 25, West Building 3rd Floor, Room W33-314, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-6079); or Gahan Christenson, Trial Attorney, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Chief Counsel, RCC-10, Mail Stop 10, West Building 3rd Floor, Room W31-124, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202-493-1381).
A “rail equipment accident/incident” is a collision, derailment, fire, explosion, act of God, or other event involving the operation of railroad on-track equipment (standing or moving) that results in damages to railroad on-track equipment, signals, tracks, track structures, or roadbed, including labor costs and the costs for acquiring new equipment and material, greater than the reporting threshold for the year in which the event occurs. 49 CFR 225.19(c). A railroad must report each rail equipment accident/incident to FRA using the Rail Equipment Accident/Incident Report (Form FRA F 6180.54).
In addition to periodically reviewing and adjusting the reporting threshold under Appendix B, FRA periodically amends its method for calculating the threshold. In 49 U.S.C. 20901(b), Congress requires that FRA base the reporting threshold on publicly available information obtained from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), other objective government source, or be subject to notice and comment. In 1996, FRA adopted a new method for calculating the reporting threshold for rail equipment accidents/incidents.
Approximately one year has passed since FRA reviewed the reporting threshold.
In this rule, FRA has recalculated the reporting threshold based on the formula discussed in detail and adopted, after notice and comment, in the final rule published December 20, 2005.
FRA regularly reviews and recalculates the reporting threshold using the formula published in Appendix B near the end of each CY. Therefore, any person affected by this rule should anticipate the on-going adjustment of the reporting threshold and has reasonable time to make any minor changes necessary to come into compliance with the reporting requirements. FRA attempts to use the most recent data available to calculate the updated reporting threshold prior to the next CY. FRA has found that issuing the rule no later than December of each CY and making the rule effective on January 1, of the next year, allows FRA to use the most up-to-date data when calculating the reporting threshold and to compile data that accurately reflects rising wages and equipment costs. As such, FRA finds that it has good cause to make this final rule effective January 1, 2017.
FRA evaluated this final rule under existing policies and procedures and determined it is non-significant under both Executive Orders 12866 and 13563, and DOT policies and procedures.
FRA developed this rule under Executive Order 13272 (“Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking”) and DOT's procedures and policies to promote compliance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires an agency to review regulations to assess their impact on small entities, unless the Secretary certifies the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Under Section 312 of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), Federal agencies may adopt their own size standards for small entities in consultation with SBA and in consultation with public comment. Under that authority, FRA has published a final statement of agency policy formally establishing for FRA's regulatory purposes “small entities” as railroads, contractors, and hazardous materials shippers that meet the revenue requirements of a Class III railroad as set forth in 49 CFR 1201.1-1 ($20 million or less in inflation-adjusted annual revenues, and commuter railroads or small governmental jurisdictions that serve populations of 50,000 or less).
About 743 of the approximately 792 railroads in the United States are considered small entities by FRA. FRA certifies that this final rule will have no significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. To the extent that this rule has any impact on small entities, the impact will be neutral or insignificant. The frequency of rail equipment accidents/incidents, and therefore also the frequency of required reporting, is generally proportional to the size of the railroad. A railroad employing thousands of employees and operating trains millions of miles is exposed to greater risks than one whose operation is substantially smaller. Small railroads may go for months at a time without having a reportable occurrence of any type, and even longer without having a rail equipment accident/incident. For example, FRA data indicate railroads reported 2,029 rail equipment accidents/incidents in 2011, with small railroads reporting 276 of them. Data for 2012 show railroads reported 1,765 rail equipment accidents/incidents, with small railroads reporting 254 of them. Data for 2013 show that 1,849 rail equipment accidents/incidents were reported, with small railroads reporting 271 of them. In 2014, 1,870 rail equipment accidents/incidents were reported, and small railroads reported 230 of them. In 2015, 1,912 rail equipment accidents/incidents were reported, with small railroads reporting 253 of them. On average over those five calendar years, small railroads reported about 14% (ranging from 12% to 15%) of the total number of rail equipment accidents/incidents. FRA notes that these data are accurate as of the date of issuance of this final rule, and are subject to minor changes due to additional reporting. Absent this rulemaking (
Furthermore, FRA has determined the RFA does not apply to this rulemaking. Given this rule merely updates the reporting threshold for CY 2017 using the formula developed through notice and comment rulemaking and published in Appendix B, FRA finds notice and public comment is unnecessary and would serve no public benefit. The Small Business Administration's
If, under the APA or any rule of general applicability governing federal grants to state and local governments, the agency is required to publish a general notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM), the RFA must be considered [citing 5 U.S.C. 604(a)] . . . . If an NPRM is not required, the RFA does not apply.
There are no new or additional information collection requirements associated with this final rule. FRA's collection of accident/incident reporting and recordkeeping information is currently approved under OMB No. 2130-0500. Therefore, FRA is not required to provide an estimate of a public reporting burden in this document.
Executive Order 13132, “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, Aug. 10, 1999), requires FRA to develop an accountable process to ensure “meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications.” “Policies that have federalism implications” are defined in the Executive Order to include regulations that have “substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” Under Executive Order 13132, the agency may not issue a regulation with federalism implications that imposes substantial direct compliance costs and that is not required by statute, unless the Federal government provides the funds necessary to pay the direct compliance costs incurred by State and local governments, or the agency consults
FRA analyzed this final rule under the principles and criteria in Executive Order 13132. This rule will not have a substantial direct effect on States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and the responsibilities among the various levels of government, as specified in Executive Order 13132. In addition, FRA determined this rule does not impose substantial direct compliance costs on State and local governments. Accordingly, FRA concluded the consultation and funding requirements of Executive Order 13132 do not apply and preparation of a federalism assessment is not required.
FRA evaluated this final rule under its “Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts” (FRA's Procedures) (64 FR 28545, May 26, 1999) as required by the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321
(c) Actions categorically excluded. Certain classes of FRA actions have been determined to be categorically excluded from the requirements of these Procedures as they do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. . . . The following classes of FRA actions are categorically excluded: . . . (20) Promulgation of railroad safety rules and policy statements that do not result in significantly increased emissions or air or water pollutants or noise or increased traffic congestion in any mode of transportation.
Consistent with section 4(c)(20) of FRA's Procedures, FRA concluded that no extraordinary circumstances exist with respect to this regulation that might trigger the need for a more detailed environmental review. As a result, FRA finds this rule is not a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
Under Section 201 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4, 2 U.S.C. 1531), each Federal agency “shall, unless otherwise prohibited by law, assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments, and the private sector (other than to the extent that such regulations incorporate requirements specifically set forth in law).” Section 202 of the Act (2 U.S.C. 1532) further requires that before promulgating any general notice of proposed rulemaking that is likely to result in the promulgation of any rule that includes any Federal mandate that may result in expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any 1 year, and before promulgating any final rule for which a general notice of proposed rulemaking was published, the agency shall prepare a written statement detailing the effect on State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector. This final rule will not result in the expenditure of more than $156,000,000 by the public sector in any one year. Thus, preparation of such a statement is not required.
Executive Order 13211 requires Federal agencies to prepare a Statement of Energy Effects for any “significant energy action.” 66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001. Under the Executive Order, a “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency (normally published in the
Executive Order 12898, Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations, and DOT Order 5610.2(a) (91 FR 27534, May 10, 2012) require DOT agencies to achieve environmental justice as part of their mission by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects, including interrelated social and economic effects, of their programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations. The DOT Order instructs DOT agencies to address compliance with Executive Order 12898 and requirements within the DOT Order in rulemaking activities, as appropriate. FRA evaluated this final rule under Executive Order 12898 and the DOT Order and determined it would not cause disproportionately high and adverse human health and environmental effects on minority or low-income populations.
FRA evaluated this final rule under the principles and criteria in Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, dated November 6, 2000. This final rule will not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, will not impose substantial direct compliance costs on Indian tribal governments, and will not preempt tribal laws. Therefore, the funding and consultation requirements of Executive Order 13175 do not apply, and a tribal summary impact statement is not required.
The Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (19 U.S.C. 2501
Interested parties should be aware that anyone can search the electronic form of all written comments received
Investigations, Penalties, Railroad safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
In consideration of the foregoing, FRA amends part 225 of chapter II, subtitle B of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 103, 322(a), 20103, 20107, 20901-02, 21301, 21302, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
(c)
(e) The reporting threshold is $6,700 for calendar years 2002 through 2005, $7,700 for calendar year 2006, $8,200 for calendar year 2007, $8,500 for calendar year 2008, $8,900 for calendar year 2009, $9,200 for calendar year 2010, $9,400 for calendar year 2011, $9,500 for calendar year 2012, $9,900 for calendar year 2013, $10,500 for calendar year 2014, $10,500 for calendar year 2015, $10,500 for calendar year 2016, and $10,700 for calendar year 2017. The procedure for determining the reporting threshold for calendar years 2006 and beyond appears as paragraphs 1-8 of appendix B to part 225.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Adoption of interim rule as final rule.
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service or we) is adopting, as a final rule, without change, an interim rule that revised our civil procedure regulations and increased civil monetary penalties for inflation.
Effective on December 23, 2016.
Paul Beiriger, Special Agent in Charge, Branch of Investigations, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Office of Law Enforcement, (703) 358-1949.
The regulations at 50 CFR part 11 provide uniform rules and procedures for the assessment of civil penalties resulting from violations of certain laws and regulations enforced by the Service.
On June 28, 2016, the Service published in the
The interim rule became effective on July 28, 2016. We accepted public comments for 60 days on the interim rule, ending August 29, 2016. By that date, we did not receive any comments on the interim rule. Therefore, we are affirming the interim rule as a final rule, without change.
The interim rule is available at
Administrative practice and procedure, Exports, Fish, Imports, Penalties, Plants, Transportation, Wildlife.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Draft regulatory guide; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing for public comment draft regulatory guide (DG), DG-1334, “Guidance for Implementation of 10 CFR 50.59, `Changes, Tests, and Experiments.' ” This draft regulatory guide provides licensees and applicants with a method that the staff of the NRC considers acceptable for use in complying with the Commission's regulations on the process by which licensees may make changes to their facilities and procedures, as described in the safety analysis report, without prior NRC approval, under certain conditions.
Submit comments by February 21, 2017. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the NRC is able to ensure consideration only for comments received on or before this date. Although a time limit is given, comments and suggestions in connection with items for inclusion in guides currently being developed or improvements in all published guides are encouraged at any time.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods (unless this document describes a different method for submitting comments on a specified subject):
•
•
Brian Harris, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, telephone: 301-415-2277; email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0270 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this action. You may obtain publically-available information related to this action, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0270 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.
The NRC is issuing for public comment a draft regulatory guide (DG-1334) in the NRC's “Regulatory Guide” series. This series was developed to describe and make available to the public information regarding methods that are acceptable to the NRC staff for implementing specific parts of the NRC's regulations, techniques that the staff uses in evaluating specific issues or postulated events, and data that the staff needs in its review of applications for permits and licenses.
The draft regulatory guide, entitled, “Guidance for Implementation of 10 CFR 50.59, `Changes, Tests, and Experiments.' ” is a proposed revision temporarily identified by its task number, DG-1334. DG-1334 is proposed revision 1 of RG 1.187, “Guidance for Implementation of 10 CFR 50.59, `Changes, Tests, and Experiments.' ” The draft regulatory guide provides licensees and applicants with a method that the NRC staff considers acceptable for use in complying with the Commission's regulations on the process by which licensees may make changes to their facilities and procedures as described in
This draft regulatory guide clarifies potentially unclear statements in Section 4.3.8 of Nuclear Energy Institute document 96-07, Revision 1, “Guidelines for 10 CFR 50.59 Implementation,” (ADAMS Accession number ML003771157) which was endorsed in RG 1.187, Rev 0, (ADAMS Accession number ML003759710) as acceptable guidance for how to comply with NRC regulations in section 50.59 of title 10 of the
The draft regulatory guide also adds clarification to statements in Section 4.3.5 of NEI 96-07, Revision 1, whereby licensees may misinterpret the last sentence in the second paragraph in Section 4.3.5 if considered in isolation of the statements earlier discussed in the paragraph.
Draft regulatory guide DG-1334, if finalized as Regulatory Guide 1.187, Revision 1, would provide guidance on acceptable ways of determining whether licensees may make changes to their facilities and procedures as described in the safety analysis report, without prior NRC approval, under the change process established in 10 CFR 50.59. The draft regulatory guide, if finalized, would not constitute backfitting as defined in 10 CFR 50.109 (the Backfit Rule) and is not otherwise inconsistent with the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR part 52, “Licenses, Certifications and Approvals for Nuclear Power Plants.” The subject of this draft regulatory guide, as described above, is an NRC-defined process which does not fall within the purview of subjects covered by either the Backfit Rule or the issue finality provision in 10 CFR part 52. Issuance of the draft regulatory guide, in final form, would not constitute backfitting, and no further consideration of backfitting is required in order to issue the draft or final regulatory guide in final form.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board).
Notice of proposed rulemaking; extension of comment period.
On September 30, 2016, the Board published in the
Due to the range and complexity of the issues addressed in the NPR, the public comment period has been extended until February 20, 2017. This action will allow interested persons additional time to analyze the proposal and prepare their comments.
The comment period for the notice of proposed rulemaking published on September 23, 2016, (81 FR 67220) regarding risk-based capital and other regulatory requirements for activities of financial holding companies related to physical commodities and risk-based capital requirements for merchant banking investments is extended from December 22, 2016 to February 20, 2017.
You may submit comments by any of the methods identified in the NPR.
Constance M. Horsley, Assistant Director, (202) 452-5239, Elizabeth MacDonald, Manager, (202) 475-6316, Kevin Tran, Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 452-2309, or Vanessa Davis, Supervisory Financial Analyst, (202) 475-6674, Division of Banking Supervision and Regulation; or Laurie Schaffer, Associate General Counsel, (202) 452-2277, Michael Waldron, Special Counsel, (202) 452-2798, Will Giles, Senior Counsel, (202) 452-3351, or Mary Watkins, Attorney, (202) 452-3722, Legal Division, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th and C Streets NW., Washington, DC 20551. For the hearing impaired only, Telecommunication Device for the Deaf (TDD), (202) 263-4869.
On September 30, 2016, the Board published in the
The Board has received comment letters requesting that the Board extend the comment period for the NPR.
Due to the range and complexity of the issues addressed in the NPR, the public comment period has been
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM); withdrawal.
The FAA is withdrawing a previously published advance notice of proposed rulemaking that sought public comment from interested persons involving glider operations in the National Airspace System. The action responded to recommendations from members of Congress and the National Transportation Safety Board and was intended to gather information to determine whether the current glider exception from transponder equipage and use provides the appropriate level of safety in the National Airspace System. The FAA is withdrawing that action because the limited safety benefit gained does not justify the high cost of equipage.
This action becomes effective December 23, 2016.
For technical questions concerning this action, contact Patrick J. Moorman, Airspace Regulations Team, AJV-113, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone (202) 267-8783; email:
On August 28, 2006, a Hawker 800XP aircraft
On March 31, 2008, the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) provided safety recommendations to the FAA resulting from an investigation of the accident.
On June 16, 2015, the FAA published an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) to respond to recommendations from two members of Congress
Based on the information gathered from the ANPRM and a review of the current operating environment, the FAA finds that it does not have sufficient basis to move forward with rulemaking at this time. While the FAA has determined it is not warranted to move forward with a proposal to remove the glider exception in § 91.215, the FAA will continue to work with local glider communities to increase safety awareness. The FAA will also continue to consider surveillance system alternatives and to work with interested persons to mitigate the risk of aircraft collision with gliders. Further, the FAA recommends that all glider aircraft owners equip their gliders with a transponder meeting regulatory requirements, a rule-compliant ADS-B Out system, or a TABS device.
The FAA received 231comments in response to its ANPRM. Of the 231 comments received, approximately 18 organizations and 213 individual or anonymous commenters responded. Approximately 161 comments were unfavorable (adverse), 52 comments were favorable, and 18 comments were
The following organizations responded: Soaring Society of America (SSA), Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association (AOPA), Vintage Sailplane Association (VSA), Experimental Aircraft Association (EAA), Civil Air Patrol (CAP), National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB), American Association for Justice (AAJ), and approximately 11 local soaring clubs or groups. Individual and anonymous commenters were representative of all pilot types: glider, general aviation (GA), airline and military, many commenters holding multiple ratings, with glider and general aviation pilots representing the majority.
Individual and anonymous commenters in favor of removing the transponder exception were primarily concerned about safety, some relaying personal experiences not accompanied by supporting documentation, such as a near mid-air collision (NMAC) report.
All comments are available for viewing in the rulemaking docket (FAA-2015-2147). To view comments, go to
Of the approximately 161 unfavorable (adverse) comments received, many addressed the high cost of transponder equipage and the limited safety benefit by requiring such equipage.
During the ANPRM process, the FAA also reviewed glider midair and NMAC reports at the local and national level. After further analysis of safety related statistics, the FAA found that nationally, from August 2005 through August 2015, the Aviation Safety Reporting System (ASRS) database reflects 1,841 reported NMAC for all airspace areas. Of these NMACs, 50 involve a glider and another aircraft type, or 2.72% of reported NMACs over a 10-year period for an average of 5NMACs per year. In 2008, the last year data was available for all aircraft categories, statistics show there were 236,519 active aircraft, including 1,914 gliders, or about 0.81% of the active fleet.
Nationally, the removal of the glider exception from § 91.215 would help to prevent those instances where a glider NMAC occurs with an aircraft equipped with a Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS).
Assuming all of these NMACs would occur between gliders and air carrier aircraft,
Therefore, based on the nationwide rate of occurrence, safety risk data does not support a rule requiring glider operators to install a transponder device at this time. Furthermore, the number of gliders voluntarily equipping with collision avoidance systems has increased steadily. Per the General Aviation and Part 135 Activity Surveys, the number of gliders equipped with a transponder device has gone from 14% in 2006, to 24.3% in 2014, the last year this data was available.
Locally in the airspace surrounding Reno, Nevada, the NTSB noted four TCAS Resolution Advisory (RA) events in the 30 days prior to the accident, each between a glider and a TCAS-equipped transport category aircraft operated under 14 CFR part 121.
Although this data supports the value of transponders in avoiding collisions, since the accident, the FAA and local glider community have also taken several measures to mitigate the risk of midair collisions within and around Reno, NV. First, advisory information on the heavy glider activity unique to the local area was published in official FAA flight information publications including the Chart Supplement, Special Notices, and Standard Terminal Arrival Routes (STARs) for Reno/Tahoe International Airport after the event. Second, on October 29, 2010, a Letter of Agreement (LOA) was signed between representatives for the local glider
Finally, the local glider community has undertaken a successful education campaign to prevent further accidents. According to the SSA, “Since the 2006 accident, the local glider community that flies near RNO has undertaken successfully to educate pilots on collision avoidance and to encourage the voluntary use of either FLARM or transponders. As a result of these voluntary efforts, the official ASRS database includes no new incidents with gliders not equipped with transponders in the RNO or MEV [Minden-Tahoe Airport] areas in [excepted] airspace since the release some 7 years ago of the NTSB report on the 2006 incident.”
The SSA, EAA, and several individual commenters opposing transponder equipage, noted that the glider involved in the 2006 Reno accident was equipped with a transponder, but at the time of the accident, the pilot operated the glider with the transponder turned off.
Approximately 138 commenters discussed the cost of requiring gliders to equip with transponders.
Three commenters stated that transponders were inexpensive, but as shown below these commenters underestimated the cost of glider transponders as “in the few hundred dollar range” or “less than $2000” and/or ignored the cost of installation or assumed installation was easy. They did not address the concern that about half the glider population does not have an electrical system, which significantly increases the cost of transponder installation. These commenters were contradicted by more than 30 commenters who provided specific cost estimates for glider transponders and installation costs. Another commenter, in favor of removing the glider exception because he believed that the safety benefits justified the costs, conceded that transponders “are indeed costly.”
The FAA estimates the cost of requiring gliders to equip with transponders to be about $5,000 per glider and more than $7 million for the glider fleet. Owing to a lack of reliable data, the glider (and fleet) cost estimates do not take into account the possible significant cost of instrument panel modification. There may also be significant additional cost for older gliders that no longer have manufacturer support because they may require a FAA Form 337 (Major Repair and Alteration) approval if there is no prior approval (Supplemental Type Certificate (STC) or other previously approved installation).
The fleet estimate assumes that (1) all active glider operators will want to operate in the currently excepted airspace and (2) the 990 inactive gliders (total glider population of 2781—1791 active gliders) in the fleet will deregister upon rule implementation.
The nonrecurring and recurring unit costs required to estimate the cost of a rule change eliminating the glider transponder exception are shown in Table 1.
The FAA estimates the costs of such a rule change over a ten-year period for the existing U.S. glider fleet. This estimation is shown in Table 2.
Based on the risk reduction data discussed in the previous section and the estimated costs of equipage listed in this section, the FAA finds that the degree of risk reduction that could be expected by requiring transponder equipage for gliders does not justify the cost of requiring such equipage.
Several commenters called for “low cost” and “affordable” transponders (such as a portable transponder) and ADS-B, TABS, or FLARM equipment. The NTSB noted the FAA published a final rule on May 28, 2010, that added requirements for ADS-B Out equipage that, if combined with transponder usage, would result in increased traffic awareness and collision avoidance. The NTSB also commented in response to this ANPRM that TABS may be an acceptable alternative as it is detectable by both TCAS and ADS-B-In equipped aircraft.
Since the 2006 accident, technologies have developed and alternatives are available that have the potential to mitigate risk, such as TABS, FLARM, ADS-B, local LOA with ATC facilities, and ongoing outreach and education. Of the technological solutions identified here, the ones that offer the best potential to avoid collision with TCAS-equipped aircraft (besides transponder equipage) are TABS or a rule-compliant ADS-B Out system, because those systems make the glider visible to TCAS-equipped aircraft, ATC or both.
The TABS standard provides for a reduction in the transmission rate and allows for a “non-aviation grade” GPS engine, in order to drive unit cost down while still maintaining an acceptable level of service to be considered a client in the NAS, where collision avoidance and ADS-B systems coexist. There are currently no TSO authorization holders for TABS equipment. However, we are aware that certain manufacturers currently have TABS systems in development.
Some commenters recommended that the FAA allow use of portable
Other commenters recommended that the FAA encourage equipage of FLARM systems. In this regard, the FAA notes that a variant of FLARM, known as PowerFLARM, will make a transponder or ADS-B Out equipped aircraft detectable to the PowerFLARM-equipped aircraft (such as a glider). However, a glider that is equipped with any version of FLARM will not be electronically detectable to the other aircraft unless both aircraft are FLARM equipped. In view of these factors, the FAA concludes that FLARM systems may provide a safety benefit (particularly for avoidance of collisions between gliders, and for PowerFLARM equipped gliders, some benefit for avoidance of collisions with powered aircraft). However, the FAA does not view FLARM (including PowerFLARM) as the most effective system to support collision avoidance with powered aircraft since a FLARM system may not make the glider detectable to the aircraft that must give way. Transponders, TABS, and ADS-B Out offer better protection against collisions with powered aircraft because those systems aid visual acquisition of the glider by the powered aircraft flightcrew, consistent with right of way rules.
The FAA will continue to consider surveillance system alternatives for gliders for their feasibility and potential to improve safety.
Several commenters were in favor of removing the current glider exception for certain high-density airspace areas. One commenter, otherwise strongly in favor of removing the glider exception, suggested an exception for gliders involved in training below 5,000 feet above ground level (AGL). The FAA has determined not to propose any changes to the rules for specific airspace areas because the accident and incident history cited in the NTSB recommendation has occurred predominantly around one specific airspace area, Reno, NV. The FAA has determined that the post accident mitigations for the Reno area discussed previously in this notice mitigate the risk for that specific airspace.
Another commenter stated, “the FAA should make clear that installing a transponder, encoder, antenna, an extra battery or batteries and possible solar panels are all considered `minor modifications' which can be signed off by the installing technician based on his judgment.” This commenter and several others, in opposition of the removal of the glider exception, also called for exceptions for older gliders. The FAA finds that rulemaking is not necessary at this time for any gliders, but points to current guidance available to assist in installation and approval of transponder systems in gliders and sailplanes for operators wishing to voluntarily equip.
The AAJ listed glider color, construction materials, and slender profiles as contributing factors to lack of pilot visibility or radar detection and further identified Instrument Flight Rule congested areas as concerns of undeniable risk, especially the parameters of Class B airspace. These sentiments were largely shared amongst both adverse and favorable commenters, offering similar solutions or variations thereof. The FAA has discussed its determination regarding specific airspace areas above. With regard to the other comments identified here, the FAA's decision in this notice includes consideration of those comments.
After consideration of all comments received, the FAA is withdrawing Notice No. 15-05. The FAA finds that the high cost of transponder equipage and the limited safety benefit that is likely to result from requiring such equipage do not support rulemaking at this time. Additionally, as discussed above, the FAA has determined that a proposal to require gliders to equip with “low-cost” alternatives to transponders is not supportable at this time.
NTSB safety recommendations, resulting from the 2006 midair collision with a glider, indicated that although the glider was equipped with a transponder, the transponder was turned off. After further analysis of safety-related statistics over a 10-year period (August 2005-August 2015) the ASRS database reflects 1841 reported NMAC for all airspace areas. The FAA found data that indicates that removal of the glider exception from § 91.215 would have the potential to reduce the NMAC occurrences by about 0.70 occurrences per year, or about 2 NMACs every 3 years (0.38% of all reported NMACs per year over that period).
When further testing, research, and conclusive data is available that reflect alternative mitigations, a broader, more harmonized proposal may better serve the public interest. Withdrawal of Notice No. 15-05 does not preclude the FAA from issuing another notice on the subject matter in the future or committing the agency to any future course of action. The agency will make any necessary changes to the regulations through a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with the opportunity for public comment.
Although the FAA has determined that a regulatory course of action is not warranted at this time, the FAA will continue to work with local glider communities, encourage the voluntary equipage of transponders in gliders and encourage the use of TABS. The FAA continues to recommend that all glider aircraft owners equip their gliders with a transponder meeting the requirements of § 91.215(a), a rule-compliant ADS-B Out system, or a TABS device. In consideration of the above factors, the FAA withdraws Notice No.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve a state implementation plan (SIP) revision submittal from the State of West Virginia pursuant to the Clean Air Act (CAA). Whenever new or revised
Written comments must be received on or before January 23, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R03-OAR-2016-0373 at
Ellen Schmitt, (215) 814-5787, or by email at
On November 17, 2015, the State of West Virginia through the West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection (WVDEP) submitted a revision to its SIP to satisfy the requirements of section 110(a)(2) of the CAA for the 2012 PM
On July 18, 1997, EPA promulgated a new 24-hour and a new annual NAAQS for PM
Pursuant to section 110(a)(1) of the CAA, states are required to submit SIP submissions meeting the applicable requirements of section 110(a)(2) within three years after promulgation of a new or revised NAAQS or within such shorter period as EPA may prescribe. Section 110(a)(2) requires states to address basic SIP elements such as requirements for monitoring, basic program requirements, and legal authority that are designed to assure attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS. Section 110(a) imposes the obligation upon states to make a SIP submission to EPA for a new or revised NAAQS, but the contents of that submission may vary depending upon the facts and circumstances. In particular, the data and analytical tools available at the time the state develops and submits the SIP submission for a new or revised NAAQS affect the content of the submission. The content of such SIP submission may also vary depending upon what provisions the state's existing SIP already contains.
More specifically, section 110(a)(1) provides the procedural and timing requirements for SIP submissions. Section 110(a)(2) lists specific elements that states must meet for infrastructure SIP requirements related to a newly established or revised NAAQS. As mentioned earlier, these requirements include basic SIP elements such as requirements for monitoring, basic program requirements, and legal authority that are designed to assure attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS.
On November 17, 2015, West Virginia provided a submittal to satisfy section 110(a)(2) requirements of the CAA for the 2012 PM
At this time, EPA is not proposing action on section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) regarding the interstate transport of emissions, nor is the Agency proposing action on section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(II) relating to visibility protection. EPA intends to take later separate action on these portions of West Virginia's submittal.
EPA is proposing to approve the following elements or portions thereof of West Virginia's November 17, 2015 SIP revision: Section 110(a)(2)(A), (B), (C), (D)(i)(II) (prevention of significant deterioration), (D)(ii), (E), (F), (G), (H), (J), (K), (L), and (M) of the CAA. West Virginia's SIP revision provides the basic program elements specified in section 110(a)(2) of the CAA necessary to implement, maintain, and enforce the 2012 PM
EPA will take later separate action on section (D)(i)(I) (interstate transport of emissions) and on section (D)(i)(II) (visibility protection) for the 2012 PM
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993);
• does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• does not have federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• is not subject to requirements of section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, this proposed rule, pertaining to West Virginia's section 110(a)(2) infrastructure requirements for the 2012 PM
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
On July 18, 2016, the State of Georgia, through the Georgia Environmental Protection Division (GA EPD) of the Department of Natural Resources, submitted a request for the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to redesignate the Atlanta, Georgia 2008 8-hour ozone nonattainment area (hereafter referred to as the “Atlanta Area” or “Area”) to attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) and to approve a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision containing a maintenance plan for the Area. EPA is proposing to approve the State's plan for maintaining attainment of the 2008 8-hour ozone standard in the Area, including the motor vehicle emission budgets (MVEBs) for nitrogen oxides (NO
Comments must be received on or before January 23, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R04-OAR-2016-0583 at
Jane Spann, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW., Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Ms. Spann can be reached by phone at (404) 562-9029 or via electronic mail at
EPA is proposing to take the following separate but related actions: (1) To approve Georgia's plan for maintaining the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS (maintenance plan), including the associated MVEBs for the Atlanta Area, and incorporate it into the SIP, and (2) to redesignate the Atlanta Area to attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS. EPA is also notifying the public of the status of EPA's adequacy
EPA is proposing to approve Georgia's maintenance plan for the Atlanta Area as meeting the requirements of section 175A (such approval being one of the CAA criteria for redesignation to attainment status) and incorporate it into the SIP. The maintenance plan is designed to keep the Atlanta Area in attainment of the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS through 2030. The maintenance plan includes 2014 and 2030 MVEBs for NO
EPA also proposes to determine that the Atlanta Area has met the requirements for redesignation under section 107(d)(3)(E) of the CAA. Accordingly, in this action, EPA is proposing to approve a request to change the legal designation of Bartow, Cherokee, Clayton, Cobb, Coweta, DeKalb, Douglas, Fayette, Forsyth, Fulton, Gwinnett, Henry, Newton, Paulding and Rockdale Counties in Georgia, as found at 40 CFR part 81, from nonattainment to attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS.
EPA is also notifying the public of the status of EPA's adequacy process MVEBs for the Atlanta Area. The Adequacy comment period began on September 2, 2016, with EPA's posting of the availability of Georgia's submissions on EPA's Adequacy Web site (
In summary, this notice of proposed rulemaking is in response to Georgia's July 18, 2016, redesignation request and associated SIP submission that address the specific issues summarized above and the necessary elements described in section 107(d)(3)(E) of the CAA for redesignation of the Atlanta Area to attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS.
On March 12, 2008, EPA revised both the primary and secondary NAAQS for ozone to a level of 0.075 parts per million (ppm) to provide increased protection of public health and the environment.
Effective July 20, 2012, EPA designated any area that was violating the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS based on the three most recent years (2008-2010) of air monitoring data as a nonattainment area.
On July 14, 2016, EPA determined that the Atlanta Area attained the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS based on complete, quality-assured, and certified ozone monitoring data from monitoring stations in the Atlanta Area for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS for 2013 through 2015.
An attainment determination is not equivalent to a redesignation under section 107(d)(3) of the CAA. Additionally, the determination of attainment is separate from, and does not influence or otherwise affect, any future designation determination or requirements for the Atlanta Area based on any new or revised ozone NAAQS, and the determination of attainment remains in effect regardless of whether EPA designates this Area as a nonattainment area for purposes of any new or revised ozone NAAQS.
The CAA provides the requirements for redesignating a nonattainment area to attainment. Specifically, section 107(d)(3)(E) of the CAA allows for redesignation providing that: (1) The Administrator determines that the area has attained the applicable NAAQS; (2) the Administrator has fully approved the applicable implementation plan for the area under section 110(k); (3) the Administrator determines that the improvement in air quality is due to permanent and enforceable reductions in emissions resulting from implementation of the applicable SIP and applicable federal air pollutant control regulations and other permanent and enforceable reductions; (4) the Administrator has fully approved a maintenance plan for the area as meeting the requirements of section 175A; and (5) the state containing such area has met all requirements applicable to the area for purposes of redesignation under section 110 and part D of the CAA.
On April 16, 1992, EPA provided guidance on redesignation in the General Preamble for the Implementation of title I of the CAA Amendments of 1990 (57 FR 13498), and supplemented this guidance on April 28, 1992 (57 FR 18070). EPA has provided further guidance on processing redesignation requests in the following documents:
1. “Ozone and Carbon Monoxide Design Value Calculations,” Memorandum from Bill
2. “Maintenance Plans for Redesignation of Ozone and Carbon Monoxide Nonattainment Areas,” Memorandum from G. T. Helms, Chief, Ozone/Carbon Monoxide Programs Branch, April 30, 1992;
3. “Contingency Measures for Ozone and Carbon Monoxide (CO) Redesignations,” Memorandum from G. T. Helms, Chief, Ozone/Carbon Monoxide Programs Branch, June 1, 1992;
4. “Procedures for Processing Requests to Redesignate Areas to Attainment,” Memorandum from John Calcagni, Director, Air Quality Management Division, September 4, 1992 (hereinafter referred to as the “Calcagni Memorandum”);
5. “State Implementation Plan (SIP) Actions Submitted in Response to Clean Air Act (CAA) Deadlines,” Memorandum from John Calcagni, Director, Air Quality Management Division, October 28, 1992;
6. “Technical Support Documents (TSDs) for Redesignation of Ozone and Carbon Monoxide (CO) Nonattainment Areas,” Memorandum from G. T. Helms, Chief, Ozone/Carbon Monoxide Programs Branch, August 17, 1993;
7. “State Implementation Plan (SIP) Requirements for Areas Submitting Requests for Redesignation to Attainment of the Ozone and Carbon Monoxide (CO) National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) On or After November 15, 1992,” Memorandum from Michael H. Shapiro, Acting Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation, September 17, 1993 (hereinafter referred to as the “Shapiro Memorandum”);
8. “Use of Actual Emissions in Maintenance Demonstrations for Ozone and CO Nonattainment Areas,” Memorandum from D. Kent Berry, Acting Director, Air Quality Management Division, November 30, 1993;
9. “Part D New Source Review (Part D NSR) Requirements for Areas Requesting Redesignation to Attainment,” Memorandum from Mary D. Nichols, Assistant Administrator for Air and Radiation, October 14, 1994 (hereinafter referred to as the “Nichols Memorandum”); and
10. “Reasonable Further Progress, Attainment Demonstration, and Related Requirements for Ozone Nonattainment Areas Meeting the Ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard,” Memorandum from John S. Seitz, Director, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, May 10, 1995.
On July 18, 2016, Georgia requested that EPA redesignate the Atlanta Area to attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS and approve the associated SIP revision submitted on the same date containing a maintenance plan for the Area. EPA's evaluation indicates that the Atlanta Area meets the requirements for redesignation as set forth in CAA section 107(d)(3)(E), including the maintenance plan requirements under CAA section 175A and associated MVEBs. As a result of these proposed findings, EPA is proposing to take the actions summarized in section I of this notice.
As stated above, in accordance with the CAA, EPA proposes to approve the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS maintenance plan, including the associated MVEBs, and incorporate it into the Georgia SIP; and redesignate the Atlanta Area to attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS. The five redesignation criteria provided under CAA section 107(d)(3)(E) are discussed in greater detail for the Area in the following paragraphs of this section.
For redesignating a nonattainment area to attainment, the CAA requires EPA to determine that the area has attained the applicable NAAQS.
On July 14, 2016, EPA determined that the Atlanta Area attained the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS.
The 3-year design value for 2013-2015 for the Atlanta Area is 0.073 ppm,
For this proposed action, EPA has reviewed 2016 preliminary monitoring data for the Area and proposes to find that the preliminary data does not indicate a violation of the NAAQS.
For redesignating a nonattainment area to attainment, the CAA requires EPA to determine that the state has met all applicable requirements under section 110 and part D of title I of the CAA (CAA section 107(d)(3)(E)(v)) and that the state has a fully approved SIP under section 110(k) for the area (CAA section 107(d)(3)(E)(ii)). EPA proposes to find that Georgia has met all applicable SIP requirements for the Atlanta Area under section 110 of the CAA (general SIP requirements) for purposes of redesignation. Additionally, EPA proposes to find that Georgia has met all applicable SIP requirements for purposes of redesignation under part D of title I of the CAA in accordance with section 107(d)(3)(E)(v) and proposes to determine that the SIP is fully approved with respect to all requirements applicable for purposes of redesignation in accordance with section 107(d)(3)(E)(ii). In making these proposed determinations, EPA ascertained which requirements are applicable to the Area and, if applicable, that they are fully approved under section 110(k). SIPs must be fully approved only with respect to requirements that were due prior to submittal of the complete redesignation request.
Section 110(a)(2)(D) requires that SIPs contain certain measures to prevent sources in a state from significantly contributing to air quality problems in another state. To implement this provision, EPA has required certain states to establish programs to address the interstate transport of air pollutants. The section 110(a)(2)(D) requirements for a state are not linked with a particular nonattainment area's designation and classification in that state. EPA believes that the requirements linked with a particular nonattainment area's designation and classifications are the relevant measures to evaluate in reviewing a redesignation request. The transport SIP submittal requirements, where applicable, continue to apply to a state regardless of the designation of any one particular area in the state. Thus, EPA does not believe that the CAA's interstate transport requirements should be construed to be applicable requirements for purposes of redesignation.
In addition, EPA believes other section 110 elements that are neither connected with nonattainment plan submissions nor linked with an area's attainment status are not applicable requirements for purposes of redesignation. The area will still be subject to these requirements after the area is redesignated. The section 110 and part D requirements which are linked with a particular area's designation and classification are the relevant measures to evaluate in reviewing a redesignation request. This approach is consistent with EPA's existing policy on applicability (
Under its longstanding interpretation of the CAA, EPA has interpreted section 107(d)(3)(E) to mean, as a threshold matter, that the part D provisions which are “applicable” and which must be approved in order for EPA to redesignate an area include only those which came due prior to a state's submittal of a complete redesignation request.
Under section 182(a)(2)(A), states with ozone nonattainment areas that were designated prior to the enactment of the 1990 CAA amendments were required to submit, within six months of classification, all rules and corrections to existing VOC reasonably available control technology (RACT) rules that were required under section 172(b)(3) of the CAA (and related guidance) prior to the 1990 CAA amendments. The Area is not subject to the section 182(a)(2) RACT “fix up” requirement for the 2008 ozone NAAQS because it was designated as nonattainment for this standard after the enactment of the 1990 CAA amendments. Furthermore, the State complied with this requirement under the 1-hour ozone NAAQS.
Section 182(a)(2)(B) requires each state with a marginal or higher ozone nonattainment area classification that implemented, or was required to implement, an inspection and maintenance (I/M) program prior to the 1990 CAA amendments to submit a SIP revision providing for an I/M program no less stringent than that required prior to the 1990 amendments or already in the SIP at the time of the amendments, whichever is more stringent. The Atlanta Area is not subject to the section 182(a)(2)(B) requirement because the Area was designated as nonattainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone standard after the enactment of the 1990 CAA amendments. As discussed below in the section addressing section 182(b) requirements, Georgia has an I/M program that meets its past I/M obligations under section 182(c)(3) for its severe classification under the 1990 1-hour ozone NAAQS.
Regarding the permitting and offset requirements of section 182(a)(2)(C) and section 182(a)(4), Georgia currently has a fully approved part D NSR program in place. However, EPA has determined that areas being redesignated need not comply with the requirement that a NSR program be approved prior to redesignation, provided that the area demonstrates maintenance of the NAAQS without part D NSR, because PSD requirements will apply after redesignation. A more detailed rationale for this view is described in the Nichols Memorandum. Georgia's PSD program will become applicable in the Atlanta Area upon redesignation to attainment.
Section 182(a)(3) requires states to submit periodic inventories and emissions statements. Section 182(a)(3)(A) requires states to submit a periodic inventory every three years. As discussed below in the section of this notice titled
The RFP plan requirements under section 182(b)(1) are defined as progress that must be made toward attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS. These requirements are not relevant for purposes of redesignation because EPA has determined that the Atlanta Area attained of the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS.
Section 182(b)(2) of the CAA requires states with areas designated as moderate (or higher) nonattainment areas for the ozone NAAQS to submit a SIP revision to require RACT for all major VOC and NO
The section 182(b)(3) gasoline vapor recovery requirements once applied in all moderate (and higher) ozone nonattainment areas. However, under section 202(a)(6) of the CAA the requirements of section 182(b)(3) no longer apply in moderate ozone nonattainment areas because EPA promulgated onboard refueling vapor recovery standards on April 6, 1994.
Section 182(b)(4) of the CAA requires states with areas designated as moderate (or higher) nonattainment for the ozone NAAQS to submit SIPs requiring inspection and maintenance of vehicles (I/M). In 1991, EPA classified a 13-county area in and around the Atlanta, Georgia, metropolitan area as a serious ozone nonattainment area for the 1990 1-hour ozone NAAQS, triggering the requirement for the State to establish an enhanced I/M program for this 13-county area.
Section 182(b)(5) of the CAA requires that for purposes of satisfying the general emission offset requirement, the ratio of total emission reductions to total increase emissions shall be at least 1.15 to 1. Georgia currently requires these
EPA interprets the conformity SIP requirements
Thus, for the reasons discussed above, EPA proposes that the Atlanta Area has satisfied all applicable requirements for purposes of redesignation under section 110 and part D of title I of the CAA.
EPA has fully approved the applicable Georgia SIP for the Atlanta Area under section 110(k) of the CAA for all requirements applicable for purposes of redesignation. EPA may rely on prior SIP approvals in approving a redesignation request (
As discussed above, EPA believes that the section 110 elements that are neither connected with nonattainment plan submissions, nor linked to an area's nonattainment status, are not applicable requirements for purposes of redesignation and believes that Georgia has met all part D requirements applicable for purposes of this redesignation.
For redesignating a nonattainment area to attainment, the CAA requires EPA to determine that the air quality improvement in the area is due to permanent and enforceable reductions in emissions resulting from implementation of the SIP, applicable federal air pollution control regulations, and other permanent and enforceable reductions.
State measures adopted into the SIP and federal measures enacted in recent years have resulted in permanent emission reductions. The SIP-approved state measures, some of which implement federal requirements, that have been implemented to date and identified by Georgia include: Georgia Rule 391-3-1-.02(2)(yy)—Emissions of Nitrogen Oxides; Georgia Rule 391-3-1-.02(2)(jjj)—NO
Georgia Rule 391-3-1-.02(2) contains provisions that target emission reductions necessary for ozone reduction. Those provisions that are approved into the federally-approved SIP and are therefore federally enforceable include:
Rule 391-3-1-.02(2)(yy)—this rule requires a case-by-case RACT determination for sources of NO
Rule 391-3-1-.02(2)(jjj)—this rule regulates NO
Rule 391-3-1-.02(2)(lll)—this rule applies to fuel-burning equipment with maximum design heat input capacities greater than or equal to 10 million British Thermal Units per hour (MMBtu/hr) and less than or equal to 250 MMBtu/hr in 45 counties, including the counties in the Atlanta Area. It established a compliance date for the ozone standard beginning on May 1, 2000, and it affects all fuel burning equipment installed from that date forward. This rule also affects future possible emissions for new or modified sources by requiring the operation of equipment during the control season to meet emission limits based on the use of natural gas.
Rule 391-3-1-.02(2)(nnn)—this rule establishes ozone season NO
Rule 391-3-1-.02(2)(rrr)—this is a RACT rule for small fuel-burning equipment. It requires that, in order to reduce NO
Rule Chapter 391-3-20—Enhanced Inspection and Maintenance (Vehicle Emissions I/M Program)—As discussed above, EPA fully approved the State's enhanced I/M program and adopted it into the SIP in January 2000.
Federal measures enacted in recent years have also resulted in permanent emission reductions in the Atlanta Area. The federal measures that have been implemented include the following:
Numerous parties filed petitions for review of CSAPR, and on August 21, 2012, the D.C. Circuit vacated and remanded CSAPR to EPA.
On September 17, 2016, EPA finalized an update to the CSAPR ozone season program.
EPA proposes to find that the improvements in air quality in the Atlanta Area are due to real, permanent and enforceable reductions in NO
For redesignating a nonattainment area to attainment, the CAA requires EPA to determine that the area has a fully approved maintenance plan pursuant to section 175A of the CAA (CAA section 107(d)(3)(E)(iv)). In conjunction with its request to redesignate the Atlanta Area to attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS, Georgia submitted a SIP revision to provide for the maintenance of the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS for at least 10 years after the effective date of redesignation to attainment. EPA has made the preliminary determination that this maintenance plan meets the requirements for approval under section 175A of the CAA.
Section 175A of the CAA sets forth the elements of a maintenance plan for areas seeking redesignation from nonattainment to attainment. Under section 175A, the plan must demonstrate continued attainment of the applicable NAAQS for at least 10 years after the Administrator approves a redesignation to attainment. Eight years after the redesignation, the state must submit a revised maintenance plan which demonstrates that attainment will continue to be maintained for the remainder of the 20-year period following the initial 10-year period. To address the possibility of future NAAQS violations, the maintenance plan must contain contingency measures as EPA deems necessary to assure prompt correction of any future 2008 8-hour ozone violations. The Calcagni Memorandum provides further guidance on the content of a maintenance plan, explaining that a maintenance plan should address five requirements: The attainment emissions inventory, maintenance demonstration, monitoring, verification of continued attainment, and a contingency plan. As is discussed more fully below, EPA has preliminarily determined that Georgia's maintenance plan includes all the necessary components and is thus proposing to approve it as a revision to the Georgia SIP.
As discussed above, EPA has determined that the Atlanta Area attained the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS based on quality-assured monitoring data for the 3-year period from 2013-2015.
The emissions inventory is composed of four major types of sources: Point, non-point, on-road mobile, and non-road mobile. Complete descriptions of how the State developed these inventories are located in Appendix A of the July 18, 2016, SIP submittal.
Georgia provided point source emissions for EGU and non-EGU stationary sources with emissions equal to or exceeding 25 tons per year of VOC or NO
EGU point source emissions for the three power plants in the Area (Plant Bowen, Plant McDonough/Atkinson, and Plant Yates) are tabulated from data collected from Georgia Power during the 2014 emission data collection process.
For non-EGU emissions, Georgia calculated summer day emissions for the 2014 and 2030 inventories using 2014 NO
GA EPD based its 2014 area source emissions on its 2014 Air Emissions Reporting Requirements (AERR) submittal.
GA EPD developed 2014 agricultural burning and land clearing emissions using 2014 burning records from the Georgia Forestry Commission (GFC) and EPA agricultural burning emission factors.
The Atlanta Regional Commission developed 2014 and 2030 on-road mobile source emissions using EPA's MOVES2014a mobile source emissions model. GA EPD used best available local data for model inputs such as vehicle population, vehicle miles traveled (VMT), road type distribution, average speed distribution, starts, ramp fractions, age distributions, I/M inputs, and fuel properties. The model was run separately for two different groups of nonattainment counties because of differences in I/M program and Stage II refueling requirements. The first group consisted of the following 13 counties with Stage II refueling in place through 2015
Some non-road mobile emissions in the U.S. are from the non-road equipment segment (
For 2014 locomotive emissions, Georgia used 2011 emissions obtained from 2011 emissions modeling platform v6.2
The 2014 base year inventory for the Area, as well as the projected inventories for other years, were developed consistent with EPA guidance and are summarized in Tables 2 through 6 of the following subsection discussing the maintenance demonstration.
The maintenance plan associated with the redesignation request includes a maintenance demonstration that:
(i) Shows compliance with and maintenance of the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS by providing information to support the demonstration that current and future emissions of NO
(ii) Uses 2014 as the attainment year and includes future emissions inventory projections for 2018, 2022, 2026, and 2030. The 2022 emissions were calculated by linear interpolation between 2014 and 2030; 2018 emissions were calculated by linear interpolation between 2014 and 2022; and 2026 emissions were calculated by linear interpolation between 2022 and 2030.
(iii) Identifies an “out year” at least 10 years after the time necessary for EPA to review and approve the maintenance plan. Per 40 CFR part 93, NO
(iv) Provides actual (2014) and projected emissions inventories, in tons per summer day (tpsd), for the Atlanta Area, as shown in Tables 3 and 4, below.
Tables 3 and 4 summarize the 2014 and future projected emissions of NO
As discussed in section VI of this proposed rulemaking, below, a safety margin is the difference between the attainment level of emissions (from all sources) and the projected level of emissions (from all sources) in the maintenance plan. The attainment level of emissions is the level of emissions during one of the years in which the area met the NAAQS. Georgia selected 2014 as the attainment emissions inventory year for the Atlanta Area and calculated safety margins for 2030 as shown in Table 5, below.
The State has decided to allocate a portion of the available safety margin to the 2030 MVEBs to allow for, among other things, unanticipated growth in VMT and changes and uncertainty in vehicle mix assumptions that will influence the emission estimations. Georgia has allocated 20.43 tpd (34.76 percent) of the available NO
There currently are nine monitors measuring ozone in the Atlanta Area. Georgia will continue to operate the monitors in the Atlanta Area in compliance with 40 CFR part 58 and has
Georgia, through the GA EPD, has the legal authority to enforce and implement the maintenance plan for the Area. This includes the authority to adopt, implement, and enforce any subsequent emissions control contingency measures determined to be necessary to correct future ozone attainment problems.
Additionally, under the AERR, GA EPD is required to develop a comprehensive, annual, statewide emissions inventory every three years that is due twelve to eighteen months after the completion of the inventory year. EPD will update the AERR inventory every three years and will use the updated emissions inventory to track progress of the maintenance plan.
Section 175A of the CAA requires that a maintenance plan include such contingency measures as EPA deems necessary to assure that the state will promptly correct a violation of the NAAQS that occurs after redesignation. The maintenance plan should identify the contingency measures to be adopted, a schedule and procedure for adoption and implementation, and a time limit for action by the state. A state should also identify specific indicators to be used to determine when the contingency measures need to be implemented. The maintenance plan must include a requirement that a state will implement all measures with respect to control of the pollutant that were contained in the SIP before redesignation of the area to attainment in accordance with section 175A(d).
In the July 18, 2016, submittal, Georgia commits to continuing existing programs and commits to use emission inventory and air quality monitoring data as indicators to determine whether contingency measures will be implemented. The contingency plan included in the maintenance plan includes a two-tiered triggering mechanism to determine when contingency measures are needed and a process of developing and implementing appropriate control measures.
A Tier 1 trigger will apply where a violation of the 2008 8-hour standard has not occurred, but where the State finds monitored ozone concentrations indicating that a violation may be imminent. The Tier 1 trigger date will be 60 days after the State observes a 4th highest value of 0.076 ppm or greater at a single monitor for which the previous ozone season had a 4th highest value of 0.076 ppm or greater. If Tier 1 is triggered, Georgia will develop a plan identifying additional voluntary measures to be implemented to remedy the situation that may include the following measures or any other measure deemed appropriate and effective at the time the selection is made: Clean Air Force Campaign Strategies; additional Georgia Department of Transportation marketing campaigns; implementation of diesel retrofit programs, including incentives for performing retrofits for fleet vehicle operations; alternative fuel programs for fleet vehicle operations; gas can and lawnmower replacement programs; or voluntary engine idling reduction programs.
A Tier II trigger occurs when the periodic emissions inventory updates (AERR) reveal excessive or unanticipated growth greater than 10 percent in NO
If the comprehensive analysis determines that emissions from the Area are contributing to the trigger condition, GA EPD will evaluate those measures as specified in CAA section 172 for control options as well as other available measures. If a new measure/control is already promulgated and scheduled to be implemented at the federal or state level, and that measure/control is determined to be adequate, the State may conclude that additional local controls may be unnecessary. Under Section 175A(d), the minimum requirement for contingency measures is the implementation of all measures that were contained in the SIP before the redesignation. Currently all such measures are in effect for the Atlanta Area; however, an evaluation of those measures, such as RACT, can be performed to determine if those measures are adequate or up-to-date. In addition to these measures, contingency measure(s) will be selected from the following types of measures or from any other measure deemed appropriate and effective at the time the selection is made:
• RACM for sources of VOC and NO
• RACT for point sources of VOC and NO
• Expansion of RACM/RACT to area(s) of transport within the State;
• Other measures deemed appropriate at the time as a result of advances in control technologies; and
• Additional NO
EPA preliminarily concludes that the maintenance plan adequately addresses the five basic components of a maintenance plan: The attainment emissions inventory, maintenance demonstration, monitoring, verification of continued attainment, and a contingency plan. Therefore, EPA proposes to find that the maintenance plan SIP revision submitted by Georgia for the Area meets the requirements of section 175A of the CAA and is approvable.
Under section 176(c) of the CAA, new transportation plans, programs, and projects, such as the construction of new highways, must “conform” to (
Under the CAA, states are required to submit, at various times, control strategy SIPs and maintenance plans for nonattainment areas. These control strategy SIPs (including RFP and attainment demonstration requirements) and maintenance plans create MVEBs for criteria pollutants and/or their precursors to address pollution from cars and trucks. Per 40 CFR part 93, a MVEB must be established for the last year of the maintenance plan. A state may adopt MVEBs for other years as well. The MVEB is the portion of the total allowable emissions in the maintenance demonstration that is allocated to highway and transit vehicle use and emissions.
After interagency consultation with the transportation partners for the Atlanta Area, Georgia has developed MVEBs for NO
Georgia has chosen to allocate a portion of the available safety margin to the 2030 NO
Through this rulemaking, EPA is proposing to approve the MVEBs for NO
When reviewing submitted “control strategy” SIPs or maintenance plans containing MVEBs, EPA may affirmatively find the MVEB contained therein adequate for use in determining transportation conformity. Once EPA affirmatively finds the submitted MVEB is adequate for transportation conformity purposes, that MVEB must be used by state and federal agencies in determining whether proposed transportation projects conform to the SIP as required by section 176(c) of the CAA.
EPA's substantive criteria for determining adequacy of a MVEB are set out in 40 CFR 93.118(e)(4). The process for determining adequacy consists of three basic steps: public notification of a SIP submission, a public comment period, and EPA's adequacy determination. This process for determining the adequacy of submitted MVEBs for transportation conformity purposes was initially outlined in EPA's May 14, 1999, guidance, “Conformity Guidance on Implementation of March 2, 1999, Conformity Court Decision.” EPA adopted regulations to codify the adequacy process in the Transportation Conformity Rule Amendments for the “New 8-Hour Ozone and PM
As discussed earlier, Georgia's maintenance plan includes NO
EPA intends to make its determination on the adequacy of the 2014 and 2030 MVEBs for the Area for transportation conformity purposes in the near future by completing the adequacy process that was started on September 2, 2016. If EPA finds the 2014 and 2030 MVEBs adequate or approves them, the new MVEBs for NO
EPA's proposed actions establish the basis upon which EPA may take final action on the issues being proposed for approval. Approval of Georgia's redesignation request would change the legal designation of Bartow, Cherokee, Clayton, Cobb, Coweta, DeKalb, Douglas, Fayette, Forsyth, Fulton, Gwinnett, Henry, Newton, Paulding and Rockdale Counties, in the Atlanta Area, found at 40 CFR part 81, from nonattainment to attainment for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS. Approval of Georgia's associated SIP revision would also incorporate a plan for maintaining the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS in the Area through 2030 into the Georgia SIP. The maintenance plan establishes NO
EPA is proposing to: (1) Approve the maintenance plan for the Atlanta Area, including the NO
If finalized, approval of the redesignation request would change the official designation of Bartow, Cherokee, Clayton, Cobb, Coweta, DeKalb, Douglas, Fayette, Forsyth, Fulton, Gwinnett, Henry, Newton, Paulding and Rockdale Counties, in Georgia for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS from nonattainment to attainment, as found at 40 CFR part 81.
Under the CAA, redesignation of an area to attainment and the accompanying approval of a maintenance plan under section 107(d)(3)(E) are actions that affect the status of a geographical area and do not impose any additional regulatory requirements on sources beyond those imposed by state law. A redesignation to attainment does not in and of itself create any new requirements, but rather results in the applicability of requirements contained in the CAA for areas that have been redesignated to attainment. Moreover, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations.
• Are not significant regulatory actions subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• do not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• are certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• do not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• do not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• are not economically significant regulatory actions based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• are not significant regulatory actions subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• are not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• will not have disproportionate human health or environmental effects under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Volatile organic compounds.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, National parks, Wilderness areas.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Environmental Protection Agency.
Proposed rule; Notice of intent for partial deletion of the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site from the National Priorities List.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region III is issuing a Notice of Intent to Delete a portion of the North Penn Area 6 Superfund Site (Site) located in Lansdale Borough, Montgomery County, Pennsylvania, from the National Priorities List (NPL). The proposed deletion affects approximately 6.5 acres at 135 East Hancock Street (the “Administrative
This partial deletion pertains only to the soils and groundwater of the approximately 6.5 acre Administrative Parcel portion of the Site. The other portions of the Site will remain on the NPL, and are not being considered for deletion as part of this action.
Comments must be received by January 23, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID no. EPA-HQ-SFUND-1989-0009, by mail to Huu Ngo (3HS21), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029. Comments may also be submitted electronically or through hand delivery/courier by following the detailed instructions in the
Huu Ngo, Remedial Project Manager (3HS21), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region III, 1650 Arch Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103-2029; (215) 814-3187; email:
In the “Rules and Regulations” Section of today's
For additional information, see the direct final Notice of Partial Deletion, which is located in the “Rules” section of this
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Chemicals, Hazardous waste, Hazardous substances, Intergovernmental relations, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Superfund, Water pollution control, Water supply.
33 U.S.C. 1321(c)(2); 42 U.S.C. 9601-9657; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; E.O. 12580, 52 FR 2923, 3 CFR, 1987 Comp., p. 193.
Federal Communications Commission.
Petition for reconsideration.
A Petition for Reconsideration (Petition) has been filed in the Commission's rulemaking proceeding by Russell M. Blau, on behalf of Smart City Telecommunications LLP.
Oppositions to the Petition must be filed on or before January 9, 2017. Replies to an opposition must be filed on or before January 17, 2017.
Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.
Victoria Goldberg, Wireline Competition Bureau, phone: (202) 418-7353; email:
This is a summary of the Commission's document, Report No. 3062, released December 13, 2016. The full text of the Petition is available for viewing and copying at the FCC Reference Information Center, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257, Washington, DC 20554. It also may be accessed online via the Commission's Electronic Comment Filing System at:
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Proposed rule.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service or USFWS), with the support of the State of Oregon Parks and Recreation Department (OPRD), propose to establish a nonessential experimental population (NEP) of the Oregon silverspot butterfly (
We will accept comments received or postmarked on or before February 21, 2017. Please note that if you are using the Federal eRulemaking Portal (see
•
•
We will post all comments on
Laura Todd, Field Supervisor, 541-867-4558. Persons who use a TDD may call the Federal Relay Service (FRS) at 1-800-877-8339. Direct all questions or requests for additional information to: OREGON SILVERSPOT BUTTERFLY QUESTIONS, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Newport Field Office, 2127 SE Marine Science Drive, Newport, OR 97365.
We want any final rule resulting from this proposal to be as effective as possible. Therefore, we invite Tribal and governmental agencies, the scientific community, industry, and other interested parties to submit comments or recommendations concerning any aspect of this proposed rule. Comments should be as specific as possible.
To issue a final rule to implement this proposed action, we will take into consideration all comments and any additional information we receive. Such communications may lead to a final rule that differs from this proposal. All comments, including commenters' names and addresses, if provided to us, will become part of the supporting record.
You may submit your comments and materials concerning the proposed rule by one of the methods listed in
We will post your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—on
Comments and materials we receive, as well as some of the supporting documentation we used in preparing this proposed rule, will be available for public inspection on
We particularly seek comments regarding:
• Any possible adverse effects on Oregon silverspot butterfly populations as a result of removal of individuals for the purposes of captive rearing and reintroduction of their offspring elsewhere;
• The likelihood that the proposed NEP will become established and survive in the foreseeable future;
• The relative effects that establishment of the NEP will have on the recovery of the subspecies; and
• The extent to which the reintroduced population may be affected by existing or anticipated Federal or State actions or private activities within or adjacent to the proposed NEP areas.
In accordance with our Interagency Cooperative Policy for Peer Review in Endangered Species Act Activities, which was published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34270), and a recent internal memorandum clarifying the Service's interpretation and implementation of that policy (USFWS 2016), we will seek the expert opinion of at least three appropriate independent specialists regarding scientific data and interpretations contained in this proposed rule. We will send copies of this proposed rule to the peer reviewers immediately following publication in the
We listed the Oregon silverspot butterfly as a threatened species under the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
Species listed as endangered or threatened are afforded protection primarily through the prohibitions of section 9 of the Act and the requirements of section 7 of the Act. Section 9 of the Act, among other things, prohibits the take of endangered wildlife. “Take” is defined by the Act as harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or attempt to engage in any such conduct. Our regulations (50 CFR 17.31) generally extend the prohibition of take to threatened wildlife species. Section 7 of the Act outlines the procedures for Federal interagency cooperation to conserve federally listed species and protect designated critical habitat. It mandates that all Federal agencies use their existing authorities to further the
The 1982 amendments to the Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
As discussed below (see Relationship of the NEP to Recovery Efforts), we are considering the reintroduction of the Oregon silverspot butterfly into areas of suitable habitat within its historical range for the purpose of restoring populations to meet recovery goals. Oregon silverspot butterfly populations have been reduced from at least 20 formerly known locations to only 5, thus reintroductions are important to achieve biological redundancy in populations and to broaden the distribution of populations within the geographic range of the subspecies. The restoration of multiple populations of Oregon silverspot butterfly distributed across its range is one of the recovery criteria identified for the subspecies (USFWS 2001, pp. 39-41).
When we establish experimental populations under section 10(j) of the Act, we must determine whether such a population is essential or nonessential to the continued existence of the species. This determination is based solely on the best scientific and commercial data available. Our regulations (50 CFR 17.80(b)) state that an experimental population is considered essential if its loss would be likely to appreciably reduce the likelihood of survival of that species in the wild. All other populations are considered nonessential. We find the proposed experimental population to be nonessential for the following reasons: (1) Oregon silverspot butterflies are currently found at five locations, from the central Oregon coast to northern California (see Biological Information, below); (2) There are ongoing management efforts, including captive rearing and release, to maintain or expand Oregon silverspot butterfly populations at these five locations (VanBuskirk 2010, entire; USFWS 2012, entire); (3) The experimental population will not provide demographic support to the wild populations (see Location and Boundaries of the NEP, below); (4) The experimental population will not possess any unique genetic or adaptive traits that differ from those in the wild populations because it will be established using donor stock from extant wild populations of Oregon silverspot butterflies (see Donor Stock Assessment and Effects on Donor Populations, below); and (5) loss of the experimental population will not preclude other recovery options, including future efforts to reestablish Oregon silverspot butterfly populations elsewhere. Therefore, we are proposing to designate a nonessential experimental population (NEP) of Oregon silverspot butterfly at two sites in northwest Oregon.
With the NEP designation, the relevant population is treated as if it were listed as a threatened species for the purposes of establishing protective regulations, regardless of the species' designation elsewhere in its range. This approach allows us to develop tailored take prohibitions that are necessary and advisable to provide for the conservation of the species. In these situations, the general regulations that extend most section 9 prohibitions to threatened species do not apply to that species. The protective regulations adopted for an experimental population in a section 10(j) rule contain the applicable prohibitions and exceptions for that population. These section 9 prohibitions and exceptions apply on all lands within the NEP.
For the purposes of section 7 of the Act, which addresses Federal cooperation, we treat an NEP as a threatened species when the NEP is located within a National Wildlife Refuge or unit of the National Park Service, and Federal agency conservation requirements under section 7(a)(1) and the Federal agency consultation requirements of section 7(a)(2) of the Act apply. Section 7(a)(1) of the Act requires all Federal agencies to use their authorities to carry out programs for the conservation of listed species. Section 7(a)(2) requires that Federal agencies, in consultation with the Service, ensure that any action they authorize, fund, or carry out is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a listed species or adversely modify its critical habitat. When NEPs are located outside a National Wildlife Refuge or National Park Service unit, then, for the purposes of section 7, we treat the population as proposed for listing and only section 7(a)(1) and section 7(a)(4) of the Act apply. In these instances, NEPs provide additional flexibility because Federal agencies are not required to consult with us under section 7(a)(2). Section 7(a)(4) requires Federal agencies to confer (rather than consult) with the Service on actions that are likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a species proposed to be listed. The results of a conference are in the form of conservation recommendations that are optional to the agencies carrying out, funding, or authorizing activities. If finalized, the NEP area within Nestucca Bay NWR will still be subject to the provisions of section 7(a)(2), and intra-agency consultation would be required on the refuge. Section 7(a)(2) consultation would not be required outside of the refuge.
Before authorizing the release as an experimental population (including eggs, propagules, or individuals) of an endangered or threatened species, and before authorizing any necessary transportation to conduct the release, the Service must find, by regulation, that such release will further the conservation of the species. In making such a finding, the Service uses the best scientific and commercial data available to consider the following factors (see 49 FR 33893; August 27, 1984): (1) Any possible adverse effects on extant populations of a species as a result of removal of individuals, eggs, or propagules for introduction elsewhere (see
Furthermore, as set forth at 50 CFR 17.81(c), all regulations designating experimental populations under section 10(j) must provide: (1) Appropriate means to identify the experimental population, including, but not limited to, its actual or proposed location, actual or anticipated migration, number of specimens released or to be released, and other criteria appropriate to identify the experimental population(s) (see
Under 50 CFR 17.81(d), the Service must consult with appropriate State fish and wildlife agencies, local governmental entities, affected Federal agencies, and affected private landowners in developing and implementing experimental population rules. To the maximum extent practicable, section 10(j) rules represent an agreement between the Service, the affected State and Federal agencies, and persons holding any interest in land which may be affected by the establishment of an experimental population.
Section 10(j)(2)(C)(ii) of the Act states that critical habitat shall not be designated for any experimental population that is determined to be nonessential. Accordingly, we cannot designate critical habitat in areas where we establish an NEP.
The Oregon silverspot butterfly is a small, darkly marked coastal subspecies of the Zerene fritillary, a widespread butterfly species in montane western North America (USFWS 2001, p. 1). Historically, the Oregon silverspot butterfly was documented at 20 locations, from the border of northern California to the southern coast of Washington (McCorkle
The Oregon silverspot butterfly has a 1-year life cycle which begins when female adults lay eggs on or near early blue violets (
The Oregon silverspot butterfly occupies three types of grassland habitat: marine terrace and coastal headland meadows, stabilized dunes, and montane grasslands. Key resources needed by the Oregon silverspot butterfly in all of these habitats include: (1) The early blue violet, which is the primary host plant for Oregon silverspot caterpillars; (2) a variety of nectar plants that bloom during the butterfly flight period, including, but not limited to, yarrow (
Additional information on the biology, habitat, and life history of the butterfly can be found in our Revised Recovery Plan for the Oregon Silverspot Butterfly
We are proposing to establish an NEP to promote the conservation and recovery of the Oregon silverspot butterfly. The recovery strategy for the Oregon silverspot butterfly, as detailed in our 2001 revised recovery plan, is to protect and manage habitat, and to augment and restore populations (USFWS 2001, pp. 39-41). Recovery criteria for the Oregon silverspot butterfly are (USFWS 2001, p. 42):
1. At least two viable Oregon silverspot butterfly populations exist in protected habitat in each of the following areas: Coastal Mountains, Cascade Head, and Central coast in Oregon; and Del Norte County in California; and at least one viable Oregon silverspot butterfly population exists in protected habitat in each of the following areas: Long Beach Peninsula, Washington, and Clatsop Plains, Oregon. This includes the development of comprehensive management plans.
2. Habitats are managed long term to maintain native, early successional grassland communities. Habitat management maintains and enhances early blue violet abundance, provides a minimum of five native nectar species dispersed abundantly throughout the habitat and flowering throughout the entire flight-period, and reduces the abundance of invasive, nonnative plant species.
3. Managed habitat at each population site supports a minimum viable
The reintroduction of Oregon silverspot butterflies within the proposed NEP would help address the limited number of populations and the subspecies' diminished geographic range. In addition, it is likely to contribute to meeting recovery criteria, as both proposed NEP areas have the biological attributes to support a viable butterfly population of butterflies and will be managed consistent with the subspecies' biological needs.
Section 10(j) of the Act requires that an experimental population be geographically separate from other populations of the same species. We identified the boundary of the proposed NEP as those Public Land Survey System sections intersecting with a 4.25-mi (6.8-km) radius around the proposed release locations. This boundary was selected to encompass all likely movements of Oregon silverspot butterflies away from the release areas while maintaining geographic separation from existing populations. This 4.25-mi (6.8-km) radius is greater than the longest known flight distance of the Oregon silverspot butterfly (4.1 mi (6.6 km)) (VanBuskirk and Pickering 1999, pp. 3-4, Appendix 1). Although this flight distance had previously been reported as “5 miles” (VanBuskirk and Pickering 1999, p. 4; USFWS 2010, p. 10), a more precise measurement using the locations where the individual butterfly in question was marked and recaptured (rather than the general distance between the populations) resulted in a distance of 4.1 mi (6.8 km). The proposed NEP areas are geographically isolated from existing Oregon silverspot butterfly populations by a sufficient distance to preclude significant contact between populations. There is an extremely small potential that butterflies dispersing 4.1 mi (6.8 km) from the proposed release site on Nestucca Bay NWR may interact with butterflies dispersing 4.1 mi (6.8 km) from Cascade Head, because these locations are 8 mi (13 km) apart. Nevertheless, the likelihood of butterflies from these two sites interbreeding is remote because of the distance between the sites and the fact that there is little or no suitable habitat with appropriate larval host plants and adult nectar sources between Nestucca Bay NWR and Cascade Head. Even if butterflies dispersed and were present within the same area, we do not believe the occasional presence of a few individual butterflies meets a minimal biological definition of a population. Based on definitions of “population” used in other experimental population rules (
Saddle Mountain SNA, managed by OPRD, is located in central Clatsop County, in northwest Oregon. Saddle Mountain was historically occupied by the Oregon silverspot butterfly, which was last documented at this site in 1973 (McCorkle
Saddle Mountain SNA is a 3,225-acre (ac) (1,305-hectare (ha)) park known for its unique botanical community, which thrives on the thin rocky soils, with few invasive weeds. Habitat suitable for the Oregon silverspot butterfly consists of approximately 60 ac (24 ha) of meadows on the slopes of Saddle Mountain near its upper peaks at 3,288 feet (ft) (1,002 meters (m)) above sea-level. Based on recent plant surveys (OPRD 2012, p. 2), the proposed release site contains high-quality butterfly habitat with sufficient densities of the requisite species (
The Saddle Mountain NEP area is centered on the coastal prairie habitat on top of Saddle Mountain, where we are proposing to reintroduce the Oregon silverspot butterfly. The proposed NEP encompasses all the Public Land Survey System sections that intersect with a 4.25-mi (6.8-km) radius around the proposed release area. The subspecies is territorial within habitat areas, and the reintroduced butterflies are expected to stay in or near meadows on top of Saddle Mountain, which have an abundance of the plant species they need to survive. The proposed Saddle Mountain butterfly population will be released into permanently protected suitable habitat. We are proposing to reintroduce the Oregon silverspot butterfly as an NEP in this area to address OPRD's concerns regarding potential impacts to park management activities, such as trail maintenance, and potential opposition from surrounding landowners to the reintroduction of a federally listed species without an NEP. Surrounding land cover is primarily forest (OPRD 2014, pers. comm.) and is not suitable Oregon silverspot butterfly habitat; therefore, we do not expect butterflies to use areas outside of Saddle Mountain SNA.
The Nestucca Bay NWR, managed by the Service, is located in the southwest corner of Tillamook County, along the northern Oregon coast. Although the Oregon silverspot butterfly was never documented at this site, it is within the historical range of the subspecies along the coast, and a small amount of remnant coastal prairie occurred on the site prior to commencement of restoration efforts in 2011. Therefore, it is reasonable to assume that the Oregon silverspot butterfly once inhabited the area, but no surveys were conducted to document its presence. Currently occupied Oregon silverspot butterfly
The Nestucca Bay National Wildlife Refuge Comprehensive Conservation Plan includes a goal to promote the recovery of the Oregon silverspot butterfly by establishing an NEP on the refuge (USFWS 2013, p. 2-4). The approximately 1,203-ac (487-ha) refuge has 25 to 30 ac (10 to 12 ha) of coastal prairie habitat in varying stages of restoration, including the conversion of degraded grasslands on the Cannery Hill Unit from nonnative pasture grasses to native coastal grasses and forbs with an emphasis on the plant species and structure required to support the Oregon silverspot butterfly. Since 2011, invasive weed abundance has been minimized, and thousands of violet and nectar plants have been planted to enhance and restore the coastal prairie ecosystem. Funding acquired by the refuge in 2015 is now being used to complete habitat restoration on the remaining acreage prior to the release of Oregon silverspot butterflies.
The NEP area is centered on coastal prairie habitat on the Cannery Hill Unit of the refuge, where we are proposing to release Oregon silverspot butterflies. The proposed NEP encompasses all Public Land Survey System sections that intersect with a 4.25-mi (6.8-km) radius around the proposed release area. We propose to release Oregon silverspot butterflies into permanently protected suitable habitat at Nestucca Bay NWR, which will be managed to provide the plant community needed for the butterfly to become established and to support a population. We are proposing to reintroduce the Oregon silverspot butterfly as an NEP in this area to address adjacent landowner concerns regarding the impact a federally listed species might have on the sale or development of their property. As little or no suitable habitat is currently available on adjacent properties, and Oregon silverspot butterflies are territorial and non-migratory, we consider the likelihood of butterflies moving on to these adjacent lands to be low. Despite a few adjacent properties that Oregon silverspot butterflies might occasionally move through, the primary surrounding land cover is agriculture and forest (USFWS 2013, p. 4-3), which are not suitable habitat for the subspecies; therefore, occurrence of Oregon silverspot butterflies in surrounding areas, if any, is expected to be limited.
The best available scientific data indicate that the reintroduction of Oregon silverspot butterflies into suitable habitat is biologically feasible and would promote the conservation of the species. Oregon silverspot butterfly population augmentations have been conducted on the central Oregon coast from 2000 through 2015 (USFWS 2012, p. 10; Engelmeyer 2015, p. 4). Based on the knowledge gained from these efforts, we anticipate the proposed NEP areas would become successfully established. Butterflies would be released into high-quality habitat in sufficient amounts to support large butterfly populations, and no unaddressed threats to the species are known to exist at these sites.
The coastal headland meadows of the Nestucca Bay NWR are being restored with the specific intent of providing high densities of the plant species needed by the Oregon silverspot butterfly. Ongoing habitat enhancement and management will maintain suitable habitat and minimize the abundance and distribution of invasive, nonnative plant species, which degrade habitat quality. The Nestucca Bay NWR has committed to the management required to restore and maintain suitable habitat specifically for a population of the Oregon silverspot butterfly. The upper meadows of the Saddle Mountain SNA have an abundance of the key resources, including an intact plant community with an abundance of plants needed to support the Oregon silverspot butterfly. Habitat quality has been maintained through natural processes, including vertical drainage patterns associated with steep ridges, thin rocky soils, elevation, and winter snow cover within the forb rich Roemer fescue montane grassland community (ONHIC 2004, p. 2). The habitat at Saddle Mountain is self-sustaining, does not require active management (see Addressing Causes of Extirpation, below), and is adequately protected. Additionally, within both proposed NEP areas, large trees surrounding the meadows would provide needed cover for sheltering Oregon silverspot butterflies.
Based on all of these considerations, we anticipate that reintroduced Oregon silverspot butterflies are likely to become established and persist at Nestucca Bay NWR and Saddle Mountain SNA.
The largest threat to Oregon silverspot butterfly populations is a lack of suitable habitat. Without regular disturbance, coastal prairie habitat is vulnerable to plant community succession, resulting in loss of prairie habitat to brush and tree invasion. Invasive, nonnative plants also play a significant role in the degradation of habitat quality and quantity for this butterfly.
The reasons for the extirpation of the original population of Oregon silverspot butterflies on Saddle Mountain between 1973 and 1980 are unknown. The habitat on top of Saddle Mountain is currently suitable for supporting a population of the butterfly. The grassland habitat at this location has been self-sustaining likely due to the 3,000-ft (914-m) elevation, thin rocky soil type, steep slopes, primarily native composition of the plant community, and lack of human disturbance to the ecosystem. The Saddle Mountain SNA, protected as a special botanical area, has an annual day-use rate of 68,928 visitors per year. OPRD maintains a trail, accessible only by foot, which leads to the top of the mountain. The extremely steep grade on either side of the trail discourages visitors from straying off trail and into the adjacent meadow areas. Park rules do not allow collection of plants or animals (OPRD 2010). Continuance of this management regime is expected to protect the reintroduced population and contribute to its successful establishment. We acknowledge there is some uncertainty regarding population establishment and long-term viability at this site given that we have not identified the original cause of local extirpation. Nevertheless, this site has been identified as one of the most promising for a reintroduction effort given the lack of identifiable threats, density of host plants, and overall quality of habitat (VanBuskirk 2010, p. 27).
The Nestucca Bay NWR will address habitat threats by monitoring and maintaining habitat quality for the benefit of the Oregon silverspot butterfly, in accordance with the Nestucca Bay National Wildlife Refuge Comprehensive Conservation Plan, which sets specific targets for abundance of violet and nectar species. All management actions taken in the vicinity of the reintroduced population will defer to the habitat needs of the butterfly (USFWS 2013, pp. 4-37-4-43). As described above, the Nestucca Bay NWR is actively working to restore habitat specifically for the benefit of the Oregon silverspot butterfly in
We propose to use captive-reared butterflies to populate the NEP areas using proven release methods developed by the Oregon silverspot butterfly population augmentation program from 2000 to 2015 (USFWS 2012, p. 10; Engelmeyer 2015, p. 2). We will release captive-reared caterpillars or pupae of wild female butterflies into suitable habitat within the proposed NEP areas, following the guidance in the Captive Propagation and Reintroduction Plan for the Oregon Silverspot Butterfly (VanBuskirk 2010, entire). We will determine the number of individuals to release based on the number of available healthy offspring and the amount of suitable habitat available, with violet densities as the primary measure of habitat suitability. The ultimate goal is the establishment of self-sustaining populations of between 200 to 500 butterflies for 10 years at each proposed NEP area, similar to the recovery criteria for the other habitat conservation areas.
Based on guidance from the Captive Propagation and Reintroduction Plan for the Oregon Silverspot Butterfly (VanBuskirk 2010, entire), we propose to establish populations in each NEP area from offspring of at least 50 mated females. Because the number of female butterflies available for collection for the captive-rearing program is limited to 5 percent of the donor population per year, it may be necessary to release caterpillars or pupae incrementally over a period of a few years. We will use annual butterfly counts during the flight period to monitor population establishment success. Butterfly survey methods used at the occupied sites (Pollard 1977, p. 116; Pickering 1992, p. 3) will also be used to assess population establishment success in the proposed NEP areas.
Individual Oregon silverspot butterflies used to establish populations at both proposed NEP areas will most likely come from the offspring of the Mount Hebo population. Additional genetic research on the subspecies is in progress and may suggest that butterflies from other populations should be included in the captive-rearing program to enhance genetic diversity. If populations other than the Mount Hebo population are used as donor stock, we will evaluate the impact of taking females from those populations on the survival and recovery of the subspecies prior to issuing a recovery permit for such take.
The Mount Hebo Oregon silverspot butterfly population has historically been the largest and most stable population, averaging an annual index count of 1,457 butterflies per year between 2000 to 2014 (USFWS 2012, p. 10; Patterson 2014, p. 11); therefore, it is the least likely to be impacted by the removal of up to 5 percent of the population. Demographic modeling indicates that the optimal strategy for captive rearing of Oregon silverspot butterflies to increase the probability of persistence is to take females from larger donor populations (Crone
The Mount Hebo population occurs in an environment similar to the proposed Saddle Mountain NEP area (
The Captive Propagation and Reintroduction Plan for the Oregon Silverspot Butterfly (VanBuskirk 2010, entire) contains further information on the captive rearing program, release procedures, genetic considerations, population dynamics, effects of releases on population viability of the Oregon silverspot butterfly, and the potential for reintroduction to Saddle Mountain SNA and Nestucca Bay NWR (copies of this document are available online at
Based on the current legal and biological status of the subspecies and the need for management flexibility, and in accordance with section 10(j) of the Act, we propose to designate all Oregon silverspot butterflies released within the boundaries of the NEP areas as members of the NEP. Such designation allows us to establish special protective regulations for management of Oregon silverspot butterflies.
With the experimental population designation, the relevant population is treated as threatened for purposes of section 9 of the Act, regardless of the species' designation elsewhere in its range. Treating the experimental population as threatened allows us the discretion to devise management programs and specific regulations for such a population. Section 4(d) of the Act allows us to adopt any regulations that are necessary and advisable to provide for the conservation of a threatened species. When designating an experimental population, the general regulations that extend most section 9 prohibitions to threatened species do not apply to that species, and the section 10(j) rule contains the prohibitions and exemptions necessary and advisable to conserve that species.
The 10(j) rule would further the conservation of the subspecies by facilitating its reintroduction into two areas of suitable habitat within its historical range. The rule would provide
We conclude that the effects of Federal, State, or private actions and activities will not pose a threat to Oregon silverspot butterfly establishment and persistence at Saddle Mountain SNA or the Nestucca Bay NWR because the best information, including activities currently occurring in Oregon silverspot butterfly populations range wide, indicates that activities currently occurring, or likely to occur, at prospective reintroduction sites within proposed NEP areas are compatible with the species' recovery. The reintroduced Oregon silverspot butterfly populations would be managed by OPRD and the Service, and would be protected from major development activities through the following mechanisms:
(1) Development activities and timber harvests are not expected to occur in the Saddle Mountain SNA, which is protected as a special botanical area. Trail maintenance and other park maintenance activities would continue to occur within the proposed NEP area, but are expected to have minimal impact on the butterfly meadow habitat areas due to the terrain and steepness of the slopes. Because of the rugged nature of the area, and also to protect the important botanical resources at this site, maintenance activities in this area are generally limited to trail maintenance by hand crews, with minimal impacts on the meadow areas. Additionally, the proposed Oregon silverspot butterfly NEP area at Saddle Mountain SNA would be protected by the Oregon State regulations prohibiting collection of animals on State lands (Oregon Administrative Rule (OAR) 736-010-0055(2)(d)). Private timberlands surrounding the SNA do not contain suitable butterfly habitat, and therefore activities on adjacent lands are not expected to impact the butterfly.
(2) In accordance with the Nestucca Bay NWR Comprehensive Conservation Plan, all refuge management actions taken in the vicinity of the reintroduced population will defer to the habitat needs of the butterfly (USFWS 2013, pp. 4-37-4-43). In addition, the refuge must complete section 7(a)(2) consultation on all actions that may affect the butterfly. Oregon silverspot butterflies may occasionally visit or fly within adjacent properties near the proposed NEP area, which may be subject to future development. However, given the lack of suitable habitat for this subspecies on adjacent properties, as well as the butterfly's territorial and non-migratory nature, we consider negative impacts to the Oregon silverspot butterfly from development on adjacent sites to be unlikely, as there is little likelihood of individuals moving to these sites.
Management issues related to the proposed Oregon silverspot butterfly NEP that have been considered include:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
Oregon silverspot butterfly surveys would be conducted annually within Oregon silverspot butterfly habitat at Nestucca Bay NWR and Saddle Mountain SNA using a modified Pollard walk methodology (Pickering
We would conduct annual Oregon silverspot butterfly surveys within the populations where donor stock is obtained using a modified Pollard walk methodology (Pickering
We do not anticipate impacts to other listed species by the proposed reintroduction of the Oregon silverspot butterfly.
Based on the above information, and using the best scientific and commercial data available (in accordance with 50 CFR 17.81), we find that reintroducing the Oregon silverspot butterfly into the Saddle Mountain SNA and the Nestucca Bay NWR and the associated protective measures and management practices under this proposed rulemaking would further the conservation of the subspecies. The nonessential experimental population status is appropriate for the reintroduction areas because we have determined that these populations are not essential to the continued existence of the subspecies in the wild.
Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of Management and Budget will review all significant rules. OIRA has determined that this proposed rule is not significant.
Executive Order 13563 reaffirms the principles of E.O. 12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system to promote predictability, to reduce uncertainty, and to use the best, most innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends. The executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and consistent with regulatory objectives. E.O. 13563 emphasizes further that regulations must be based on the best available science and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this proposed rule in a manner consistent with these requirements.
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) of 1996; 5 U.S.C. 60
The area that would be affected if this proposed rule is adopted includes the release areas at Saddle Mountain SNA and Nestucca Bay NWR and adjacent areas into which individual Oregon silverspot butterflies may disperse. Because of the regulatory flexibility for Federal agency actions provided by the proposed NEP designation and the exemption for incidental take in the rule, we do not expect this rule to have significant effects on any activities within Federal, State, or private lands within the proposed NEP. In regard to section 7(a)(2) of the Act, the population would be treated as proposed for listing, and Federal action agencies are not required to consult on their activities, except on National Wildlife Refuge and National Park land where the subspecies is managed as a threatened species. Section 7(a)(4) of the Act requires Federal agencies to confer (rather than consult) with the Service on actions that are likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a proposed species. However, because the proposed NEP is, by definition, not essential to the survival of the species, conferring will likely never be required for the Oregon silverspot butterfly populations within the NEP areas. Furthermore, the results of a conference are advisory in nature and do not restrict agencies from carrying out, funding, or authorizing activities. In addition, section 7(a)(1) of the Act requires Federal agencies to use their authorities to carry out programs to further the conservation of listed species, which would apply on any lands within the NEP areas. Within the boundaries of the Nestucca Bay NWR, the subspecies would be treated as a threatened species for the purposes of section 7(a)(2) of the Act. As a result, and in accordance with these regulations, some modifications to proposed Federal actions within Nestucca Bay NWR may occur to benefit the Oregon silverspot butterfly, but we do not expect projects to be substantially modified because these lands are already being administered in a manner that is compatible with Oregon silverspot butterfly recovery.
If adopted, this proposal would broadly authorize incidental take of the Oregon silverspot butterfly within the NEP areas. The regulations implementing the Act define “incidental take” as take that is incidental to, and not the purpose of, the carrying out of an otherwise lawful activity such as, agricultural activities and other rural development, camping, hiking, hunting, vehicle use of roads and highways, and other activities in the NEP areas that are in accordance with Federal, Tribal, State, and local laws and regulations. Intentional take for purposes other than authorized data collection or recovery purposes would not be authorized. Intentional take for
The principal activities on private property near the proposed NEP areas are timber production, agriculture, and activities associated with private residences. We believe the presence of the Oregon silverspot butterfly would not affect the use of lands for these purposes because there would be no new or additional economic or regulatory restrictions imposed upon States, non-Federal entities, or private landowners due to the presence of the Oregon silverspot butterfly, and Federal agencies would only have to comply with sections 7(a)(1) and 7(a)(4) of the Act in these areas, except on Nestucca Bay NWR lands where section 7(a)(2) of the Act would apply. Therefore, this rulemaking is not expected to have any significant adverse impacts to activities on private lands within the proposed NEP areas.
In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
(1) If adopted, this proposal would not “significantly or uniquely” affect small governments. We have determined and certify under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act, 2 U.S.C. 1502
(2) This proposed rule would not produce a Federal mandate of $100 million or greater in any year (
In accordance with Executive Order 12630, the proposed rule does not have significant takings implications. This rule would allow for the take of reintroduced Oregon silverspot butterflies when such take is incidental to an otherwise legal activity, such as recreation (
A takings implication assessment is not required because this rule (1) will not effectively compel a property owner to suffer a physical invasion of property, and (2) will not deny all economically beneficial or productive use of the land or aquatic resources. This rule would substantially advance a legitimate government interest (conservation and recovery of a listed species) and would not present a barrier to all reasonable and expected beneficial use of private property.
In accordance with Executive Order 13132, we have considered whether this proposed rule has significant Federalism effects and have determined that a federalism summary impact statement is not required. This proposed rule would not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the Federal Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. In keeping with Department of the Interior policy, we requested information from and coordinated development of this proposed rule with the affected resource agencies in Oregon. Achieving the recovery goals for this subspecies would contribute to its eventual delisting and its return to State management. No intrusion on State policy or administration is expected; roles or responsibilities of Federal or State governments would not change; and fiscal capacity would not be substantially directly affected. The proposed rule would maintain the existing relationship between the State and the Federal Government, and is being undertaken in coordination with the State of Oregon. Therefore, this rule does not have significant Federalism effects or implications to warrant the preparation of a federalism summary impact statement under the provisions of Executive Order 13132.
In accordance with Executive Order 12988, the Office of the Solicitor has determined that this rule would not unduly burden the judicial system and would meet the requirements of sections (3)(a) and (3)(b)(2) of the Order.
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) regulations at 5 CFR 1320, which implement provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
The reintroduction of native species into suitable habitat within their historical or established range is categorically excluded from NEPA documentation requirements consistent with the Department of Interior's Department Manual (516 DM 8.5B(6)).
In accordance with the presidential memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951; May 4, 1994), Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249; November 9, 2000), and the Department of the Interior Manual Chapter 512 DM 2, we have considered possible effects on federally recognized Indian tribes and have determined that there are no tribal lands affected by this proposed rule.
Executive Order 13211 requires agencies to prepare Statements of Energy Effects when undertaking certain actions. This rule is not expected to significantly affect energy supplies, distribution, or use. Because this action is not a significant energy action, no Statement of Energy Effects is required.
We are required by E.O. 12866, E.O. 12988, and by the Presidential Memorandum of June 1, 1998, to write all rules in plain language. This means that each rule we publish must:
(1) Be logically organized;
(2) Use the active voice to address readers directly;
(3) Use clear language rather than jargon;
(4) Be divided into short sections and sentences; and
(5) Use lists and tables wherever possible.
If you feel that we have not met these requirements, send us comments by one of the methods listed in
A complete list of all references cited in this final rule is available at
The primary authors of this proposed rule are staff members of the Service's Newport Field Office (see
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and record keeping requirements, Transportation.
Accordingly, we propose to amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; and 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.
(h) * * *
(d) Oregon Silverspot Butterfly (
(1)
(A) The Nestucca Bay NEP area, centered on the coastal prairie habitat on the Cannery Hill Unit of the Nestucca Bay National Wildlife Refuge (Nestucca Bay NEP area), includes Township 4 South, Range 10 West, Sections 15 through 36; Township 4 South, Range 11 West, Sections 13, 24, 25, and 36; Township 5 South, Range 10 West, Sections 2 through 11, 14 through 23, 27 through 30; and Township 5 South, Range 11 West, Sections 12, 13, 24, and 25.
(B) The Saddle Mountain NEP area, centered on the coastal prairie habitat on top of Saddle Mountain State Natural Area (Saddle Mountain NEP area), includes Township 6 North, Range 7 West, Sections 7, 17 through 20, 29 through 32; Township 6 North, Range 8 West, Sections 1 through 36; Township 6 North, Range 9 West, Sections 1, 11 through 14, 23 through 26, 35, and 36; Township 5 North, Range 7 West, Sections 5 through 8, 17, 18, and 19; Township 5 North, Range 8 West, Sections 1 through 24; and Township 5 North, Range 9 West, Sections 1, 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, and 14.
(ii) The nearest known extant population to the Nestucca Bay NEP area is 8 miles (13 kilometers) to the south, beyond the longest known flight distance of the butterfly (4.1 miles (6.6 kilometers)) and with little or no suitable habitat between them. The nearest known extant population to the Saddle Mountain NEP area is 50 miles (80 kilometers) to the south, well beyond the longest known flight distance of the butterfly (4.1 miles (6.6 kilometers)). Given its habitat requirements, movement patterns, and distance from extant populations, the NEP is wholly separate from extant populations and we do not expect the reintroduced Oregon silverspot butterflies to become established outside the NEP areas. Oregon silverspot butterflies outside of the NEP boundaries will assume the status of Oregon silverspot butterflies within the geographic area in which they are found.
(iii) We will not change the NEP designations to “essential experimental,” “threatened,” or “endangered” within the NEP areas without engaging in notice-and-comment rulemaking. Additionally, we will not designate critical habitat for this NEP, as provided by 16 U.S.C. 1539(j)(2)(C)(ii).
(2)
(i) Oregon silverspot butterflies may be taken within the NEP area, provided that such take is not willful, knowing, or due to negligence, and is incidental to carrying out an otherwise lawful activity, such as agriculture, forestry and wildlife management, land development, recreation, and other activities that are in accordance with Federal, State, Tribal, and local laws and regulations.
(ii) Any person with a valid permit issued by the Service under 50 CFR 17.32 may take the Oregon silverspot butterfly for educational purposes, scientific purposes, the enhancement of propagation or survival of the species, zoological exhibition, and other conservation purposes consistent with the Act. Additionally, any employee or agent of the Service, any other Federal land management agency, or a State conservation agency, who is designated by the agency for such purposes, may, when acting in the course of official duties, may take an Oregon silverspot butterfly in the wild in the NEP area if such action is necessary:
(A) For scientific purposes;
(B) To relocate Oregon silverspot butterflies to avoid conflict with human activities;
(C) To relocate Oregon silverspot butterflies within the NEP area to improve Oregon silverspot butterfly survival and recovery prospects or for genetic purposes;
(D) To relocate Oregon silverspot butterflies from one population in the NEP into another in the NEP, or into captivity;
(E) To euthanize an injured Oregon silverspot butterfly;
(F) To dispose of a dead Oregon silverspot butterfly, or salvage a dead Oregon silverspot butterfly for scientific purposes;
(G) To relocate an Oregon silverspot butterfly that has moved outside the NEP area back into the NEP area; or
(H) To aid in law enforcement investigations involving the Oregon silverspot butterfly.
(3)
(i) Except as expressly allowed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, all of the provisions of 50 CFR 17.31(a) and (b) apply to the Oregon silverspot butterfly in areas identified in paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
(ii) A person may not possess, sell, deliver, carry, transport, ship, import, or export by any means, Oregon silverspot butterflies, or parts thereof, that are taken or possessed in a manner not expressly allowed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section or in violation of applicable State fish and wildlife laws or regulations or the Act.
(iii) Any manner of take not described under paragraph (d)(2) of this section is prohibited in the NEP areas.
(iv) A person may not attempt to commit, solicit another to commit, or cause to be committed any take of the Oregon silverspot butterfly, except as expressly allowed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(4)
(5)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting.
The New England Fishery Management Council (Council) is scheduling a public meeting of its
This meeting will be held on Tuesday, January 10, 2017, at 10 a.m., to view the agenda see
The meeting will be held at the Four Points by Sheraton, 1 Audubon Road, Wakefield, MA 01880: (781) 245-9300.
Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council; telephone: (978) 465-0492.
The Advisory Panel will review alternatives and analyses prepared for Framework Adjustment 5 to the Atlantic
This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, at 978-465-0492, at least 5 days prior to the meeting.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Administrative Conference of the United States.
Notice.
The Administrative Conference of the United States adopted four recommendations at its Sixty-sixth Plenary Session. The appended recommendations address: Special Procedural Rules for Social Security Litigation; Evidentiary Hearings Not Required by the Administrative Procedure Act; The Use of Ombuds in Federal Agencies; and Self-Represented Parties in Administrative Proceedings.
For Recommendation 2016-3, Daniel Sheffner; for Recommendation 2016-4, Amber Williams; for Recommendation 2016-5, David Pritzker; and for Recommendation 2016-6, Connie Vogelmann. For all of these actions the address and telephone number are: Administrative Conference of the United States, Suite 706 South, 1120 20th Street NW., Washington, DC 20036; Telephone 202-480-2080.
The Administrative Conference Act, 5 U.S.C. 591-596, established the Administrative Conference of the United States. The Conference studies the efficiency, adequacy, and fairness of the administrative procedures used by Federal agencies and makes recommendations to agencies, the President, Congress, and the Judicial Conference of the United States for procedural improvements (5 U.S.C. 594(1)). For further information about the Conference and its activities, see
Recommendation 2016-3,
Recommendation 2016-4,
Recommendation 2016-5,
Recommendation 2016-6,
The Appendix below sets forth the full texts of these four recommendations. The Conference will transmit them to affected agencies, Congress, and the Judicial Conference of the United States. The recommendations are not binding, so the entities to which they are addressed will make decisions on their implementation.
The Conference based these recommendations on research reports that are posted at:
The Administrative Conference recommends that the Judicial Conference of the United States develop special procedural rules for cases under the Social Security Act
* * *
The Social Security Administration (SSA) administers the Social Security Disability Insurance program and the Supplemental Security Income program, two of the largest disability programs in the United States. An individual who fails to obtain disability benefits under either of these programs, after proceeding through SSA's extensive administrative adjudication system, may appeal the agency's decision to a federal district court.
District courts face exceptional challenges in social security litigation. Although institutionally oriented towards resolving cases in which they serve as the initial adjudicators, the federal district courts act as appellate tribunals in their review of disability decisions. That fact alone does not make these cases unique; appeals of agency actions generally go to district courts unless a statute expressly provides for direct review of an agency's actions by a court of appeals.
The Federal Rules were designed for cases litigated in the first instance, not for those reviewing, on an appellate basis, agency adjudicative decisions. Consequently, the Federal Rules fail to account for a variety of procedural issues that arise when a disability case is appealed to district court. For example, the Rules require the parties to file a complaint and an answer. Because a social security case is in substance an appellate proceeding, the case could more sensibly be initiated through a simple document akin to a notice of appeal or a petition for review. Moreover, although 42 U.S.C. 405(g) provides that the certified record should be filed as “part of” the government's answer, there is no functional need at that stage for the government to file anything more than the record. In addition, the lack of congruence between the structure of the Rules and the nature of the proceeding has led to uncertainty about the type of motions that litigants should file in order to get their cases resolved on the merits. In some districts, for instance, the agency files the certified transcript of administrative proceedings instead of an answer, whereas other districts require the agency to file an answer. In still other districts, claimants must file motions for summary judgment to have their case adjudicated on the merits,
Social security disability litigation is not the only type of specialized litigation district courts regularly review in an appellate capacity. District courts entertain an equivalent number of habeas corpus petitions,
When specialized litigation with unique procedural needs lacks a tailored set of national procedural rules for its governance, districts and even individual judges have to craft their own. This is precisely what has happened with social security litigation. The Federal Rules do exempt disability cases from the initial disclosure requirements of Rule 26, and limit electronic access of nonparties to filings in social security cases,
Many of the local rules and orders fashioned to fill the procedural gaps left by the Federal Rules generate inefficiencies and impose costs on claimants and SSA. For example, simultaneous briefing—the practice in some districts that requires both parties to file cross motions for resolution of the merits and to respond to each other's briefs in simultaneously filed responses—effectively doubles the number of briefs the parties must file. Some judges employ a related practice whereby the
The disability program is a national program that is intended to be administered in a uniform fashion, yet procedural localism raises the possibility that like cases will not be treated alike. Burdensome procedures adopted by some districts or judges, such as simultaneous briefing schedules, can increase delays and litigation costs for some claimants, while leaving other similarly situated claimants free from bearing those costs. Further, many of the attorneys who litigate social security cases—agency lawyers and claimants' representatives alike—maintain regional or even national practices. Localism, however, makes it difficult for those lawyers to economize their resources by, for instance, forcing them to refashion even successful arguments in order to fit several different courts' unique page-limits or formatting requirements.
Procedural variation can thus impose a substantial burden on SSA as it attempts to administer a national program and can result in arbitrary delays and uneven costs for disability claimants appealing benefit denials. SSA and claimants would benefit from a set of uniform rules that recognize the appellate nature of disability cases. Indeed, several districts already treat disability cases as appeals.
The Supreme Court has recognized that the exercise of rulemaking power to craft
The Administrative Conference believes that a special set of procedural rules could bring much needed uniformity to social security disability and related litigation. In routine cases, page limits, deadlines, briefing schedules, and other procedural requirements should be uniform to ensure effective procedural management. At the same time, the new rules should be drafted to displace the Federal Rules
The research that served as the foundation for this report focused on social security disability litigation commenced under 42 U.S.C. 405(g). Section 405(g) also authorizes district court review of SSA old age and survivors benefits decisions, as well as other actions related to benefits. Because such non-disability appeals do not differ procedurally from disability cases in any meaningful way,
The Conference recognizes that some cases might be brought under § 405(g) that would fall outside the rationale for the proposed new rules. This could include class actions and other broad challenges to program administration, such as challenges to the constitutionality or validity of statutory and regulatory requirements, or similar broad challenges to agency policies and procedures. In these cases, the usual deadlines and page limits could be too confining. By citing these examples, the Conference does not intend to preclude other exclusions. The task of precisely defining the cases covered by any new rules would be worked out by the committee that drafts the rules, after additional research and more of an opportunity for public comment on the scope of the rules than has been possible for the Conference. It may also be necessary to include specific rules explaining the procedure for the exclusion of appropriate cases.
1. The Judicial Conference, in consultation with Congress as appropriate, should develop for the Supreme Court's consideration a uniform set of procedural rules for cases under the Social Security Act in which an individual seeks district court review of a final administrative decision of the Commissioner of Social Security pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 405(g). These rules would not apply to class actions or to other cases that are outside the scope of the rationale for the proposal.
2. Examples of rules that should be promulgated include:
a. A rule providing that a claimant's complaint filed under 42 U.S.C. 405(g) be substantially equivalent to a notice of appeal;
b. A rule requiring the agency to file a certified copy of the administrative record as the main component of its answer;
c. A rule or rules requiring the claimant to file an opening merits brief to which the agency would respond, and providing for appropriate subsequent proceedings and the filing of appropriate responses consistent with 42 U.S.C. 405(g) and the appellate nature of the proceedings;
d. A rule or rules setting deadlines and page limits as appropriate; and
e. Other rules that may promote efficiency and uniformity in social security disability and related litigation, without favoring one class of litigants over another or impacting substantive rights.
Federal administrative adjudication can be divided into three categories:
(a) Adjudication that is regulated by the procedural provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) and usually presided over by an administrative law judge (referred to as Type A in the report that underlies this recommendation and throughout the preamble)
(b) Adjudication that consists of legally required evidentiary hearings that are not regulated by the APA's adjudication provisions in 5 U.S.C. 554 and 556-557 and that is presided over by adjudicators who are often called administrative judges, though they are known by many other titles (referred to as Type B in the report that underlies this recommendation and throughout the preamble)
(c) Adjudication that is not subject to a legally required (
This recommendation concerns best practices for the second category of adjudication, that is, Type B adjudication.
Type B adjudications are extremely diverse.
The purpose of this recommendation is to set forth best practices that agencies should incorporate into regulations governing hearing procedures in Type B adjudications. The procedures suggested below are highlighted as best practices because they achieve a favorable balance of the criteria of accuracy (meaning that the procedure produces a correct and consistent outcome), efficiency (meaning that the procedure minimizes cost and delay), and acceptability to the parties (meaning that the procedure meets appropriate standards of procedural fairness).
Some of the best practices set forth in this recommendation may not be applicable or desirable for every Type B adjudicatory program. Accordingly, the recommendation does not attempt to prescribe the exact language that the agency should employ in its procedural regulations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
a. Improper financial or other personal interest in the decision;
b. Personal animus against a party or group to which that party belongs; or
c. Prejudgment of the adjudicative facts at issue in the proceeding.
Procedural regulations and manuals should explain when and how parties should raise claims of bias, and how agencies resolve them.
6.
a. Procedures for requesting a hearing;
b. Discovery options, if any (see paragraph 10);
c. Information about representation, including self-representation and non-lawyer or limited representation, if permitted (see paragraphs 13-16), and any legal assistance options;
d. Available procedural alternatives (
e. Deadlines for filing pleadings and documents;
f. Procedures for subpoenaing documents and witnesses, if allowed (see paragraph 11);
g. Opportunity for review of the initial decision at a higher agency level (see paragraph 26);
h. Availability of judicial review; and
i. Web site address for and/or citation to the procedural regulations and any practice manuals.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
a. National security;
b. Law enforcement;
c. Confidentiality of business documents; and
d. Privacy of the parties to the hearing.
19.
20.
21.
a. Interpretation of statutes or regulations; or
b. Legislative facts as to which experts offer conflicting views.
Agencies should also consider the adoption of procedures for summary judgment in cases in which there are no disputed issues of material fact.
22.
23.
24.
a. The dispute concerns a question of legislative fact where the evidence consists of expert testimony;
b. Credibility is not at issue;
c. The only issue is how a decisionmaker should exercise discretion;
d. National security could be jeopardized; or
e. The identity of confidential informants might be revealed.
25.
a. Findings of fact, including an explanation of how the decisionmaker made credibility determinations; and
b. Conclusions of law, including an explanation of the decisionmaker's interpretation of statutes and regulations.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
This recommendation updates and expands on the Administrative Conference's earlier Recommendation 90-2,
The present recommendation is based on a study of the far broader array of federal ombuds
The research conducted to support this recommendation, including quantitative and qualitative surveys, interviews, case studies and profiles, revealed that federal ombuds can add value to their agencies in a variety of ways.
Externally-facing ombuds were more likely to report supporting the agency with specific mission-related initiatives; helping the agency to improve specific policies, procedures, or structures; making administrative decisions to resolve specific issues; helping within the agency to keep its organizational processes coordinated; and advocating on behalf of individuals. Internally-facing ombuds were more likely to report helping constituents by providing a safe way to discuss perceptions of unsafe or illegal behavior; promoting the use of fair and helpful options; helping to prevent problems by coaching one-on-one; and providing group training and briefings to constituents. Whistleblower ombuds and procurement ombuds—consonant with their particular focus on more narrowly defined responsibilities—described their accomplishments as providing specific information and education, and guidance about very specific matters of concern to their constituents.
Since the Conference last considered ombuds in the federal government, the milieu in which government operates has, by all accounts, become more polarized, with government itself often the target of suspicion and hostility. In a challenging environment in which many federal agencies struggle to maintain the trust of the public they serve and even of their own employees, the ombuds is uniquely situated to provide both pertinent information and assistance in resolving issues to constituents and the agency alike. The ability of the ombuds to provide a place perceived as safe—which can offer a ready, responsive, and respectful hearing and credible options—in itself builds trust. And trust is a commodity without which government in a democratic society cannot function effectively.
Accordingly, the Conference continues to urge Congress and the President to create, fund, and otherwise support ombuds offices across the government consistent with the recommendation articulated below. Further, the Conference urges those agencies that already have ombuds, and those that are contemplating creating ombuds offices, to align their office standards and practices with those included in this recommendation. In general, the Conference recommends these practices to the extent applicable in particular situations, regardless of whether an ombuds office or program is created by Congress or by an agency.
Although functionally the federal ombuds landscape is quite diverse, most federal ombuds share three
Most federal ombuds also share the following common characteristics: (1) Ombuds do not make decisions binding on the agency or provide formal rights-based processes for redress; (2) they have a commitment to fairness; and (3) they provide credible processes for receiving, reviewing, and assisting in the resolution of issues. The three core standards and these common characteristics, taken together, are central to the ombuds profession.
Agencies have the authority to establish ombuds offices or programs. Although legislation establishing a generally applicable template and standards for federal ombuds has not been enacted, the 1996 addition of the words “use of ombuds” to the definition of “means of alternative dispute resolution” in ADRA clarifies that, when the ombuds office is assisting in the resolution of issues that are raised to it under its mandate, it is covered by the Act's provisions.
The research for this recommendation also identified three areas of potential conflict between (a) the requirements of ADRA § 574 and the scope of confidentiality that ombuds offer to constituents and (b) other legal requirements that may be applicable in certain situations. Federal ombuds should be aware of these matters and how they may affect particular ombuds programs:
(a) The relationships among their statutory duties to report information, the requirements of ADRA § 574(a)(3) on confidentiality, their agency's mission, and the professional standards to which they adhere. Any latitude they may have under ADRA § 574(d)(1) should be considered in reaching an understanding within the agency and with constituents of the breadth and limits of confidentiality consistent with statutory requirements.
(b) The requirements and interrelationship of the Federal Records Act,
(c) The effect on confidentiality of the Federal Service Labor-Management Relations Statute,
In addition, this recommendation addresses standards applicable to federal agency ombuds offices and related issues involved in creating such offices. The practices included in this recommendation are intended to highlight some overarching beneficial practices observed among federal ombuds and to supplement the recommended practices and guidance available from various ombuds professional organizations.
To foster continual improvement and accountability of individual ombuds offices, the recommendation advises that each ombuds office arrange for periodic evaluation of its management and program effectiveness. Evaluation of ombuds by colleagues within the office can be useful if the office is of sufficient size to make this feasible. Otherwise, any external evaluation should be conducted by individuals knowledgeable about the roles, functions, and standards of practice of federal ombuds. For example, peer evaluation using the expertise of similar types of ombuds in other offices or agencies, or by outside ombuds professionals, may be suitable.
Finally, the recommendation urges the designation of an entity to serve as a government-wide resource to address certain issues of common concern among agency ombuds that transcend organizational boundaries.
1.
a. Agencies should consider creating additional ombuds offices to provide places perceived as safe for designated constituents to raise issues confidentially and receive assistance in resolving them without fear of retribution. They should ensure that the office is able to, and does, adhere to the three core standards of independence, confidentiality, and impartiality, as these standards are described in generally recognized sets of professional standards, which include those adopted by the American Bar Association, the International Ombudsman Association, and the United States Ombudsman Association, and they should follow, to the extent applicable, the procedural recommendations below. Existing offices with the ombuds title that do not adhere to these standards should consider modifying their title, where permitted, to avoid any confusion.
b. Ombuds offices created by executive action should be established or governed by a charter or other agency-wide directive specifying the office's mandate, standards, and operational requirements, so that others in the agency and the public are aware of the office's responsibilities.
2.
a. Congress should consider creating additional ombuds offices. When Congress creates a new ombuds program, it should observe the procedural principles contained in this recommendation, to the extent applicable.
b. Any action by Congress creating or affecting the operations of agency ombuds offices, whether through amendment of the Administrative Dispute Resolution Act (ADRA), 5 U.S.C. 571-84, or other legislative action, should reinforce the core standards of independence, confidentiality, and impartiality. Any such actions should maintain clarity and uniformity of definitions and purpose for federal agency ombuds, while allowing for differences in constituencies (whether primarily internal or external), type of office (advocate, analytic, organizational, etc.), and agency missions.
3.
a. Agency leadership should provide visible support, renewed as leadership changes, for the role of ombuds offices in the agency and their standards, including independence, confidentiality, and impartiality.
b. Agency leadership should consider carefully any specific recommendations for improved agency performance that are provided by agency ombuds.
4.
a. To promote the effectiveness and independence of ombuds offices, agencies should consider structuring ombuds offices so that they are perceived to have the necessary independence and are separate from other units of the agency. To ensure adequate support from agency leadership, ombuds offices should report to an agency official at the highest level of senior leadership. Ombuds offices should not have duties within the agency that might create a conflict with their responsibilities as a neutral, and their budgets should be publicly disclosed.
b. The agency should ensure that the ombuds has direct access to the agency head and to other senior agency officials, as appropriate. Whether by statute, regulation, or charter, ombuds should expressly be given access to agency information and records pertinent to the ombuds' responsibilities as permitted by law.
c. Ombuds and the agencies in which they are located should clearly articulate in all communications about the ombuds that the ombuds office is independent and specifically not a conduit for notice to the agency.
d. Federal ombuds should not be subject to retaliation, up to and including removal from the ombuds office, based on their looking into and assisting with the resolution of any issues within the ombuds' area of jurisdiction.
5.
a. Consistent with the generally accepted interpretation of ADRA § 574, as applied to alternative dispute resolution offices, agencies should understand and support that the Act's requirements for confidentiality attach to communications that occur at intake and continue until the issue has been resolved or is otherwise no longer being handled by the ombuds, whether or not the constituent ever engages in mediation facilitated by the ombuds office. Restrictions on disclosure of such communications, however, should not cease with issue resolution or other indicia of closure within the ombuds office.
b. Agencies (or other authorizers) should articulate the scope and limits of the confidentiality offered by ombuds offices in their enabling documents (whether statute, regulation, charter or other memoranda), as well as on the agency Web site, in brochures, and in any other descriptions or public communications about the office utilized by the office or the agency.
c. Agency leadership and management should not ask for information falling within the scope of confidentiality offered by the ombuds office.
d. If information is requested from an ombuds during discovery in litigation, or in the context of an internal administrative proceeding in connection with a grievance or complaint, then the ombuds should seek to protect confidentiality to the fullest extent possible under the provisions of ADRA § 574, unless otherwise provided by law. Agencies should vigorously defend the confidentiality offered by ombuds offices.
6.
7.
a. The relationships among their statutory duties to report information, the requirements of ADRA § 574(a)(3) on confidentiality, their agency's mission, and the professional standards to which they adhere.
b. The requirements and interrelationship of the Federal Records Act, the Freedom of Information Act, and the Privacy Act, with regard to agency records and other documentation.
c. The effect on confidentiality of the provision in the Federal Service Labor-Management Relations Statute, 5 U.S.C. 7114, where applicable, pursuant to which the union may be entitled to notice and an opportunity to be present at meetings with bargaining unit employees.
8.
a. Agencies should reinforce the credibility of federal ombuds by appointment of ombuds with sufficient professional stature, who also possess the requisite knowledge, skills, and abilities. This should include, at a minimum,
b. While the spectrum of federal ombuds is too diverse to recommend a single federal position classification, job grade, and set of qualifications, agencies and the Office of Personnel Management should consider working collaboratively, in consultation with the relevant ombuds professional associations, to craft and propose appropriate job descriptions, classifications, and qualifications, as set forth in the preceding subsection, covering the major categories of federal ombuds.
9.
a. To promote accountability and professionalism, agencies should provide training to ombuds with regard to standards and practice, whether offered by one of the ombuds professional organizations or working groups, or from within the government.
b. Ombuds should identify steps to build general competency and confidence within the office and to provide specific support to ombuds when cases become highly emotional or complex. More generally, as a regular practice to support and improve their skills, federal ombuds should participate in relevant professional working groups or ombuds association training programs.
c. Ombuds offices should consider the use of developmental assignments via details to other agencies or offices, as appropriate, supplemented by mentoring, which can be helpful as part of their training program.
10.
11.
12.
13.
a. Ombuds offices should provide information about relevant options to visitors to the ombuds office, including formal processes for resolving issues, and their requirements, so that visitors do not unintentionally waive these options by virtue of seeking assistance in the ombuds office. Correspondingly, ombuds offices should not engage in behavior that could mislead employees or other visitors about the respective roles of the ombuds and those entities that provide formal complaint processes.
b. Agencies should disclose publicly on their Web sites the identity, contact information, statutory or other basis, and scope of responsibility for their ombuds offices, to the extent permitted by law.
c. Agency ombuds offices should explore ways to document for agency senior leadership, without breaching confidentiality, the value of the use of ombuds, including identification of systemic problems within the agency and, where available, relevant data on cost savings and avoidance of litigation.
14.
15.
a. Ombuds offices should undertake outreach and education to build effective relationships with those affected by their work. Outreach efforts should foster awareness of the services that ombuds offer, to promote understanding of ombuds (and agency) processes and to ensure that constituents understand the role of the ombuds and applicable standards.
b. To ensure that there is a mutual understanding of respective roles and responsibilities within the agency, ombuds offices should work proactively with other offices and stakeholders within their agencies to establish protocols for referrals and overlap, to build cooperative relationships and partnerships that will enable resolutions, and to develop internal champions. Such initiatives also help the ombuds to identify issues new to the agency, as well as patterns and systemic issues, and to understand how the ombuds can use the resources available to add the most value. Outreach should be ongoing to keep up with the turnover of agency officials and constituents and should utilize as many communications media as appropriate and feasible.
16.
Federal agencies conduct millions of proceedings each year, making decisions that affect such important matters as disability or veterans' benefits, immigration status, and home or property loans. In many of these adjudications, claimants appear unrepresented for part or all of the proceeding and must learn to navigate hearing procedures, which can be quite complex, without expert assistance. The presence of self-represented parties
Because of these concerns, in the spring of 2015 the Department of Justice's Access to Justice Initiative asked the Administrative Conference to co-lead a working group on self-represented parties in administrative proceedings, and the Conference agreed. The working group, which operates under the umbrella of the Legal Aid Interagency Roundtable (LAIR), has been meeting since that time.
While civil courts have long recognized and worked to address the challenges introduced by the presence of self-represented parties, agencies have increasingly begun to focus on issues relating to self-representation only in recent years. Agencies are undertaking numerous efforts to accommodate self-represented parties in their adjudication processes.
Challenges related to self-represented parties in administrative proceedings can be broken down into two main categories: Those pertaining to the efficiency of the administrative proceeding and those relating to the outcome of the procedure.
From an efficiency standpoint, self-represented parties' lack of familiarity with agency procedures and administrative processes can cause delay both in individual cases and on a systemic level. Delays in individual cases may arise when self-represented parties fail to appear for scheduled hearings, file paperwork incorrectly or incompletely, do not provide all relevant evidence, or make incoherent or legally irrelevant arguments before an adjudicator. In the aggregate, self-represented parties also may require significant assistance from agency staff in filing their claims and appeals, which can be challenging given agencies' significant resource constraints. Finally, self-represented parties may create challenges for adjudicators, who may struggle to provide appropriate assistance to them while maintaining impartiality and the appearance of impartiality. These problems are exacerbated by the fact that many agencies hear significant numbers of cases by self-represented parties each year.
Self-represented parties also may face suboptimal outcomes in administrative proceedings compared to their represented counterparts, raising issues of fairness. Even administrative procedures that are designed to be handled without trained representation can be challenging for inexperienced parties to navigate, particularly in the face of disability or language or literacy barriers. Furthermore, missed deadlines or hearings may result in a self-represented party's case being dismissed, despite its merits. Self-represented parties often struggle to effectively present their cases and, despite adjudicators' best efforts, may receive worse results than parties with representation.
Civil courts face many of these same efficiency and consistency concerns, and in response have implemented wide-ranging innovations to assist self-represented parties. These new approaches have included in-person self-service centers; workshops explaining the process or helping parties complete paperwork; and virtual services such as helplines accessible via phone, email, text, and chat. Courts have also invested in efforts to make processes more accessible to self-represented parties from the outset, through the development of web resources, e-filing and document assembly programs, and plain language and translation services for forms and other documents. Finally, courts have also used judicial resources and training to support judges and court personnel in their efforts to effectively and impartially support self-represented parties.
These innovations have received extremely positive feedback from parties, and early reports indicate that they improve court efficiency and can yield significant cost savings for the judiciary.
This recommendation builds on the successes of both civil courts and administrative agencies in dealing with self-represented parties and makes suggestions for further improvement. In making this recommendation, the Conference makes no normative judgment on the presence of self-represented parties in administrative proceedings. This recommendation assumes that there will be circumstances in which parties will choose to represent themselves, and seeks to improve the resources available to those parties and the fairness and efficiency of the overall administrative process.
The recommendation is not intended to be one-size-fits-all, and not every recommendation will be appropriate for every administrative agency. To the extent that this recommendation requires additional expenditure of resources by agencies, innovations are likely to pay dividends in increased efficiency and consistency of outcome in the long term.
1. Agencies should consider investigating and implementing triage and diagnostic tools to direct self-represented parties to appropriate resources based on both the complexity of their case and their individual level of need. These tools can be used by self-represented parties themselves for self-diagnosis or can be used by agency staff to improve the consistency and accuracy of information provided.
2. Agencies should strive to develop a continuum of services for self-represented parties, from self-help to one-on-one guidance, that will allow parties to obtain assistance by different methods depending on need. In particular, and depending on the availability of resources, agencies should:
a. Use Web sites to make relevant information available to the public, including self-represented parties and entities that assist them, to access and expand e-filing opportunities;
b. Continue efforts to make forms and other important materials accessible to self-represented parties by providing them at the earliest possible stage in the proceeding in plain language, in both English and in other languages as needed, and by providing effective assistance for persons with special needs; and
c. Provide a method for self-represented parties to communicate in “real-time” with agency staff or agency partners, as appropriate.
3. Subject to the availability of resources and as permitted by agency statutes and regulations, agencies should provide training for adjudicators for dealing with self-represented parties, including providing guidance for how they should interact with self-represented parties during administrative proceedings. Specifically, training should address interacting with self-represented parties in situations of limited literacy or English proficiency or mental or physical disability.
4. Agencies should strive to collect the following information, subject to the availability of resources, and keeping in mind relevant statutes including the Paperwork Reduction Act, where applicable. Agencies should use the information collected to continually evaluate and revise their services for self-represented parties. In particular, agencies should:
a. Seek to collect data on the number of self-represented parties in agency proceedings. In addition, agencies should collect data on their services for self-represented parties and request program feedback from agency personnel.
b. Seek to collect data from self-represented parties about their experiences during the proceeding and on their use of self-help resources.
c. Strive to keep open lines of communication with other agencies and with civil courts, recognizing that in spite of differences in procedures, other adjudicators have important and transferable insights in working with self-represented parties.
5. In the long term, agencies should strive to re-evaluate procedures with an eye toward accommodating self-represented parties. Proceedings are often designed to accommodate attorneys and other trained professionals. Agencies should evaluate the feasibility of navigating their system for an outsider, and make changes—as allowed by their organic statutes and regulations—to simplify their processes accordingly. Although creation of simplified procedures
The Department of Agriculture has submitted the following information collection requirement(s) to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. Comments are requested regarding (1) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this information collection received by January 23, 2017 will be considered. Written comments should be addressed to: Desk Officer for Agriculture, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20502. Commenters are encouraged to submit their comments to OMB via email to:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Census Bureau, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice.
Under 44 U.S.C. 3506(e) and 13 U.S.C. Section 9, the U.S. Census Bureau is seeking comments on revisions to the confidentiality pledge it provides to its respondents under Title 13, United States Code, Section 9. These revisions are required by the passage and implementation of provisions of the Federal Cybersecurity Enhancement Act of 2015 (H.R. 2029, Division N, Title II, Subtitle B, Sec. 223), which permit and require the Secretary of Homeland Security to provide Federal civilian agencies' information technology systems with cybersecurity protection for their Internet traffic. More details on this announcement are presented in the
To ensure consideration, written comments must be submitted on or before February 21, 2017.
Direct all written comments to Jennifer Jessup, Departmental Paperwork Clearance Officer, Department of Commerce, Room 6616, 14th and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230 (or via the Internet at
Requests for additional information should be directed to Robin J. Bachman, Policy Coordination Office, Census Bureau, HQ-8H028, Washington, DC 20233; 301-763-6440 (or via email at
Federal statistics provide key information that the Nation uses to measure its performance and make informed choices about budgets, employment, health, investments, taxes, and a host of other significant topics. The overwhelming majority of Federal surveys are conducted on a voluntary basis. Respondents, ranging from businesses to households to institutions, may choose whether or not to provide the requested information. Many of the
Under the authority of Title 13, U.S.C. and similar statistical confidentiality protection statutes, many Federal statistical agencies make statutory pledges that the information respondents provide will be seen only by statistical agency personnel or their sworn agents, and will be used only for statistical purposes. Title 13, U.S.C. and similar statutes protect the confidentiality of information that agencies collect solely for statistical purposes and under a pledge of confidentiality. These acts protect such statistical information from administrative, law enforcement, taxation, regulatory, or any other non-statistical use and immunize the information submitted to statistical agencies from legal process. Moreover, many of these statutes carry criminal penalties of a Class E felony (fines up to $250,000, or up to five years in prison, or both) for conviction of a knowing and willful unauthorized disclosure of covered information.
As part of the Consolidated Appropriations Act for Fiscal Year 2016 signed on December 17, 2015, the Congress included the Federal Cybersecurity Enhancement Act of 2015 (H.R. 2029, Division N, Title II, Subtitle B, Sec. 223). This Act, among other provisions, permits and requires the Secretary of Homeland Security to provide Federal civilian agencies' information technology systems with cybersecurity protection for their Internet traffic. The technology currently used to provide this protection against cyber malware is known as Einstein 3A; it electronically searches Internet traffic in and out of Federal civilian agencies in real time for malware signatures.
When such a signature is found, Department of Homeland Security (DHS) personnel shunt the Internet packets that contain the malware signature aside for further inspection. Since it is possible that such packets entering or leaving a statistical agency's information technology system may contain a small portion of confidential statistical data, statistical agencies can no longer promise their respondents that their responses will be seen only by statistical agency personnel or their sworn agents. However, they can promise, in accordance with provisions of the Federal Cybersecurity Enhancement Act of 2015, that such monitoring can be used only to protect information and information systems from cybersecurity risks, thereby, in effect, providing stronger protection to the integrity of the respondents' submissions.
Consequently, with the passage of the Federal Cybersecurity Enhancement Act of 2015, the Federal statistical community has an opportunity to welcome the further protection of its confidential data offered by DHS' Einstein 3A cybersecurity protection program. The DHS cybersecurity program's objective is to protect Federal civilian information systems from malicious malware attacks. The Federal statistical system's objective is to ensure that the DHS Secretary performs those essential duties in a manner that honors the Government's statutory promises to the public to protect their confidential data. Given that the Department of Homeland Security is not a Federal statistical agency, both DHS and the Federal statistical system have been successfully engaged in finding a way to balance both objectives and achieve these mutually reinforcing objectives.
Accordingly, DHS and Federal statistical agencies, in cooperation with their parent departments, have developed a Memorandum of Agreement for the installation of Einstein 3A cybersecurity protection technology to monitor their Internet traffic and have incorporated an associated Addendum on Highly Sensitive Agency Information that provides additional protection and enhanced security handling of confidential statistical data. However, many current Title 13, U.S.C. and similar statistical confidentiality pledges promise that respondents' data will be seen only by statistical agency personnel or their sworn agents. Since it is possible that DHS personnel could see some portion of those confidential data in the course of examining the suspicious Internet packets identified by Einstein 3A sensors, statistical agencies need to revise their confidentiality pledges to reflect this process change.
Therefore, the U.S. Census Bureau is providing this notice to alert the public to the confidentiality pledge revisions in an efficient and coordinated fashion and to request public comments on the revisions. The following section contains the revised confidentiality pledge and a listing of the U.S. Census Bureau's current PRA OMB numbers and information collection titles for the Information Collections whose confidentiality pledges will change to reflect the statutory implementation of DHS' Einstein 3A monitoring for cybersecurity protection purposes.
The following is the revised statistical confidentiality pledge for the Census Bureau's data collections:
The following listing includes Census Bureau information collections which are confidential under 13 U.S.C. Section 9, as well as information collections that the Census Bureau conducts on behalf of other agencies which are confidential under 13 U.S.C. Section 9 and for which the confidentiality pledge will also be revised.
Comments are invited on the necessity and efficacy of the Census Bureau's revised confidentiality pledge above. Comments submitted in response to this notice will become a matter of public record.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Applications for four new scientific research permits, two permit modifications, and four permit renewals.
Notice is hereby given that NMFS has received ten scientific research permit application requests relating to Pacific salmon, steelhead, eulachon, and green sturgeon. The proposed research is intended to increase knowledge of species listed under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and to help guide management and conservation efforts. The applications may be viewed online at:
Comments or requests for a public hearing on the applications must be received at the appropriate address or fax number (see
Written comments on the applications should be sent to the Protected Resources Division, NMFS, 1201 NE., Lloyd Blvd., Suite 1100, Portland, OR 97232-1274. Comments may also be sent by email to
Shivonne Nesbit, Portland, OR (ph.: 503-231-6741), email:
The following listed species are covered in this notice:
Chinook salmon (
Coho salmon (
Steelhead (
North American green sturgeon (
Eulachon (
Scientific research permits are issued in accordance with section 10(a)(1)(A) of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
Anyone requesting a hearing on an application listed in this notice should set out the specific reasons why a hearing on that application would be appropriate (see ADDRESSES). Such hearings are held at the discretion of the Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NMFS.
Dr. James Hobbs, Professor at the University of California in Davis, CA is seeking a five-year research permit to annually take juvenile SRWR and CVSR Chinook, CCC and CCV steelhead, and sDPS green sturgeon in the San Francisco Bay Area and tributaries. The purpose of this research is to determine the degree to which Longfin Smelt use tributaries of San Pablo and San Francisco bays as spawning and rearing habitat. This information would improve the understanding of how bay tributaries contribute to the overall population of Longfin Smelt. Although this study principally targets longfin smelt, SRWR and CVSR Chinook, CCC and CCV steelhead and sDPS green sturgeon may be encountered during sampling. Fish would be captured with beach seines, fyke nets, and trawls (otter and Kodiak). Captured fish would be identified by species, enumerated, and released. A sub-sample of 30 individuals per species would be measured. The researchers do not propose to kill any fish but a small number may die as an unintended result of research activities. This research will enhance the knowledge of the distribution of the species in bay tributaries that have not been previously monitored.
NMFS' Southwest Fisheries Science Center (SWFSC) is seeking a five-year research permit to annually take adult and juvenile CC Chinook, CCC and SONCC coho, NC, S-CCC, SC and CCC steelhead. Sampling would be conducted in California on a variety of coastal salmonid populations. The purposes of this study are to: (1) Estimate population abundance and dynamics; (2) evaluate factors affecting growth, survival, reproduction and life-history patterns; (3) assess life-stage specific habitat use and movement; (4) evaluate physiological performance and tolerance; (5) determine the genetic structure of populations; (6) evaluate the effects of water management and habitat restoration; and (7) develop improved sampling and monitoring methods. The SWFSC proposes to capture fish using backpack electrofishing, hook and line angling, hand and/or dipnets, beach seines, fyke nets, panel, pipe or screw traps, and weirs. The SWFSC also proposes to observe adult and juvenile salmonids during spawning ground surveys and snorkel surveys. Some fish would anesthetized, measured, weighed, tagged (coded wire, elastomer, radio, acoustic, passive integrated transponder (PIT) or sonic), and tissue sampled for genetics identification. Intentional lethal take is proposed to support laboratory experiments using hatchery-origin fish whenever possible to examine fish physiology, environmental tolerance, and as part of
The United States Geological Survey (USGS) is seeking a one-year permit to take juvenile CC, SRWR and CVSR Chinook, CCC coho, CCC, CCV, S-CCC, SC steelhead, and sDPS green sturgeon. The goal of the California Stream Quality Assessment (CSQA) is to assess the quality of streams in California by characterizing multiple water-quality factors that are stressors to aquatic life and evaluating the relation between these stressors and biological communities. Approximately ninety sites would be sampled for up to nine weeks for contaminants, nutrients, and sediment in water. Stream-bed sediment would be collected during the ecological survey for analysis of sediment chemistry and toxicity. Fish would be collected via backpack electrofishing. Captured fish would be held in aerated live wells and buckets and would be identified, enumerated and released. A subset of non-listed fish from each site will be sacrificed for mercury analysis. The researchers do not propose to kill any listed fish but a small number may die as an unintended result of research activities. This research will benefit listed species by providing information about the most critical factors affecting stream quality and thus generate insights about possible approaches to protecting the health of streams in the region.
Stillwater Sciences is seeking a one-year permit to take juvenile SONCC coho in the Salmon and Scott River floodplains (California). Fish would be captured by beach seine or minnow traps. The study is part of a larger comprehensive planning effort that would lead to strategic restoration of floodplains and mine tailings in the Salmon and Scott rivers. The purpose of this research is to assess mercury contamination in fish and invertebrates. Non-listed fish would be collected and sacrificed for tissue testing of mercury contamination. The sampling has the potential to capture juvenile SONCC coho salmon. As part of this project, information would be collected on coho (
The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) is seeking to modify a five-year permit that allows them to annually take juvenile CCV steelhead, juvenile SRWR and CVSR Chinook salmon, and juvenile sDPS green sturgeon at rotary screw traps in the American River in Sacramento County, California. The purposes of this study are to: (1) Assess population-level abundance, production, condition, survival, and outmigration timing of juvenile salmonids; (2) evaluate the effectiveness of restoration actions; and (3) generate data that can be incorporated into life cycle models. Captured fish would be anesthetized, measured, weighed, tagged (acoustic or PIT), have a tissue sample taken, allowed to recover, and released. The modification is requested because the original permit application underestimated the number of CCV steelhead and SRWR and CVSR Chinook salmon that would be caught in the American River. The FWS is requesting a higher take limit and seeking to add green sturgeon because multiple years of trapping data suggest the authorized take limit needs to be adjusted. The researchers would avoid adult salmonids, but some may be encountered as an unintentional result of sampling. The researchers do not expect to kill any listed salmonids but a small number may die as an unintended result of the research activities. The project would benefit listed species by providing data that will be used to infer biological responses to ongoing habitat restoration activities, and direct future management activities to enhance the abundance, production, and survival of juvenile salmon and steelhead in the American River.
The SWFSC is seeking to modify a five-year permit that currently allows them to annually take juvenile CCV steelhead, juvenile SRWR and CVSR Chinook salmon. The sampling would take place in the Sacramento River and its tributaries. The purpose of this study is to document the survival, movement, habitat use and physiological capacity of Chinook salmon and steelhead and their predators in the Sacramento River basin. The SWFSC proposes to capture fish using hand and/or dipnets, beach seines, hook and line angling, and both backpack and boat-operated electrofishing. Captured fish would be anesthetized, tagged (sonic, acoustic, or PIT) and released. A subsample would have tissue samples taken. The SWFSC proposes to intentionally kill 50 CVSR juvenile chinook. From these, the researchers would collect otoliths for age/growth analysis, organ tissue for isotope, biochemical, and genomic expression assays and parasite infections. They would also collect stomach contents for diet analysis and tag effects/retention studies. Any CVSR fish that are unintentionally killed would be used in place of the intentional mortalities.
The permit would be modified to include (1) boat electroshocking, (2) PIT-tagging at screw trap locations in lieu of and/or in addition to acoustic tagging, (3) tissue and otolith sampling, and (4) the intentional directed mortality discussed above. The research would benefit the affected species by providing information to support the conservation, restoration, and management of Central Valley salmon stocks.
FISHBIO Environmental is seeking to renew a five-year research permit to take juvenile and adult CCV steelhead and CVSR Chinook in the Merced River (California). The purpose of this study is to obtain data on the habitat needs of fall-run Chinook and to assess the status of steelhead/rainbow trout in the Merced River. Fish would be captured at rotary screw traps and passively observed at a resistance board weir equipped with an infrared camera and during snorkel surveys. Fish captured at the screw traps would be anesthetized, identified by species, measured, weighed and released. A sub-sample of juvenile fall-run Chinook would be marked with a photonic dye to determine trap efficiency. Scale samples would be collected from up to 50 juvenile fall-run Chinook each week and from a small number of juvenile and adult O. mykiss during the season. Although fall-run Chinook are the researchers' primary target, they would also collect data rainbow trout/steelhead. This research would benefit listed salmon by identifying factors that limit fish production in the Merced River.
Normandeau Associates is seeking to renew a five-year research permit to take juvenile and adult CCV steelhead in Lower Putah Creek in the lower Sacramento Basin (California). The purpose of this study is to monitor the distribution and relative abundance of fish populations in lower Putah Creek downstream of the Putah Diversion Dam. Fish would be captured by backpack and boat electrofishing. Captured fish would be identified by species, measured, weighed, allowed to recover, and released. The researchers do not expect to kill any listed salmonids but a small number may die as an unintended result of the research activities. This research would benefit listed steelhead by providing information on fish response to river flows and on the distribution and diversity of rainbow trout/steelhead in Putah Creek.
Hagar Environmental Services is seeking to renew a five-year research permit to take juvenile CCC coho, CCC and S-CCC steelhead in the San Lorenzo-Soquel and Salinas subbasins. The purpose of this study is to assess salmonid habitat, presence, and abundance in order to inform watershed management and establish baseline population abundances before habitat conservation measures are implemented. The researchers would use backpack electrofishing and beach seines to capture the fish and would observe them during snorkel surveys. Captured fish would be enumerated, measured, and examined. Scale samples would be taken from a limited subset of individuals. Some salmonids would be PIT-tagged for a mark-recapture abundance estimation and to assess movement patterns. Snorkel surveys would be used in place of capture whenever possible. The researchers do not expect to kill any listed salmonids but a small number may die as an unintended result of the research activities. This research would benefit listed species by providing population, distribution and habitat data that will be used to draft a Habitat Conservation Plan for the City of Santa Cruz.
The California Department of Fish and Wildlife (CDFW) is seeking to renew a five-year permit to take adult and juvenile CC Chinook, CCC and SONCC coho, and NC, S-CCC, SC and CCC steelhead. The project goal is to restore salmon and steelhead productivity in coastal California streams through a comprehensive restoration program. The specific goals of this research project are to assess fish abundance and distribution in coastal streams. Fish would be captured by backpack electrofishing, beach seine, minnow traps, and weirs, and they would be observed during snorkel and spawning ground surveys. Some fish would be anesthetized, measured, weighed, tagged, and tissue sampled for genetic information. The researchers do not expect to kill any listed salmonids but a small number may die as an unintended result of the research activities. This research would benefit listed species by providing data to assess restoration projects and direct future habitat restoration needs.
This notice is provided pursuant to section 10(c) of the ESA. NMFS will evaluate the applications, associated documents, and comments submitted to determine whether the applications meet the requirements of section 10(a) of the ESA and Federal regulations.
The final permit decisions will not be made until after the end of the 30-day comment period. NMFS will publish notice of its final action in the
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS has received an application from the St. George Reef Lighthouse Preservation Society (Society), for an Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) to take marine mammals, by harassment incidental to conducting aircraft operations, lighthouse renovation, light maintenance activities, and tour operations on the St. George Reef Lighthouse Station on Northwest Seal Rock (NWSR) in the northeast Pacific Ocean. The proposed dates for this action would be February 19, 2017 through February 18, 2018. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act, NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an IHA to the Society to incidentally take, by Level B harassment only, marine mammals during the specified activity.
NMFS must receive comments and information on or before January 23, 2017.
Comments on the application should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910. The mailbox address for providing email comments is
An electronic copy of the application may be obtained by writing to the address specified above, telephoning the contact listed below (see
The Environmental Assessment (EA) specific to conducting aircraft operations, restoration, and maintenance work on the lighthouse is also available at the same internet address. Information in the EA and this notice collectively provide the environmental information related to the proposed issuance of the IHA for public review and comment. The public may also view documents cited in this notice, by appointment, during regular business hours, at the aforementioned address.
Laura McCue, NMFS, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS (301) 427-8401.
Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972, as amended (MMPA; 16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth. NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.”
On October 14, 2016, NMFS received an application from the Society for the taking of marine mammals incidental to restoration, maintenance, and tour operations at St. George Reef Lighthouse (Station) located on Northwest Seal Rock offshore of Crescent City, California in the northeast Pacific Ocean. NMFS determined the application complete and adequate on December 12, 2016.
The Society proposes to conduct aircraft operations, lighthouse renovation, and periodic maintenance on the Station's optical light system on a monthly basis. The proposed activity would occur on a monthly basis over one weekend, November through April. The Society currently has an IHA that is valid through February 18, 2017. This IHA would start on February 19, 2017, to avoid a lapse in authorization, and would be valid for one year. The following specific aspects of the proposed activities would likely to result in the take of marine mammals: Acoustic and visual stimuli from (1) helicopter landings/takeoffs; (2) noise generated during restoration activities (
To date, NMFS has issued five IHAs to the Society for the conduct of the same activities from 2010 to 2016 (75 FR 4774, January 29, 2010; 76 FR 10564, February 25, 2011; 77 FR 8811, February 15, 2012; 79 FR 6179, February 3, 2014; and 81 FR 9440, February 23, 2016). This is the Society's sixth request for an annual IHA as their current IHA will expire on February 18, 2017.
The Station, listed in the National Park Service's National Register of Historic Places, is located on NWSR offshore of Crescent City, California in the northeast Pacific Ocean. The Station, built in 1892, rises 45.7 meters (m) (150 feet (ft)) above sea level. The structure consists of hundreds of granite blocks topped with a cast iron lantern room and covers much of the surface of the islet. The purpose of the project is to restore the lighthouse, to conduct tours, and to conduct annual and emergency maintenance on the Station's optical light system.
The Society proposes to conduct the activities (aircraft operations, lighthouse restoration, and maintenance activities) at a maximum frequency of one session per month. The proposed duration for each session would last no more than three days (
The Station is located on a small, rocky islet (41°50′24″ N., 124°22′06″ W.) approximately 9 kilometers (km) (6.0 miles (mi)) in the northeast Pacific Ocean, offshore of Crescent City, California (41°46′48″ N.; 124°14′11″ W.). NWSR is approximately 91.4 meters (m) (300 feet (ft)) in diameter that peaks at 5.18 m (17 ft) above mean sea level.
Because NWSR has no safe landing area for boats, the proposed restoration activities would require the Society to transport personnel and equipment from the California mainland to NWSR by a small helicopter. Helicopter landings take place on top of the engine room (caisson) which is approximately 15 m (48 ft) above the surface of the rocks on NWSR. The landing zone has been relocated nearer the edge of the caisson, increasing the distance of the rotor from the lighthouse tower by the required footage. The Society plans to charter a Raven R44 helicopter, owned and operated by Air Shasta Rotor and Wing, LLC. The Raven R44, which seats three passengers and one pilot, is a compact-sized (1134 kilograms (kg), 2500 pounds (lbs)) helicopter with two-bladed main and tail rotors. Both sets of rotors are fitted with noise-attenuating blade tip caps that would decrease flyover noise.
The Society proposes to transport no more than 15 work crew members and equipment to NWSR for each session and estimates that each session would require no more than 34 helicopter landings/takeoffs per month (see below for number per day). During landing, the helicopter would land on the caisson to allow the work crew members to disembark and retrieve their equipment located in a basket attached to the underside of the helicopter. The helicopter would then return to the mainland to pick up additional personnel and equipment.
Proposed schedule: The Society would conduct a maximum of 16 flights (8 arrivals and eight departures) for the first day. The first flight would depart from Crescent City Airport at approximately 9 a.m. for a 6-minute flight to NWSR. The helicopter would land and takeoff immediately after offloading personnel and equipment every 20 minutes (min). The total duration of the first day's aerial operations could last for approximately three hours (hrs) and 26 min and would end at approximately 12:34 p.m. Crew members would remain overnight at the Station and would not return to the mainland on the first day.
For the second day, the Society would conduct a maximum of 10 flights (five arrivals and five departures) to transport additional materials on and off the islet,
For the final day of operations, the Society could conduct a maximum of eight helicopter flights (four arrivals and four departures) to transport the remaining crew members and equipment/material back to the Crescent City Airport. The total duration of the third day's helicopter operations in support of restoration could last up to two hrs and 14 min.
Restoration and maintenance activities would involve the removal of peeling paint and plaster, restoration of interior plaster and paint, refurbishing structural and decorative metal, reworking original metal support beams throughout the lantern room and elsewhere, replacing glass as necessary, upgrading the present electrical system; and annual light beacon maintenance.
If the beacon light fails, the Society proposes to send a crew of two to three people to the Station by helicopter to repair the beacon light. For each emergency repair event, the Society proposes to conduct a maximum of four flights (two arrivals and two departures) to transport equipment and supplies. The helicopter may remain on site or transit back to shore and make a second landing to pick up the repair personnel.
In the case of an emergency repair between May 1, 2016, and October 31, 2016, the Society would consult with the NMFS' Westcoast Regional Office (WRO) biologists to best determine the timing of the trips to the lighthouse, on a case-by-case basis, based upon the existing environmental conditions and the abundance and distribution of any marine mammals present on NWSR. The regional biologists would have real-time knowledge regarding the animal use and abundance of the NWSR at the time of the repair request and would make a decision regarding when the Society could conduct trips to the lighthouse during the emergency repair time window that would have the least practicable adverse impact to marine mammals. The WRO biologists would also ensure that the Society's request for incidental take during emergency repairs would not exceed the number of incidental take authorized in the proposed IHA.
NMFS expects that acoustic stimuli resulting from the proposed helicopter operations; noise from maintenance and restoration activities; and human presence have the potential to harass marine mammals, incidental to the conduct of the proposed activities.
This section includes a brief explanation of the sound measurements frequently used in the discussions of acoustic effects in this notice. Sound pressure is the sound force per unit area, and is usually measured in micropascals (μPa), where 1 pascal (Pa) is the pressure resulting from a force of one newton exerted over an area of one square meter. Sound pressure level (SPL) is the ratio of a measured sound pressure and a reference level. The commonly used reference pressure is 1 μPa for under water, and the units for SPLs are dB re: 1 μPa. The commonly used reference pressure is 20 μPa for in air, and the units for SPLs are dB re: 20 μPa.
SPL (in decibels (dB)) = 20 log (pressure/reference pressure).
SPL is an instantaneous measurement expressed as the peak, the peak-peak, or the root mean square (rms). Root mean square is the square root of the arithmetic average of the squared instantaneous pressure values. All references to SPL in this document refer to the rms unless otherwise noted. SPL does not take into account the duration of a sound.
Noise testing performed on the R44 Raven Helicopter, as required for Federal Aviation Administration approval, required an overflight at 150 m (492 ft) above ground level, 109 knots and a maximum gross weight of 1,134 kg (2,500 lbs). The noise levels measured on the ground at this distance and speed were 81.9 dB re: 20 μPa (A-weighted) for the model R44 Raven I, or 81.0 dB re: 20 μPa (A-weighted) for the model R44 Raven II (NMFS, 2007).
Based on this information, we expect that the received sound levels at the landing area on the Station's caisson would increase above 81-81.9 dB re: 20 μPa (A-weighted).
Any noise associated with these activities is likely to be from light construction (
Table 1 provides the following information: All marine mammal species with possible or confirmed occurrence in the proposed activity area; information on those species' regulatory status under the MMPA and the Endangered Species Act (ESA) of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531
Steller sea lions consist of two distinct population segments: The western and eastern distinct population segments (eDPS and wDPS, respectively) divided at 144° West longitude (Cape Suckling, Alaska). The western segment of Steller sea lions inhabit central and western Gulf of Alaska, Aleutian Islands, as well as coastal waters and breed in Asia (
Steller sea lions range along the North Pacific Rim from northern Japan to California (Loughlin
The eDPS of Steller sea lions breeds on rookeries located in southeast Alaska, British Columbia, Oregon, and California. There are no rookeries located in Washington State. Steller sea lions give birth in May through July and breeding commences a couple of weeks after birth. Pups are weaned during the winter and spring of the following year.
Despite the wide-ranging movements of juveniles and adult males in particular, exchange between rookeries by breeding adult females and males (other than between adjoining rookeries) appears low, although males have a higher tendency to disperse than females (Trujillo
Steller sea lion numbers at NWSR ranged from 20 to 355 animals (CCR 2001). Counts of Steller sea lions during the spring (April-May), summer (June-August), and fall (September-October), averaged 68, 110, and 56, respectively (CCR 2001). A multi-year survey at NWSR between 2000 and 2004 showed Steller sea lion numbers ranging from 175 to 354 in July (M. Lowry, NMFS/SWFSC, unpubl. data). The Society presumes that winter use of NWSR by Steller sea lion to be minimal, due to inundation of the natural portion of the island by large swells.
For the 2010 season, the Society reported that no Steller sea lions were present in the vicinity of NWSR during restoration activities (SGRLPS 2010). Based on the monitoring report for the 2011 season, the maximum numbers of Steller sea lions present during the April and November 2011, work sessions was 2 and 150 animals, respectively (SGRLPS 2012). During the 2012 season, the Society did not observe any Steller sea lions present on NWSR during restoration activities. The Society did not conduct any operations for the 2013-2014, 2014-2015, and 2015-2016 seasons.
The estimated population of the U.S. stock of California sea lion is approximately 296,750 animals, with PBR at 9,200 individuals, and the current maximum population growth rate is 12 percent (Carretta
California sea lion breeding areas are on islands located in southern California, in western Baja California, Mexico, and the Gulf of California. During the breeding season, most California sea lions inhabit southern California and Mexico. Rookery sites in southern California are limited to the San Miguel Islands and the southerly Channel Islands of San Nicolas, Santa Barbara, and San Clemente (Carretta
Adult and juvenile males will migrate as far north as British Columbia, Canada while females and pups remain in southern California waters in the non-breeding season. In warm water (El Niño) years, some females range as far north as Washington and Oregon, presumably following prey.
Crescent Coastal Research (CCR) conducted a three-year (1998-2000) survey of the wildlife species on NWSR for the Society. They reported that counts of California sea lions on NWSR varied greatly (from 6 to 541) during the observation period from April 1997 through July 2000. CCR reported that counts for California sea lions during the spring (April-May), summer (June-August), and fall (September-October), averaged 60, 154, and 235, respectively (CCR 2001).
The most current counts for the month of July by NMFS (2000 through 2004) have been relatively low as the total number of California sea lions recorded in 2000 and 2003 was three and 11, respectively (M. Lowry, NMFS, SWFSC, unpublished data). Based on the monitoring report for the 2011 season, the maximum numbers of California sea lions present during the April and November, 2011 work sessions was 2 and 160 animals, respectively (SGRLPS 2012). There were no California sea lions present during the March, 2012 work session (SGRLPS 2012).
Northern fur seals occur from southern California north to the Bering Sea and west to the Sea of Okhotsk and Honshu Island of Japan. NMFS
Northern fur seals breed in Alaska and migrate along the west coast during fall and winter. Due to their pelagic habitat, they are rarely seen from shore in the continental United States, but individuals occasionally come ashore on islands well offshore (
CCR observed one male northern fur seal on Northwest Seal Rock in October, 1998 (CCR 2001). It is possible that a few animals may use the island more often than indicated by the CCR surveys, if they were mistaken for other otariid species (
For the 2010, 2011, and 2012 work seasons, the Society did not observe any Northern fur seals present on NWSR during restoration activities (SGRLPS 2010; 2011; 2012).
Harbor seals are widely distributed in the North Atlantic and North Pacific. Two subspecies exist in the Pacific:
In California, over 500 harbor seal haul out sites are widely distributed along the mainland and offshore islands, and include rocky shores, beaches and intertidal sandbars (Lowry
CCR noted that harbor seal use of NWSR was minimal, with only one sighting of a group of 6 animals, during 20 observation surveys. They hypothesized that harbor seals may avoid the islet because of its distance from shore, relatively steep topography, and full exposure to rough and frequently turbulent sea swells. For the 2010 and 2011 seasons, the Society did not observe any Pacific harbor seals present on NWSR during restoration activities (SGRLPS 2010; 2011). During the 2012 season, the Society reported sighting a total of two harbor seals present on NWSR (SGRLPS 2012).
California (southern) sea otters (
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components (
Acoustic and visual stimuli generated by: (1) Helicopter landings/takeoffs; (2) restoration activities (
Pinnipeds have the potential to be disturbed by airborne and underwater noise generated by the engine of the aircraft (Born
Researchers have demonstrated temporary threshold shift (TTS) in certain captive odontocetes and pinnipeds exposed to strong sounds (reviewed in Southall
There is a dearth of information on acoustic effects of helicopter overflights on pinniped hearing and communication (Richardson
In 2008, NMFS issued an IHA to the USFWS for the take of small numbers of Steller sea lions and Pacific harbor
As a general statement from the available information, pinnipeds exposed to intense (approximately 110 to 120 dB re: 20 μPa) non-pulse sounds often leave haul out areas and seek refuge temporarily (minutes to a few hours) in the water (Southall
It is likely that the initial helicopter approach to NWSR would cause a subset, or all of the marine mammals hauled out to depart the rock and flush into the water. The physical presence of aircraft could also lead to non-auditory effects on marine mammals involving visual or other cues. Airborne sound from a low-flying helicopter or airplane may be heard by marine mammals while at the surface or underwater. In general, helicopters tend to be noisier than fixed wing aircraft of similar size and underwater sounds from aircraft are strongest just below the surface and directly under the aircraft. Noise from aircraft would not be expected to cause direct physical effects, but have the potential to affect behavior. The primary factor that may influence abrupt movements of animals is engine noise, specifically changes in engine noise. Responses by mammals could include hasty dives or turns, change in course, or flushing and stampeding from a haul out site. There are few well documented studies of the impacts of aircraft overflight over pinniped haul out sites or rookeries, and many of those that exist, are specific to military activities (Efroymson
Several factors complicate the analysis of long- and short-term effects for aircraft overflights. Information on behavioral effects of overflights by military aircraft (or component stressors) on most wildlife species is sparse. Moreover, models that relate behavioral changes to abundance or reproduction, and those that relate behavioral or hearing effects thresholds from one population to another are generally not available. In addition, the aggregation of sound frequencies, durations, and the view of the aircraft into a single exposure metric is not always the best predictor of effects and it may also be difficult to calculate. Overall, there has been no indication that single or occasional aircraft flying above pinnipeds in water cause long term displacement of these animals (Richardson
If pinnipeds are present on NWSR, it is likely that a helicopter landing at the Station would cause some number of the pinnipeds on NWSR to flush; however, when present, they appear to show rapid habituation to helicopter landing and departure (CCR, 2001; Guy Towers, SGRLPS,
The appearance of Society personnel may have the potential to cause Level B harassment of marine mammals hauled out on the small island in the proposed action area. Disturbance includes a variety of effects, including subtle to conspicuous changes in behavior, movement, and displacement. Disturbance may result in reactions ranging from an animal simply becoming alert to the presence of the Society's restoration personnel (
Reactions to human presence, if any, depend on species, state of maturity, experience, current activity, reproductive state, time of day, and many other factors (Richardson
Disturbances resulting from human activity can impact short- and long-term pinniped haul out behavior (Renouf
In cases where vessels actively approached marine mammals (
In 1997, Henry and Hammil (2001) conducted a study to measure the impacts of small boats (
In 2004, Acevedo-Gutierrez and Johnson (2007) evaluated the efficacy of buffer zones for watercraft around harbor seal haul out sites on Yellow Island, Washington. The authors estimated the minimum distance between the vessels and the haul out sites; categorized the vessel types; and evaluated seal responses to the disturbances. During the course of the seven-weekend study, the authors recorded 14 human-related disturbances which were associated with stopped powerboats and kayaks. During these events, hauled out seals became noticeably active and moved into the water. The flushing occurred when stopped kayaks and powerboats were at distances as far as 453 and 1,217 ft (138 and 371 m) respectively. The authors note that the seals were unaffected by passing powerboats, even those approaching as close as 128 ft (39 m), possibly indicating that the animals had become tolerant of the brief presence of the vessels and ignored them. The authors reported that on average, the seals quickly recovered from the disturbances and returned to the haul out site in less than or equal to 60 minutes. Seal numbers did not return to pre-disturbance levels within 180 minutes of the disturbance less than one quarter of the time observed. The study concluded that the return of seal numbers to pre-disturbance levels and the relatively regular seasonal cycle in abundance throughout the area counter the idea that disturbances from powerboats may result in site abandonment (Johnson and Acevedo-Gutierrez, 2007). As a general statement from the available information, pinnipeds exposed to intense (approximately 110 to 120 decibels re: 20 μPa) non-pulsed sounds often leave haul out areas and seek refuge temporarily (minutes to a few hours) in the water (Southall
There are other ways in which disturbance, as described previously, could result in more than Level B harassment of marine mammals. They are most likely to be consequences of stampeding, a potentially dangerous occurrence in which large numbers of animals succumb to mass panic and rush away from a stimulus. These situations are: (1) Falling when entering the water at high-relief locations; (2) extended separation of mothers and pups; and (3) crushing of pups by large males during a stampede. However, NMFS does not expect any of these scenarios to occur at NWSR. There is the risk of injury if animals stampede towards shorelines with precipitous relief (
The only habitat modification associated with the proposed activity is
The Society would remove all waste, discarded materials and equipment from the island after each visit. The proposed activities will not result in any permanent impact on habitats used by marine mammals, including prey species and foraging habitat. The main impact associated with the proposed activity will be temporarily elevated noise levels and the associated direct effects on marine mammals (
NMFS does not anticipate that the proposed restoration activities would result in any permanent effects on the habitats used by the marine mammals in the proposed area, including the food sources they use (
In order to issue an IHA under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity, “and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking” for certain subsistence uses. NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to include information about the availability and feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks, their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
NMFS has carefully evaluated the Society's proposed mitigation measures in the context of ensuring that we prescribe the means of affecting the least practicable impact on the affected marine mammal species and stocks and their habitat. The evaluation of potential measures included consideration of the following factors in relation to one another:
• The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure is expected to minimize adverse impacts to marine mammals;
• The proven or likely efficacy of the specific measure to minimize adverse impacts as planned; and
• The practicability of the measure for applicant implementation.
Any mitigation measure(s) prescribed by NMFS should be able to accomplish, have a reasonable likelihood of accomplishing (based on current science), or contribute to the accomplishment of one or more of the general goals listed here:
1. Avoidance or minimization of injury or death of marine mammals wherever possible (goals 2, 3, and 4 may contribute to this goal).
2. A reduction in the numbers of marine mammals (total number or number at biologically important time or location) exposed to vessel or visual presence that NMFS expects to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
3. A reduction in the number of times (total number or number at biologically important time or location) individuals exposed to vessel or visual presence that NMFS expects to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to 1, above, or to reducing harassment takes only).
4. A reduction in the intensity of exposures (either total number or number at biologically important time or location) to vessel or visual presence that NMFS expects to result in the take of marine mammals (this goal may contribute to a, above, or to reducing the severity of harassment takes only).
5. Avoidance or minimization of adverse effects to marine mammal habitat, paying special attention to the food base, activities that block or limit passage to or from biologically important areas, permanent destruction of habitat, or temporary destruction/disturbance of habitat during a biologically important time.
6. For monitoring directly related to mitigation—an increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals, thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation.
Based on the evaluation of the Society's proposed measures, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means of effecting the least practicable impact on marine mammal species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an incidental take authorization for an activity, section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth “requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking.” The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104(a)(13) indicate that requests for IHAs must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result
The Society submitted a marine mammal monitoring plan in Section 13 of their IHA application. NMFS or the Society may modify or supplement the plan based on comments or new information received from the public during the public comment period.
Monitoring measures prescribed by NMFS should accomplish one or more of the following general goals:
1. An increase in our understanding of the likely occurrence of marine mammal species in the vicinity of the action (
2. An increase in our understanding of the nature, scope, or context of the likely exposure of marine mammal species to any of the potential stressor(s) associated with the action (
3. An increase in our understanding of how individual marine mammals respond (behaviorally or physiologically) to the specific stressors associated with the action (in specific contexts, where possible,
4. An increase in our understanding of how anticipated individual responses, to individual stressors or anticipated combinations of stressors, may impact either: The long-term fitness and survival of an individual; or the population, species, or stock (
5. An increase in our understanding of how the activity affects marine mammal habitat, such as through effects on prey sources or acoustic habitat (
6. An increase in understanding of the impacts of the activity on marine mammals in combination with the impacts of other anthropogenic activities or natural factors occurring in the region.
7. An increase in our understanding of the effectiveness of mitigation and monitoring measures.
8. An increase in the probability of detecting marine mammals (through improved technology or methodology), both specifically within the safety zone (thus allowing for more effective implementation of the mitigation) and in general, to better achieve the above goals.
As part of its IHA application, the Society proposes to sponsor marine mammal monitoring, in order to implement the mitigation measures that require real-time monitoring, and to satisfy the monitoring requirements of the proposed IHA. These include:
A NMFS approved, experienced biologist will be present on the first flight of each day of activity. This observer will be able to identify all species of pinnipeds expected to use the island, and qualified to determine age and sex classes when viewing conditions allow. The observer would record data including species counts, numbers of observed disturbances, and descriptions of the disturbance behaviors during the activities, including location, date, and time of the event. In addition, the Society would record observations regarding the number and species of any marine mammals either observed in the water or hauled out.
Aerial photographic surveys may provide the most accurate means of documenting species composition, age and sex class of pinnipeds using the project site during human activity periods. The Society should complete aerial photo coverage of the island from the same helicopter used to transport the Society's personnel to the island during restoration trips. The Society would take photographs of all marine mammals hauled out on the island at an altitude greater than 300 m (984 ft) by a skilled photographer, on the first flight of each day of activities. These photographs will be forwarded to a biologist capable of discerning marine mammal species. Data shall be provided to us in the form of a report with a data table, any other significant observations related to marine mammals, and a report of restoration activities (see Reporting). The original photographs can be made available to us or other marine mammal experts for inspection and further analysis.
Proposed monitoring requirements in relation to the Society's proposed activities would include species counts, numbers of observed disturbances, and descriptions of the disturbance behaviors during the restoration activities, including location, date, and time of the event. In addition, the Society would record observations regarding the number and species of any marine mammals either observed in the water or hauled out.
The Society can add to the knowledge of pinnipeds in the proposed action area by noting observations of: (1) Unusual behaviors, numbers, or distributions of pinnipeds, such that any potential follow-up research can be conducted by the appropriate personnel; (2) tag-bearing carcasses of pinnipeds, allowing transmittal of the information to appropriate agencies and personnel; and (3) rare or unusual species of marine mammals for agency follow-up.
If at any time injury, serious injury, or mortality of the species for which take is authorized should occur, or if take of any kind of any other marine mammal occurs, and such action may be a result of the Society's activities, the Society would suspend survey activities and contact NMFS immediately to determine how best to proceed to ensure that another injury or death does not occur and to ensure that the applicant remains in compliance with the MMPA.
The Society complied with the mitigation and monitoring required under the previous authorizations (2010-2012). They did not conduct any operations for the 2013-2016 seasons. However, in compliance with the 2012 Authorization, the Society submitted a final report on the activities at the Station, covering the period of February 15, 2012 through April 30, 2012. During the effective dates of the 2012 IHA, the Society conducted one work session in March, 2012. The Society's aircraft operations and restoration activities on NWSR did not exceed the activity levels analyzed under the 2012 authorization. During the March 2012 work session, the Society observed two harbor seals hauled out on NWSR. Both animals (a juvenile and an adult) departed the rock, entered the water, and did not return to the Station during the duration of the activities.
The Society would submit a draft report to NMFS' Office of Protected Resources no later than 90 days after the expiration of the proposed IHA, if issued. The report will include a summary of the information gathered pursuant to the monitoring requirements set forth in the proposed IHA. The Society will submit a final report to the NMFS within 30 days after
The report will describe the operations conducted and sightings of marine mammals near the proposed project. The report will provide full documentation of methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring. The report will provide:
1. A summary and table of the dates, times, and weather during all research activities.
2. Species, number, location, and behavior of any marine mammals observed throughout all monitoring activities.
3. An estimate of the number (by species) of marine mammals exposed to human presence associated with the Society's activities.
4. A description of the implementation and effectiveness of the monitoring and mitigation measures of the IHA and full documentation of methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring.
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the authorization, such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or mortality (
• Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
• Description and location of the incident (including water depth, if applicable);
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
The Society shall not resume its activities until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. We will work with the Society to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. The Society may not resume their activities until notified by us via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that the Society discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the marine mammal observer determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
In the event that the Society discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the authorized activities (
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
All anticipated takes would be by Level B harassment, involving temporary changes in behavior. NMFS expects that the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures would minimize the possibility of injurious or lethal takes. NMFS considers the potential for take by injury, serious injury, or mortality as remote. NMFS expects that the presence of Society personnel could disturb of animals hauled out on NWSR and that the animals may alter their behavior or attempt to move away from the Society's personnel.
As discussed earlier, NMFS assumes that pinnipeds that move greater than two body lengths to longer retreats over the beach, or if already moving, a change of direction of greater than 90 degrees in response to the presence of surveyors, or pinnipeds that flush into the water, are behaviorally harassed, and thus subject to Level B taking (Table 2).
Based on the Society's previous monitoring reports, NMFS estimates that approximately 2880 California sea lions (calculated by multiplying the maximum number California sea lions present on NWSR (160) by 18 days of the restoration and maintenance activities), 2700 Steller sea lions (NMFS' estimate of the maximum number of Steller sea lions that could be present on NWSR (150) by 18 days of activity), 108 Pacific harbor seals (calculated by multiplying the maximum number of harbor seals present on NWSR (6) by 18 days), and 18 Northern fur seals (calculated by multiplying the maximum number of northern fur seals present on NWSR (1) by 18 days) could be potentially affected by Level B behavioral harassment over the course of the IHA. NMFS bases these estimates of the numbers of marine mammals that might be affected on consideration of the number of marine mammals that could be disturbed appreciably by approximately 51 hours of aircraft operations during the course of the activity. These incidental harassment take numbers represent less than one percent of the affected stocks of California sea lions, Pacific harbor seals, and Northern fur seals, and less than five percent of the stock of Steller sea lions (Table 3). However, actual take may be slightly less if animals decide to haul out at a different location for the day or if animals are foraging at the time of the survey activities.
Because of the required mitigation measures and the likelihood that some pinnipeds will avoid the area, NMFS does not expect any injury or mortality to pinnipeds to occur and NMFS has not authorized take by Level A harassment for this proposed activity.
The Society would share observations and counts of marine mammals and all observed disturbances to the appropriate state and federal agencies at the conclusion of the survey.
Negligible impact is “an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival” (50 CFR 216.103). The lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
Although the Society's survey activities may disturb a small number of marine mammals hauled out on NWSR, NMFS expects those impacts to occur to a small, localized group of animals for a limited duration (
The Society's activities would occur during the least sensitive time (
Moreover, the Society's mitigation measures regarding helicopter approaches and restoration site ingress and egress would minimize the potential for stampedes and large-scale movements. Thus, the potential for large-scale movements and stampede leading to injury, serious injury, or mortality is low.
Any noise attributed to the Society's proposed helicopter operations on NWSR would be short-term (approximately six min per trip). We would expect the ambient noise levels to return to a baseline state when helicopter operations have ceased for the day. As the helicopter landings take place 15 m (48 ft) above the surface of the rocks on NWSR, NMFS presumes that the received sound levels would increase above 81-81.9 dB re: 20 μPa (A-weighted) at the landing pad. However, we do not expect that the increased received levels of sound from the helicopter would cause TTS or PTS because the pinnipeds would flush before the helicopter approached NWSR; thus increasing the distance between the pinnipeds and the received sound levels on NWSR during the proposed action.
If pinnipeds are present on NWSR, Level B behavioral harassment of pinnipeds may occur during helicopter landing and takeoff from NWSR due to the pinnipeds temporarily moving from the rocks and lower structure of the Station into the sea due to the noise and appearance of helicopter during approaches and departures. It is expected that all or a portion of the marine mammals hauled out on the island will depart the rock and slowly move into the water upon initial helicopter approaches. The movement to the water would be gradual due to the required controlled helicopter approaches (see
Sea lions have shown habituation to helicopter flights within a day at the project site and most animals are expected to return soon after helicopter activities cease for that day. By clustering helicopter arrival/departures within a short time period, we expect animals present to show less response to subsequent landings. NMFS anticipates no impact on the population size or breeding stock of Steller sea lions, California sea lions, Pacific harbor seals, or Northern fur seals.
In summary, NMFS anticipates that impacts to hauled-out pinnipeds during the Society's proposed helicopter operations and restoration/maintenance activities would be behavioral harassment of limited duration (
As mentioned previously, NMFS estimates that the Society's proposed activities could potentially affect, by Level B harassment only, four species of marine mammal under our jurisdiction. For each species, these estimates are small numbers (less than one percent of the affected stocks of California sea lions, Pacific harbor seals, and Northern fur seals, and less than five percent of the stock of Steller sea lions) relative to the population size (Table 3).
Based on the analysis contained in this notice of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the mitigation and monitoring measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the Society's proposed activities would take small numbers of marine mammals relative to the populations of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of marine mammals implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
NMFS does not expect that the Society's proposed helicopter operations and restoration/maintenance activities would affect any species listed under the ESA. Therefore, NMFS has determined that a Section 7 consultation under the ESA is not required.
To meet our NEPA requirements for the issuance of an IHA to the Society, NMFS has prepared an EA specific to conducting aircraft operations and restoration and maintenance work on the St. George Reef Light Station. The EA, titled “Issuance of an Incidental Harassment Authorization to Take Marine Mammals by Harassment Incidental to Conducting Aircraft Operations, Lighthouse Restoration and Maintenance Activities, and Tour Operations on St. George Reef Lighthouse Station in Del Norte County, California,” evaluated the impacts on the human environment of our authorization of incidental Level B harassment resulting from the specified activity in the specified geographic region. An electronic copy of the EA and the Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) for this activity is available on the Web site at:
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes issuing an IHA to the Society for conducting helicopter operations and maintenance and restoration activities on the St. George Lighthouse Station in the northeast Pacific Ocean, February 19, 2017 through February 18, 2018, provided they incorporate the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements.
This section contains the draft text for the proposed IHA. NMFS proposes to include this language in the IHA, if issued.
The St. George Reef Lighthouse Preservation Society (Society), P.O. Box 577, Crescent City, CA 95531, is hereby authorized under section 101(a)(5)(D) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (16 U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(D)) and 50 CFR 216.107, to harass marine mammals incidental to conducting helicopter operations and restoration and maintenance work on the St. George Reef Light Station (Station) on Northwest Seal Rock (NWSR) in the Northeast Pacific Ocean.
1. This Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) is valid from February 19, 2017 through February 18, 2018. The Society may not conduct operations from May 1, 2017 through October 31, 2017.
2. This IHA is valid only for activities associated with helicopter operations, lighthouse restoration and maintenance activities, and human presence (See items 2(a)-(d)) on the Station on NWSR (41°50′24″ N., 124°22′06″ W.) in the Northeast Pacific Ocean.
a. The use of a small, compact, 4-person helicopter with two-bladed main and tail rotors fitted with noise-attenuating blade tip caps to transit to and from NWSR;
b. Restoration activities (
c. Maintenance activities (
d. Emergency repair events (
e. Human presence.
a. A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of the Society, its designees, and work crew personnel operating under the authority of this IHA.
b. The species authorized for taking are the California sea lion (
c. The taking, by Level B harassment only, is limited to the species listed in condition 3(b). Authorized take: California sea lion (2880); Steller sea lion (2790); Pacific harbor seal (36); and northern fur seal (18).
d. The taking by Level A harassment, injury or death of any of the species listed in item 3(b) of the IHA or the taking by harassment, injury or death of any other species of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in the modification, suspension, or revocation of this IHA.
e. In the case of an emergency repair event (
a. The Westcoast Region NMFS marine mammal biologist will make a decision regarding when the Society can schedule helicopter trips to the NWSR during the emergency repair time window and will ensure that such operations will have the least practicable adverse impact to marine mammals.
b. The ARA, Westcoast Region, NMFS will also ensure that the Society's request for incidental take during an emergency repair event would not exceed the number of incidental take authorized in this IHA.
The holder of this IHA is required to cooperate with the NMFS and any other Federal, state, or local agency authorized to monitor the impacts of the activity on marine mammals.
In order to ensure the least practicable impact on the species listed in condition 3(b), the holder of this IHA is required to:
a. Conduct restoration and maintenance activities at the Station at a maximum of one session per month between February 19, 2017 and February 18, 2018. Each restoration session will be no more than three days in duration. Maintenance of the light beacon will occur only in conjunction with the monthly restoration activities.
b. Ensure that helicopter approach patterns to the NWSR will be such that the timing techniques are least disturbing to marine mammals. To the extent possible, the helicopter should approach NWSR when the tide is too high for the marine mammals to haul out on NWSR.
c. Avoid rapid and direct approaches by the helicopter to the station by approaching NWSR at a relatively high altitude (
d. Provide instructions to the Society's members, the restoration crew, and if applicable, to tourists, on appropriate conduct when in the vicinity of hauled-out marine mammals. The Society's members, the restoration crew, and if applicable, tourists, will avoid making unnecessary noise while on NWSR and must not view pinnipeds around the base of the Station.
e. Ensure that the door to the Station's lower platform shall remain closed and barricaded at all times.
The holder of this IHA is required to:
a. Have a NMFS-approved experienced biologist will be present on the first flight of each day of activities.
b. Record the date, time, and location (or closest point of ingress) of each visit to the NWSR.
c. Collect the following information for each visit:
i. Information on the numbers (by species) of marine mammals observed during the activities;
ii. The estimated number of marine mammals (by species) that may have been harassed during the activities;
iii. Any behavioral responses or modifications of behaviors that may be attributed to the specific activities (
iv. Information on the weather, including the tidal state and horizontal visibility.
d. Employ a skilled, aerial photographer to document marine mammals hauled out on NWSR.
i. The photographer will complete a photographic survey of NWSR using the same helicopter that will transport Society personnel to the island during restoration trips.
ii. Photographs of all marine mammals hauled-out on the island shall be taken at an altitude greater than 300 m (984 ft) during the first arrival flight to NWSR.
iii. The Society and/or its designees will forward the photographs to a biologist capable of discerning marine mammal species. The Society shall provide the data to us in the form of a report with a data table, any other significant observations related to marine mammals, and a report of restoration activities (see Reporting). The Society will make available the original photographs to NMFS or to other marine mammal experts for inspection and further analysis.
Final Report: The holder of this IHA is required to submit a draft monitoring report to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, 13th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20910, no later than 90 days after the project is completed. The report must contain the following information:
a. A summary of the dates, times, and weather during all helicopter operations, restoration, and maintenance activities.
b. Species, number, location, and behavior of any marine mammals, observed throughout all monitoring activities.
c. An estimate of the number (by species) of marine mammals that are known to have been exposed to visual and acoustic stimuli associated with the helicopter operations, restoration, and maintenance activities.
d. A description of the implementation and effectiveness of the monitoring and mitigation measures of the IHA and full documentation of methods, results, and interpretation pertaining to all monitoring.
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA (if issued), such as an injury (Level A harassment), serious injury, or mortality (
The report must include the following information:
• Time, date, and location (latitude/longitude) of the incident;
• Name and type of vessel involved;
• Vessel's speed during and leading up to the incident;
• Description of the incident;
• Status of all sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Water depth;
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
The Society shall not resume its activities until we are able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. We shall work with the Society to determine what is necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure Marine Mammal Protection Act compliance. The Society may not resume their activities until notified by us via letter, email, or telephone.
In the event that the Society discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the observer determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
The report must include the same information identified in the paragraph above. Activities may continue while we review the circumstances of the incident. We will work with the Society to determine whether modifications in the activities are appropriate.
In the event that the Society discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead visual observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the authorized activities (
The Society's staff will provide photographs or video footage (if available) or other documentation of the stranded animal sighting to us.
NMFS requests comments on our analysis, the draft IHA, and any other aspect of this notice of proposed IHA for the proposed activities. Please include any supporting data or literature citations with your comments to help inform our final decision on the Society's request for an IHA.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; request for nominations.
Nominations are being sought for appointment by the Secretary of Commerce to fill vacancy openings on the Marine Fisheries Advisory Committee (MAFAC or Committee) that will be pending late April 2017. MAFAC is the only Federal advisory committee with the responsibility to advise the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) on all matters concerning living marine resources that are the responsibility of the Department of Commerce. The Committee makes recommendations to the Secretary to assist in the development and implementation of Departmental regulations, policies, and programs critical to the mission and goals of NMFS. Nominations are encouraged from all interested parties involved with or representing interests affected by NMFS actions in managing living marine resources. Nominees should possess demonstrable expertise in a field related to the management of living marine resources and be able to fulfill the time commitments required for two annual meetings and year round subcommittee work. Individuals serve for a term of three years for no more than two consecutive terms if re-appointed. NMFS is seeking qualified nominees to fill upcoming vacancies being created by term limits.
Nominations must be postmarked or have an email date stamp on or before February 6, 2017.
Nominations should be sent to Heidi Lovett, MAFAC Assistant Director, NMFS Office of Policy, 14th Floor, 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910.
Heidi Lovett, MAFAC Assistant Director; (301) 427-8034; email:
The MAFAC was approved by the Secretary on December 28, 1970, and subsequently chartered under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. 2, on February 17, 1971. The Committee meets twice a year with supplementary subcommittee meetings as determined necessary by the Committee Chair and Subcommittee Chairs. No less than 15 and no more than 21 individuals may serve on the Committee. Membership is comprised of highly qualified, diverse individuals representing commercial, recreational, subsistence, and aquaculture fisheries interests; seafood industry; environmental organizations; academic institutions; tribal and consumer groups; and other living marine resource interest groups from a balance of U.S. geographical regions, including the Western Pacific and Caribbean.
A MAFAC member cannot be a Federal employee, member of a Regional Fishery Management Council, registered Federal lobbyist, State employee, or agent of a foreign principal. Selected candidates must pass a security check and submit a financial disclosure form. Membership is voluntary, and except for reimbursable travel and related expenses, service is without pay.
Each nomination submission should include the nominee's name, a cover letter describing the nominee's qualifications and interest in serving on the Committee, curriculum vitae or resume of the nominee, and no more than three supporting letters describing the nominee's qualifications and interest in serving on the Committee. Self-nominations are acceptable. The following contact information should accompany each nominee's submission: Name, address, telephone number, fax number, and email address (if available).
Nominations should be sent to Heidi Lovett (see
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of a public meeting.
The North Pacific Fishery Management Council (Council) Groundfish Plan Team will hold a two day meeting.
The meeting will be begin at 9 a.m. on Wednesday January 11, 2017, and end at 5 p.m. on Thursday January 12, 2017, to view the agenda see
The meeting will be held at the Alaska Fishery Science Center Traynor Room 2076, 7600 Sand Point Way NE., Building 4, Seattle, WA 98115.
Diana Stram or Jim Armstrong, Council staff; telephone: (907) 271-2809.
The Joint
The Agenda is subject to change, and the latest version will be posted, at
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Shannon Gleason at (907) 271-2809 at least 7 business days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Proposed additions to and deletions from the Procurement List.
The Committee is proposing to add services to the Procurement List that will be provided by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products previously furnished by such agencies.
Comments must be received on or before—1/22/2017.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.
Barry Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503(a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3. Its purpose is to provide interested persons an opportunity to submit comments on the proposed actions.
If the Committee approves the proposed additions, the entities of the Federal Government identified in this notice will be required to procure the services listed below from nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.
The following services are proposed for addition to the Procurement List for production by the nonprofit agencies listed:
The following products are proposed for deletion from the Procurement List:
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Additions to and deletions from the Procurement List.
This action adds services to the Procurement List that will be provided by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities, and deletes products and services from the Procurement List previously furnished by such agencies.
Effective Date—1/22/2017.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.
Barry Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
On 10/7/2016 (81 FR 69789-69790) and 11/10/2016 (81 FR 78996-78997), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notices of proposed additions to the Procurement List.
After consideration of the material presented to it concerning capability of qualified nonprofit agencies to provide the services and impact of the additions on the current or most recent contractors, the Committee has determined that the services listed below are suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in any additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities other than the small organizations that will provide the services to the Government.
2. The action will result in authorizing small entities to provide the services to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the services proposed for addition to the Procurement List.
On 11/10/2016 (81 FR 78996-78997) and 11/18/2016 (81 FR 81744-81745), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notices of proposed deletions from the Procurement List.
After consideration of the relevant matter presented, the Committee has determined that the products and services listed below are no longer suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities.
2. The action may result in authorizing small entities to furnish the products and services to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the products and services deleted from the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following products and services are deleted from the Procurement List:
Corporation for National and Community Service.
Notice.
The Corporation for National and Community Service (CNCS), as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA95). This program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirement on respondents can be properly assessed.
Currently, CNCS is soliciting comments concerning its Social Innovation Fund (SIF) Application Instructions. These instructions combine the previously approved SIF Application Instructions (OMB Control Number 3045-0155) and SIF Pay for Success Application Instructions (OMB Control Number 3045-0167) into one document. The application instructions will be used by organizations requesting funding for a SIF project.
Copies of the information collection request can be obtained by contacting the office listed in the Addresses section of this Notice.
Written comments must be submitted to the individual and office listed in the
You may submit comments, identified by the title of the information collection activity, by any of the following methods:
(1)
(2) By hand delivery or by courier to the CNCS mailroom on the fourth floor at the mail address given in paragraph (1) above, between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays.
(3) Electronically through
Individuals who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TTY-TDD) may call 1-800-833-3722 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday.
Lois Nembhard, 202-606-3223, or by email at
CNCS is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of CNCS, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are expected to respond, including the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology (
This collection will be used by organizations applying to become Social Innovation Fund intermediaries. Applications will be submitted primarily via eGrants.
This is a new information collection request. These instructions combine the previously approved SIF Application Instructions (OMB Control Number 3045-0155) and SIF Pay for Success Application Instructions (OMB Control Number 3045-0167) into one document.
The information collection will otherwise be used in the same manner as the existing application. CNCS also seeks to continue using the current application until the revised application is approved by OMB. The current application is due to expire on January 31, 2017.
Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the information collection request; they will also become a matter of public record.
44 U.S.C. Sec. 3506(c)(2)(A)
Air Force Materiel Command, Department of the Air Force, Department of Defense.
Notice of intent.
Pursuant to the Bayh-Dole Act and implementing regulations, the Department of the Air Force hereby gives notice of its intent to grant an exclusive patent license agreement to The University of North Carolina at Charlotte, a public university duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing in the State of North Carolina, having a place of business at 9201 University City Blvd., Charlotte, NC 28223.
Written objections must be filed no later than fifteen (15) calendar days after the date of publication of this Notice.
Submit written objections to the Air Force Materiel Command Law Office, AFMCLO/JAZ, 2240 B Street, Room 260, Wright-Patterson AFB, OH 45433-7109; Facsimile: (937) 255-3733; or Email:
Air Force Materiel Command Law Office, AFMCLO/JAZ, 2240 B Street, Rm 260, Wright-Patterson AFB, OH 45433-7109; Facsimile: (937) 255-3733; Email:
The Department of the Air Force intends to grant the exclusive patent license agreement for the invention described in: U.S. Patent No. 9,362,324, entitled, “PHOTODETECTOR FOCAL PLANE ARRAY SYSTEMS AND METHODS,” filed December 31, 2014, and issued June 7, 2016.
The Department of the Air Force may grant the prospective license unless a timely objection is received that sufficiently shows the grant of the license would be inconsistent with the Bayh-Dole Act or implementing regulations. A competing application for a patent license agreement, completed in compliance with 37 CFR 404.8 and received by the Air Force within the period for timely objections, will be treated as an objection and may be considered as an alternative to the proposed license.
Department of the Army, DoD.
Notice of open subcommittee meetings.
The Department of the Army is publishing this notice to announce the following Federal advisory subcommittee meetings of the Honor Subcommittee and the Remember and Explore Subcommittee of the Advisory Committee on Arlington National Cemetery (ACANC). These meetings are open to the public. For more information about the Committee and the Subcommittees, please visit
The Honor Subcommittee will meet from 9:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. and the Remember and Explore Subcommittee will meet from 1:00 p.m. to 2:30 p.m. on Monday, January 23, 2017.
Arlington National Cemetery Welcome Center, Conference Room, Arlington National Cemetery, Arlington, VA 22211.
Mr. Timothy Keating; Designated Federal Officer (Alternate) for the Committee and the Subcommittees, in writing at Arlington National Cemetery, Arlington, VA 22211, or by email at
This subcommittee meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Sunshine in the Government Act of 1976 (U.S.C. 552b, as amended) and 41 Code of the Federal Regulations (CFR 102-3.150).
Department of the Army, DoD.
Notice of open committee meeting.
The Department of the Army is publishing this notice to announce the following Federal advisory committee meeting of the Advisory Committee on Arlington National Cemetery (ACANC). The meeting is open to the public. For more information about the Committee, please visit
The Committee will meet from 10:00 a.m. to 2:30 p.m. on Tuesday, January 24, 2017.
Arlington National Cemetery Welcome Center, Arlington National Cemetery, Arlington, VA 22211.
Mr. Timothy Keating; Designated Federal Officer (Alternate) for the Committee and the Subcommittees, in writing at Arlington National Cemetery, Arlington VA 22211, or by email at
This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Sunshine in the Government Act of 1976 (U.S.C. 552b, as amended) and 41 Code of the Federal Regulations (CFR 102-3.150).
Defense Acquisition Regulations System, Department of Defense (DoD).
Notice and request for comments regarding a proposed extension of an approved information collection requirement.
DoD announces the proposed extension of a public information collection requirement and seeks public comment on the provisions thereof. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has approved this information collection requirement for use through March 31, 2017. DoD proposes that OMB extend its approval for an additional three years.
DoD will consider all comments received by February 21, 2017.
You may submit comments, identified by OMB Control Number 0704-0398, using any of the following methods:
○
○
○
○
Comments received generally will be posted without change to
Mr. Tom Ruckdaschel, telephone 571-372-6088. The information collection requirements addressed in this notice are available at:
In compliance with section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. chapter 35), DoD invites comments on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of DoD, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
a. The information collected under DFARS provision 252.211-7004, Alternate Preservation, Packaging, and Packing, is used by DoD contracting officers to evaluate and award contracts using commercial or industrial preservation, packaging, or packing if the offeror chooses to propose such alternates.
b. The information collected under DFARS provision 252.211-7005, Substitutions for Military or Federal Specifications and Standards, is used by DoD contracting officers to verify that a Single Process Initiative (SPI) process proposed by an offeror is a valid replacement for a military or Federal specification or standard.
c. The information collected under DFARS 252.211-7007, Reporting of Government-Furnished Property, strengthens the accountability and end-to-end traceability of Government-furnished property (GFP) within DoD. Through electronic notification of physical receipt, the contracting officer is made aware that GFP has arrived at the contractor's facility. The DoD logistics community uses the information as a data source of available DoD equipment. In addition, the DoD organization responsible for contract
a. DFARS 252.211-7004 allows potential offerors to propose alternatives to military preservation, packaging, or packing specifications. Specifically, the offeror may include in its offer two unit prices in the format specified in the clause: One price based on use of the military specifications, and another price based on commercial or industry preservation, packaging, or packing of equal or better protection that the military.
b. DFARS provision 252.211-7005 permits offerors to propose SPI processes as alternatives to military or Federal specifications and standards cited in DoD solicitations for previously developed items. As defined in the clause, “SPI process” means a management or manufacturing process that has been accepted previously by a DoD Management Council for use in lieu of a specific military or Federal specification or standard a specific facilities. When proposing SPI processes, offerors identify the proposed SPI process, specific facility to which it will apply, and the specific contract line items, which will be affected.
c. DFARS clause 252.211-7007 requires contractors to report to the Item Unique Identification (IUID) Registry all serially-managed Government-furnished property (GFP), as well as contractor receipt of non-serially managed items. “Serially managed item” means an item designated by DoD to be uniquely tracked, controlled, or managed in maintenance, repair, and/or supply systems by means of its serial number. The clause provides a list of specific data elements contractors are to report to the IUID registry, as well as procedures for updating the registry.
Department of Defense.
Notice of meeting.
The Department of Defense is publishing this notice to announce the following Federal Advisory Committee meeting of the Defense Advisory Committee on Investigation, Prosecution, and Defense of Sexual Assault in the Armed Forces (“the DAC-IPAD” or “the Committee”). The meeting is open to the public.
A meeting of the DAC-IPAD will be held on Thursday, January 19, 2017. The public session will begin at 10:00 a.m. and end at 4:45 p.m.
Holiday Inn Arlington at Ballston, Grand Ballroom, 4610 N. Fairfax Drive, Arlington, Virginia 22203.
Ms. Julie Carson, DAC-IPAD, One Liberty Center, Suite 150, 875 N. Randolph Street, Arlington, Virginia 22203. Phone: (703) 693-3849.
This public meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.50(a).
Department of Defense.
Renewal of Federal Advisory Committee.
The Department of Defense (DoD) is publishing this notice to announce that it is renewing the charter for the Department of Defense Medicare-Eligible Retiree Health Care Board of Actuaries (“the Board”).
Jim Freeman, Advisory Committee Management Officer for the Department of Defense, 703-692-5952.
The Board's charter is being renewed under the provisions of 10 U.S.C. 1114(a)(1) and in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended) and 41 CFR 102-3.50(a). The Board's charter and contact information for the Board's Designated Federal Officer (DFO) can be found at
The Board provides independent advice and recommendations related to actuarial matters associated with the Department of Defense Medicare-Eligible Retiree Health Care Fund (“the Fund”) and other related matters. The Board, pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1115(c), shall report to the Secretary of Defense annually on the actuarial status of the Fund and shall furnish its advice and opinion on matters referred to it by the Secretary of Defense.
The Board consists of three members from among qualified professional actuaries who are members of the Society of Actuaries. All members of the Board are appointed to provide advice on behalf of the Government on the basis of their best judgment without representing any particular point of view and in a manner that is free from conflict of interest. Special Government Employee members are entitled, pursuant to 10 U.S.C. 1114(a)(3), to receive pay at the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay of the highest rate of basic pay under the General Schedule of subchapter III of chapter 53 of 5 U.S.C., for each day the member is engaged in the performance of duties vested in the Board. All members are entitled to reimbursement for official Board-related travel and per diem.
The public or interested organizations may submit written statements to the Board membership about the Board's mission and functions. Written statements may be submitted at any time or in response to the stated agenda of planned meeting of the Board. All written statements shall be submitted to the DFO for the Board, and this individual will ensure that the written statements are provided to the membership for their consideration.
Office of the Secretary of Defense, DoD.
Notice to alter a System of Records.
Pursuant to the Privacy Act of 1974, and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Circular No. A-130, notice is hereby given that the Department of Defense proposes to change a system of records, WUSU 07, “USUHS Grievance Records,” last published at 79 FR 40076 on July 11, 2014. This system of records is used to administer and process grievances filed by Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences (USUHS) employees. Department of Defense (DoD) employees, including USUHS employees, are entitled to present disputes under the DoD Administrative Grievance System and have them considered expeditiously, fairly, and impartially, and have them be resolved as quickly as possible. The data is also used to produce statistical and management reports for USUHS leadership.
Changes to the system of record notice include rewording of the system name and categories of individuals. The notification, record access, and contesting record procedures have been updated to ensure the information is accurate and current. To provide clarity to the public, the applicable routine uses are now delineated, and the purpose has been revised to state that this system of records covers all USUHS employees, not just those covered by a collective bargaining agreement. In addition, minor administrative corrections were made to the system location and safeguards.
Comments will be accepted on or before January 23, 2017. This proposed action will be effective the date following the end of the comment period unless comments are received which result in a contrary determination.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
*
*
Mrs. Luz D. Ortiz, Chief, Records, Privacy and Declassification Division (RPD2), 1155 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-1155, or by phone at (571) 372-0478.
The Office of the Secretary of Defense notices for systems of records subject to the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, have been published in the
The proposed system report, as required by U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, was submitted on December 7, 2016, to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, the Senate Committee on Governmental Affairs, and the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to paragraph 4 of Appendix I to OMB Circular No. A-130, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals,” revised November 28, 2000 (December 12, 2000 65 FR 77677).
USUHS Grievance Records (July 11, 2014, 79 FR 40076)
Delete entry and replace with “Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences Grievance Records (July 11, 2014, 79 FR 40076).”
Delete entry and replace with “Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences (USUHS), Civilian Human Resources Directorate (CHR), 4301 Jones Bridge Road, Bethesda, MD 20814-4712.”
Delete entry and replace with “USUHS employees who have submitted grievances.”
Delete entry and replace with “To track, analyze and mitigate grievances filed by USUHS employees. Utilizing this information allows USUHS civilian personnel employer relations officers to track grievances, to analyze findings from an investigation, and to research the success and/or failure of mitigation efforts.”
Delete entry and replace with “In addition to those disclosures generally permitted under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b) of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, the records contained herein may specifically be disclosed outside the DoD as a routine use pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(3).
If a system of records maintained by a DoD Component to carry out its functions indicates a violation or potential violation of law, whether civil, criminal, or regulatory in nature, and whether arising by general statute or by regulation, rule, or order issued pursuant thereto, the relevant records in the system of records may be referred, as a routine use, to the agency concerned, whether federal, state, local, or foreign, charged with the responsibility of investigating or prosecuting such violation or charged with enforcing or implementing the statute, rule, regulation, or order issued pursuant thereto.
A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to a federal, state, or local agency maintaining civil, criminal, or other relevant enforcement information or other pertinent information, such as current licenses, if necessary to obtain information relevant to a DoD Component decision concerning the hiring or retention of an employee, the issuance of a security clearance, the letting of a contract, or the issuance of a license, grant, or other benefit.
A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed to a federal agency, in response to its request, in connection with the hiring or retention of an employee, the issuance of a security clearance, the reporting of an investigation of an employee, the letting of a contract, or the issuance of a license, grant, or other benefit by the requesting agency, to the extent that the information is relevant and necessary to the requesting agency's decision on the matter.
Disclosure from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be made to a congressional office from the record of an individual in response to an inquiry from the congressional office made at the request of that individual.
A record from a system of records subject to the Privacy Act and maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed to the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) concerning information on pay and leave, benefits, retirement deduction, and any other information necessary for the OPM to carry out its legally authorized government-wide personnel management functions and studies.
A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to any component of the Department of Justice
A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to the National Archives and Records Administration for the purpose of records management inspections conducted under authority of 44 U.S.C. 2904 and 2906.
A record from a system of records maintained by a DoD Component may be disclosed as a routine use to the Merit Systems Protection Board, including the Office of the Special Counsel for the purpose of litigation, including administrative proceedings, appeals, special studies of the civil service and other merit systems, review of OPM or component rules and regulations, investigation of alleged or possible prohibited personnel practices; including administrative proceedings involving any individual subject of a DoD investigation, and such other functions, promulgated in 5 U.S.C. 1205 and 1206, or as may be authorized by law.
A record from a system of records maintained by a Component may be disclosed to appropriate agencies, entities, and persons when (1) The Component suspects or has confirmed that the security or confidentiality of the information in the system of records has been compromised; (2) the Component has determined that as a result of the suspected or confirmed compromise there is a risk of harm to economic or property interests, identity theft or fraud, or harm to the security or integrity of this system or other systems or programs (whether maintained by the Component or another agency or entity) that rely upon the compromised information; and (3) the disclosure made to such agencies, entities, and persons is reasonably necessary to assist in connection with the Components efforts to respond to the suspected or confirmed compromise and prevent, minimize, or remedy such harm.”
Delete entry and replace with “Records are maintained in locked file cabinets, with access restricted to authorized USUHS employees who have a demonstrated need-to-know.”
Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking to determine whether information about themselves is contained in this system should address written inquiries to the Chief, Workforce Relations Division, Civilian Human Resources Directorate, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, 4301 Jones Bridge Road, Bethesda, MD 20814-4712.
Signed, written requests should contain the full name, address and the signature of the subject individual, along with the name and number of this system of records notice.
In addition, the requester must provide a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration made in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, in the following format:
If executed outside the United States: `I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States of America that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature).'
If executed within the United States, its territories, possessions, or commonwealths: `I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature).' ”
Delete entry and replace with “Individuals seeking access to information about themselves contained in this system should address written inquiries to the Office of the Secretary of Defense/Joint Staff, Freedom of Information Act Requester Service Center, Office of Freedom of Information, 1155 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-1155.
Signed, written requests should contain the full name, address and the signature of the subject individual, along with the name and number of this system of records notice.
In addition, the requester must provide a notarized statement or an unsworn declaration made in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, in the following format:
If executed outside the United States: `I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury under the laws of the United States of America that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature).'
If executed within the United States, its territories, possessions, or commonwealths: `I declare (or certify, verify, or state) under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on (date). (Signature).' ”
Delete entry and replace with “The Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) rules for accessing records, contesting contents and appealing initial agency determinations are contained in OSD Administrative Instruction 81; 32 CFR part 311; or may be obtained from the system manager.”
Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, DoD.
Notice of intent.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Mobile District (USACE) has received an application (File Number SAM-2014-00653-MBM) for a Department of Army Permit from the Pat Harrison Waterway District and George County Board of Supervisors to construct two water supply lakes: A 1,715-acre upper lake on Little Cedar Creek and a 1,153-acre lower lake on Big Cedar Creek, in George and Jackson Counties, Mississippi. The applicant believes that the proposed water supply lakes are needed to supply water to the Pascagoula River during future extreme droughts resulting from the effects of climate change and to maintain flow regimes necessary to meet critical environmental, ecological, and economic needs. The applicant estimates that the proposed project would impact approximately 1,201.7 acres of wetlands, 41.6 miles of stream channels, and 24.8 acres of open water. Based on the potential impacts, both individually and cumulatively, the USACE intends to prepare an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act to render a final decision on the permit application. The purpose of this Notice of Intent is to inform the public, agencies, and organizations of the time and location of the public scoping meeting and invite public participation in the
The scoping period will commence with the publication of this notice. This scoping period for providing comments on relevant issues and factors that should be considered for study in the EIS will end on February 6, 2017.
You may submit written comments by mail to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, ATTN: Regulatory Division, Post Office Box 2288, Mobile, AL 36628. You may submit written comments by email to
Mr. Michael B. Moxey, Special Projects Manager, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, at (251) 694-3771.
The USACE Mobile District intends to prepare an EIS on the proposed Pascagoula River Drought Resiliency Project. The Pat Harrison Waterway District and the George County Board of Supervisors propose this project and are co-applicants for the Department of the Army Permit (Application Number SAM-2014-00653-MBM). The primary Federal involvement associated with the proposed action is the discharge of dredge or fill material into waters of the United States, including jurisdictional wetlands and streams pursuant to Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. 1344).
1.
2.
(a) Proposed water storage and availability;
(b) Stream hydrologic and hydraulic regimes;
(c) Secondary and cumulative Impacts;
(d) Alternatives to the proposed action;
(e) Threatened and Endangered Species;
(f) Fish, wildlife, and critical habitats;
(g) Cultural resources/historic properties;
(h) Water quality;
(i) Impacts to wetlands and streams;
(j) Mitigation.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, DOD.
Notice of intent.
The Department of the Army and the San Francisquito Creek Joint Powers Authority (SFCJPA) hereby give notice of intent to prepare an integrated Feasibility Study/Environmental Impact Statement (FS/EIS) for the San Francisquito Creek Flood Risk Management Project in San Mateo and Santa Clara Counties, CA to consider opportunities to reduce fluvial flooding, to reduce the risk to public safety due to flooding consistent with protecting the Nation's environment, in accordance with national environmental statutes, applicable executive orders, and other Federal planning requirements. The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) is the lead agency for this project under NEPA. The SFCJPA is the lead agency for this project under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) and will be preparing a separate Environmental Impact Report (EIR).
Written comments from all interested parties are encouraged and must be received on or before 5:00 p.m. on February 17, 2017.
Written comments and requests for information should be sent to Eric Jolliffe, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, San Francisco District, 1455 Market St., 17th floor, San Francisco, CA 94103,
Mr. Eric Jolliffe, (415) 503-6869.
The San Francisquito Creek watershed encompasses an area of approximately 45 square miles, extending from the ridge of the Santa Cruz Mountains to San Francisco Bay in California. The majority of the watershed lies in the Santa Cruz Mountains and Bay Foothills northwest of Palo Alto; the remaining 7.5 square miles lie on the San Francisquito alluvial fan near San Francisco Bay.
The San Francisquito Creek watershed contains mainstem San Francisquito Creek and the main tributary streams of West Union Creek, Corte Madera Creek, Bear Creek and Los Trancos Creek. Los Trancos Creek and lower San Francisquito Creek form the boundary between San Mateo and Santa Clara counties. The reaches are divided up as follows: Reach 1 extends from San Francisco Bay to the upstream face of Highway 101; Reach 2 extends from Highway 101 to El Camino Real; Reach 3 continues from El Camino Real to Sand Hill Road; and Reach 4 continues from Sand Hill Road to the ridge of the Santa Cruz Mountains. This FS/EIS will investigate flood risk management solutions related to breakout flow in Reach 2 only. The entire watershed will be considered when developing solutions to address flooding in Reach 2.
The non-Federal sponsor for the Feasibility phase of the study is the SFCJPA. The SFCJPA is comprised of the following member agencies: the City of Palo Alto; the City of Menlo Park; the City of East Palo Alto; the Santa Clara Valley Water District; and the San Mateo County Flood Control District.
1. Background. The carrying capacity of San Francisquito Creek is affected by the presence of development, vegetation, sedimentation, land subsidence, levee settlement, erosion, and culverts and bridges in the project area. Erosion has caused the undermining of roads and structures in many places throughout the watershed. Flooding on San Francisquito Creek affects the cities of Menlo Park and East Palo Alto in San Mateo County, and the city of Palo Alto in Santa Clara County.
Flooding from San Francisquito Creek has been a common occurrence. The most recent flood event occurred in December 2012, and the flood of record occurred in February 1998, when the Creek overtopped its banks in several areas, affecting approximately 1,700 residential and commercial structures and causing more than $26.6 million in property damages. After these floods, the SFCJPA was formed to pursue flood control and restoration opportunities in the area.
The current USACE Feasibility Study is a continuation of the authority passed on May 22, 2002 by the Committee on Transportation and Infrastructure of the United States House of Representatives, which is in accordance with Section 4 of the Flood Control Act of 1941. The resolution reads as follows:
2. Proposed Action. The integrated FS/EIS will consider the environmental impact of potential flood risk management projects with the end goal of reducing flood damage in the San Francisquito Creek Watershed.
3. Project Alternatives. The integrated FS/EIS will include four alternatives.
a.
b. Alternative 2 includes replacing bridges and widening channel constriction points to provide additional channel capacity in Reach 2 between Highway 101 and El Camino Real. Under this alternative, bridges and channel constrictions or “bottlenecks”
c. Alternative 3 includes constructing floodwalls along the channel. This Alternative would consider the addition of floodwalls in Reach 2 as a stand-alone measure and in combination with the bridge replacement and channel widening in Alternative 2.
d. Alternative 4 would consider the addition of a bypass culvert as a stand-alone measure and in combination with the bridge replacement and channel widening in Alternative 2. This alternative may include floodwalls, though at a reduced scale compared to Alternative 3. This alternative includes a new bypass inlet located a few hundred feet upstream from University Avenue that would divert high flows to a culvert beneath Woodland Avenue or a street in Palo Alto. A box culvert would follow a roadway in the downstream direction for approximately 1.0 to 1.5 miles to an outlet structure where high flows would be returned to the creek.
4. Environmental Considerations. In all cases, environmental considerations will include riparian habitat, aquatic habitat, sediment budget, fish passage, recreation, public access, aesthetics, cultural resources, and environmental justice as well as other potential environmental issues of concern.
5. Scoping Process. The USACE and SFCJPA are seeking input from interested federal, state, and local agencies, Native American representatives, and other interested private organizations and parties through provision of this notice and holding of a scoping meeting. The purpose of this meeting is to solicit input regarding the environmental issues of concern and the alternatives that should be discussed in the integrated FS/EIS. The public scoping meeting will be held on January 18, 2017 at 6:30 p.m. at the Laurel School Upper Campus, 275 Elliott Drive in Menlo Park, CA.
6. Availability of integrated FS/EIS. The public will have an additional opportunity in the NEPA process to comment on the proposed alternatives after the draft integrated FS/EIS is released to the public in 2017. It is being issued pursuant to section 102(2)(c) of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969 as implemented by the Council on Environmental Quality regulations (40 CFR parts 1500-1508).
Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, DoD.
Notice of Intent.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) intends to prepare a Draft Integrated Feasibility Report and Environmental Impact Statement (DIFR-EIS) to assess the social, economic and environmental effects of widening and deepening the Matagorda Ship Channel (MSC) in Calhoun and Matagorda counties, Texas. The DIFR-EIS will evaluate potential impacts of a range of alternatives, including the No Action alternative, structural and non-structural alternatives which address proposed navigation improvements in the study area. The DIFR-EIS will also present an assessment of impacts associated with the placement of dredged material, including potential new upland, confined placement areas, beneficial use of dredged material sites, and at Ocean Dredged Material Disposal Sites (ODMDS). The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, as the lead Federal agency for designation of an ODMDS under Section 102 of the Marine Protection, Research and Sanctuaries Act of 1972, will utilize this assessment and public comments on the DIFR-EIS to evaluate the potential designation of a new ODMDS. The non-Federal sponsor for the study is the Calhoun Port Authority.
Comments on the scope of the DIFR-EIS will be accepted through February 13, 2017.
Scoping comments may be sent to:
Galveston District Public Affairs Office at 409-766-3004 or
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Office of Management, Department of Education.
Notice of an altered system of records.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Privacy Act), the Department of Education (the Department or ED) publishes this notice of an altered system of records entitled “Student Loan Repayment Benefits Case Files” (18-05-15). The system contains records and related correspondence on employees who are being considered for student loan repayment benefits under the Department's Personnel Manual Instruction 537-1 entitled “Repayment of Federal Student Loans,” as well as individuals who have been approved for and are receiving such benefits. The information maintained in the system of records entitled “Student Loan Repayment Benefits Case Files” consists of one or more of the following: Request letters from selecting officials or supervisors with supporting documentation; employees' (or potential employees') names, home and work addresses, Social Security numbers, student loan account numbers, loan balances, repayment schedules, repayment histories, and repayment status; and the loan holders' names, addresses, and telephone numbers. The information that will be maintained in the altered system of records will be collected through various sources, including directly from the individual to whom the information applies, lending institutions holding student loans for the individual to whom the information applies, officials of the Department, and official Department documents.
Submit your comments on this altered system of records notice on or before January 23, 2017.
The Department filed a report describing the altered system of records covered by this notice with the Chair of the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, the Chair of the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform, and the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget (OMB), on December 15, 2016. This altered system of records will become effective on the later of: (1) The expiration of the 40-day period for OMB review on January 24, 2017 unless OMB waives 10 days of the 40-day review period for compelling reasons shown by the Department; or (2) January 23, 2017, unless the altered system of records notice needs to be changed as a result of public comment or OMB review. The Department will publish any changes resulting from public comment or OMB review.
Submit your comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal or via postal mail, commercial delivery, or hand delivery. We will not accept comments submitted by fax or by email or those submitted after the comment period. To ensure that we do not receive duplicate copies, please submit your comments only once. In addition, please include the Docket ID at the top of your comments.
•
•
Cassandra Cufee-Graves, Director, Office of Human Resources, Learning and Development Division. Telephone: (202) 453-5588.
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), you may call the Federal Relay Service (FRS) at 1-800-877-8339.
The Student Loan Repayment Benefits Case Files (18-05-15) system of records was last published in the
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Student Loan Repayment Benefits Case Files.
None.
Office of Human Resources, Learning and Development Division, Office of Management, U.S. Department of Education (Department), 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202-4573.
This system contains records and related correspondence on employees who are being considered for student loan repayment benefits under the Department's Personnel Manual Instruction 537-1 entitled “Repayment of Federal Student Loans,” as well as individuals who have been approved for and are receiving such benefits.
This system contains correspondence and other documents related to requests made by selecting officials or supervisors to offer student loan repayment benefits to recruit or retain highly qualified employees. This system contains: (1) Request letters from selecting officials or supervisors with supporting documentation; (2) employees' (or potential employees') names, home and work addresses, Social Security numbers, student loan account numbers, loan balances, repayment schedules, repayment histories, and repayment status; and (3) the loan holders' names, addresses, and telephone numbers.
The Floyd D. Spence National Defense Authorization Act of Fiscal Year 2001 (Pub. L. 106-398); 5 U.S.C. 5379, as amended, and implementing regulations at 5 CFR part 537.
These records are maintained to determine eligibility and benefits and to process requests to offer student loan repayment benefits to employees under authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 5379. The Department uses these records to prepare its reports for the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) as is required by 5 CFR 537.110. The Department will also refer information from this system to loan holders for collection activities in the case of any student loan default or delinquency that becomes known to the Department in the course of determining an employee's (or potential employee's) eligibility for student loan repayment benefits because of the Department's mission responsibilities for Federal student loan programs and its role in promoting their responsible use by student borrowers.
The Department may disclose information contained in a record in this system of records under the routine uses listed in this system of records without the consent of the individual if the disclosure is compatible with the purposes for which the record was collected. These disclosures may be made on a case-by-case basis or, if the Department has complied with the computer matching requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, as amended (Privacy Act), under a computer matching agreement.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(a)
(i) The Department, or any component of the Department; or
(ii) Any Department employee in his or her official capacity; or
(iii) Any Department employee in his or her individual capacity if the Department of Justice (DOJ) has agreed or has been requested to provide or arrange for representation for the employee;
(iv) Any Department employee in his or her individual capacity where the Department requests representation for or has agreed to represent the employee; or
(v) The United States where the Department determines that the litigation is likely to affect the Department or any of its components.
(b)
(c)
(d)
(8)
(a)
(b)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
Disclosures pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(12): The Department may disclose to a consumer reporting agency information regarding a claim by the Department that is determined to be valid and overdue as follows: (1) The name, address, taxpayer identification number, and other information necessary to establish the identity of the individual responsible for the claim; (2) the amount, status, and history of the claim; and (3) the program under which the claim arose. The Department may disclose the information specified in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552a(b)(12) and the procedures contained in subsection 31 U.S.C. 3711(e). A consumer reporting agency to which these disclosures may be made is defined at 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(3).
Records are maintained in hard copy in locked file cabinets and electronically on the SharePoint platform, which runs on the Department's network (EDUCATE).
Records are retrievable by the name of the individual or by the organization within the Department where the individual works.
All physical access to the building where this system of records is maintained is controlled and monitored by security personnel who check each individual entering the building for an employee or visitor badge. Hard copy records are stored in locked metal filing cabinets, with access limited to personnel whose duties require access. Electronic records are stored on the SharePoint network, which runs on the Department's network (EDUCATE). The network complies with the security controls and procedures described in the Federal Information Security Management Act (FISMA), National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publications, and Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS). Some specific security controls in place include:
Operating systems and infrastructure devices are hardened in accordance with NIST and Department guidance.
Intrusion Detection Systems are deployed at the Intranet and Internet edges and are actively monitored by the Security Operations Center (SOC).
Vulnerability scans are conducted periodically to ensure supporting systems and all applications are at the highest state of security and are patched accordingly.
This security system limits data access to Department and contract staff on a “need to know” basis, and controls individual users' ability to access and alter records within the system. Personal computers used to access the electronic records are password protected and passwords are changed periodically throughout the year.
Service agreements between the Department and an employee and related supporting documents resulting in approval for program benefits will be retained for a period of three years after the employee satisfies the terms and conditions of the agreement. All other documents will be retained in accordance with the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) General Records Schedules (GRS) 1.
Director, Office of Human Resources, Learning and Development Division, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202-4573.
If you wish to inquire whether a record exists regarding you in this system, you should contact the system manager at the address listed above. You must provide your name, name of organization, and subject matter. Your request must meet the requirements of the Department's Privacy Act regulations at 34 CFR 5b.5, including proof of identity.
If you wish to request access to your records, you should contact the system manager at the address listed above. You must comply with the Department's Privacy Act regulations at 34 CFR 5b.5, including proof of identity.
If you wish to request an amendment to your records, you should contact the system manager at the address listed above. Your request must meet the requirements of the Department's Privacy Act regulations at 34 CFR 5b.7.
Information in this system of records is obtained from the individual to whom the information applies, lending institutions holding student loans for the individual to whom the information applies, officials of the Department, and official Department documents.
None.
U.S. Department of Energy.
Submission for Office of Management and Budget (OMB) review; public comment request.
The Department of Energy (DOE) invites public comment on a revision of a currently approved collection of information that DOE is developing for submission to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The information collection requests a revision and three-year extension of its State Energy Program, OMB Control Number 1910-5126.
The proposed action will continue the collection of information on the status of grantee activities, expenditures, and results, to ensure that program funds are being used appropriately, effectively and expeditiously.
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the revision of the currently approved collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden pertaining to the approved collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (c) ways to further enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information being collected; and (d) ways to further minimize the burden regarding the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Comments regarding this revision to an approved information collection must be received on or before February 21, 2017. If you anticipate difficulty in submitting comments within that period, contact the person listed in
Written comments may be sent to
Requests for additional information or
Additional information and reporting guidance concerning the State Energy Program (SEP) is available for review at the following Web site:
This information collection request contains: (1) OMB No. 1910-5126; (2) Information Collection Request Title: State Energy Program; (3) Type of Review: Revision of a Currently Approved Information Collection; (4) Purpose: To collect information on the status of grantee activities, expenditures, and results, to ensure that program funds are being used appropriately, effectively and expeditiously; (5) Annual Estimated Number of Respondents: 56; (6) Annual Estimated Number of Total Responses: 224; (7) Annual Estimated Number of Burden Hours: 7,600; (8) Annual Estimated Reporting and Recordkeeping Cost Burden: $304,000.
Statutory Authority: Title V, Subtitle E of the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA), Public Law 110-140 as amended (42 U.S.C. 17151
Office of Nonproliferation and Arms Control, Department of Energy.
Proposed subsequent arrangement.
This document is being issued under the authority of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended. The Department is providing notice of a subsequent arrangement under the Agreement for Cooperation Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the Republic of Korea Concerning Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Energy and the Agreement for Cooperation Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the United Arab Emirates Concerning Peaceful Uses of Nuclear Energy.
This subsequent arrangement will take effect no sooner than January 9, 2017.
Mr. Richard Goorevich, Office of Nonproliferation and Arms Control, National Nuclear Security Administration, Department of Energy. Telephone: 202-586-0589 or email:
This subsequent arrangement concerns the retransfer of 9,003,960g of U.S.-origin enriched uranium oxide (UO2), containing 158,122g of the isotope U-235 (less than five percent enrichment) in the form of 302 low-enriched fuel assemblies, from the Korea Electric Power Corporation Nuclear Fuel Co., Ltd. in Daejeon, Republic of Korea, to the Emirates Nuclear Energy Corporation in Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. The fuel assemblies will be used for nuclear power generation at the Barakah Nuclear Power Plant. In accordance with section 131a. of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, it has been determined that this subsequent arrangement concerning the retransfer of nuclear material of United States origin will not be inimical to the common defense and security of the United States of America.
For the Department of Energy.
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of Wildwood Solar I, LLC`s application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is January 4, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric corporate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric securities filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following public utility holding company filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that on December 7, 2016, the City of Riverside, California submitted its tariff filing: City of Riverside, California 2017 Transmission Revenue Balancing Account Adjustment/Existing Transmission Contracts Update to be effective 1/1/2017.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant and all the parties in this proceeding.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
The staff of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) will prepare an environmental assessment (EA) that will discuss the environmental impacts of the East-West Project involving construction and operation of facilities by Florida Gas Transmission Company, LLC (FGT) in Acadia and Calcasieu parishes, Louisiana, and Wharton, Matagorda, Orange, and Jefferson counties, Texas. The Commission will use this EA in its decision-making process to determine whether the project is in the public convenience and necessity.
This notice announces the opening of the scoping process the Commission will use to gather input from the public and interested agencies on the project. You can make a difference by providing us with your specific comments or concerns about the project. Your comments should focus on the potential environmental effects, reasonable alternatives, and measures to avoid or lessen environmental impacts. Your input will help the Commission staff determine what issues they need to evaluate in the EA. To ensure that your comments are timely and properly recorded, please send your comments so that the Commission receives them in Washington, DC on or before January 18, 2017.
If you sent comments on this project to the Commission before the opening of this docket on October 31, 2016, you will need to file those comments in Docket No. CP17-8-000 to ensure they are considered as part of this proceeding.
This notice is being sent to the Commission's current environmental mailing list for this project. State and local government representatives should notify their constituents of this proposed project and encourage them to comment on their areas of concern.
If you are a landowner receiving this notice, a pipeline company representative may contact you about the acquisition of an easement to construct, operate, and maintain the proposed facilities. The company would seek to negotiate a mutually acceptable agreement. However, if the Commission approves the project, that approval conveys with it the right of eminent domain. Therefore, if easement negotiations fail to produce an agreement, the pipeline company could initiate condemnation proceedings where compensation would be determined in accordance with state law.
FGT provided landowners with a fact sheet prepared by the FERC entitled “An Interstate Natural Gas Facility On My Land? What Do I Need To Know?” This fact sheet addresses a number of typically asked questions, including the use of eminent domain and how to participate in the Commission's proceedings. It is also available for viewing on the FERC Web site (
For your convenience, there are three methods you can use to submit your comments to the Commission. The Commission encourages electronic filing of comments and has expert staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or
(1) You can file your comments electronically using the
(2) You can file your comments electronically by using the
(3) You can file a paper copy of your comments by mailing them to the following address. Be sure to reference the project docket number (CP17-8-000) with your submission:
FGT proposes to construct and operate approximately 24.7 miles of new lateral and connection pipeline and four new meter stations and auxiliary and appurtenant facilities in Texas and Louisiana. The East-West Project would
The Project would consist of the following facilities:
• 13.2 miles of 12-inch-diameter delivery lateral pipe in Matagorda and Wharton Counties, Texas;
• 11.0 miles of 16-inch-diameter delivery lateral pipe in Jefferson County, Texas;
• two new M&R stations in Wharton and Jefferson Counties, Texas;
• modifications to station piping and installation of automated valves at Compressor Station 6 in Orange County, Texas;
• 0.5 mile of 16-inch-diameter connection piping and M&R facilities in Acadia Parish, Louisiana; and
• 0.02 mile of 12-inch-diameter connection piping and M&R facilities in Calcasieu Parish, Louisiana.
The general location of the project facilities is shown in appendix 1.
Construction of the proposed facilities would disturb about 317 acres of land for the pipelines and aboveground facilities. Following construction, FGT would maintain about 155 acres for permanent operation of the project's facilities; the remaining acreage would be restored and revert to former uses.
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requires the Commission to take into account the environmental impacts that could result from an action whenever it considers the issuance of a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity. NEPA also requires us
In the EA we will discuss impacts that could occur as a result of the construction and operation of the proposed project under these general headings:
• Geology and soils;
• land use;
• water resources, fisheries, and wetlands;
• cultural resources;
• vegetation and wildlife;
• air quality and noise;
• endangered and threatened species;
• public safety; and
• cumulative impacts
We will also evaluate reasonable alternatives to the proposed project or portions of the project, and make recommendations on how to lessen or avoid impacts on the various resource areas.
The EA will present our independent analysis of the issues. The EA will be available in the public record through eLibrary. Depending on the comments received during the scoping process, we may also publish and distribute the EA to the public for an allotted comment period. We will consider all comments on the EA before making our recommendations to the Commission. To ensure we have the opportunity to consider and address your comments, please carefully follow the instructions in the Public Participation section, beginning on page 2.
With this notice, we are asking agencies with jurisdiction by law and/or special expertise with respect to the environmental issues of this project to formally cooperate with us in the preparation of the EA.
In accordance with the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation's implementing regulations for section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act, we are using this notice to initiate consultation with the applicable State Historic Preservation Offices (SHPO), and to solicit their views and those of other government agencies, interested Indian tribes, and the public on the project's potential effects on historic properties.
The environmental mailing list includes federal, state, and local government representatives and agencies; elected officials; environmental and public interest groups; Native American Tribes; other interested parties; and local libraries and newspapers. This list also includes all affected landowners (as defined in the Commission's regulations) who are potential right-of-way grantors, whose property may be used temporarily for project purposes, or who own homes within certain distances of aboveground facilities, and anyone who submits comments on the project. We will update the environmental mailing list as the analysis proceeds to ensure that we send the information related to this environmental review to all individuals, organizations, and government entities interested in and/or potentially affected by the proposed project.
If we publish and distribute the EA, copies of the EA will be sent to the environmental mailing list for public review and comment. If you would prefer to receive a paper copy of the document instead of the CD version or would like to remove your name from the mailing list, please return the attached Information Request (appendix 2).
In addition to involvement in the EA scoping process, you may want to become an “intervenor” which is an official party to the Commission's proceeding. Intervenors play a more formal role in the process and are able to file briefs, appear at hearings, and be heard by the courts if they choose to appeal the Commission's final ruling. An intervenor formally participates in the proceeding by filing a request to
Additional information about the project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC Web site at
In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to
Finally, public sessions or site visits will be posted on the Commission's calendar located at
Take notice that on December 13, 2016, the City of Anaheim, California submitted its tariff filing: City of Anaheim, California 2017 Transmission Revenue Balancing Account Adjustment Update to be effective 1/1/2017.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant and all the parties in this proceeding.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
Take notice that on December 8, 2016, the City of Banning, California submitted its tariff filing: City of Banning, California 2017 Transmission Revenue Balancing Account Adjustment/Existing Transmission Contracts Update to be effective 1/1/2017.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the Commission in determining the appropriate action to be taken, but will not serve to make protestants parties to the proceeding. Any person wishing to become a party must file a notice of intervention or motion to intervene, as appropriate. Such notices, motions, or protests must be filed on or before the comment date. Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant and all the parties in this proceeding.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
1. Commission staff hereby protests, pursuant to section 284.123(g)(4)(i) of the Commission's regulations, the Petition for Rate Approval filed by Eagle Ford Midstream, LP (Eagle Ford) on October 11, 2016, in the above referenced docket. Pursuant to the Stipulation and Agreement approved by the Commission in Docket Nos. PR12-
2. Commission staff notes that Eagle Ford has not adequately supported its filing and shown that the proposed rates are fair and equitable. Eagle Ford provided a series of summary schedules but did not provide supporting workpapers or any descriptive justification to support its petition for rate approval. For instance, Eagle Ford has not provided support for the discount adjustment used in calculating the billing determinants. In addition, Eagle Ford has not provided an explanation or support for its proposed cost of service and cost of capital, among other issues.
3. Commission staff's specific concerns include Eagle Ford's development of its discount adjustment in designing rates. Eagle Ford requests a 47.3 percent overall discount adjustment to its billing units. However, Eagle Ford has not provided support for the actual calculations of the adjustments and the rationale for them.
4. In addition, Eagle Ford requested a weighted average cost of capital of 10.34 percent. This figure appears to be based upon a hypothetical capital structure of 40 percent debt and 60 percent equity, a 5.23 percent cost of debt and 13.75 percent cost of equity. However, Eagle Ford has not provided support for either the proposed capital structure or the individual capital cost components.
5. Furthermore, Eagle Ford requested a test year adjustment to operating and maintenance expenses without support for the amount of the adjustment or for the level base year expenses. Eagle Ford did not provide support for the inclusion of administrative and general expenses that were excluded in its prior case, in Docket No. PR12-3-000. Similarly, Eagle Ford did not provide support or explanation of its fivefold increase in plant or the effect of such increase on its cost of service.
6. Finally, Commission staff has concerns regarding certain provisions in Eagle Ford's SOC. For example, it is unclear how Eagle Ford bills Firm Transportation customers and how Eagle Ford allocates capacity for new Firm Transportation customers during periods of constraint.
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of Beacon Solar 1, LLC's application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is January 4, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the appropriate link in the above list. They are also available for electronic review in the Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. There is an eSubscription link on the Web site that enables subscribers to receive email notification when a document is added to a subscribed docket(s). For assistance with any FERC Online service, please email
This is a supplemental notice in the above-referenced proceeding of National Choice Energy LLC`s application for market-based rate authority, with an accompanying rate tariff, noting that such application includes a request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest should file with the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426, in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214). Anyone filing a motion to intervene or protest must serve a copy of that document on the Applicant.
Notice is hereby given that the deadline for filing protests with regard to the applicant's request for blanket authorization, under 18 CFR part 34, of future issuances of securities and assumptions of liability, is January 9, 2017.
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper, using the FERC Online links at
Persons unable to file electronically should submit an original and 5 copies of the intervention or protest to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
The filings in the above-referenced proceeding are accessible in the
On December 7, 2016, the Greybull Valley Irrigation District filed a notice of intent to construct a qualifying conduit hydropower facility, pursuant to section 30 of the Federal Power Act (FPA), as amended by section 4 of the Hydropower Regulatory Efficiency Act of 2013 (HREA). The proposed Greybull Valley Hydroelectric Project would have an installed capacity of 4,500 kilowatts (kW) and would be located at the end of the Roach Gulch Discharge Canal. The project would be located near the Town of Meeteetse in Park County, Wyoming.
A qualifying conduit hydropower facility is one that is determined or deemed to meet all of the criteria shown in the table below.
The deadline for filing motions to intervene is 30 days from the issuance date of this notice.
Anyone may submit comments or a motion to intervene in accordance with the requirements of Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18 CFR 385.210 and 385.214. Any motions to intervene must be received on or before the specified deadline date for the particular proceeding.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file motions to intervene and comments using the Commission's eFiling system at
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of Energy.
Notice of Inquiry.
Following the decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit in
Initial Comments are due February 6, 2017, and Reply Comments are due February 27, 2017.
Comments, identified by docket number, may be filed in the following ways:
• Electronic Filing through
• Mail/Hand Delivery: Those unable to file electronically may mail or hand-deliver comments to: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Secretary of the Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
•
1. The Commission seeks comments regarding how to address any double recovery resulting from the Commission's current income tax allowance and rate of return policies. This Notice of Inquiry (NOI) follows the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (D.C. Circuit) holding in
2. The Commission recognizes the potentially significant and widespread effect of this holding upon the oil pipelines, natural gas pipelines, and electric utilities subject to the Commission's regulation. The importance of the income tax policy for partnership entities extends well-beyond the particular interests of the parties to the
3. This proceeding involves the relationship between the Commission's income tax allowance and ROE policies. Both have evolved in the past two decades to address the emergence of partnership entities in FERC-regulated industries, particularly Master Limited Partnerships (MLPs) that own oil and natural gas pipeline assets.
4. An MLP is a publicly traded partnership.
5. MLPs consist of a general partner, that manages the partnership, and limited partners, that provide capital and receive cash distributions. MLP limited partner units are traded on public exchanges, just like corporate stock shares.
6. Quarterly cash distributions received by a partner are not equivalent to the partner's share of the MLP's taxable income. MLPs are pass-through entities and each partner is personally responsible for paying income taxes on the partnership's net taxable income.
7. In contrast, the partner may receive a quarterly distribution whether or not it is allocated a positive net income tax liability for that period. The quarterly distributions are considered to be a return of capital, which reduces the partner's basis in the MLP units and is only taxed at the time of distribution if the partner's adjusted basis falls to zero.
8. In
9. Under the Commission's cost-of-service ratemaking methodology, the DCF model is used to determine a reasonable ROE that a regulated entity may recover in rates in addition to its costs. The purpose of the DCF methodology is to estimate the return required by investors in order to invest in the pipeline or utility whose rates are at issue.
10. The DCF model was originally developed as a method for investors to estimate the value of securities, including common stocks. It is based on the premise that “a stock's price is equal to the present value of the infinite stream of expected dividends discounted at a market rate commensurate with the stock's risk.”
11. The Commission compares the returns of proxy group entities on an after-entity-level-tax basis, rather than before-tax basis, because most comparable securities trade on the basis of an entity's after-tax return on its public utility income.
12. The Commission's proxy group criteria is based on the principle that entities included in the proxy group must be of comparable risk to the firm whose ROE is being determined in a particular rate proceeding.
13. In May 2005, the Commission issued an Income Tax Policy Statement
14. In July 2016, in
15. The Court remanded the decisions to the Commission to develop a mechanism “for which the Commission can demonstrate that there is no double recovery” of partnership income tax costs.
16. The Court also directed the Commission to ensure parity between equity owners in partnership and corporate pipelines.
17. The Commission seeks comment regarding methods to allow regulated entities to earn an adequate return consistent with
18. Comments should consider the fundamental concerns presented by
• The DCF methodology estimates the rate of return that an investor requires in order to invest in the regulated entity.
• As a general matter, potential investors evaluate whether to invest in an entity based on the returns they expect to receive after paying any applicable taxes on the investment income,
The investor desires a 6 percent after-tax return and has a 25 percent marginal tax rate. Thus, the security must have an ROE of 8 percent to achieve an after-tax yield of 6 percent. Assume that the distribution or dividend is $8. The investor will price the security at $100. Conversely, if the security price is $100 and the yield is $8, the Commission determines that the required return is 8 percent. If the dollar distribution increases to $10, the investor will price the security at $125 because $10 is 8 percent of $125. The Commission would note that the security price is $125 and that the yield is $10, or a return of 8 percent. If the distribution is $6, the security price will drop to $75, a return of 8 percent. The Commission would observe a $75 dollar security price, a $6 yield, and a return of 8 percent. In all cases the ROE is 8 percent and the after-tax return is 6 percent based on the market-established return.
Although the concept may be more complex for an MLP, this proposition is also evidenced in the fact that the yields on bonds that pay taxable interest income are higher than the yields on bonds of state and local governments that pay tax-exempt income. Joint Initial Brief of Shipper Petitioners, at 20, Case No. 11-1479 (D.C. Cir., filed Feb. 5, 2016).
• Because the return estimated by the DCF methodology includes the cash flow necessary to cover investors' income tax liabilities and earn a sufficient after-tax return, the Commission's policy of allowing partnership entities to recover a separate income tax allowance may result in a double recovery.
• While allowing a partnership entity to recover the partner-investors' tax costs is reasonable,
• Changes in the share price do not resolve the double recovery issue. MLP investors will demand the same percentage return on the share price whether or not a pipeline receives an income tax allowance. If an MLP obtains a new revenue source that increases its distributions to investors (such as an income tax allowance that increases its rates), the share price will rise until, once again, the investor receives the cash flow necessary to cover investors' income tax liabilities and earn a sufficient after-tax return.
• As opposed to an MLP pipeline, the double recovery issue does not arise for a corporation's income tax allowance. The corporation pays its corporate income taxes itself. Accordingly, although a return to investors must cover investor-level taxes and sufficient remaining income to earn their required after-tax return, the corporate income tax is not an investor level tax.
19. In light of the above, the Commission invites comments regarding any proposed methods to adjust the income tax allowance policy or current ROE policies to resolve any double recovery of investor-level tax costs for partnerships or similar pass-through entities. Comments should provide a detailed explanation of any proposal, including evidentiary support and how any adjustment to the Commission's tax allowance and/or ROE policies should be specifically implemented. Comments should explain how the proposed approach would (a) resolve any double recovery of investor-level income tax costs for partnership entities, and (b) allow regulated entities to earn a sufficient return consistent with the capital attraction standard in
20. Comments should also address the practical application of their proposals. For example, to the extent a commenter advocates eliminating the income tax allowance for partnerships and relying on the ROE awarded the pipeline for the recovery of investor-level tax costs, its comments should address whether any changes to the Commission's ROE policies are necessary to ensure that the ROE reflects appropriate tax costs for the particular entity whose rates are at issue.
21. The Commission invites interested persons to submit written comments on the issue identified in this Notice of Inquiry as discussed above. Comments are due February 6, 2017 and reply comments are due February 27, 2017. Comments must refer to Docket No. PL17-1-000, and must include the commenter's name, the organization it represents, if applicable, and its address. To facilitate the Commission's review of the comments, commenters are requested to provide an executive summary of their position. Additional issues the commenters wish to raise should be identified separately. The commenters should double space their comments.
22. The Commission encourages comments to be filed electronically via the eFiling link on the Commission's Web site at
23. Commenters that are not able to file comments electronically must send an original of their comments to: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Secretary of the Commission, 888 First Street NE., Washington, DC 20426.
24. All comments will be placed in the Commission's public files and may be viewed, printed, or downloaded remotely as described in the Document Availability section below. Commenters on this proposal are not required to serve copies of their comments on other commenters.
25. The Commission provides all interested persons an opportunity to view and/or print the contents of this document via the Internet through the Commission's Home Page (
26. From the Commission's Home Page on the Internet, this information is available in the Commission's document management system, eLibrary. The full text of this document is available on eLibrary in PDF and Microsoft Word
27. User assistance is available for eLibrary and the Commission's Web site during normal business hours. For assistance, please contact the Commission's Online Support at 1-866-208-3676 (toll free) or 202-502-6652 (email at
By direction of the Commission.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Small Communities Advisory Subcommittee (SCAS) will meet via teleconference on Friday, January 13, 2017, at 11:30 a.m.-12:30 p.m. (ET). The Subcommittee will discuss the LGAC Biannual Report, and other environmental and public health issues affecting small communities. This is an open meeting and all interested persons are invited to participate. The Subcommittee will hear comments from the public between 11:40 a.m.-11:55 a.m. on January 13, 2017. Individuals or organizations wishing to address the Subcommittee will be allowed a maximum of five minutes to present their point of view. Also, written comments should be submitted electronically to
The Local Government Advisory Committee (LGAC) will meet via teleconference on Friday, January 13, 2017, 12:30 p.m.-1:30 p.m. (ET). The Committee will discuss recommendations of the subcommittee and LGAC workgroups including a draft LGAC Biannual Report; and environmental and public health issues. This is an open meeting and all interested persons are invited to participate. The Committee will hear comments from the public between 12:45 p.m.-1:00 p.m. (ET) on Friday, January 13, 2017. Individuals or organizations wishing to address the Committee will be allowed a maximum of five minutes to present their point of view. Also, written comments should be submitted electronically to
EPA's Local Government Advisory Committee meetings will be held via teleconference. Meeting summaries will be available after the meeting online at
Local Government Advisory Committee (LGAC) contact Frances Eargle at (202) 564-3115 or email at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice of availability.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is announcing the availability of Draft Field-Based Methods for Developing Aquatic Life Criteria for Specific Conductivity for public comment. Elevated ionic concentration measured as specific conductivity has been shown to negatively impact aquatic life in a range of freshwater resources. Once finalized, states and authorized tribes located in any region of the country may use the methods to develop field-based conductivity criteria for flowing waters. This document does not impose binding water quality criteria on any state, but instead provides methods to assist states and tribes that seek to develop such criteria for adoption into their water quality standards. The draft document provides a scientific assessment of ecological effects and is not a regulation. Following closure of this 60-day public comment period, EPA will consider the comments, revise the document, as appropriate, and then publish a final document that will provide methods for states and authorized tribes that they may use to develop water quality standards.
Comments must be received on or before February 21, 2017.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OW-2016-0353, to the
Colleen Flaherty, Health and Ecological Criteria Division (Mail Code 4304T), Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington,
EPA has developed a set of draft methods that states and authorized tribes may use to derive field-based ecoregional ambient aquatic life criteria for ionic mixtures measured as specific conductivity, a measurement of ionic concentration, in flowing waters. Elevated ionic concentration measured as specific conductivity has been shown to impact aquatic life in a range of freshwater resources. Different mixtures of ions that increase specific conductivity are associated with natural and anthropogenic sources.
EPA's draft methods provide flexible approaches for developing science-based conductivity criteria for flowing waters that reflect ecoregional- or state-specific factors. Once final, states and authorized tribes located in any region of the country may use the methods to develop field-based conductivity criteria for flowing waters. The document does not impose binding water quality criteria on any state, but instead provides methods to assist states and tribes that seek to develop such criteria for adoption into their water quality standards. The draft document provides a scientific assessment of ecological effects and is not a regulation.
EPA's draft methods are based on effects observed in streams with different levels of specific conductivity and take into account natural variation in background specific conductivity and the aquatic species adapted to it. The draft document describes how to derive protective field-based aquatic life criteria for specific conductivity, including how to estimate a criterion continuous concentration for chronic exposures, how to estimate a maximum exposure concentration protective of acute toxicity, how to assess geographic applicability and potential confounding factors, and how to determine duration and frequency parameters.
EPA is also providing four case studies to illustrate how states and tribes may use the draft field-based methods to develop criteria in ecoregions with different background ionic concentrations measured as specific conductivity and demonstrate how to assess the applicability of criteria developed for one ecoregion to a different ecoregion. The case studies use field data to demonstrate how to apply the methods to derive example criteria for specific conductivity for flowing waters dominated by sulfate and bicarbonate salts but not for flowing waters dominated by chloride salts.
EPA typically relies on laboratory toxicity test data for surrogate species as defined in the Agency's
This document underwent an internal EPA review and two independent contractor-led external peer reviews.
EPA is soliciting additional scientific views, data, and information regarding the science and technical approach used in the derivation of the draft field-based methods. EPA is also soliciting suggestions from the public for additional ecoregional case studies for future consideration.
Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at:
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice.
This document commences a hearing to determine whether the applications (FCC File Nos. BRH-20050728AUU and BRH-20130730ANM) (Applications) of Entercom License, LLC (Entercom), for renewal of FM Station KDND, Sacramento, California (Station) should be granted. The hearing will include issues regarding whether Entercom operated the Station in the public interest during the relevant license term, in light of record evidence that Entercom formulated, promoted, conducted, and aired over the Station an inherently dangerous contest in which one listener-contestant died of water intoxication and others suffered serious physical distress.
Persons desiring to participate as parties in the hearing shall file a petition for leave to intervene not later than January 23, 2017.
Please file documents with the Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554. Each document that is filed in this proceeding must display on the front page the document number of this hearing, “MB Docket No. 16-357.”
Pamela Kane, Special Counsel, Enforcement Bureau, (202) 418-2393.
This is a summary of the Commission's Hearing Designation Order (Order), FCC 16-153, adopted October 26, 2016, and released October 27, 2016. The full text of the Order is available for inspection and copying during regular business hours in the FCC Reference Center, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257, Portals II, Washington, DC 20554, and may also be purchased from the Commission's copy contractor, Portals II, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-B402, Washington, DC 20554. This document is available in alternative formats (computer diskette, large print, audio record, and Braille). Persons with disabilities who need documents in these formats may contact the FCC by email:
1. This Order commences a hearing proceeding before an Administrative Law Judge to determine whether the Applications of Entercom for renewal of FM Station KDND, Sacramento, California, should be granted. During the relevant license term, on January 12, 2007, Entercom conducted and aired a contest (Contest) that resulted in the death of one of its listener-contestants, Jennifer Lea Strange (Ms. Strange), and endangered others. At a civil trial (Trial), Entercom was found liable for the wrongful death of Ms. Strange.
2. Section 309(k) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 309(k), requires the Commission to determine whether the “public interest, convenience, and necessity” will be served by the granting of each renewal application. If the Commission, upon examination of such application and upon consideration of such other matters as the Commission may officially notice, shall find that public interest, convenience and convenience would be served by the granting thereof, it shall grant the application. If a substantial and material question of fact is presented or the Commission for any reason is unable to make the finding that the station has,
3. In this case, significant and material questions exist as to whether Entercom: (i) Designed and conducted a contest that was inherently dangerous; (ii) increased the danger to the contestants by changing the announced Contest terms; (iii) was aware of the potential dangers of the Contest and water intoxication; (iv) failed to protect the contestants from the potential dangers of the Contest; (v) failed to warn the contestants of the Contest's potential dangers; (vi) prioritized entertainment value over the welfare of the contestants; and (vii) failed to conduct adequate training and exercise appropriate supervision of Station KDND employees and the Contest to ensure the safety of the contestants. Because the Commission is unable to make a determination on the record currently before it that grant of the Applications would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity, it designates the Applications for hearing.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
Federal Communications Commission.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, the Federal Communication Commission (FCC or Commission) invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on the following information collections. Comments are requested concerning: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the Commission's burden estimate; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and ways to further reduce the information collection burden on small business concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
The FCC may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. No person shall be subject to any penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information subject to the PRA that does not display a valid OMB control number.
Written comments should be submitted on or before January 23, 2017. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, you should advise the contacts below as soon as possible.
Direct all PRA comments to Kimberly R. Keravuori, OMB, via email
For additional information or copies of the information collection, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918. To view a copy of this information collection request (ICR) submitted to OMB: (1) Go to the Web page
The purpose of this information collection is to continually streamline and simplify processes for wireless applicants and licensees, who previously used a myriad of forms for various wireless services and types of requests, in order to provide the Commission information that has been collected in separate databases, each for a different group of services. Such processes have resulted in unreliable reporting, duplicate filings for the same licensees/applicants, and higher cost burdens to licensees/applicants. By streamlining the Universal Licensing System (ULS), the Commission eliminates the filing of duplicative applications for wireless carriers; increases the accuracy and reliability of licensing information; and enables all wireless applicants and licensees to file all licensing-related applications and other filings electronically, thus increasing the speed and efficiency of the application process. The ULS also benefits wireless applicants/licensees by reducing the cost of preparing applications, and speeds up the licensing process in that the Commission can introduce new entrants more quickly into this already competitive industry. Finally, ULS enhances the availability of licensing information to the public, which has access to all publicly available wireless licensing information on-line, including maps depicting a licensee's geographic service area.
The third party disclosure coordination and information exchange requirements are necessary to ensure that licensees do not cause interference to each other.
In AM radio, the tower itself functions as the antenna. Consequently, a nearby tower may become an unintended part of the AM antenna system, reradiating the AM signal and distorting the authorized AM radiation pattern. Our old rules contained several sections concerning tower construction near AM antennas that were intended to protect AM stations from the effects of such tower construction, specifically, Sections 73.1692, 22.371, and 27.63. These old rule sections imposed differing requirements on the broadcast and wireless entities, although the issue is the same regardless of the types of antennas mounted on a tower. Other rule parts, such as Part 90 and Part 24, entirely lacked provisions for protecting AM stations from possible effects of nearby tower construction. In the Third Report and Order the Commission adopted a uniform set of rules applicable to all services, thus establishing a single protection scheme regarding tower construction near AM tower arrays. The Third Report and Order also designates “moment method” computer modeling as the principal means of determining whether a nearby tower affects an AM radiation pattern. This serves to replace time-consuming direct measurement procedures with a more efficient computer modeling methodology that is reflective of current industry practice.
Information Collection Requirements Contained in this Collection Are as Follows:
47 CFR 1.30002(a) requires a proponent of construction or modification of a tower within a specified distance of a nondirectional AM station, and also exceeding a specified height, to notify the AM station at least 30 days in advance of the commencement of construction. If the tower construction or modification would distort the AM pattern, the
47 CFR 1.30002(b) requires a proponent of construction or modification of a tower within a specified distance of a directional AM station, and also exceeding a specified height, to notify the AM station at least 30 days in advance of the commencement of construction. If the tower construction or modification would distort the AM pattern, the proponent shall be responsible for the installation and maintenance of detuning equipment.
47 CFR 1.30002(c) states that proponents of tower construction or alteration near an AM station shall use moment method modeling, described in § 73.151(c), to determine the effect of the construction or alteration on an AM radiation pattern.
47 CFR 1.30002(f) states that, with respect to an AM station that was authorized pursuant to a directional proof of performance based on field strength measurements, the proponent of the tower construction or modification may, in lieu of the study described in § 1.30002 (c), demonstrate through measurements taken before and after construction that field strength values at the monitoring points do not exceed the licensed values. In the event that the pre-construction monitoring point values exceed the licensed values, the proponent may demonstrate that post-construction monitoring point values do not exceed the pre-construction values. Alternatively, the AM station may file for authority to increase the relevant monitoring point value after performing a partial proof of performance in accordance with § 73.154 to establish that the licensed radiation limit on the applicable radial is not exceeded.
47 CFR 1.30002(g) states that tower construction or modification that falls outside the criteria described in paragraphs § 1.30002(a) and (b) is presumed to have no significant effect on an AM station. In some instances, however, an AM station may be affected by tower construction notwithstanding the criteria set forth in paragraphs § 1.30002(a) and (b). In such cases, an AM station may submit a showing that its operation has been affected by tower construction or alteration. Such showing shall consist of either a moment method analysis or field strength measurements. The showing shall be provided to (i) the tower proponent if the showing relates to a tower that has not yet been constructed or modified and otherwise to the current tower owner, and (ii) to the Commission, within two years after the date of completion of the tower construction or modification. If necessary, the Commission shall direct the tower proponent to install and maintain any detuning apparatus necessary to restore proper operation of the AM antenna.
47 CFR 1.30002(h) states that an AM station may submit a showing that its operation has been affected by tower construction or modification commenced or completed prior to or on the effective date of the rules adopted in this Part pursuant to MM Docket No. 93-177. Such a showing shall consist of either a moment method analysis or of field strength measurements. The showing shall be provided to the current owner and the Commission within one year of the effective date of the rules adopted in this Part. If necessary, the Commission shall direct the tower owner, if the tower owner holds a Commission authorization, to install and maintain any detuning apparatus necessary to restore proper operation of the AM antenna.
47 CFR 1.30002(i) states that a Commission applicant may not propose, and a Commission licensee or permittee may not locate, an antenna on any tower or support structure, whether constructed before or after the effective date of these rules, that is causing a disturbance to the radiation pattern of the AM station, as defined in paragraphs § 1.30002(a) and (b), unless the applicant, licensee, or tower owner completes the new study and notification process and takes appropriate ameliorative action to correct any disturbance, such as detuning the tower, either prior to construction or at any other time prior to the proposal or antenna location.
47 CFR 1.30003(a) states that when antennas are installed on a nondirectional AM tower the AM station shall determine operating power by the indirect method (see § 73.51). Upon the completion of the installation, antenna impedance measurements on the AM antenna shall be made. If the resistance of the AM antenna changes, an application on FCC Form 302-AM (including a tower sketch of the installation) shall be filed with the Commission for the AM station to return to direct power measurement. The Form 302-AM shall be filed before or simultaneously with any license application associated with the installation.
47 CFR 1.30003(b) requires that, before antennas are installed on a tower in a directional AM array, the proponent shall notify the AM station so that, if necessary, the AM station may determine operating power by the indirect method (see § 73.51) and request special temporary authority pursuant to § 73.1635 to operate with parameters at variance. For AM stations licensed via field strength measurements (see § 73.151(a)), a partial proof of performance (as defined by § 73.154) shall be conducted both before and after construction to establish that the AM array will not be and has not been adversely affected. For AM stations licensed via a moment method proof (see § 73.151(c)), the proof procedures set forth in § 73.151(c) shall be repeated. The results of either the partial proof of performance or the moment method proof shall be filed with the Commission on Form 302-AM before or simultaneously with any license application associated with the installation.
47 CFR 1.30004(a) requires proponents of proposed tower construction or modification to an existing tower near an AM station that are subject to the notification requirement in §§ 1.30002-1.30003 to provide notice of the proposed tower construction or modification to the AM station at least 30 days prior to commencement of the planned tower construction or modification. Notification to an AM station and any responses may be oral or written. If such notification and/or response is oral, the party providing such notification or response must supply written documentation of the communication and written documentation of the date of communication upon request of the other party to the communication or the Commission. Notification must include the relevant technical details of the proposed tower construction or modification, and, at a minimum, also include the following: proponent's name and address; coordinates of the tower to be constructed or modified; physical description of the planned structure; and results of the analysis showing the predicted effect on the AM pattern, if performed.
47 CFR 1.30004(b) requires that a response to a notification indicating a potential disturbance of the AM radiation pattern must specify the technical details and must be provided to the proponent within 30 days.
47 CFR 1.30004(d) states that if an expedited notification period (less than 30 days) is requested by the proponent, the notification shall be identified as “expedited,” and the requested response date shall be clearly indicated.
47 CFR 1.30004(e) states that in the event of an emergency situation, if the proponent erects a temporary new tower or makes a temporary significant
47 CFR 73.875(c) requires an LPFM applicant to submit an exhibit demonstrating compliance with § 1.30003 or § 1.30002, as applicable, with any modification of license application filed solely pursuant to paragraphs (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section, where the installation is on or near an AM tower, as defined in § 1.30002.
47 CFR 73.1675(c)(1) states that where an FM, TV, or Class A TV licensee or permittee proposes to mount an auxiliary facility on an AM tower, it must also demonstrate compliance with § 1.30003 in the license application.
47 CFR 73.1690(c) requires FM, TV, or Class A TV station applicants to submit an exhibit demonstrating compliance with § 1.30003 or § 1.30002, as applicable, with a modification of license application, except for applications solely filed pursuant to paragraphs (c)(6) or (c)(9) of this section, where the installation is located on or near an AM tower, as defined in § 1.30002.
The information collections contained in these rule sections require manufacturers of certain emergency radio beacons to include supplemental information with their equipment certification application which are due to the I formation collection requirements which were adopted by the Federal Communications Commission in FCC 16-119 on August 30, 2016. Manufacturers of Automatic Identification System Search and Rescue Transmitters (AIS-SARTS), 406 MHz Emergency Position Indicating RadioBeacons (EPRIBs) and Maritime Survivor Locating Device (MSLD) must provide a copy of letter from the U.S. Coast Guard stating their devices satisfies technical requirements specified in the IEC 61097-17 technical standard for AIS-SARTs, or Radio Technical Commission for Maritime Services (RTCM) Standard 11000 for 406 MHz EPIRBs, or that RTCM Standard 11901 for MSLDs. They must also provide a copy or the technical test data, and the instruction manual(s). For 406 MHz PLBs manufacturers must include documentation from COSPAS/SARSAT recognized test facility that the PLB satisfies the technical requirements specified in COSPAS-SARSAT Standard C/S T.001 and COSPAS-SARSAT Standard C/S T.007 standards and documentation from an independent test facility stating that the PLB complies RTCM Standard 11010.2. The information is used by Telecommunications Certification Bodies (TCBs) to determine if the devices meets the necessary international technical standards and insure compliance with applicable rules. If this information were not available, operation of marine safety equipment could be hindered threatening the ability of rescue personnel to locate vessels in distress.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than January 19, 2017.
A. Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis (David L. Hubbard, Senior Manager) P.O. Box 442, St. Louis, Missouri 63166-2034. Comments can also be sent electronically to
1.
2.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS.
Notice.
This notice announces the renewal of the Advisory Panel (the Panel) on Hospital Outpatient Payment (HOP) panel charter. The charter was approved on November 21, 2016 for a 2-year period effective through November 21, 2018. This notice also solicits nominations for up to two new members to the HOP Panel. There will be two vacancies on the Panel for 4-year terms that begin during Calendar Year (CY) 2017.
The purpose of the Panel is to advise the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) (the Secretary) and the Administrator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) (the Administrator) on the clinical integrity of the Ambulatory Payment Classification (APC) groups and their associated weights, and supervision of hospital outpatient therapeutic services.
Please submit nominations electronically to the following email address:
Persons wishing to nominate individuals to serve on the Panel or to obtain further information may submit an email to the following email address:
The Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) (the Secretary) is required by section 1833(t)(9)(A) of the Social Security Act (the Act), and allowed by section 222 of the Public Health Service Act (PHS Act) to consult with an expert outside panel, that is, the Advisory Panel on Hospital Outpatient Payment (the Panel) regarding the clinical integrity of the Ambulatory Payment Classification (APC) groups and relative payment weights that are components of the Medicare Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System (OPPS), and the appropriate supervision level for hospital outpatient therapeutic services. The Panel is governed by the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) (Pub. L. 92-463), as amended (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), which sets forth standards for the formation and use of advisory panels. The Panel may consider data collected or developed by entities and organizations (other than the DHHS) as part of their deliberations.
The Panel Charter provides that the Panel shall meet up to 3 times annually. As announced in the notice, published in the
The Panel was originally chartered on November 21, 2000 and the Panel requires a recharter every 2 years. In the April 24, 2015
This notice announces the renewal of the HOP Panel charter, which was approved on November 21, 2016 for a 2-year period effective through November 21, 2018. The charter will terminate on November 21, 2018, unless renewed by appropriate action. CMS intends to recharter the Panel for another 2-year period prior to the expiration of the current charter.
Pursuant to the renewed charter, the Panel will advise the Secretary and CMS concerning optimal strategies for the following:
• Addressing whether procedures within an APC group are similar both clinically and in terms of resource use.
• Reconfiguring APCs (for example, splitting of APCs, moving Healthcare Common Procedures Coding System (HCPCS) codes from one APC to another, and moving HCPCS codes from new technology APCs to clinical APCs).
• Evaluating APC group weights.
• Reviewing packaging the cost of items and services, including drugs and devices into procedures and services; including the methodology for packaging and the impact of packaging the cost of those items and services on APC group structure and payment.
• Removing procedures from the inpatient list for payment under the OPPS payment system.
• Using claims and cost report data for CMS' determination of APC group costs.
• Addressing other technical issues concerning APC group structure.
• Evaluating the required level of supervision for hospital outpatient services.
The Panel shall consist of a chair and up to 15 members who are full-time employees of hospitals, hospital systems, or other Medicare providers that are subject to the OPPS. For supervision deliberations, the Panel shall also include members that represent the interests of Critical Access Hospitals (CAHs), who advise CMS only regarding the level of supervision for hospital outpatient therapeutic services. (For purposes of the Panel, consultants or independent contractors are not considered to be full-time employees in these organizations.)
The current Panel members are as follows:
(
Panel members serve on a voluntary basis, without compensation, according to an advance written agreement; however, for the meetings, CMS reimburses travel, meals, lodging, and related expenses in accordance with standard Government travel regulations. CMS has a special interest in ensuring, while taking into account the nominee pool, that the Panel is diverse in all respects of the following: geography; rural or urban practice; race, ethnicity, sex, and disability; medical or technical specialty; and type of hospital, hospital health system, or other Medicare provider subject to the OPPS.
Based upon either self-nominations or nominations submitted by providers or interested organizations, the Secretary, or his or her designee, appoints new members to the Panel from among those candidates determined to have the required expertise. New appointments are made in a manner that ensures a balanced membership under the FACA guidelines. For 2017, we are soliciting for up to two new nominees. Our appointment schedule will assure that we have the full complement of members for each Panel meeting.
The Panel must be balanced in its membership in terms of the points of view represented and the functions to be performed. Each panel member must be employed full-time by a hospital, hospital system, or other Medicare provider subject to payment under the OPPS (except for the CAH members, since CAHs are not paid under the OPPS). All members must have technical expertise to enable them to participate fully in the Panel's work. Such expertise encompasses hospital payment systems; hospital medical care delivery systems; provider billing systems; APC groups; Current Procedural Terminology codes; and alpha-numeric Health Care Common Procedure Coding System codes; and the use of, and payment for, drugs, medical devices, and other services in the outpatient setting, as well as other forms of relevant expertise. For supervision deliberations, the Panel shall have members that represent the interests of CAHs, who advise CMS only regarding the level of supervision for hospital outpatient therapeutic services.
It is not necessary for a nominee to possess expertise in all of the areas listed, but each must have a minimum of 5 years of experience and currently have full-time employment in his or her area of expertise. Generally, members of the Panel serve overlapping terms up to 4 years, based on the needs of the Panel and contingent upon the rechartering of the Panel. A member may serve after the expiration of his or her term until a successor has been sworn in.
Any interested person or organization may nominate one or more qualified individuals. Self-nominations will also be accepted. Each nomination must include the following:
• Letter of Nomination stating the reasons why the nominee should be considered.
• Curriculum vitae or resume of the nominee that includes an email address where the nominee can be contacted.
• Written and signed statement from the nominee that the nominee is willing to serve on the Panel under the conditions described in this notice and further specified in the Charter.
• The hospital or hospital system name and address, or CAH name and address, as well as all Medicare hospital and or Medicare CAH billing numbers of the facility where the nominee is employed.
To obtain a copy of the Panel's Charter, we refer readers to our Web site at
This document does not impose information collection requirements, that is, reporting, recordkeeping or third-party disclosure requirements. Consequently, there is no need for review by the Office of Management and Budget under the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, HHS.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by
When commenting on the proposed information collections, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be received by the OMB desk officer via one of the following transmissions: OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: CMS Desk Officer, Fax Number: (202) 395-5806
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number,
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the
1.
Office of Child Support Enforcement (OCSE), ACF, HHS.
Notice.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 522a), as amended, OCSE is publishing a notice of a computer matching program between OCSE and state agencies administering the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP).
On December 13, 2016, HHS sent a report of the Computer Matching Program to the Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs of the Senate, the Committee on Oversight and Government Reform of the House of Representatives, and the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), as required by 5 U.S.C. 552a(r) of the Privacy Act. HHS invites interested parties to review and submit written data, comments, or arguments to the agency about the matching program until January 23, 2017.
Interested parties may submit written comments on this notice to Linda Boyer, Director, Division of Federal Systems, Office of Child Support Enforcement, Administration for Children and Families, Mary E. Switzer Building, 330 C Street SW., 5th Floor, Washington, DC 20201. Comments received will be available for public inspection at this address from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. ET, Monday through Friday.
Linda Boyer, Director, Division of Federal Systems, Office of Child Support Enforcement, Administration for Children and Families, Mary E. Switzer Building, 330 C Street SW., 5th Floor, Washington, DC 20201, 202-401-5410.
The Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended, provides for certain protections for individuals applying for and receiving federal benefits. The law governs the use of computer matching by federal agencies when records in a system of records are matched with other federal, state, or local government records. The Privacy Act requires agencies involved in computer matching programs to:
1. Negotiate written agreements with the other agency or agencies participating in the matching programs.
2. Provide notification to applicants and beneficiaries that their records are subject to matching.
3. Verify information produced by such matching program before reducing, making a final denial of, suspending, or terminating an individual's benefits or payments.
4. Publish notice of the computer matching program in the
5. Furnish reports about the matching program to Congress and the OMB.
6. Obtain the approval of the matching agreement by the Data Integrity Board of any federal agency participating in a matching program.
This matching program meets these requirements.
The participating agencies are the Office of Child Support Enforcement (OCSE), which is the “source agency,” and state agencies administering the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), which are the “non-federal agencies.”
The purpose of the matching program is to provide new hire, quarterly wage, and unemployment insurance information from OCSE's National Directory of New Hires (NDNH) to state agencies administering SNAP to assist in establishing or verifying the eligibility for assistance, reducing payment errors, and maintaining program integrity, including determining whether duplicate participation exists or if the client
The authority for conducting the matching program is contained in section 453(j)(10) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 653(j)(10)). The Agriculture Act of 2014, Public Law 113-079, amended section 11(e) of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (7 U.S.C. 2020(e)(24)) by adding the requirement
The categories of individuals involved in the matching program are adult members of households that receive or have applied for SNAP benefits. The system of records maintained by OCSE from which records will be disclosed for the purpose of this matching program is the “OCSE National Directory of New Hires” (NDNH), No. 09-80-0381, last published in the
The computer matching agreement will be effective and matching activity may commence the later of the following:
(1) 30 days after this notice is published in the
Office of Refugee Resettlement, ACF, HHS.
Notice of Award of a single-source urgent and compelling grant to BCFS Health and Human Services (BCFS) in San Antonio, TX.
The Administration for Children and Families (ACF), Office of Refugee Resettlement (ORR), announces the award of a single-source urgent and compelling grant for $160,459,524 under the Unaccompanied Children's (UC) Program in response to Unsolicited Proposal UN-2016-01.
The proposal submitted by BCFS EMD was not solicited either formally, or informally, by any Federal Government Official. The proposed turnkey operations are outside of the scope of ACF funding opportunity announcements that have been or are expected to be issued. BCFS EMD has proposed to build temporary semi-permanent infrastructure and capacity to provide for operational requirements to support the housing and daily living activities of up to 5,000 UC, throughout their initial intake, assessment and reunification phase. These additional beds will allow for additional capacity until the end of the fiscal year to accommodate the anticipated level of UC referrals through FY 15 should HHS exceed the shelter capacity currently available.
ORR has been identifying additional capacity to provide shelter for potential increases in apprehensions of Unaccompanied Children at the U.S. Southern Border. Planning for increased shelter capacity is a prudent step to ensure that ORR is able to meet its responsibility, by law, to provide shelter for Unaccompanied Children referred to its care by the Department of Homeland Security (DHS).
BCFS has the infrastructure, licensing, experience and appropriate level of emergency staff to meet the service requirements and the urgent need for expansion of services. BCFS provides residential services to UC in the care and custody of ORR, as well as services to include counseling, case management, and additional support services to the family or to the UC and their sponsor when a UC is released from ORR's care and custody.
Single-source urgent and compelling award funds will support activities from September1, 2016 through December 31, 2016.
Jallyn Sualog, Director, Division of Children's Services, Office of Refugee Resettlement, 330 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20201. Email:
ORR is continuously monitoring its capacity to shelter the unaccompanied children referred to HHS, as well as the information received from interagency partners, to inform any future decisions or actions.
ORR has specific requirements for the provision of services. Award recipients must have the infrastructure, licensing, experience, and appropriate level of trained staff to meet the service requirements and the urgent need for expansion of services. The program's ability to avoid a buildup of children waiting, in Border Patrol stations, for placement in shelters, can only be accommodated through the expansion of the existing program and its services through the award.
(A) Section 462 of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which in March 2003, transferred responsibility for the care and custody of Unaccompanied Alien Children from the Commissioner of the former Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) to the Director of ORR of the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
(B) The Flores Settlement Agreement, Case No. CV85-4544RJK (C. D. Cal.
(1) A localized list of all eligible child care providers, differentiating between licensed and license-exempt providers;
(2) Child care provider-specific information from a quality rating and improvement system or information about other quality indicators, to the extent that such information is publicly available and practicable.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13, 44 U.S.C. Chap 35), the Administration for Children and Families is soliciting public comment on the specific aspects of the information collection described above. Copies of the proposed collection of information can be obtained and comments may be forwarded by writing to the Administration for Children and Families, Office of Planning, Research and Evaluation, 330 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20201. Attn: ACF Reports Clearance Officer. Email address:
The Department specifically requests comments on: (a) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Consideration will be given to comments and suggestions submitted within 60 days of this publication.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or the Agency) is announcing the Web site location where the Agency will post two lists of guidance documents that the Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH or the Center) intends to publish in fiscal year (FY) 2017. In addition, FDA has established a docket where interested persons may comment on the priority of topics for guidance, provide comments and/or propose draft language for those topics, suggest topics for new or different guidance documents, comment on the applicability of guidance documents that have issued previously, and provide any other comments that could benefit the CDRH guidance program and its engagement with stakeholders. This feedback is critical to the CDRH guidance program to ensure that we meet stakeholder needs.
Submit either electronic or written comments by February 21, 2017.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal:
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
• Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions): Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Erica Takai, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration,10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, rm. 5456, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-6353.
During negotiations on the Medical Device User Fee Amendments of 2012 (MDUFA III), Title II, Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act (Pub. L. 112-114), FDA agreed to meet a variety of quantitative and qualitative goals intended to help get safe and effective medical devices to market more quickly. Among these commitments included:
• Annually posting a list of priority medical device guidance documents that the Agency intends to publish within 12 months of the date this list is published each fiscal year (the “A-list”) and
• Annually posting a list of device guidance documents that the Agency intends to publish, as the Agency's guidance-development resources permit each fiscal year (the “B-list”).
FDA welcomes comments on any or all of the guidance documents on the lists as explained in 21 CFR 10.115(f)(5). FDA has established Docket No. FDA-2012-N-1021 where comments on the FY 2017 lists, draft language for guidance documents on those topics, suggestions for new or different guidances, and relative priority of guidance documents may be submitted and shared with the public (see
In addition to posting the lists of prioritized device guidance documents, FDA has committed to updating its Web site in a timely manner to reflect the Agency's review of previously published guidance documents, including the deletion of guidance documents that no longer represent the Agency's interpretation of or policy on a regulatory issue.
Fulfillment of these commitments will be reflected through the issuance of updated guidance on existing topics, removal of guidances that that no longer reflect FDA's current thinking on a particular topic, and annual updates to the A-list and B-list announced in this notice.
CDRH has identified as a priority, and has devoted resources to, finalization of draft guidance documents. To assure the timely completion or re-issuance of draft guidances, in FY 2015 CDRH committed to performance goals for current and future draft guidance documents. For draft guidance documents issued after October 1, 2014, CDRH committed to finalize, withdraw, re-open the comment period, or issue another draft guidance on the topic for 80 percent of the documents within 3 years of the close of the comment period and for the remaining 20 percent, within 5 years. In FY 2016, CDRH finalized 2 and withdrew 5 of 12 draft guidances issued prior to October 1, 2010, and has been continuing to work towards finalizing the remaining draft guidances. Looking forward, in FY 2017, CDRH will strive to finalize, withdraw, or re-open the comment period for 50 percent of existing draft guidances issued prior to October 1, 2011. CDRH expects to renew or modify, as appropriate, these performance goals in FY 2017 and subsequent years.
CDRH has received feedback that stakeholders desire earlier involvement in the guidance process and has taken steps to create a mechanism to address this request. In FY 2016, in anticipation of guidance documents expected to be developed, CDRH sought stakeholder input regarding electromagnetic compatibility of electrically powered medical devices and regarding utilizing animal studies to evaluate the safety of organ preservation devices and solutions. FDA appreciated the feedback received and considered it in the development of these guidances. Demonstrating commitment to incorporating stakeholder input, CDRH has included these guidances topics on the FY 2017 B-List as we progress toward issuance of draft policies reflecting early stakeholder input as appropriate.
We also welcome any additional feedback for improving the guidance program and the quality of CDRH guidance documents.
CDRH has issued over 500 final guidance documents to provide stakeholders with the Agency's thinking on numerous topics. Each guidance reflected the Agency's current position at the time that it was issued. However, the guidance program has issued these guidances over a period of 30 years, raising the question of how current previously issued final guidances remain. CDRH has resolved to address this concern through a staged review of previously issued final guidances in collaboration with stakeholders. At the Web site where CDRH has posted the “A-list” and “B-list” for FY 2017, CDRH has also posted a list of final guidance documents that issued in 2007, 1997, 1987, and 1977.
In FY 2016, CDRH received comments regarding guidances issued in 2006, 1996, and 1986, and has withdrawn 12 guidance documents in response to comments received and because these guidance documents were determined to no longer represent the Agency's current thinking. One guidance on this retrospective review list was revised, and revision of several guidance documents is also being considered as resources permit.
Consistent with Good Guidance Practices regulation at 21 CFR 10.115(f)(4), CDRH would appreciate suggestions that CDRH revise or withdraw an already existing guidance document. We request that the suggestion clearly explain why the guidance document should be revised or withdrawn and, if applicable, how it should be revised. While we are requesting feedback on the list of previously issued final guidances located in the annual agenda Web site, feedback on any guidance is appreciated and will be considered.
This notice announces the Web site location of the document that provides the A and B lists of guidance documents, which CDRH is intending to publish during FY 2017. To access these two lists, visit FDA's Web site at
Stakeholder feedback on guidance priorities is important to ensure that the CDRH guidance program meets the needs of stakeholders. The feedback received on the FY 2016 list was mostly in agreement, and CDRH continued to work toward issuing the guidances on this list. In FY 2016, CDRH issued 20 of 33 guidances on the FY 2016 list (14 from the A-list, 6 from the B-list). In addition, for the guidances that were on the FY 2016 A or B list but could not be published within FY 2016, and for which we received feedback that these guidances were of high priority, CDRH has recommitted to publish these guidances by placing them on the annual agenda for FY 2017, as appropriate.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the Agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), Federal Agencies are required to publish notice in the
Submit either electronic or written comments on the collection of information by February 21, 2017.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal:
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
• Mail/Hand delivery/Courier (for written/paper submissions): Division of Dockets Management (HFA-305), Food and Drug Administration, 5630 Fishers Lane, Rm. 1061, Rockville, MD 20852.
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North 10A63, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852,
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), Federal Agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes Agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires Federal Agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
With respect to the following collection of information, FDA invites comments on these topics: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of FDA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques, when appropriate, and other forms of information technology.
Sections 1104, 1302, 3301, 3304, 3320, 3361, 3393, and 3394 of Title 5 of the United States Code, authorize Federal Agencies to rate applicants for Federal jobs. Collecting applications for the RSIP will allow FDA's Office of the Commissioner to easily and efficiently elicit and review information from students and health care professionals who are interested in becoming involved in FDA-wide activities. The process will reduce the time and cost of submitting written documentation to the Agency and lessen the likelihood of applications being misrouted within the Agency mail system. It will assist the Agency in promoting and protecting the public health by encouraging outside persons to share their expertise with FDA.
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is announcing that a proposed collection of information has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Fax written comments on the collection of information by January 23, 2017.
To ensure that comments on the information collection are received, OMB recommends that written comments be faxed to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attn: FDA Desk Officer, FAX: 202-395-7285, or emailed to
FDA PRA Staff, Office of Operations, Food and Drug Administration, Three White Flint North 10A-12M, 11601 Landsdown St., North Bethesda, MD 20852,
In compliance with 44 U.S.C. 3507, FDA has submitted the following proposed collection of information to OMB for review and clearance.
In accordance with the collection of information entitled “Unique Device Identification System (UDI),” medical device labelers, unless excepted, are required to design and use medical device labels and device packages that bear a UDI, present dates on labels in a particular format, and submit data concerning each version or model of a device to the Global Unique Device Identification Database (GUDID) no later than the date the label of the device must bear a UDI. Once a device becomes subject to UDI requirements, respondents will be required to update the information reported whenever the information changes.
The recordkeeping, reporting, and third-party disclosure requirements referenced in this document are imposed on any person who causes a label to be applied to a device, or who causes the label to be modified, with the intent that the device will be commercially distributed without any subsequent replacement or modification of the label. In most instances, the labeler would be the device manufacturer, but other types of labelers include a specification developer, a single-use device reprocessor, a convenience kit assembler, a repackager, or a relabeler. Respondents may also include any private organization that applies for accreditation by FDA as an issuing agency.
FDA has identified the following requirements as having burdens that must be accounted for under the PRA; the burdens associated with these requirements are summarized in the table that follows:
Section 801.18 requires that whenever a labeler of a medical device includes an expiration date, a date of manufacture, or any other date intended to be brought to the attention of the user of the device, the labeler must present the date on the label in a format that meets the requirements of this section.
Section 801.20 requires every medical device label and package to bear a UDI.
Under § 801.35, any labeler of a device that is not required to bear a UDI on its label may include a UDI on the label of that device and utilize the GUDID.
Under § 801.45, any device that has to be labeled with a UDI also has to bear a permanent marking providing the UDI on the device itself if the device is intended for more than one use and intended to be reprocessed before each use.
Section 801.50 requires stand-alone software to comply with specific labeling requirements that identify the software.
Section 801.55 authorizes additional, case-by-case, labeling exceptions and alternatives to standard UDI labeling requirements.
If a labeler relabels or modifies a label of a device that is required to bear a UDI, under § 830.60 it has to keep a record showing the relationship of the original device identifier to the new device identifier.
Section 830.110 requires an applicant seeking initial FDA accreditation as a UDI-issuing agency to furnish FDA an application containing certain information, materials, and supporting documentation.
Under § 830.120, an FDA-accredited issuing agency is required to disclose information concerning its system for the assignment of UDIs; maintain a list of labelers that use its system for the assignment of UDIs, and provide FDA a copy of such list; and upon request, provide FDA with information concerning a labeler that is employing the issuing agency's system for assignment of UDIs.
Sections 830.310 and 830.320 require the labeler to provide certain information to the GUDID concerning the labeler and each version or model of a device required to be labeled with a UDI, unless the labeler obtains a waiver.
Section 830.360 requires each labeler to retain records showing all UDIs used to identify devices that must be labeled with a UDI and the particular version or model associated with each device identifier, until 3 years after it ceases to market a version or model of a device.
Respondents who are required to submit data to the Agency under certain other approved information collections (listed below) are required to include UDI data elements for the device that is the subject of such information
• Part 803—Medical Device Reporting (OMB control number 0910-0437).
• Part 806—Medical Devices; Reports of Corrections and Removals (OMB control number 0910-0359).
• Part 814—Premarket Approval of Medical Devices (OMB control number 0910-0231).
• Part 820—Quality System Regulation (OMB control number 0910-0073).
• Part 821—Medical Device Tracking Requirements (OMB control number 0910-0442).
• Part 822—Postmarket Surveillance (OMB control number 0910-0449).
In the
(Comment 1) The commenter questioned the practical utility of certain data elements (“Kit” and “Unit of Use DI number”) in the GUDID and stated that they do not consider them necessary for the proper performance of FDA's functions.
(Response 1) Kit is an optional data element in the GUDID. The respondent may choose not to provide this information. Certain kits may include individual devices that may not be required to have a UDI. It is therefore useful to be able to identify whether a device reported in GUDID is an individual device or a kit. The Unit of Use data element is used when the base package contains multiple units of the same device. Although not included on the device label, the Unit of Use DI number can specifically identify device use on the patient by either pulling it from AccessGUDID or hospital systems and linking/populating the information to the patient electronic health record. The UDI stakeholder community, which includes clinicians, healthcare providers and labelers, have expressed to us that this is a valuable data element to be in included in GUDID.
(Comment 2) The commenter expressed concern that capital or operating and maintenance costs were excluded from the PRA burden analysis.
(Response 2) While we did include an estimate of costs in the economic analysis of the final rule, this information was not in the PRA section of the final rule or subsequently, the 60-day notice for comment on the extension of this information collection. We appreciate the comment and have included estimated costs of $85.7 million, based on the economic analysis of the final rule, in our analysis of the information collection burden. The estimate includes planning and administration and the costs to integrate the UDI into existing information systems; to install, test, and validate barcode printing software; and to train employees. Other significant components of one-time costs include costs to redesign labels of devices to incorporate the barcode and date format, and to purchase and install equipment needed to print and verify the UDI on labels. In addition, labelers will incur one-time costs for recordkeeping and reporting requirements, and the direct marking of certain devices. The largest annual cost components include labor, operating, and maintenance associated with equipment for printing operations, and labor related to software maintenance and training needed to maintain the UDI information system. The total cost, which includes both capital costs and operating and maintenance costs, has been annualized over 10 years. We have included the total under capital costs for purposes of this information collection request.
(Comment 3) The commenter suggested the following opportunities for FDA to enhance data quality, utility, and clarity of the information, including for FDA to:
• Provide data structure information for relevant conforming amendments;
• clarify how to address challenges of device systems;
• make more timely updates to related FDA databases and enhance interaction between systems; and
• increase GUDID performance to be more consistent and predictable.
Additionally, the commenter suggested additional ways that FDA could minimize the burden of collection of information if FDA were to identify PMA supplement numbers through the PMA database, rather than having the data provided again through GUDID by the labeler.
• More timely updates of Global Medical Device Nomenclature codes.
• Added transparency regarding logic and validation rule changes.
• Auto-populating data elements which already reside in another FDA system.
(Response 3) These comments continue to be evaluated, but FDA is making no change to the information collection at this time.
FDA estimates the burden of this collection of information as follows:
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing a publication containing modifications the Agency is making to the list of standards FDA recognizes for use in premarket reviews (FDA Recognized Consensus Standards). This publication, entitled “Modifications to the List of Recognized Standards, Recognition List Number: 046” (Recognition List Number: 046), will assist manufacturers who elect to declare conformity with consensus standards to meet certain requirements for medical devices.
Submit electronic or written comments concerning this document at any time. These modifications to the list of recognized standards are effective December 23, 2016.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
• Federal eRulemaking Portal:
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
An electronic copy of Recognition List Number: 046 is available on the Internet at
Scott Colburn, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 5514, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-6287,
Section 204 of the Food and Drug Administration Modernization Act of 1997 (FDAMA) (Pub. L. 105-115) amended section 514 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act) (21 U.S.C. 360d). Amended section 514 allows FDA to recognize consensus standards developed by international and national organizations for use in satisfying portions of device
In a notice published in the
Modifications to the initial list of recognized standards, as published in the
These notices describe the addition, withdrawal, and revision of certain standards recognized by FDA. The Agency maintains hypertext markup language (HTML) and portable document format (PDF) versions of the list of FDA Recognized Consensus Standards. Both versions are publicly accessible at the Agency's Internet site. See section VI of this document for electronic access information. Interested persons should review the supplementary information sheet for the standard to understand fully the extent to which FDA recognizes the standard.
FDA is announcing the addition, withdrawal, correction, and revision of certain consensus standards the Agency will recognize for use in premarket submissions and other requirements for devices. FDA will incorporate these modifications in the list of FDA Recognized Consensus Standards in the Agency's searchable database. FDA will use the term “Recognition List Number: 046” to identify these current modifications.
In table 1, FDA describes the following modifications: (1) The withdrawal of standards and their replacement by others, if applicable; (2) the correction of errors made by FDA in listing previously recognized standards; and (3) the changes to the supplementary information sheets of recognized standards that describe revisions to the applicability of the standards.
In section III, FDA lists modifications the Agency is making that involve the initial addition of standards not previously recognized by FDA.
In table 2, FDA provides the listing of new entries and consensus standards added as modifications to the list of recognized standards under Recognition List Number: 046.
FDA maintains the Agency's current list of FDA Recognized Consensus Standards in a searchable database that may be accessed directly at FDA's Internet site at
Any person may recommend consensus standards as candidates for recognition under section 514 of the FD&C Act by submitting such recommendations, with reasons for the recommendation, to
You may obtain a copy of “Guidance on the Recognition and Use of Consensus Standards” by using the Internet. The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) maintains a site on the Internet for easy access to information including text, graphics, and files that you may download to a personal computer with access to the Internet. Updated on a regular basis, the CDRH home page,
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice of availability.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing the availability of additional draft and revised draft product-specific bioequivalence (BE) recommendations. The recommendations provide product-specific guidance on the design of BE studies to support abbreviated new drug applications (ANDAs). In the
Although you can comment on any guidance at any time (see 21 CFR 10.115(g)(5)), to ensure that the Agency considers your comment on this draft guidance before it begins work on the final version of the guidance, submit either electronic or written comments on the draft guidance by February 21, 2017.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Division of Dockets Management, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the
Submit written requests for single copies of the draft guidance to the Division of Drug Information, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10001 New Hampshire Ave., Hillandale Building, 4th Floor, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Send one self-addressed adhesive label to assist that office in processing your requests. See the
Xiaoqiu Tang, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 75, Rm. 4730, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002, 301-796-5850.
In the
As described in that guidance, FDA adopted this process as a means to develop and disseminate product-specific BE recommendations and provide a meaningful opportunity for the public to consider and comment on those recommendations. Under that process, draft recommendations are posted on FDA's Web site and announced periodically in the
FDA is announcing the availability of a new draft guidance for industry on product-specific BE recommendations for drug products containing the following active ingredients:
FDA is announcing the availability of a revised draft guidance for industry on product-specific BE recommendations for drug products containing the following active ingredients:
For a complete history of previously published
These draft guidances are being issued consistent with FDA's good guidance practices regulation (21 CFR 10.115). These draft guidances, when finalized, will represent the current thinking of FDA on the product-specific design of BE studies to support ANDAs. They do not establish any rights for any person and are not binding on FDA or the public. You can use an alternative approach if it satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.
Persons with access to the Internet may obtain the draft guidance at either
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
As stipulated by the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) is hereby giving notice that a meeting is scheduled to be held for the Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria (Advisory Council). The meeting will be open to the public; a public comment session will be held during the meeting. Pre-registration is required for members of the public who wish to attend the meeting and who wish to participate in the public comment session. Individuals who wish to attend the meeting and/or send in their public comment via email should send an email to
The meeting is scheduled to be held on January 25, 2017, from 9:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. ET (times are tentative and subject to change). The confirmed times and agenda items for the meeting will be posted on the Web site for the Advisory Council at
U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, Great Hall, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20201.
The meeting can also be accessed through a live webcast on the day of the meeting. For more information, visit
Bruce Gellin, Designated Federal Officer, Presidential Advisory Council on Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Room 715H, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20201. Phone: (202) 260-6638; email:
Under Executive Order 13676, dated September 18, 2014, authority was given to the Secretary of HHS to establish the Advisory Council, in consultation with the Secretaries of Defense and Agriculture. Activities of the Advisory Council are governed by the provisions of Public Law 92-463, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), which sets forth standards for the formation and use of federal advisory committees.
The Advisory Council provides advice, information, and recommendations to the Secretary of HHS regarding programs and policies intended to support and evaluate the implementation of Executive Order 13676, including the National Strategy for Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria and the National Action Plan for Combating Antibiotic-Resistant Bacteria. The Advisory Council functions solely for advisory purposes.
In carrying out its mission, the Advisory Council provides advice, information, and recommendations to the Secretary regarding programs and policies intended to preserve the effectiveness of antibiotics by optimizing their use; advance research to develop improved methods for combating antibiotic resistance and conducting antibiotic stewardship; strengthen surveillance of antibiotic-resistant bacterial infections; prevent the transmission of antibiotic-resistant bacterial infections; advance the development of rapid point-of-care and agricultural diagnostics; further research on new treatments for bacterial infections; develop alternatives to antibiotics for agricultural purposes; maximize the dissemination of up-to-date information on the appropriate and proper use of antibiotics to the general public and human and animal healthcare providers; and improve international coordination of efforts to combat antibiotic resistance.
The January public meeting will be dedicated to presentations from federal and non-federal stakeholders surrounding the topic areas of infection prevention and control. The meeting agenda will be posted on the Advisory Council Web site at
Public attendance at the meeting is limited to the available space. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Advisory Council at the address/telephone number listed above at least one week prior to the meeting. For those unable to attend in person, a live webcast will be available. More information on registration and accessing the webcast can be found at
Members of the public will have the opportunity to provide comments prior to the Advisory Council meeting by emailing
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases Advisory Council.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Open: 8:30 a.m. to 12:15 p.m.
Closed: 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m.
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Coast Guard, Department of Homeland Security.
Notice of teleconference meeting.
The Towing Safety Advisory Committee will meet, via teleconference, to discuss the five current tasks of the Committee. The Committee is expected to receive the final report from the subcommittee on Electronic Charting Systems and an interim final report from the subcommittee on Implementation of Subchapter M. The subcommittee on Implementation of Subchapter M will also receive additional tasking to review a Towing Safety Management System Option Compliance Guidebook. The subcommittees on Towing of Liquefied Natural Gas Barges, Inland Firefighting Training, and Articulated Tug-Barge Operations are expected to provide progress reports. This meeting will be open to the public.
The full Committee will meet by teleconference on Wednesday, January 18, 2017, from 1 p.m. until 3 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. Please note that this meeting may close early if the Committee has completed its business.
To join the teleconference, contact the individual listed in the
For information on facilities or services for individuals with disabilities or to request special assistance at the meeting, contact the individual listed in the
Mr. William J. Abernathy, Alternate Designated Federal Officer of the Towing Safety Advisory Committee, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr Ave SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, telephone 202-372-1363, fax 202-372-8382 or
Notice of this meeting is in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, (Title 5, U.S.C. Appendix). As stated in 33 U.S.C. 1231a, the Towing Safety Advisory Committee provides advice and recommendations to the Department of Homeland Security on matters related to shallow-draft inland and coastal waterway navigation and towing safety.
The agenda for the January 18, 2017, teleconference is as follows:
(1) Final report from the subcommittee on “Recommendations on Electronic Charting Systems (ECS) Carriage on Towing Vessels (Task 15-03).”
(2) An interim final report and discussion of additional tasking for the subcommittee working on “Recommendations on the Implementation of 46 Code of Federal Regulations Subchapter M—Inspection of Towing Vessels (Task 16-01).”
(3) Progress reports from the other three active subcommittees on “Recommendations Regarding New and Updated Policy for Articulated Tug and Barge (ATB) Combinations Currently Contained in NVIC 2-81, Change 1 (Task No. 15-02)”, “Recommendations Regarding Firefighting Training Requirements for Officer Endorsements for Master or Mate (Pilot) of Towing Vessels, Except Apprentice Mate (Steersman) of Towing Vessels in Inland Service (Task No. 16-02)”, and “Recommendations Regarding Operational Risks Associated With Towing Liquefied Natural Gas Barges Astern (Task 16-03).”
(4) TSAC Member and Public Comment periods. A copy of the task statements, draft final reports, and the agenda will be available at
Public comments or questions will be taken throughout the teleconference as the Committee discusses the issues and prior to deliberations and voting. There will also be a public comment period at the end of the teleconference. Speakers are requested to limit their comments to three minutes. Please note that this public comment period may start before 2:45 p.m. if all other agenda items have been covered and may end before 3 p.m. if all of those wishing to comment have done so. Please contact Mr. William Abernathy listed in the
To receive automatic email notices of future Towing Safety Advisory Committee meetings in 2017, go to the online docket, USCG-2016-1059 (
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond: including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Anna P. Guido at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Guido.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Anna P. Guido at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Guido.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for renewal of the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-5535 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Anna P. Guido at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Guido.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for renewal of the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of Administration, HUD.
Notice of a computer matching program between HUD and the Department of the Treasury.
HUD is issuing a public notice of its intent to conduct a recurring computer matching program with the U.S. Department of the Treasury (Treasury), Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service), Do Not Pay Business Center (DNP), for the purpose of providing information that will be used by HUD to detect suspected instances of programmatic fraud, waste, and abuse (FW&A).
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this notice to the Rules Docket Clerk, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10110, Washington, DC 20410. Communications should refer to the above docket number and title. A copy of each communication submitted will be available for public inspection and copying between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. weekdays at the above address.
Contact the “Recipient Agency” Helen Goff Foster, Departmental Privacy Officer, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 10139, Washington, DC 20410, telephone number (202) 402-6836 or the “Source Agency” Disclosure Officer, Bureau of the Fiscal Service, 401 14th Street SW., Washington, DC 20227. Email Address:
(short synopsis of purpose).
CPD stated that the purpose of the match against the SAM-restricted databases is for use by the agency to determine a party's eligibility status to participate in Federal procurement and non-procurement programs and for use where the information is needed to decide on a Federal financial or non-financial assistance program or benefit. CPD also stated that the purpose of the match against the SAM-restricted and Debt Check databases database is to
PID stated that the purpose of the match against the SAM-restricted databases is for use by the agency to determine a party's eligibility status to participate in Federal procurement and non-procurement programs and for use where the information is needed to decide on a Federal financial or non-financial assistance program or benefit. PID also stated that the purpose of the match against the SAM-restricted and Debt Check databases database is to verify the eligibility of an individual under a Federal benefit program.
MHF stated the purpose of the match against SAM Exclusion-restricted is for use by the agency to determine a party's eligibility status to participate in Federal procurement and non-procurement programs; for use where the information is needed to decide on a Federal financial or non-financial assistance program or benefit; and for use in connection with letting a contract, or issuing a license, grant, or other benefit by the requesting agency where the information is needed to decide on a Federal financial or non-financial assistance program or benefit. MFH also stated that the purpose of the match against SAM-Exclusion restricted is to verify the eligibility of an individual under a Federal benefit program.
In accordance with the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), as amended by Public Law 100-503, the Computer Matching and Privacy Protection Act of 1988 as amended, and OMB Bulletin 89-22, “Instructions on Reporting Computer Matching Programs to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), Congress and the Public,” copies of this notice and report are being provided to the U.S. House Committee on Oversight Government Reform, the U.S. Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, and OMB.
HUD has authority to collect and review mortgage data pursuant to the National Housing Act, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701
Other authorities:
1. Improper Payments Elimination and Recovery Improvement Act of 2012 (IPERIA), 31 U.S.C. 3321 note, Public Law 112-248.
2. OMB Memorandum M-13-20, Protecting Privacy while Reducing Improper Payments with the Do Not Pay Initiative (August 16, 2013).
3. Presidential Memorandum on Enhancing Payment Accuracy through a “Do Not Pay List” (June 18, 2010).
4. Executive Order 13520, Reducing Improper Payments and Eliminating Waste in Federal Programs (November 20, 2009).
5. Improper Payment Elimination and Recovery Act of 2010, Public Law 111-204.
6. Improper Payments Information Act of 2002, 31 U.S.C. 3321 note, Public Law 107-300.
7. Federal Improper Coordination Act of 2015, Public Law 114-109.
The objective of this matching program is that this data transfer will produce expedited eligibility determinations and will minimize administrative burdens for HUD. The benefit of this data match with respect to the HUD fraud and abuse program is the increased assurance that HUD achieves efficiencies and administrative cost savings to HUD payment, procurement, and benefit programs. This collaborative model, which offers service-based access to authoritative data, will lessen financial and administrative burdens by eliminating the need for individual HUD payment, procurement, and benefit programs to execute several CMAs with multiple Federal agencies. Description of the Match
1. SAM Entity Registry Records—Verify that a vendor seeking to do business with the Federal Government has registered in accordance with the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) by providing basic information relevant to procurement and financial transactions.
2. SAM Exclusion Records—Verify whether payments are to debarred individuals.
3. TOP Debt Check—Verify whether payee owes delinquent non-tax debts to Federal Government (and participating States).
Any matches between HUD records and SAM Entity Registry would indicate a vendor is registered to work with the government. Any matches between HUD records and SAM Exclusion Records and/TOP Debt Check would require further investigation by HUD before any action is taken pertaining to a beneficiary.
HUD will use records from the PIH-01 Inventory Management System (IMS), HUD/EC-02, Departmental Tracking System, and HUD/H-11, Tenant Housing Assistance and Contract Verification Data. HUD's system of records notice repository may be found at:
Treasury will use records from the Department of the Treasury/Bureau of the Fiscal Service .023—Do Not Pay Payment Verification Records. Treasury's SORN repository for DNP may be found at:
The Privacy Act requires Agreements to specify procedures for notifying applicants/recipients at time of registration and other periodic notice as directed by the Data Integrity Board of such agency to applicants for and recipients of financial assistance or payments under Federal benefit programs.
HUD and Treasury have both published system of records notices informing applicants/recipients that their information may be subject to
There are no additional notice procedures.
Data elements disclosed in computer matching governed by this Agreement are Personally Identifiable Information (PII) from the aforementioned system of records. The data elements supplied by HUD to Treasury (system) follow, but are not limited to
Matching will begin at least 40 days from the date that copies of the Computer Matching Agreement, signed by HUD and Treasury DIBs, are sent to both Houses of Congress and OMB; or at least 30 days from the date this notice is published in the
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice.
This Notice identifies unutilized, underutilized, excess, and surplus Federal property reviewed by HUD for suitability for use to assist the homeless.
Juanita Perry, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 7266, Washington, DC 20410; telephone (202) 402-3970; TTY number for the hearing- and speech-impaired (202) 708-2565 (these telephone numbers are not toll-free), call the toll-free Title V information line at 800-927-7588 or send an email to
In accordance with 24 CFR part 581 and section 501 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 11411), as amended, HUD is publishing this Notice to identify Federal buildings and other real property that HUD has reviewed for suitability for use to assist the homeless. The properties were reviewed using information provided to HUD by Federal landholding agencies regarding unutilized and underutilized buildings and real property controlled by such agencies or by GSA regarding its inventory of excess or surplus Federal property. This Notice is also published in order to comply with the December 12, 1988 Court Order in
Properties reviewed are listed in this Notice according to the following categories: Suitable/available, suitable/unavailable, and suitable/to be excess, and unsuitable. The properties listed in the three suitable categories have been reviewed by the landholding agencies, and each agency has transmitted to HUD: (1) Its intention to make the property available for use to assist the homeless, (2) its intention to declare the property excess to the agency's needs, or (3) a statement of the reasons that the property cannot be declared excess or made available for use as facilities to assist the homeless.
Properties listed as suitable/available will be available exclusively for homeless use for a period of 60 days from the date of this Notice. Where property is described as for “off-site use only” recipients of the property will be required to relocate the building to their own site at their own expense. Homeless assistance providers interested in any such property should send a written expression of interest to HHS, addressed to: Ms. Theresa M. Ritta, Chief Real Property Branch, the Department of Health and Human Services, Room 12-07, Parklawn Building, 5600 Fishers Lane, Rockville, MD 20857, (301)-443-2265 (This is not a toll-free number.) HHS will mail to the interested provider an application packet, which will include instructions for completing the application. In order to maximize the opportunity to utilize a suitable property, providers should submit their written expressions of interest as soon as possible. For complete details concerning the processing of applications, the reader is encouraged to refer to the interim rule governing this program, 24 CFR part 581.
For properties listed as suitable/to be excess, that property may, if subsequently accepted as excess by GSA, be made available for use by the homeless in accordance with applicable law, subject to screening for other Federal use. At the appropriate time, HUD will publish the property in a Notice showing it as either suitable/available or suitable/unavailable.
For properties listed as suitable/unavailable, the landholding agency has decided that the property cannot be declared excess or made available for use to assist the homeless, and the property will not be available.
Properties listed as unsuitable will not be made available for any other purpose for 20 days from the date of this Notice. Homeless assistance providers interested in a review by HUD of the determination of unsuitability should call the toll free information line at 1-800-927-7588 or send an email to
For more information regarding particular properties identified in this Notice (
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The purpose of this notice is to allow for an additional 30 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Anna P. Guido, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Anna P. Guido at
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, HUD.
Notice.
HUD has submitted the proposed information collection requirement described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act. The
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: HUD Desk Officer, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Washington, DC 20503; fax: 202-395-5806. Email:
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QMAC, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond: including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of availability; request for public comment.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, announce the availability of a draft environmental impact report/statement (EIS/EIR), which evaluates the impacts of, and alternatives to, the proposed City of San Diego Vernal Pool Habitat Conservation Plan (VPHCP). The VPHCP was submitted by the City of San Diego in support of an application under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended, for a permit authorizing the incidental take of federally listed covered species resulting from covered activities. We request review and comment on the VPHCP and the draft EIS/EIR from local, State, and Federal agencies; Tribes; and the public.
To ensure consideration, please send your written comments by February 21, 2017.
•
•
•
○ U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 2177 Salk Avenue, Suite 250, Carlsbad, CA 92008.
○ Department of the Interior, Natural Resources Library, 1849 C St. NW., Washington, DC 20240.
○
○
○
G. Mendel Stewart, by mail at the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 2177 Salk Avenue, Suite 250, Carlsbad, CA 92008; or by phone at (760) 431-9440.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (Service), announce the availability of a draft environmental impact report/statement (EIR/EIS), which evaluates the impacts of, and alternatives to, the proposed City of San Diego Vernal Pool Habitat Conservation Plan (VPHCP). The VPHCP was submitted by the City of San Diego (City) in support of an application under section 10 of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA), for a permit authorizing the incidental take of federally listed covered species resulting from covered activities. The proposed VPHCP plan area encompasses 206,124 acres in the southwestern portion of San Diego County, within the State of California.
Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA), this notice advises the public of the availability for public review of the VPHCP EIR/EIS, which evaluates the impacts of, and alternatives to, the proposed City of San Diego VPHCP for incidental take of federally listed covered species resulting from covered activities within the Plan area. This document has been prepared as a joint EIR/EIS due to the combined local, State, and Federal discretionary actions and permits associated with the VPHCP. Co-lead agencies are the City, pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), and the Service, pursuant to NEPA, as further described in the draft EIR/EIS. The proposed Federal action is issuance of an incidental take permit (ITP) under section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA to the City of San Diego. With this notice, we continue the HCP process, which started through a notice in the
Section 9 of the ESA prohibits “take” of fish and wildlife species listed as endangered under section 4 (16 U.S.C. 1538, 1533, respectively). The ESA implementing regulations extend, under certain circumstances, the prohibition of take to threatened species (50 CFR 17.31). Regulations governing permits for endangered and threatened species are at 50 CFR 17.22 and 17.32. For more about the HCP program, go to
Under section 10(a) of the ESA, the Service may issue permits to authorize incidental take of listed fish and wildlife species. “Incidental take” is defined by the ESA as take that is incidental to, and not the purpose of, carrying out an otherwise lawful activity. Section 10(a)(1)(B) of the ESA contains provisions for issuing ITPs to non-Federal entities for the take of endangered and threatened species, provided the following criteria are met:
• The taking will be incidental;
• The applicant will, to the maximum extent practicable, minimize and mitigate the impact of such taking;
• The applicant will develop an HCP and ensure that adequate funding for the plan will be provided;
• The taking will not appreciably reduce the likelihood of the survival and recovery of the species in the wild; and
• The applicant will carry out any other measures that the Secretary may require as being necessary or appropriate for the purposes of the HCP.
The purpose of issuing an ITP to the City would be to permit incidental take of the covered species resulting from local development authorized by the City and conditioned on the City's minimization and mitigation of the impacts of such take in accordance with an approved VPHCP. Implementation of the VPHCP is intended to maximize the benefits of conservation measures for covered species and eliminate expensive and time-consuming efforts associated with processing individual ITPs for each project within the City's proposed plan area.
The proposed VPHCP includes measures intended to minimize and mitigate the impacts of the taking to the maximum extent practicable from residential, commercial, and other development activities within the proposed plan area.
The proposed VPHCP is a conservation plan for seven threatened and endangered vernal pool species that do not currently have Federal coverage under the City of San Diego's Multiple Species Conservation Program Subarea Plan (MSCP SAP) and the species' associated vernal pool habitat. The VPHCP would complement the City's existing MSCP SAP by conserving additional lands. The VPHCP will conserve vernal pool resources within the existing City of San Diego's Multi-Habitat Planning Area (MHPA). The species covered include the San Diego fairy shrimp, Riverside fairy shrimp, San Diego button celery, spreading navarretia, San Diego mesa mint, California Orcutt grass, and Otay mesa mint. The VPHCP would provide a comprehensive approach to the protection and management of the vernal pool preserve areas within the 206,124-acre plan area.
We are considering three alternatives as part of this process:
Consistent with section 10(c) of the ESA, we invite your submission of written data, views, or arguments with respect to the City's permit application, VPHCP, and permitting decision.
Written comments we receive become part of the public record associated with this action. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may request in your comment that we withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. We will not consider anonymous comments. All submissions from organizations or businesses, and from individuals identifying themselves as representatives or officials of organizations or businesses, will be made available for public disclosure in their entirety.
We provide this notice under section 10(c) of the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of meetings.
The North American Wetlands Conservation Council will meet via teleconference to select North American Wetlands Conservation Act U.S. small grant proposals for reporting to the Migratory Bird Conservation Commission. This teleconference is open to the public, and interested persons may present oral or written statements.
Sarah Mott, Council Coordinator, by phone at 703-358-1784; by email at
In accordance with the North American Wetlands Conservation Act (Pub. L. 101-233, 103 Stat. 1968, December 13, 1989, as amended; NAWCA), the State-private-Federal North American Wetlands Conservation Council (Council) meets to consider wetland acquisition, restoration, enhancement, and management projects for recommendation to, and final funding approval by, the Migratory Bird Conservation Commission (Commission). NAWCA provides matching grants to organizations and individuals who have developed partnerships to carry out wetlands conservation projects in the United States, Canada, and Mexico. These projects must involve long-term protection, restoration, and/or enhancement of wetlands and associated uplands habitats for the benefit of all wetlands-associated migratory birds. Project proposal due dates, application instructions, and eligibility requirements are available on the NAWCA Web site at
Interested members of the public may submit relevant information or questions to be considered during the public meetings. If you wish to submit a written statement so information may be made available to the Council for their consideration prior to the meetings, you must contact the Council Coordinator by the date in
Individuals or groups requesting to make an oral presentation at the meetings will be limited to 2 minutes per speaker, with no more than a total of 30 minutes for all speakers. Interested parties should contact the Council Coordinator by the date in
Summary minutes of the Council meeting will be maintained by the Council Coordinator at the address under
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
In accordance with applicable regulations, the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), North Dakota Field Office (NDFO) is publishing this notice announcing the availability of an Environmental Assessment (EA) for the Falkirk Mining Company (Falkirk) Federal Coal Lease-By-Application (LBA) EA serial NDM-107039, for public review and comment. The BLM is also announcing that it will hold a public hearing to receive comments on the EA, Fair Market Value (FMV) for the LBA tract, and Maximum Economic Recovery (MER) of the coal resources contained in the proposed Falkirk LBA lease tract.
The public hearing will be held on January 10, 2017, from 5 p.m. to 7 p.m. Written comments must be received no later than January 26, 2017.
The public hearing will be held at the Underwood City Hall, 88 Lincoln Avenue, Underwood, ND 58576. Copies of the EA are available at the BLM North Dakota Field Office (NDFO) at the address below. The time, date, and location of the public hearing will also be announced in advance through local media outlets and through the North Dakota BLM Web site at:
You may submit written comments related to the Falkirk EA, FMV, and MER by any of the following methods:
• Email:
• Fax: 701-227-7701; or
• Mail: Bureau of Land Management, North Dakota Field Office, Falkirk LBA NDM-107039, Attention: Dorothy Van Oss, Geologist, 99 23rd Avenue West, Suite A, Dickinson, North Dakota 58601.
Please note “Coal Lease by Application NDM-107039” in the subject line for correspondence.
Dorothy Van Oss, Geologist; telephone (406) 233-3655 or at the address and email provided in the
On November 13, 2013, Falkirk submitted an application to lease an approximately 320-acre tract of Federal coal located in McLean County, North Dakota. The BLM's EA analyzes and discloses the potential direct, indirect, and cumulative impacts of leasing, and subsequent mining, the proposed 320-acre coal tract. The tract contains approximately 3.4 million tons of mineable coal (1.7 million of which is Federal Coal). The tract is located approximately 1.2 miles from the town of Underwood. It underlies private surface and is described as follows:
The area described contains approximately 320 acres.
Through this notice the BLM is inviting the public to provide comments regarding the potential environmental impacts of the proposed action, and also to submit comments on the FMV and MER for the Falkirk tract. All public comments, whether written or oral, will receive consideration prior to the BLM offering the lease for sale. Public comments on the EA should address the environmental impacts of the proposed action. Public comments on the FMV and MER for the proposed lease tract may address, but do not necessarily have to be limited to, the following:
1. The quality and quantity of the coal resource;
2. The mining method or methods that would achieve MER of the coal, including specifications of seams to be mined, timing and rate of production, restriction of mining, and the inclusion of the tracts in an existing mining operation;
3. The price that the mined coal would bring when sold;
4. Costs, including mining and reclamation costs, of producing the coal and the anticipated timing of production;
5. The percentage rate at which anticipated income streams should be discounted, either with inflation or in the absence of inflation, in which case the anticipated rate of inflation should be given;
6. Depreciation, depletion, amortization and other tax accounting factors;
7. The value of any surface estate where held privately;
8. Documentation of the terms and conditions of recent and similar coal land transactions in the lease sale area; and
9. Any comparable sales data for similar coal lands and coal quantities.
Proprietary data marked as confidential may be submitted to the BLM as part of any public comments. Data so marked will be treated in accordance with the applicable laws and regulations governing the confidentiality of such information. A copy of the comments submitted by the public on the EA, FMV, and MER for the tract, except those portions identified as proprietary that meet one of the exemptions in the Freedom of Information Act, will be available for public inspection at the BLM, NDFO, 99 23rd Avenue West, Suite A, Dickinson, North Dakota, during regular business hours (8 a.m.-4:30 p.m.), Monday through Friday.
The proposed action announced in the notice are consistent with Secretarial Order (S.O.) 3338, which allows preparatory work, including National Environmental Policy Act and other related analysis, on already-pending applications to continue, while the BLM's programmatic review of the Federal coal program is pending. Additionally, the BLM has also determined that the lease application is not subject to the S.O.'s leasing pause because it qualifies for an exclusion under Section 6(a) of the Order based on the emergency leasing provisions of 43 CFR 3425.1-4. Falkirk's application satisfies the emergency leasing criteria because the coal covered by the application: (1) Is needed within 3 years; (2) Constitutes less than 8 years of recoverable reserves; and (3) Is needed for coal supply contracts that were signed prior to 1979. It should also be noted that when the application was originally submitted in 2013, it was submitted as an emergency application. The determination that the application is eligible for an exclusion from the S.O. means that the coal covered by the application can be offered for sale prior to the conclusion of the BLM's programmatic review.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment
40 CFR 1506.6, 43 CFR 3425.3, and 3425.4
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of public meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act and the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972, and the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management (BLM), the Eastern Washington Resource Advisory Council (EWRAC) will meet as indicated below:
The EWRAC will hold a public meeting Wednesday, February 8th, 2017. The meeting will run from 9:30 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. The meeting will be held at the BLM Spokane District Office, 1103 N. Fancher, Spokane Valley, WA 99212. A public comment period will be available in the afternoon from noon until 1 p.m.
Jeff Clark, Spokane District Public Affairs Officer, 1103 N. Fancher, Spokane Valley, WA 99212, (509) 536-1297, or
The fifteen member EWRAC was chartered to provide information and advice regarding the use and development of the lands administered by the Spokane District in central and eastern Washington. Members represent an array of stakeholder interests in the land and resources from within the local area and statewide. All advisory council meetings are open to the public. At noon members of the public will have the opportunity to make comments to the EWRAC during a one hour public comment period. Persons wishing to make comments during the public comment period should register in person with the BLM by 11 a.m. on the meeting day, at the meeting location. Depending on the number of persons wishing to comment, the length of comments may be limited. The public may send written comments to the EWRAC at BLM Spokane District, Attn. EWRAC, 1103 N. Fancher, Spokane Valley, WA 99212. The BLM appreciates all comments.
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice; request for comments.
We (National Park Service, NPS) will ask the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve the information collection (IC) described below. To comply with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 and as a part of our continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, we invite the general public and other Federal agencies to comment on this IC. We may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
You must submit comments on or before January 23, 2017.
Send your comments and suggestions on this information collection to the Desk Officer for the Department of the Interior at OMB-OIRA at (202) 395-5806 (fax) or
For National Recreation Trails, contact Helen Scully, National Trails System Program Specialist/National Recreation Trails Coordinator for the Department of the Interior; 1849 C Street NW., Org Code 2220, Washington, DC 20240;
The purpose of this information collection is to assist the National Park Service (NPS) in submitting suitable trails or trail systems to the Secretary of the Interior for designation as National Recreation Trails (NRTs), and in recommending exemplary water trails to the Secretary of the Interior for designation as National Water Trails (NWTs) to be included in the National Water Trails System (NWTS). The NPS administers the NRT program by authority of section 4 of the National Trails System Act (16 U.S.C. 1243). Secretarial Order No. 3319 established National Water Trails as a class of National Recreation Trails and directed that such trails collectively be considered in a National Water Trails System.
National Recreation Trail designation provides national recognition to local and regional trails or trail systems, acknowledging local and state efforts to build and maintain viable trails and trail systems. This recognition function is shared by the Secretary of Agriculture (for trails on National Forest lands and waters) and the Secretary of the Interior (for all other trails).
The National Water Trails System is focused on building a national network of exceptional water trails that can be sustained by an ever growing and vibrant water trail community. The NWTS connects Americans to the nation's waterways and strengthens the conservation and restoration of those waterways. Best management practices provide high quality water-based outdoor recreational opportunities.
On August 8 2016, we published in the
We again invite comments concerning this information collection on:
• Whether or not the collection of information is necessary, including whether or not the information will have practical utility;
• The accuracy of our estimate of the burden for this collection of information;
• Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents.
Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask OMB and us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that it will be done.
Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR), Interior.
Notice.
Final regulations that ONRR published on September 13, 2004 (69 FR 55076) provide two types of accounting and auditing relief for Federal onshore or Outer Continental Shelf lease production from marginal properties. As the regulations require, for each calendar year ONRR provides, by October 31 preceding the calendar year, a list of qualifying marginal Federal oil and gas properties to States that receive a portion of Federal royalties. Each State then decides whether to participate in one or both relief options. For calendar year 2017, we provide in this notice the affected States' decisions to allow one or both types of relief.
Effective January 1, 2017.
Lindsay Goldstein, Economic and Market Analysis Office, at (303) 231-3301; or email at
The regulations, codified at 30 CFR part 1204, subpart C, implement certain provisions of section 7 of the Federal Oil and Gas Royalty Simplification and Fairness Act of 1996 (RSFA) (30 U.S.C. 1726), which allows States to relieve the lessees of marginal properties from certain reporting, accounting, and auditing requirements. States make an annual determination of whether or not to allow relief. Two options for relief are provided: (1) Notification-based relief
To qualify for the first relief option (notification-based relief) for calendar year 2016, properties must produce less than 1,000 barrels-of-oil-equivalent (BOE) per year for the base period (July 1, 2014, through June 30, 2015). Annual reporting relief will begin January 1, 2017, with the annual report and payment due February 28, 2018, or March 31, 2018, if you have an estimated payment on file. To qualify for the second relief option (other requested relief), the combined equivalent production of the marginal properties during the base period must equal an average daily well production of less than 15 BOE per well, per day calculated under 30 CFR 1204.4(c).
The following table shows the States that have qualifying marginal properties and the States' decisions to allow one or both forms of relief.
Federal oil and gas properties located in all other States where ONRR does not share a portion of Federal royalties with the State are eligible for relief if they qualify as marginal under the regulations (
Unless the information that ONRR received is proprietary data, all correspondence, records, or information that we receive in response to this notice may be subject to disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) (5 U.S.C. 552
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Notice of availability of a final environmental impact statement.
BOEM is announcing the availability of the Final Environmental Impact Statement (Final EIS) for the Cook Inlet Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Lease Sale 244 (Cook Inlet Lease Sale 244). The Final EIS offers a discussion of potential impacts of the proposed action, provides an analysis of reasonable alternatives to the proposed action, and identifies the Bureau's preferred alternative.
The Final EIS is available on the agency Web site at
For more information on the Cook Inlet Lease Sale 244 Final EIS, you may contact Sharon Randall, Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Alaska OCS Region, 3801 Centerpoint Drive, Suite 500, Anchorage, Alaska 99503-5823; (907) 334-5200.
This Notice of Availability for the Final EIS is in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4231
United States International Trade Commission.
January 6, 2017 at 11:00 a.m.
Room 101, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, Telephone: (202) 205-2000.
Open to the public.
In accordance with Commission policy, subject matter listed above, not disposed of at the scheduled meeting, may be carried over to the agenda of the following meeting.
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined to review an initial determination (“ID”) (Order No. 38) of the presiding administrative law judge (“ALJ”) granting Respondents' motion to terminate Complainant's antitrust claim and sets the date of March 14, 2017, for possible oral argument.
Houda Morad, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 708-4716. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation are or will be available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at
The Commission instituted Investigation No. 337-TA-1002 on June 2, 2016, based on a complaint filed by Complainant United States Steel Corporation of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania (“U.S. Steel”), alleging a violation of Section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, 19 U.S.C. 1337.
On July 6, 2016, the presiding ALJ issued,
On August 26, 2016, Respondents filed a motion to terminate U.S. Steel's antitrust claim under 19 CFR 210.21. On September 6, 2016, U.S. Steel filed a response in opposition to Respondents' motion to terminate. On September 9, 2016, the Commission Investigative Attorney (“IA”) filed a response in opposition to Respondents' motion to terminate. On November 14, 2016, the ALJ issued the subject ID, granting Respondents' motion to terminate Complainant's antitrust claim under 19 CFR 210.21 and, in the alternative, under 19 CFR 210.18. On November 23, 2016, Complainant and the IA filed petitions for review of the ID. Complainant also requested oral argument before the Commission. On December 1, 2016, Respondents filed a response to the petitions for review. Also on December 1, 2016, Complainant filed a response to the IA's petition for review.
The Commission has determined to review the ID. In connection with its review, the Commission requests written responses regarding the following questions:
1. Please explain the policies that underlie the injury requirement under Section 337(a)(1)(A)(iii), including an analysis of any relevant statutory language, legislative history, Commission determinations, case law, or other authority. In discussing this question, please also explain how the injury requirement under Section 337(a)(1)(A)(iii) is different from, or relates to, the injury requirement that applies under Section 337(a)(1)(A)(i).
2. Please explain what Complainant must prove to satisfy the injury requirement under Section 337(a)(1)(A)(iii), where the alleged unfair act in violation of Section 337 is based on a claim alleging a conspiracy to fix prices and control output and export volumes (“antitrust claim”). Please include an analysis of any relevant statutory language, legislative history, Commission determinations, case law, or other authority.
3. Please explain how “antitrust injury” standing, as required for private litigants in federal district courts asserting antitrust claims,
4. Please explain whether “antitrust injury” standing is, or should be,
5. Please explain whether good cause exists under Commission Rule 210.14 to amend the complaint, presuming the Complainant is required to plead “antitrust injury” in its complaint.
6. To the extent not specifically requested above, please further explain any other legal reasoning and/or argument (with citation to legal authority) advanced before the ALJ with respect to Order No. 38, and/or raised in a corresponding petition for review of the ID, and not otherwise waived, why Complainant's antitrust claim should or should not be terminated at the present stage of the investigation.
The written submissions and any oral argument must be limited to explanation and analysis of the existing factual record in this investigation in view of governing legal authority as applied to the issues identified in this notice. The written submissions and the oral argument shall not include the submission of any factual evidence, such as testimony or documents, not already in the factual record of this investigation, absent the grant of specific permission to submit new evidence based upon good cause shown upon consideration of a specific request.
Persons filing written submissions must file the original document electronically on or before the deadlines stated above and submit eight (8) true paper copies to the Office of the Secretary by noon the next day pursuant to section 210.4(f) of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR 210.4(f)). Submissions should refer to the investigation number (“Inv. No. 337-TA-1002”) in a prominent place on the cover page and/or the first page. (
Any person desiring to submit a document to the Commission in confidence must request confidential treatment. All such requests should be directed to the Secretary to the Commission and must include a full statement of the reasons why the Commission should grant such treatment.
The authority for the Commission's determination is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210).
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined to adopt the report prepared by the Office of Unfair Import Investigations (“OUII”) as the Commission's advisory opinion in the above-captioned proceeding.
Clint Gerdine, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 708-2310. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation are or will be available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at
The Commission instituted this investigation on May 11, 2006, based on a complaint, as amended, filed by Crocs, Inc. (“Crocs”) of Niwot, Colorado. 71 FR 27514-15 (May 11, 2006). The complaint alleged,
On July 25, 2008, the Commission issued its final determination finding no
On July 12, 2016, Double Diamond and U.S.A. Dawgs, Inc. (“USA Dawgs”) of Las Vegas, Nevada (collectively, the “requesters”) petitioned for institution of an advisory opinion proceeding as to whether their Fleece Dawgs footwear is covered by the general exclusion order or cease and desist order directed against Double Diamond. No responses were filed.
On August 11, 2016, the Commission determined that requesters' petition complied with the requirements for institution of an advisory opinion proceeding under Commission Rule 210.79. The Commission therefore determined to institute an advisory opinion proceeding and assigned the proceeding to OUII. 81 FR 54820 (Aug. 17, 2016). The Commission assigned OUII the task of investigating and preparing a report concerning requesters' Fleece Dawgs footwear, and it named Crocs, Double Diamond, and USA Dawgs as parties to the proceeding.
On November 7, 2016, OUII issued a report concluding that requesters' Mossy Oak Women's Fleece Dawgs footwear (“the Subject Articles”) is not covered by the general exclusion order and cease and desist order directed against Double Diamond issued in the underlying investigation. In so doing, OUII concluded,
After reviewing the report, the Commission has determined to adopt the report issued by OUII as its advisory opinion in this proceeding.
The authority for the Commission's determination is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210).
By order of the Commission.
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries.
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
The Executive Director of the Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries gives notice of a meeting of the Advisory Committee on Actuarial Examinations (portions of which will be open to the public) in Arlington, VA, on January 9-10, 2017.
Monday, January 9, 2017, from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., and Tuesday, January 10, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at the Internal Revenue Service, 2345 Crystal Drive, Suite 400, Arlington, VA 22202.
Patrick W. McDonough, Executive Director of the Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries, at 703-414-2173.
Notice is hereby given that the Advisory Committee on Actuarial Examinations will meet at the Internal Revenue Service, 2345 Crystal Drive, Suite 400, Arlington, VA 22202, on Monday, January 9, 2017, from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., and Tuesday, January 10, 2017, from 8:30 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
The purpose of the meeting is to discuss topics and questions that may be recommended for inclusion on future Joint Board examinations in actuarial mathematics and methodology referred to in 29 U.S.C. 1242(a)(1)(B) and to review the November 2016 Pension (EA-2F) Examination in order to make recommendations relative thereto, including the minimum acceptable pass score. Topics for inclusion on the syllabus for the Joint Board's examination program for the May 2017 Basic (EA-1) Examination and the May 2017 Pension (EA-2L) Examination also will be discussed.
A determination has been made as required by section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App., that the portions of the meeting dealing with the discussion of questions that may appear on the Joint Board's examinations and the review of the November 2016 Pension (EA-2F) Examination fall within the exceptions to the open meeting requirement set forth in 5 U.S.C. 552b(c)(9)(B), and that the public interest requires that such portions be closed to public participation.
The portion of the meeting dealing with the discussion of the other topics will commence at 1:00 p.m. on January 9, 2017, and will continue for as long as necessary to complete the discussion, but not beyond 3:00 p.m. Time permitting, after the close of this discussion by Committee members, interested persons may make statements germane to this subject. Persons wishing to make oral statements should notify the Executive Director in writing prior to the meeting in order to aid in scheduling the time available and should submit the written text, or at a minimum, an outline of comments they propose to make orally. Such comments will be limited to 10 minutes in length. All persons planning to attend the public session should notify the Executive Director in writing to obtain building entry. Notifications of intent to make an oral statement or to attend must be sent electronically, by no later than January 2, 2017, to
Bureau of Justice Statistics, Department of Justice.
60-day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until February 21, 2017.
If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Suzanne Strong, Statistician, Prosecution and Judicial Statistics, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 810 Seventh Street NW., Washington, DC 20531 (email:
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
Overview of this information collection:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
If additional information is required contact: Jerri Murray, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE., 3E.405B, Washington, DC 20530.
On December 19, 2016, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed consent decree with the United States District Court for the District of Columbia in the lawsuit entitled
The United States filed this lawsuit under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”). The United States' complaint names George A. Spanos, in his capacity as the trustee of the George A. Spanos Living Trust, Anthony Spanos, Inc., and Gus Dinos as defendants. The United States' complaint asserts claims against George A. Spanos, in his capacity as trustee of the George A. Spanos Living Trust, for recovery of costs incurred and to be incurred by the Environmental Protection Agency in connection with the removal of hazardous substances at the Georgia Avenue PCE Site, Anthony Spanos, Inc. for recovery of costs incurred and to be incurred by the
The United States previously lodged with the Court a proposed consent decree that, if entered by the Court, would resolve the United States' claims against George A. Spanos, in his capacity as the trustee of the George A. Spanos Living Trust. The presently proposed consent decree resolves the United States' remaining claims against Anthony Spanos, Inc. and Gus Dinos. Under the proposed consent decree, Anthony Spanos, Inc. agrees to assign its rights to proceeds under its insurance policies to the United States. In return, the United States agrees not to sue Anthony Spanos, Inc. under Sections 106 and 107 of CERCLA. In addition, under the proposed consent decree, Gus Dinos agrees to pay a $5,000 civil penalty.
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the consent decree. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the consent decree may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department Web site:
Please enclose a check or money order for $6.25 (25 cents per page reproduction cost) payable to the United States Treasury.
Bureau of Justice Statistics, Department of Justice.
60-day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Office of Justice Programs, Bureau of Justice Statistics, will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995.
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for 60 days until February 21, 2017.
If you have additional comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Suzanne Strong, Statistician, Prosecution and Judicial Statistics, Bureau of Justice Statistics, 810 Seventh Street NW., Washington, DC 20531 (email:
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Respondents will be state and local prosecutor offices located in the sixteen Public Law 280 (PL-280) states.
(5)
(6)
If additional information is required contact: Melody Braswell, Department Clearance Officer, United States Department of Justice, Justice Management Division, Policy and Planning Staff, Two Constitution Square, 145 N Street NE., 3E.405B, Washington, DC 20530.
Employment and Training Administration, Department of Labor.
Notice.
The Employment and Training Administration (ETA) of the Department of Labor (Department) is issuing this notice to announce the 2017 Adverse Effect Wage Rate (AEWR) for the employment of temporary or seasonal nonimmigrant foreign workers (H-2A workers) to perform herding or production of livestock on the range.
AEWRs are the minimum wage rates the Department has determined must be offered and paid by employers to H-2A workers and workers in corresponding employment so that the wages of similarly employed U.S. workers will not be adversely affected. In this notice, the Department announces the annual update of the AEWR for workers engaged in the herding or production of livestock on the range, as required by the methodology established in the
William W. Thompson, II, Acting Administrator, Office of Foreign Labor Certification, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Room PPII-12-200, Washington, DC 20210. Telephone: 202-693-3010 (this is not a toll-free number). Individuals with hearing or speech impairments may access the telephone number above via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Information Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339.
The U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services of the Department of Homeland Security will not approve an employer's petition for the admission of H-2A nonimmigrant temporary agricultural workers in the U.S. unless the petitioner has received from the Department an H-2A labor certification. The labor certification provides that: (1) There are not sufficient U.S. workers who are able, willing, and qualified and who will be available at the time and place needed to perform the labor or services involved in the petition; and (2) the employment of the foreign worker(s) in such labor or services will not adversely affect the wages and working conditions of workers in the U.S. similarly employed. 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(H)(ii)(a), 1184(c)(1), and 1188(a); 8 CFR 214.2(h)(5); 20 CFR 655.100.
The Department's H-2A regulations covering the herding or production of livestock on the range (H-2A Herder Rule) at 20 CFR 655.210(g) and 655.211(a)(1) provide that employers must offer, advertise in recruitment and pay each worker employed under 20 CFR 655.200-655.235 a wage that is at least the highest of: (i) The monthly AEWR, (ii) the agreed-upon collective bargaining wage, or (iii) the applicable minimum wage imposed by Federal or State law or judicial action. Further, when the monthly AEWR is adjusted during a work contract, and is higher than both the agreed-upon collective bargaining wage and the applicable minimum wage imposed by Federal or State law or judicial action in effect at the time the work is performed, the employer must pay that adjusted monthly AEWR upon publication by the Department in the
As provided in 20 CFR 655.211(c) of the H-2A Herder Rule, the methodology for establishing the monthly AEWR for range occupations in all states is based on the rate of $7.25/hour multiplied by 48 hours per week, and then multiplied by 4.333 weeks per month. Beginning for calendar year 2017, the monthly AEWR shall be adjusted annually based on the Employment Cost Index (ECI) for wages and salaries published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics for the preceding annual period. The 12-month change in the ECI for wages and salaries between September 2015 and September 2016 was 2.4 percent. ETA used that percentage to adjust the monthly AEWR.
The H-2A Herder Rule applies a two-year transition to the full monthly AEWR. In applying the transition wage rate methodology set forth under 20 CFR 655.211(d)(2) for calendar year 2017, the Department is setting the national monthly AEWR at 90 percent of the full wage calculated using the H-2A Herder Rule methodology. Thus, the national monthly AEWR rate for all range occupations in the H-2A program is calculated at ($7.25 × 48 × 4.333 × 1.024 × .90 = 1,389.67) or $1,389.67.
Accordingly, any employer certified or seeking certification for range workers must pay each worker a wage that is at least the highest of the monthly AEWR of $1,389.67, the agreed-upon collective bargaining wage, or the applicable minimum wage imposed by Federal or State legislation or judicial action, at the time work is performed on or after the effective date of this notice.
Signed in Washington, DC.
Employment and Training Administration, Department of Labor.
Notice.
The Employment and Training Administration (ETA) of the Department of Labor (Department) is issuing this notice to announce the 2017 Adverse Effect Wage Rates (AEWRs) for the employment of temporary or seasonal nonimmigrant foreign workers (H-2A workers) to perform agricultural labor or services.
AEWRs are the minimum wage rates the Department has determined must be offered and paid by employers to H-2A workers and workers in corresponding employment for a particular occupation and area so that the wages of similarly employed U.S. workers will not be adversely affected. In this notice, the Department announces the annual update of the AEWRs.
William W. Thompson, II, Acting Administrator, U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Foreign Labor Certification, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Room PPII-12-200, Washington, DC 20210. Telephone: 202-513-7350 (this is not a toll-free number).
As a condition precedent to receiving an H-2A visa, employers must first obtain a labor certification from the Department of Labor. The labor certification provides that: (1) There are not sufficient U.S. workers who are able, willing, and qualified and who will be available at the time and place needed to perform the labor or services involved in the petition; and (2) the employment of the foreign worker(s) in such labor or services will not adversely affect the wages and working conditions of workers in the U.S. similarly employed. 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(H)(ii)(a), 1184(c)(1), and 1188(a); 8 CFR 214.2(h)(5); 20 CFR 655.100.
The Department's H-2A regulations at 20 CFR 655.120(l) provide that employers must pay their H-2A workers and workers in corresponding employment at least the highest of: (i) The AEWR; (ii) the prevailing hourly wage rate; (iii) the prevailing piece rate; (iv) the agreed-upon collective bargaining wage rate, if applicable; or (v) the Federal or State minimum wage rate, in effect at the time the work is performed.
Except as otherwise provided in 20 CFR part 655, subpart B, the region-wide AEWR for all agricultural employment (except those occupations characterized by other than a reasonably regular workday or workweek as described in 20 CFR 655.102) for which temporary H-2A certification is being sought is equal to the annual weighted average hourly wage rate for field and livestock workers (combined) in the State or region as published annually by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA). 20 CFR 655.120(c) requires that the Administrator of the Office of Foreign Labor Certification publish the USDA field and livestock worker (combined) wage data as AEWRs in a
Pursuant to the H-2A regulations at 20 CFR 655.173, the Department will publish a separate
Signed in Washington, DC
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL), Employment and Training Administration (ETA) is soliciting comments concerning a proposed extension for the authority to conduct the information collection request (ICR) titled, “Workforce Innovation Fund Grants Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements.” This comment request is part of continuing Departmental
Consideration will be given to all written comments received by February 21, 2017.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free by contacting Wendy Havenstrite by telephone at (202) 693-2618, TTY 1-877-889-5627, (these are not toll-free numbers or by email at
Submit written comments about, or requests for a copy of, this ICR by mail or courier to the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20210; by email:
Contact Wendy Havenstrite by telephone at (202) 693-2618 (this is not a toll-free number) or by email at
The DOL, as part of continuing efforts to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a pre-clearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information before submitting them to the OMB for final approval. This program helps to ensure requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements can be properly assessed.
The Workforce Innovation Fund (WIF) was created as a grant program by the Full-Year Continuing Appropriations Act, 2011 (in Sec. 1801, Title VIII, Div. B of Pub. L. 112-10), the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2013 (Pub. L. 113-6), and the Consolidated Funding Act, 2014 (Pub. L. 113-76). The first round of grants was awarded in June 2012, with service delivery beginning in 2013. (The first round of grants are ending by the current ICR end date). The second round of grants, awarded September 2014, were awarded to a combination of state workforce agencies and local workforce investment boards and began service delivery in 2015. The final round of grants, awarded in September 2015, went to five States and one tribal entity with service delivery beginning in 2016. According to these Acts, the WIF was established to “carry out projects that demonstrate innovative strategies or replicate effective evidence-based strategies that align and strengthen the workforce investment system in order to improve program delivery and education and employment outcomes for program beneficiaries.” One of the purposes of the WIF grants is to contribute to the documentation of evidence-based practice within the field of workforce development.
This document requests approval to continue to collect information to meet the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of the WIF grant program through the end of each grantee's reporting cycle. In applying for the WIF grant program, grantees agreed to submit quarterly reports—both narrative and performance reports—that describe project activities and outcomes that relate to the project and document the training or labor market information approaches used by the grantee. The quarterly performance narrative report will provide a format for a detailed account of program activities, accomplishments, and progress toward performance outcomes during the quarter. These reports will collect aggregate information on participants' grant progress and accomplishments, grant challenges, grant technical assistance needs and success stories and lessons learned through five questions—four programmatic questions and one performance question. Because WIF grants tackle a range of employment and training services and strategies, each grant will have a unique set of performance goals and outcome measures designed by the grantee for the specific innovation and project being pursued in the grant. The fifth of the five questions in the quarterly performance narrative report will ask for performance data based on the unique grant performance measures and key project milestones identified by each grantee.
The information from these reports will be used to evaluate the performance of the WIF projects; manage performance risk; and collect lessons learned in terms of processes, strategies, and performance from the projects. ETA will use the data to help inform policy about the workforce and possible changes in structures and policies that enable a closer alignment and integration of workforce development, education, human services, social insurance, and economic development programs. The data will also be used to determine what technical assistance needs the WIF grantees have so that ETA can provide such assistance to support improvement of grantee outcomes.
The information provided in the quarterly performance narrative reports, including the lessons learned through innovative projects, is necessary for increasing the body of knowledge about what works in workforce development. This information collection maintains a reporting and record-keeping system for a minimum level of information collection that is necessary to hold WIF grantees appropriately accountable for the Federal funds they receive and to allow the Department to fulfill its oversight and management responsibilities.
To reduce grantee burden, grantees will only report on performance measures they identify in their project that are specifically applicable to their grant. This approach minimizes the reporting burden on grantees and encourages grantees to identify and document a new set of achievements and performance measures that apply directly to the grant projects. The Full-Year Continuing Appropriations Act, 2011 (in Sec. 1801, Title VIII, Div. B of Pub. L. 112-10), the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2013 (Pub. L. 113-6), and the Consolidated Funding Act, 2014 (Pub. L. 113-76) authorizes this information collection.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to provide comments to the contact shown in the
Submitted comments will also be a matter of public record for this ICR and posted on the Internet, without redaction. The DOL encourages commenters not to include personally identifiable information, confidential
The DOL is particularly interested in comments that:
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A).
Office of Management and Budget, Executive Office of the President.
Notice of availability.
The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has reissued OMB Circular A-108, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Review, Reporting, and Publication under the Privacy Act.” The reissued Circular revises and relocates the guidance that previously had been included in Circular A-130, “Management of Federal Information Resources,” Appendix I, “Federal Agency Responsibilities for Maintaining Records About Individuals.” The reissued Circular replaces the November 28, 2000 version of Appendix I to Circular A-130 and supplements and clarifies existing OMB guidance.
Effective upon publication as of December 23, 2016, OMB is making reissued Circular A-108 available to the public at
Kevin Herms, Office of Management and Budget, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, at
The Privacy Act of 1974, which has been in effect since September 27, 1975, sets forth a series of requirements governing Federal agency practices with respect to certain information about individuals. Although the Privacy Act places principal responsibility for compliance on agencies, the statute requires the Director of OMB to develop guidelines and provide continuing assistance to and oversight of implementation by agencies.
On October 7, 2016, OMB requested public comment (81 FR 69871) and posted the proposed Circular A-108 on its Web site. Although some commenters were critical of specific aspects of the proposed policy, the commenters were generally supportive of the overall Circular and the approaches taken.
While OMB carefully considered all of the comments submitted, some of them were beyond the scope of the Circular. Several of the comments criticized agency compliance with Privacy Act legal and policy requirements, while others appeared to be inconsistent with certain statutory provisions or other OMB policy requirements, or would have the effect of modifying certain statutory provisions or prohibiting certain legally permissible agency actions. The reissuance of Circular A-108 and the supplementary guidance and clarification it provides are intended to assist agencies in their implementation of, and facilitate their compliance with, the Privacy Act's review, reporting, and publication requirements. The Circular is meant to establish general standards and it would be beyond the scope of the Circular to address specific agency practices or compliance efforts or to accept comments that may be inconsistent with other legal or policy requirements.
Several comments identified areas in which the guidance could be modified to improve the quality of notice provided to the public in agency system of records notices. Based on OMB's consideration and responses to the public comments, the revised Circular A-108:
• Revises the routine use section of the guidance to state that agency routine uses that only apply to certain records in a system of records should indicate their limited scope. In addition, a subheading in the section of the Circular describing the scope of a system of records was revised to better emphasize the need to consider routine uses when determining the scope of a system.
• Requires that the description of linkages between different systems be in the “Policies and Practices for Retrieval of Records” section of the notice, which is included in the Privacy Act Issuances. In addition, the language describing the requirement to describe linkages
• Includes a “History” section in the system of records notice templates for agencies to provide citations to the last full
National Aeronautics and Space Administration.
Notice of intent to grant exclusive patent license.
NASA hereby gives notice of its intent to grant an exclusive patent license in the United States to practice the invention described and claimed in U.S. Patent Application entitled, “System, Apparatus, and Method for Liquid Purification,” LEW-18732-1, to SageGuard Solutions, LLC, having its principal place of business in Westlake, Ohio. The fields of use may be limited to anaerobic digestion of agricultural by-products and run-off, semiconductor manufacturing process water and wastewater treatment, and food and beverage manufacturing process water and wastewater treatment.
The prospective exclusive license may be granted unless, within fifteen (15) days from the date of this published notice, NASA receives written objections including evidence and argument that establish that the grant of the license would not be consistent with the requirements regarding the licensing of federally owned inventions as set forth in the Bayh-Dole Act and implementing regulations. Competing applications completed and received by NASA within fifteen (15) days of the date of this published notice will also be treated as objections to the grant of the contemplated exclusive license. Objections submitted in response to this notice will not be made available to the public for inspection and, to the extent permitted by law, will not be released under the Freedom of Information Act.
Objections relating to the prospective license may be submitted to Patent Counsel, Office of Chief Counsel, MS 142-7, NASA Glenn Research Center, 21000 Brookpark Rd, Cleveland, OH 44135. Phone (216) 433-3663. Facsimile (216) 433-6790.
Robert Earp, Patent Counsel, Office of Chief Counsel, MS 142-7, NASA Glenn Research Center, 21000 Brookpark Rd, Cleveland OH 44135. Phone (216) 433-3663. Facsimile (216) 433-6790.
This notice of intent to grant an exclusive patent license is issued in accordance with 35 U.S.C. 209(c)(1) and 37 CFR 404.7(a)(1)(i). The patent rights in these inventions have been assigned to the United States of America as represented by the Administrator of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. The prospective exclusive license will comply with the requirements of 35 U.S.C. 209 and 37 CFR 404.7.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration
Notice of Availability (NOA)
NASA has prepared and issued a Final Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement (FPEIS) for implementation of the Kennedy Space Center (KSC) Center Master Plan (CMP). The purpose of the CMP is to provide overall management guidance for KSC from 2016 to 2032. Implementation of the CMP will facilitate a two-decade transformation from a single, government-user launch complex to a multi-user spaceport. This multi-user spaceport will be developed in concert with NASA's programmatic missions and requirements to explore destinations outside of low Earth orbit. The need for the action is to update KSC's CMP in a manner that supports achievement of NASA's programmatic mission objectives, at the same time as maximizing the provision of excess capabilities and assets in support of non-NASA access to space.
NASA will issue a Record of Decision (ROD) for the FPEIS on the proposed KSC CMP either by December 19, 2016, or after 30 days from the date of publication of the NOA for the PFEIS in the
The FPEIS may be reviewed at the NASA Headquarters Library (Washington, DC), as well as public libraries in Florida including New Smyrna Beach, Cocoa Beach, Merritt Island, Port St. John, Cape Canaveral and Titusville. Limited hard copies of the PFEIS are available and may be requested by contacting Mr. Donald Dankert at the address, telephone number, or electronic mail address indicated below. The PFEIS is available electronically to download and read at
Mr. Donald Dankert, Environmental Management Branch, NASA Kennedy Space Center, Mail Code: TA-A4C, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899, Email:
Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, as Amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
Overall, KSC is transitioning to a re-focused mission that redefines its relationship with industry and leverages the potential of partnerships. Amid the challenges of an aging and unsustainable asset base, as well as a highly constrained federal budget, NASA must adopt and implement strategies that preserve the institutional infrastructure needed to support its purpose and programs.
This FPEIS is a programmatic document. In keeping with guidance from CEQ, the FPEIS outlines and broadly describes actions associated with KSC's proposed programs in the
Of the three alternatives considered in the FPEIS, NASA prefers Alternative 1. This alternative would allow for implementation of the CMP while at the same time protecting natural resources and the environment to a greater extent than the Proposed Action.
As a result of comments received during internal and external (public) scoping, NASA developed three alternatives that are assessed in this FPEIS. Under the first of these, the Proposed Action, KSC would transition to a multi-user spaceport. A number of new land uses are proposed, including two seaports and horizontal and vertical launch and landing facilities. There would be changes in the acreage of existing designated land use categories at KSC. Alternative 1 was crafted as a direct response to concerns expressed in comments received during the PEIS public scoping period in June 2014, as well as other observations and data acquired from stakeholders and other agencies during the scoping process. Alternative 1 is similar to the Proposed Action in many regards, but is differentiated in several key respects, primarily, differences in the siting and size of vertical and horizontal launch and landing facilities. Also, the two new seaports would not be constructed.
In the No Action Alternative, KSC management would continue its emphasis on dedicated NASA Programs and would not transition in the coming years towards a multi-user spaceport. Rather, each NASA Program would continue to be operated as an independent entity to a significant degree, to be funded separately, and to manage activities and buildings in support of its own program. There would continue to be a limited non-NASA presence at KSC. Under the three PEIS alternatives, there would be differences in the sizes of the areas of designated land uses at KSC. These varying acreages are a function of the different emphases, priorities, and projects of the three PEIS alternatives. Only in the recreation and water categories are the acreages identical in all three alternatives.
The PFEIS assesses potential environmental impacts for all three alternatives under the topics of soils and geology, water resources, hazardous materials and waste, air quality, climate change, noise, biological resources, cultural resources, land use, transportation, utilities, socioeconomics, recreation, environmental justice, and protection of children.
Information Security Oversight Office (ISOO). National Archives and Records Administration (NARA).
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, NARA announces an upcoming State, Local, Tribal, and Private Sector Policy Advisory Committee (SLTPS-PAC) meeting.
The meeting will be on January 25, 2017, from 10:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. EDT.
National Archives and Records Administration (NARA); 700 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Jefferson Room; Washington, DC 20408.
Robert J. Skwirot, Senior Program Analyst, ISOO, by mail at National Archives Building; 700 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20408, by telephone at 202.357.5398, or by email at
The meeting's purpose is to discuss matters relating to the Classified National Security Information Program for State, Local, Tribal, and Private Sector entities. This meeting is open to the public. However, due to space limitations and access procedures, you must register in advance if you wish to attend the meeting. Submit your name and telephone number to ISOO at the contact information above no later than Wednesday, January 18, 2017. ISOO will provide additional instructions for gaining access to the Jefferson Room.
5 U.S.C. app 2.
National Archives and Records Administration (NARA)
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, the National Archives and Records Administration announces an upcoming Advisory Committee on Presidential Library-Foundation Partnerships meeting.
The meeting will be Thursday, February 29, 2017, from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon.
National Archives and Records Administration (NARA); 700 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Room 105; Washington, DC 20408.
Denise LeBeck, by telephone at 301-
The meeting's purpose is to discuss the Presidential Library program and topics related to public-private partnerships between Presidential Libraries and Presidential Foundations. The meeting is open to the public. Meeting attendees may enter from the Pennsylvania Avenue entrance, and must show photo identification to enter. No visitor parking is available at the Archives building; however, there are commercial parking lots and metered curb parking nearby.
5 U.S.C. appendix 2.
National Credit Union Administration (NCUA).
Notice.
The National Credit Union Administration (NCUA) will be submitting the following information collection requests to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, on or after the date of publication of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before January 23, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimate, or any other aspect of the information collection, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for NCUA, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submission may be obtained by emailing
By Gerard Poliquin, Secretary of the Board, the National Credit Union Administration, on December 20, 2016.
National Science Foundation.
Submission for OMB review; comment request.
The National Science Foundation (NSF) has submitted the following information collection requirement to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This is the second notice for public comment; the first was published in the
Comments regarding this information collection are best assured of having their full effect if received within 30 days of this notification. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling 703-292-7556.
Comments on this information collection should be addressed to: Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs of OMB, Attention: Desk Officer for National Science Foundation, 725 17th Street NW., Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, and to Suzanne H. Plimpton, Reports Clearance Officer, National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 1265, Arlington, Virginia 22230 or send email to
Suzanne H. Plimpton, Reports Clearance Officer, National Science Foundation, 4201 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 1265, Arlington, Virginia 22230 or send email to
The draft Large Facilities Manual and Large Facilities Financial Data Collection Tool were made available for review by the public on the NSF Web site at
• 54 requested further guidance on project management controls and NSF oversight processes and procedures;
• 47 requested clarification on the processes and requirements associated with cost and contingency through the various stage of the facility lifecycle;
• 25 requested clarifications of requirements during the operations and divestment stages of the facility lifecycle;
• 18 questioned the applicability to contracts versus cooperative agreements;
• 15 provided general observations; and
• 30 provided editing recommendations such as typos and sentence structure.
The full comments and NSF's response may be found via:
“To promote the progress of science; to advance the national health, prosperity, and welfare; to secure the national defense. * * *”
The Act authorized and directed NSF to initiate and support:
• Basic scientific research and research fundamental to the engineering process;
• Programs to strengthen scientific and engineering research potential;
• Science and engineering education programs at all levels and in all the various fields of science and engineering;
• Programs that provide a source of information for policy formulation; and
• Other activities to promote these ends.
Among Federal agencies, NSF is a leader in providing the academic community with advanced instrumentation needed to conduct state-of-the-art research and to educate the next generation of scientists, engineers and technical workers. The knowledge generated by these tools sustains U.S. leadership in science and engineering (S&E) to drive the U.S. economy and secure the future. NSF's responsibility is to ensure that the research and education communities have access to these resources, and to provide the support needed to utilize them optimally, and implement timely upgrades.
The scale of advanced instrumentation ranges from small research instruments to shared resources or facilities that can be used by entire communities. The demand for such instrumentation is very high, and is growing rapidly, along with the pace of discovery. For large facilities and shared infrastructure, the need is particularly high. This trend is expected to accelerate in the future as increasing numbers of researchers and educators rely on such large facilities, instruments, and databases to provide the reach to make the next intellectual leaps.
NSF currently provides support for facility construction from two accounts: The Major Research Equipment and Facility Construction (MREFC) account, and the Research and Related Activities (R&RA) account. The MREFC account, established in FY 1995, is a separate budget line item that provides an agency-wide mechanism, permitting directorates to undertake large facility projects are roughly $70M or greater. Smaller projects continue to be supported from the R&RA Account.
Facilities are defined as shared-use infrastructure, instrumentation and equipment that are accessible to a broad community of researchers and/or educators. Facilities may be centralized or may consist of distributed installations. They may incorporate large-scale networking or computational infrastructure, multi-user instruments or networks of such instruments, or other infrastructure, instrumentation and equipment having a major impact on a broad segment of a scientific or engineering discipline. Historically, awards have been made for such diverse projects as accelerators, telescopes, research vessels and aircraft, and geographically distributed but networked sensors and instrumentation.
The growth and diversification of large facility projects require that NSF remain attentive to the ever-changing issues and challenges inherent in their planning, construction, operation, management and oversight. Most importantly, dedicated, competent NSF and awardee staff are needed to manage and oversee these projects; giving the attention and oversight that good practice dictates and that proper accountability to taxpayers and Congress demands. To this end, there is also a need for consistent, documented requirements and procedures to be understood and used by NSF program managers and awardees for all such large projects.
• Provide step-by-step guidance for NSF staff and awardees to carry out effective project planning, management and oversight of large facilities while considering the varying requirements of a diverse portfolio;
• Clearly state the policies, processes and procedures pertinent at each stage of a facility's life cycle from development through construction, operations, and termination; and
• Document and disseminate “best practices” identified over time so that NSF and awardees can carry out their responsibilities more effectively.
This version of the Large Facilities Manual reflects recent changes in terminology to be compatible with the Uniform Guidance 2 CRF 200 and Federal Acquisition Regulation definitions, project development, management of contingency, and fees and to improve the description of NSF oversight activities for Large Facilities. It also updates sections related to cost-estimating requirements to ensure alignment with the Government Accountability Office (GAO) guidelines. The Manual does not replace existing formal procedures required for all NSF awards, which are described in the
This Manual will be updated periodically to reflect changes in requirements, policies and/or procedures. Award Recipients are expected to monitor and adopt the requirements and best practices included in the Manual which are aimed at improving management and oversight of large facilities projects and at enabling the most efficient and cost-effective delivery of tools to the research and education communities.
The submission of proposals and subsequent project documentation to the Foundation related to the development, construction and operations of Large Facilities is part of the collection of information. This information is used to help NSF fulfill this responsibility in supporting merit-based research and education projects in all the scientific and engineering disciplines. The Foundation also has a continuing commitment to provide oversight on facilities development and construction which must be balanced against monitoring its information collection so as to identify and address any excessive reporting burdens.
NSF has approximately twenty-two (22) Large Facilities in various stages of development, construction, operations and termination. One to two (1 to 2) new awards are made approximately every five (5) years based on science community infrastructure needs and availability of funding. Of the twenty-two large facilities, there are approximately eight (8) facilities annually that are either in development or construction. These stages require the highest level of reporting and management documentation per the Large Facilities Manual.
NSF may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Pub. L. 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Notice of submission to the Office of Management and Budget; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has recently submitted a request for renewal of an existing collection of information to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review. The information collection is entitled, NRC Form 314, “Certificate of Disposition of Materials.” The NRC Form 314 is submitted by a materials licensee who wishes to terminate its license. The form provides information needed by the NRC to determine whether the licensee has radioactive materials on hand which must be transferred or otherwise disposed of prior to expiration or termination of the license.
Submit comments by January 23, 2017.
Submit comments directly to the OMB reviewer at: Vlad Dorjets, Desk Officer, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (Docket ID NRC-2016-0132), NEOB-10202, Office of Management and Budget, Washington, DC 20503; telephone: 202-395-7315, email:
David Cullison, NRC Clearance Officer, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2084; email:
Please refer to Docket ID Docket ID NRC-2016-0132 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information in comment submissions that you do not
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the OMB, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that comment submissions are not routinely edited to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
Under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the NRC recently submitted a request for renewal of an existing collection of information to OMB for review entitled, “
The NRC published a
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Standard review plan-final section revision; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing a final revision to several sections in Chapter 3, “Design of Structures, Components, Equipment, and Systems Reactor Coolant System and Connected Systems,” and Chapter 5, “Reactor Coolant System and Connected Systems,” of NUREG-0800, “Standard Review Plan for the Review of Safety Analysis Reports for Nuclear Power Plants: LWR Edition.” The revisions to these standard review plan (SRP) sections reflect no changes in staff position; rather they clarify the original intent of these SRP sections using plain language throughout in accordance with the NRC's Plain Writing Action Plan. Additionally, these revisions reflect operating experience, lessons learned, and the inclusion of updated guidance since the last revision, and address the applicability of regulatory treatment of non-safety systems where appropriate. The staff also deleted text in one of the Chapter 5 SRPs, as the text contained guidance that was included in other SRPs and, therefore, does not constitute removal of guidance and added several references to updated standards and guidance.
The effective date of this Standard Review Plan (SRP) update is January 23, 2017.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2015-0198 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Mark Notich, Office of New Reactors, telephone: 301-415-3053; email:
A summary of the comments and the NRC staff's disposition of the comments are available in a separate document, “Response to Public Comments on Draft Standard Review Plan Sections from Chapters 3 and 5: Design of Structures, Components, Equipment, and Systems, and Reactor Coolant System and
The Office of New Reactors and the Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation are revising these sections from their current revisions. Details of specific changes in the proposed revisions are included at the end of each of the proposed sections.
The changes to these SRP sections reflect current NRC staff review methods and practices based on lessons learned from the NRC's reviews of design certification and combined license applications completed since the last revision of this chapter.
Issuance of these revised SRP sections does not constitute backfitting as defined in § 50.109 of title 10 of the
The SRP provides guidance to the staff on how to review an application for the NRC's regulatory approval in the form of licensing. Changes in internal staff guidance are not matters for which either nuclear power plant applicants or licensees are protected under either the Backfit Rule or the issue finality provisions of 10 CFR part 52.
The staff does not intend to impose or apply the positions described in the SRP to existing (already issued) licenses and regulatory approvals. Therefore, the issuance of a final SRP—even if considered guidance that is within the purview of the issue finality provisions in 10 CFR part 52—need not be evaluated as if it were a backfit or as being inconsistent with issue finality provisions. If, in the future, the staff seeks to impose a position in the SRP on holders of already issued licenses in a manner which does not provide issue finality as described in the applicable issue finality provision, then the staff must make the showing as set forth in the Backfit Rule or address the criteria for avoiding issue finality as described in the applicable issue finality provision.
Applicants and potential applicants are not, with certain exceptions, protected by either the Backfit Rule or any issue finality provisions under 10 CFR part 52. This is because neither the Backfit Rule nor the issue finality provisions under 10 CFR part 52—with certain exclusions discussed in the next paragraph—were intended to apply to every NRC action which substantially changes the expectations of current and future applicants.
The exceptions to the general principle are applicable whenever an applicant references a 10 CFR part 52 license (
This action is a rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801-808). However, the Office of Management and Budget has not found it to be a major rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act.
The ADAMS accession numbers revised sections are available in ADAMS under the accession numbers in the table below.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Draft regulatory guide; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing for public comment draft regulatory guide (DG), DG-3050, “Spent Fuel Heat Generation in an Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation.” This proposed revision (Revision 2) to RG 3.54 provides methods acceptable to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff for calculating spent nuclear fuel heat generation rates for use for an independent spent fuel storage installation (ISFSI).
Submit comments by February 21, 2017. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the NRC is able to ensure consideration only for comments received on or before this date. Although a time limit is given,
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
For additional direction on accessing information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Alexis Sotomayor-Rivera, Office of Nuclear Material Safety and Safeguards, telephone: 301-415-7265; email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0268 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publically-available information related to this document, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0268 in your comment submission. The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.
The NRC is issuing for public comment a DG in the NRC's “Regulatory Guide” series. This series was developed to describe and make available to the public information regarding methods that are acceptable to the NRC staff for implementing specific parts of the NRC's regulations, techniques that the staff uses in evaluating specific issues or postulated events, and data that the staff needs in its review of applications for permits and licenses.
The DG, entitled, “Spent Fuel Heat Generation in an Independent Spent Fuel Storage Installation,” is temporarily identified by its task number, DG-3050. Draft Guide-3050 is proposed Revision 2 to Regulatory Guide (RG) 3.54, dated January 1999.
This revision (Revision 2) presents an up-to-date methodology for determining heat generation rates for both PWR and BWR fuel and provides greater flexibility (less restrictions) than the previous revision. It allows loading of higher burnup fuel by using more accurate methods for decay heat calculations by covering a wider range of fuel characteristics, including operating history.
This draft regulatory guide, if finalized, would provide guidance to general and specific NRC part 72 licensees with respect to determining heat generation rates for spent fuel. Issuance of this draft regulatory guide, if finalized, would not constitute backfitting as defined in in section 72.62(a) of title 10 of the
1. The draft regulatory guide positions, if finalized, describe a methodology acceptable to the NRC staff, and expressly states that current licensees may continue to use guidance the NRC found acceptable for complying with the identified regulations as long as the licensee does not initiate, as a voluntary matter, a change to its current licensing basis. Therefore, the guidance, if finalized, would not constitute backfitting as defined in 10 CFR 72.62(a).
2. The NRC has no intention of imposing the positions in the draft regulatory guide on existing ISFSI or nuclear power plant licenses either now or in the future (absent a voluntary request for change from the licensee).
3. The matters addressed in the regulatory guide apply equally to both specific licensees under part 72 as well as general licensees under who hold ISFSI licensees by virtue of their status as holders of part 50 operating licenses or as holders of part 52 combined licenses.
4. Backfitting and issue finality do not—with limited exceptions not applicable here—protect current or future applicants. Applicants and potential applicants are not, with certain exceptions, protected by the backfitting provisions in 10 CFR 72.62. This is because the backfitting provisions in Part 72 were not intended to apply to every NRC action which substantially changes the expectations of current and future applicants.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Draft regulatory guide; extension of comment period.
On November 3, 2016, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) issued for public comment draft regulatory guide (DG) DG-1337, “Restart of a Nuclear Power Plant Shut Down by a Seismic Event,” in the
Submit comments by February 28, 2017. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the NRC is able to ensure consideration only for comments received on or before this date. Although a time limit is given, comments and suggestions in connection with items for inclusion in guides currently being developed or improvements in all published guides are encouraged at any time.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods (unless this document describes a different method for submitting comments on a specified subject):
•
•
For additional direction on accessing information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Thomas Weaver, telephone: 301-415-2383, email:
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0224 in your comment submission. The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC posts all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment submissions into ADAMS.
The NRC is issuing for public comment a DG in the NRC's “Regulatory Guide” series. This series was developed to describe and make available to the public information regarding methods that are acceptable to the NRC staff for implementing specific parts of the NRC's regulations, techniques that the staff uses in evaluating specific issues or postulated events, and data that the staff needs in its review of applications for permits and licenses. The DG, entitled “Restart of a Nuclear Power Plant Shut Down by a Seismic Event,” is a proposed revised guide temporarily identified by its task number, DG-1337. The proposed revision of RG 1.167 describes methods acceptable to the NRC staff that can be used to demonstrate that a nuclear power plant is safe for restarting after a shutdown caused by a seismic event. It incorporates lessons learned following the shutdown of nuclear power plants due to earthquake ground shaking and post-earthquake evaluations since Revision 0 was issued in 1997. They include experience gained through the shutdown and restart process of the North Anna nuclear power plant following the Mineral, Virginia earthquake in 2011. It endorses, with some exceptions, sections of ANS/ANSI-2.23-2016, “Nuclear Power Plant Response to an Earthquake,” that relate to post-shutdown inspections and tests, inspection criteria, documentation, and long-term evaluations. The guidance includes an action level matrix to direct actions based on the earthquake level and observed damage levels at a nuclear power plant.
Draft Guide-1337 describes methods acceptable to the NRC staff that can be used to demonstrate that a nuclear power plant is safe for restarting after a shutdown caused by a seismic event. Issuance of this DG, if finalized, would not constitute backfitting as defined in § 50.109 of title 10 of the
This DG may be applied to applications for operating licenses, combined licenses, early site permits, and certified design rules docketed by the NRC as of the date of issuance of the final regulatory guide, as well as future applications submitted after the issuance of the regulatory guide. Such action would not constitute backfitting as defined in the Backfit Rule or be otherwise inconsistent with the applicable issue finality provision in 10 CFR part 52, inasmuch as such applicants or potential applicants are not within the scope of entities protected by the Backfit Rule or the relevant issue finality provisions in part 52.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the debit/credit price reasonability check for complex orders. The text of the proposed rule change is provided below.
(a)-(c) No change.
.01-.03 No change.
.04 Price Check Parameters: On a class-by-class basis, the Exchange may determine (and announce via Regulatory Circular) which of the following price check parameters will apply to eligible complex orders. Paragraphs (b), (e) and (g) will not be applicable to stock-option orders.
For purposes of this Interpretation and Policy .04:
Vertical Spread. A “vertical” spread is a two-legged complex order with one leg to buy a number of calls (puts) and one leg to sell the same number of calls (puts) with the same expiration date but different exercise prices.
Butterfly Spread. A “butterfly” spread is a three-legged complex order with two legs to buy (sell) the same number of calls (puts) and one leg to sell (buy) twice as many calls (puts), all with the same expiration date but different exercise prices, and the exercise price of the middle leg is between the exercise prices of the other legs. If the exercise price of the middle leg is halfway between the exercise prices of the other legs, it is a “true” butterfly; otherwise, it is a “skewed” butterfly.
Box Spread. A “box” spread is a four-legged complex order with one leg to buy calls and one leg to sell puts with one strike price, and one leg to sell calls and one leg to buy puts with another strike price, all of which have the same expiration date and are for the same number of contracts.
To the extent a price check parameter is applicable, the Exchange will not automatically execute an eligible complex order that is:
(a)-(b) No change.
(c) Debit/Credit Price Reasonability Checks:
(1) No change.
(2) The System defines a complex order as a debit or credit as follows:
(A)-(B) No change.
(C) an order for which all pairs and loners are debits (credits) is a debit (credit). For purposes of this check, a “pair” is a pair of legs in an order for which both legs are calls or both legs are puts, one leg is a buy and one leg is a sell, and [both]
(i) No change.
(ii) The System then, for all options except European-style index options, pairs legs to the extent possible [with the same exercise prices ]across expiration dates, pairing one [leg]
(iii) A pair of calls is a credit (debit) if the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg is higher than the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg (if the pair has the same expiration date) or if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the [pair has the same ]exercise price
(iv) A pair of puts is a credit (debit) if the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg is higher than the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg (if the pair has the same expiration date) or if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the [pair has the same ]exercise price
(v) No change.
The System does not apply the check in subparagraph (1) to an order for which the System cannot define whether it is a debit or credit.
(3)-(5) No change.
(d)-(h) No change.
.05-.07 No change.
The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's Web
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The proposed rule change amends the debit/credit price reasonability check for complex orders in Rule 6.13, Interpretation and Policy .04(c) to expand its applicability. Pursuant to the debit/credit price reasonability check, the System rejects back to the Trading Permit Holder any limit order for a debit strategy with a net credit price or any limit order for a credit strategy with a net debit price, and cancels any market order (or any remaining size after partial execution of the order) for a credit strategy that would be executed at a net debit price. The System defines a complex order as a debit (credit) if all pairs and loners are debits (credits).
(1) The System first pairs legs to the extent possible within each expiration date, pairing one leg with the leg that has the next highest exercise price.
(2) The System then, for options except European-style index options, pairs legs to the extent possible with the same exercise prices across expiration dates, pairing one leg with the leg that has the next nearest expiration date.
(3) A pair of calls is a credit (debit) if the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg is higher than the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg (if the pair has the same expiration date) or if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the pair has the same exercise price).
(4) A pair of puts is a credit (debit) if the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg is higher than the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg (if the pair has the same expiration date) or if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the pair has the same exercise price).
(5) A loner to buy is a debit, and a loner to sell is a credit.
The System does not apply the check in subparagraph (1) to an order for which the System cannot define whether it is a debit or credit.
As discussed in the rule filing proposing the current check, the System determines whether an order is a debit or credit based on general options volatility and pricing principles, which the Exchange understands are used by market participants in their option pricing models.
• If two calls have the same expiration date, the price of the call with the lower exercise price is more than the price of the call with the higher exercise price;
• if two puts have the same expiration date, the price of the put with the higher exercise price is more than the price of the put with the lower exercise price; and
• if two calls (puts) have the same exercise price, the price of the call (put) with the nearer expiration is less than the price of the call (put) with the farther expiration.
In other words, a call (put) with a lower (higher) exercise price is more expensive than a call (put) with a higher (lower) exercise price, because the ability to buy stock at a lower price is more valuable than the ability to buy stock at a higher price, and the ability to sell stock at a higher price is more valuable than the ability to sell stock at a lower price. A call (put) with a farther expiration is more expensive than the price of a call (put) with a nearer expiration, because locking in a price further into the future involves more risk for the buyer and seller and thus is more valuable, making an option (call or put) with a farther expiration more expensive than an option with a nearer expiration.
Under the current check, the System only pairs calls (puts) if they have the same expiration date but different exercise prices or the same exercise price but different expiration dates. With respect to pairs with different expiration dates but the same exercise price,
Therefore, the proposed rule change expands this check to pair calls (puts) with different expiration dates if the exercise price for the call (put) with the farther expiration date is lower (higher) than the exercise price for the nearer expiration date in addition to those with different expiration dates and the same exercise price. Specifically, the proposed rule change amends subparagraph (c)(2)(C) to state, for purposes of this check, a “pair” is a pair of legs in an order for which both legs are calls or both legs are puts, one leg is a buy and one leg is a sell, and the legs have different expiration dates and the exercise price for the call (put) with
Below are examples demonstrating how the System determines whether a complex order with two legs, which have different expiration dates and exercise prices, is a debit or credit, and whether the System will reject the order pursuant to the debit/credit price reasonability check.
A Trading Permit Holder enters a spread to buy 10 Sept 30 XYZ calls and sell 10 Oct 20 XYZ calls at a net debit price of −$10.00. The System defines this order as a credit, because the buy leg is for the call with the nearer expiration date and higher exercise price (and is thus the less expensive leg). The System rejects the order back to the Trading Permit Holder because it is a limit order for a credit strategy that contains a net debit price.
A Trading Permit Holder enters a spread to buy 20 Oct 30 XYZ puts and sell 20 Sept 20 XYZ puts at a net credit price of $9.00. The System defines this order as a debit, because the buy leg is for the put with the farther expiration date and the higher exercise price (and thus the more expensive leg). The System rejects the order back to the Trading Permit Holder because it is a limit order for a debit strategy that contains a net credit price.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
In particular, the proposed rule change expands the applicability of the current debit/credit price reasonability check to additional complex orders for which the Exchange can determine whether the order is a debit or credit. By expanding the orders to which these checks apply, the Exchange can further assist with the maintenance of a fair and orderly market by mitigating the potential risks associated with additional complex orders trading at prices that are inconsistent with their strategies (which may result in executions at prices that are extreme and potentially erroneous), which ultimately protects investors. This proposed expansion of the debit/credit price reasonability check promotes just and equitable principles of trade, as it is based on the same general option and volatility pricing principles the System currently uses to pair calls and puts, which principles the Exchange understands are used by market participants in their option pricing models.
C2 does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed rule change will not impose any burden on intramarket competition, because the debit/credit price reasonability check will continue to apply to all incoming complex orders of all Trading Permit Holders in the same manner. The proposed rule change expands the applicability of the current check to additional complex orders for which the Exchange can determine whether the order is a debit or credit, which will help further prevent potentially erroneous executions and benefits all market participants. The proposed rule change does not impose any burden on intercompany competition, as it is intended to prevent potentially erroneously priced orders from entering C2's system and executing on C2's market. The Exchange believes the proposed rule change would ultimately provide all market participants with additional protection from anomalous or erroneous executions.
The individual firm benefits of enhanced risk protections flow downstream to counterparties both at the Exchange and at other options exchanges, which increases systemic protections as well. The Exchange believes enhancing risk protections will allow Trading Permit Holders to enter orders and quotes with further reduced fear of inadvertent exposure to excessive risk, which will benefit investors through increased liquidity for the execution of their orders. Without adequate risk management tools, such as the one proposed to be enhanced in this filing, Trading Permit Holders could reduce the amount of order flow and liquidity they provide. Such actions may undermine the quality of the markets available to customers and other market participants. Accordingly, the proposed rule change is designed to encourage Trading Permit Holders to submit additional order flow and liquidity to the Exchange, which may ultimately promote competition. In addition, providing Trading Permit Holders with more tools for managing risk will facilitate transactions in securities because, as noted above, Trading Permit Holders will have more confidence protections are in place that reduce the risks from potential system errors and market events.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (1) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (2) for the protection of investors; or (3) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 971.1NY and to make permanent the aspects of Customer Best Execution Auction (“CUBE”) that are subject to a pilot, as amended. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 971.1NY to make permanent the aspects of Customer Best Execution Auction (“CUBE”) that are subject to a pilot. Currently, the provisions of Rule 971.1NY that govern execution of CUBE Orders of fewer than 50 contracts are operating on a pilot basis.
Rule 971.1NY sets forth an electronic crossing mechanism for single-leg
To commence an Auction, an ATP Holder (“Initiating Participant”) may electronically submit for execution a limit order it represents as agent on behalf of a public customer, broker dealer, or any other entity (“CUBE Order”). The Initiating Participant would agree to guarantee the execution of the CUBE Order by submitting a contra-side order representing principal interest or interest it has solicited to trade with the CUBE Order at a specified price (the “single stop price”) or by utilizing auto-match or auto-match limit.
Rule 971.1NY(b)(1) sets forth the permissible range of executions for a CUBE Order.
The CUBE Pilot was initially approved for a one-year pilot, and has since been extended for three subsequent years.
The Exchange implemented the CUBE Auction to provide an electronic crossing mechanism for single-leg orders with a price improvement auction to create tighter markets and ensure that each order receives the best possible price. The Exchange believes that the CUBE Pilot attracts order flow and promotes competition and price improvement opportunities for CUBE Orders of fewer than 50 contracts. The Exchange therefore proposes to make permanent the CUBE Pilot before it expires on January 18, 2017.
In connection with the proposal to make the CUBE Pilot permanent, the Exchange proposes to modify Rule 971.1NY to introduce an additional scenario when a CUBE Order for fewer than 50 contracts would either be rejected or require price improvement. Currently, Rule 971.1NY(b)(6) provides that CUBE Orders for fewer than 50 contracts that are submitted when the BBO is $0.01 wide will be rejected. The Exchange proposes to amend this rule to provide that CUBE Orders for fewer than 50 contracts entered when the NBBO is $0.01 wide would be rejected unless they are guaranteed a penny of price improvement. To reflect this change, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 971.NY(b)(6) to provide that CUBE Orders for fewer than 50 contracts would be rejected when (A) the BBO is $0.01 wide (
The Exchange believes this proposal would further the goal of the CUBE Auction, as the CUBE Order would be “guaranteed an execution price of at least NBBO at the time the CUBE Auction commences and, moreover, would be given an opportunity for price improvement beyond the NBBO by being exposed to ATP Holders during the CUBE Auction.”
In connection with the proposal to make permanent the CUBE Pilot (
The Exchange has analyzed the data gathered during the CUBE Pilot (the “CUBE Data”) and believes the CUBE Data indicates that there is meaningful competition in CUBE Auctions for all size orders, regardless of the size of the order or the bid/ask differential of the NBBO.
The Exchange also believes that the CUBE Data reveals that there is an active and liquid market functioning on the Exchange outside of the CUBE Auction,
Although the Exchange continues to believe that the CUBE Auction provides opportunities for price improvement of CUBE Orders (
Further, the Exchange notes that CUBE Auctions for fewer than 50 contracts have served as a valuable tool in providing price improvement when the NBBO has a bid/ask differential of greater than $0.01. For example, for CUBE Auctions of this size, the CUBE Data indicates that when the NBBO has a bid/ask differential between $0.02 and $0.05, contracts executed in CUBE Auctions received on average a price improvement of $0.0114. In wider markets (
In the CUBE Approval Order, the Commission stated that “the Exchange's proposal [for the CUBE Pilot] should provide small customer orders with the opportunity for price improvement in a manner that is consistent with the Act.”
Based on a review of the CUBE Data, the Exchange believes that the CUBE Auction, as modified herein, would allow the Exchange to continue to provide meaningful competition for all size orders—including small orders—as well as to continue to offer an active and liquid market outside of the CUBE Auction. Thus, the Exchange believes it would be beneficial to customers and to the options market to make the CUBE Pilot permanent, as amended. Once permanent, the CUBE Auction would continue to accept orders of fewer than 50 contracts, provided such Orders comply with the modified CUBE rules, which should continue to attract small orders and promote competition and price improvement opportunities for such CUBE Orders.
Because of the technology changes associated with the proposed amendment to Rule 971.1NY(b)(6), the Exchange proposes to announce the implementation of the proposed change to the CUBE rules as well as the change to make the CUBE Pilot permanent, via Trader Update. Pending approval of this proposal by the Commission, the changes would be implemented prior to the expiration of the CUBE Pilot (
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange believes the proposal to make permanent the CUBE Pilot would remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because the CUBE Pilot, together with the proposal to amend CUBE herein, are reasonably designed to create tighter markets and ensure that each order receives the best possible price, which benefits investors by increasing competition thereby maximizing opportunities for price improvement. In particular, the proposal to require that Initiating Participants guarantee improvement of $0.01 (by buying at the bid or selling at the offer) on CUBE Orders for fewer than 50 contracts that are submitted when the NBBO is $0.01 wide in order to participate in the CUBE promotes just and equitable principles of trade as it would ensure that small orders receive at least minimal price improvement, which may encourage the submission and execution of more orders of fewer than 50 contracts in CUBE, thus providing an increased probability of price improvement for smaller orders.
The proposal to make permanent the CUBE Pilot would also allow the applicable rules (Rules 971.1NY(b)(1)(B) and 971.1NY(b)(8) to remain in effect, which would add certainty to Exchange rules and avoid any potential investor confusion that could result from a suspension or temporary interruption in the CUBE Pilot. Because the CUBE Pilot is applicable to all CUBE Orders for fewer than 50 contracts, and the requirement that the minimum size of the CUBE Auction is one contract, the proposal to make the Pilot permanent merely acts to maintain status quo on the Exchange, which promotes just and equitable principles of trade and removes impediments to, and perfects the mechanism of, a free and open market and a national market system.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule changes promote just and equitable principles of trade, remove impediments to and perfect the mechanism of a free and open market and a national market system because price improvement auctions are widely recognized by market participants as invaluable, both as a tool to access liquidity and a mechanism to help meet their best execution obligations. The Exchange believes the proposed rule changes would further the ability of market participants to carry out these strategies.
Finally, the Exchange believes that it is subject to significant competitive forces, as described below in the Exchange's statement regarding the burden on competition. For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange believes that making the
The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can easily direct their orders to competing venues. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually review, and consider adjusting the services it offers and the requirements it imposes to remain competitive with other exchanges. For the reasons described above, the Exchange believes that the proposed rule change reflects this competitive environment.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Within 45 days of the date of publication of this notice in the
(A) By order approve or disapprove the proposed rule change, or
(B) institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend Rule 11.9, Orders and Modifiers, and Rule 11.13, Order Execution and Routing, to enhance the Exchange's midpoint routing functionality.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.9, Orders and Modifiers, and Rule 11.13, Order Execution and Routing, to enhance the Exchange's midpoint routing functionality. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.13(b)(3)(Q) to adopt a new midpoint routing strategy known as RMPL. The Exchange also proposes to amend Rule 11.9(c)(9) to expand the routing strategies that Mid-Point Peg Orders may be coupled with to include the Destination Specific routing strategy described under Rule 11.13(b)(3)(E) and the proposed RMPL routing strategy described below.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.13(b)(3)(Q) to adopt a new midpoint routing strategy known as RMPL. Currently, the Exchange offers the RMPT routing strategy, which is described under Rule 11.13(b)(3)(Q). RMPT is a routing strategy under which a Mid-Point Peg Order
The Exchange now proposes RMPL as an alternative to the RMPT routing strategy for those seeking to route Mid-Point Peg Orders to destinations that support midpoint eligible executions that are not included under the current RMPT routing strategy. Like RMPT, RMPL would be a routing strategy under which a Mid-Point Peg Order checks the System for available shares and any remaining shares are then sent to destinations on the System routing table that support midpoint eligible orders. If any shares remain unexecuted after routing, they are posted on the BYX Book as a Mid-Point Peg Order, unless otherwise instructed by the User. As it does for RMPT, the Exchange would determine via the System routing table the specific trading venues that support midpoint eligible orders to which the System would route RMPL orders. While RMPL will operate in an identical manner as RMPT, the trading venues that each routing strategy would route to and the order in which it routes them will differ. As is the case for RMPT, the Exchange may alter the trading venues included under RMPL and the order in which they are routed to from time to time in accordance with its System routing table.
The Exchange proposes to revise Rule 11.13(b)(3)(Q) to describe both the RMPT and proposed RMPL routing strategies. As a result of these revision, the construct of paragraph (b)(3)(Q) of Rule 11.13 would be similar to paragraph (b)(3)(G) of Rule 11.13, which also delineates routing strategies that include different sets of destinations as determined by the System routing table.
The Exchange also proposes to amend Rule 11.9(c)(9) to expand the routing strategies that Mid-Point Peg Orders may be coupled with. Currently, Exchange Rule 11.9(c)(9) states that Mid-Point Peg Orders are not eligible for routing pursuant to Rule 11.13 unless routed utilizing the RMPT routing strategy.
Destination Specific is a routing option under which an order checks the System for available shares and then is sent to an away trading center or centers specified by the User.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. The Exchange provides routing services in a highly competitive market in which participants may avail themselves of a wide variety of routing options offered by self-regulatory organizations, alternative trading systems, other broker-dealers, market participants' own proprietary routing systems, and service bureaus. System enhancements, such as the changes proposed in this rule filing, do not burden competition, but rather encourage competition because they are designed to attract additional order flow to the Exchange through enhanced midpoint routing functionality. Such changes are intended to offer investors higher quality and better value than services offered by others. Encouraging competitors to provide higher quality and better value is the essence of a well-functioning competitive marketplace. Therefore, the Exchange does not believe the proposed rule change will result in any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
No comments were solicited or received on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (A) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (B) impose any significant burden on competition; and (C) by its terms, become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed or such shorter time as the Commission may designate it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (1) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (2) for the protection of investors; or (3) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend the Market Data section of its fee schedule to: (i) Adopt fees for a new market data product called EDGX Summary Depth; and (ii) amend the fees for EDGX Depth.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the Market Data section of its fee schedule to: (i) Adopt fees for a new market data product called EDGX Summary Depth; and (ii) amend the fees for EDGX Depth.
EDGX Summary Depth is a data feed that will provide aggregated two-sided quotations for all displayed orders entered into the System
The Exchange now proposes to amend its fee schedule to incorporate fees for distribution of EDGX Summary Depth to subscribers.
External Distributors that receive EDGX Summary Depth will be required to count every Professional User and Non-Professional User to which they provide EDGX Summary Depth, the requirements for which are identical to that currently in place for other market data products offered by the Exchange.
• In connection with an External Distributor's distribution of EDGX Summary Depth, the Distributor should count as one User each unique User that the Distributor has entitled to have access to EDGX Summary Depth. However, where a device is dedicated specifically to a single individual, the Distributor should count only the individual and need not count the device.
• The External Distributor should identify and report each unique User. If a User uses the same unique method to gain access to EDGX Summary Depth, the Distributor should count that as one User. However, if a unique User uses multiple methods to gain access to EDGX Summary Depth (
• External Distributors should report each unique individual person who receives access through multiple devices as one User so long as each device is dedicated specifically to that individual.
• If an External Distributor entitles one or more individuals to use the same device, the External Distributor should include only the individuals, and not the device, in the count.
Each External Distributor will receive a credit against its monthly Distribution Fee for EDGX Summary Depth equal to the amount of its monthly Usage Fees up to a maximum of the Distribution Fee for EDGX Summary Depth. For example, an External Distributor will be subject to a $2,500 monthly Distribution Fee where they receive EDGX Summary Depth. If that External Distributor reports User quantities totaling $2,500 or more of monthly usage of EDGX Summary Depth, it will pay no net Distribution Fee, whereas if that same External Distributor were to report User quantities totaling $1,500 of monthly usage, it will pay a net of $1,000 for the Distribution Fee. External Distributors will remain subject to the per User fees discussed above.
EDGX Depth is an uncompressed market data feed that provides depth-of-book quotations and execution information based on equity orders entered into the System.
The Exchange intends to implement the proposed fee change on January 3, 2017.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the objectives of Section 6 of the Act,
The Exchange also believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 11(A) of the Act
In addition, the proposed fees would not permit unfair discrimination because all of the Exchange's customers and market data vendors will be subject to the proposed fees on an equivalent basis. EDGX Summary Depth and EDGX Depth are distributed and purchased on a voluntary basis, in that neither the Exchange nor market data distributors are required by any rule or regulation to make this data available. Accordingly, Distributors and Users can discontinue use at any time and for any reason, including due to an assessment of the reasonableness of fees charged. Firms have a wide variety of alternative market data products from which to choose, such as similar proprietary data products offered by other exchanges and consolidated data. Moreover, the Exchange is not required to make any proprietary data products available or to offer any specific pricing alternatives to any customers.
In addition, the fees that are the subject of this rule filing are constrained by competition. As explained below in the Exchange's Statement on Burden on Competition, the existence of alternatives to EDGX Summary Depth and EDGX Depth further ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can elect such alternatives. That is, the Exchange competes with other exchanges (and their affiliates) that provide similar market data products. If another exchange (or its affiliate) were to charge less to distribute its similar product than the Exchange charges to consolidate and distribute EDGX Summary Depth and EDGX Depth, prospective Users likely would not subscribe to, or would cease subscribing to, EDGX Summary Depth and EDGX Depth.
The Exchange notes that the Commission is not required to undertake a cost-of-service or rate-making approach. The Exchange believes that, even if it were possible as a matter of economic theory, cost-based pricing for non-core market data would be so complicated that it could not be done practically.
In addition, the proposed fees are reasonable when compared to similar fees for comparable products offered by the NYSE and Nasdaq. Specifically, NYSE offers NYSE OpenBook for a monthly fee of $60.00 per professional subscriber and $15 per non-professional subscriber.
The Exchange further believes that the proposed Enterprise Fee is reasonable because it will simplify reporting for certain recipients that have large numbers of Professional and Non-Professional Users. Firms that pay the proposed Enterprise Fee will not have to report the number of Users on a monthly basis as they currently do, but rather will only have to count natural person users every six months, which is a significant reduction in administrative burden. Finally, the Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to establish an Enterprise Fee because it reduces the Exchange's costs and the Distributor's administrative burdens in tracking and auditing large numbers of Users.
The proposed Digital Media Enterprise Fee is equitable and reasonable because it will also enable recipient firms to more widely distribute data from EDGX Summary Depth to investors for informational purposes at a lower cost than is available today. For example, a recipient firm may purchase an Enterprise license in the amount of $30,000 per month for to receive EDGX Summary Depth from an External Distributor for an unlimited number of Professional and Non-Professional Users, which is greater than the proposed Digital Media Enterprise Fee. The Exchange also believes the amount of the Digital Media Enterprise Fee is reasonable as compared to the existing enterprise fees discussed above because the distribution of EDGX Summary Depth data is limited to television, Web sites, and mobile devices for informational purposes only, while distribution of EDGX Summary Depth data pursuant to an Enterprise license contains no such limitation. The Exchange also believes that the proposed Digital Media Enterprise Fee is equitable and reasonable because it is less than similar fees charged by other exchanges.
In addition, the proposed fees are reasonable when compared to similar fees for comparable products offered by the NYSE and Nasdaq. Specifically, NYSE offers NYSE OpenBook Ultra for a monthly fee of $60.00 per professional subscriber and $15 per non-professional subscriber.
The Exchange further believes that the proposed Enterprise Fee is reasonable because it will simplify reporting for certain recipients that have large numbers of Professional and Non-Professional Users. Firms that pay the proposed Enterprise Fee will not have to report the number of Users on a monthly basis as they currently do, but rather will only have to count natural person users every six months, which is a significant reduction in administrative burden. Finally, the Exchange believes that it is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory to establish an Enterprise Fee because it reduces the Exchange's costs and the Distributor's administrative burdens in tracking and auditing large numbers of Users.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. The Exchange's ability to price EDGX Depth and EDGX Summary Depth is constrained by: (i) Competition among exchanges, other trading platforms, and Trade Reporting Facilities (“TRF”) that compete with each other in a variety of dimensions; (ii) the existence of inexpensive real-time consolidated data and market-specific data and free delayed data; and (iii) the inherent contestability of the market for proprietary data.
The Exchange and its market data products are subject to significant competitive forces and the proposed fees represent responses to that competition. To start, the Exchange competes intensely for order flow. It competes with the other national securities exchanges that currently trade equities, with electronic communication networks, with quotes posted in FINRA's Alternative Display Facility, with alternative trading systems, and with securities firms that primarily trade as principal with their customer order flow.
In addition, EDGX Summary Depth and EDGX Depth compete with a number of alternative products. For instance, EDGX Summary Depth and EDGX Depth do provide a complete picture of all trading activity in a security. Rather, the other national securities exchanges, the several TRFs of FINRA, and Electronic Communication Networks (“ECN”) that produce proprietary data all produce trades and trade reports. Each is currently permitted to produce last sale information products, and many currently do, including Nasdaq and NYSE. In addition, market participants can gain access to EDGX last sale and depth-of-book quotations, though integrated with the prices of other markets, on feeds made available through the SIPs.
In sum, the availability of a variety of alternative sources of information imposes significant competitive pressures on Exchange data products and the Exchange's compelling need to attract order flow imposes significant competitive pressure on the Exchange to act equitably, fairly, and reasonably in setting the proposed data product fees. The proposed data product fees are, in part, responses to that pressure. The Exchange believes that the proposed fees would reflect an equitable allocation of its overall costs to users of its facilities.
In addition, when establishing the proposed fees, the Exchange considered the competitiveness of the market for proprietary data and all of the implications of that competition. The Exchange believes that it has considered all relevant factors and has not considered irrelevant factors in order to establish fair, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory fees and an equitable allocation of fees among all Users. The existence of alternatives to EDGX Depth and EDGX Summary Depth, including existing similar feeds by other exchanges, consolidated data, and proprietary data from other sources, ensures that the Exchange cannot set unreasonable fees, or fees that are unreasonably discriminatory, when vendors and subscribers can elect these alternatives or choose not to purchase a specific proprietary data product if its cost to purchase is not justified by the returns any particular vendor or subscriber would achieve through the purchase.
Lastly, the Exchange represents that the increase in pricing of EDGX Depth and the proposed pricing of the EDGX Summary Feed would continue to enable a competing vendor to create a competing product to the Exchange's Bats One Feed on the same price and latency basis as the Exchange. The Bats One Feed is a data feed that disseminates, on a real-time basis, the aggregate BBO of all displayed orders for securities traded on each of the Bats Exchanges and for the Bats Exchanges report quotes under the CTA Plan or the Nasdaq/UTP Plan. The Bats One Feed also contains the individual last sale information for the Bats Exchanges (collectively with the aggregate BBO, the “Bats One Summary Feed”). In addition, the Bats One Feed contains optional functionality which enables recipients to receive aggregated two-sided quotations from the Bats Exchanges for up to five (5) price levels
When adopting the Bats One Feed, the Exchange represented that a vendor could create a competing product based in the data feed used to construct the Bats One Feed on the same cost and latency basis as the Exchange.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received written comments on the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) filed on October 25, 2016 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) advance notice SR-NSCC-2016-803 (“Advance Notice”) pursuant to Section
The Advance Notice, as described by NSCC, is a proposal to modify NSCC's Rules & Procedures (“Rules”)
Pursuant to Addendum K of the Rules, NSCC currently guarantees the completion of trades that are cleared and settled through NSCC's Continuous Net Settlement, or “CNS” system
NSCC has previously shortened the time at which its trade guaranty applied to trades in response to processing developments, risk management considerations, and to follow industry settlement cycles.
To implement this proposed change, NSCC would amend Addendum K of the Rules
In conjunction with the proposed accelerated trade guaranty, NSCC would enhance its Clearing Fund formula to address the risks posed by the expanded trade guaranty. Specifically, NSCC proposes to amend Procedure XV (Clearing Fund Formula and Other Matters) of the Rules
The MRD component is designed by NSCC to help mitigate the risks posed to NSCC by day-over-day fluctuations in a Member's portfolio. It would do this by forecasting future changes in a Member's portfolio based on a historical look-back at each Member's portfolio over a given time period. A Member's portfolio may fluctuate significantly from one trading day to the next as the Member executes trades throughout the
The MRD would be calculated and charged on a daily basis, as a part of each Member's Required Deposit, and consists of two components: “MRD VaR” and “MRD MTM.” MRD VaR would look at historical day-over-day positive changes in the start of day (“SOD”) volatility component of a Member's Required Deposit
By addressing the day-over-day changes to each Member's SOD Volatility Charge and SOD mark-to-market component, NSCC states that the MRD would help mitigate the risks posed to NSCC by un-margined day-over-day fluctuations to a Member's portfolio resulting from intraday trading activity that would be guaranteed during the coverage gap.
The Coverage Component is designed by NSCC to mitigate the risks associated with a Member's Required Deposit being insufficient to cover projected liquidation losses to the Coverage Target by adjusting a Member's Required Deposit towards the Coverage Target. NSCC would face increased exposure to a Member's un-margined portfolio as a result of the proposed accelerated trade guaranty and would have an increased need to have each Member's Required Deposit meet the Coverage Target. The Coverage Component would supplement the MRD by preemptively increasing a Member's Required Deposit by an amount calculated to forecast potential deficiencies in the margin coverage of a Member's guaranteed portfolio. The preemptive nature of the Coverage Component differentiates it from NSCC's current Backtesting Charge
The Coverage Component would be calculated and charged on a daily basis as a part of each Member's Required Deposit. To calculate the Coverage Component, NSCC would compare the simulated liquidation profit and loss of a Member's portfolio, using the actual positions in the Member's portfolio and the actual historical returns on the security positions in the portfolio, against the sum of each of the following components of the Clearing Fund formula: Volatility Charge, the MRD, Illiquid Charge, and Market Maker Domination Charge (collectively, “Market Risk Components”). The results of that calculation would determine if there were any deficiencies between the amounts collected by these components and the simulated profit and loss of the Member's portfolio that would have been realized had it been liquidated during a 100-day look-back period. NSCC would then determine a daily “peak deficiency” amount for each Member equal to the maximum deficiency over a rolling 10 business day period for the preceding 100 days. The Coverage Component would be calculated to equal the EWMA of the peak deficiencies over the 100-day look-back period.
NSCC currently employs daily backtesting to determine the adequacy of each Member's Required Deposit. NSCC compares the Required Deposit
NSCC's objective with the Intraday Backtesting Charge is to increase Required Deposits for Members that are likely to experience intraday backtesting deficiencies on the basis described above by an amount sufficient to maintain such Member's intraday backtesting coverage above the Coverage
Because the intraday trading activity and size of the intraday backtesting deficiencies vary among impacted Members, NSCC would assess an Intraday Backtesting Charge that is specific to each impacted Member. To do so, NSCC would examine each impacted Member's historical intraday backtesting deficiencies observed over the prior 12-month period to identify the five largest intraday backtesting deficiencies that have occurred during that time. The presumptive Intraday Backtesting Charge amount would equal that Member's fifth largest historical intraday backtesting deficiency, subject to adjustment as further described below. NSCC believes that applying an additional margin charge equal to the fifth largest historical intraday backtesting deficiency to a Member's Required Deposit would have brought the Member's historically observed intraday backtesting coverage above the Coverage Target.
Although the fifth largest historical backtesting deficiency for a Member would be used as the Intraday Backtesting Charge in most cases, NSCC would retain discretion to adjust the charge amount based on other circumstances that might be relevant for assessing whether an impacted Member is likely to experience future backtesting deficiencies and the estimated size of such deficiencies. According to NSCC, examples of relevant circumstances that could be considered by NSCC in calculating the final, applicable Intraday Backtesting Charge amount include material differences among the Member's five largest intraday backtesting deficiencies observed over the prior 12-month period, variability in the net settlement activity after the collection of the Member's Required Deposit, and observed market price volatility in excess of the Member's historical Volatility Charge. Based on NSCC's assessment of the impact of these circumstances on the likelihood, and estimated size, of future intraday backtesting deficiencies for a Member, NSCC could, in its discretion, adjust the Intraday Backtesting Charge for such Member in an amount that NSCC determines to be more appropriate for maintaining such Member's intraday backtesting results above the Coverage Target.
In order to differentiate the Backtesting Charge assessed on the start of the day portfolio from the Backtesting Charge assessed on an intraday basis, NSCC would amend the Rules by adding a defined term “Regular Backtesting Charge” to Procedure XV, Section I.(B)(3).
If NSCC determines that an Intraday Backtesting Charge should apply to a Member who was not assessed an Intraday Backtesting Charge during the immediately preceding month or that the Intraday Backtesting Charge applied to a Member during the previous month should be increased, NSCC would notify the Member on or around the 25th calendar day of the month prior to the assessment of the Intraday Backtesting Charge or prior to the increase to the Intraday Backtesting Charge, as applicable, if not earlier.
NSCC would impose the Intraday Backtesting Charge as an additional charge applied to each impacted Member's Required Deposit on a daily basis for a one-month period and would review each applied Intraday Backtesting Charge each month. However, the Intraday Backtesting Charge would only be applicable to those Members whose overall 12-month trailing intraday backtesting coverage falls below the Coverage Target. If an impacted Member's trailing 12-month intraday backtesting coverage exceeds the Coverage Target (without taking into account historically imposed Intraday Backtesting Charges), the Intraday Backtesting Charge would be removed.
NSCC proposes to enhance its current intraday margining to further mitigate the intraday coverage gap risk that may be introduced to NSCC as a result of the proposed accelerated trade guaranty. As part of its Clearing Fund formula, NSCC currently collects a SOD mark-to-market margin, which is designed to mitigate the risk arising out of the value change between the contract/settlement value of a Member's open positions and the current market value. A Member's SOD mark-to-market margin is calculated and collected daily as part of a Member's daily Required Deposit based on the Member's prior end-of-day positions. The SOD mark-to-market component of the daily Required Deposit is calculated to cover a Member's exposure due to market moves and/or trading and settlement activity by bringing the portfolio of open positions up to the current market value.
Because the SOD mark-to-market component is calculated only once daily using the prior end-of-day positions and prices, it does not cover a Member's exposure arising out of any intraday changes to position and market value in a Member's portfolio. For such exposure, the Volatility Charge already collected from each Member as part of the Member's daily Required Deposit is calculated to cover projected changes in the contract/settlement value of a Member's portfolio, which should be sufficient to cover intraday changes to a Member's portfolio, and thus NSCC's risk of loss as a result of that Member's intraday activities. However, in certain instances, a Member could have intraday mark-to-market changes that are significant enough that NSCC is exposed to an increased risk of loss that would not be covered by the Member's Volatility Charge. To monitor and account for these instances, NSCC measures each Member's intraday mark-to-market exposure against the Volatility Charge twice daily and collects an intraday mark-to-market amount from any Member whose intraday mark-to-market exposure meets or exceeds 100 percent of the Member's Volatility Charge, although NSCC may lower that threshold and measure exposure more often during volatile market conditions. NSCC believes that such Members pose an increased risk of loss to NSCC because the coverage provided by the Volatility Charge, which is designed to cover estimated losses to a portfolio over a specified time period, would be exhausted by an intraday mark-to-market exposure so large that the Member's Required Deposit would potentially be unable to absorb further intraday losses to the Member's portfolio.
To further mitigate the risk posed to NSCC by the proposed accelerated trade guaranty, NSCC is proposing to enhance its collection of intraday mark-to-market margin by imposing the intraday mark-to-market margin amount at a lower threshold. With this proposal, instead of collecting intraday mark-to-market margin if a Member's intraday mark-to-market exposure meets or exceeds 100 percent of the Member's Volatility Charge, NSCC would make an intraday margin call if a Member's intraday mark-to-market exposure meets or exceeds 80 percent of the Member's Volatility Charge (while still retaining the ability to reduce the threshold during volatile market conditions). This proposed change would serve to collect
Finally, to ensure that Members are aware that NSCC regularly monitors and considers intraday mark-to-market as part of its regular Clearing Fund formula and understand the circumstances and criteria for the assessment of an intraday mark-to-market call, NSCC proposes to amend Procedure XV to include a comprehensive description of the enhanced intraday mark-to-market margin charge and the proposed new criteria NSCC would use to assess it.
NSCC proposes to introduce a new loss allocation provision for any trades that fall within the proposed definition of “Off-the-Market Transactions.” This loss allocation provision would be designed to limit NSCC's exposure to certain trades that have a price that differs significantly from the prevailing market price for the underlying security at the time the trade is executed. It would apply in the event that NSCC ceases to act for a Member that engaged in Off-the-Market Transactions and only to the extent that NSCC incurs a net loss in the liquidation of such Transactions.
NSCC would define “Off-the-Market Transaction” as a single transaction (or a series of transactions settled within the same trade cycle) that is (i) greater than $1 million in gross proceeds, and (ii) at trade price that differs significantly (
In addition to defining Off-the-Market Transactions, the proposed change would establish the loss allocation for when they occur. Specifically, any net losses to NSCC resulting from the liquidation of a guaranteed, Off-the-Market Transaction of a defaulted Member would be allocated directly and entirely to the surviving counterparty to that transaction, or on whose behalf the Off-the-Market Transaction was submitted to NSCC. Losses would be allocated to counterparties in proportion to their specific Off-the-Market Transaction gain and would be allocated only to the extent of NSCC's loss; however, no allocation would be made if the defaulted Member has satisfied all requisite intraday mark-to-market margin assessed by NSCC with respect to the Off-the-Market Transaction.
According to NSCC, this proposed change would allow NSCC to mitigate the risk of loss associated with guaranteeing these Off-the-Market Transactions. NSCC has recognized that applying the accelerated trade guaranty to transactions whose price significantly differs from the most recently observed market price could inappropriately increase the loss that NSCC may incur if a Member that has engaged in Off-the-Market Transactions defaults and its open, guaranteed positions are liquidated. Members not involved in Off-the-Market Transactions, or not involved in Off-the-Market Transactions that result in losses to NSCC, would not be included in this process. This exclusion would apply only to losses that are attributable to Off-the-Market Transactions and would not exclude Members from other obligations that may result from any loss or liabilities incurred by NSCC from a Member default.
To implement this proposed change, NSCC would amend Rule 4
Currently, NSCC collects a Specified Activity charge, which is designed to cover the risk posed to NSCC by transactions that settle on a T+2, T+1, or T timeframe.
Next day settling index receipts may be guaranteed prior to the collection of margin reflecting such trades and thus carry a risk similar to the risk posed by Specified Activity trades described above. More specifically, because these trades are settled on the day after they are received and validated by NSCC, NSCC currently attaches its guaranty to them at the time of validation, prior to the collection of a Required Deposit that reflects such trades. Unlike the risk from Specified Activity trades, which is mitigated by the Specified Activity charge, the risk for next day settling index receipts is currently mitigated by permitting NSCC to delay the processing and reporting of these trades if a Member's Required Deposit is not paid on time. However, as with the risk associated with Specified Activity, under the proposed change, this risk would generally be mitigated by the addition of the MRD and Coverage Component. Therefore, NSCC proposes to amend Procedure II of the Rules
The Excess Capital Premium charge
NSCC also proposes to change Procedure XV
Although the Act does not specify a standard of review for an advance notice, its stated purpose is instructive: To mitigate systemic risk in the financial system and promote financial stability by, among other things, promoting uniform risk management standards for systemically important financial market utilities and strengthening the liquidity of systemically important financial market utilities.
• Promote robust risk management;
• promote safety and soundness;
• reduce systemic risks; and
• support the stability of the broader financial system.
The Commission has adopted risk management standards under Section 805(a)(2) of the Act
The Commission believes the proposal in the Advance Notice is consistent with the objectives and principles described in Section 805(b) of the Act,
First, the Commission believes that the changes proposed in the Advance Notice, as described above, are consistent with promoting robust risk management. NSCC's proposal to add the three new components to its margin methodology (
Second, the Commission believes that the changes proposed in the Advance Notice are consistent with promoting safety and soundness. As described above, NSCC proposes to accelerate its trade guaranty for CNS trades and Balance Order trades from midnight of T+1 to the point of trade validation. This earlier guaranty would promote safety and soundness for Members because the counterparty credit risk that Members currently hold until NSCC's guaranty applies at midnight of T+1 would shift to NSCC almost immediately upon NSCC's receipt of the trade on T. Because NSCC risk manages its guaranteed transactions, NSCC is able to better ensure that trades settle if a counterparty defaults.
The above-described proposed changes to NSCC's margin methodology (
Third, the Commission believes that the Advance Notice is consistent with reducing systemic risks and promoting the stability of the broader financial system. As described above, by providing a trade guaranty at an earlier point in the settlement cycle, counterparty credit risk also would transfer from Members, which are not CCPs, to NSCC, which is a third-party CCP that risk-manages its guaranteed transactions, at an earlier point in the settlement cycle. Because NSCC risk manages its guaranteed transactions, NSCC is able to better ensure that trades settle if a counterparty defaults. Thus, the proposed accelerated process would help reduce systemic risks and promote the stability of the broader financial system by mitigating Members' exposure to a counterparty default earlier in the settlement cycle and by providing an earlier assurance that transactions will settle despite a Member default.
At the same time, the three proposed additions to NSCC's margin methodology, the proposed reduction of NSCC's intraday mark-to-margin threshold, and the proposed loss allocation provision for off-the-market transactions, as described above, would also help mitigate the systemic risks that NSCC presents as a CCP because they would improve NSCC's margining abilities and help protect NSCC against potential losses from a Member default. Accordingly, the changes would therefore promote the stability of the broader financial system.
Rule 17Ad-22(b)(1) under the Exchange Act requires a CCP, such as NSCC, to, among other things, “establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to . . . limit its exposures to potential losses from defaults by its participants under normal market conditions . . . .” As described above, because the proposed change would transfer counterparty credit risk to NSCC at an earlier point in the settlement cycle, NSCC proposes to enhance its margin methodology by adding three new margin components and by lowering the threshold for the intraday mark-to-market margin collection. It also proposes to establish a loss allocation provision for off-the-market transactions. These proposed changes are designed to limit NSCC's exposure to potential losses from the default of a Member by enabling NSCC to collect more margin, better manage when it collects margin, and protect itself from certain losses of a defaulted Member. Therefore, the Commission believes that the proposal would be consistent with Rule 17Ad-22(b)(1).
Rule 17Ad-22(b)(2) under the Exchange Act requires a CCP, such as NSCC, to, among other things, “establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to . . . [u]se margin requirements to limit its credit exposures to participants under normal market conditions and use risk-based models and parameters to set margin requirements . . . .” Again, the proposal would add three new components to NSCC's margin methodology (
By the Commission.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend Rule 11.8, Order Types, and Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, to enhance the Exchange's midpoint routing functionality.
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.8, Order Types, and Rule 11.11, Routing to Away Trading Centers, to enhance the Exchange's midpoint routing functionality. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.11(g)(13) to adopt a new midpoint routing strategy known as RMPL. The Exchange also proposes to amend Rule 11.8(d)(5) to expand the routing strategies that MidPoint Peg Orders may be coupled with to include the Destination Specific routing strategy described under Rule 11.11(g)(14) and the proposed RMPL routing strategy described below.
The Exchange proposes to amend Rule 11.11(g)(13) to adopt a new midpoint routing strategy known as RMPL. Currently, the Exchange offers the RMPT routing strategy, which is described under Rule 11.11(g)(13). RMPT is a routing strategy under which a MidPoint Peg Order
The Exchange now proposes RMPL as an alternative to the RMPT routing strategy for those seeking to route MidPoint Peg Orders to destinations that support midpoint eligible executions that are not included under the current RMPT routing strategy. Like RMPT, RMPL would be a routing strategy under which a MidPoint Peg Order checks the System for available shares and any remaining shares are then sent to destinations on the System routing table that support midpoint eligible orders. If any shares remain unexecuted after routing, they are posted on the EDGA Book as a MidPoint Peg Order, unless otherwise instructed by the User. As it does for RMPT, the Exchange would determine via the System routing table the specific trading venues that support midpoint eligible orders to which the System would route RMPL orders. While RMPL will operate in an identical manner as RMPT, the trading venues that each routing strategy would route to and the order in which it routes them will differ. As is the case for RMPT, the Exchange may alter the trading venues included under RMPL and the order in which they are routed to from time to time in accordance with its System routing table.
The Exchange proposes to revise Rule 11.11(g)(13) to describe both the RMPT and proposed RMPL routing strategies. As a result of these revision, the construct of paragraph (g)(13) of Rule 11.11 would be similar to paragraph (g)(3) of Rule 11.11, which also delineates routing strategies that include different sets of destinations as determined by the System routing table.
The Exchange also proposes to amend Rule 11.8(d)(5) to expand the routing strategies that MidPoint Peg Orders may be coupled with. Currently, Exchange Rule 11.8(d)(5) states that MidPoint Peg Orders are not eligible for routing pursuant to Rule 11.11 unless routed utilizing the RMPT routing strategy. The Exchange now proposes to amend Rule 11.8(d)(5) to expand the routing strategies that MidPoint Peg Orders may be coupled with to include the Destination Specific routing strategy described under Rule 11.11(g)(14) and the proposed RMPL routing strategy described above.
Destination Specific is a routing option under which an order checks the System for available shares and then is sent to an away trading center or centers specified by the User.
The Exchange believes that its proposal is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will result in any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act, as amended. The Exchange provides routing services in a highly competitive market in which participants may avail themselves of a wide variety of routing options offered by self-regulatory organizations, alternative trading systems, other broker-dealers, market participants' own proprietary routing systems, and service bureaus. System enhancements, such as the changes proposed in this rule filing, do not burden competition, but rather encourage competition because they are designed to attract additional order flow to the Exchange through enhanced midpoint routing functionality. Such changes are intended to offer investors higher quality and better value than services offered by others. Encouraging competitors to provide higher quality and better value is the essence of a well-functioning competitive marketplace. Therefore, the Exchange does not believe the proposed rule change will result in any burden on intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
No comments were solicited or received on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (A) significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (B) impose any significant burden on competition; and (C) by its terms, become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed or such shorter time as the Commission may designate it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (1) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (2) for the protection of investors; or (3) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that, pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Schedules 13D and 13G (17 CFR 240.13d-101 and 240.13d-102) are filed pursuant to Sections 13(d) and 13(g) (15 U.S.C. 78m(d) and 78m(g)) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”) and Regulations 13D and 13G (17 CFR 240.13d-1—240.13d-7) thereunder to report beneficial ownership of equity securities registered under Section 12 (15 U.S.C. 78
We estimate that Schedule 13G takes approximately 12.4 hours to prepare and is filed by approximately 7,079 filers. We estimate that 25% of the 12.4 hours (3.10 hours per response) is prepared by the filer for a total annual reporting burden of 21,945 hours (3.10 hours per response × 7,079 responses).
The information provided by respondents is mandatory. Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G is filed by a respondent only when necessary. All information provided to the Commission is public. However, Rules 0-6 and 24b-2 (17 CFR 240.0-6 and 240.24b-2) under the Exchange Act do permit reporting persons to request confidential treatment for certain sensitive information concerning national security, trade secrets, or privileged commercial or financial information.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid control number.
The public may view the background documentation for this information collection at the following Web site,
Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”).
Notice of an application under section 6(c) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Act”) for an exemption from section 15(a) of the Act and rule 18f-2 under the Act, as well as from certain disclosure requirements in rule 20a-1 under the Act, Item 19(a)(3) of Form N-1A, Items 22(c)(1)(ii), 22(c)(1)(iii), 22(c)(8) and 22(c)(9) of Schedule 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Sections 6-07(2)(a), (b), and (c) of Regulation S-X (“Disclosure Requirements”). The requested exemption would permit an investment adviser to hire and replace certain sub-advisers without shareholder approval and grant relief from the Disclosure Requirements as they relate to fees paid to the sub-advisers.
Delaware
The application was filed on December 23, 2015, and amended on June 8, 2016 and October 25, 2016.
An order granting the requested relief will be issued unless the Commission orders a hearing. Interested persons may request a hearing by writing to the Commission's Secretary and serving applicants with a copy of the request, personally or by mail. Hearing requests should be received by the Commission by 5:30 p.m. on January 13, 2017, and should be accompanied by proof of service on the applicants, in the form of
Secretary, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090. Applicants: One Commerce Square, 2005 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Jessica Shin, Attorney-Adviser, at (202) 551-5921, or David J. Marcinkus, Branch Chief, at (202) 551-6821 (Division of Investment Management, Chief Counsel's Office).
The following is a summary of the application. The complete application may be obtained via the Commission's Web site by searching for the file number, or for an applicant using the Company name box, at
1. The Adviser will serve as the investment adviser to the Subadvised Series pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the relevant Trust (each an “Investment Management Agreement”).
2. Applicants request an exemption to permit the Adviser, subject to Board approval, to hire certain Sub-Advisers, pursuant to Sub-Advisory Agreements and materially amend existing Sub-Advisory Agreements without obtaining the shareholder approval required under section 15(a) of the Act and rule 18f-2 under the Act.
3. Applicants agree that any order granting the requested relief will be subject to the terms and conditions stated in the Application. Such terms and conditions provide for, among other safeguards, appropriate disclosure to Subadvised Series shareholders and notification about sub-advisory changes and enhanced Board oversight to protect the interests of the Subadvised Series' shareholders.
4. Section 6(c) of the Act provides that the Commission may exempt any person, security, or transaction or any class or classes of persons, securities, or transactions from any provisions of the Act, or any rule thereunder, if such relief is necessary or appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors and purposes fairly intended by the policy and provisions of the Act. Applicants believe that the requested relief meets this standard because, as further explained in the application, the Investment Management Agreements will remain subject to shareholder approval, while the role of the Sub-Advisers is substantially similar to that of individual portfolio managers, so that requiring shareholder approval of Sub-Advisory Agreements would impose unnecessary delays and expenses on the Subadvised Series. Applicants believe that the requested relief from the Disclosure Requirements meets this standard because it will improve the Adviser's ability to negotiate fees paid to the Sub-Advisers that are more advantageous for the Subadvised Series.
For the Commission, by the Division of Investment Management, under delegated authority.
On November 4, 2016, Chicago Board Options Exchange, Incorporated (“CBOE”) and C2 Options Exchange, Incorporated (“C2” and, together with CBOE, the “CBOE Exchanges”) each filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The CBOE Exchanges are each Delaware corporations that are national securities exchanges registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Act.
Each Bats Exchange is a Delaware corporation that is a national securities exchange registered with the Commission pursuant to Section 6(a) of the Act.
On September 25, 2016, CBOE Holdings, CBOE Corporation, CBOE V, and BGM entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Merger Agreement”).
As a result of the Transaction, CBOE Holdings will be the ultimate parent of the Bats Exchanges, each of which will continue to operate separately.
Section 19(b) of the Act
The CBOE Exchanges represented that in connection with the Transaction, CBOE Holdings agreed in the Merger Agreement to take all requisite actions so, as of the Closing, the CBOE Holdings Board will include three individuals designated by BGM who (1) are serving as BGM directors immediately prior to the Closing and (2) comply with the policies (including clarifications of the policies provided to BGM) of the Nominating and Governance Committee of the CBOE Holdings Board as in effect on the date of the Merger Agreement and previously provided to BGM (each of whom will be appointed to the CBOE Holdings Board as of the Closing).
The Commission has reviewed carefully the proposed rule changes and finds that the proposed rule changes are consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend the NYSE Arca Equities Schedule of Fees and Charges for Exchange Services (“Fee Schedule”). The Exchange proposes to implement the fee change effective December 13, 2016.
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the Fee Schedule to amend the volume criteria for the Exchange's tiered-rebate structure applicable to Lead Market Makers (“LMMs”)
The Exchange currently provides tier-based incremental credits for orders that provide displayed liquidity to the NYSE Arca Book in Tape B Securities.
• An additional credit of $0.0004 per share if an LMM is registered as the LMM in at least 300 Less Active ETP Securities
• An additional credit of $0.0003 per share if an LMM is registered as the LMM in at least 200 but less than 300 Less Active ETP Securities
• An additional credit of $0.0002 per share if an LMM is registered as the LMM in at least 100 but less than 200 Less Active ETP Securities
The number of Less Active ETP Securities for the billing month is based on the number of Less Active ETP Securities in which an LMM is registered as the LMM on the last business day of the previous month.
The Exchange proposes to amend the volume criteria for Less Active ETP Securities. As proposed, a Less Active ETP Security would be a Tape B Security that has a CADV in the previous month of less than 100,000 shares, or 0.0070% of Consolidated Tape B ADV, whichever is greater. The Exchange is proposing to expand the manner by which LMMs that are registered as the LMM in Tape B Securities, and the ETP Holders and Market Makers affiliated with such LMMs, would qualify for the incremental credit.
The Exchange is not proposing any change to the level of the incremental credits and volume thresholds noted above that are payable to LMMs and to ETP Holders and Market Makers affiliated with the LMM.
The Exchange is proposing to amend the current criteria for securities to qualify as Less Active ETP Securities by expanding it to the greater of a numerical threshold or a percentage threshold based upon the average daily traded volume of the relevant security, for several reasons. The percentage threshold will adjust each calendar month based on the U.S. average daily consolidated share volume in Tape B Securities for that month, while the numerical threshold remains unchanged from month to month, thereby providing a consistent floor against which to measure volume in a Tape B Security. The Exchange believes that the proposed approach will provide a straightforward way to float volume tiers, while maintaining a minimum threshold. The Exchange notes that the combined approach will allow tiers to move in sync with consolidated volume during months with high volumes while maintaining a numerical threshold. The Exchange believes that this will continue to provide an incentive for LMMs to act as an LMM for less active issues during months with higher market volumes when the 100,000 share
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Act,
The proposed fee change is intended to encourage LMMs and ETP Holders and Market Makers affiliated with such LMMs to promote price discovery and market quality in Less Active ETP Securities for the benefit of all market participants.
The Exchange believes the proposed amendment to the volume criteria for Less Active ETP Securities is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because it would continue to apply to all LMMs and ETP Holders and Market Makers affiliated with such LMM on an equal basis. The Exchange further believes that the proposed rule change is not unfairly discriminatory because it is consistent with the market quality and competitiveness benefits associated with the proposed fee program.
The Exchange further believes that the proposed amendment to the criteria to qualify for the incremental credits is reasonable, equitable and not unfairly discriminatory as it will result in more LMMs and ETP Holders and Market Makers affiliated with such LMMs to qualify for the increased credits and therefore reduce their overall transaction costs on the Exchange.
Further, the Exchange believes that the proposal is reasonable and would create an added incentive for these market participants to execute additional orders on the Exchange and thereby qualify for the incremental credits. The Exchange believes that the proposed change is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because providing incentives for orders in exchange-listed securities that are executed on a registered national securities exchange (rather than relying on certain available off-exchange execution methods) would contribute to investors' confidence in the fairness of their transactions and would benefit all investors by deepening the Exchange's liquidity pool, supporting the quality of price discovery, promoting market transparency and improving investor protection.
Volume-based rebates such as the ones currently in place on the Exchange have been widely adopted in the cash equities markets and are equitable because they are open to all LMMs and ETP Holders and Market Makers affiliated with such LMMs on an equal basis and provides additional benefits that are reasonably related to the value to an exchange's market quality associated with higher levels of market activity.
Finally, the Exchange believes that it is subject to significant competitive forces, as described below in the Exchange's statement regarding the burden on competition. For these reasons, the Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the Act.
In accordance with Section 6(b)(8) of the Act,
The Exchange notes that it operates in a highly competitive market in which market participants can readily favor competing venues. In such an environment, the Exchange must continually review, and consider adjusting, its fees and credits to remain competitive with other exchanges. For the reasons described above, the Exchange believes that this proposal promotes a competitive environment.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change is effective upon filing pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A)
At any time within 60 days of the filing of such proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings under Section 19(b)(2)(B)
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) filed on October 25, 2016 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) proposed rule change SR-NSCC-2016-005 (“Proposed Rule Change”) pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Proposed Rule Change, as described by NSCC, is a proposal to modify NSCC's Rules & Procedures (“Rules”)
Pursuant to Addendum K of the Rules, NSCC currently guarantees the completion of trades that are cleared and settled through NSCC's Continuous Net Settlement, or “CNS” system
NSCC has previously shortened the time at which its trade guaranty applied to trades in response to processing developments, risk management considerations, and to follow industry settlement cycles.
To implement this proposed change, NSCC would amend Addendum K of the Rules
In conjunction with the proposed accelerated trade guaranty, NSCC would enhance its Clearing Fund formula to address the risks posed by the expanded trade guaranty. Specifically, NSCC proposes to amend Procedure XV (Clearing Fund Formula and Other Matters) of the Rules
The MRD component is designed by NSCC to help mitigate the risks posed to NSCC by day-over-day fluctuations in a Member's portfolio. It would do this by forecasting future changes in a Member's portfolio based on a historical look-back at each Member's portfolio over a given time period. A Member's portfolio may fluctuate significantly from one trading day to the next as the Member executes trades throughout the day. Currently, daily fluctuations in a Member's portfolio resulting from such trades do not pose any additional or different risk to NSCC because those trades are not guaranteed by NSCC until a margin in the form of a Required Deposit
The MRD would be calculated and charged on a daily basis, as a part of each Member's Required Deposit, and consists of two components: “MRD VaR” and “MRD MTM.” MRD VaR would look at historical day-over-day positive changes in the start of day (“SOD”) volatility component of a Member's Required Deposit
By addressing the day-over-day changes to each Member's SOD Volatility Charge and SOD mark-to-market component, NSCC states that the MRD would help mitigate the risks posed to NSCC by un-margined day-over-day fluctuations to a Member's portfolio resulting from intraday trading activity that would be guaranteed during the coverage gap.
The Coverage Component is designed by NSCC to mitigate the risks associated with a Member's Required Deposit being insufficient to cover projected liquidation losses to the Coverage Target by adjusting a Member's Required Deposit towards the Coverage Target. NSCC would face increased exposure to a Member's un-margined portfolio as a result of the proposed accelerated trade guaranty and would have an increased need to have each Member's Required Deposit meet the Coverage Target. The Coverage Component would supplement the MRD by preemptively increasing a Member's Required Deposit by an amount calculated to forecast potential deficiencies in the margin coverage of a Member's guaranteed portfolio. The preemptive nature of the Coverage Component differentiates it from NSCC's current Backtesting Charge
The Coverage Component would be calculated and charged on a daily basis as a part of each Member's Required Deposit. To calculate the Coverage Component, NSCC would compare the simulated liquidation profit and loss of a Member's portfolio, using the actual positions in the Member's portfolio and the actual historical returns on the security positions in the portfolio, against the sum of each of the following components of the Clearing Fund formula: Volatility Charge, the MRD, Illiquid Charge, and Market Maker Domination Charge (collectively, “Market Risk Components”). The results of that calculation would determine if there were any deficiencies between the amounts collected by these components and the simulated profit and loss of the Member's portfolio that would have been realized had it been liquidated during a 100-day look-back period.
NSCC currently employs daily backtesting to determine the adequacy of each Member's Required Deposit. NSCC compares the Required Deposit
NSCC's objective with the Intraday Backtesting Charge is to increase Required Deposits for Members that are likely to experience intraday backtesting deficiencies on the basis described above by an amount sufficient to maintain such Member's intraday backtesting coverage above the Coverage Target. Members that maintain consistent end of day positions but have a high level of intraday trading activity pose risk to NSCC if they were to default intraday.
Because the intraday trading activity and size of the intraday backtesting deficiencies vary among impacted Members, NSCC would assess an Intraday Backtesting Charge that is specific to each impacted Member. To do so, NSCC would examine each impacted Member's historical intraday backtesting deficiencies observed over the prior 12-month period to identify the five largest intraday backtesting deficiencies that have occurred during that time. The presumptive Intraday Backtesting Charge amount would equal that Member's fifth largest historical intraday backtesting deficiency, subject to adjustment as further described below. NSCC believes that applying an additional margin charge equal to the fifth largest historical intraday backtesting deficiency to a Member's Required Deposit would have brought the Member's historically observed intraday backtesting coverage above the Coverage Target.
Although the fifth largest historical backtesting deficiency for a Member would be used as the Intraday Backtesting Charge in most cases, NSCC would retain discretion to adjust the charge amount based on other circumstances that might be relevant for assessing whether an impacted Member is likely to experience future backtesting deficiencies and the estimated size of such deficiencies. According to NSCC, examples of relevant circumstances that could be considered by NSCC in calculating the final, applicable Intraday Backtesting Charge amount include material differences among the Member's five largest intraday backtesting deficiencies observed over the prior 12-month period, variability in the net settlement activity after the collection of the Member's Required Deposit, and observed market price volatility in excess of the Member's historical Volatility Charge. Based on NSCC's assessment of the impact of these circumstances on the likelihood, and estimated size, of future intraday backtesting deficiencies for a Member, NSCC could, in its discretion, adjust the Intraday Backtesting Charge for such Member in an amount that NSCC determines to be more appropriate for maintaining such Member's intraday backtesting results above the Coverage Target.
In order to differentiate the Backtesting Charge assessed on the start of the day portfolio from the Backtesting Charge assessed on an intraday basis, NSCC would amend the Rules by adding a defined term “Regular Backtesting Charge” to Procedure XV, Section I.(B)(3).
If NSCC determines that an Intraday Backtesting Charge should apply to a Member who was not assessed an Intraday Backtesting Charge during the immediately preceding month or that the Intraday Backtesting Charge applied to a Member during the previous month should be increased, NSCC would notify the Member on or around the 25th calendar day of the month prior to the assessment of the Intraday Backtesting Charge or prior to the increase to the Intraday Backtesting Charge, as applicable, if not earlier.
NSCC would impose the Intraday Backtesting Charge as an additional charge applied to each impacted Member's Required Deposit on a daily basis for a one-month period and would review each applied Intraday Backtesting Charge each month. However, the Intraday Backtesting Charge would only be applicable to those Members whose overall 12-month trailing intraday backtesting coverage falls below the Coverage Target. If an impacted Member's trailing 12-month intraday backtesting coverage exceeds the Coverage Target (without taking into account historically imposed Intraday Backtesting Charges), the Intraday Backtesting Charge would be removed.
NSCC proposes to enhance its current intraday margining to further mitigate the intraday coverage gap risk that may be introduced to NSCC as a result of the proposed accelerated trade guaranty. As part of its Clearing Fund formula, NSCC currently collects a SOD mark-to-market margin, which is designed to mitigate the risk arising out of the value change between the contract/settlement value of a Member's open positions and the current market value. A Member's SOD mark-to-market margin is calculated and collected daily as part of a Member's daily Required Deposit based on the Member's prior end-of-day positions. The SOD mark-to-market component of the daily Required Deposit is calculated to cover a Member's exposure due to market moves and/or trading and settlement activity by bringing the portfolio of open positions up to the current market value.
Because the SOD mark-to-market component is calculated only once daily using the prior end-of-day positions and prices, it does not cover a Member's exposure arising out of any intraday changes to position and market value in a Member's portfolio. For such
To further mitigate the risk posed to NSCC by the proposed accelerated trade guaranty, NSCC is proposing to enhance its collection of intraday mark-to-market margin by imposing the intraday mark-to-market margin amount at a lower threshold. With this proposal, instead of collecting intraday mark-to-market margin if a Member's intraday mark-to-market exposure meets or exceeds 100 percent of the Member's Volatility Charge, NSCC would make an intraday margin call if a Member's intraday mark-to-market exposure meets or exceeds 80 percent of the Member's Volatility Charge (while still retaining the ability to reduce the threshold during volatile market conditions). This proposed change would serve to collect more intraday margin earlier and more proactively preserve the coverage provided by a Member's Volatility Charge and Required Deposit.
Finally, to ensure that Members are aware that NSCC regularly monitors and considers intraday mark-to-market as part of its regular Clearing Fund formula and understand the circumstances and criteria for the assessment of an intraday mark-to-market call, NSCC proposes to amend Procedure XV to include a comprehensive description of the enhanced intraday mark-to-market margin charge and the proposed new criteria NSCC would use to assess it.
NSCC proposes to introduce a new loss allocation provision for any trades that fall within the proposed definition of “Off-the-Market Transactions.” This loss allocation provision would be designed to limit NSCC's exposure to certain trades that have a price that differs significantly from the prevailing market price for the underlying security at the time the trade is executed. It would apply in the event that NSCC ceases to act for a Member that engaged in Off-the-Market Transactions and only to the extent that NSCC incurs a net loss in the liquidation of such Transactions.
NSCC would define “Off-the-Market Transaction” as a single transaction (or a series of transactions settled within the same trade cycle) that is (i) greater than $1 million in gross proceeds, and (ii) at trade price that differs significantly (
In addition to defining Off-the-Market Transactions, the proposed change would establish the loss allocation for when they occur. Specifically, any net losses to NSCC resulting from the liquidation of a guaranteed, Off-the-Market Transaction of a defaulted Member would be allocated directly and entirely to the surviving counterparty to that transaction, or on whose behalf the Off-the-Market Transaction was submitted to NSCC. Losses would be allocated to counterparties in proportion to their specific Off-the-Market Transaction gain and would be allocated only to the extent of NSCC's loss; however, no allocation would be made if the defaulted Member has satisfied all requisite intraday mark-to-market margin assessed by NSCC with respect to the Off-the-Market Transaction.
According to NSCC, this proposed change would allow NSCC to mitigate the risk of loss associated with guaranteeing these Off-the-Market Transactions. NSCC has recognized that applying the accelerated trade guaranty to transactions whose price significantly differs from the most recently observed market price could inappropriately increase the loss that NSCC may incur if a Member that has engaged in Off-the-Market Transactions defaults and its open, guaranteed positions are liquidated. Members not involved in Off-the-Market Transactions, or not involved in Off-the-Market Transactions that result in losses to NSCC, would not be included in this process. This exclusion would apply only to losses that are attributable to Off-the-Market Transactions and would not exclude Members from other obligations that may result from any loss or liabilities incurred by NSCC from a Member default.
To implement this proposed change, NSCC would amend Rule 4
Currently, NSCC collects a Specified Activity charge, which is designed to cover the risk posed to NSCC by transactions that settle on a T+2, T+1, or T timeframe.
Next day settling index receipts may be guaranteed prior to the collection of margin reflecting such trades and thus carry a risk similar to the risk posed by Specified Activity trades described above. More specifically, because these trades are settled on the day after they are received and validated by NSCC, NSCC currently attaches its guaranty to them at the time of validation, prior to the collection of a Required Deposit that reflects such trades. Unlike the risk from Specified Activity trades, which is mitigated by the Specified Activity charge, the risk for next day settling index receipts is currently mitigated by permitting NSCC to delay the processing and reporting of these trades if a Member's Required Deposit is not paid on time. However, as with the risk associated with Specified Activity, under the proposed change, this risk would generally be mitigated by the addition of the MRD and Coverage Component. Therefore, NSCC proposes to amend Procedure II of the Rules
The Excess Capital Premium charge
NSCC also proposes to change Procedure XV
Section 19(b)(2)(C) of the Act
Section 17A(b)(3)(F) of the Act requires, in part, that the rules of a clearing agency be designed to promote the prompt and accurate clearance and settlement of securities transactions, to assure the safeguarding of securities and funds which are in the custody and control of NSCC or for which it is responsible, and to protect investors and the public interest.
The above-described proposed changes to NSCC's margin methodology (
Second, the Commission believes that the Proposed Rule Change, as described above, are consistent with safeguarding funds within NSCC's control. NSCC's proposal to add the three new components to its margin methodology (
Third, the Commission believes that the Proposed Rule Change is consistent with protecting investors and the public interest. As described above, by providing a trade guaranty at an earlier point in the settlement cycle, counterparty credit risk also would transfer from Members, which are not CCPs, to NSCC, which is a third-party CCP that risk-manages its guaranteed transactions, at an earlier point in the settlement cycle. Because NSCC risk manages its guaranteed transactions, NSCC is able to better ensure that trades settle if a counterparty defaults. Thus, the proposed accelerated process would help reduce protect investors and the public interest by mitigating Members' exposure to a counterparty default earlier in the settlement cycle and by providing an earlier assurance that transactions will settle despite a Member default.
At the same time, the three proposed additions to NSCC's margin methodology, the proposed reduction of NSCC's intraday mark-to-margin threshold, and the proposed loss allocation provision for off-the-market transactions, as described above, would also help mitigate the systemic risks that NSCC presents as a CCP because they would improve NSCC's margining abilities and help protect NSCC against potential losses from a Member default. Accordingly, the proposed changes would therefore protect investors and the public interest by promoting the stability of the broader financial system.
Rule 17Ad-22(b)(1) under the Act requires a CCP, such as NSCC, to, among other things, “establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to . . . limit its exposures to potential losses from defaults by its participants under normal market conditions . . . ” As described above, because the proposed accelerated trade guaranty would transfer counterparty credit risk to NSCC at an earlier point in the settlement cycle, NSCC proposes to enhance its margin methodology by adding three new margin components and by lowering the threshold for the intraday mark-to-market margin collection. It also proposes to establish a loss allocation provision for off-the-market transactions. These proposed changes are designed to limit NSCC's exposure to potential losses from the default of a Member by enabling NSCC to collect more margin, better manage when it collects margin, and protect itself from certain losses of a defaulted Member. Therefore, the Commission believes that the Proposed Rule Change would be consistent with Rule 17Ad-22(b)(1).
Rule 17Ad-22(b)(2) under the Act requires a CCP, such as NSCC, to, among other things, “establish, implement, maintain and enforce written policies and procedures reasonably designed to . . . [u]se margin requirements to limit its credit exposures to participants under normal market conditions and use risk-based models and parameters to set margin requirements . . . ” Again, the proposal would add three new components to NSCC's margin methodology (
On the basis of the foregoing, the Commission finds that the Proposed Rule Change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and in particular with the requirements of Section 17A of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange filed a proposal to amend the fee schedule applicable to Members
The text of the proposed rule change is available at the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend its fee schedule for BZX Options to adopt a Participant Fee applicable to Options Members. The Exchange believes the Participant Fee with help recoup costs related to the administration of Options Members. As proposed, Options Members would pay a Participant Fee of $500 per month where they have an ADV
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the objectives of Section 6 of the Act,
The Commission and the courts have repeatedly expressed their preference for competition over regulatory intervention in determining prices, products, and services in the securities markets. In Regulation NMS, for example, the Commission indicated that market forces should generally determine the price of non-core market data because national market system regulation “has been remarkably successful in promoting market competition in its broader forms that are most important to investors and listed companies.”
Further, “[n]o one disputes that competition for order flow is `fierce.' . . . As the SEC explained, `[i]n the U.S. national market system, buyers and sellers of securities, and the broker-dealers that act as their order-routing agents, have a wide range of choices of where to route orders for execution'; [and] `no exchange can afford to take its market share percentages for granted' because `no exchange possesses a monopoly, regulatory or otherwise, in the execution of order flow from broker dealers'. . . .”
The Exchange believes the adoption of a Participant Fee for Options Members is equitable and reasonable because the Exchange is seeking to recoup costs related to membership administration. Depending on the Options Member's ADV, the proposed fee is either less than or equal to that charged by the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”).
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange believes the proposed Participant Fee will not impose an undue burden on competition because the Exchange will uniformly assess the participant fee on all Member based on their ADV of contracts traded. The Exchange does not believe that the proposed changes represent a significant departure from pricing offered by the Exchange's competitors.
The Exchange has not solicited, and does not intend to solicit, comments on this proposed rule change. The Exchange has not received any unsolicited written comments from Members or other interested parties.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the debit/credit price reasonability check for complex orders. The text of the proposed rule change is provided below.
(a)-(d) No change.
.01-.07 No change.
.08 Price Check Parameters: On a class-by-class basis, the Exchange may determine (and announce to the Trading Permit Holders via Regulatory Circular) which of the following price check parameters will apply to eligible complex orders. Paragraphs (b) and (e) will not be applicable to stock-option orders.
For purposes of this Interpretation and Policy .08:
Vertical Spread. A “vertical” spread is a two-legged complex order with one leg to buy a number of calls (puts) and one leg to sell the same number of calls (puts) with the same expiration date but different exercise prices.
Butterfly Spread. A “butterfly” spread is a three-legged complex order with two legs to buy (sell) the same number of calls (puts) and one leg to sell (buy) twice as many calls (puts), all with the same expiration date but different exercise prices, and the exercise price of the middle leg is between the exercise prices of the other legs. If the exercise price of the middle leg is halfway between the exercise prices of the other legs, it is a “true” butterfly; otherwise, it is a “skewed” butterfly.
Box Spread. A “box” spread is a four-legged complex order with one leg to buy calls and one leg to sell puts with one strike price, and one leg to sell calls and one leg to buy puts with another strike price, all of which have the same expiration date and are for the same number of contracts.
To the extent a price check parameter is applicable, the Exchange will not automatically execute an eligible complex order that is:
(a)-(b) No change.
(c) Debit/Credit Price Reasonability Checks:
(1) No change.
(2) The System defines a complex order as a debit or credit as follows:
(A)-(B) No change.
(C) an order for which all pairs and loners are debits (credits) is a debit (credit). For purposes of this check, a “pair” is a pair of legs in an order for which both legs are calls or both legs are puts, one leg is a buy and one leg is a sell, and [both]
(i) No change.
(ii) The System then, for options except European-style index options, pairs legs to the extent possible [with the same exercise prices ]across expiration dates, pairing one [leg]
(iii) A pair of calls is a credit (debit) if the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg is higher than the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg (if the pair has the same expiration date) or if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the [pair has the same ]exercise price
(iv) A pair of puts is a credit (debit) if the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg is higher than the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg (if the pair has the same expiration date) or if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the [pair has the same ]exercise price
(v) No change.
The System does not apply the check in subparagraph (1) to an order for which the System cannot define whether it is a debit or credit.
(3)-(6) No change.
(d)-(g) No change.
.09-.12 No change.
The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's Web site (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The proposed rule change amends the debit/credit price reasonability check for complex orders in Rule 6.53C, Interpretation and Policy .08(c) to expand its applicability. Pursuant to the debit/credit price reasonability check, the System rejects back to the Trading Permit Holder any limit order for a debit strategy with a net credit price or any limit order for a credit strategy with a net debit price, and cancels any market order (or any remaining size after partial execution of the order) for a credit strategy that would be executed at a net debit price. The System defines a complex order as a debit (credit) if all pairs and loners are debits (credits).
(1) The System first pairs legs to the extent possible within each expiration
(2) The System then, for options except European-style index options, pairs legs to the extent possible with the same exercise prices across expiration dates, pairing one leg with the leg that has the next nearest expiration date.
(3) A pair of calls is a credit (debit) if the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg is higher than the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg (if the pair has the same expiration date) or if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the pair has the same exercise price).
(4) A pair of puts is a credit (debit) if the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg is higher than the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg (if the pair has the same expiration date) or if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the pair has the same exercise price).
(5) A loner to buy is a debit, and a loner to sell is a credit.
The System does not apply the check in subparagraph (1) to an order for which the System cannot define whether it is a debit or credit.
As discussed in the rule filing proposing the current check, the System determines whether an order is a debit or credit based on general options volatility and pricing principles, which the Exchange understands are used by market participants in their option pricing models.
• If two calls have the same expiration date, the price of the call with the lower exercise price is more than the price of the call with the higher exercise price;
• if two puts have the same expiration date, the price of the put with the higher exercise price is more than the price of the put with the lower exercise price; and
• if two calls (puts) have the same exercise price, the price of the call (put) with the nearer expiration is less than the price of the call (put) with the farther expiration.
In other words, a call (put) with a lower (higher) exercise price is more expensive than a call (put) with a higher (lower) exercise price, because the ability to buy stock at a lower price is more valuable than the ability to buy stock at a higher price, and the ability to sell stock at a higher price is more valuable than the ability to sell stock at a lower price. A call (put) with a farther expiration is more expensive than the price of a call (put) with a nearer expiration, because locking in a price further into the future involves more risk for the buyer and seller and thus is more valuable, making an option (call or put) with a farther expiration more expensive than an option with a nearer expiration.
Under the current check, the System only pairs calls (puts) if they have the same expiration date but different exercise prices or the same exercise price but different expiration dates. With respect to pairs with different expiration dates but the same exercise price,
Therefore, the proposed rule change expands this check to pair calls (puts) with different expiration dates if the exercise price for the call (put) with the farther expiration date is lower (higher) than the exercise price for the nearer expiration date in addition to those with different expiration dates and the same exercise price. Specifically, the proposed rule change amends subparagraph (c)(2)(C) to state, for purposes of this check, a “pair” is a pair of legs in an order for which both legs are calls or both legs are puts, one leg is a buy and one leg is a sell, and the legs have different expiration dates and the exercise price for the call (put) with the farther expiration date is the same as or lower (higher) than the exercise price for the nearer expiration date. The proposed rule change also amends subparagraphs (c)(2)(C)(ii) through (iv) to incorporate these additional pairs of calls (puts). When pairing legs across expiration dates, the System will pair one call (put) with the call (put) that has the next nearest expiration date and the same or next lower (higher) exercise price. Based on the pricing principles described above, a pair of calls is a credit (debit) strategy if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg is the same as or lower than the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg). A pair of puts is a credit (debit) strategy if the expiration date of the sell (buy) leg is farther than the expiration date of the buy (sell) leg (if the exercise price of the sell (buy) leg is the same as or higher than the exercise price of the buy (sell) leg).
Below are examples demonstrating how the System determines whether a complex order with two legs, which have different expiration dates and exercise prices, is a debit or credit, and whether the System will reject the order pursuant to the debit/credit price reasonability check.
A Trading Permit Holder enters a spread to buy 10 Sept 30 XYZ calls and sell 10 Oct 20 XYZ calls at a net debit price of -$10.00. The System defines this order as a credit, because the buy leg is for the call with the nearer expiration date and higher exercise price (and is thus the less expensive leg). The System rejects the order back to the Trading Permit Holder because it is a limit order for a credit strategy that contains a net debit price.
A Trading Permit Holder enters a spread to buy 20 Oct 30 XYZ puts and sell 20 Sept 20 XYZ puts at a net credit price of $9.00. The System defines this
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
In particular, the proposed rule change expands the applicability of the current debit/credit price reasonability check to additional complex orders for which the Exchange can determine whether the order is a debit or credit. By expanding the orders to which these checks apply, the Exchange can further assist with the maintenance of a fair and orderly market by mitigating the potential risks associated with additional complex orders trading at prices that are inconsistent with their strategies (which may result in executions at prices that are extreme and potentially erroneous), which ultimately protects investors. This proposed expansion of the debit/credit price reasonability check promotes just and equitable principles of trade, as it is based on the same general option and volatility pricing principles the System currently uses to pair calls and puts, which principles the Exchange understands are used by market participants in their option pricing models.
CBOE does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The proposed rule change will not impose any burden on intramarket competition, because the debit/credit price reasonability check will continue to apply to all incoming complex orders of all Trading Permit Holders in the same manner. The proposed rule change expands the applicability of the current check to additional complex orders for which the Exchange can determine whether the order is a debit or credit, which will help further prevent potentially erroneous executions and benefits all market participants. The proposed rule change does not impose any burden on intercompany competition, as it is intended to prevent potentially erroneously priced orders from entering CBOE's system and executing on CBOE's market. The Exchange believes the proposed rule change would ultimately provide all market participants with additional protection from anomalous or erroneous executions.
The individual firm benefits of enhanced risk protections flow downstream to counterparties both at the Exchange and at other options exchanges, which increases systemic protections as well. The Exchange believes enhancing risk protections will allow Trading Permit Holders to enter orders and quotes with further reduced fear of inadvertent exposure to excessive risk, which will benefit investors through increased liquidity for the execution of their orders. Without adequate risk management tools, such as the one proposed to be enhanced in this filing, Trading Permit Holders could reduce the amount of order flow and liquidity they provide. Such actions may undermine the quality of the markets available to customers and other market participants. Accordingly, the proposed rule change is designed to encourage Trading Permit Holders to submit additional order flow and liquidity to the Exchange, which may ultimately promote competition. In addition, providing Trading Permit Holders with more tools for managing risk will facilitate transactions in securities because, as noted above, Trading Permit Holders will have more confidence protections are in place that reduce the risks from potential system errors and market events.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is: (1) Necessary or appropriate in the public interest; (2) for the protection of investors; or (3) otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1)
The Exchange proposes to amend NYSE Arca Rule 3.2 and NYSE Arca Equities Rules 1.1, 3.2, 10.3, 10.8, 10.13, and 14 to delete outdated references. The proposed rule change is available on the Exchange's Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of those statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant parts of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the following rules to delete outdated references to the “NYSE Arca Board of Governors” in NYSE Arca Rule 3.2 and NYSE Arca Equities Rules 1.1, 3.2, 10.3, 10.8, 10.13, and 14.
In 2016, the Exchange amended, among other rules, Rule 10.8 in order to establish a Committee for Review (“CFR”) as a sub-committee of the Regulatory Oversight Committee (“ROC”).
• NYSE Arca Rule 3.2 (Options Committees) governs the organization, structure and membership of NYSE Arca Options committees. NYSE Arca Rule 3.2(b) sets forth the eligibility requirements for three [sic] specific Options Committees, including the Nominating Committee which is governed by Rule 3.2(b)(2). The Exchange proposes one replacement of “Governors” with “Directors” in subsection (C)(i) of Rule 3.2(b)(2).
• NYSE Arca Equities Rule 1.1(n) defines ETP Holder and describes ETP Holder's limited voting rights to, among other things, nominate directors to the Board of Directors of NYSE Arca. The Exchange proposes to replace “Governor” and “Governors” with “Director” and “Directors,” respectively, in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 1.1(n).
• NYSE Arca Equities Rule 3.2 (Equity Committees) governs the organization, structure and membership of NYSE Arca Equities committees. NYSE Arca Equities Rule 3.2(b) sets forth the eligibility requirements for three [sic] specific Options Committees [sic], including the Nominating Committee which is governed by Rule 3.2(b)(2). The Exchange proposes one replacement of “Governors” with “Directors” in subsection (C)(ii) of Rule 3.2(b)(2). The Exchange also proposes a non-substantive change to delete “the” before “NYSE Arca, Inc.” in the last section of subsection (C)(ii).
• Subsection (a) of NYSE Arca Equities Rule 10.3 (Ex Parte Communications) governs certain prohibited communications. The Exchange proposes to replace “Governors” with “Directors” in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 10.3(a)(2)(e) and in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 10.3(a)(3)(d).
• NYSE Arca Equities Rule 10.8 (Review) governs review of review [sic] of disciplinary decisions. The Exchange proposes three replacements of “Governors” with “Directors” in subsection (c) of NYSE Arca Equities
• NYSE Arca Equities Rule 10.13 (Hearings and Review of Decisions) sets forth procedures for persons aggrieved by certain Exchange actions to seek review of those actions. The Exchange proposes three replacements of “Governors” with “Directors” in subsection (k) of NYSE Arca Equities Rule 10.13.
• Finally, the Exchange proposes one replacement of “Governors” with “Directors” in NYSE Arca Equities Rule 14.1 (NYSE Arca, Inc.), which sets forth the plan of delegation of functions by NYSE Arca to NYSE Arca Equities.
The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with Section 6(b) of the Exchange Act
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Exchange Act. The proposed rule change is not intended to address competitive issues but rather to delete obsolete references, thereby increasing transparency, reducing confusion, and making the Exchange's rules easier to understand and navigate.
No written comments were solicited or received with respect to the proposed rule change.
Because the proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(f)(6) under the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. If the Commission takes such action, the Commission shall institute proceedings to determine whether the proposed rule change should be approved or disapproved.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given that pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Section 6 of the Act
The respondents to the collection of information are futures markets.
The Commission estimates that the total annual burden for all respondents to provide ad hoc amendments
Compliance with Rule 6a-4 is mandatory. Information received in response to Rule 6a-4 shall not be kept confidential; the information collected is public information.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information under the PRA unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The public may view background documentation for this information collection at the following Web site,
Notice is hereby given of the following determinations: Pursuant to the authority vested in me by the Act of October 19, 1965 (79 Stat. 985; 22 U.S.C. 2459), E.O. 12047 of March 27, 1978, the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998 (112 Stat. 2681,
For further information, including a list of the imported objects, contact the Office of Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs in the Office of the Legal Adviser, U.S. Department of State (telephone: 202-632-6471; email:
Norfolk Southern Railway Company (NSR) filed a verified notice of exemption under 49 CFR pt. 1152 subpart F—
NSR has certified that (1) no local traffic has moved over the Line for at least two years; (2) no overhead traffic has moved over the Line for at least two years; (3) no formal complaint filed by a user of rail service on the Line (or by a state or local government entity acting on behalf of such user) regarding cessation of service over the Line is pending either with the Surface Transportation Board or with any U.S. District Court or has been decided in favor of a complainant within the two-year period; and (4) the requirements at 49 CFR 1105.12 (newspaper publication) and 49 CFR 1152.50(d)(1) (notice to governmental agencies) have been met.
As a condition to this exemption, any employee adversely affected by the discontinuance of service shall be protected under
Provided no formal expression of intent to file an offer of financial assistance (OFA) to subsidize continued rail service has been received, this exemption will become effective on January 22, 2017, unless stayed pending reconsideration. Petitions to stay that do not involve environmental issues and formal expressions of intent to file an OFA to subsidize continued rail service under 49 CFR 1152.27(c)(2)
A copy of any petition filed with the Board should be sent to NSR's representative: Crystal M. Zorbaugh, Baker & Miller PLLC, 2401 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Suite 300, Washington, DC 20037.
If the verified notice contains false or misleading information, the exemption is void ab initio.
Board decisions and notices are available on our Web site at
By the Board, Rachel D. Campbell, Director, Office of Proceedings.
Susquehanna River Basin Commission.
Notice.
As part of its regular business meeting held on December 8, 2016, in Annapolis, Maryland, the Commission took the following actions: (1) Approved the applications of certain water resources projects; (2) accepted settlements in lieu of penalties from Panda Hummel Station LLC, Panda Liberty LLC, Panda Patriot LLC, and Montage Mountain Resorts, LP; and (3) took additional actions, as set forth in the
The business meeting was held on December 8, 2016. Comments on the proposed consumptive use mitigation policy may be submitted to the Commission on or before January 30, 2017.
Comments may be mailed to: Jason E. Oyler, Esq., General Counsel, Susquehanna River Basin Commission, 4423 N. Front Street, Harrisburg, PA 17110-1788, or submitted electronically at
Jason E. Oyler, General Counsel, telephone: (717) 238-0423, ext. 1312; fax: (717) 238-2436; email:
In addition to the actions taken on projects identified in the summary above and the listings below, the following items were also presented or acted upon at the business meeting: (1) Adoption of a resolution urging President-elect Trump and the United States Congress to provide full funding for the Groundwater and Streamflow Information Program, thereby supporting the Susquehanna Flood Forecast & Warning System; (2) approval/ratification of a contract and two agreements; (3) approval to extend the comment deadline for the Consumptive Use Mitigation Policy to January 30, 2017; (4) a report on delegated settlements with the following project sponsors, pursuant to SRBC Resolution 2014-15: Lewistown Borough Municipal Authority, in the amount of $5,250; Columbia Water Company, in the amount of $7,500; Eagle Lake Community Association, in the amount of $7,500; and Fox Hills Country Club, in the amount of $5,000; and (5) approval to extend the term of an emergency certificate with Hazleton City Authority to December 8, 2017.
The Commission approved settlements in lieu of civil penalties for the following projects:
1. Panda Hummel Station LLC, Hummel Station, Shamokin Dam Borough and Monroe Township, Snyder County, Pa.—$22,750.
2. Panda Liberty LLC, Liberty Station, Asylum Township, Bradford County, Pa.—$30,000.
3. Panda Patriot LLC, Clinton Township, Lycoming County, Pa.—$44,250.
4. Montage Mountain Resorts, LP, City of Scranton, Lackawanna County, Pa.—$72,000.
The Commission approved the following project applications:
1. Project Sponsor and Facility: Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (Bowman Creek), Eaton Township, Wyoming County, Pa. Renewal of surface water withdrawal of up to 0.290 mgd (peak day) (Docket No. 20121201).
2. Project Sponsor and Facility: Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation (Susquehanna River), Susquehanna Depot Borough, Susquehanna County, Pa. Renewal with modification of surface water withdrawal of up to 1.500 mgd (peak day) (Docket No. 20120903).
3. Project Sponsor and Facility: Chester Water Authority, East and West Nottingham Townships, Chester County, Pa. Interconnection with the Town of Rising Sun of up to 1.800 mgd (peak day).
4. Project Sponsor and Facility: Conyngham Borough Authority, Sugarloaf Township, Luzerne County, Pa. Groundwater withdrawal of up to 0.120 mgd (30-day average) from Well 6.
5. Project Sponsor: Exelon Generation Company, LLC. Project Facility: Muddy Run Pumped Storage Project, Drumore and Martic Townships, Lancaster County, Pa. Authorization for continued operation under Section 801.12 of an existing hydroelectric facility.
6. Project Sponsor: Future Power PA, LLC. Project Facility: Good Spring NGCC, Porter Township, Schuylkill County, Pa. Consumptive water use of up to 0.063 mgd (peak day).
7. Project Sponsor: Future Power PA, LLC. Project Facility: Good Spring NGCC, Porter Township, Schuylkill County, Pa. Groundwater withdrawal of up to 0.252 mgd (30-day average) from Well RW-1.
8. Project Sponsor: Future Power PA, LLC. Project Facility: Good Spring NGCC, Porter Township, Schuylkill County, Pa. Groundwater withdrawal of up to 0.252 mgd (30-day average) from Well RW-2.
9. Project Sponsor and Facility: Gilberton Power Company, West Mahanoy Township, Schuylkill County, Pa. Renewal of consumptive water use of up to 1.510 mgd (peak day) (Docket No. 19851202).
10. Project Sponsor and Facility: Gilberton Power Company, West Mahanoy Township, Schuylkill County, Pa. Groundwater withdrawal of up to 1.870 mgd (30-day average) from the Gilberton Mine Pool.
11. Project Sponsor and Facility: Keystone Clearwater Solutions, LLC (Moshannon Creek), Snow Shoe Township, Centre County, Pa. Renewal of surface water withdrawal of up to 0.999 mgd (peak day) (Docket No. 20120910).
12. Project Sponsor: Lycoming County Water and Sewer Authority. Project Facility: Halls Station System, Muncy Township, Lycoming County, Pa. Groundwater withdrawal of up to 0.158 mgd (30-day average) from Well PW-1.
13. Project Sponsor and Facility: Moxie Freedom LLC, Salem Township, Luzerne County, Pa. Minor modification to add a new source (Production Well 2) to existing consumptive use approval (no increase requested in consumptive use quantity) (Docket No. 20150907).
14. Project Sponsor and Facility: Moxie Freedom LLC, Salem Township, Luzerne County, Pa. Groundwater withdrawal of up to 0.062 mgd (30-day average) from Production Well 2.
15. Project Sponsor and Facility: Town of Nichols, Tioga County, N.Y. Groundwater withdrawal of up to 0.250 mgd (30-day average) from Well PW-1.
16. Project Sponsor and Facility: Town of Nichols, Tioga County, N.Y. Groundwater withdrawal of up to 0.250 mgd (30-day average) from Well PW-2.
17. Project Sponsor and Facility: Town of Rising Sun, Rising Sun District, Cecil County, Md. Interconnection with the Chester Water Authority of up to 1.800 mgd (peak day).
18. Project Sponsor and Facility: Sunoco Pipeline, L.P. (Conodoguinet Creek), North Middleton Township, Cumberland County, Pa. Surface water withdrawal of up to 2.880 mgd (peak day).
19. Project Sponsor and Facility: Sunoco Pipeline, L.P. (Frankstown Branch Juniata River), Frankstown Township, Blair County, Pa. Surface water withdrawal of up to 2.880 mgd (peak day).
20. Project Sponsor and Facility: Sunoco Pipeline, L.P. (Susquehanna River), Highspire Borough and Lower Swatara Township, Dauphin County, Pa. Surface water withdrawal of up to 2.880 mgd (peak day).
21. Project Sponsor and Facility: Sunoco Pipeline, L.P. (Swatara Creek), Londonderry Township, Dauphin County, Pa. Surface water withdrawal of up to 2.880 mgd (peak day).
22. Project Sponsor and Facility: Sunoco Pipeline, L.P. (Tuscarora Creek), Lack Township, Juniata County, Pa. Surface water withdrawal of up to 2.880 mgd (peak day).
23. Project Sponsor and Facility: SWEPI LP (Cowanesque River), Deerfield Township, Tioga County, Pa. Surface water withdrawal of up to 2.000 mgd (peak day).
24. Project Sponsor and Facility: Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, LLC. Project: Atlantic Sunrise (Fishing Creek), Hemlock Township, Columbia County, Pa. Surface water withdrawal of up to 2.880 mgd (peak day).
25. Project Sponsor and Facility: Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, LLC. Project: Atlantic Sunrise (Fishing Creek), Hemlock Township, Columbia County, Pa. Consumptive water use of up to 0.100 mgd (peak day).
The Commission approved the following project applications involving a diversion:
1. Project Sponsor and Facility: Gilberton Power Company, West Mahanoy Township, Schuylkill County, Pa. Into-basin diversion from the Delaware River Basin of up to 0.099 mgd (peak day) from Wells AN-P03 and AN-P04.
2. Project Sponsor and Facility: JKLM Energy, LLC, Roulette Township, Potter County, Pa. Into-basin diversion from the Ohio River Basin of up to 1.100 mgd (peak day) from the Goodwin and Son's Sand and Gravel Quarry.
Pub. L. 91-575, 84 Stat. 1509
Office of the United States Trade Representative.
Notice.
In accordance with relevant provisions of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (HTS), the Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR) is providing
Effective January 1, 2017.
Ronald Baumgarten, Director of Agricultural Affairs, Office of Agricultural Affairs, Office of the United States Trade Representative, 600 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20508; telephone: (202) 395-9582; facsimile: (202) 395-4579.
Pursuant to section 201 of the United States-Chile Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Pub. L. 108-77; 19 U.S.C. 3805 note), Presidential Proclamation No. 7746 of December 30, 2003 (68 FR 75789) implemented the Chile FTA on behalf of the United States and modified the HTS to reflect the tariff treatment provided for in the Chile FTA.
Note 12(a) to subchapter XI of HTS chapter 99 requires USTR annually to publish in the
Note 12(b) to subchapter XI of HTS chapter 99 provides duty-free treatment for certain sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products of Chile entered under subheading 9911.17.05 in any calendar year (CY) (beginning in CY 2015) shall be the quantity of goods equal to the amount of Chile's trade surplus in subdivision (a) of the note.
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Chile's imports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its exports of those goods by 559,466 metric tons according to data published by its customs authority, the Servicio Nacional de Aduana. Based on this data, USTR determines that Chile's trade surplus is negative. Therefore, in accordance with U.S. Note 12(b) to subchapter XI of HTS chapter 99, goods of Chile are not eligible to enter the United States duty-free under subheading 9911.17.05 in CY 2017.
Pursuant to section 201 of the United States-Morocco Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Pub. L. 108-302; 19 U.S.C. 3805 note), Presidential Proclamation No. 7971 of December 22, 2005 (70 FR 76651) implemented the Morocco FTA on behalf of the United States and modified the HTS to reflect the tariff treatment provided for in the Morocco FTA.
Note 12(a) to subchapter XII of HTS chapter 99 requires USTR annually to publish in the
Note 12(b) to subchapter XII of HTS chapter 99 provides duty-free treatment for certain sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products of Morocco entered under subheading 9912.17.05 in an amount equal to the lesser of Morocco's trade surplus or the specific quantity set out in that note for that calendar year.
Note 12(c) to subchapter XII of HTS chapter 99 provides preferential tariff treatment for certain sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products of Morocco entered under subheading 9912.17.10 through 9912.17.85 in an amount equal to the amount by which Morocco's trade surplus exceeds the specific quantity set out in that note for that calendar year.
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Morocco's imports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its exports of those goods by 732,097 metric tons according to data published by its customs authority, the Office des Changes. Based on this data, USTR determines that Morocco's trade surplus is negative. Therefore, in accordance with U.S. Note 12(b) and U.S. Note 12(c) to subchapter XII of HTS chapter 99, goods of Morocco are not eligible to enter the United States duty-free under subheading 9912.17.05 or at preferential tariff rates under subheading 9912.17.10 through 9912.17.85 in CY 2017.
Pursuant to section 201 of the Dominican Republic-Central America-United States Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Pub. L. 109-53; 19 U.S.C. 4031), Presidential Proclamation No. 7987 of February 28, 2006 (71 FR 10827), Presidential Proclamation No. 7991 of March 24, 2006 (71 FR 16009), Presidential Proclamation No. 7996 of March 31, 2006 (71 FR 16971), Presidential Proclamation No. 8034 of June 30, 2006 (71 FR 38509), Presidential Proclamation No. 8111 of February 28, 2007 (72 FR 10025), Presidential Proclamation No. 8331 of December 23, 2008 (73 FR 79585), and Presidential Proclamation No. 8536 of June 12, 2010 (75 FR 34311) implemented the CAFTA-DR on behalf of the United States and modified the HTS to reflect the tariff treatment provided for in the CAFTA-DR.
Note 25(b)(i) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 requires USTR annually to publish in the
U.S. Note 25(b)(ii) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 provides duty-free treatment for certain sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products of each CAFTA-DR country entered under
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Costa Rica's exports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its imports of those goods by 98,076 metric tons according to data published by the Costa Rican Customs Department, Ministry of Finance. Based on this data, USTR determines that Costa Rica's trade surplus is 98,076 metric tons. The specific quantity set out in U.S. Note 25(b)(ii) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 for Costa Rica for CY 2017 is 13,420 metric tons. Therefore, in accordance with that note, the aggregate quantity of goods of Costa Rica that may be entered duty-free under subheading 9822.05.20 in CY 2017 is 13,420 metric tons (
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, the Dominican Republic's imports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its exports of those goods by 137,407 metric tons according to data published by the National Direction of Customs (DGA). Based on this data, USTR determines that the Dominican Republic's trade surplus is negative. Therefore, in accordance with U.S. Note 25(b)(ii) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98, goods of the Dominican Republic are not eligible to enter the United States duty-free under subheading 9822.05.20 in CY 2017.
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, El Salvador's exports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its imports of those goods by 387,092 metric tons according to data published by the Salvadoran Sugar Council and the Central Bank of El Salvador. Based on this data, USTR determines that El Salvador's trade surplus is 387,092 metric tons. The specific quantity set out in U.S. Note 25(b)(ii) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 for El Salvador for CY 2017 is 34,000 metric tons. Therefore, in accordance with that note, the aggregate quantity of goods of El Salvador that may be entered duty-free under subheading 9822.05.20 in CY 2017 is 34,000 metric tons (
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Guatemala's exports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its imports of those goods by 1,908,501 metric tons according to data published by the Asociación de Azucareros de Guatemala (ASAZGUA). Based on this data, USTR determines that Guatemala's trade surplus is 1,908,501 metric tons. The specific quantity set out in U.S. Note 25(b)(ii) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 for Guatemala for CY 2017 is 47,000 metric tons. Therefore, in accordance with that note, the aggregate quantity of goods of Guatemala that may be entered duty-free under subheading 9822.05.20 in CY 2017 is 47,000 metric tons (
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Honduras' exports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its imports of those goods by 106,414 metric tons according to data published by the Central Bank of Honduras. Based on this data, USTR determines that Honduras' trade surplus is 106,414 metric tons. The specific quantity set out in U.S. Note 25(b)(ii) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 for Honduras for CY 2017 is 9,760 metric tons. Therefore, in accordance with that note, the aggregate quantity of goods of Honduras that may be entered duty-free under subheading 9822.05.20 in CY 2017 is 9,760 metric tons (
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Nicaragua's exports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its imports of those goods by 313,336 metric tons according to data published by the Direccion General de Servicios Aduaneros (DGA) Nicaragua. Based on this data, USTR determines that Nicaragua's trade surplus is 313,336 metric tons. The specific quantity set out in U.S. Note 25(b)(ii) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 for Nicaragua for CY 2017 is 26,840 metric tons. Therefore, in accordance with that note, the aggregate quantity of goods of Nicaragua that may be entered duty-free under subheading 9822.05.20 in CY 2017 is 26,840 metric tons (
Pursuant to section 201 of the United States-Peru Trade Promotion Agreement Implementation Act (Pub. L. 110-138; 19 U.S.C. 3805 note), Presidential Proclamation No. 8341 of January 16, 2009 (74 FR 4105) implemented the Peru TPA on behalf of the United States and modified the HTS to reflect the tariff treatment provided for in the Peru TPA.
Note 28(c) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 requires USTR annually to publish in the
Note 28(d) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 provides duty-free treatment for certain sugar goods of Peru entered under subheading 9822.06.10 in an amount equal to the lesser of Peru's trade surplus or the specific quantity set out in that note for that calendar year.
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Peru's imports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its exports of those goods by 333,139 metric tons according to data published by the Superintendencia Nacional de Administracion Tributaria (SUNAT). Based on this data, USTR determines that Peru's trade surplus is negative. Therefore, in accordance with U.S. Note 28(d) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98, goods of Peru are not eligible to enter the United States duty-free under subheading 9822.06.10 in CY 2017.
Pursuant to section 201 of the United States-Colombia Trade Promotion Agreement Implementation Act (Pub. L.
Note 32(b) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 requires USTR annually to publish in the
Note 32(c)(i) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 provides duty-free treatment for certain sugar goods of Colombia entered under subheading 9822.08.01 in an amount equal to the lesser of Colombia's trade surplus or the specific quantity set out in that note for that calendar year.
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Colombia's exports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its imports of those goods by 660,255 metric tons according to data published by Global Trade Atlas. Based on this data, USTR determines that Colombia's trade surplus is 660,255 metric tons. The specific quantity set out in U.S. Note 32(c)(i) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 for Colombia for CY 2017 is 53,750 metric tons. Therefore, in accordance with that note, the aggregate quantity of goods of Colombia that may be entered duty-free under subheading 9822.08.01 in CY 2017 is 53,750 metric tons (
Pursuant to section 201 of the United States-Panama Trade Promotion Agreement Implementation Act (Pub. L. 112-43; 19 U.S.C. 3805 note), Presidential Proclamation No. 8894 of October 29, 2012 (77 FR 66505) implemented the Panama TPA on behalf of the United States and modified the HTS to reflect the tariff treatment provided for in the Panama TPA.
Note 35(a) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 requires USTR annually to publish in the
Note 35(c) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98 provides duty-free treatment for certain sugar goods of Panama entered under subheading 9822.09.17 in an amount equal to the lesser of Panama's trade surplus or the specific quantity set out in that note for that calendar year.
During CY 2015, the most recent year for which data is available, Panama's imports of the sugar and syrup goods and sugar-containing products described above exceeded its exports of those goods by 517 metric tons according to data published by the National Institute of Statistics and Census, Office of the General Comptroller of Panama. Based on this data, USTR determines that Panama's trade surplus is negative. Therefore, in accordance with U.S. Note 35(c) to subchapter XXII of HTS chapter 98, goods of Panama are not eligible to enter the United States duty-free under subheading 9822.09.17 in CY 2017.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Twenty Fifth RTCA SC-222 AMS(R)S Systems New Air-Ground Data Link Technologies related to SATCOM.
The FAA is issuing this notice to advise the public of a meeting of Twenty Fifth RTCA SC-222 AMS(R)S Systems New Air-Ground Data Link Technologies related to SATCOM.
The meeting will be held January 23, 2017 09:00 a.m.-05:00 p.m. and January 24, 09:00 a.m.-12:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held virtually. Please contact Karan Hofman at
Karan Hofmann at
Pursuant to section 10(a) (2) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463, 5 U.S.C., App.), notice is hereby given for a meeting of the Twenty Fifth RTCA SC-222 AMS(R)S Systems New Air-Ground Data Link Technologies related to SATCOM. The agenda will include the following:
Attendance is open to the interested public but limited to space availability. With the approval of the chairman, members of the public may present oral statements at the meeting. Persons wishing to present statements or obtain information should contact the person listed in the
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice.
FMCSA announces the appointment of 15 members to the Household Goods (HHG) Consumer Protection Working Group (HHG Working Group). This group will meet for the first time on January 4-5, 2017. Congress mandated the establishment of the HHG Working Group in the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act. The group is charged with providing recommendations on how to better educate and protect HHG moving customers (consumers) during interstate HHG moves.
The first HHG Working Group meeting will be held on January 4, 2017 from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. and January 5, 2017 from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 p.m. at the USDOT Headquarters, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Members of the Working Group and the public should arrive at 8:30 a.m. to facilitate clearance through DOT security. Copies of the agenda will be made available at
Kenneth Rodgers, Chief, Commercial Enforcement and Investigations Division, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Phone (202) 366-0073; Email
Section 5503 of the FAST Act (Pub. L. 114-94) (December 4, 2015) requires the HHG Working Group to provide recommendations to the Secretary of Transportation, through the FMCSA Administrator. The Working Group will operate in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA). 5 U.S.C. App. 2.
As required by Section 5503 of the FAST Act, the Working Group will make recommendations in three areas relating to “how to best convey to consumers relevant information with respect to the Federal laws concerning the interstate transportation of household goods by motor carrier.” Those areas are:
1. How to condense the FMCSA “Ready to Move ?” tips published in April 2006 (FMCSA-ESA-03-005) into a more consumer friendly format;
2. How best to use state-of-the-art education techniques and technologies (including how to optimize use of the Internet as an educational tool); and
3. How to reduce and simplify the paperwork required of motor carriers and shippers in interstate transportation.
Section 5503 mandates that the Secretary of Transportation appoint a Working Group that is comprised of (i) individuals with expertise in consumer affairs; (ii) educators with expertise in how people learn most effectively; and (iii) representatives of the FMCSA regulated interstate HHG moving industry.
On April 20, 2016, FMCSA solicited applications and nominations of interested persons to serve on the HHG Working Group. Applications and nominations were due on or before May 20, 2016 [81 FR 23354].
The Working Group will terminate one year after the date its recommendations are submitted to the Secretary of Transportation.
On October 7, 2016, the Secretary appointed consumer affairs experts Jennifer M. Gartlan (Federal Maritime Commission), Gabriel Meyer (Surface Transportation Board), and Kelsey M. Owen (Better Business Bureau). Representing educators with expertise in how people learn most effectively will be Margaret McQueen (FMCSA National Training Center). Representatives of the FMCSA regulated interstate HHG moving industry are Francisco Acuna (Household Goods Compliance Solutions, Inc.), Thomas A. Balzar (Ohio Trucking Association), Andrew Friedman (PACK RAT LLC), Heather Paraino (MoveRescue), Jonathan Todd (Benesch Friedlander Coplan & Aronoff LLP), Charles L. White (International Association of Movers), Chad W. Hall (All My Sons Moving and Storage), Dan Veoni (American Moving and Storage Association), Thomas J. Carney, (Carney McNicholas), John Esparza (Texas Trucking Association), and Richard Corona (Enterprise Database Corporation).
Meetings will be open to the general public, except as provided under FACA. Notice of each meeting will be published in the
For the January 4-5, 2017, meeting, oral comments from the public will be heard from 3:00 p.m.to 4:00 p.m. on January 4, 2017. Should all public comments be exhausted prior to the end of the specified oral comment period, the comment period will close.
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Notice of Enforcement Guidance.
This notice addresses commercial driver staffing agencies that employ commercial drivers who are supplied to motor carriers to operate commercial motor vehicles (CMV). If these CMVs require a commercial driver's license (CDL), the drivers are subject to the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) controlled substances (drug) and alcohol testing regulations. Under the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSR), a driver staffing agency may qualify as an employer.
This enforcement guidance is effective immediately.
Mr. Juan Moya, Office of Enforcement and Compliance, Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001. Telephone Number: (202) 366-4844; Email Address:
The term “employer,” as defined in 49 CFR 382.107, encompasses driver staffing agencies that employ persons who operate CMVs and are subject to CDL requirements. The term “Employer,” as defined in 49 CFR 382.107, encompasses a person or entity employing one or more employees who are subject to DOT agency regulations requiring compliance with the DOT drug and alcohol program requirements in parts 40 and 382, Service agents,
Commercial driver staffing agencies supply the motor carrier industry with intermittent, casual, or occasional drivers to help meet industry business demands. The staffing agency directly employs the driver, and pays the driver's wages and employment taxes. Therefore, FMCSA has jurisdiction over these companies as employers of persons under Part 382 of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs). As employers, driver staffing agencies are required to make records available for inspection upon request by a special agent or authorized representative of the FMCSA.
Section 382.103(a) further clarifies that the drug and alcohol regulations apply to persons and to employers of such persons who operate a CMV in commerce and are subject to the CDL requirements under 49 CFR part 383. Accordingly, staffing agencies, if they choose, may be responsible for ensuring compliance with all of the DOT drug and alcohol testing program requirements for their commercial drivers subject to parts 382 and 383 of the FMCSRs and 49 CFR part 40. These requirements include, but are not limited to, drug and alcohol testing, driver education, record retention, providing agency access to records, and requesting drug and alcohol information from a driver's previous employers. If a driver staffing agency chooses not to establish its own DOT drug and alcohol testing program when it provides a CDL driver to a motor carrier, the motor carrier is solely responsible for complying with part 382 prior to allowing the driver to perform a safety-sensitive function.
This guidance addresses the use of “casual, intermittent, and occasional” drivers, who may be leased from a driver staffing agency. FMCSA recognizes that motor carriers needing a CDL driver on short notice may not have the time or ability to conduct pre-employment testing or to place the short-term driver into the motor carrier's random testing pool. Accordingly, FMCSA guidance provides for adoption of the DOT drug and alcohol testing program of another part 382 employer for purposes of regulatory compliance of the “borrowed” or leased driver. Section 382.301(c)(2), which addresses “Pre-employment Testing,” recognizes the situations where a motor carrier use, but does not employ, a driver more than once a year to operate a CMV. The regulation provides that employers, who use such drivers who must verify the driver's participation in a DOT drug and alcohol testing program every six months and maintain records of such verification pursuant to the record retention requirements in section 382.401 Regulatory guidance to section 382.301 explains that this provision was intended to apply to drivers who are “temporarily leased” or loaned to a motor carrier “for one or more trips generally for a time period less than 30 days.” See 49 CFR 382.301(c)(2) and (62 FR 16385) “Guidance Question 1”).
Accordingly, FMCSA interprets a casual, intermittent, or occasional driver as one who works for another employer for any period of less than 30 consecutive days. If a leased driver operates or is expected to operate for a motor carrier employer for more than 30 consecutive days, the driver should be included in that motor carrier employer's random testing pool and that motor carrier employer should assume full responsibility for the driver under its own DOT drug and alcohol testing program. A driver staffing agency may remove the driver from its random testing pool or allow the driver to remain in its testing pool based on its reasonable expectation on whether the driver will or will not return to its employment as a temporary leased driver.
A motor carrier that leases one or more CDL drivers from a driver staffing agency is responsible for ensuring that each leased driver is participating in a compliant DOT drug and alcohol testing program. The motor carrier remains responsible at all times for ensuring compliance with all of the rules, including random testing, for all drivers which they use, regardless of any utilization of third parties to administer parts of the program. Therefore, to use another's program, an employer must make the other program, by contract, consortium agreement, or other arrangement, the employer's own program. This would entail, among other things, being held responsible for the other program's compliance, having records forwarded to the employer's principal place of business on 2 day-notice, and being notified of and acting upon positive test results. For purposes of the leased driver, the motor carrier must adopt the staffing agency's drug and alcohol testing program as its own program. Accordingly, the motor carrier remains responsible for any non-compliance by the driver staffing agency. This arrangement is consistent with FMCSA guidance on employer use of another employer's DOT drug and alcohol testing program for casual, intermittent, or occasional drivers. See (62 FR 16387 dated April 4, 1997. It is intended for short-term leased drivers.
If the staffing agency has not conducted the required testing, the motor carrier must treat the leased driver as a new employee and conduct all required part 382 drug and alcohol testing and program requirements before utilizing the driver to conduct a safety-sensitive function. These requirements include conducting the required background inquiries, providing a copy of the drug and alcohol policy and educational materials, conducting a pre-employment drug test, placing the driver in a random testing pool, and all other recordkeeping, testing, and programmatic requirements in parts 382 and 390.
By adopting the driver staffing agency's drug and alcohol testing program as its own, the motor carrier assumes responsibility for the driver staffing agency's regulatory compliance with respect to the leased driver. Accordingly, motor carriers should ensure that the driver staffing agency has a fully compliant program under DOT regulations and is able to provide within 48 hours the required driver qualification records.
Pursuant to 49 CFR 382.507, employers that violate the requirements of 49 CFR part 382 or part 40 may be subject to the civil and/or criminal penalty provisions of 49 U.S.C. 521(b).
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice and request for comments.
The Department of the Treasury, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, invites the general public and other Federal agencies to take this opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing information collections, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13 (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)). Currently, the IRS is soliciting comments concerning Form 706, United States Estate (and Generation-Skipping Transfer) Tax Return.
Written comments should be received on or before February 21, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Direct all written comments to Tuawana Pinkston, Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224.
Requests for additional information or copies of the form and instructions should be directed to LaNita Van Dyke at Internal Revenue Service, Room 6526, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or the Internet at
The following paragraph applies to all of the collections of information covered by this notice:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a valid OMB control number. Books or records relating to a collection of information must be retained as long as their contents may become material in the administration of any internal revenue law. Generally, tax returns and tax return information are confidential, as required by 26 U.S.C. 6103.
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection request(s) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, on or after the date of publication of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before January 23, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimates, or any other aspect of the information collection(s), including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submissions may be obtained by emailing
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection request(s) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of
Comments should be received on or before January 23, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimates, or any other aspect of the information collection(s), including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submissions may be obtained by emailing
The Department of the Treasury will submit the following information collection requests to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and clearance in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13, on or after the date of publication of this notice.
Comments should be received on or before January 23, 2017 to be assured of consideration.
Send comments regarding the burden estimates, or any other aspect of the information collections, including suggestions for reducing the burden, to (1) Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Treasury, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235, Washington, DC 20503, or email at
Copies of the submissions may be obtained by emailing
United States Mint, Department of the Treasury.
Notice.
The United States Mint is announcing pricing for the 2017 Lions Clubs International Centennial Silver Dollars as follows:
Ann Bailey, Products Manager for Numismatic and Bullion; United States Mint; 801 9th Street NW., Washington, DC 20220; or call 202-354-7500.
Public Law 112-181.
Veterans Health Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Health Administration (VHA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 23, 2017.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
The registry provides a mechanism to catalogue prominent symptoms, reproductive health, and diagnoses and to communicate with Agent Orange Veterans. VA keeps Veterans informed on research findings or new compensation policies through periodic newsletters. The voluntary, self-selected nature of this registry makes it valuable for health surveillance; however, it is not designed or intended to be a research tool and therefore, the results cannot be generalized to represent all Agent Orange Veterans. The
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden; it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 23, 2017.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
VBA conducted a benchmark study in Fiscal Year 2013 (October 2012 through January 2013) in order to validate the survey instruments, identify Key Performance Indicators, and establish performance benchmarks. Findings and recommendations were presented to VBA Leadership and stakeholders within each line of business in April 2013.
Based on interviews conducted, VBA has separated the Veterans experience with VBA into two categories:
1.
2.
Each business line desired to understand the components of the overall customer experience. Each VBA business line wanted to engage their Veteran population with relevant questions regarding their experience. The following outlines how that is approached with each of the lines of business.
The
During 2014 J.D. Power fielded three survey instruments for the Compensation and Pension programs. Discussions with stakeholders from both programs indicated that one survey instrument could be used for both Compensation and Pension
The
J.D. Power fielded two survey instruments for Education Service. The
J.D. Power fielded two survey instruments for Loan Guaranty Service. The survey pool for the tracking study for the
J.D. Power fielded three survey instruments for Vocational Rehabilitation & Employment Service (VR&E). The
The complete survey methodology is available as a supplemental document to this information collection: Voice of the Veteran Methodology FY17.
The FY15 Non Response Bias Reports are also attached. The FY16 reporting and Non Response Bias Reports will be made available upon completion.
By direction of the Secretary.
VA Homeless Providers Grant and Per Diem (GPD) Program, Veterans Health Administration (VHA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA).
Notice that certain VA homeless providers grants will be terminated.
VA is announcing that all per diem funding for grants awarded during fiscal year (FY) 1994 through FY 2016 under VA's Homeless Providers GPD will be terminated, in accordance with the grant award agreements. This does not apply to special need grants and Transition in Place (TIP) grants.
Prior to September 30, 2017, VA will offer the opportunity to compete for new grants through a Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA) to grantees whose transitional housing and service center grants will be terminated. This will allow the Department and grantees to refocus programs and resources to better serve the homeless Veteran population.
December 19, 2016.
VA Homeless Providers Grant and Per Diem Field Office, 10770 North 46th Street Suite C-200, Tampa, Florida 33617
Mr. Jeffery L. Quarles, Director, VA Homeless Providers Grant and Per Diem
This Notice announces that VA will terminate per diem payments to grantees for grants that were awarded under VA's Homeless Providers GPD Program from FY 1994 through FY 2016 in accordance with the grant award agreements (See End Date Adjustments). This does not apply to special need and TIP grants, as these grants were awarded with expiration dates. Additionally, VA will offer an opportunity to apply for new grants to these transitional housing and service center grantees under a new NOFA.
Rationale: Funding for the per diem component of the VA Homeless Providers Program is authorized by 38 U.S.C. 2013(7). Each FY the program's funding may be replenished up to a level authorized and appropriated by Congress. VHA must decide the level of funding to actually dedicate to this program from the available appropriated resources up to the 38 U.S.C. 2013(7) authorized amount. In the past, as funding was available, in order to facilitate a continued needed resource without possible interruption and encourage new applicants to serve homeless Veterans, VHA chose to authorize per diem for those operational grantees that met the requirements of 38 CFR 61.80 as verified by an annual inspection. Other benefits to VA and the community included defrayed costs and stability of housing resources by not subjecting the grantees to the GPD application process each fiscal year.
Many current grants were written when the homeless Veteran experience was far different than it is now (almost 20 years ago in some cases). These grants focused on services, length of stays, and end goals different from the current strategies in place to combat Veteran homelessness. Despite VA having allowed changes of scope to the grants, these changes were not able to keep pace with the rapidly changing homeless Veteran experience. VA now has at its disposal additional homeless programs that were not in existence previously and is working in conjunction with other Federal agencies to address homelessness among Veterans. While VA believes GPD will continue to have a significant presence in the cadre of homeless programs, the allocation of these grants needs to be updated to reflect the documented current need as well as to increase the flexibility to adapt to future needs.
Benefits of Termination: Through this termination and new application process, VA will be able to align awards and resources with the specific VA homeless goals, and Office of Management and Budget (OMB) requirements in 2 CFR part 200. This also provides the opportunity for current grantees to align their services, treatment approach, and housing stock, while taking into account currently available resources and needs within their communities. By making the awards performance-based, VA will increase accountability and flexibility for both VA and grantees to adapt to changing environments.
Effects of Termination: All grantees must submit a close-out Federal Financial Report (SF425) within 90 calendar days after the end date of the period of performance, pursuant to 2 CFR 200.343. Any per diem over payments discovered will be recovered per VA financial policy.
OMB has, pursuant to its authority under 2 CFR 200.102, approved VA's request to grant a class exception to the real property provisions of 2 CFR 200.311(c) to recipients that would be subject to those requirements based on the planned restructuring of the VA Homeless Providers GPD Program.
The exception is limited to current capital grantees that choose to reapply under the separate FY 2017 NOFA and are unsuccessful, and those current capital grantees that are successful, but do not receive subsequent option year funding. These grantees will not be subject to the requirements of 38 CFR 61.67 or the real property disposition requirements of 2 CFR 200.311(c).
Current capital grantees that choose not to reapply in response to this NOFA, or who apply and do not meet the threshold requirements for scoring as outlined in the NOFA and regulation, will be subject to the recapture requirements of 38 CFR 61.67 and, if applicable, the real property disposition requirements of 2 CFR 200.311(c).
Proposed Termination Dates for Grantees: If an existing grantee does not apply for a GPD grant under the new NOFA, VA would like to terminate the applicable grant agreement on September 30, 2017. If an existing grantee does apply and is successful, VA would like to terminate the applicable grant agreement on September 30, 2017. If your agency applies and is not selected, in the interest of transitioning Veterans remaining in those non-selected programs, VA would like to terminate the grant payments no later than December 31, 2017.
38 U.S.C. 2011, 2012, 2013, 2061, and in regulation at 2 CFR 200.311(c), 2 CFR 200.343, 38 CFR part 61.
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs. Gina S. Farrisee, Deputy Chief of Staff, Department of Veterans Affairs, approved this document on December 19, 2016, for publication.
Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), Veterans Health Administration (VHA), VA Homeless Providers Grant and Per Diem (GPD) Program.
Notice of Funding Availability (NOFA).
VA is announcing the availability of per diem funds to currently operational GPD grantees which have their current transitional housing grants under VA's Homeless Providers GPD Program whose grants are scheduled to be terminated as discussed in an accompanying
An original signed and dated application for assistance (plus two completed collated copies) for VA's Homeless Providers GPD Program and associated documents must be received by the GPD Program Office by 4:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on Tuesday, April 4, 2017 (see application requirements below).
Grant applications must be submitted to the following address: VA Homeless Providers GPD Program Office, 10770 N. 46th Street, Suite C-200, Tampa, Florida 33617.
Mr. Jeffery L. Quarles, Director, VA Homeless Providers GPD Program, Department of Veterans Affairs, 10770 N. 46th Street, Suite C-200, Tampa, FL 33617; (toll-free) 1-(877) 332-0334.
This NOFA announces the availability of per diem funding to currently operational GPD grantees that will have their current grants terminated as discussed in an accompanying
Under this NOFA, VA is only offering per diem for supportive transitional housing and service centers to applicants willing to use a model listed below. Applicants must apply for funding using one or more of these models, and a separate application is required for each model. Further, only currently operational VA GPD-funded service centers may apply under the service center model. Applicants agree to meet the applicable requirements of 38 CFR part 61. In addition, all applications using the service center and housing models need to have low barriers to access service as well as policies and procedures to work with Veterans who relapse. As such, admission criteria are strongly encouraged to not have any required sobriety period, income requirement, or employment requirement.
Veterans are expected to receive case management and support, which should be coordinated with the HUD-VASH, SSVF, or other available community based programs. Grantees will assist Veterans with accessing services as needed/requested by the Veteran and must make available to participants a menu of available services.
Length of Stay (LOS) will be individually determined based on need, but in general, is not expected to exceed 90 days.
Services must include case-management, substance-use, and mental-health treatment; and referrals for benefits are made available as Veterans engage;
Must provide the participant an orientation that sets the expectations of performance for the participant;
Must have 24/7, on-site staffing at the same location as the location of the program participant. (Use of resident managers is not allowed);
Must have a method to monitor participant and guests comings and goings;
Must have a system in place for the management of the introduction of contraband;
Must be willing to retain Veterans who commit minor infractions of rules and who cannot and/or will not stop drinking and/or using legal or illegal substances;
Must be committed to keeping the veterans housed and staying continuously engaged with each veteran and provide services as needed;
Must have procedures to ensure safety of staff and residents; and
The grantee agency must participate in bi-monthly calls and an annual fidelity assessment process as established by VA.
Have a post-discharge care plan as pre-requisite to program placement that addresses ongoing physical, mental health, substance use disorder, and social work needs as well as care-management plans to transition the Veteran to permanent housing upon clinical stabilization;
The VA Homeless Patient Aligned Care Team (H-PACT), or other appropriate care unit, will facilitate and coordinate the ongoing care needs upon transition;
A Memorandum of Understanding must be in place with the local medical center that details participation in the Hospital-to-Home (H2H) program. Included in this should be a detailing of acceptance criteria for Veterans being referred from local facility emergency departments and inpatient wards, a detailing of how follow-up care with the medical center is organized, and a
Registration of the program with the national H-PACT program office and full participation in program elements, including Veteran tracking, quality improvement, and community of practice elements; and
Active participation, communication, and client tracking with the national H-PACT/H2H program office.
Individualized assessment, services, and treatment plan which are tailored to achieve optimal results in a time efficient manner and are consistent with sound clinical practice;
Program stays are to be individualized based upon the individual service plan for the veteran (not program driven);
Staff are to be licensed and/or credentialed for the substance-use disorder (SUD)/mental health (MH) services provided; and
Veterans are offered a variety of treatment service modalities (
Eligibility Information: In order to be eligible, an applicant must be a current operational VA GPD Transitional Housing or Service Center grant recipient (that is the grantee of record) as of the publication date of this NOFA whose grant is scheduled to be terminated as discussed in an accompanying
Transition in Place (TIP) and Special Need grants do not need to respond to this NOFA as their awards have established time limits and will be addressed under separate NOFAs.
Funding applied for under this NOFA is authorized by 38 U.S.C. 2011, 2012.
A.
B.
Applicants whose grants included capital grants must continue to use the same project site unless they receive prior written approval from the National GPD Program Office; this includes applicants who received a 2013 rehabilitation grant. Applicants will be limited in their request for beds to the number of combined beds authorized under your current relationship with a specific medical center under the GPD program. If applying for multiple models your agency may not request the total number of beds in each model application (See Examples 1-2).
Additional multiple models guidance may be found at Examples 3-6 under the Content and Form of Application section of this NOFA.
Applicants may, when completing the application, combine or remove current project(s) resources to create a single project. There are some restrictions. Applicants whose grants included capital grants must continue to use the same project site unless they receive prior written approval from the National GPD Program Office; this includes applicants who received a 2013 rehabilitation grant. Applicants whose grants were per diem only may use a different site; however, the site/facility must be in the same catchment area and must provide a comparable or better living situation.
Applicants should review their relationships with VAMCs and group their projects by medical center. Review to see if you would like to remove or combine projects within that medical center. Next, complete the application(s) for the housing model(s) or service center for which you want to apply (
If your agency is unclear on what application, or the number of applications, to submit, contact the GPD National Program Office for clarification prior to submission of any application to ensure it is submitting the correct format.
Applicants should ensure that they include all required documents in their application and carefully follow the format described below. Submission of an incorrect, incomplete, or incorrectly formatted application package will result in the application being rejected at threshold. Applicants should ensure that the items listed in the “Application Requirements” section of this NOFA are addressed in their application. Applicants should ensure the application is compiled in the order as outlined below and sections labeled accordingly.
Applicants are to complete the application in a normal business format on not more than fifty (50) single-spaced, typed, single sided pages, in Arial 12 font, and number the pages sequentially. The narrative must also be labeled with the same titles and order of this NOFA. Note: The Standard Forms will not count toward the page maximum. Applicants should simply binder clip the application; do not staple, spiral bind, or fasten the application. Do not include brochures or other information not requested.
The application consists of two parts. The first part will consist of Standard Forms and the second part of the application will be provided by applicants and consist of a supporting documentation and project narratives and tables/spreadsheets in a standard business format.
Applicants should ensure that they include all required documents in their application and carefully follow the format and provide the information requested and described below. Submission of an incorrect, incomplete, or incorrectly formatted application package will result in the application being rejected at the beginning of the process.
1.
2.
Nonprofit Organizations must provide documentation of accounting system certification and evidence of private nonprofit status. This must be accomplished by the following:
(a) Providing certification on letterhead stationery from a Certified Public Accountant or Public Accountant that the organization has a functioning accounting system that is operated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or that the organization has designated a qualified entity to maintain a functioning accounting system. If such an entity is used, then their name and address must be included in the certification letter; and
(b) Providing evidence of their status as a nonprofit organization by submitting a copy of their IRS ruling providing tax-exempt status under the IRS Code of 1986, as amended
3.
Copy on your agency's letterhead, the following statements (a-e) and then sign the letter.
(a) The applicant certifies that the following are true; the existing grant project of the applicant is being, and will continue to be, used principally to furnish Veterans the level of care for which VA awarded the applicant the original grant under the VA's Homeless Providers GPD Program; that not more than 25 percent of participants at any one time will be non-Veterans; and that such services will meet the requirements of 38 CFR part 61;
(b) The applicant will keep records and submit reports as VA may reasonably require, within the time frames required; and give VA, upon demand, access to the records upon which such information is based;
(c) The applicant agrees to comply with the applicable requirements of 38 CFR part 61 and other applicable laws and has demonstrated the capacity to do so;
(d) The applicant does not have an outstanding obligation to VA that is in arrears, and does not have an overdue or unsatisfactory response to an audit; and
(e) The applicant is not in default, by failing to meet requirements for any previous assistance from VA.
4. Documentation of being actively registered in the System for Award Management (SAM): Provide a printed copy of your agency's active registration in SAM to include the DUNS number which corresponds to the information provided on the Application for Federal assistance (SF424) and current CAGE code. Additionally, provide the complete legal business address that corresponds to the address registered with SAM to include the USPS five-digit zip code plus the four digit extension code.
5. State/Local Government Applicants: Applicants who are state or local governments must provide a copy of any comments or recommendations by approved State and (area wide) clearinghouses pursuant to Executive Order 12372.
6. Project Summary: On your agency's letterhead provide the following:
(a) The name of the VA facility providing the current per diem payment.
(b) Describe the number of beds your agency is requesting per diem for and the housing model to be provided at the VA facility identified in question 6(a).
(c) Is your agency submitting additional applications to provide other housing models at the facility referenced in question 6(a). (yes/no)
If yes, identify the model and the number of beds/visits to be provided under that model.
(d) Housing and services provided under this application will be located at:
(e) Under this application and model; describe how the facility participant living space will be configured? Include the square footage of the room or bay, the number of beds in that square footage, and if the beds will be bunked (
(f) Describe any additional populations or types of housing being served/provided at this location? (
(g) We are combining the following previous GPD project(s) __ under this application and model.
(h)
(i) Name and title of Executive Director/President/CEO; phone, fax and email address:
(j) Name and title of another management level employee and title, phone, fax and email address, who can sign commitments for the agency:
(k) A complete listing of your agency's officers of the Board of Directors and their address, phone, fax, and email addresses.
7.
8.
VA expects applicants awarded under this NOFA will meet the VA performance metrics for the selected model. With those metrics in mind please include in your agency's responses to the following sections your agency strategies to meet or exceed VA's national metric targets.
(a) Outreach—
1. Outreach—describe in detail the process of how your agency will identify and serve your homeless Veteran population(s) in the selected model by responding to the following questions:
2. Outreach—describe your agency outreach plan and frequency for
3. Outreach—identify where your organization will target its outreach efforts to identify appropriate Veterans for this program.
4. Outreach—Describe you involvement in the CoC's Coordinated Assessment/Entry efforts as it relates to your outreach plan.
(b) Project Plan—VA wishes to provide the most appropriate housing based on the needs of the individual Veteran.
1. Project Plan—Specifically list the supportive services, frequency of occurrence and who will provide them and how they will help Veteran participants achieve residential stability, increase skill levels and or income, and how they will increase Veterans' self-determination (
2. Project Plan—VA places emphasis on lowering barriers to admissions; describe the specific process and admission criteria for deciding which Veterans are appropriate for admission.
3. Project Plan—Address if you plan on serving a mixed gender population or individuals with children.
4. Project Plan—Provide a listing and explanation of any gender-specific services.
5. Project Plan—How will the safety security and privacy of participants be ensured?
6. Project Plan—How, when, and by whom will the progress of participants toward meeting their individual goals be monitored, evaluated and documented?
7. Project Plan—Provide your agency's Individual Service Plan (ISP) methodology and the core items to be addressed in the plan.
8. Project Plan—How permanent affordable housing will be identified in the ISP and made known to participants to plan for leaving the supportive housing?
9. Project Plan—Will your agency provide follow-up services? If yes, describe those services, how often they will occur, and the duration of the follow-up.
10. Project Plan—Describe how Veteran participants will have a voice and aid in operating and maintaining the housing (
11. Project Plan—Describe your agency's responsibilities, as well as, any sponsors, contractors' responsibilities in operating and maintaining the housing (
12. Project Plan—Describe program policies regarding a clean and sober environment. Include in the description how participant relapse will be handled and how these policies will affect the admission and discharge criteria.
13. Project Plan—Provide and describe the type and implementation of the medication control system that will be used in this project (
14. Project Plan—Describe program polices regarding participant agreements, include any leases and sub-leases if used.
15. Project Plan—Describe program polices regarding extracurricular fees.
16. Project Plan—If co-located with other models, populations, or with other non-grant and per diem projects; how will differences in program rules and policies be handled (
Your agency has permanent housing, bridge housing, and low demand housing. These all serve different populations and require different levels of policy to properly function. How will this be accomplished?
17. Project Plan—Describe how in your chosen model you will provide assistance to Veterans who seek increased income or benefits.
18. Project Plan—Address how your agency will facilitate the provision of
19. Project Plan—VA places great emphasis on placing Veterans in the most appropriate housing situation as rapidly as possible. In this section, provide a timetable and the specific services to include follow-up that supports housing stabilization. Include evidence of coordination of transition services with which your agency expects to have for Veterans.
20. Project Plan—Describe the availability of or how you will facilitate transportation of the Veteran participants with and without income to appointments, employment, and supportive services.
(c)
1. Bridge Housing Model—Describe how your bridge housing is coordinated with permanent housing resources as part of a Housing First plan for homeless Veterans
2. Clinical Treatment Model—Describe how you will ensure homeless Veterans will be offered available permanent housing resources prior to entering treatment resources.
3. Clinical Treatment Model—Describe how you will ensure permanent housing and employment/income improvements will occur and lead to successful outcomes.
4. Low Demand Model—How will your agency manage a safe environment if a Veteran returns to the project impaired?
5. Low Demand Model—Will your safe environment include a sober lounge or safe room?
6. Low Demand Model—What approaches will be used to keep the Veterans engaged in services?
7. Respite Care—Describe the medical evaluation process for identifying potential candidates for the program and the Staff involved in that process, the evaluation criteria, and the roles of each individual.
(d) Ability—This is where you describe your agency's experience in regard to your selected population.
1. Ability—Provide a table or spreadsheet of the staffing plan for this project. Do not include resumes.
2. Ability—Describe your agency's previous experience assessing and providing for the housing needs of homeless Veterans under your chosen model.
3. Ability—Describe your agency's previous experience assessing and providing supportive services to homeless Veterans under your chosen model.
4. Describe your agency's previous experience in assessing supportive service resources and entitlement benefits.
5. Describe your agency's previous experience with evaluating the progress of both individual participants and overall program effectiveness through using quality and performance data to make changes. Provide documentation of meeting past performance goals.
(e) Need—Describe through the use of a gap analysis the substantial unmet needs particularly among your targeted Veteran population and those needs of the general homeless population. How does this project meet a need for the community and fit with the community's strategy to end homeless in the community? Support your descriptions with empirical statistical documentation of need.
(f) Coordination—This portion of the application places emphasis on evidence of your agency's involvement in the homeless Veteran continuum.
1. Coordination—Provide documented evidence your agency is part of an ongoing community-wide planning process.
2. Coordination—How is your process designed to share information on available resources and reduce duplication among programs that serve homeless Veterans (
3. Coordination—How is your agency part of an ongoing community-wide planning process which is designed to share information on available resources and reduce duplication among programs that serve homeless Veterans?
4. Coordination—How has your agency coordinated GPD services with other programs offered in the Continuum(s) of Care (CoC) they currently serve?
5. Coordination—Provide documented evidence your agency consulted directly with the closest VAMC Director regarding coordination of services for project participants; and provide your plan to assure access to health care, case management, and other care services.
(g) Additional Application Requirements—
1. Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) Respite Care Documentation—A MOU between the local medical center and the applicant must be provided demonstrating the local medical center's detailed participation in the Hospital-to-Housing program. Included in this should be detailing of acceptance criteria for Veterans being referred from local facility emergency departments and inpatient wards, a detailing of how follow-up care with the medical center is organized, and a commitment to engaging enrolled Veterans in permanent housing as part of the program.
2. Awardees will be required to support their request for payments with adequate fiscal documentation as to project income and expenses. Awardee agencies that have a negotiated Indirect Cost Agreement (IDC) must provide a copy of the IDC with this application if they wish to charge indirect costs to the grant. Without this document only the de minimis rate would be allowed for indirect costs. All other costs will be considered only if they are direct costs.
In the interest of fairness to all competing applicants, this deadline is firm as to date and hour, and VA will treat any application that is received after the deadline as ineligible for consideration. Applicants should take this firm deadline into account and make early submission of their material to avoid any risk of loss of eligibility as a result of unanticipated delays or other delivery-related problems. For applications physically delivered (
Applications must be received by the application deadline. Applications must arrive as a complete package to include VA collaborative partner materials (see application requirements). Materials arriving separately
DO NOT fax or email the application as applications received via these means will be ineligible for consideration.
For capital grantees that choose not to reapply in response to this 2017 NOFA or who apply and do not meet the threshold requirements for scoring as outlined in [the accompanying
All awardees that are selected in response to
Each program receiving funding will have a liaison appointed from a nearby VA medical facility to provide oversight and monitor services provided to homeless Veterans in the program.
Monitoring will include, at a minimum, a quarterly review of each per diem program's progress toward meeting VA's performance metrics, helping Veterans attain housing stability, adequate income support, and self-sufficiency as identified in each per diem application. Monitoring will also include a review of the agency's income and expenses as they relate to this project to ensure payment is accurate.
Each funded program will participate in VA's national program monitoring and evaluation as these procedures will be used to determine successful accomplishment of housing, employment, and self-sufficiency outcomes for each per diem-funded program.
The Secretary of Veterans Affairs, or designee, approved this document and authorized the undersigned to sign and submit the document to the Office of the Federal Register for publication electronically as an official document of the Department of Veterans Affairs. Gina S. Farrisee, Deputy Chief of Staff, Department of Veterans Affairs, approved this document on December 19, 2016, for publication.
“National security departments and agencies” include the Departments of State, the Treasury, Defense, Justice, and Homeland Security, the Office of the Director of National Intelligence, the Central Intelligence Agency, and such other agencies as the President may designate.
“Related national security operations” include operations deemed relevant and appropriate by national security departments and agencies for inclusion in the report described in section 1 of this memorandum, such as detention, transfer, and interrogation operations.
Regulatory Information Service Center.
Introduction to the Regulatory Plan and the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions.
Publication of the Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions and the Regulatory Plan represent key components of the regulatory planning mechanism prescribed in Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735) and incorporated in Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” issued on January 18, 2011 (76 FR 3821). The fall editions of the Unified Agenda include the agency regulatory plans required by E.O. 12866, which identify regulatory priorities and provide additional detail about the most important significant regulatory actions that agencies expect to take in the coming year.
In addition, the Regulatory Flexibility Act requires that agencies publish semiannual “regulatory flexibility agendas” describing regulatory actions they are developing that will have significant effects on small businesses and other small entities (5 U.S.C. 602).
The Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions (Unified Agenda), published in the fall and spring, helps agencies fulfill all of these requirements. All federal regulatory agencies have chosen to publish their regulatory agendas as part of this publication. The complete Unified Agenda and Regulatory Plan can be found online at
The fall 2016 Unified Agenda publication appearing in the
The complete fall 2016 Unified Agenda contains the Regulatory Plans of 30 Federal agencies and 60 Federal agency regulatory agendas.
Regulatory Information Service Center (MVE), General Services Administration, 1800 F Street NW., 2219F, Washington, DC 20405.
For further information about specific regulatory actions, please refer to the agency contact listed for each entry.
To provide comment on or to obtain further information about this publication, contact: John C. Thomas, Executive Director, Regulatory Information Service Center (MVE), U.S. General Services Administration, 1800 F Street NW., 2219F, Washington, DC 20405, (202) 482-7340. You may also send comments to us by email at:
The fall 2016 Unified Agenda publication appearing in the
The following agencies have no entries for inclusion in the printed regulatory flexibility agenda. An asterisk (*) indicates agencies that appear in The Regulatory Plan. The regulatory agendas of these agencies are available to the public at
The Regulatory Information Service Center compiles the Unified Agenda for the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA), part of the Office of Management and Budget. OIRA is responsible for overseeing the Federal Government's regulatory, paperwork, and information resource management activities, including implementation of Executive Order 12866 (incorporated in Executive Order 13563). The Center also provides information about Federal regulatory activity to the President and his Executive Office, the Congress, agency officials, and the public.
The activities included in the Agenda are, in general, those that will have a regulatory action within the next 12 months. Agencies may choose to include activities that will have a longer timeframe than 12 months. Agency agendas also show actions or reviews completed or withdrawn since the last Unified Agenda. Executive Order 12866 does not require agencies to include regulations concerning military or foreign affairs functions or regulations related to agency organization, management, or personnel matters. Agencies prepared entries for this publication to give the public notice of their plans to review, propose, and issue regulations. They have tried to predict their activities over the next 12 months as accurately as possible, but dates and schedules are subject to change. Agencies may withdraw some of the regulations now under development, and they may issue or propose other regulations not included in their agendas. Agency actions in the rulemaking process may occur before or after the dates they have listed. The Regulatory Plan and Unified Agenda do not create a legal obligation on agencies to adhere to schedules in this publication or to confine their regulatory activities to those regulations that appear within it.
Each agency's section of the Plan contains a narrative statement of regulatory priorities and, for most agencies, a description of the agency's most important significant regulatory and deregulatory actions. Each agency's part of the Agenda contains a preamble providing information specific to that agency plus descriptions of the agency's regulatory and deregulatory actions.
The online, complete Unified Agenda contains the preambles of all participating agencies. Unlike the printed edition, the online Agenda has no fixed ordering. In the online Agenda, users can select the particular agencies' agendas they want to see. Users have broad flexibility to specify the characteristics of the entries of interest to them by choosing the desired responses to individual data fields. To see a listing of all of an agency's entries, a user can select the agency without specifying any particular characteristics of entries.
Each entry in the Agenda is associated with one of five rulemaking stages. The rulemaking stages are:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Long-Term Actions are rulemakings reported during the publication cycle that are outside of the required 12-month reporting period for which the Agenda was intended. Completed Actions in the publication cycle are rulemakings that are ending their lifecycle either by Withdrawal or completion of the rulemaking process. Therefore, the Long-Term and Completed RINs do not represent the ongoing, forward-looking nature
A bullet (•) preceding the title of an entry indicates that the entry is appearing in the Unified Agenda for the first time.
In the printed edition, all entries are numbered sequentially from the beginning to the end of the publication. The sequence number preceding the title of each entry identifies the location of the entry in this edition. The sequence number is used as the reference in the printed table of contents. Sequence numbers are not used in the online Unified Agenda because the unique Regulation Identifier Number (RIN) is able to provide this cross-reference capability.
Editions of the Unified Agenda prior to fall 2007 contained several indexes, which identified entries with various characteristics. These included regulatory actions for which agencies believe that the Regulatory Flexibility Act may require a Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, actions selected for periodic review under section 610(c) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, and actions that may have federalism implications as defined in Executive Order 13132 or other effects on levels of government. These indexes are no longer compiled, because users of the online Unified Agenda have the flexibility to search for entries with any combination of desired characteristics. The online edition retains the Unified Agenda's subject index based on the
All entries in the online Unified Agenda contain uniform data elements including, at a minimum, the following information:
As defined in Executive Order 12866, a rulemaking action that will have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or will adversely affect in a material way the economy, a sector of the economy, productivity, competition, jobs, the environment, public health or safety, or State, local, or tribal governments or communities. The definition of an “economically significant” rule is similar but not identical to the definition of a “major” rule under 5 U.S.C. 801 (Pub. L. 104-121). (See below.)
A rulemaking that is not Economically Significant but is considered Significant by the agency. This category includes rules that the agency anticipates will be reviewed under Executive Order 12866 or rules that are a priority of the agency head. These rules may or may not be included in the agency's regulatory plan.
A rulemaking that has substantive impacts, but is neither Significant, nor Routine and Frequent, nor Informational/Administrative/Other.
A rulemaking that is a specific case of a multiple recurring application of a regulatory program in the Code of Federal Regulations and that does not alter the body of the regulation.
A rulemaking that is primarily informational or pertains to agency matters not central to accomplishing the agency's regulatory mandate but that the agency places in the Unified Agenda to inform the public of the activity.
Some agencies have provided the following optional information:
The following abbreviations appear throughout this publication:
•
• A reference to the legal authority under which the rule is proposed; and
• Either the terms or substance of the proposed rule or a description of the subjects and issues involved.
Copies of the
Copies of individual agency materials may be available directly from the agency or may be found on the agency's Web site. Please contact the particular agency for further information.
All editions of The Regulatory Plan and the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions since fall 1995 are available in electronic form at
The Government Printing Office's GPO FDsys Web site contains copies of the Agendas and Regulatory Plans that have been printed in the
Executive Order 12866, issued in 1993, requires the production of a Unified Regulatory Agenda and Regulatory Plan. Executive Order 13563, issued in 2011, reaffirms the requirements of Executive Order 12866.
Consistent with these Executive Orders, the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) is providing the 2016 Unified Regulatory Agenda (Agenda) and the Regulatory Plan (Plan) for public review. The Agenda and Plan are preliminary statements of regulatory and deregulatory policies and priorities under consideration. The Plan provides a list of important regulatory actions that agencies are considering for issuance in proposed or final form during the 2017 fiscal year. In contrast, the Agenda is a more inclusive list that includes numerous ministerial actions and routine rulemakings, as well as long-term initiatives that agencies do not plan to complete in the coming year but on which they are actively working. Changed circumstances, public comment, or applicable legal authorities could affect an agency's decision about whether to go forward with a listed regulatory action.
A central purpose of the Agenda is to involve the public, including State, local, and tribal officials, in Federal regulatory planning. The public examination of the Agenda and Plan will facilitate public participation in a regulatory system that, in the words of Executive Order 13563, protects “public health, welfare, safety, and our environment while promoting economic growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation.” We emphasize that rules listed on the Agenda must still undergo significant development and review before agencies can issue them. No regulatory action can become effective until it has gone through the legally required processes, which normally include public notice and comment. Any proposed or final action must also satisfy the requirements of relevant statutes, Executive Orders, and Presidential Memoranda.
Among other information, the Agenda provides an initial classification of whether a rulemaking is “significant” or “economically significant” under the terms of Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. The Agenda might list a rule as “economically significant” within the meaning of Executive Order 12866 (generally, having an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more) because it imposes costs, confers large benefits, affects significant budget resources, or removes costly burdens.
Executive Order 13563 reaffirmed the principles, structures, and definitions in Executive Order 12866, which has long governed regulatory review. Executive Order 13563 explicitly points to the need for predictability and certainty in the regulatory system, as well as for use of the least burdensome means to achieving regulatory ends. These Executive Orders include the requirement that, to the extent permitted by law, agencies should not proceed with rulemaking in the absence of a reasoned determination that the benefits justify the costs. They also establish public participation, integration and innovation, flexible approaches, scientific integrity, and retrospective review as areas of emphasis in regulation. In particular, Executive Order 13563 explicitly draws attention to the need to measure and improve “the actual results of regulatory requirements”—a clear reference to the importance of the retrospective review of regulations.
Executive Order 13563 addresses new regulations that are under development, as well as retrospective review of existing regulations that are already in place. With respect to agencies' review of existing regulations, the Executive Order calls for careful reassessment based on empirical analysis. The prospective analysis required by Executive Order 13563 may depend on a degree of prediction and speculation about a rule's likely impacts, and the actual costs and benefits of a regulation may be lower or higher than what was anticipated when the rule was originally developed.
Executive Order 13610,
Executive Orders 13563 and 13610 recognize that circumstances may change in a way that requires agencies to reconsider regulatory requirements. The retrospective review process allows agencies to reevaluate existing rules and to streamline, modify, or eliminate those regulations that do not make sense in their current form. The agencies' lookback efforts so far during this Administration have yielded approximately $37 billion in savings for the American public over the next five years. Reflecting that focus, the current Agenda lists numerous actions that retroactively review existing regulatory programs. Since President Obama issued Executive Order 13610, this Administration has worked to institutionalize retrospective review in the federal agencies. In July 2016, agencies submitted to OIRA the latest updates of their retrospective review plans, which are publicly available at:
As agencies advance the regulations detailed in this 2016 Regulatory Plan, OIRA will continue its efforts to ensure that our regulatory system emphasizes, public participation, scientific evidence, innovation, flexible regulatory approaches, and careful consideration of costs and benefits. These considerations are meant to produce a regulatory system that is driven by the best available knowledge and evidence, attentive to real-world impacts, and is suited to the evolving circumstances of the 21st Century.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) provides leadership on food, agriculture, natural resources, rural development, nutrition, and related issues based on sound public policy, the best available science, and efficient management. The Department touches the lives of almost every American, every day. Our regulatory plan reflects that reality and reinforces our commitment to achieve results for everyone we serve.
The regulatory plan reflects USDA's efforts to implement several important pieces of legislation. The 2014 Farm Bill provides authorization for services and programs that impact every American and millions of people around the world. Under the Farm Bill authorities, USDA will continue to build on historic economic gains in rural America. The Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 (HHFKA) provided the authority for USDA to make genuine reforms to the school lunch and breakfast programs by improving the critical nutrition and hunger safety net for millions of children.
To assist the country in addressing today's challenges, USDA has developed a regulatory plan consistent with five strategic goals that articulate the Department's priorities.
Rural America is home to a vibrant economy supported by nearly 50 million Americans. These Americans come from diverse backgrounds and work in a variety of industries, including manufacturing, agriculture, services, government, and trade. Today, the country looks to rural America not only to provide food and fiber, but for crucial emerging economic opportunities such as renewable energy, broadband, and recreation. Many of the Nation's small businesses are located in rural communities and are the engine of job growth and an important source of innovation for the country. The economic vitality and quality of life in rural America depends on a healthy agricultural production system. Farmers and ranchers face a challenging global, technologically advanced, and competitive business environment. USDA works to ensure that producers are prosperous and competitive, have access to new markets, can manage their risks, and receive support in times of economic distress or weather-related disasters. Prosperous rural communities are those with adequate assets to fully support the well-being of community members. USDA helps to strengthen rural assets by building physical, human and social, financial, and natural capital.
USDA is committed to providing broadband to rural areas. Since 2009, USDA investments have delivered broadband service to over 6 million rural residents. These investments support the USDA goal to create thriving communities where people want to live and raise families. Consistent with these efforts, the Rural Utilities Service (RUS) published a final rule confirming the interim rule entitled “Rural Broadband Access Loans and Loan Guarantees” which published in the
USDA also works to increase the effectiveness of the Government's investment in rural America. To this end, Rural Development is developing a rule that will establish program metrics to measure the economic activities created through grants and loans, including any technical assistance provided as a component of the grant or loan program, and to measure the short and long-term viability of award recipients, and any entities to whom recipients provide assistance using the awarded funds. The action is required by section 6209 of the 2014 Farm Bill, and will not change the underlying provisions of the included programs, such as eligibility, applications, scoring, and servicing provisions. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0570-AA95.
In another step to increase the effectiveness of the Government's investment in rural America, the Farm Service Agency (FSA) published a final rule on December 16, 2015, on behalf of the Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) to specify the requirements for a person to be considered actively engaged in farming for the purpose of payment eligibility for certain FSA and CCC programs. These changes ensure that farm program payments are made to the farmers and farm families that they are intended to help. Specifically, as required by the 2014 Farm Bill, FSA revised the requirements for a significant contribution of active personnel management to a farming operation. These changes are required by the 2014 Farm Bill, and will not apply to persons or entities comprised solely of family members. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0560-AI31.
The Federal Crop Insurance Program mitigates production and revenue losses
The Packers and Stockyards Program promotes fair business practices and competitive environments to market livestock, meat, and poultry. Accordingly, and consistent with its oversight activities under the Packers and Stockyards Act (P&S Act), the Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards Administration (GIPSA) proposes to establish criteria to be considered in determining whether an undue or unreasonable preference or advantage has occurred during contractual growing arrangements. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0580-AB27. Consistent with the P&S Act, GIPSA also proposes to establish certain requirements when using a “tournament” system for contract poultry growing. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0580-AB26. Finally, GIPSA proposes to issue interim clarifying language on the list of unfair practices between those that do not require a showing of harm to competition and those that violate the P&S Act only with a finding of harm to competition. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0580-AB25
National forests and private working lands provide clean air, clean and abundant water, and wildlife habitat. These lands sustain jobs and produce food, fiber, timber, and bio-based energy. Many of our landscapes are scenic and culturally important and provide Americans a chance to enjoy the outdoors. The 2014 Farm Bill delivered a strong conservation title that made robust investments to conserve and support America's working lands, and consolidated, and streamlined programs to improve efficiency and encourage participation. Farm Bill conservation programs provide America's farmers, ranchers and others with technical and financial assistance to enable conservation of natural resources, while protecting and improving agricultural operations. Seventy percent of the American landscape is privately owned, making private lands conservation critical to the health of our nation's environment and ability to ensure our working lands are productive. To sustain these many benefits, USDA has implemented the authorities provided by the 2014 Farm Bill to protect and enhance 1.3 billion acres of working lands. USDA also manages 193 million acres of national forests and grasslands. Our partners include Federal, Tribal, and State governments; industry; non-governmental organizations, community groups and producers. The Nation's lands face increasing threats that must be addressed. USDA's natural resource-focused regulatory strategies are designed to make substantial contributions in the areas of soil health, resiliency to climate change, and improved water quality.
The Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) administers the Agricultural Conservation Easement Program (ACEP), which provides financial and technical assistance to help conserve agricultural lands and wetlands and their related benefits. The 2014 Farm Bill consolidated the Wetlands Reserve Program (WRP), the Farm and Ranch Lands Protection Program (FRPP), and the Grassland Reserve Program (GRP) into ACEP. In fiscal year 2015, an estimated 115,233 acres of farmland, grasslands, and wetlands were enrolled into ACEP. Through regulation, NRCS established a comprehensive framework to implement ACEP, and standardized criteria for implementing the program, provided program participants with predictability when they initiate an application and convey an easement. On February 27, 2015, NRCS published an interim rule to implement ACEP. NRCS is currently developing a final rule to implement changes to the administration of ACEP based on public comments received. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0578-AA61.
The Conservation Stewardship Program (CSP) also helps the Department ensure that our national forests and private working lands are conserved, restored, and made more resilient to climate change. Through CSP, NRCS provides financial and technical assistance to eligible producers to conserve and enhance soil, water, air, and related natural resources on their land. NRCS makes funding for CSP available nationwide on a continuous application basis. In fiscal year 2014, NRCS enrolled about 9.6 million acres and now CSP enrollment exceeds 60 million acres, about the size of Iowa and Indiana combined. On March 10, 2016, NRCS published a final rule to implement provisions of the 2014 Farm Bill that amended CSP. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0578-AA63.
The Environmental Quality Incentives Program (EQIP) is another voluntary conservation program that helps agricultural producers in a manner that promotes agricultural production and environmental quality as compatible goals. Through EQIP, agricultural producers receive financial and technical assistance to implement structural and management conservation practices that optimize environmental benefits on working agricultural land. Through EQIP, producers addressed their conservation needs on over 11 million acres in fiscal year 2014. EQIP has been instrumental in helping communities respond to drought. On June 3, 2016, NRCS published a final rule that implemented changes mandated by 2014 Farm Bill and addressed key discretionary provisions, including adding waiver authority to irrigation history requirements, incorporation of Tribal Conservation Advisory Councils where appropriate, and clarifying provisions related to Comprehensive Nutrient Management Plans (CNMP) associated with Animal Feeding Operations (AFO). For more information about this rule, see RIN 0578-AA62.
The 2014 Farm Bill relinked highly erodible land conservation and wetland conservation compliance with eligibility for premium support paid under the federal crop insurance program. The Farm Service Agency implemented these provisions through an interim rule published on April, 24, 2015. Since publication of the interim rule, more than 98.2 percent of producers met the requirement to certify conservation compliance to qualify for crop insurance premium support payments. Implementing these provisions for conservation compliance is expected to extend conservation provisions for an additional 1.5 million acres of highly
Food security is important for sustainable economic growth of developing nations and the long-term economic prosperity and security of the United States. Unfortunately, global food insecurity is expected to rise in the next five years. Food security means having a reliable source of nutritious and safe food and sufficient resources to purchase it. USDA has a role in curbing this distressing trend through programs such as Food for Progress and President Obama's Feed the Future Initiative and through new technology-based solutions, such as the development of genetically engineered plants that improves yields and reduces post-harvest loss.
The Foreign Agricultural Service (FAS) published a final rule for the Local and Regional procurement (LRP) Program on July 1, 2016 as authorized in section 3207 of the 2014 Farm Bill. USDA implemented a successful LRP pilot program under the authorities of the 2008 Farm Bill. LRP ties to the President's 2014 Trade Policy Agenda and works with developing nations to alleviate poverty and foster economic growth to provide better markets for U.S. exporters. LRP is expected to help alleviate hunger for millions of individuals in food insecure countries. LRP supports development activities that strengthen the capacity of food-insecure developing countries, and build resilience and address the causes of chronic food insecurity while also supporting USDA's other food assistance programs, including the McGovern Dole International Food for Education and Child Nutrition Program (McGovern-Dole). In addition, the program can be used to fill food availability gaps generated by unexpected emergencies. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0551-AA87.
USDA uses science-based regulatory systems to allow for the safe development, use, and trade of products derived from new agricultural technologies. USDA continues to regulate the importation, interstate movement, and field-testing of newly developed genetically engineered (GE) organisms that qualify as “regulated articles” to ensure they do not pose a threat to plant health before they can be commercialized. These science-based evaluations facilitate the safe introduction of new agricultural production options and enhance public and international confidence in these products. As a part of this effort, the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS) will publish a proposed rule to revise its regulations and align them with current authorizations by incorporating the noxious weed authority and regulate GE organisms that pose plant pest or weed risks in a manner that balances oversight and risk, and that is based on the best available science. The regulatory framework being developed will enable more focused, risk-based regulation of GE organisms that pose plant pest or noxious weed risks and will implement regulatory requirements only to the extent necessary to achieve the APHIS protection goal. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0579-AE15.
As part of an Act to reauthorize and amend the National Sea Grant College Program Act (Act), the President signed a bill to amend the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946 to include subtitle E, the National Bioengineered Food Disclosure Standard (Pub. L. 114-216). The legislation requires that the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) establish a mandatory national bioengineered food disclosure standard and the procedures necessary to implement the national standard within two years of the enactment of the Act. Throughout the process, AMS will engage consumers and industry stakeholders to ensure that the final program is established effectively and with the utmost transparency. AMS is currently preparing an advance notice of proposed rulemaking to begin the rulemaking process for implementing the national bioengineered food disclosure standards. For more information about this action, see RIN 0581-AD54.
The AMS National Organic Program establishes national standards governing the marketing of organically produced agricultural products. These standards do not currently include organic farmed aquatic animals in the United States which means that seafood currently sold as organic in the United States is imported from other countries and certified to private standards or other countries' standards. Accordingly, and based on recommendations from the National Organic Standards Board, USDA is proposing to establish standards for organic farmed aquatic animals and their products. This would allow U.S. producers to compete in the organic seafood market and may expand trade partnerships. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0581-AD34.
A plentiful supply of safe and nutritious food is essential to the well-being of every family and the healthy development of every child in America. Science has established strong links between diet, health, and productivity. Even small improvements in the average diet, fostered by USDA, may yield significant health and economic benefits. However, foodborne illness is still a common, costly-yet largely preventable-public health problem, even though the U.S. food supply system is one of the safest in the world. USDA is committed to ensuring that Americans have access to safe food through a farm-to-table approach to reduce and prevent foodborne illness. To help ensure a plentiful supply of food, the Department detects and quickly responds to new invasive species and emerging agricultural and public health situations.
USDA's domestic nutrition assistance programs serve one in four Americans annually. The Department is committed to making benefits available to every eligible person who wishes to participate in the major nutrition assistance programs, including the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP), the cornerstone of the nutrition assistance safety net, which helped over 45 million Americans, more than half of whom were children, the elderly, or individuals with disabilities, put food on the table in 2015. The Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) plans to publish a final rule that works with States interested in implementing photos on SNAP Electronic Benefit Transfer (EBT) cards to ensure that the issuance of photo EBT cards does not
Additionally, FNS plans to issue a final rule codifying 2008 Farm Bill changes addressing SNAP eligibility, certification, and employment and training provisions. While the ultimate objective is for economic opportunities to make nutrition assistance unnecessary for as many families as possible, we will ensure that these vital programs remain ready to serve all eligible people who need them. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0584-AD87.
The Administration has set a goal to solve the problem of childhood obesity within a generation so that children born today will reach adulthood at a healthy weight. This objective represents FNS's efforts to ensure that program benefits meet appropriate standards to effectively improve nutrition for program participants, to improve the diets of its clients through nutrition education, and to support the national effort to reduce obesity by promoting healthy eating and physical activity. The Department will finalize changes to eligibility requirements for SNAP retail food stores to ensure access to nutritious foods for home preparation and consumption for the families most vulnerable to food insecurity. The final rule will consider the balance of ensuring participant access to retail food stores with enhanced stocking requirements. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0584-AE27.
FNS published a final rule on July 27, 2016, for Nutrition Standards for All Foods Sold in School, as required by HHFKA. Section 208 requires the Secretary to promulgate regulations to establish science-based nutrition standards for all foods sold in schools, outside the school meal programs, on the school campus, and at any time during the school day. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0584-AE09.
FNS published the final rule, Meal Pattern Revisions Related to the Healthy Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010, on July 8, 2016, to implement section 221 of the HHFKA. This section requires USDA to review and update, no less frequently than once every 10 years, requirements for meals served under the Child and Adult Care Food Program (CACFP) to ensure that meals are consistent with the most recent Dietary Guidelines for Americans and relevant nutrition science. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0584-AE18.
FNS published a final rule, Local School Wellness Policy Implementation and School Nutrition Environment Information, on July 27, 2016, to implement section 204 of the HHFKA. As a result of meal pattern changes in the school meals programs, students are now eating 16 percent more vegetables and there was a 23 percent increase in the selection of fruit at lunch. This Act requires each local educational agency participating in Federal child nutrition programs to establish, for all schools under its jurisdiction, a local school wellness policy to maintain this momentum. The HHFKA requires that the wellness policy include goals for nutrition, nutrition education, physical activity, and other school-based activities that promote student wellness. In addition, the HHFKA requires that local educational agencies ensure stakeholder participation in development of local school wellness policies; periodically assess compliance with the policies; and disclose information about the policies to the public. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0584-AE25.
The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) continues to ensure that meat and poultry products are properly marked, labeled, and packaged, and prohibits the distribution in-commerce of meat or poultry products that are adulterated or misbranded. FSIS is planning to publish a proposed rule that would amend the nutrition labeling requirements for meat and poultry products to better reflect scientific research and dietary recommendations and to improve the presentation of nutrition information to assist consumers in maintaining healthy dietary practices. This rule will be consistent with the recent changes that the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) finalized for other food products. This rule will ensure that nutrition information is presented consistently across the food supply. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0583-AD56.
The Food Safety and Inspection Service (FSIS) continue to enforce and improve compliance with the Humane Methods of Slaughter Act. FSIS published a final rule on July 18, 2016, requiring non-ambulatory disabled veal calves that are offered for slaughter to be condemned and promptly euthanized. This rule will improve compliance with the Humane Methods of Slaughter Act by encouraging improved treatment of veal calves, as well as improve inspection efficiency by allowing FSIS inspection program personnel to devote more time to activities related to food safety. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0583-AD54.
FSIS is also proposing to amend the Federal meat inspection regulations to improve the effectiveness of swine slaughter inspection by establishing a new inspection system for swine slaughter establishments. The proposed New Swine Slaughter Inspection System would facilitate pathogen reduction in pork products by permitting FSIS to conduct more offline inspection activities that are more effective in ensuring food safety; improving animal welfare and compliance with the Humane Methods of Slaughter Act; and making better use of FSIS resources. For more information about this rule, see RIN 0583-AD62.
USDA has been a leader in the Federal government at implementing innovative practices to rein in costs and increase efficiencies. By taking steps to find efficiencies and cut costs, USDA employees have achieved savings and cost avoidances of over $1.4 billion in recent years. Some of these results came from relatively smaller, common-sense initiatives such as the $1 million saved by streamlining the mail handling at one of the USDA mailrooms or the consolidation of the Department's cell phone contracts, which is saving taxpayers over $5 million per year. Other results have come from larger-scale activities, such as the focus on reducing non-essential travel that has yielded over $400 million in efficiencies. Overall, these results have allowed us to do more with less during a time when such stewardship of resources has been critical to meeting the needs of those that we serve.
While these proactive steps have given USDA the tools to carry out our mission-critical work, ensuring that USDA's millions of customers receive stronger service, they are matters relating to agency management, personnel, public property, and/or contracts, and as such they are not subject to the notice and comment requirements for rulemaking codified at 5 U.S.C. 553. Consequently, they are not included in the Department's regulatory agenda. For more information about the USDA efforts to cut costs and modernize operations via the Blueprint for Stronger Service Initiative, see
In accordance with Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” and Executive Order 13610, “Identifying and Reducing Regulatory Burdens,” USDA continues to review its existing regulations and information collections to evaluate the continued effectiveness in addressing the circumstances for which the regulations were implemented. As part of this ongoing review to maximize the cost-effectiveness of its regulatory programs, USDA will publish a
USDA has identified the following regulatory actions as associated with retrospective review and analysis. Some of the regulatory actions on the below list are completed actions, which do not appear in the Regulatory Agenda. You can find more information about these completed rulemakings in past publications of the Unified Agenda (search the Completed Actions sections) on
Lynnette M. Thomas, Chief, Planning and Regulatory Affairs Branch, Department of Agriculture, Food and Nutrition Service, 3101 Park Center Drive, Alexandria, VA 22302,
Although the complexity of factors that influence overall food consumption and obesity prevent us from defining a level of dietary change or disease or cost reduction that is attributable to the rule, there is evidence that standards like those in the rule will positively influence and perhaps directly improve food choices and consumption patterns that contribute to students' long-term health and well-being, and reduce their risk for obesity.
Any rule-induced benefit of healthier eating by school children would be accompanied by costs, at least in the short term. Healthier food may be more expensive than unhealthy food either in raw materials, preparation, or both and this greater expense would be distributed among students, schools, and the food industry.
Lynnette M. Thomas, Chief, Planning and Regulatory Affairs Branch, Department of Agriculture, Food and Nutrition Service, 3101 Park Center Drive, Alexandria, VA 22302,
Lynnette M. Thomas, Chief, Planning and Regulatory Affairs Branch, Department of Agriculture, Food and Nutrition Service, 3101 Park Center Drive, Alexandria, VA 22302,
As a result of this rule, States that exercise the option to implement photos on EBT cards would incur costs associated with development of an implementation plan, State staff training, client training, and retailer training. It is expected that providing guidance or oversight of these requirements would fall under the standard purview of these agencies and could be absorbed by existing staff. State Agencies are responsible for approximately 50% of SNAP administration costs, which would include the costs associated with implementing and maintaining photo EBT cards.
Established in 1903, the Department of Commerce (Commerce) is one of the oldest Cabinet-level agencies in the Federal Government. Commerce's mission is to create the conditions for economic growth and opportunity by promoting innovation, entrepreneurship, competitiveness, and environmental stewardship. Commerce has 12 operating units, which are responsible for managing a diverse portfolio of programs and services, ranging from trade promotion and economic development assistance to broadband and the National Weather Service.
Commerce touches Americans daily, in many ways—making possible the daily weather reports and survey research; facilitating technology that all of us use in the workplace and in the home each day; supporting the development, gathering, and transmission of information essential to competitive business; enabling the diversity of companies and goods found in America's and the world's marketplace; and supporting environmental and economic health for the communities in which Americans live.
Commerce has a clear and compelling vision for itself, for its role in the Federal Government, and for its roles supporting the American people, now and in the future. To achieve this vision, Commerce works in partnership with businesses, universities, communities, and workers to:
• Innovate by creating new ideas through cutting-edge science and technology from advances in nanotechnology, to ocean exploration, to broadband deployment, and by protecting American innovations through the patent and trademark system;
• Support entrepreneurship and commercialization by enabling community development and strengthening minority businesses and small manufacturers;
• Maintain U.S. economic competitiveness in the global marketplace by promoting exports, ensuring a level playing field for U.S. businesses, and ensuring that technology transfer is consistent with our nation's economic and security interests;
• Provide effective management and stewardship of our nation's resources and assets to ensure sustainable economic opportunities; and
• Make informed policy decisions and enable better understanding of the economy by providing accurate economic and demographic data.
Commerce is a vital resource base, a tireless advocate, and Cabinet-level voice for job creation.
The Regulatory Plan tracks the most important regulations that implement these policy and program priorities,
The vast majority of the Commerce's programs and activities do not involve regulation. Of Commerce's 12 primary operating units, only the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) will be planning actions that are considered the “most important” significant pre-regulatory or regulatory actions for FY 2017. During the next year, NOAA plans to publish five rulemaking actions that are designated as Regulatory Plan actions. The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) may also publish rulemaking actions designated as Regulatory Plan actions. Further information on these actions is provided below.
Commerce has a long-standing policy to prohibit the issuance of any regulation that discriminates on the basis of race, religion, gender, or any other suspect category and requires that all regulations be written so as to be understandable to those affected by them. The Secretary also requires that Commerce afford the public the maximum possible opportunity to participate in Departmental rulemakings, even where public participation is not required by law.
NOAA establishes and administers Federal policy for the conservation and management of the Nation's oceanic, coastal, and atmospheric resources. It provides a variety of essential environmental and climate services vital to public safety and to the Nation's economy, such as weather forecasts, drought forecasts, and storm warnings. It is a source of objective information on the state of the environment. NOAA plays the lead role in achieving Commerce's goal of promoting stewardship by providing assessments of the global environment.
Recognizing that economic growth must go hand-in-hand with environmental stewardship, Commerce, through NOAA, conducts programs designed to provide a better understanding of the connections between environmental health, economics, and national security. Commerce's emphasis on “sustainable fisheries” is designed to boost long-term economic growth in a vital sector of the U.S. economy while conserving the resources in the public trust and minimizing any economic dislocation necessary to ensure long-term economic growth. Commerce is where business and environmental interests intersect, and the classic debate on the use of natural resources is transformed into a “win-win” situation for the environment and the economy.
Three of NOAA's major components, the National Marine Fisheries Services (NMFS), the National Ocean Service (NOS), and the National Environmental Satellite, Data, and Information Service (NESDIS), exercise regulatory authority.
NMFS oversees the management and conservation of the Nation's marine fisheries, protects threatened and endangered marine and anadromous species and marine mammals, and promotes economic development of the U.S. fishing industry. NOS assists the coastal States in their management of land and ocean resources in their coastal zones, including estuarine research reserves; manages the national marine sanctuaries; monitors marine pollution; and directs the national program for deep-seabed minerals and ocean thermal energy. NESDIS administers the civilian weather satellite program and licenses private organizations to operate commercial land-remote sensing satellite systems.
Commerce, through NOAA, has a unique role in promoting stewardship of the global environment through effective management of the Nation's marine and coastal resources and in monitoring and predicting changes in the Earth's environment, thus linking trade, development, and technology with environmental issues. NOAA has the primary Federal responsibility for providing sound scientific observations, assessments, and forecasts of environmental phenomena on which resource management, adaptation, and other societal decisions can be made.
In the environmental stewardship area, NOAA's goals include: Rebuilding and maintaining strong U.S. fisheries by using market-based tools and ecosystem approaches to management; increasing the populations of depleted, threatened, or endangered species and marine mammals by implementing recovery plans that provide for their recovery while still allowing for economic and recreational opportunities; promoting healthy coastal ecosystems by ensuring that economic development is managed in ways that maintain biodiversity and long-term productivity for sustained use; and modernizing navigation and positioning services. In the environmental assessment and prediction area, goals include: Understanding climate change science and impacts, and communicating that understanding to government and private sector stakeholders enabling them to adapt; continually improving the National Weather Service; implementing reliable seasonal and interannual climate forecasts to guide economic planning; providing science-based policy advice on options to deal with very long-term (decadal to centennial) changes in the environment; and advancing and improving short-term warning and forecast services for the entire environment.
Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) rulemakings concern the conservation and management of fishery resources in the U.S. Exclusive Economic Zone (generally 3-200 nautical miles). Among the several hundred rulemakings that NOAA plans to issue in FY 2017, a number of the preregulatory and regulatory actions will be significant. The exact number of such rulemakings is unknown, since they are usually initiated by the actions of eight regional Fishery Management Councils (FMCs) that are responsible for preparing fishery management plans (FMPs) and FMP amendments, and for drafting implementing regulations for each managed fishery. NOAA issues regulations to implement FMPs and FMP amendments. Once a rulemaking is triggered by an FMC, the Magnuson-Stevens Act places stringent deadlines upon NOAA by which it must exercise its rulemaking responsibilities. FMPs and FMP amendments for Atlantic highly migratory species, such as bluefin tuna, swordfish, and sharks, are developed directly by NOAA, not by FMCs.
FMPs address a variety of issues including maximizing fishing opportunities on healthy stocks, rebuilding overfished stocks, and addressing gear conflicts. One of the problems that FMPs may address is preventing overcapitalization (preventing excess fishing capacity) of fisheries. This may be resolved by market-based systems such as catch shares, which permit shareholders to harvest a quantity of fish and which can be traded on the open market. Harvest limits based on the best available scientific information, whether as a total fishing limit for a species in a fishery or as a share assigned to each vessel participant, enable stressed stocks to rebuild. Other measures include staggering fishing seasons or limiting gear types to avoid gear conflicts on the fishing grounds and establishing seasonal and area closures to protect fishery stocks.
The FMCs provide a forum for public debate and, using the best scientific information available, make the judgments needed to determine optimum yield on a fishery-by-fishery basis. Optional management measures are examined and selected in accordance with the national standards set forth in the Magnuson-Stevens Act. This process, including the selection of the preferred management measures, constitutes the development, in simplified form, of an FMP. The FMP, together with draft implementing regulations and supporting documentation, is submitted to NMFS for review against the national standards set forth in the Magnuson-Stevens Act, in other provisions of the Act, and other applicable laws. The same process applies to amending an existing approved FMP.
The Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972 (MMPA) provides the authority for the conservation and management of marine mammals under U.S. jurisdiction. It expressly prohibits, with certain exceptions, the take of marine mammals. The MMPA allows NMFS to permit the collection of wild animals for scientific research or public display or to enhance the survival of a species or stock. NMFS initiates rulemakings under the MMPA to establish a management regime to reduce marine mammal mortalities and injuries as a result of interactions with fisheries. The MMPA also established the Marine Mammal Commission, which makes recommendations to the Secretaries of the Departments of Commerce and the Interior and other Federal officials on protecting and conserving marine mammals. The Act underwent significant changes in 1994 to allow for takings incidental to commercial fishing operations, to provide certain exemptions for subsistence and scientific uses, and to require the preparation of stock assessments for all marine mammal stocks in waters under U.S. jurisdiction.
The Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA) provides for the conservation of species that are determined to be “endangered” or “threatened,” and the conservation of the ecosystems on which these species depend. The ESA authorizes both NMFS and the Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) to jointly administer the provisions of the ESA. NMFS manages marine and “anadromous” species, and FWS manages land and freshwater species. Together, NMFS and FWS work to protect critically imperiled species from extinction. Of the approximately 1,300 listed species found in part or entirely in the United States and its waters, NMFS has jurisdiction over approximately 60 species. NMFS' rulemaking actions are focused on determining whether any species under its responsibility is an endangered or threatened species and whether those species must be added to the list of protected species. NMFS is also responsible for designating, reviewing, and revising critical habitat for any listed species. In addition, under the ESA's procedural framework, Federal agencies consult with NMFS on any proposed action authorized, funded, or carried out by that agency that may affect one of the listed species or designated critical habitat, or is likely to jeopardize proposed species or adversely modify proposed critical habitat that is under NMFS' jurisdiction.
While most of the rulemakings undertaken by NOAA do not rise to the level necessary to be included in Commerce's regulatory plan, NMFS is undertaking five actions that rise to the level of “most important” of Commerce's significant regulatory actions and thus are included in this year's regulatory plan. A description of the five regulatory plan actions is provided below.
The Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) advances U.S. national security, foreign policy, and economic objectives by maintaining and strengthening adaptable, efficient, and effective export control and treaty compliance systems as well as by administering programs to prioritize certain contracts to promote the national defense and to protect and enhance the defense industrial base.
BIS administers four sets of regulations. The Export Administration Regulations (EAR) regulate exports and
BIS also has an enforcement component with nine offices covering the United States. BIS export control officers are also stationed at several U.S. embassies and consulates abroad. BIS works with other U.S. Government agencies to promote coordinated U.S. Government efforts in export controls and other programs. BIS participates in U.S. Government efforts to strengthen multilateral export control regimes and to promote effective export controls through cooperation with other Governments.
In August 2009, the President directed a broad-based interagency review of the U.S. export control system with the goal of strengthening national security and the competitiveness of key U.S. manufacturing and technology sectors by focusing on the current threats and adapting to the changing economic and technological landscape. In August 2010, the President outlined an approach, known as the Export Control Reform Initiative (ECRI), under which agencies that administer export controls will apply new criteria for determining what items need to be controlled and a common set of policies for determining when an export license is required. The control list criteria are to be based on transparent rules, which will reduce the uncertainty faced by our Allies, U.S. industry and its foreign customers, and will allow the Government to erect higher walls around the most sensitive export items in order to enhance national security.
Under the President's approach, agencies are to apply the criteria and revise the lists of munitions and dual-use items that are controlled for export so that they:
• Distinguish the transactions that should be subject to stricter levels of control from those where more permissive levels of control are appropriate;
• Create a “bright line” between the two current control lists to clarify jurisdictional determinations and reduce Government and industry uncertainty about whether particular items are subject to the control of the State Department or the Commerce Department; and
• Are structurally aligned so that they potentially can be combined into a single list of controlled items.
BIS' current regulatory plan action is designed to implement the initial phase of the President's directive, which will add to BIS' export control purview, military related items that the President determines no longer warrant control under rules administered by the State Department.
As the agency responsible for leading the administration and enforcement of U.S. export controls on dual-use and other items warranting controls but not under the provisions of export control regulations administered by other departments, BIS plays a central role in the Administration's efforts to reform the export control system. Changing what we control, how we control it and how we enforce and manage our controls will help strengthen our national security by focusing our efforts on controlling the most critical products and technologies, and by enhancing the competitiveness of key U.S. manufacturing and technology sectors.
In FY 2011, BIS began implementing the ECRI with a final rule (76 FR 35275, June 16, 2011) implementing a license exception that authorizes exports, reexports and transfers to destinations that do not pose a national security concern, provided certain safeguards against diversion to other destinations are taken. Additionally, BIS began publishing proposed rules to add to its Commerce Control List (CCL), military items the President determined no longer warranted control by the Department of State. BIS continued to publish such proposed rules in FY 2012.
In FY 2013, BIS crossed an important milestone with publication of two final rules that began to put ECRI policies into place. An Initial Implementation rule (78 FR 22660, April 16, 2013) set in place the structure under which items the President determines no longer warrant control on the United States Munitions List are controlled on the Commerce Control List. It also revised license exceptions and regulatory definitions, including the definition of “specially designed” to make those exceptions and definitions clearer and to more closely align them with the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, and added to the CCL certain military aircraft, gas turbine engines and related items. A second final rule (78 FR 40892, July 8, 2012) followed on by adding to the CCL military vehicles, vessels of war, submersible vessels, and auxiliary military equipment that President determined no longer warrant control on the USML.
BIS continued its ECRI efforts and by the end of fiscal year 2016 had published final rules adding to the CCL additional items that the President determined no longer warrant control under rules administered by the State Department in the following categories: Military training equipment; Explosives and energetic materials; Personal protective equipment; Launch vehicles and rockets; Spacecraft; Military Electronics; Toxicological agents; and Directed energy weapons. During fiscal year 2015, BIS published a proposed rule that would add to the CCL items related to: Fire control, range finder, optical and guidance and control equipment, followed by a second proposed rule in fiscal year 2016.
During fiscal year 2015, BIS initiated a process of evaluating the effectiveness of its ECRI efforts by seeking public input on whether the regulations are clear; do not inadvertently control, as military items, items in normal commercial use; account for technological developments; and properly implement the national security and foreign policy objectives of the reform effort. The first review addressed the first two categories of items added to the CCL by ECRI: Military aircraft and gas turbine engines. After reviewing public comments, BIS completed this review by publishing a final rule in fiscal year 2016. In fiscal year 2016, BIS continued this review process with a notice seeking public comment on implementation of ECRI with respect to military vehicles, vessels of war, submersible vessels, oceanographic equipment, and auxiliary and miscellaneous military equipment. BIS anticipates continuing this series of notices after the public has had time to develop experience with each regulation that added categories of items to the CCL.
As the President noted in Executive Order 13609, “international regulatory cooperation, consistent with domestic law and prerogatives and U.S. trade policy, can be an important means of promoting” public health, welfare, safety, and our environment as well as economic growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation. Accordingly, in E.O. 13609, the President requires each executive agency to include in its Regulatory Plan a summary of its international regulatory cooperation activities that are reasonably anticipated to lead to significant regulations.
The Department of Commerce engages with numerous international bodies in various forums to promote the Department's priorities and foster regulations that do not “impair the ability of American business to export and compete internationally.” E.O. 13609(a). For example, the United States Patent and Trademark Office is working with the European Patent Office to develop a new classification system for both offices' use. The Bureau of Industry and Security, along with the Department of State and Department of Defense, engages with other countries in the Wassenaar Arrangement, through which the international community develops a common list of items that should be subject to export controls because they are conventional arms or items that have both military and civil uses. Other multilateral export control regimes include the Missile Technology Control Regime, the Nuclear Suppliers Group, and the Australia Group, which lists items controlled for chemical and biological weapon nonproliferation purposes. In addition, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration works with other countries' regulatory bodies through regional fishery management organizations to develop fair and internationally-agreed-to fishery standards for the High Seas.
BIS is also engaged, in partnership with the Departments of State and Defense, in revising the regulatory framework for export control, through the President's Export Control Reform Initiative (ECRI). Through this effort, the United States Government has moved certain items currently controlled by the United States Military List (USML) to the Commerce Control List (CCL) in BIS' Export Administration Regulations. The objective of ECRI is to improve interoperability of U.S. military forces with those of allied countries, strengthen the U.S. industrial base by, among other things, reducing incentives for foreign manufacturers to design out and avoid U.S.-origin content and services, and allow export control officials to focus Government resources on transactions that pose greater concern. The new export control framework also will benefit companies in the United States seeking to export items through more flexible and less burdensome export controls. The system, however, requires ongoing review and maintenance for it to accomplish these objectives. Some technologies are modified and become more sensitive or are applied to more sensitive uses; others become more commercially available and warrant fewer controls. The approach is novel and will require regular refinement to further the objective of increasing interoperability with allies and reducing unnecessary regulatory burdens.
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), the Department has identified several rulemakings as being associated with retrospective review and analysis in the Department's final retrospective review of regulations plan. Accordingly, the Agency is reviewing these rules to determine whether action under E.O. 13563 is appropriate. Some of these entries on this list may be completed actions, which do not appear in the Regulatory Plan. However, more information can be found about these completed rulemakings in past publications of the Unified Agenda on Reginfo.gov in the Completed Actions section for the Agency. These rulemakings can also be found on
Two rulemakings that are the product of the Agency's retrospective review are from BIS and NOAA. BIS published a rule effective in September 2015 that removed the Special Comprehensive License provisions from the EAR. These provisions had been rendered obsolete by liberalizations to the individual licensing process, and their removal not only streamlined the EAR but also achieved paperwork burden reductions. More significantly, BIS, working with its colleagues in the State Department, substantially updated and revised the key structural definitions within the export control regulations. The effort is not yet completed and substantial additional work is needed to harmonize, update, and simplify the regulatory structure of the existing export control system, which has been in place for decades without material modification.
NOAA continues to demonstrate great success in fishery sustainability managed under the Magnuson-Stevens Act, with near-record landings and revenue accomplished while rebuilding stocks across the country and preventing overfishing. Since the Magnuson-Stevens Act reauthorization in 2007, NMFS and the Regional Fishery Management Councils have implemented annual catch limits and accountability measures in every fishery management plan under National Standard One of the act. Informed by a robust public process that gained input through a public summit (Managing our Nation's Fisheries), visits to each region and Council and multiple public hearings, NMFS took the experience gained from 8 years of implementation of National Standard One and has proposed multiple substantive, technical changes to the National Standard One rule that will improve implementation and continue to support healthy fisheries.
For more information, the most recent E.O. 13563 progress report for the Department can be found here:
Following a complaint from the Natural Resources Defense Council and Delaware Riverkeeper Network, we agreed to submit this proposed rule to the
The Department of Defense (DoD) is the largest Federal department consisting of three Military departments (Army, Navy, and Air Force), nine Unified Combatant Commands, 17 Defense Agencies, and ten DoD Field Activities. It has 1,329,949 military personnel and 878,527 civilians assigned as of June 30, 2016, and over 200 large and medium installations in the continental United States, U.S. territories, and foreign countries. The overall size, composition, and dispersion of DoD, coupled with an innovative regulatory program, present a challenge to the management of the Defense regulatory efforts under Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 “Regulatory Planning and Review” of September 30, 1993.
Because of its diversified nature, DoD is affected by the regulations issued by regulatory agencies such as the Departments of Commerce, Energy, Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban Development, Labor, State, Transportation, and the Environmental Protection Agency. In order to develop the best possible regulations that embody the principles and objectives embedded in Executive Order 12866, there must be coordination of proposed regulations among the regulatory agencies and the affected DoD components. Coordinating the proposed regulations in advance throughout an organization as large as DoD is a straightforward, yet formidable, undertaking.
DoD issues regulations that have an effect on the public and that can be significant as defined in Executive Order 12866. In addition, some of DoD's regulations may affect other agencies. DoD, as an integral part of its program, not only receives coordinating actions from other agencies, but coordinates with the agencies that are affected by its regulations as well.
The Department needs to function at a reasonable cost, while ensuring that it does not impose ineffective and unnecessarily burdensome regulations on the public. The rulemaking process should be responsive, efficient, cost-effective, and both fair and perceived as fair. This is being done in DoD while reacting to the contradictory pressures of providing more services in a constrained fiscal environment. DoD, as a matter of overall priority for its regulatory program, fully incorporates the provisions of the President's priorities and objectives under Executive Order 12866.
As the President noted in Executive Order 13609, “Promoting International Regulatory Cooperation” of May 1, 2012, “international regulatory cooperation, consistent with domestic law and prerogatives and U.S. trade policy, can be an important means of promoting” public health, welfare, safety, and our environment as well as economic growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation. Accordingly, in Executive Order 13609, the President requires each executive agency to include in its Regulatory Plan a summary of its international regulatory cooperation activities that are reasonably anticipated to lead to significant regulations.
The Department of Defense, along with the Departments of State and Commerce, engages with other countries in the Wassenaar Arrangement, Nuclear Suppliers Group, Australia Group, and Missile Technology Control Regime through which the international community develops a common list of items that should be subject to export controls. DoD has been a key participant in the Administration's Export Control Reform effort that resulted in a complete overhaul of the U.S. Munitions List and fundamental changes to the Commerce Control List. New controls have facilitated transfers of goods and technologies to allies and partners while helping prevent transfers to countries of national security and proliferation concern. DoD will continue to assess new and emerging technologies to ensure items that provide critical military and intelligence capabilities are properly controlled on international export control regime lists.
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (January 18, 2011), the following Regulatory Identification Numbers (RINs) have been identified as associated with retrospective review and analysis in the Department's final retrospective review of regulations plan. Several are of particular interest to small businesses. The entries on this list are completed actions, which do not appear in The Regulatory Plan. However, more information can be found about these completed rulemakings in past publications of the Unified Agenda on
1. Rulemakings that are expected to have high net benefits well in excess of costs.
The Department plans to finalize the following Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) rule:
• Network Penetration Reporting and Contracting for Cloud Services (DFARS case 2013-D018). This final rule implements section 941 of the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for FY 2013 and section 1632 of the NDAA for FY 2015. Section 941 requires cleared defense contractors to report penetrations of networks and information systems and allows DoD personnel access to equipment and information to assess the impact of reported penetrations. Section 1632 requires that a contractor designated as operationally critical must report each time a cyber-incident occurs on that contractor's network or information systems. Ultimately, DoD anticipates significant savings to taxpayers as a result of this rule, by improving information security for DoD information that resides in or transits through contractor systems and a cloud environment. Recent high-profile breaches of Federal information show the need to ensure that information security protections are clearly, effectively, and consistently addressed in contracts. This rule will help protect covered defense information or other Government data from compromise and protect against the loss of operationally critical support capabilities, which could directly impact national security.
The Department plans to propose the following DFARS rule:
• Use of the Government Property Clause (DFARS Case 2015-D035). This rule amends the DFARS to expand the prescription for use of Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) clause 52.245-1, Government Property. This clause requires contractors to comply with basic property receipt and record
2. Rulemakings that promote open Government and use disclosure as a regulatory tool.
The Department plans to finalize the following DFARS rule:
• Promoting Voluntary Post-Award Disclosure of Defective Pricing (DFARS Case 2015-D030). In response to the Better Buying Power 2.0 initiative on “Eliminating Requirements Imposed on Industry where Costs Outweigh Benefits,” contractors recommended that DoD clarify policy guidance to reduce repeated submissions of certified cost or pricing data. Frequent submissions of such data are used as a defense against defective pricing claims by DoD after contract award, since data that are frequently updated are less likely to be considered outdated or inaccurate and, therefore, defective. Better Buying Power 3.0 called for a revision of regulatory guidance regarding the requirement for contracting officers to request an audit, even if a contractor voluntarily discloses defective pricing after contract award. This rule amends the DFARS to stipulate that DoD contracting officers shall request a limited-scope audit when a contractor voluntarily discloses defective pricing after contract award, unless a full-scope audit is appropriate for the circumstances.
3. Rulemakings of particular interest to small businesses.
The Department plans to propose the following DFARS rules—
• Temporary Extension of Test Program for Comprehensive Small Business Subcontracting Plans (DFARS Case 2015-D013). This rule amends the DFARS to implement section 821 of the NDAA for FY 2015 regarding the Test Program for Comprehensive Small Business Subcontracting Plans. The Test Program was established under section 834 of the NDAAs for FYs 1990 and 1991 to determine whether the negotiation and administration of comprehensive small business subcontracting plans would result in an increase of opportunities provided for small business concerns under DoD contracts. A comprehensive subcontracting plan (CSP) can be negotiated on a corporate, division, or sector level, rather than contract by contract. This rule will amend the DFARS to: (1) Extend the Test Program through December 31, 2017; (2) implement new reporting requirements for program participants; (3) require contracting officers to consider an offerors failure to make a good faith effort to comply with its CSP in past performance evaluations; and (4) establish procedures for the assessment of liquidated damages. This rule is of particular interest to small businesses because it holds prime contractors that are participating in the program accountable for the small business goals established in their CSP, resulting in increased business opportunities for small business subcontractors.
• Amendment to Mentor-Protégé Program (DFARS Case 2016-D011). This rule amends the DFARS to implement section 861 of the NDAA for FY 2016 (Pub. L. 114-92), which provides amendments to the Pilot Mentor-Protégé Program (“the Program”). Specifically, section 861 requires mentor firms participating in the Program to report additional information on the assistance they have provided to their protégé firms, the success this assistance has had in addressing the protégé firm's developmental needs, the impact on DoD contracts, and any problems encountered. The new reporting requirements apply retroactively to mentor-protégé agreements entered into before, on, or after the date of enactment of the NDAA for FY 2016 (enacted November 25, 2015). DoD's OSBP will use the information reported by mentors to support decisions regarding continuation of particular mentor-protégé agreements. In addition, section 861 adds new eligibility criteria for mentor and protégé firms; limits the period of time a protégé firm can participate in the Program; limits the number of mentor-protégé agreements to which a protégé can be a party; and extends the Program for three years. This rule amends DFARS to implement the new reporting requirements and other Program amendments.
The Department plans to reissue the Nationwide Permits—
• Department of the Army (DA) permits are required for discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States and any structures or other work that affect the course, location, or condition of navigable waters of the United States. Small businesses proposing to discharge dredged or fill material into waters of the United States and/or install structures or do work in navigable waters of the United States must obtain DA permits to conduct those activities, unless a particular activity is exempt from those permit requirements. Individual permits and general permits can be issued by the Corps to satisfy the permit requirements of these two statutes. Nationwide permits (NWPs) are a form of general permit issued by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (Corps) that authorize activities that have no more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects. The NWPs provide a streamline authorization process for small businesses to fulfill DA permit requirements. Nationwide permits can only be issued for a period of no more than five years. The issuance and reissuance of NWPs must be done every five years to continue the NWP program. Currently, there are 50 NWPs, and those NWPs expire on March 18, 2017. In addition to proposing to reissue all of the 50 existing NWPs, the Corps is also proposing to issue two new NWPs. The Corps plans on issuing the final NWP rule before the current NWPs expire so that NWPs will continue to be available to small businesses and other regulated entities.
4. Rulemakings that streamline regulations, reduce unjustified burdens, and minimize burdens on small businesses.
The Department plans to propose the following DFARS rule—
• Pilot Program for Streamlining Awards for Innovative Technology Projects (DFARS Case 2016-D016). This rule proposes to amend the DFARS to implement section 873 of the NDAA for FY 2016 (Pub. L. 114-92). Section 873 provides the following exception from certified cost and pricing data requirements for contracts, subcontracts, or modifications of contracts or subcontracts valued at less than $7.5 million awarded to a small business or nontraditional defense contractor pursuant to a technical, merit-based selection procedure (
The Department plans to reissue the Nationwide Permits—
• As discussed above, nationwide permits (NWPs) are a form of general permit issued by the Corps that authorizes activities that require DA authorization and have no more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects. The Corps plans to reissue the 50 existing NWPs and issue two new NWPs. Unlike individual permits, NWPs authorize activities without the requirement for public notice and comment on each proposed activity, which reduces burdens on small businesses and streamlines the authorization process. In FY 2015, the Corps issued approximately 31,700 NWP verifications, with an average processing time of 41 days. In FY 2015, the Corps issued approximately 1,700 standard individual permits, with an average processing time of 211 days. The proposed NWPs were published in the
5. Rules to be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.
The Department plans to finalize the following DFARS rule—
• Enhancing Independent Research and Development Efforts (DFARS Case 2016-D002). This rule will amend the DFARS to improve the effectiveness of independent research and development (IR&D) investments by the defense industrial base that are reimbursed as allowable costs. Specifically, DoD is revising DFARS 231.205-18, Independent Research and Development and Bid and Proposal Costs, to require that proposed new independent research and development (IR&D) efforts be communicated to appropriate DoD personnel prior to the initiation of these investments, and that results from these investments should also be shared with appropriate DoD personnel. IR&D investments need to meet the complementary goals of providing defense companies an opportunity to exercise independent judgement on investments in promising technologies that will provide a competitive advantage, including the creation of intellectual property, while at the same time pursuing technologies that may improve the military capability of the United States. These efforts can have the best payoff, both for DoD and for individual performing companies, when the Government is well informed of the investments that companies are making, and when companies are well informed about related investments being made elsewhere in the Government's research and development portfolios and about Government plans for potential future acquisitions where this IR&D may be relevant.
DPAP continuously reviews the DFARS and continues to lead Government efforts to—
• Improve the presentation, clarity, and streamlining of the regulation by, for example: (1) Implementing the new convention to construct clauses with alternates in a manner whereby the alternate clauses are included in full-text; and (2) removing obsolete reporting or other requirements imposed on contractors. Such improvements ensure that contracting officers, contractors, and offerors have a clear understanding of the rules for doing business with the Department.
• Obtain early engagement with industry on procurement topics of high public interest by, for example: (1) Utilizing the DPAP Defense Acquisition Regulation System Web site to obtain early public feedback on newly enacted legislation that impacts the Department's acquisition regulations, prior to initiating rulemaking to draft the implementing rules; and (2) holding public meetings to solicit industry feedback on proposed rulemakings.
• Employ methods to facilitate and improve efficiency of the contracting process, such as (1) updating certain evaluation thresholds based on the consumer price index; (2) allowing contractors to display one DoD Inspector General hotline poster instead of three; and (3) revising the DD Form 1547, Record of Weighted Guidelines, to provide a more transparent means of documenting costs incurred during the undefinitized period of an undefinitized contract action.
The Department of Defense is able to meet its dual mission of wartime readiness and peacetime health care for those entitled to DoD medical care and benefits by operating an extensive network of military medical treatment facilities supplemented by services furnished by civilian health care providers and facilities through the TRICARE program as administered under DoD contracts. TRICARE is a major health care program designed to improve the management and integration of DoD's health care delivery system.
The Department of Defense's Military Health System (MHS) continues to meet the challenge of providing the world's finest combat medicine and aeromedical evacuation, while supporting peacetime health care for those entitled to DoD medical care and benefits at home and abroad. The MHS brings together the worldwide health care resources of the Uniformed Services (often referred to as “direct care,” usually within military treatment facilities) and supplements this capability with services furnished by network and non-network civilian health care professionals, institutions, pharmacies, and suppliers, through the TRICARE program as administered under DoD contracts, to provide access to high quality health care services while maintaining the capability to support military operations. The TRICARE program serves 9.5 million Active Duty Service Members, National Guard and Reserve members, retirees, their families, survivors, and certain former spouses worldwide. TRICARE continues to offer an increasingly integrated and comprehensive health
The Defense Health Agency plans to publish the following rules—
• Final Rule: Civilian Health and Medical Program of the Uniformed Services (CHAMPUS)/TRICARE: Refills of Maintenance Medications Through Military Treatment Facility Pharmacies or National Mail Order Pharmacy Program. This final rule implements Section 702(c) of the Carl Levin and Howard P. “Buck” McKeon National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2015 which states that beginning October 1, 2015; the pharmacy benefits program shall require eligible covered beneficiaries generally to refill non-generic prescription maintenance medications through military treatment facility pharmacies or the national mail-order pharmacy program. Section 702(c) of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2015 also terminates the TRICARE For Life Pilot Program on September 30, 2015. The TRICARE For Life Pilot Program described in Section 716(f) of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2013, was a pilot program which began in March 2014 requiring TRICARE For Life beneficiaries to refill non-generic prescription maintenance medications through military treatment facility pharmacies or the national mail-order pharmacy program. TRICARE for Life beneficiaries are those enrolled in the Medicare wraparound coverage option of the TRICARE program. This rule includes procedures to assist beneficiaries in transferring covered prescriptions to the mail order pharmacy program. This rule has been identified as an economically significant rule. DoD anticipates publishing the final rule in the first quarter of FY 2017.
• Final Rule: TRICARE; Reimbursement of Long Term Care Hospitals and Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities. The Department of Defense, Defense Health Agency, is revising its reimbursement of Long Term Care Hospitals (LTCHs) and Inpatient Rehabilitation Facilities (IRFs). Revisions are in accordance with the statutory provision at title 10, United States Code (U.S.C.), section 1079(i)(2) that requires TRICARE payment methods for institutional care be determined, to the extent practicable, in accordance with the same reimbursement rules as apply to payments to providers of services of the same type under Medicare. 32 CFR 199.2 includes a definition for “Hospital, long-term (tuberculosis, chronic care, or rehabilitation).” This rule deletes this definition and creates separate definitions for “Long Term Care Hospital” and “Inpatient Rehabilitation Facility” in accordance with Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) classification criteria. Under TRICARE, LTCHs and IRFs (both freestanding rehabilitation hospitals and rehabilitation hospital units) are currently paid the lower of a negotiated rate (if they are a network provider) or billed charges (if they are a non-network provider). Although Medicare's reimbursement methods for LTCHs and IRFs are different, it is prudent to adopt both the Medicare LTCH and IRF Prospective Payment System (PPS) methods simultaneously to align with our statutory requirement to reimburse like Medicare. This rule sets forth the proposed regulation modifications necessary for TRICARE to adopt Medicare's LTCH and IRF Prospective Payment Systems and rates applicable for inpatient services provided by LTCHs and IRFs to TRICARE beneficiaries. This rule has been identified as an economically significant rule. DoD anticipates publishing the final rule in the third quarter of FY 2017.
The Department of Defense plans to publish the following rules—
• Final Rule; Amendment: Sexual Assault Prevention and Response (SAPR) Program. The purpose of this rule is to implement DoD policy and assign responsibilities for the SAPR Program on prevention, response, and oversight of sexual assault. The goal is for DoD to establish a culture free of sexual assault through an environment of prevention, education and training, response capability, victim support, reporting procedures, and appropriate accountability that enhances the safety and well-being of all persons. DoD anticipates publishing the final rule in the third quarter of FY 2017.
• Final Rule: Sexual Assault Prevention and Response (SAPR) Program Procedures. This rule establishes policy, assigns responsibilities, and provides guidance and procedures for the SAPR Program. It establishes processes and procedures for the Sexual Assault Forensic Examination Kit, the multidisciplinary Case Management Group, and guidance on how to handle sexual assault reports, SAPR minimum program standards, SAPR training requirements, and SAPR requirements for the DoD Annual Report on Sexual Assault in the Military. The DoD goal is a culture free of sexual assault through an environment of prevention, education and training, response capability, victim support, reporting procedures, and appropriate accountability that enhances the safety and well-being of all persons. DoD anticipates publishing the final rule in the third quarter of FY 2017.
• Final Rule: Identification (ID) Cards for Members of the Uniformed Services, Their Dependents, and Other Eligible Individuals. Among the Obama Administration regulatory priorities are rules which extend fairness and tolerance to all Americans. The Department of Defense (DoD) previously published an interim final rule that extended benefits to all eligible dependents of uniformed Service members and eligible DoD civilians. It was necessary to publish an amended interim final rule to ensure the issuance of ID cards and extension of benefits aligns with current Federal and DoD policy, and to include an additional implementing manual addressing eligibility documentation requirements. The final rule incorporates all comments received during the public comment process that were adjudicated by the Department as necessary changes to the rule. DoD anticipates publishing the final rule in the third quarter of FY 2017.
The Department of Defense plans to publish the final rule for the Defense Industrial Base (DIB) Cybersecurity (CS) Activities that implements statutory requirements for mandatory cyber incident reporting while maintaining the voluntary cyber threat information sharing program.
• Interim Final Rule: Defense Industrial Base (DIB) Cyber Security (CS) Activities. The DoD-DIB CS Activities regulation mandates reporting of cyber incidents that result in an actual or potentially adverse effect on a covered contractor information system or covered defense information residing therein, or on a contractor's ability to provide operationally critical support. This interim final rule will modify eligibility criteria to permit greater participation in the voluntary DoD-DIB CS information sharing program. Expanding participation in the DoD-DIB CS information sharing program is part of DoD's comprehensive approach to counter cyber threats through information sharing between the Government and DIB participants. The
(1) Implement 32 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 103 and assign responsibilities and provide guidance and procedures for the SAPR Program;
(2) Establish SAPR minimum program standards, SAPR training requirements, and SAPR requirements for the Department of Defense (DoD) Annual Report on Sexual Assault in the Military; and consistent with title 10, United States Code (Reference (d)) the DoD Task Force Report on Care for Victims of Sexual Assault (Reference (e)) and pursuant to References (b) and (c), and Public Law 106-65, 108-375, 109-163, 109-364, 110-417, 111-84, 111-383, 112-81, 112-239, 113-66, 113-291, and 114-92;
(3) Provide of the preemption of state and local laws mandating reporting of an adult sexual assault incident;
(4) Protect from retaliation, coercion, and reprisal due to reporting a sexual assault;
(5) Provide for individualized legal representation from a Special Victims' Counsel (SVC) or Victims' Legal Counsel (VLC);
(6) Provide for the opportunity to request an Expedited Transfer as a means to getting a fresh start to support victim recovery;
(7) Establish the multidisciplinary Case Management Group as the oversight body of an Unrestricted sexual assault report.
(1) A complete SAPR Policy consisting of this part and 32 CFR 103, to include comprehensive SAPR procedures to implement the DoD Directive 6495.01, Sexual Assault Prevention and Response (SAPR) Program, which is the DoD policy on prevention and response to sexual assaults involving members of the U.S. Armed Forces.
(2) Guidance and procedures with which the DoD may establish a culture free of sexual assault, through an environment of prevention, education and training, response capability, victim support, reporting procedures, and appropriate accountability that enhances the safety and well-being of all persons covered by this part and 32 CFR 103.
(3) Requirement that medical care and SAPR services are gender-responsive, culturally competent, and recovery-oriented. A 24 hour, 7 day per week sexual assault response capability for all locations, including deployed areas for persons covered in this part.
(4) Creating Command sexual assault awareness and prevention programs and DoD law enforcement procedures that enable persons to be held appropriately accountable for their actions.
(5) Standardized SAPR requirements, terminology, guidelines, protocols, and guidelines for training materials focus on awareness, prevention, and response at all levels, as appropriate.
(6) Requiring Sexual Assault Response Coordinators (SARC), SAPR Victim Advocates (VA), and other responders to assist sexual assault victims regardless of Service affiliation.
(7) Procedures for informing victims at the time of making the report, or as soon as practicable, of the option to request a temporary or permanent expedited transfer from their assigned command or installation, or to a different location within their assigned command or installation, in accordance with the procedures for commanders in 105.9 of this part.
(8) Protections from reprisal, or threat of reprisal, for filing a report of sexual assault.
(9) Reporting options for Service members and military dependents 18 years and older who have been sexually assaulted.
(10) Providing support to an active duty Military Service member regardless of when or where the sexual assault took place.
(11) Establishing a DoD-wide certification program with a national accreditor to ensure all sexual assault victims are offered the assistance of a SARC or SAPR VA who has obtained this certification.
(12) Implementing training standards that cover general SAPR training for Service members, and contain specific standards for: Accessions, annual, professional military education and leadership development training, pre- and post-deployment, pre-command, General and Field Officers and SES, military recruiters, civilians who supervise military, and responders trainings.
(13) Requiring Military Departments to establish procedures for supporting
(14) Directing additional responsibilities for the DoD SAPRO Director (develop metrics for measuring effectiveness, act as liaison between DoD and other agencies with regard to SAPR, oversee development of strategic program guidance and joint planning objectives, quarterly include Military Service Academies as a SAPR IPT standard agenda item, semi-annually meet with the Superintendents of the Military Service Academies, and develop and administer standardized and voluntary surveys for survivors of sexual assault to comply with 1726 of NDAA FY 14.
(15) Providing for the Preemption of state and local laws requiring disclosure of personally identifiable information of the service member (or adult military dependent) victim or alleged perpetrator to state or local law enforcement agencies, unless such reporting is necessary to prevent or mitigate a serious and imminent threat to the health and safety of an individual, as determined by an authorized Department of Defense official.
(1) Establish and implement a complete SAPR program which focuses on prevention, training, and response to sexual assaults involving members of the U.S. Armed Forces.
(2) Establish a culture free of sexual assault, through an environment of prevention, education and training, response capability, victim support, reporting procedures, and appropriate accountability that enhances the safety and well-being of all persons covered.
(3) Focus on the victim and on doing what is necessary and appropriate to support victim recovery.
(4) Establish SAPR minimum program standards to include training requirements, oversight responsibilities, data collection, and reports.
(1) A complete and up-to-date SAPR Policy consisting of this part and 32 CFR 105, to include comprehensive SAPR policy guidance on the prevention and response to sexual assaults involving members of the U.S. Armed Forces.
(2) Guidance and policy with which the DoD may establish a culture free of sexual assault, through an environment of prevention, education and training, response capability, victim support, reporting procedures, and appropriate accountability that enhances the safety and well-being of all persons covered by this part and 32 CFR 105.
(3) Requirement to provide care that is gender-responsive, culturally competent, and recovery-oriented.
(4) Standardized SAPR requirements, terminology, guidelines, protocols, and guidelines for training materials shall focus on awareness, prevention, and response at all levels, as appropriate.
(5) An immediate, trained sexual assault response capability for each report of sexual assault in all locations, including in deployed locations.
(6) Victims of sexual assault shall be protected from coercion, retaliation, and reprisal.
The U.S. Department of Education (Department) supports States, local communities, institutions of higher education, and others in improving education and other services nationwide in order to ensure that all Americans, including those with disabilities, receive a high-quality education and are prepared for high-quality employment. We provide leadership and financial assistance pertaining to education and related services at all levels to a wide range of stakeholders and individuals, including State educational and other agencies, local school districts, providers of early learning programs, elementary and secondary schools, institutions of higher education, career and technical schools, nonprofit organizations, postsecondary students, members of the public, families, and many others. These efforts are helping to ensure that all children and students from pre-kindergarten through grade 12 will be ready for, and succeed in, postsecondary education or employment, and that students attending postsecondary institutions are prepared for a profession or career.
We also vigorously monitor and enforce the implementation of Federal civil rights laws in educational programs and activities that receive Federal financial assistance, and support innovative programs, research and evaluation activities, technical assistance, and the dissemination of research and evaluation findings to improve the quality of education.
Overall, the laws, regulations, and programs that the Department administers will affect nearly every American during his or her life. Indeed, in the 2016-2017 school year, about 56 million students will attend an estimated 132,000 elementary and secondary schools in approximately 13,500 districts, and about 21 million students will enroll in degree-granting postsecondary schools. All of these students may benefit from some degree of financial assistance or support from the Department.
In developing and implementing regulations, guidance, technical assistance, and monitoring related to our programs, we are committed to working closely with affected persons and groups. Specifically, we work with a broad range of interested parties and the general public, including families, students, and educators; State, local, and tribal governments; other Federal agencies; and neighborhood groups, community-based early learning programs, elementary and secondary schools, colleges, rehabilitation service providers, adult education providers, professional associations, advocacy organizations, businesses, and labor organizations.
If we determine that it is necessary to develop regulations, we seek public participation at the key stages in the rulemaking process. We invite the public to submit comments on all proposed regulations through the Internet or by regular mail. We also continue to seek greater public participation in our rulemaking activities through the use of transparent and interactive rulemaking procedures and new technologies.
To facilitate the public's involvement, we participate in the Federal Docketing Management System (FDMS), an electronic single Government-wide access point (
We are continuing to streamline information collections, reduce the burden on information providers involved in our programs, and make information easily accessible to the public.
President Obama signed the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) into law on December 10, 2015. ESSA reauthorized the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 with provisions aimed at helping to ensure success for students and schools. The law:
• Advances equity by upholding critical protections for America's disadvantaged and high-need students.
• Requires—for the first time—that all students in America be taught to high academic standards that will prepare them to succeed in college and careers.
• Ensures that vital information is provided to educators, families, students, and communities through annual statewide assessments that measure students' progress toward those high standards.
• Helps to support and grow local innovations—including evidence-based and place-based interventions developed by local leaders and educators—consistent with our Investing in Innovation and Promise Neighborhoods grant programs.
• Sustains and expands this administration's historic investments in increasing access to high-quality preschool.
• Maintains an expectation that there will be accountability and action to effect positive change in our lowest-performing schools, where groups of students are not making progress, and where graduation rates are low over extended periods of time.
The Department issued two notices of proposed rulemaking (NPRMs) that would amend existing regulations pertaining to accountability and State plans, and the innovative assessment demonstration authority. We also, following the completion of negotiated rulemaking, issued an NPRM proposing to amend regulations on academic assessments, and plan to publish an NPRM on the supplement not supplant provision in September 2016. We intend to issue final rules in all of these areas by January 2017.
Congress is currently considering reauthorization of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA). When enacted, the HEA's reauthorization will likely require the Department to promulgate conforming regulations. In the meantime, we have identified several regulatory activities for Fiscal Year 2017 under the Title IV Federal Student Aid programs to improve protections for students and safeguard Federal dollars invested in postsecondary education.
Congress is currently considering reauthorization of the Carl D. Perkins Career and Technical Education Act of 2006 (Perkins Act), which focuses on increasing the quality of technical education. The priorities for reauthorization include:
• Effective alignment with today's labor market, including clear expectations for high-quality programs;
• Stronger collaboration among secondary and postsecondary institutions, employers, and industry partners;
• Meaningful accountability to improve academic and employment outcomes for students; and
• Local and State innovation in CTE, particularly the development and replication of innovative CTE models.
We anticipate regulatory activity in response to the reauthorization of the Perkins Act.
Over the next year, we may need to issue other regulations because of new legislation or programmatic changes. In doing so, we will follow the Principles for Regulating, which determine when and how we will regulate. Through consistent application of those principles, we have eliminated unnecessary regulations and identified situations in which major programs could be implemented without regulations or with limited regulatory action.
In deciding when to regulate, we consider the following:
• Whether regulations are essential to promote quality and equality of opportunity in education.
• Whether a demonstrated problem cannot be resolved without regulation.
• Whether regulations are necessary to provide a legally binding interpretation to resolve ambiguity.
• Whether entities or situations subject to regulation are similar enough that a uniform approach through regulation would be meaningful and do more good than harm.
• Whether regulations are needed to protect the Federal interest, that is, to ensure that Federal funds are used for their intended purpose and to eliminate fraud, waste, and abuse.
In deciding how to regulate, we are mindful of the following principles:
• Regulate no more than necessary.
• Minimize burden to the extent possible, and promote multiple approaches to meeting statutory requirements if possible.
• Encourage coordination of federally funded activities with State and local reform activities.
• Ensure that the benefits justify the costs of regulating.
• To the extent possible, establish performance objectives rather than specify compliance behavior.
• Encourage flexibility, to the extent possible and as needed to enable institutional forces to achieve desired results.
URL For Public Comments:
The Department of Energy (Department or DOE) makes vital contributions to the Nation's welfare through its activities focused on improving national security, energy supply, energy efficiency, environmental remediation, and energy research. The Department's mission is to:
• Promote dependable, affordable and environmentally sound production and distribution of energy;
• Advance energy efficiency and conservation;
• Provide responsible stewardship of the Nation's nuclear weapons;
• Provide a responsible resolution to the environmental legacy of nuclear weapons production; and
• Strengthen U.S. scientific discovery, economic competitiveness, and improve quality of life through innovations in science and technology.
The Department's regulatory activities are essential to achieving its critical mission and to implementing major initiatives of the President's National Energy Policy. Among other things, the Regulatory Plan and the Unified Agenda contain the rulemakings the Department will be engaged in during the coming year to fulfill the Department's commitment to meeting deadlines for issuance of energy conservation standards and related test procedures. The Regulatory Plan and Unified Agenda also reflect the Department's continuing commitment to cut costs, reduce regulatory burden, and increase responsiveness to the public.
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), several regulations have been identified as associated with retrospective review and analysis in the Department's retrospective review of regulations plan. Some of the entries on this list may be completed actions, which do not appear in the Regulatory Plan. However, more information can be found about these completed rulemakings in past publications of the Unified Agenda on
The Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA) requires DOE to set appliance efficiency standards at levels that achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. The Department continues to follow its schedule for setting new appliance efficiency standards. These rulemakings are expected to save American consumers billions of dollars in energy costs.
In 2015, the Department published final rules that adopted new or amended energy conservation standards for 13 different products, including, commercial air-cooled air conditioners and heat pumps, ceiling fan light kits, commercial pre-rinse spray valves, and beverage vending machines. The 13 standards finalized in 2015 are estimated to reduce carbon dioxide emissions by over 429 million metric tons and save American families and businesses $84 billion in electricity bills through 2030.
Since 2009, the Energy Department has finalized new efficiency standards for more than 45 household and commercial products, including dishwashers, refrigerators and water heaters, which are estimated to save consumers $540 billion through 2030. To build on this momentum, the Department is committed to continuing to establish new efficiency standards that—when combined with the progress already made through previously finalized standards—will reduce carbon pollution by approximately 3 billion metric tons in total by 2030, equal to more than a year's carbon pollution from the entire U.S. electricity system.
As part of the President's Climate Action Plan, the Energy Department has committed to an ambitious goal of finalizing at least 14 additional energy efficiency standards by the end of 2016. The overall plan for implementing the schedule is contained in the Report to Congress pursuant to section 141 of EPACT 2005, which was released on January 31, 2006. This plan was last updated in the August 2016 report to Congress and now includes the requirements of the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 (EISA 2007), the American Energy Manufacturing Technical Corrections Act (AEMTCA), and the Energy Efficiency Improvement Act of 2015. The reports to Congress are posted at:
For walk-in coolers and freezers, DOE estimates that energy savings from electricity will be 0.90 quads over 30 years and the net benefit to the Nation will be between $1.8 billion and $4.3 billion. For non-weatherized gas furnaces and mobile home gas furnaces, DOE estimates that energy savings will be 2.78 quads over 30 years and the net benefit to the Nation will be between $3.1 billion and $16.1 billion. For commercial water heaters, DOE estimates that energy savings for combined natural gas and electricity will be 1.8 quads over 30 years and the net benefit to the Nation will be between $2.26 billion and $6.75 billion. For commercial packaged boilers, DOE estimates that energy savings will be 0.349 quads over 30 years and the net benefits to the Nation will be between $0,414 billion and $1,687 billion. For general service fluorescent lamps, DOE estimates that energy savings will be 0.85 quads over 30 years and the net benefit to the nation will be between $4.4 billion and $9.1 billion. For manufactured housing, DOE estimates that energy savings will be 0.884 quads (Single-section) and 1.428 quads (Multi-section) over 30 years and the net benefit to the Nation will be between $1.26 billion (Single-section) and $2.18 billion (Multi-section) and $4.03 billion (Single-section) and $6.75 billion (Multi-section). For dedicated purpose pool pumps, DOE has not yet proposed candidate standard levels and therefore, cannot provide an estimate of combined aggregate costs and benefits for this action. DOE will, however, in compliance with all applicable law, issue standards that provide the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is technologically feasible and economically justified. Estimates of energy savings will be provided when DOE issues the notice of proposed rulemaking for dedicated purpose pool pumps.
As the Federal agency with principal responsibility for protecting the health of all Americans and for providing essential human services, especially to those least able to help themselves, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) implements programs that strengthen the health care system; advance scientific knowledge and innovation; and improve the health, safety, and well-being of the American people.
The Department's regulatory priorities for Fiscal Year 2017 reflect this complex mission through planned rulemakings structured to implement the Department's six arcs for implementation of its strategic plan: Leaving the Department Stronger; Keeping People Healthy and Safe; Reducing the Number of Uninsured and Providing Access to Affordable Quality Care; Leading in Science and Innovation; Delivering High Quality Care and Spending Our Health Care Dollars More Wisely; and, Ensuring the Building Blocks for Success at Every Stage of Life. This overview highlights forthcoming rulemakings exemplifying these priorities.
The Department's work to improve its efficiency and accountability includes its innovation agenda, program integrity and key human resources initiatives. In particular, the Department plans to issue a final regulation revising administrative appeal procedures for Medicare claims appeals to increase efficiency in the Medicare claims review and appeals process. Additionally, consistent with the President's Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” the Department remains committed to reducing regulatory burden on States, health care providers and suppliers, and other regulated entities by updating current rules to align them with emerging health and safety standards, and by eliminating outdated procedural provisions. A full listing of HHS's retrospective review initiatives can be found at
This HHS strategic priority encompasses the Department's work to enhance health, wellness and prevention; detect and respond to a potential disease outbreak or public health emergency; and prevent the spread of disease across borders.
In 2009, Congress enacted the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act, authorizing the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (FDA) to regulate the manufacture, marketing, and distribution of tobacco products, to protect the public health and to reduce tobacco use by minors. Over the past
Over the next year, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) plans to finalize amendments to the foreign and interstate quarantine regulations to more efficiently and effectively respond to communicable disease threats to the public's health. The regulation adds requirements for the collection of passenger and crew information, allows for the public health screening of travelers, and revises and adds relevant definitions.
FDA plans to issue a proposed rule addressing medication guide regulations to require a new form of patient labeling, Patient Medication Information, for submission to and review by FDA for human prescription drug products used, dispensed, or administered on an outpatient basis. The proposed rule would include requirements for Patient Medication Information development, consumer testing, and distribution. The proposed rule would require clear and concise written prescription drug product information presented in a consistent and easily understood format to help patients use their prescription drug products safely and effectively. FDA is also proposing to amend its regulations governing mammography. The amendments would update the Mammography Quality Standards Act of 1992. FDA is taking this action to address changes in mammography technology and mammography processes that have occurred since the regulations were published in 1997 and to address breast density reporting to patient and health care providers.
The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) is working to finalize changes to 42 CFR 2, the Confidentiality of Substance Use Disorder Patient Records. The part 2 regulation protects the confidentiality of records that are maintained in connection with any federally assisted program or activity related to substance abuse education, prevention, training, treatment, rehabilitation, or research. Under the part 2 statute and current regulations, a federally assisted substance abuse program may only release patient identifying information related to substance abuse treatment services with the individual's written consent; pursuant to a court order; or under a few other limited exceptions. These protections are more stringent than most other privacy laws, including HIPAA. SAMHSA is updating the part 2 rule in order to make it more compatible with new models of integrated care, which are based on information sharing, participation of multiple healthcare providers, and the development of an electronic infrastructure for managing and exchanging patient data. Part 2 has restricted the exchange of some of this data, to the detriment of patient care and research.
The Affordable Care Act (ACA) expands access to health insurance through improvements in Medicaid, the establishment of Affordable Insurance Exchanges, and coordination between Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, and the Exchanges. In implementing the ACA over the next fiscal year, HHS will pursue regulations transforming the way our nation delivers care. This includes creating better ways to pay providers, incentivize quality of care and distribute information to build a health care system that is better, smarter and healthier with an engaged, educated, and empowered consumer at the center.
Forthcoming proposed and final rules will bring to completion regulatory provisions that support our efforts to assist states in implementing Medicaid eligibility and enrollment provisions stemming from the Affordable Care Act. These changes provide states more flexibility to coordinate Medicaid and CHIP eligibility notices, appeals, and other related administrative procedures with similar procedures used by the Exchanges.
The Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) is undertaking a regulation to improve and streamline the process for human organ donation. HRSA is proposing a final rule that clarifies that peripheral blood stem cells are included in the definition of bone marrow under section 30 of the National Organ Transplantation Act of 1984.
HHS continues to expand on early successes of a number of initiatives, including the Precision Medicine Initiative, BRAIN Initiative, and the Vice President's Cancer Moonshot, specifically by updating the rules that govern research with human participants. In particular, HHS plans to finalize revisions to existing rules governing research with human subjects, often referred to as the Common Rule. This rule would apply to institutions and researchers supported by HHS as well as researchers throughout much of the Federal government who are conducting research involving human subjects. The final rule will aim to better protect human subjects while facilitating research, and also reducing burden, delay, and ambiguity for investigators.
HHS plans to undertake regulations designed to enhance both security and interoperability of electronic and other health records to improve access to care. These initiatives include an update to the regulations regarding confidentiality of substance abuse treatment records to align with advances in health information technology (health IT) while maintaining appropriate patient privacy protections.
HHS continues work to build a health care delivery system that results in better care, smarter spending, and healthier people by finding better ways to pay providers, deliver care, and distribute information all while keeping the individual patient at the center. In the coming fiscal year, the department will complete a number of regulations to accomplish this strategic objective:
Nine Medicare payment rules will be updated to better reflect the current
HRSA plans to issue two regulations intended to improve transparency and operation of its 340B Drug Pricing Program. These regulations include:
• 340B Drug Pricing Program Ceiling Price and Manufacturer Civil Monetary Penalties Regulation: HRSA plans to finalize this rule, which defines standards and methodology for the calculation of ceiling process for purposes of the 340B Program and imposes monetary sanctions on drug manufacturers who intentionally charge a covered entity a price above the ceiling price established for the 340B Program; and
• 340B Drug Pricing Program Omnibus Guidance: This guidance, when finalized, sets forth the responsibilities of 340B covered entities and drug manufacturers to ensure compliance with the statute establishing the 340B Program.
Over the coming year, the Department will continue its support at critical stages of people's lives, from infancy to old age, and its support of topics including early learning, Alzheimer's and dementia. ACF plans to finalize a regulation making child support program operations and enforcement procedures more efficient by recognizing advancements in technology and the move toward electronic communications and document management. An additional Administration for Children and Families rule, when finalized, amends the Adoption and Foster Care Analysis and Reporting Systems by modifying requirements for foster care agencies to collect and report data on children in out-of-home care and children under adoption or guardianship agreements with child welfare agencies.
FDA is also proposing updates to modernize the regulations by incorporating current science and mammography best practices. These updates are intended to improve the delivery of mammography services.
On December 18, 2015, Public Law 114-104 was enacted and required the Secretary to issue a determination no later than December 18, 2016, as to whether peripheral blood stem cells and umbilical cord blood are “human organs” subject to NOTA section 301.
• There are currently two methods to collect hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs) from a donor: bone marrow aspiration, and apheresis following a drug regimen. In the second category, granulocyte-colony-stimulating factors are administered over 4-5 days to stimulate the donor to produce and release HSCs from the bone marrow into the peripheral (circulating) blood, where they are collected by apheresis in one or two sessions for a total of 8 hours.
• A panel of the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals has held that HSCs collected from peripheral blood are not human organs subject to the prohibition against transfer for valuable consideration established in section 301 of the National Organ Transplant Act of 1984 (NOTA).
Should donors begin to be compensated, that decision creates the potential for disparate compensation practices for HSCs collected by bone marrow aspiration and HSCs collected from peripheral blood. The disparity could lead to fewer donations of HSCs by bone marrow aspiration, despite clear clinical preferences for such HSCs for certain patients and conditions. It could also lead to a foreclosure of access to international donor registries, which continue to provide matched donors for patients in the United States.
In addition, disapproval of this action would mean that HHS would not meet the December 18, 2016, deadline Congress set for completion. As drafted, the proposed rule elicited a few comments about the inclusion of umbilical cord blood within the scope of the proposed rule. On December 18, 2015, Public Law 114-104 was enacted, which required the Secretary to issue a determination as to whether peripheral blood stem cells and umbilical cord blood are human organs subject to NOTA section 301 no later than December 18, 2016.
Unfunded Mandates: This action may affect the private sector under PL 104-4.
1. ACF considered whether other existing data sets could yield similar information. ACF determined that AFCARS is the only comprehensive case-level data set on the incidence and experiences of children who are in out-of-home care under the placement and care of the title IV-E agency or who are adopted under a title IV-E adoption assistance agreement.
2. We also received state comments to the 2016 SNPRM citing they have few Indian children in foster care, if any. ACF considered alternatives to collecting ICWA-related data through AFCARS, such as providing an exemption from reporting but alternative approaches are not feasible due to:
• AFCARS data must be comprehensive per section 479(c)(3) of the Act and exempting some states from reporting the ICWA-related data elements is not consistent with this statutory mandate, and would render it difficult to use this data for development of national policies.
• Section 474(f) of the Act provides for mandatory penalties on the title IVE agency for non-compliance on AFCARS data that is based on the total amount expended by the title IV-E agency for administration of foster care activities. Therefore, we are not authorized to permit some states to be subject to a penalty and not others. In addition, allowing states an alternate submission process would complicate and/or prevent the assessment of penalties per 1355.47, including penalties for failure to submit data files free of cross-file errors, missing, invalid, or internally inconsistent data, or tardy transactions for each data element of applicable records.
Additionally, the Secretary has authority under section 452(a)(1) of the Act to establish such standards for State programs for locating noncustodial parents, establishing paternity, and obtaining child support as he[she] determines to be necessary to assure that such programs will be effective. Rules promulgated under section 452(a)(1) must meet two conditions. First, the Secretary's designee must find that the rule meets one of the statutory objectives of locating noncustodial parents, establishing paternity, and obtaining child support. Second, the Secretary's designee must determine that the rule is necessary to assure that such programs will be effective.
Section 454(13) requires a State plan to provide that the State will comply with such other requirements and standards as the Secretary determines to be necessary to the establishment of an effective program for locating noncustodial parents, establishing paternity, obtaining support orders, and collecting support payments and provide that information requests by parents who are residents of other States be treated with the same priority as requests by parents who are residents of the State submitting the plan.
An area with associated Federal costs is modifying the child support statewide automated system for onetime system enhancements to accommodate new requirements such as notices, applications, and identifying noncustodial parents receiving SSI. This
The Department of Homeland Security (DHS or Department) was created in 2003 pursuant to the Homeland Security Act of 2002, Public Law 107-296. The DHS mission statement provides the following: “With honor and integrity, we will safeguard the American people, our homeland, and our values.” Fulfilling this mission requires the dedication of more than 225,000 employees in jobs that range from aviation and border security to emergency response, from cybersecurity analyst to chemical facility inspector. Our duties are wide-ranging, but our goal is clear—keeping America safe.
Leading a unified national effort, DHS has five core missions: (1) Prevent terrorism and enhance security, (2) secure and manage our borders, (3) enforce
In achieving these goals, we are continually strengthening our partnerships with communities, first responders, law enforcement, and Government agencies—at the State, local, tribal, Federal, and international levels. We are accelerating the deployment of science, technology, and innovation in order to make America more secure, and we are becoming leaner, smarter, and more efficient, ensuring that every security resource is used as effectively as possible. For a further discussion of our mission, see the DHS Web site at
The regulations we have summarized below in the Department's fall 2016 regulatory plan and agenda support the Department's responsibility areas. These regulations will improve the Department's ability to accomplish its mission. Also, the regulations we have identified in this year's regulatory plan continue to address legislative initiatives such as the Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 (9/11 Act), Public Law 110-53 (Aug. 3, 2007).
DHS strives for organizational excellence and uses a centralized and unified approach in managing its regulatory resources. The Office of the General Counsel manages the Department's regulatory program, including the agenda and regulatory plan. In addition, DHS senior leadership reviews each significant regulatory project to ensure that the project fosters and supports the Department's mission.
The Department is committed to ensuring that all of its regulatory initiatives are aligned with its guiding principles to protect civil rights and civil liberties, integrate our actions, build coalitions and partnerships, develop human resources, innovate, and be accountable to the American public.
DHS is also committed to the principles described in Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 (as amended). Both Executive orders direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility.
Finally, the Department values public involvement in the development of its regulatory plan, agenda, and regulations, and takes particular concern with the impact its regulations have on small businesses. DHS and its components continue to emphasize the use of plain language in our regulatory documents to promote a better understanding of regulations and to promote increased public participation in the Department's regulations.
Pursuant to Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), DHS identified the following regulatory actions as associated with retrospective review and analysis. Some of the regulatory actions on the below list may be completed actions, which do not appear in the regulatory plan. You can find more information about these completed rulemakings in past publications of the agenda (search the Completed Actions sections) on
Pursuant to sections 3 and 4(b) of Executive Order 13609 “Promoting International Regulatory Cooperation” (May 1, 2012), DHS identified the following regulatory actions that have significant international impacts. Some of the regulatory actions on the below list may be completed actions. You can find more information about these completed rulemakings in past publications of the agenda (search the Completed Actions sections) on
DHS participates in some international regulatory cooperation activities that are reasonably anticipated to lead to significant regulations. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard is the primary U.S. representative to the International Maritime Organization (IMO) and plays a major leadership role in establishing international standards in the global maritime community. IMO's work to establish international standards for maritime safety, security, and environmental protection closely aligns with the U.S. Coast Guard regulations. As an IMO member nation, the U.S. is obliged to incorporate IMO treaty provisions not already part of U.S. domestic policy into regulations for those vessels affected by the international standards. Consequently, the U.S. Coast Guard initiates rulemakings to harmonize with IMO international standards such as treaty provisions and the codes, conventions, resolutions, and circulars that supplement them.
Also, President Obama and Prime Minister Harper created the Canada-U.S. Regulatory Cooperation Council (RCC) in February 2011. The RCC is an initiative between both Federal Governments aimed at pursuing greater alignment in regulation, increasing mutual recognition of regulatory practices and establishing smarter, more effective, and less burdensome regulations in specific sectors. The Canada-U.S. RCC initiative arose out of the recognition that high level, focused, and sustained effort would be required to reach a more substantive level of regulatory cooperation. Since its creation in early 2011, the U.S. Coast Guard has participated in stakeholder consultations with their Transport Canada counterparts and the public, drafted items for inclusion in the RCC Action Plan, and detailed work plans for each included Action Plan item.
The fall 2016 regulatory plan for DHS includes regulations from several DHS components, including U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), the U.S. Coast Guard (Coast Guard), U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP), the U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), the Federal Emergency Management Agency, the National Protection and Programs Directorate (NPPD), and the Transportation Security Administration (TSA). Below is a discussion of the regulations that comprise the DHS fall 2016 regulatory plan.
U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) administers immigration benefits and services while protecting and securing our homeland. USCIS has a strong commitment to welcoming individuals who seek entry through the U.S. immigration system, providing clear and useful information regarding the immigration process, promoting the values of citizenship, and assisting those in need of humanitarian protection. In the coming year, USCIS will promulgate several regulations that directly support these commitments and goals.
The U.S. Coast Guard (Coast Guard) is a military, multi-mission, maritime service of the United States and the only military organization within DHS. It is the principal Federal agency responsible for maritime safety, security, and stewardship and delivers daily value to the nation through multi-mission resources, authorities, and capabilities.
Effective governance in the maritime domain hinges upon an integrated approach to safety, security, and stewardship. The Coast Guard's policies and capabilities are integrated and interdependent, delivering results through a network of enduring partnerships. The Coast Guard's ability to field versatile capabilities and highly-trained personnel is one of the U.S. Government's most significant and important strengths in the maritime environment.
America is a maritime nation, and our security, resilience, and economic prosperity are intrinsically linked to the oceans. Safety, efficient waterways, and freedom of transit on the high seas are essential to our well-being. The Coast Guard is leaning forward, poised to meet the demands of the modern maritime environment. The Coast Guard creates value for the public through solid prevention and response efforts. Activities involving oversight and regulation, enforcement, maritime presence, and public and private partnership foster increased maritime safety, security, and stewardship.
The statutory responsibilities of the Coast Guard include ensuring marine safety and security, preserving maritime mobility, protecting the marine environment, enforcing U.S. laws and international treaties, and performing search and rescue. The Coast Guard supports the Department's overarching goals of mobilizing and organizing our Nation to secure the homeland from terrorist attacks, natural disasters, and other emergencies. The regulatory projects in this fall 2016 regulatory plan and in the agenda contribute to the fulfillment of those responsibilities.
U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) is the Federal agency principally responsible for the security of our Nation's borders, both at and between the ports of entry and at official crossings into the United States. CBP must accomplish its border security and enforcement mission without stifling the flow of legitimate trade and travel. The primary mission of CBP is its homeland security mission, that is, to prevent terrorists and terrorist weapons from entering the United States. An important aspect of this priority mission involves improving security at our borders and ports of entry, but it also means extending our zone of security beyond our physical borders.
CBP is also responsible for administering laws concerning the importation into the United States of goods, and enforcing the laws concerning the entry of persons into the United States. This includes regulating and facilitating international trade; collecting import duties; enforcing U.S. trade, immigration and other laws of the United States at our borders; inspecting imports, overseeing the activities of persons and businesses engaged in importing; enforcing the laws concerning smuggling and trafficking in contraband; apprehending individuals attempting to enter the United States illegally; protecting our agriculture and economic interests from harmful pests and diseases; servicing all people, vehicles, and cargo entering the United States; maintaining export controls; and protecting U.S. businesses from theft of their intellectual property.
In carrying out its priority mission, CBP's goal is to facilitate the processing of legitimate trade and people efficiently without compromising security. Consistent with its primary mission of homeland security, CBP intends to issue several regulations during the next fiscal year that are intended to improve security at our borders and ports of entry. CBP is also automating some procedures that increase efficiencies and reduce the costs and burdens to travelers. We have highlighted two of these regulations below.
In addition to the regulations that CBP issues to promote DHS's mission, CBP also issues regulations related to the mission of the Department of the Treasury. Under section 403(1) of the Homeland Security Act of 2002, the former-U.S. Customs Service, including functions of the Secretary of the Treasury relating thereto, transferred to the Secretary of Homeland Security. As part of the initial organization of DHS, the Customs Service inspection and trade functions were combined with the immigration and agricultural inspection functions and the Border Patrol and transferred into CBP. The Department of the Treasury retained certain regulatory authority of the U.S. Customs Service relating to customs revenue function (see the Department of the Treasury Regulatory Plan). In addition to its plans to continue issuing regulations to enhance border security, CBP, in the coming year, expects to continue to issue regulatory documents that will facilitate legitimate trade and implement trade benefit programs. For a discussion of CBP regulations regarding the customs revenue function, see the regulatory plan of the Department of the Treasury.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency's (FEMA's) mission is to support our citizens and first responders to ensure that as a Nation we work together to build, sustain, and improve our capability to prepare for, protect against, respond to, recover from and mitigate all hazards. FEMA's ethos is to serve the Nation by helping its people and first responders, especially when they are most in need. FEMA will promulgate several rulemakings to support its mission, one of which we highlight below.
The Federal Law Enforcement Training Center (FLETC) does not have any significant regulatory actions planned for fiscal year 2017.
U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is the principal criminal investigative arm of DHS and one of the three Department components charged with the civil enforcement of the Nation's immigration laws. Its primary mission is to protect national security, public safety, and the integrity of our borders through the criminal and civil enforcement of Federal law governing border control, customs, trade, and immigration. During the coming year, ICE will focus its rulemaking efforts on increasing security in the area of student and exchange visitor programs.
DHS will issue a rule proposing to strengthen the mechanism for approving user access to one of its data-management systems, the Student and Exchange Visitor Information System (SEVIS). DHS and the Department of State, rely on principal designated school officials, designated school officials, responsible officers, and alternate responsible officers (collectively, P/DSOs, DSOs and ROs/AROs) as key links in the process to mitigate potential threats to national security and to ensure compliance with immigration law by aliens admitted into the United States in F, J, or M nonimmigrant status. Through this rule, DHS would require that anyone nominated to serve as a P/DSO, DSO, or RO/ARO receive a favorable SEVIS Access Approval Process assessment prior to their appointment and subsequent approval for access to SEVIS. The primary benefit of this rule would be to reduce the potential for fraud.
The National Protection and Programs Directorate's (NPPD) vision is a safe, secure, and resilient infrastructure where the American way of life can thrive. NPPD leads the national effort to
The CFATS regulations have been in effect since 2007. On August 18, 2014, the Department published an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) seeking public comment on ways to make the program more effective. The Department will continue this rulemaking effort and intends to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM). The NPRM will propose modifications to CFATS based on the public comments received in response to the ANPRM and on program implementation experience. The NPRM will also propose modifications to CFATS in order to align the existing regulation with the requirements of the 2014 legislation. Through the rule, NPPD seeks to harmonize the regulation with its statutory authority and to make the CFATS program more efficient and effective.
The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) protects the Nation's transportation systems to ensure freedom of movement for people and commerce. TSA is committed to continuously setting the standard for excellence in transportation security through its people, processes, and technology as we work to meet the immediate and long-term needs of the transportation sector.
For the coming fiscal year, TSA is prioritizing regulations related to requirements for surface transportation included in the 9/11 Act. These rulemakings will include the following ones:
The United States Secret Service does not have any significant regulatory actions planned for fiscal year 2017.
A more detailed description of the priority regulations that comprise the DHS fall regulatory plan follows.
This regulation focuses specifically on the significant economic public benefit provided by foreign entrepreneurs because of the particular benefit they bring to the U.S. economy. However, the full potential of foreign entrepreneurs to benefit the U.S. economy is limited by the fact that many foreign entrepreneurs do not qualify under existing nonimmigrant and immigrant classifications. Given the technical nature of entrepreneurship, and the limited guidance to date on what constitutes a significant public benefit, DHS believes that it is necessary to establish the conditions of such an economically-based significant public benefit parole by regulation. Combined with a unique application process, the goal is to ensure that the high standard set by the statute authorizing significant public benefit parole is uniformly met across adjudications.
In this rule, DHS is proposing to establish the conditions for significant public benefit parole with respect to certain entrepreneurs and start-up founders backed by U.S. investors or grants. DHS believes that this proposal, once implemented, would encourage entrepreneurs to create and develop start-up entities in the United States with high growth potential to create jobs for U.S. workers and benefit the U.S. economy. U.S. competitiveness would increase by attracting more entrepreneurs to the United States. This proposal provides a fair, transparent, and predictable framework by which DHS will exercise its discretion to adjudicate, on a case-by-case basis, such parole requests under the existing statutory authority at INA section 212(d)(5), 8 U.S.C. 1182(d)(5).
Lastly, this proposed rule provides a pathway, based on authority currently provided to the Secretary, for entrepreneurs to develop businesses in the United States, create jobs for U.S. workers, and, at the same time, establish a track record of experience and/or accomplishments. Such a track record may lead to meeting eligibility requirements for existing nonimmigrant or immigrant classifications.
Final, Statutory, February 3, 2009, Rule for over-the-road buses is due no later than 18 months after the date of enactment of the 9/11 Act.
According to sec. 1512 of Pub. L. 110-53, Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 (9/11 Act), (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007), a final regulation for freight railroads and passenger railroads is due no later than 12 months after the date of enactment. According to sec. 1531 of the 9/11 Act, a final regulation for over-the-road buses is due no later than 18 months after the date of enactment.
Alex Moscoso, Lead Economist, Economic Analysis Branch—Cross Modal Division, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of Security Policy and Industry Engagement, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6028,
Traci Klemm, Assistant Chief Counsel for Regulations and Security Standards, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of the Chief Counsel, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6002,
Final, Statutory, August 3, 2008, Rule for public transportation agencies is due one year after date of enactment.
Final, Statutory, February 3, 2008, Rule for railroads and over-the-road buses is due six months after date of enactment.
According to sec. 1408 of Pub. L. 110-53, Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 (9/11 Act), (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007), interim final regulations for public transportation agencies are due 90 days after the date of enactment (Nov. 1, 2007), and final regulations are due 1 year after the date of enactment. According to sec. 1517 of the 9/11 Act, final regulations for railroads and over-the-road buses are due no later than 6 months after the date of enactment.
Alex Moscoso, Lead Economist, Economic Analysis Branch—Cross Modal Division, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of Security Policy and Industry Engagement, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6028,
Traci Klemm, Assistant Chief Counsel for Regulations and Security Standards, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of the Chief Counsel, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6002,
Other, Statutory, August 3, 2008, Background and immigration status check for all railroad frontline employees is due no later than 12 months after date of enactment.
Sections 1411 and 1520 of Pub. L. 110-53, Implementing Recommendations of the 9/11 Commission Act of 2007 (9/11 Act), (121 Stat. 266, Aug. 3, 2007), require background checks of frontline public transportation and railroad employees not later than 1 year from the date of enactment. Requirement will be met through regulatory action.
Michael J. Pickford, Lead Economist, Economic Analysis Branch—Cross Modal Division, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of Security Policy and Industry Engagement, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6028,
Laura Gaudreau, Attorney—Advisor, Regulations and Security Standards, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of the Chief Counsel, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6002,
• Sections 101(a)(15)(F), (J) and (M), of the Immigration and Nationality Act of 1952, as amended (INA) 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(F), (J) and (M), which establish the F-1, J-1, and M-1 classifications (and associated derivative classifications).
• Section 641 of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996, 8 U.S.C. 1372, which authorized the following:
• Creation of a program to collect current and ongoing information provided by schools and EVP sponsors regarding F, J, or M nonimmigrants during their stays in the United States;
• Use of electronic reporting technology where practicable; and
• DHS certification of schools to participate in F-1 or M-1 student enrollment.
• Homeland Security Presidential Directive No. 2 (HSPD-2), Combating Terrorism Through Immigration Policies, which, following the USA PATRIOT Act, requires DHS to conduct periodic reviews of all institutions certified to receive nonimmigrant students and exchange visitor program students that include checks for compliance with recordkeeping and reporting requirements, and authorizes termination of certification for institutions that fail to comply. See 37 Weekly Comp. Pres. Docs. 1570, 1571-72 (October 29, 2001).
• Section 502 of the Enhanced Border Security and Visa Entry Reform Act of 2002, 8 U.S.C. 1762, which directs DHS to review compliance with recordkeeping and reporting requirements under 8 U.S.C. 1372 and INA section 101(a)(15)(F), (J) and (M), 8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(F), (J) and (M), of all schools approved to receive F, J or M nonimmigrants within two years of enactment and every two years thereafter.
Katherine H. Westerlund, Acting Unit Chief, SEVP Policy, Student and Exchange Visitor Program, Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Potomac Center North, STOP 5600, 500 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20536-5600,
Brad Tuttle, Attorney Advisor, Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, 500 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20536,
The Federal Government must take action, informed by the best-available and actionable science, to improve the Nation's preparedness and resilience against flooding. Executive Order 11988 of May 24, 1977, Floodplain Management; requires executive departments and agencies (agencies) to avoid, to the extent possible, the long- and short-term adverse impacts associated with the occupancy and modification of floodplains and to avoid direct or indirect support of floodplain development wherever there is a practicable alternative. FEMA has implemented Executive Order 11988 through its regulations in 44 CFR part 9.
On January 30, 2015, the President issued Executive Order 13690, Establishing a Federal Flood Risk Management Standard (FFRMS) and a Process for Further Soliciting and Considering Stakeholder Input. Executive Order 13690 amended Executive Order 11988 and established the FFRMS. The FFRMS is a flexible framework to increase resilience against flooding and help preserve the natural values of floodplains. Under the FFRMS, an agency may establish the floodplain for Federally Funded Projects using any of the following approaches: (1) Climate-Informed Science Approach (CISA): Utilizing the best-available, actionable hydrologic and hydraulic data and methods that integrate current and future changes in flooding based on climate science; (2) Freeboard Value Approach (FVA): Freeboard (base flood elevation + X, where X is 3 feet for critical actions and 2 feet for other actions); (3) 0.2 percent annual chance Flood Approach (0.2 PFA): 0.2 percent annual chance flood (also known as the 500-year flood); or (4) the elevation and flood hazard area that result from using any other method identified in an update to the FFRMS.
When Executive Order 13690 was issued, FEMA evaluated the application of Executive Order 13690 and the FFRMS with respect to its existing authorities and programs. The FFRMS establishes a flexible standard to improve resilience against the impact of flooding to design for the intended life of the Federal investment. FEMA supports this principle. With more than $260 billion in flood damages across the Nation since 1980, it is necessary to take action to responsibly use Federal funds, and FEMA must ensure it does not needlessly make repeated Federal investments in the same structures after flooding events. In addition, the FFRMS will help support the thousands of communities across the Country that have strengthened their State and local floodplain management codes and standards to ensure that infrastructure and other community assets are resilient to flood risk. FEMA recognizes that the need to make structures resilient also requires a flexible approach to adapt for the needs of the Federal agency, local community, and the circumstances surrounding each project or action.
FEMA considered proposing the use of the FFRMS-CISA instead of FFRMS-FVA to reflect the FFRMS's designation of the FFRMS-CISA as the preferred approach and to reflect that the FFRMS-FVA sets a general level of protection, whereas FFRMS-CISA uses a more site-specific approach to predict flood risk based on future conditions.
FEMA also considered whether it should alter its proposal for use of the FFRMS-CISA in relation to the FFRMS-FVA (or FFRMS-0.2PFA). FEMA could choose a more protective approach in which it would determine the elevations established under FFRMS-CISA, FFRMS-FVA and the FFRMS-0.2PFA for critical actions and only allow the applicant to use the highest of the three elevations. This approach would ensure that applicants were building to the most protective level, would avoid potential inconsistencies with FEMA's policy to encourage adoption of freeboard standards by local communities, and would prevent a scenario where an applicant was allowed to build to a lower elevation than previously required for critical actions under FEMA's implementation of Executive Order 11988.
Also alternatively, FEMA could choose to allow use of the FFRMS-CISA, even if the resulting elevation is lower than the application of the FFRMS-FVA. This approach would give FEMA and its grantees more flexibility in implementing the standard, would enable FEMA and its grantees to build to an elevation based on the best available science taking criticality into account, and would provide a pathway to relief for those areas that experience declining flood risks.
FEMA estimates that the total additional grants costs as a result of the proposed rule would be between $906,696 and $7.8 million per year for FEMA and between $301,906 and $2.6 million per year for grant recipients due to the increased elevation or floodproofing requirements of FEMA Federally Funded Projects.
In addition, FEMA expects to incur some administrative costs as a result of this proposed rule. FEMA estimates initial training costs of around $100,000 the first two years after the rule is implemented, and administrative and training costs of around $16,000 per year thereafter.
FEMA estimates that the total annual cost of this rule after year two would be between $6.1 million and $39.5 million.
FEMA estimates the quantified cost of this proposed rule over the next 10 years would range between $60.1 million and $394.7 million. The present value (PV) of these estimated costs using a 7 percent discount rate would range between $42.9 million and $277.3 million. The PV using a 3 percent discount rate would range between $52.0 million and $336.7 million. These costs would be split between FEMA (75 percent) and recipients (25 percent) of FEMA grants in the floodplain.
FEMA anticipates that the benefits of the proposed rule would justify the costs. FEMA is has provided qualitative benefits, including the reduction in damage to properties and contents from future floods, potential lives saved, public health and safety benefits, reduced recovery time from floods, and increased community resilience to flooding.
FEMA believes this proposed rule would result in savings in time and money from a reduced recovery period after a flood and increased safety of
As the nation's housing agency, HUD is committed to promoting decent affordable housing and addressing housing conditions that threaten the health of residents. There are still too many homes in the U.S. with hazards that endanger the health and safety of occupants—hazards within a home and hazards outside of a home.
In 2012, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) revised its guidance on childhood lead poisoning in response to recommendations by CDC's Advisory Committee on Childhood Lead Poisoning Prevention (ACCLPP), which concluded that a growing number of scientific studies show that even low blood lead levels can cause lifelong health effects. CDC accepted this recommendation. The elevated blood lead level, established in 2012 as part of CDC's response to ACCLPP, is lower than CDC's former blood lead level of concern. HUD's lead-based paint hazard control regulations, which address lead-based paint hazards in pre-1978 homes subsidized by HUD are based on the CDC's former blood lead level of concern. With CDC's issuance of new guidelines, HUD recognized that it was necessary to update HUD's lead-based paint regulations. HUD commenced working to update its regulations, but in the meantime, HUD revised its own guidelines for evaluation and control of lead-based paint hazards in housing. HUD also implemented CDC's recommended revised elevated blood lead level in its lead hazard control programs—the Lead-Based Paint Hazard Control grant program and the Lead Hazard Reduction Demonstration grant program—in the annual notices of funding availability (NOFAs) issued for these programs commencing in fiscal year 2013.
On September 1, 2016, (81 FR 60304), HUD issued its proposed rule that would formally adopt the approach used by CDC in its definition of elevated blood lead level, and provides for more comprehensive testing and evaluation where for housing where children under the age of 6 with an elevated blood lead level reside.
On January 30, 2015, President Obama issued an Executive Order (Executive Order 12690) establishing a flood management standard (the Federal Flood Risk-Management Standard) that will reduce the risk and cost of future flood disasters by requiring all Federal investments in and affecting floodplains to meet higher flood risk standards. In the United States, floods caused 4,586 deaths from 1959 to 2005. With climate change and associated sea-level rise, flooding risks have increased over time, and are anticipated to continue increasing. The National Climate Assessment (May 2014), for example, projects that extreme weather events, such as severe flooding, will persist throughout the 21st century. Severe flooding can cause significant damage to infrastructure, including buildings, roads, ports, industrial facilities, and even coastal military installations. With more than $260 billion in flood damage across the Nation since 1980, it is necessary to take action to responsibly use Federal funds, and HUD must ensure it does not wastefully make Federal investments in the same structures after repeated flooding events.
In response to the President's Executive Order, HUD commenced work on a proposed rule to revise its regulations governing floodplain management to require, as part of the decision making process established to ensure compliance with applicable Executive Orders 11988 and 13690, that HUD assisted or financed (including mortgage insurance) project involving new construction or substantial improvement that is situated in an area subject to floods be elevated or floodproofed between 2 and 3 feet above the base flood elevation (BFE), as determined by best available information. The proposed rule would also revise HUD's Minimum Property Standards for one-to-four unit housing under HUD mortgage insurance and low-rent public housing programs to require that the lowest floor in both newly constructed and substantially improved structures be built at least 2 feet above the BFE base flood elevation as determined by best available information. Building to these standards will, consistent with the executive orders, increase resiliency to flooding, reduce the risk of flood loss, minimize the impact of floods on human safety, health, and welfare, and promote sound, sustainable, long-term planning informed by a more accurate evaluation of flood risk that takes into account possible sea level rise and increased development associated with population growth.
On October 28, 2016 (81 FR 74967), HUD issued its proposed rule that would revises its regulations governing floodplain management to implement the Federal Flood Risk Management Standard.
This Statement of Regulatory Priorities highlights these two rules,
Childhood lead poisoning has long been recognized as causing reduced intelligence, low attention span, reading and learning disabilities, and has been linked to juvenile delinquency, behavioral problems, and many other adverse health effects. Current reviews by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), including by its Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) and National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences (NIEHS) and by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Office of Research and Development have described these effects in detail. The removal of lead-based gasoline and paint from commerce has drastically reduced the number of children exposed to levels of lead associated with the most significant among these problems. Data from the CDC's National Center for Health Statistics show that mean blood lead levels among children ages 1 to 5 have dropped over the years. However, national statistics mask the fact that blood lead monitoring continues to find some children exposed to elevated blood lead levels due to their specific housing environment
Continued progress in lead paint abatement and interim control over the last decade, such as through HUD's Lead Hazard Control Grant programs, and HUD's enforcement of the Lead Disclosure statute has meant further significant decreases in lead exposure among children. Even so, there are a considerable number of assisted housing units that have lead-based paint in which children under age 6 reside. In 2012, the CDC issued guidance revising its definition of elevated blood lead level in children under age 6 to be a blood lead level based on the distribution of blood lead levels in the national population. Since CDC's revision of its definition, HUD has applied the revised definition to funds awarded under its Lead-Based Paint Hazard Control grant program and its Lead Hazard Reduction Demonstration grant program, and has updated its Guidelines for the Evaluation and Control of Lead-Based Paint Hazards in Housing to reflect this definition.
To further address this issue, as noted above, HUD issued a proposed rule on September 1, 2016 that would amend HUD's lead-based paint regulations on reducing blood lead levels in children under age 6 who reside in federally-owned or -assisted pre-1978 housing and formally adopt the revised definition of “elevated blood lead levels” in children under the age of 6 in accordance with guidance of CDC, and establish more comprehensive testing and evaluation procedures for the housing where such children with an elevated blood lead level reside.
HUD intends to complete this rulemaking in Fiscal Year 2017.
Executive Order 12866, as amended, requires the agency to provide its best estimate of the combined aggregate costs and benefits of all regulations included in the agency's Regulatory Plan that will be made pursued in FY 2016. HUD expects that the neither the total economic costs nor the total efficiency gains will exceed $100 million.
Through this rulemaking, HUD intends to formally adopt, through regulation, the CDC's approach to the definition of “elevated blood lead levels” in children under the age of 6 and addresses the additional elements of the CDC guidance pertaining to assisted housing. The final rule takes into consideration public comments received on HUD's September 2016 proposed rule.
Although many benefits of lead-based pain hazard reduction cannot be quantified or monetized, such as quality of life considerations such as adolescents' and adults' dissatisfaction with lower intelligence, fewer skills, reduced education and job potential, criminal behavior, unwed pregnancies, etc., HUD does not address monetized estimates of the cognitive benefits of preventing children under age 6 from developing elevated blood lead levels. Such benefits include avoiding the costs of medical treatment for children with elevated blood lead levels as well as increasing lifetime earnings associated with higher IQs for children with lower blood lead levels. In addition, blood lead levels of older children and adults living in the affected housing units would be expected to fall as a result of this rulemaking, although quantifying their blood lead changes is outside the scope of analysis for this rulemaking. Thus, the estimates of benefits represent a lower bound on the economic benefits of LBP hazard reduction because there are many other health impacts for both adults and children from lead exposure that are not quantified or monetized here. The analysis of net benefits reflects benefits over time associated with the costs incurred in the first year of hazard evaluation and reduction activities under the final rule. For example, the benefits of costs incurred in first year activities include the present value of lifetime earnings benefits for children living in the affected unit during that first year, and for children living in that unit during the second and subsequent years after hazard reduction activities.
HUD's regulatory impact analysis published with its September 2016 proposed rule more fully addresses the costs and benefits of this rulemaking, as of the proposed rulemaking stage.
RIN: 2501-AD77
Executive Order 13690 directed Federal agencies to avoid, to the extent possible, adverse impacts associated with floodplain development. Based on evidence from the National Climate Assessment and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, MitFLG, consisting of representatives from various federal agencies, proposed the establishment of the Federal Flood Risk Management Standard (FFRMS). These standards, at least two feet of freeboard above base flood elevation for non-critical actions and three feet of freeboard for critical actions, address the Executive Order's directive of reducing adverse impact development in floodplains which, as many studies indicate, are expanding fairly rapidly.
In addition, HUD, as part of MitFLG working group, considered varying levels of elevation above base flood elevation, specifically 1, 2 and 3 feet above BFE. Based on expected sea level rise and the cost of elevation, HUD is providing the standard recommended by MitFLG, which requires at least 2 feet above freeboard, or for critical actions, at least 3 feet above freeboard.
Developers receiving HUD assistance who are not currently building to the proposed standard of 2 feet above base flood elevation (BFE+2) can meet the proposed standards by either elevating the lowest floor of the structure or by floodproofing to the new standard and limiting the first floor to non-residential uses. Alternatively, developers could choose to locate outside of the floodplain and the affected horizontal expansion, or reduce substantial improvement projects to less than 50 percent of the market or pre-disaster value of the structure, which would no longer classify the project as “substantial”.
The standards to be provide in this rule are intended to protect HUD-assisted and insured structures and the owners and tenants in these units. Thus, the benefits of the rule include reduced building damage and decreased costs to tenants temporarily displaced due to flooding, including avoided search costs for temporary replacement housing and lost wages. The annual reduction in insurance premiums provides an adequate measure of the reduction in expected damages, assuming that the NFIP rates are calculated in order to maintain a non-negative balance. In this case, the premiums for catastrophic insurance would be slightly higher than, but similar to, the expected value of the claim to pay for administrative costs.
HUD's regulatory impact analysis published with its September 2016 proposed rule more fully addresses the costs and benefits of this rulemaking, as of the proposed rulemaking stage.
Based on Executive Order 13690 and the Guidelines, this proposed rule would require, as part of the decisionmaking process established to ensure compliance with Executive
In addition, HUD, as part of MitFLG working group, considered varying levels of elevation above base flood elevation, specifically 1, 2 and 3 feet above BFE. Based on expected sea level rise and the cost of elevation, HUD is providing the standard recommended by MitFLG, which requires at least 2 feet above freeboard, or for critical actions, at least 3 feet above freeboard.
Developers receiving HUD assistance who are not currently building to the proposed standard of 2 feet above base flood elevation (BFE+2) can meet the proposed standards by either elevating the lowest floor of the structure or by floodproofing to the new standard and limiting the first floor to non-residential uses. Alternatively, developers could choose to locate outside of the floodplain and the affected horizontal expansion, or reduce substantial improvement projects to less than 50 percent of the market or pre-disaster value of the structure, which would no longer classify the project as substantial.
The standards to be provide in this rule are intended to protect HUD-assisted and insured structures and the owners and tenants in these units. Thus, the benefits of the rule include reduced building damage and decreased costs to tenants temporarily displaced due to flooding, including avoided search costs for temporary replacement housing and lost wages. The annual reduction in insurance premiums provides an adequate measure of the reduction in expected damages, assuming that the NFIP rates are calculated in order to maintain a non-negative balance. In this case, the premiums for catastrophic insurance would be slightly higher than, but similar to, the expected value of the claim to pay for administrative costs.
HUD's regulatory impact analysis published with its September 2016 proposed rule more fully addresses the costs and benefits of this rulemaking, as of the proposed rulemaking stage.
Although many benefits of lead-based pain hazard reduction cannot be quantified or monetized, such as quality of life considerations such as adolescents' and adults' dissatisfaction with lower intelligence, fewer skills, reduced education and job potential, criminal behavior, unwed pregnancies, etc., HUD does not address monetized estimates of the cognitive benefits of preventing children under age 6 from developing elevated blood lead levels. Such benefits include avoiding the costs of medical treatment for children with elevated blood lead levels as well as increasing lifetime earnings associated with higher IQs for children with lower blood lead levels. In addition, blood lead levels of older children and adults living in the affected housing units would be expected to fall as a result of this rulemaking, although quantifying their blood lead changes is outside the scope of analysis for this rulemaking. Thus, the estimates of benefits represent a lower bound on the economic benefits of LBP hazard reduction because there are many other health impacts for both adults and children from lead exposure that are not quantified or monetized here. The analysis of net benefits reflects benefits over time associated with the costs incurred in the first year of hazard evaluation and reduction activities under the final rule. For example, the benefits of costs incurred in first year activities include the present value of lifetime earnings benefits for children living in the affected unit during that first year, and
HUD's regulatory impact analysis published with its September 2016 proposed rule more fully addresses the costs and benefits of this rulemaking, as of the proposed rulemaking stage.
The Department of the Interior (Interior) is the principal Federal steward of our Nation's public lands and resources, including many of our cultural treasures. Interior serves as trustee to American Indians' and Alaska Natives' trust assets and is responsible for relations with the island territories under United States jurisdiction. The Department of the Interior manages more than 500 million acres of Federal lands, including 412 park units and 563 wildlife refuges, and more than a billion submerged offshore acres. On public lands and the Outer Continental Shelf (OCS), Interior provides access for renewable and conventional energy development and manages the protection and restoration of surface-mined lands.
Interior protects and recovers endangered species; protects natural, historic, and cultural resources; manages water projects that are a lifeline and economic engine for many communities in the West; manages forests and fights wildfires; manages Federal energy resources; regulates surface coal mining operations; reclaims abandoned coal mines; educates children in Indian schools; and provides recreational opportunities for over 400 million visitors annually in the Nation's national parks, public lands, national wildlife refuges, and recreation areas.
Interior will continue to review and update its regulations and policies to ensure that they are effective and efficient, and that they promote accountability and sustainability. Interior will emphasize regulations and policies that:
• Promote environmentally responsible, safe, and balanced development of renewable and conventional energy on our public lands and the OCS;
• Use the best available science to ensure that public resources are protected, conserved, and used wisely;
• Preserve America's natural treasures for future generations;
• Improve the nation-to-nation relationship with American Indian tribes and promote tribal self-determination and self-governance;
• Promote partnerships with states, tribes, local governments, other groups, and individuals to achieve common goals; and
• Promote transparency, fairness, accountability, and the highest ethical standards while maintaining performance goals.
Interior's bureaus implement congressionally mandated programs through their regulations. Some of these regulatory programs include:
• Overseeing the development of onshore and offshore energy, including renewable, mineral, oil and gas, and other energy resources;
• Regulating surface coal mining and reclamation operations on public and private lands;
• Managing migratory birds and preserving marine mammals and endangered species;
• Managing dedicated lands such as national parks, wildlife refuges, National Conservation Lands, and American Indian trust lands;
• Managing public lands open to multiple use;
• Managing revenues from American Indian and Federal minerals;
• Fulfilling trust and other responsibilities pertaining to American Indians and Alaska Natives; and
• Managing natural resource damage assessments.
Interior's regulatory programs seek to operate programs transparently, efficiently, and cooperatively while maximizing protection of our land, resources, and environment in a fiscally responsible way by:
(1) Protecting Natural, Cultural, and Heritage Resources.
Interior's mission includes protecting and providing access to our Nation's natural and cultural heritage and honoring our trust responsibilities to Indian tribes. We are committed to this mission, and to applying laws and regulations fairly and effectively. Our priorities include protecting public health and safety, restoring and maintaining public lands, protecting threatened and endangered species, ameliorating land- and resource-management problems on public lands, and ensuring accountability and compliance with Federal laws and regulations.
(2) Sustainably Using Energy, Water, and Natural Resources.
Since the beginning of the Obama Administration, Interior has focused on renewable energy issues and has established priorities for environmentally responsible development of renewable energy on public lands and the OCS. Industry has responded by investing in the development of wind farms off the Atlantic seacoast and solar, wind, and geothermal energy facilities throughout the West. Power generation from these new energy sources produces virtually no greenhouse gases and, when done in an environmentally responsible manner, harnesses with minimum impact abundant renewable energy. Interior will continue its intra- and inter-departmental efforts to move forward with the environmentally responsible review and permitting of renewable energy projects on public lands and the Outer Continental Shelf, and will identify how its regulatory processes can be improved to facilitate the responsible development of these resources.
In implementing these priorities through its regulations, Interior will create jobs and contribute to a healthy economy while protecting our signature landscapes, natural resources, wildlife, and cultural resources.
(3) Empowering People and Communities.
Interior strongly encourages public participation in the regulatory process and will continue to actively engage the public in the implementation of priority initiatives. Throughout Interior, individual bureaus and offices are ensuring that the American people have an active role in managing our Nation's public lands and resources.
For example, every year the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) establishes migratory bird hunting seasons in partnership with Flyway Councils composed of state fish and wildlife agencies. The FWS also holds a series of public meetings to provide interested parties, including hunters and other groups, opportunities to participate in establishing the upcoming season's regulations. Similarly, the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) uses Resource Advisory Councils to provide advice on the management of public lands and resources. These citizen-based groups allow individuals from all backgrounds and interests to have a voice in management of public lands.
President Obama's Executive Order 13563 directs agencies to make the regulatory system work better for the American public. Regulations should “. . . protect public health, welfare, safety, and our environment while promoting economic growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation.” Interior's plan for retrospective regulatory review identifies specific efforts to relieve regulatory burdens, add jobs to the economy, and make regulations work better for the American public while protecting our environment and resources.
Interior routinely meets with stakeholders to solicit feedback and input on ways to modernize our regulatory programs, through efforts such as incorporating performance based standards and removing outdated and unnecessary requirements. Interior bureaus continue efforts to make our regulations easier to comply with and understand. Our regulatory process ensures that bureaus share ideas to reduce regulatory burdens while meeting the requirements of the laws they enforce and improving their stewardship of the environment and resources. Results include:
• Effective stewardship of our Nation's resources that is responsive to the needs of small businesses;
• Increased benefits per dollar spent by careful evaluation of the economic effects of planned rules; and
• Improved compliance and transparency by use of plain language in our regulations and guidance documents.
The Department of the Interior's Final Plan for Retrospective Review and biannual status reports can be viewed at
The following sections give an overview of some of the major regulatory priorities of DOI bureaus and offices.
Indian Affairs, including the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) and the Bureau of Indian Education (BIE), provides services to approximately 1.9 million American Indians and Alaska Natives, and maintains a government-to-government relationship with the 567 federally recognized tribes. Indian Affairs also administers and manages 55 million acres of surface land and 57 million acres of subsurface minerals held in trust by the United States for American Indians and tribes. Indian Affair's mission is to enhance the quality of life, promote economic opportunity, and protect and improve the trust assets of Indian tribes, American Indians, and Alaska Natives, as well as to provide quality education opportunities to students in Indian schools.
In the coming year, BIA will continue its focus on improved management of trust responsibilities with each regulatory review and revision. The Bureau will also continue to promote economic development in Indian communities by ensuring the regulations support, rather than hinder, productive land management and businesses. In addition, Indian Affairs will focus on updating Indian education regulations and on other regulatory changes to increase transparency in support of the President's Open Government Initiative.
In the coming year, Indian Affairs regulatory priorities are to:
• Develop regulatory changes necessary for improved Indian education.
Indian Affairs is reviewing regulations that require the Bureau of Indian Education to follow adequate yearly progress standards for 23 different states. The review will determine whether a uniform standard would better meet the needs of students at BIE-funded schools. With regard to undergraduate education, the BIE plans to finalize regulations that address grants to tribally controlled community colleges and other Indian education regulations. These reviews identify provisions that need to be updated to comply with applicable statutes and ensure that the proper regulatory framework is in place to support students in BIE-funded schools.
• Revise regulations to reflect updated statutory provisions and increase transparency.
BIA is making a concentrated effort to improve the readability and precision of its regulations. Because trust beneficiaries often turn to the regulations for guidance on how a given BIA process works, BIA is ensuring that each revised regulation is written as clearly as possible and accurately reflects the current organization of the Bureau. The BIA is also simplifying language and eliminating obsolete provisions. In the past year, the BIA has finalized revisions to regulations regarding rights-of-way (25 CFR 169); Secretarial elections (25 CFR 81); the Housing Improvement Program (25 CFR 256); Indian Reservation Roads (25 CFR 170); and Indian Child Welfare Act proceedings (25 CFR 23). In the coming year, the BIA also plans to finalize revisions to regulations regarding the Tribal Transportation Program (formerly known as Indian Reservation Roads) (25 CFR 170).
• Solicit comment on potential regulatory changes to Indian trader regulations.
BIA is considering whether to propose an administrative rule that would comprehensively update 25 CFR part 140 (Licensed Indian Traders) in an effort to modernize the implementation of the Indian Trader statutes consistent with the Federal policies of tribal self-determination and self-governance. The current regulations were promulgated in 1957 and have not been comprehensively updated since 1965. BIA will solicit comments on its Indian Trader regulations including how the regulations could be improved, who should be permitted to trade on Indian land, and what may be traded on Indian land, in a manner more consistent with tribal self-governance and self-determination.
The Bureau of Land Management manages the 245-million-acre National System of Public Lands, located primarily in the Western States, including Alaska, and the 700 million acre subsurface mineral estate located throughout the Nation. In doing so, BLM manages such varied uses as energy and mineral development, outdoor recreation, livestock grazing, and forestry and woodlands products. BLM's complex multiple-use mission affects the lives of millions of Americans, including those who live near or visit the public lands, as well as those who benefit from the commodities, such as minerals, energy, or timber, produced from the lands' rich resources. In
The BLM is updating and improving the current versions of Onshore Oil and Gas Orders (Orders) for Site Security (Order 3), Oil Measurement (Order 4), and Gas Measurement (Order 5). These Orders were last updated in 1989. The primary purpose for these updates is to keep pace with changing industry practices, emerging and new technologies, respond to recommendations from the Government Accountability Office (GAO), the Department of the Interior Office of the Inspector General, and the Department of the Interior's Subcommittee on Royalty Management. The proposed changes address findings and recommendations that in part formed the basis for the GAO's inclusion of Interior's oil and gas program on the GAO's High Risk List in 2011 (GAO-11-278) and for its continuing to keep the program on the list in the 2013 and 2015 updates. The Orders will be published as proposed rules in 43 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 3173, 3174, and 3175, respectively.
• Preventing waste of produced natural gas and ensuring fair return to the taxpayer.
BLM's current requirements regarding venting and flaring of natural gas from oil and gas operations are over 3 decades old. The agency intends to finalize a rule to address emissions reductions and minimize waste through improved standards for venting, flaring, and fugitive losses of methane from oil and gas production facilities on Federal and Indian lands.
• Ensuring that taxpayers receive a fair return from energy resources developed on the public lands, those resources are diligently and responsibly developed, and that adequate financial measures exist to address the risks.
The GAO recommended that BLM take necessary steps to revise its regulations regarding onshore royalty rates to provide flexibility to change those rates. On April 21, 2015, the BLM issued an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) seeking public comment on potential updates to BLM rules governing oil and gas royalty rates, rental payments, lease sale minimum bids, civil penalty caps, and financial assurances. Over 82,000 comments were received during the comment period ending on June 19, 2015. Most of the comments focused on fiscal lease terms—royalty rates, rentals, and minimum bids. There were a few comments on bonding and very few on civil penalties.
With respect to royalties rates generally, based on comments received on the ANPRM, the BLM proposed an amendment to its regulations governing royalty rates as part of its “Waste Prevention, Production Subject to Royalties, and Resource Conservation” rulemaking, 81 FR 6616 (Feb. 8, 2016). The proposed regulatory amendment, if adopted, would give the Secretary flexibility to adjust onshore oil and gas royalty rates in response to market conditions.
Regarding financial measures to address risks, on June 28, 2016, the BLM published a rule to adjust civil monetary penalties contained in the Bureau of Land Management's regulations governing onshore oil and gas operations. This rule responded to the requirements of the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015. The adjustments made by this interim final rule constitute the initial catch-up adjustments contemplated by the Act, and are consistent with applicable Office of Management and Budget (OMB) guidance. The initial adjustments will be followed by annual adjustments for inflation thereafter. The purpose of these adjustments is to maintain the deterrent effect of civil penalties found in existing regulations.
• Creating a competitive process for offering lands for solar and wind energy development.
The BLM will finalize a rule to establish an efficient competitive process for leasing public lands for solar and wind energy development. The regulations will establish competitive bidding procedures for lands within designated solar and wind energy development leasing areas, define qualifications for potential bidders, and structure the financial arrangements necessary for the process. The rule will enhance BLM's ability to capture fair market value for the use of public lands, ensure fair access to leasing opportunities for renewable energy development, and foster the growth and development of the renewable energy sector of the economy.
The Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM) promotes energy independence, environmental protection, and economic development through responsible, science-based management of offshore conventional and renewable energy resources. It is dedicated to offering opportunities to develop the conventional and renewable energy and the underlying mineral resources of the OCS in an efficient and effective manner, balancing the need for economic growth with the protection of the environment. BOEM oversees the expansion of domestic energy production, enhancing the potential for domestic energy independence and the generation of revenue to support the economic development of the country. BOEM thoughtfully considers and balances the potential environmental impacts associated with exploring and extracting OCS resources with the critical need for domestic energy production. BOEM's near-term regulatory agenda will focus on a number of issues, including:
• Enhancing the regulatory efficiency of the offshore renewables program.
BOEM is finalizing two rules to address this goal. In consultation with stakeholders, a proposed rule would update, simplify, and clarify BOEM's current regulations for awarding renewable energy leases and grants. It would reorganize, simplify, and clarify BOEM's pre- and post-auction procedures and better describe the use of bidding credits. It also would deter bidder collusion and provide incentives to encourage a provisional winner to fulfill its obligations. The second is a final rule that reassigns current safety and environmental oversight and enforcement responsibilities for off-shore renewable energy projects from BOEM to the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement. The Secretary of the Interior and the Assistant Secretary for Land and Mineral Management mandated this administrative reassignment to ensure that safety and environmental oversight of offshore renewable energy activities is independent of program management and leasing functions. BOEM is proposing to amend the scope of an existing proposed rulemaking that remains in early development. The amended scope will incorporate changes to the offshore renewable regulatory framework suggested by the public and the regulated community and may include provisions addressing regulatory gaps and inconsistencies arising from the Title 30 reorganization.
• Updating BOEM's Air Quality Program.
BOEM's original air quality rules date largely from 1980 and have not been updated substantially since that time. From 1990 to 2011, Interior exercised jurisdiction only for OCS sources operating in the Gulf of Mexico. In Fiscal Year 2011, Congress expanded Interior's authority by transferring to it responsibility for monitoring OCS air quality off the North Slope Borough of
• Promoting Effective Financial Assurance and Risk Management.
BOEM has the responsibility to ensure that lessees and operators on the OCS do not engage in activities that could generate an undue risk of financial loss to the Government. BOEM formally established a program office to review these issues, and is working with industry and others to determine how to improve the regulatory regime to better align with the realities of aging offshore infrastructure, hazard risks, and increasing costs of decommissioning. In order to minimize the potential adverse impact of any proposed regulations, and in an effort to take all issues and views into proper account, BOEM published an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) in 2014, and has engaged with industry on the subject. BOEM has since issued a Notice to Lessees to its stakeholders, effective September 12, 2016, to address the concerns.
The Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE) mission is to regulate safety, emergency preparedness, environmental responsibility and appropriate development and conservation of offshore oil and natural gas resources. BSEE's priorities in fulfillment of its mission are to: (1) Regulate, enforce, and respond to OCS development using the full range of authorities, policies, and tools to compel safety and environmental responsibility and appropriate development of offshore oil and natural gas resources; and (2) build and sustain the organizational, technical, and intellectual capacity within and across BSEE's key functions—capacity that keeps pace with OCS industry technology improvements, innovates in regulation and enforcement, and reduces risk through systemic assessment and regulatory and enforcement actions.
BSEE has identified the following areas of regulatory priorities:
• Improving Crane and Helicopter Safety on Offshore Facilities
BSEE will finalize a rule regarding crane safety on fixed offshore platforms and will propose a rule for helicopter/helideck safety.
• Improving Oil Spill Response Plans and Procedures
BSEE will update regulations for offshore oil spill response plans by incorporating requirements for improved procedures. The procedures that will be required are based on lessons learned from the Deepwater Horizon spill, as well as nearly two decades of agency oversight and applicable BSEE research.
• Updating Cost Reporting and Cost Recovery Rules
BSEE expects to finalize its proposal for expanding the existing requirements for reporting of actual decommissioning costs to include the costs of decommissioning pipelines subject to BSEE's authority. The Bureau will use that information to estimate future decommissioning costs. BSEE will also propose, and expects to finalize, updates to the existing regulations for recovery of the costs of services provided by BSEE (such as reviewing permit applications) to reflect increases in those costs.
The Office of Natural Resources Revenue (ONRR) will continue to collect, account for, and disburse revenues from Federal offshore energy and mineral leases and from onshore mineral leases on Federal and Indian lands. The program operates nationwide and is primarily responsible for timely and accurate collection, distribution, and accounting for revenues associated with mineral and energy production.
ONRR's regulatory plan for October 2016 through March 2017 includes proposing new regulations to implement the provisions of the Energy Policy Act of 2005 (EPAct) governing the payment of advance royalty on coal resources produced from Federal leases. ONRR is also adding information collection requirements that are applicable to all solid minerals leases and also are necessary to implement the EPAct Federal coal advance royalty provisions. Additionally, ONRR expects to issue a proposed rulemaking to amend ONRR's service of official correspondence regulations, providing necessary clarifications and a simpler process for the service of official correspondence.
The Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement (OSMRE) was created by the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (SMCRA). Under SMCRA, OSMRE has two principal functions—the regulation of surface coal mining and reclamation operations, and the reclamation and restoration of abandoned coal mine lands. In enacting SMCRA, Congress directed OSMRE to “strike a balance between protection of the environment and agricultural productivity and the Nation's need for coal as an essential source of energy.” In response to its statutory mandate, OSMRE has sought to develop and maintain a stable regulatory program that is safe, cost-effective, and environmentally sound. A stable regulatory program ensures that the coal mining industry has clear guidelines for operation and reclamation, and that citizens know how the program is being implemented.
OSMRE's Federal regulatory program sets minimum requirements for obtaining a permit for surface and underground coal mining operations, sets performance standards for those operations, requires reclamation of lands and waters disturbed by mining, and requires enforcement to ensure that the standards are met OSMRE is the primary regulatory authority for SMCRA enforcement until a State or Indian tribe develops its own regulatory program, which is no less effective than the Federal program. When a State or Indian tribe achieves “primacy,” it assumes direct responsibility for permitting, inspection, and enforcement activities under its federally approved regulatory program. The regulatory standards in Federal program States and in primacy States are essentially the same with only minor, non-substantive differences. Today, 24 States have primacy, including 23 of the 24 coal producing States. OSMRE's regulatory priorities for the coming year will focus on:
• Stream Protection.
Protect streams and related environmental resources from the adverse effects of surface coal mining operations. OSMRE plans to finalize regulations to improve the balance between environmental protection and the Nation's need for coal by better protecting streams from the adverse impacts of surface coal mining operations.
• Coal Combustion Residues.
Establish Federal standards for the beneficial use of coal combustion residues on active and abandoned coal mines.
• Cost Recovery.
Revise OSMRE existing permit fees and impose new fees to recover OSMRE's costs for permit administration and enforcement services provided to the coal industry. The proposed fees would be applicable to permits for mining on lands where regulatory jurisdiction has not been delegated to the States and would include OSMRE's Federal program, States, and Indian lands.
• Bond Requirements.
Update OSMRE bonding regulations to ensure there are sufficient funds to complete all of the required reclamation in the reclamation plan if the regulatory authority has to perform the work in the event of forfeiture.
The mission of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) is to work with others to conserve, protect, and enhance fish, wildlife, and plants and their habitats for the continuing benefit of the American people. FWS also provides opportunities for Americans to enjoy the outdoors and our shared natural heritage.
FWS fulfills its responsibilities through a diverse array of programs that:
• Protect and recover endangered and threatened species;
• Monitor and manage migratory birds;
• Restore native aquatic populations and nationally significant fisheries;
• Enforce Federal wildlife laws and regulate international trade;
• Conserve and restore wildlife habitat such as wetlands;
• Help foreign governments conserve wildlife through international conservation efforts;
• Distribute Federal funds to States, territories, and tribes for fish and wildlife conservation projects; and
• Manage the more than 150 million acre National Wildlife Refuge System, which protects and conserves fish and wildlife and their habitats, and allows the public to engage in outdoor recreational activities.
During the next year, FWS regulatory priorities will include:
• Regulations under the Endangered Species Act (ESA).
We will issue multiple rules under the ESA to conserve both domestic and foreign animal and plant species. Accordingly, we will add species to, remove species from, and reclassify species on the Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants and designate critical habitat for certain listed species. We will issue a comprehensive compensatory mitigation policy that sets standards for compensatory mitigation and minimum criteria that should provide better ecological outcomes for listed and at-risk species through effective management of the risks associated with compensatory mitigation. The policy will encourage a proactive approach that will take advantage of economies of scale and provide greater regulatory certainty and predictability for the regulated community.
• Regulations under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act (MBTA).
In carrying out our responsibility to manage migratory bird populations, we issue annual migratory bird hunting regulations, which establish the frameworks (outside limits) for States to establish season lengths, bag limits, and areas for migratory game bird hunting. Additionally, FWS is considering whether to issue a proposed rulemaking to address various approaches to regulating incidental take of migratory birds, including issuing individual permits, general permits, and Federal agency authorizations. The rulemaking would establish appropriate standards for any such regulatory approach to ensure that incidental take of migratory birds is appropriately mitigated, which may include requiring measures to avoid or minimize take or securing compensation.
The FWS is also refining its management objectives for bald eagles and golden eagles and revising the regulations pertaining to issuing permits for nonpurposeful take of eagles and eagle nest take. The revisions will add clarity to the eagle permit regulations, improve their implementation, and increase compliance, while providing strong protection for eagles.
• Regulations to administer the National Wildlife Refuge System (NWRS).
In carrying out our statutory responsibility to provide wildlife-dependent recreational opportunities on NWRS lands, we issue an annual rule to update the hunting and fishing regulations on specific refuges. To protect NWRS resources, we will issue a rule to ensure that businesses conducting oil or gas operations on NWRS lands do so in a manner that prevents or minimizes damage to the lands, visitor values, and management objectives.
• Regulations to carry out the Pittman-Robertson Wildlife Restoration and Dingell-Johnson Sport Fish Restoration Acts (Acts).
Under the Acts, the FWS distributes annual apportionments to States from trust funds derived from excise tax revenues and fuel taxes. We continue to direct state fish and wildlife agencies on how to use these funds to implement conservation projects. To strengthen our partnership with State conservation organizations, we are working on several rules to update and clarify our regulations. Planned regulatory revisions will help to reflect several new decisions agreed upon by state conservation organizations, we are working on several rules to update and clarify our regulations. Planned regulatory revision will help to reflect several new decisions agreed upon by State and Federal partners. We will also expand on existing regulations that prescribe processes that applicants and grantees must follow when applying for and managing grants from FWS.
• Regulations to carry out the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) and the Lacey Act.
In accordance with section 3(a) of Executive Order 13609 (Promoting International Regulatory Cooperation), we will update our CITES regulations to incorporate provisions resulting from the 16th Conference of the Parties to CITES. The revisions will help us more effectively promote species conservation and help U.S. importers and exporters of wildlife products understand how to conduct lawful international trade.
The National Park Service (NPS) preserves unimpaired the natural and cultural resources and values within more than 400 units of the National Park System encompassing nearly 84 million acres of lands and waters for the enjoyment, education, and inspiration of this and future generations. The NPS also cooperates with partners to extend the benefits of natural and resource conservation and outdoor recreation throughout the United States and the world.
To achieve this mission NPS adheres to the following guiding principles:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The NPS regulatory priorities for the coming year include:
• Managing Off-Road Vehicle Use.
Rules for Fire Island National Seashore, Glen Canyon National Recreation Area, and Cape Lookout National Seashore would allow for management of off-road vehicle (ORV) use, to protect and preserve natural and cultural resources, and provide a variety of visitor use experiences while minimizing conflicts among user groups. Further, the rules would designate ORV routes and establish operational requirements and restrictions.
• Managing Disposition of Archeological Materials.
The rule will establish definitions, standards, procedures, and guidelines to be followed by Federal agencies to dispose of particular archeological material remains that are in collections recovered during Federal projects and programs under certain Federal statutes. This rule is necessary because, at present, there is no procedure to dispose of material remains that are determined to be of insufficient archeological interest.
• Implementing the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act (NAGPRA).
A rule revising the existing regulations would describe the NAGPRA process in plain language, eliminate ambiguity, clarify terms, and include Native Hawaiians in the process. The rule would eliminate unnecessary requirements for museums and would not add processes or collect additional information.
• Regulating Non-Federal Oil and Gas Activity on NPS Lands.
NPS will revise its existing regulations to account for new technology and industry practices, eliminate regulatory exemptions, update new legal requirements, remove caps on bond amounts, and allow the NPS to recover compliance costs associated with administering the regulations.
• Managing Service Animals.
The rule will define and differentiate service animals from pets, and will describe the circumstances under which service animals would be allowed in a park area. The rule will ensure NPS compliance with section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (28 U.S.C. 794) and better align NPS regulations with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 1211
• Managing Subsistence Collection—NPS Units—Alaska Region.
The rule will allow qualified subsistence users to collect and use non-edible fish and wildlife parts and plant materials for the creation and subsequent disposition (use, barter, or sale) of handicrafts. The rule will also (1) clarify that collecting or possessing living wildlife is generally prohibited, and (2) limit the types of bait that may be used to take bears for subsistence uses.
• Managing Sale and Distribution of Printed Matter and Other Message Bearing Items—NPS Units Nationwide.
The rule would allow the free distribution of message-bearing items that do not meet the definition of “printed matter” in existing regulations. These items include readable electronic media, clothing and accessories, buttons, pins, and bumper stickers. The rule would implement current NPS policy.
The Bureau of Reclamation's mission is to manage, develop, and protect water and related resources in an environmentally and economically sound manner in the interest of the American public. To accomplish this mission, we employ management, engineering, and science to achieve effective and environmentally sensitive solutions.
Our regulatory program focus in Fiscal Year 2017 is to publish a proposed minor amendment to 43 CFR part 429 to bring it into compliance with the requirements of 43 CFR part 5, Commercial Filming and Similar Projects and Still Photography on Certain Areas under Department Jurisdiction. Publishing this rule will implement the provisions of Public Law 106-206, which directs the establishment of permits and reasonable fees for commercial filming and certain still photography activities on public lands.
The mission of the Department of Justice is to enforce the law and defend the interests of the United States according to the law, to ensure public safety against foreign and domestic threats, to provide Federal leadership in preventing and controlling crime, to seek just punishment for those guilty of unlawful behavior, and to ensure the fair and impartial administration of justice for all Americans. In carrying out its mission, the Department is guided by four core values: (1) Equal justice under the law; (2) honesty and integrity; (3) commitment to excellence; and (4) respect for the worth and dignity of each human being. The Department of Justice is primarily a law enforcement agency, not a regulatory agency; it carries out its principal investigative, prosecutorial, and other enforcement activities through means other than the regulatory process.
The regulatory priorities of the Department include initiatives in the areas of civil rights, criminal law enforcement and immigration. These initiatives are summarized below. In addition, several other components of the Department carry out important responsibilities through the regulatory process. Although their regulatory efforts are not separately discussed in this overview of the regulatory priorities, those components have key roles in implementing the Department's anti-terrorism and law enforcement priorities.
The Department is planning to publish a rule amending the Department's section 504 regulations for federally assisted programs and activities to incorporate changes adopted by the ADA Amendments Act of 2008 and other legal developments (RIN 1105-AB50). In addition, the Civil Rights Division is including the following disability nondiscrimination rulemaking initiatives in the Department's Regulatory Plan: (1) Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability by Public Accommodations: Movie Captioning and Audio Description (RIN 1190-AA63); (2) Accessibility of Web Information and Services of State and Local Governments (RIN 1190-AA65); and (3) Implementation of the ADA Amendments Act of 2008 in the Department's section 504 Federal Coordination regulation (RIN 1190-AA72).
The Civil Rights Division will also be revising its regulations for Coordination of Enforcement of Non-Discrimination in Federally Assisted Programs under title VI of the Civil Rights Act (RIN 1190-AA70), as well as revising regulations implementing section 274B of the Immigration and Nationality Act with respect to unfair immigration-related employment practices (RIN 1190-AA71).
Other disability nondiscrimination rulemaking initiatives, while important priorities for the Department's rulemaking agenda, will be included in the Department's long-term actions for fiscal years 2017 and 2018. As will be discussed more fully below, these initiatives include: (1) Next Generation 9-1-1 Services (RIN 1190-AA62); (2) Accessibility of Web Information and Services of Public Accommodations (RIN 1190-AA61); (3) Accessibility of Equipment and Furniture (RIN 1190-AA64), including Accessibility of Medical Equipment and Furniture (RIN 1190-AA66), and Accessibility of Beds in Guestrooms with Mobility Features in Places of Lodging (RIN 1190-AA67); and (4) Implementation of the ADA Amendments Act of 2008 in the Department's section 504 regulation with respect to federally conducted programs and activities (RIN 1190-AA73).
Since 1991, there have been many technological advances in the area of closed captioning and audio description for first-run movies. In June 2008, the Department issued an NPRM to revise the ADA title III regulation, 73 FR 34466, in which the Department stated that it was considering options for requiring that movie theater owners or operators exhibit movies that are captioned or that provide video (narrative) description. The Department issued an ANPRM on July 26, 2010, to obtain more information regarding issues raised by commenters; to seek comment on technical questions that arose from the Department's research; and to learn more about the status of digital conversion. In addition, the Department sought information regarding whether other technologies or areas of interest (
The ADA's promise to provide an equal opportunity for individuals with disabilities to participate in and benefit from all aspects of American civic and economic life will be achieved in today's technologically advanced society only if it is clear to State and Local governments that their Web sites must be accessible. Consequently, the Department is planning to amend its regulation implementing title II of the ADA to require public entities that provide services, programs or activities to the public through Internet Web sites to make their sites accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities.
The Department, in its 2010 ANPRM on Web site accessibility, indicated that it was considering amending its regulations implementing titles II and III of the ADA to require Web site accessibility and it sought public comment regarding what standards, if any, it should adopt for Web site accessibility, whether the Department should adopt coverage limitations for certain entities, and what resources and services are available to make existing Web sites accessible to individuals with disabilities. The Department also solicited comments on the costs of
On May 9, 2016 the Department published a Supplemental Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (SANPRM) titled
The ADA Amendments Act, which took effect on January 1, 2009, revised 29 U.S.C. 705 to make the definition of disability used in the nondiscrimination provisions in title V of the Rehabilitation Act consistent with the amended ADA requirements. Specifically, these amended ADA requirements: (1) Clarify that the term “disability” shall be interpreted broadly and without extensive analysis; (2) add rules of construction to be applied when determining whether an impairment substantially limits a major life activity; (3) expand the definition of “major life activities” by providing a non-exhaustive list of “major life activities” that includes the operation of “major bodily functions;” and (4) modify the “regarded as” prong of the definition of disability by stating that an individual may be “regarded as” having an impairment even if that impairment does not limit or is not perceived to limit a major life activity, and clarifying that individuals covered only under the “regarded as” prong are not entitled to reasonable modifications. An update to 28 CFR part 42, subpart G, would, therefore, incorporate these changes and harmonize the regulation with the ADA Amendments Act and the revisions to title V of the Rehabilitation Act.
The remaining disability nondiscrimination rulemaking initiatives from the 2010 ANPRMs are included in the Department's long-term priorities projected for fiscal years 2017 and 2018:
The Department's 2010 ANPRM on Web site accessibility sought public comment regarding what standards, if any, it should adopt for Web site accessibility, whether the Department should adopt coverage limitations for certain entities, including small businesses, and what resources and services are available to make existing Web sites accessible to individuals with disabilities. The Department also solicited comments on the costs of making Web sites accessible and on the existence of any other effective and reasonably feasible alternatives to making Web sites accessible. The Department is reviewing the public comments received in response to the ANPRM and, as noted above, plans to publish the title II NPRM on Web site accessibility in fiscal year 2017. The Department believes that the title II Web site accessibility rule will facilitate the creation of an important infrastructure for web accessibility that will be very important in the Department's preparation of the title III Web site accessibility NPRM. Consequently, the Department has decided to extend the time period for development of the proposed title III Web site accessibility rule and include it among its long-term rulemaking priorities.
ATF issues regulations to enforce the Federal laws relating to the manufacture and commerce of firearms and explosives. ATF's mission and regulations are designed to, among other objectives, curb illegal traffic in, and criminal use of, firearms and explosives, and to assist State, local, and other Federal law enforcement agencies in reducing crime and violence. ATF will continue, as a priority during fiscal year 2017, to seek modifications to its regulations governing commerce in firearms and explosives.
ATF plans to issue regulations to finalize the current interim rules implementing the provisions of the Safe Explosives Act, title XI, subtitle C, of Public Law 107-296, the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (enacted Nov. 25, 2002) (RIN 1140-AA00). The Department is also planning to finalize a proposed rule to codify regulations (27 CFR part 771) governing the procedure and practice for proposed denial of applications for explosives licenses or permits and proposed revocation of such licenses and permits (RIN 1140-AA38). As proposed, this rule would clarify the administrative hearing processes for explosives licenses and permits.
ATF also has begun a rulemaking process that amends 27 CFR part 447 to update the terminology in the ATF regulations based on similar terminology amendments made by the Department of State on the U.S. Munitions List in the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, and the Department of Commerce on the Commerce Control List in the Export Administration Regulations (RIN 1140-AA49).
DEA is the primary agency responsible for coordinating the drug law enforcement activities of the United States and also assists in the implementation of the President's National Drug Control Strategy. DEA implements and enforces titles II and III of the Comprehensive Drug Abuse Prevention and Control Act of 1970 and the Controlled Substances Import and Export Act (21 U.S.C. 801-971), as amended, and collectively referred to as the Controlled Substances Act (CSA). DEA's mission is to enforce the CSA and its regulations and bring to the criminal and civil justice system those organizations and individuals involved in the growing, manufacture, or distribution of controlled substances and listed chemicals appearing in or destined for illicit traffic in the United States. DEA promulgates the CSA implementing regulations in title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), parts 1300 to 1321. The CSA and its implementing regulations are designed to prevent, detect, and eliminate the diversion of controlled substances and listed chemicals into the illicit market while providing for the legitimate medical, scientific, research, and industrial needs of the United States.
Pursuant to its statutory authority, DEA continuously evaluates new and emerging substances to determine whether such substances should be controlled under the CSA. During fiscal year 2016, in addition to initiating temporary scheduling actions to prevent imminent hazard to the public safety, DEA will also consider petitions to control or reschedule various substances. Among other regulatory
The Federal Bureau of Prisons issues regulations to enforce the Federal laws relating to its mission: To protect society by confining offenders in the controlled environments of prisons and community-based facilities that are safe, humane, cost-efficient, and appropriately secure, and that provide work and other self-improvement opportunities to assist offenders in becoming law-abiding citizens. During the next 12 months, in addition to other regulatory objectives aimed at accomplishing its mission, the Bureau will continue its ongoing efforts to: Streamline regulations, eliminating unnecessary language and improving readability; improve disciplinary procedures through a revision of the subpart relating to the disciplinary process (RIN 1120-AB71); improve safety in facilities through the use of less-than-lethal force instead of traditional weapons (RIN 1120-AB67); and provide effective literacy programming which serves both general and specialized inmate needs (RIN 1120-AB64).
On March 1, 2003, pursuant to the Homeland Security Act of 2002 (HSA), the responsibility for immigration enforcement and border security and for providing immigration-related services and benefits, such as naturalization, immigrant petitions, and work authorization, was transferred from the Justice Department's former Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) to the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). However, the immigration judges and the Board of Immigration Appeals (Board) in EOIR remain part of the Department of Justice. The immigration judges adjudicate approximately 300,000 cases each year to determine whether aliens should be ordered removed from the United States or should be granted some form of relief from removal. The Board has jurisdiction over appeals from the decisions of immigration judges, as well as other matters. Accordingly, the Attorney General has a continued role in the conducting of immigration proceedings, including removal proceedings and custody determinations regarding the detention of aliens pending completion of removal proceedings. The Attorney General also is responsible for civil litigation and criminal prosecutions relating to the immigration laws.
In several pending rulemaking actions, the Department is working to revise and update the regulations relating to immigration proceedings in order to further EOIR's primary mission to adjudicate immigration cases by fairly, expeditiously, and uniformly interpreting and administering the Nation's immigration laws. These pending regulations include but are not limited to: A final regulation to establish procedures for the filing and adjudication of motions to reopen removal, deportation, and exclusion proceedings based upon a claim of ineffective assistance of counsel (1125-AA68); a final regulation to improve the recognition and accreditation process for organizations and representatives that appear in immigration proceedings before EOIR (RIN 1125-AA72); and a proposed regulation to implement procedures that address the specialized needs of unaccompanied alien children in removal proceedings pursuant to the William Wilberforce Trafficking Victims Protection Reauthorization Act of 2008 (RIN 1125-AA70). In response to Executive Order 13653, the Department is retrospectively reviewing EOIR's regulations to eliminate regulations that unnecessarily duplicate DHS's regulations and update outdated references to the pre-2003 immigration system (RIN 1125-AA71).
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), the following Regulatory Identifier Numbers (RINs) have been identified as associated with retrospective review and analysis in the Department's final retrospective review of regulations plan. Some of these entries on this list may be completed actions, which do not appear in
The Department is not currently engaged in international regulatory cooperation activities that are reasonably anticipated to lead to significant regulations.
Executive Order 13659, “Streamlining the Export/Import Process for America's Businesses,” provided new directives for agencies to improve the technologies, policies, and other controls governing the movement of goods across our national borders. This includes additional steps to implement the International Trade Data System as an electronic information exchange capability, or “single window,” through which businesses will transmit data required by participating agencies for the importation or exportation of cargo.
At the Department of Justice, stakeholders must obtain pre-import and pre-export authorizations from the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) (relating to controlled substances and listed chemicals), or from the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives (ATF) (relating to firearms, ammunition, and explosives). The ITDS “single window” will work in conjunction with these pre-import and pre-export authorizations. Because the ITDS excludes applications for permits, licenses, or certifications, the ITDS single window will not be used by DEA registrants, regulated persons, or brokers or traders applying for permits or filing import/export declarations, notifications or reports. The DEA import/export application and filing processes will continue to remain separate from (and in advance of) the ITDS single window. Entities will continue to use the DEA application and filing processes; however, the processes will be electronic rather than paper. After DEA's approval or notification of receipt as appropriate, the DEA will transmit the necessary information electronically to the ITDS and the registrant or regulated person.
Pursuant to section 6 of E.O. 13659, DEA and ATF have consulted with U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) and are continuing to study what modifications and technical changes to their existing regulations and operational systems are needed to achieve the goals of E.O. 13659.
The proposed rule seeks to address the critical and ongoing shortage of qualified legal representation for underserved populations in immigration cases before federal administrative agencies by revising the eligibility requirements and procedures for recognizing organizations and accrediting their representatives to provide immigration legal services to underserved populations. The proposed rule also imposes greater oversight over recognized organizations and their representatives in order to protect against potential abuse of vulnerable immigrant populations by unscrupulous organizations and individuals.
Because most public and private entities that receive federal financial assistance from the Department are also likely to be subject to titles II or III of the ADA we do not believe that the revisions to the Department's existing section 504 federally assisted regulations will have a significant economic impact.
Michael Alston, Director, Office for Civil Rights, Office of Justice Programs, Department of Justice, 800 K Street NW., Room 2327, (Techworld), Washington, DC 20530,
The Department's Fall 2016 Regulatory Agenda continues to advance the Department's mission to foster, promote, and develop the welfare of wage earners, job seekers, and retirees; improve working conditions; advance opportunities for profitable employment; and assure work-related benefits and rights. These rules will provide greater opportunity for workers to acquire the skills they need to succeed, to earn a fair day's pay for a fair day's work, for veterans to thrive in the civilian economy, for workers to retire with dignity, for workers and employers to compete on a level playing field, and for people to work in a safe environment with the full protection of our anti-discrimination laws.
Since the beginning of the Obama Administration, the Department of Labor has completed historic rulemakings on issues that are central to America's workers and their families: Worker safety, wages, and retirement security.
We finalized regulations to limit worker exposure to deadly silica dust that can lead to lung cancer, silicosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease and kidney disease, providing important new protections to 2.3 million workers
We finalized updates to our overtime regulations to ensure that middle class jobs pay middle class wages, extending important overtime pay protections to over 4.2 million workers and raising their pay by an estimated $12 billion in the next 10 years.
We issued final regulations that will enable employees of Federal contractors to earn seven days of paid sick and safe leave per year, for the first time guaranteeing these workers have paid leave to care for themselves, family members, or loved ones, without fear of losing their paychecks or their jobs.
We finalized our Conflict of Interest Rule, establishing a fundamental principle of consumer protection in the American retirement marketplace—that retirement advisors must put their clients' interests before their own profits.
Along with the Department of Education, we finalized regulations to implement the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act—the most significant legislative reform to the public workforce system in nearly 20 years—that will expand workers' opportunities to develop the skills they need and provide employers with the skilled workforce they need to succeed in the 21st century economy.
We finalized new regulations that establish equity and transparency in employer/consultant reporting requirements when employers engage consultants to persuade employees on their rights to organize and bargain collectively.
Working with the Federal Acquisition Regulatory Council, we finalized regulations and guidance implementing the President's Fair Pay and Safe Workplaces Executive Order, holding Federal contractors accountable when they put workers' safety, hard-earned wages and basic workplace rights at risk. The rule ensures that taxpayer dollars do not reward companies that break the law and that contractors who meet their legal responsibilities do not have to compete with those who do not.
We updated sex discrimination regulations for Federal contractors for the first time in 40 years, to reflect the current state of the law and the reality of a modern and diverse workforce. Updated rules on workplace sex discrimination will mean clarity for Federal contractors and subcontractors and equal opportunities for both men and women applying for jobs with, or already working for, these employers.
We will update and simplify the equal opportunity regulations implementing the National Apprenticeship Act to help employers and other apprenticeship sponsors attract a larger and more diverse applicant pool and provide greater opportunities to women, people of color, and other individuals regardless of disability, age, sexual orientation, or gender identity, to take part in Registered Apprenticeship programs. And, we finalized regulations clarifying how states can establish retirement savings arrangements to automatically enroll employees, and offer coverage that is consistent with Federal laws governing employee benefit plans.
The 2016 Regulatory Plan highlights the Labor Department's most noteworthy and significant rulemaking efforts, with each addressing the top priorities of its regulatory agencies: Employee Benefits Security Administration (EBSA), Employment and Training Administration (ETA), Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs (OFCCP), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Office of Workers' Compensation Programs (OWCP), and Wage and Hour Division (WHD). These regulatory priorities exemplify the five components of the Secretary's opportunity agenda:
• Training more people, including veterans and people with disabilities, to have the skills they need for the in-demand jobs of the 21st century;
• ensuring that individuals have the peace of mind that comes with access to health care, retirement, and Federal workers' compensation benefits when they need them;
• safeguarding a fair day's pay for a fair day's work for all hardworking Americans, regardless of race, gender, religion, disability, national origin, veteran's status, sexual orientation, or gender identity;
• giving workers a voice in their workplaces; and
• protecting the safety and health of workers so they do not have to risk their lives for a paycheck.
Under Secretary Perez's leadership, the Department continues its commitment to ensuring that collaboration, consensus-building, strong foundation of evidence, and extensive stakeholder outreach, are integral to all of our regulatory efforts. Successful rulemaking requires that we build a big table and keep an open mind.
The Department continues to implement the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA), the first major reform to Federal job training programs in almost 20 years, building new partnerships, engaging employers, emphasizing proven strategies like apprenticeship and preparing people for the demands of the 21st century economy. The Department's regulatory priorities reflect the Secretary's vision for a modern job-driven workforce system that helps businesses stay on the competitive cutting edge and helps workers punch their ticket to the middle class.
• The Department's Civil Rights Center (CRC) will issue a final rule to implement the nondiscrimination provisions in section 188 of WIOA. The rule will update nondiscrimination and equal opportunity provisions to be consistent with current law and address its application to current workforce development and workplace practices and issues. To ensure no gap in coverage between the effective date of WIOA and this rulemaking, CRC issued a final rule that makes only technical revisions to the WIA section 188 rule, changing references from “WIA” to “WIOA.”
To further meet the demands of the 21st century workforce, the Department will also explore options to modernize and provide flexibilities to employers and workers, without sacrificing important worker protections in the permanent labor certification program.
• The permanent labor certification requirements and process have not been comprehensively examined or modified since 2004. ETA proposes to consider options to modernize the PERM program to be more responsive to changes in the national workforce in order to further align the program design with the objectives of the U.S. Immigration system, and needs of workers and employers, and to enhance the integrity of the labor certification process.
• ETA also proposes to engage the public on whether the Schedule A of the permanent labor certification process serves as an effective tool for addressing current labor shortages, and how the Department may create a timely, coherent, and transparent methodology for identifying occupations that are experiencing labor shortages.
Workplace benefits ensure that workers have the opportunity to remain in the middle class if they face a health and welfare challenge, retire from their jobs, or experience a workplace accident or illness. In addition, a financially secure retirement is a fundamental pillar of the middle class. The Department has a regulatory program designed to improve health benefits and retirement security for all workers.
• EBSA plans to finalize regulations that describe how political subdivisions (
• EBSA plans to finalize regulations that strengthen, improve and update the current disability benefit claims and appeals process under section 503 of ERISA.
EBSA will also continue to issue guidance implementing the health coverage provisions of Parts 6 and 7 of ERISA, including the provisions of COBRA, HIPAA, GINA, mental health parity, the Newborns' and Mothers' Health Protection Act, the Women's Health and Cancer Rights Act, and the Affordable Care Act group market protections. Much of this guidance involves joint work with the Departments of Health and Human Services and Treasury.
The Department also promulgates regulations to ensure that Federal workers' compensation benefits programs are fairly administered:
• OWCP will issue an NPRM under the Black Lung Benefits Act to address how medical providers are reimbursed for covered services rendered to coal miners totally disabled by pneumoconiosis, including the possibility of modernizing and standardizing payment methodologies and fee schedules.
The Department's regulatory agenda prioritizes ensuring that all Americans receive a fair day's pay for a fair day's work, and are not discriminated against with respect to hiring, employment, or benefits on the basis of race, gender, religion, disability, national origin, veteran's status, sexual orientation, or gender identity. The Department continues to take a robust approach to implementing its wage-and-hour and nondiscrimination regulations through education, outreach and strategic enforcement across industries. The regulations in this area are grounded in a commitment to an inclusive and diverse workforce and rewarding hard work with a fair wage to provide workers with a real pathway to middle class jobs.
• WHD will propose revisions to its regulations implementing section 14(c) of the Fair Labor Standards Act to reflect the changes in employment laws affecting workers with disabilities.
The Department's safety and health regulatory proposals are based on the responsibility of employers to provide workers with workplaces that do not threaten their safety or health. We reject the false choice between worker safety and economic growth. Through our rulemakings, we are committed to protecting workers in all kinds of workplaces, including above- and below-ground coal and metal/nonmetal mines. So many workplace injuries, illnesses and fatalities are preventable. They not only put workers in harm's way, they jeopardize their economic security, often forcing families out of the middle class and into poverty. Our efforts are to prevent workers from having to choose between their lives and their livelihood.
• MSHA will build on the knowledge gained through the OSHA silica rulemaking process to develop regulations that would provide essential protections to miners from silica exposure in mines.
• OSHA is developing an NPRM that will look at how to provide stronger protections for workers exposed to infectious diseases in healthcare and other related high risk environments.
• OSHA will finalize regulations that address occupational exposure to beryllium in the workplace.
• Building upon its history of addressing workplace violence in health care facilities, OSHA will solicit information from health care employers, workers and other experts on preventing workplace violence in the workplace. The request for information will seek public input on the impacts of violence, prevention strategies, and other information that will be useful to OSHA.
• After more than 25 years, OSHA will update and finalize regulations that address slip, trip and fall hazards and establish requirements for personal fall protection systems. Slips, trips and falls are among the leading causes or work-related injuries and fatalities.
On January 18, 2011, the President issued Executive Order (E.O.) 13563, entitled “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review.” The Department is committed to smart regulations that ensure the health, welfare and safety of all working Americans and foster economic growth, job creation, and competitiveness of American business. The Department's Fall 2016 Regulatory Agenda also aims to achieve more efficient and less burdensome regulations through a retrospective review of the Labor Department regulations.
In August 2011, as part of a government-wide response to the E.O., the Department published its “Plan for Retrospective Analysis of Existing Rules.” (This plan, and each subsequent update, can be found at
The Department believes that these requirements have modest costs associated with them, since many chiefly clarify provisions of the current claims procedure regulations or require provision of notices to plan participants.
In 2013, 80 percent of serious violent incidents reported in healthcare settings were caused by interactions with patients. Other incidents were caused by visitors, coworkers, or other people. Some medical professions and settings are more at risk than others. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, in 2013 psychiatric aides experienced the highest rate of violent injuries that resulted in days away from work, at approximately 590 injuries per 10,000 full-time employees (FTEs). This rate is more than 10 times higher than the next group, nursing assistants (about 55 violent injuries per 10,000 FTEs, and registered nurses (about 14 violent injuries per 10,000 FTEs), compared with a rate of 4.2 violent injuries per 10,000 FTEs in U.S. private industry as a whole. High-risk areas include emergency departments, geriatrics, and behavioral health, among others.
The Department of Transportation (DOT) consists of nine operating administrations and the Office of the Secretary, each of which has statutory responsibility for a wide range of regulations. DOT regulates safety in the aviation, motor carrier, railroad, motor vehicle, commercial space, public transportation, and pipeline transportation areas. DOT also regulates aviation consumer and economic issues and provides financial assistance for programs involving highways, airports, public transportation, the maritime industry, railroads, and motor vehicle safety. In addition, the Department writes regulations to carry out a variety of statutes ranging from the Americans With Disabilities Act to the Uniform Time Act. Finally, DOT develops and implements a wide range of regulations that govern internal DOT programs such as acquisitions and grants, access for the disabled, environmental protection, energy conservation, information technology, occupational safety and health, property asset management, seismic safety, and the use of aircraft and vehicles.
The Department's regulatory priorities respond to the challenges and opportunities we face. Our mission generally is as follows:
The national objectives of general welfare, economic growth and stability, and the security of the United States require the development of transportation policies and programs that contribute to providing fast, safe, efficient, and convenient transportation at the lowest cost consistent with those and other national objectives, including the efficient use and conservation of the resources of the United States.
To help us achieve our mission, we have five goals in the Department's Strategic Plan for Fiscal Years 2014-2018:
•
•
•
•
•
In identifying our regulatory priorities for the next year, the Department considered its mission and goals and focused on a number of factors, including the following:
This regulatory plan identifies the Department's regulatory priorities—the 19 pending rulemakings chosen, from among the dozens of significant rulemakings listed in the Department's broader regulatory agenda, that the Department believes will merit special attention in the upcoming year. The rules included in the regulatory plan embody the Department's focus on our strategic goals.
The regulatory plan reflects the Department's primary focus on safety—a focus that extends across several modes of transportation. For example:
• The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) will continue its efforts to implement safety management systems.
• The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) continues its work to strengthen the requirements for Electronic Logging Devices and revise motor carrier safety fitness determination procedures.
• The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) will continue its rulemaking efforts to reduce death and injury resulting from motor vehicle crashes.
Each of the rulemakings in the regulatory plan is described below in detail. In order to place them in context, we first review the Department's regulatory philosophy and our initiatives to educate and inform the public about transportation safety issues. We then describe the role of the Department's retrospective reviews and its regulatory process and other important regulatory initiatives of OST and of each of the Department's components. Since each transportation “mode” within the Department has its own area of focus, we summarize the regulatory priorities of each mode and of OST, which supervises and coordinates modal initiatives and has its own regulatory responsibilities, such as consumer protection in the aviation industry.
The Department has adopted a regulatory philosophy that applies to all its rulemaking activities. This philosophy is articulated as follows: DOT regulations must be clear, simple, timely, fair, reasonable, and necessary. They will be issued only after an appropriate opportunity for public comment, which must provide an equal chance for all affected interests to participate, and after appropriate consultation with other governmental entities. The Department will fully consider the comments received. It will assess the risks addressed by the rules and their costs and benefits, including the cumulative effects. The Department will consider appropriate alternatives, including nonregulatory approaches. It will also make every effort to ensure that regulation does not impose unreasonable mandates.
The Department stresses the importance of conducting high-quality rulemakings in a timely manner and reducing the number of old rulemakings. To implement this, the Department has required the following actions: (1) Regular meetings of senior DOT officials to ensure effective policy leadership and timely decisions, (2) effective tracking and coordination of rulemakings, (3) regular reporting, (4) early briefings of interested officials, (5) regular training of staff, and (6) adequate allocations of resources. The Department has achieved significant success because of this effort. It allows the Department to use its resources more effectively and efficiently.
The Department's regulatory policies and procedures provide a comprehensive internal management and review process for new and existing regulations and ensure that the Secretary and other appropriate appointed officials review and concur in all significant DOT rules. DOT continually seeks to improve its regulatory process. A few examples include: The Department's development of regulatory process and related training courses for its employees; creation of an electronic rulemaking tracking and coordination system; the
In addition, the Department continues to engage in a wide variety of activities to help cement the partnerships between its agencies and its customers that will produce good results for transportation programs and safety. The Department's agencies also have established a number of continuing partnership mechanisms in the form of rulemaking advisory committees.
In accordance with Executive Order (E.O.) 13563 (Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review), the Department actively engaged in a special retrospective review of our existing rules to determine whether they need to be revised or revoked. This review was in addition to those reviews in accordance with section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, E.O. 12866, and the Department's Regulatory Policies and Procedures. As part of this effort, we also reviewed our processes for determining what rules to review and ensuring that the rules are effectively reviewed. As a result of the review, we identified many rules for expedited review and changes to our retrospective review process. Pursuant to section 6 of E.O. 13563, the following Regulatory Identifier Numbers (RINs) have been identified as associated with retrospective review and analysis in the Department's final retrospective review of regulations plan. Some of these entries on this list may be completed actions, which do not appear in The Regulatory Plan. If a retrospective review action has been completed it will no longer appear on the list below. However, more information can be found about these completed rulemakings on the Unified Agenda publications at
Executive Order 13609 (Promoting International Regulatory Cooperation) stresses that “[i]n an increasingly global economy, international regulatory cooperation, consistent with domestic law and prerogatives and U.S. trade policy, can be an important means of promoting the goals of” Executive Order 13563 to “protect public health, welfare, safety, and our environment while
Examples of the many cooperative efforts we are engaged in include the following:
The FAA maintains ongoing efforts with foreign civil aviation authorities, including in particular the European Aviation Safety Agency and Transport Canada, to harmonize standards and practices where doing so will improve the safety of aviation and aviation-related activities. The FAA also plays an active role in the standard-setting work of the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), particularly on the Air Navigation Commission and the Legal Committee. In doing so, the FAA works with other Nations to shape the standards and recommended practices adopted by ICAO. The FAA's rulemaking actions related to safety management systems are examples of the FAA's harmonization efforts.
NHTSA is actively engaged in international regulatory cooperative efforts on both a multilateral and a bilateral basis, exchanging information on best practices and otherwise seeking to leverage its resources for addressing vehicle issues in the U.S. As noted in Executive Order 13609: “(i)n meeting shared challenges involving health, safety, labor, security, environmental, and other issues, international regulatory cooperation can identify approaches that are at least as protective as those that are or would be adopted in the absence of such cooperation” and “can also reduce, eliminate, or prevent unnecessary differences in regulatory requirements.”
As the representative, for vehicle safety matters, of the United States, one of 33 contracting parties to the 1998 Agreement on the Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations, NHTSA is an active participant in the World Forum for Vehicle Regulations (WP.29) at the UN. Under that umbrella, NHTSA is currently working on the development of harmonized regulations for the safety of electric vehicles; hydrogen and fuel cell vehicles; advanced head restraints; pole side impact test procedures; pedestrian protection; the safety risks associated with quieter vehicles, such as electric and hybrid electric vehicles; and advancements in tires.
In recognition of the large cross-border market in motor vehicles and motor vehicle equipment, NHTSA is working bilaterally with Transport Canada under the Motor Vehicles Working Group of the U.S.-Canada Regulatory Cooperation Council (RCC) to facilitate implementation of the initial RCC Joint Action Plan. Under this Plan, NHTSA and Transport Canada are working on the development of international standards on quieter vehicles, electric vehicle safety, and hydrogen and fuel cell vehicles.
Building on the initial Joint Action Plan, the U.S. and Canada issued a Joint Forward Plan on August 29, 2014. The Forward Plan provided that regulators would develop Regulatory Partnership Statements (RPSs) outlining the framework for how cooperative activities will be managed between agencies. Since that time, regulators have been developing and completing detailed work plans to address the commitments in the Forward Plan. To facilitate future cooperation, the RCC will continue to work on cross-cutting issues in areas such as: “sharing information with foreign governments, joint funding of new initiatives and our respective rulemaking processes.”
To broaden and deepen its cooperative efforts with the European Union, NHTSA is participating in ongoing negotiations regarding the Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership which is “aimed at providing greater compatibility and transparency in trade and investment regulation, while maintaining high levels of health, safety, and environmental protection.” NHTSA is seeking to build on existing levels of safety and lay the groundwork for future cooperation in addressing emerging safety issues and technologies.
PHMSA's hazardous material group works with ICAO, the UN Subcommittee of Experts on Dangerous Goods, and the International Maritime Organization. Through participation in these international bodies, PHMSA is able to advocate on behalf of U.S. safety and commercial interests to guide the development of international standards with which U.S. businesses have to comply when shipping in international commerce. PHMSA additionally participates in the RCC with Canada and has a Memorandum of Cooperation in place to ensure that cross-border shipments are not hampered by conflicting regulations. The pipeline group at PHMSA incorporates many standards by reference into the Pipeline Safety Regulations, and the development of these standards benefit from the participation of experts from around the world.
In the areas of airline consumer protection and civil rights regulation, OST is particularly conscientious in seeking international regulatory cooperation. For example, the Department participates in the standard-setting activities of ICAO and meets and works with other governments and international airline associations on the implementation of U.S. and foreign aviation rules.
For a number of years the Department has also provided information on which of its rulemaking actions have international effects. This information, updated monthly, is available at the Department's regulatory information Web site,
As we identify rulemakings arising out of our ongoing regulatory cooperation activities that we reasonably anticipate will lead to significant regulations, we will add them to our Web site report and subsequent Agendas and Plans.
The Department will also continue its efforts to use advances in technology to improve its rulemaking management process. For example, the Department created an effective tracking system for significant rulemakings to ensure that either rules are completed in a timely manner or delays are identified and fixed. Through this tracking system, a monthly status report is generated. To make its efforts more transparent, the Department has made this report Internet accessible at
The Department continues to place great emphasis on the need to complete high-quality rulemakings by involving senior departmental officials in regular meetings to resolve issues expeditiously.
The Office of the Secretary (OST) oversees the regulatory process for the Department. OST implements the Department's regulatory policies and procedures and is responsible for ensuring the involvement of top management in regulatory decisionmaking. Through the General Counsel's office, OST is also responsible for ensuring that the Department complies with the Administrative Procedure Act, Executive Order 12866 (Regulatory Planning and Review), Executive Order 13563, DOT's Regulatory Policies and Procedures, and other legal and policy requirements affecting rulemaking. Although OST's principal role concerns the review of the Department's significant rulemakings, this office has the lead role in the substance of such projects as those concerning aviation economic rules, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and rules that affect multiple elements of the Department.
OST provides guidance and training regarding compliance with regulatory requirements and process for personnel throughout the Department. OST also plays an instrumental role in the Department's efforts to improve our economic analyses; risk assessments; regulatory flexibility analyses; other related analyses; retrospective reviews of rules; and data quality, including peer reviews.
OST also leads and coordinates the Department's response to the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) intergovernmental review of other agencies' significant rulemaking documents and to Administration and congressional proposals that concern the regulatory process. The General Counsel's office works closely with representatives of other agencies, OMB, the White House, and congressional staff to provide information on how various proposals would affect the ability of the Department to perform its safety, infrastructure, and other missions.
During Fiscal Year 2017, OST will focus its efforts on voice communications on passengers´ mobile wireless devices on scheduled flights within, to and from the United States (2105-AE30).
OST will also continue its efforts on the following rulemaking initiatives:
OST will also continue its efforts to help coordinate the activities of several operating administrations that advance various departmental efforts that support the Administration's initiatives on promoting safety, stimulating the economy and creating jobs, sustaining and building America's transportation infrastructure, and improving quality of life for the people and communities who use transportation systems subject to the Department's policies. It will also continue to oversee the Department's rulemaking actions to implement the “Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act” (MAP-21).
The Federal Aviation Administration is charged with safely and efficiently operating and maintaining the most complex aviation system in the world. Destination 2025, an FAA initiative that captures the agency's vision of transforming the Nation's aviation system by 2025, has proven to be an effective tool for pushing the agency to think about longer-term aspirations; FAA has established a vision that defines the agency's priorities for the next five years. The changing technological and industry environment compels us to transform the agency. And the challenging fiscal environment we face only increases the need to prioritize our goals.
We have identified four major strategic initiatives where we will focus our efforts (1) Risk-based Decision Making—Build on safety management principles to proactively address emerging safety risk by using consistent, data-informed approaches to make smarter, system-level, risk-based decisions; (2) NAS Initiative—Lay the foundation for the National Airspace System of the future by achieving prioritized NextGen benefits, enabling the safe and efficient integration of new user entrants including Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) and Commercial Space flights, and deliver more efficient, streamlined air traffic management
FAA activities that may lead to rulemaking in Fiscal Year 2017 include continuing to:
• Promote and expand safety information-sharing efforts, such as FAA-industry partnerships and data-driven safety programs that prioritize and address risks before they lead to accidents. Specifically, FAA will continue implementing Commercial Aviation Safety Team projects related to controlled flight into terrain, loss of control of an aircraft, uncontained engine failures, runway incursions, weather, pilot decision making, and cabin safety. Some of these projects may result in rulemaking and guidance materials.
• Respond to the FAA Modernization and Reform Act of 2012 (the Act), which directed the FAA to initiate a rulemaking proceeding to issue guidelines and regulations relating to ADS-B In technology and recommendations from an Aviation Rulemaking Committee on ADS-B In capabilities in consideration of the FAA's evolving thinking on how to provide an integrated suite of communication, navigation, and surveillance (CNS) capabilities to achieve full NextGen performance.
• Respond to the Act, which also recommended we complete the rulemaking for small Unmanned Aircraft Systems, and consider how to fully integrate UAS operations in the NAS, which will require future rulemaking.
• Respond to the Airline Safety and Federal Aviation Administration Extension Act of 2010 (H.R. 5900), which requires the FAA to develop and implement Safety Management Systems (SMS) where these systems will improve safety of aviation and aviation-related activities. An SMS proactively identifies potential hazards in the operating environment, analyzes the risks of those hazards, and encourages mitigation prior to an accident or incident. In its most general form, an SMS is a set of decision-making tools that can be used to plan, organize, direct, and control activities in a manner that enhances safety.
• Respond to the Small Airplane Revitalization Act of 2013 (H.R. 1848), which requires the FAA adopt the recommendations from part 23 Reorganization Aviation Rulemaking Aviation Rulemaking Committee (ARC) for improving safety and reducing certification costs for general aviation. The ARC recommendations include a broad range of policy and regulatory changes that it believes could significantly improve the safety of general aviation aircraft while simultaneously reducing certification and modification costs for these aircraft. Among the ARC's recommendations is a suggestion that compliance with part 23 requirements be performance-based, focusing on the complexity and performance of an aircraft instead of the current regulations based on weight and type of propulsion. In announcing the ARC's recommendations, the Secretary of Transportation said “Streamlining the design and certification process could provide a cost-efficient way to build simple airplanes that still incorporate the latest in safety initiatives. These changes have the potential to save money and maintain our safety standing—a win-win situation for manufacturers, pilots and the general aviation community as a whole.” Further, these changes are consistent with directions to agencies in Executive Order 13610 “
• Work cooperatively to harmonize the U.S. aviation regulations with those of other countries, without compromising rigorous safety standards, or our requirements to develop cost benefit analysis. The differences worldwide in certification standards, practice and procedures, and operating rules must be identified and minimized to reduce the regulatory burden on the international aviation system. The differences between the FAA regulations and the requirements of other nations impose a heavy burden on U.S. aircraft manufacturers and operators, some of which are small businesses. Standardization should help the U.S. aerospace industry remain internationally competitive. The FAA continues to publish regulations based on internal analysis, public comment, and recommendations of Aviation Rulemaking Committees that are the result of cooperative rulemaking between the U.S. and other countries.
FAA top regulatory priorities for Fiscal Year 2017 include:
The Revision of Airworthiness Standards for Normal, Utility, Acrobatic, and Commuter Category Airplanes rulemaking would:
• Reorganize part 23 into performance-based requirements by removing the detailed design requirements from part 23;
• Promote the adoption of the newly created performance-based airworthiness design standard as an internationally accepted standard by the majority of other civil aviation authorities;
• Re-align the part 23 requirements to promote the development of entry-level airplanes similar to those certified under Certification Specification for Very Light Aircraft (CS-VLA);
• Enhance the FAA's ability to address new technology;
• Increase the general aviation (GA) level of safety provided by new and modified airplanes;
• Amend the stall, stall warning, and spin requirements to reduce fatal accidents and increase crashworthiness by allowing new methods for occupant protection; and
• Address icing conditions that are currently not included in part 23 regulations.
The Airport Safety Management System rulemaking would:
• Require certain airport certificate holders to develop, implement, maintain, and adhere to a safety management system (SMS) for its aviation related activities.
The Flight Crewmember Mentoring, Leadership and Professional Development rulemaking would:
• Ensure air carriers establish or modify training programs to address mentoring, leadership and professional development of flight crewmembers in part 121 operations.
The Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) carries out the Federal highway program in partnership with State and local agencies to meet the Nation's transportation needs. The FHWA's
Consistent with this mission, the FHWA will continue:
• With ongoing regulatory initiatives in support of its surface transportation programs;
• To implement legislation in the most cost-effective way possible; and
• To pursue regulatory reform in areas where project development can be streamlined or accelerated, duplicative requirements can be consolidated, recordkeeping requirements can be reduced or simplified, and the decisionmaking authority of our State and local partners can be increased.
MAP-21 authorizes the Federal surface transportation programs for highways, highway safety, and transit for the two-year period from 2012-2014. The FHWA has analyzed MAP-21 to identify Congressionally directed rulemakings. These rulemakings will be the FHWA's top regulatory priorities for the coming year.
Additionally, the FHWA is in the process of reviewing all FHWA regulations to ensure that they are consistent with MAP-21 and will update those regulations that are not consistent with the recently enacted legislation.
The Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act authorizes the Federal surface transportation programs for highways, highway safety, and transit for the five-year period from 2016-2020. The FHWA has analyzed the FAST Act to identify Congressionally directed rulemakings. These rulemakings will be the FHWA's top regulatory priorities for the coming year.
Additionally, the FHWA is in the process of reviewing all FHWA regulations to ensure that they are consistent with the FAST Act and will update those regulations that are not consistent with the recently enacted legislation.
During Fiscal Year 2017, FHWA will continue its focus on improving the quality and performance of our Nation's highway systems by creating national performance management measures and standards to be used by the States to meet the national transportation goals identified in section 1203 of MAP-21 under the following rulemaking initiatives:
• National Goals and Performance Management Measures (Bridges and Pavement) (RIN: 2125-AF53)
• National Goals and Performance Management Measures (Congestion Reduction, CMAQ, Freight, and Performance of Interstate/Non-Interstate NHS) (RIN: 2125-AF54).
The mission of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) is to reduce crashes, injuries, and fatalities involving commercial trucks and buses. A strong regulatory program is a cornerstone of FMCSA's compliance and enforcement efforts to advance this safety mission. FMCSA develops new and more effective safety regulations based on three core priorities: Raising the safety bar for entry, maintaining high standards, and removing high-risk behavior. In addition to Agency-directed regulations, FMCSA develops regulations mandated by Congress, through legislation such as MAP-21. FMCSA regulations establish standards for motor carriers, commercial drivers, commercial motor vehicles, and State agencies receiving certain motor carrier safety grants and issuing commercial drivers' licenses.
FMCSA's regulatory plan for FY 2017 includes completion of a number of rulemakings that are high priorities for the Agency because they would have a positive impact on safety. Among the rulemakings included in the plan are: (1) Carrier Safety Fitness Determination (RIN 2126-AB11), (2) Entry Level Driver Training (RIN 2126-AB66), and (3) Commercial Driver's License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse (RIN 2126-AB18).
Together, these priority rules could improve substantially commercial motor vehicle (CMV) safety on our Nation's highways by increasing FMCSA's ability to provide safety oversight of motor carriers and commercial drivers.
In FY 2017, FMCSA plans to issue a final rule on Carrier Safety Fitness Determination (RIN 2126-AB11) to establish a new safety fitness determination standard that will enable the Agency to prohibit “unfit” carriers from operating on the Nation's highways and contribute to the Agency's overall goal of decreasing CMV-related fatalities and injuries.
In FY 2017, FMCSA plans to issue a final rule on Entry Level Driver Training (RIN 2126-AB66). This rule would establish training requirements for individuals before they can obtain their CDL or certain endorsements. It will define curricula for training providers and establish requirements and procedures for the schools.
Also in FY 2017, FMCSA plans to issue a final rule on the Commercial Driver's License Drug and Alcohol Clearinghouse (RIN 2126-AB18). The rule would establish a clearinghouse requiring employers and service agents to report information about current and prospective employees' drug and alcohol test results. It would require employers and certain service agents to search the Clearinghouse for current and prospective employees' positive drug and alcohol test results as a condition of permitting those employees to perform safety-sensitive functions. This would provide FMCSA and employers the necessary tools to identify drivers who are prohibited from operating a CMV based on DOT drug and alcohol program violations and ensure that such drivers receive the required evaluation and treatment before resuming safety-sensitive functions.
The statutory responsibilities of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) relating to motor vehicles include reducing the number, and mitigating the effects, of motor vehicle crashes and related fatalities and injuries; providing safety performance information to aid prospective purchasers of vehicles, child restraints, and tires; and improving automotive fuel efficiency. NHTSA pursues policies that encourage the development of nonregulatory approaches when feasible in meeting its statutory mandates. It issues new standards and regulations or amendments to existing standards and regulations when appropriate. It ensures that regulatory alternatives reflect a careful assessment of the problem and a comprehensive analysis of the benefits, costs, and other impacts associated with the proposed regulatory action. Finally, it considers alternatives consistent with the Administration's regulatory principles.
NHTSA plans to issue a final rule on vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) communications in Fiscal Year 2017. V2V communications are currently perceived to become a foundational aspect of vehicle automation. NHTSA will publish a final rule on heavy vehicle speed limiters in response to petitions for rulemaking and recommendations from the National Transportation Safety Board. In Fiscal Year 2017 NHTSA will also finalize rulemaking for Tire Fuel Efficiency in response to requirements of the Energy Independence & Security Act of 2007. In response to requirements in MAP-21, NHTSA plans to continue work toward a final rule that would require automobile manufacturers to install a seat belt reminder system for the front passenger and rear designated seating positions in passenger vehicles. The seat
In addition to numerous programs that focus on the safe performance of motor vehicles, the Agency is engaged in a variety of programs to improve driver and occupant behavior. These programs emphasize the human aspects of motor vehicle safety and recognize the important role of the States in this common pursuit. NHTSA has identified two high-priority areas: Safety belt use and impaired driving. To address these issue areas, the Agency is focusing especially on three strategies—conducting highly visible, well-publicized enforcement; supporting prosecutors who handle impaired driving cases and expanding the use of DWI/Drug Courts, which hold offenders accountable for receiving and completing treatment for alcohol abuse and dependency; and adopting alcohol screening and brief intervention by medical and health care professionals. Other behavioral efforts encourage child safety-seat use; combat excessive speed, driver distraction, and aggressive driving; improve motorcycle, bicycle, and pedestrian safety; and provide consumer information to the public.
FRA's current regulatory program reflects a number of pending proceedings to satisfy mandates resulting from the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (RSIA08), the Passenger Rail Investment and Improvement Act of 2008 (PRIIA), and the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act of 2015 (FAST Act), as well as actions under its general safety rulemaking authority and actions supporting a high-performing passenger rail network and to address the safe and effective movement of energy products, particularly crude oil. RSIA08 alone has required 21 rulemaking actions, 19 of which have been completed. The FAST Act requires an additional 13 rulemaking actions, 4 of which are complete and 6 others are in the developmental or proposal stage. FRA continues to prioritize its rulemakings according to the greatest effect on safety while promoting economic growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation, as well as expressed congressional interest, while working to complete as many mandated rulemakings as quickly as possible.
FRA is working to complete its on-going development of requirements related to the creation and implementation of railroad risk reduction programs (RIN 2130-AC11). FRA is finalizing initial rulemaking documents based on the recommendations of a Railroad Safety Advisory Committee (RSAC) working group containing the fatigue management provisions related to risk reduction and system safety programs. FRA is also in the process of producing a final regulatory action related to the transportation of crude oil and ethanol by rail, focusing on the appropriate crew size requirements when transporting such commodities. FRA's crew size activity will also address other freight and passenger operations to ensure FRA will have appropriate oversight if a railroad chooses to alter its standard method of operation. FRA continues its work to produce a rulemaking containing RSAC-supported actions that advance high-performing passenger rail to propose standards for alternative compliance with FRA's Passenger Equipment Safety Standards for the operation of Tier III passenger equipment (RIN 2130-AC51). Through RSAC, FRA is developing recommendations for proposed rules regarding track inspections aimed at improving rail integrity to allow continuous rail integrity testing and to address rail head wear. Finally, FRA is developing proposed rules related to the use of inward and outward facing locomotive-mounted cameras and other recording devices in response to a FAST Act mandate for such devices on passenger locomotives.
FTA helps communities support public transportation by making grants of Federal funding for transit vehicles, construction of transit facilities, and planning and operation of transit and other transit-related purposes. FTA regulatory activity implements the laws that apply to recipients' uses of Federal funding and the terms and conditions of FTA grant awards. FTA policy regarding regulations is to:
• Ensure the safety of public transportation systems.
• Provide maximum benefit to the Nation's mobility through the connectivity of transportation infrastructure;
• Provide maximum local discretion;
• Ensure the most productive use of limited Federal resources;
• Protect taxpayer investments in public transportation;
• Incorporate principles of sound management into the grant management process.
As the needs for public transportation have changed over the years, the Federal transit programs have grown in number and complexity often requiring implementation through the rulemaking process. FTA is currently implementing many of its public transportation programs authorized under MAP-21 through the regulatory process. To that end, FTA's regulatory priorities include implementing the newly authorized Public Transportation Safety Program (49 U.S.C. 5329), such as the Public Transportation Safety Plan and updating the State Safety Oversight rule, as well as, implementing requirements for Transit Asset Management Systems (49 U.S.C. 5326). The joint FTA/FHWA planning rule which will be merged with FTA/FHWA's Additional Authorities for Planning and Environmental Linkages rule and FTA's Bus Testing rule round out its regulatory priorities.
The Maritime Administration (MARAD) administers Federal laws and programs to improve and strengthen the maritime transportation system to meet the economic, environmental, and security needs of the Nation. To that end, MARAD's efforts are focused upon ensuring a strong American presence in the domestic and international trades and to expanding maritime opportunities for American businesses and workers.
MARAD's regulatory objectives and priorities reflect the agency's responsibility for ensuring the availability of water transportation services for American shippers and consumers and, in times of war or national emergency, for the U.S. armed forces. Major program areas include the following: Maritime Security, Voluntary Intermodal Sealift Agreement, National Defense Reserve Fleet and the Ready Reserve Force, Cargo Preference, Maritime Guaranteed Loan Financing, United States Merchant Marine Academy, Mariner Education and Training Support, Deepwater Port Licensing, and Port and Intermodal Development. Additionally, MARAD administers the Small Shipyard Grants Program through which equipment and technical skills training are provided to America's maritime workforce, with the aim of helping businesses to compete in the global marketplace while creating well-paying jobs at home.
MARAD's primary regulatory activities in Fiscal Year 2017 will be to continue the update of existing regulations as part of the Department's Retrospective Regulatory Review effort, and to propose new regulations where appropriate.
The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA) has responsibility for rulemaking under two programs. Through the Associate Administrator for the Office of Hazardous Materials Safety (OHMS), PHMSA administers regulatory programs under Federal hazardous materials transportation law and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Oil Pollution Act of 1990. Through the Associate Administrator for the Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS), PHMSA administers regulatory programs under the Federal pipeline safety laws and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Oil Pollution Act of 1990. The Pipeline Safety, Regulatory Certainty, and Job Creation Act of 2011 included a number of rulemaking studies and mandates and additional enforcement authorities that continue to impact PHMSA's regulatory activities in Fiscal Year 2016.
PHMSA will continue to work toward improving safety related to transportation of hazardous materials by all transportation modes, including pipeline, while promoting economic growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation. We will concentrate on the prevention of high-risk incidents identified through the findings of the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) and PHMSA's evaluation of transportation incident data. PHMSA will use all available Agency tools to assess data; evaluate alternative safety strategies, including regulatory strategies as necessary and appropriate; target enforcement efforts; and enhance outreach, public education, and training to promote safety outcomes.
On December 4, 2015, President Barack Obama signed legislation entitled, “Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act of 2015,” or the “FAST Act.”
PHMSA will continue to focus on the streamlining of its regulatory system and reducing regulatory burdens. PHMSA will evaluate existing rules to examine whether they remain justified; should be modified to account for changing circumstances and technologies; or should be streamlined or even repealed. PHMSA will continue to evaluate, analyze, and be responsive to petitions for rulemaking. PHMSA will review regulations, letters of interpretation, petitions for rulemaking, special permits, enforcement actions, approvals, and international standards to identify inconsistencies, outdated provisions, and barriers to regulatory compliance.
PHMSA aims to reduce the risks related to the transportation of hazardous materials by rail. Preventing tank car incidents and minimizing the consequences when an incident does occur are not only DOT priorities, but are also shared by our Federal and international partners, the NTSB, industry, and the general public. Expansion in United States energy production has led to significant challenges in the transportation system. Expansion in oil production has led to increasing volumes of energy products transported to refineries. With a growing domestic supply, rail transportation, in particular, has emerged as an alternative to transportation by pipeline or vessel. The growing reliance on trains to transport large volumes of flammable liquids raises risks that have been highlighted by the recent instances of trains carrying crude oil that have derailed. PHMSA issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on July 29, 2016 (81 FR 50067), seeking comment on potential revisions to its regulations that would expand the applicability of comprehensive oil spill response plans (OSRPs) for crude oil trains and require railroads to share information about high-hazard flammable train operations with state and tribal emergency response commissions to improve community preparedness. PHMSA will continue to take regulatory actions to enhance the safe transportation of energy products.
PHMSA is also looking to reduce the risk of transporting lithium batteries by air. The safe transport of lithium batteries by air has been an ongoing concern due to the unique challenges they pose to safety in a transportation environment. Unlike other hazardous materials, lithium batteries contain both a chemical and an electrical hazard. This combination of hazards, when involved in a fire encompassing significant quantities of lithium batteries, may exceed the fire suppression capability of the aircraft and lead to a catastrophic lithium battery event. PHMSA is developing regulatory actions that will: (1) Prohibit the transport of lithium ion cells and batteries as cargo on passenger aircraft; (2) require all lithium ion cells and batteries to be shipped at not more than a 30 percent state of charge on cargo-only aircraft; and (3) limits the use of alternative provisions for small lithium cell or battery shipments under 49 CFR 173.185(c). These amendments will predominately affect air carriers (both passenger and cargo-only) and shippers offering lithium ion cells and batteries for transport as cargo by aircraft. The amendments will not restrict passengers or crew members from bringing personal items or electronic devices containing lithium batteries aboard aircraft in carry-on or checked baggage.
President Obama signed the Protecting our Infrastructure of Pipelines and Enhancing Safety Act of 2016 (or the “PIPES Act of 2016”) on June 22, 2016. The 2016 Act reauthorizes the pipeline safety program and requires a number of reports and mandates. Under the 2016 Act, PHMSA is required to take regulatory actions to establish minimum safety standards for underground natural gas storage facilities, and to update the minimum safety standards for liquefied natural gas pipeline facilities for permanent, small scale liquefied natural gas pipeline facilities. The Act also contains regulatory mandates regarding emergency order authority, unusually sensitive areas, and hazardous materials identification numbers. PHMSA is in the process of taking the necessary steps to address these mandates.
On October 13, 2015 [80 FR 61609], PHMSA issued an NPRM proposing changes to the regulations covering hazardous liquid onshore pipelines. Specifically, the agency proposed regulatory changes relative to High
Also, on April 8, 2016 [81 FR 20722], PHMSA proposed to revise the requirements in the Pipeline Safety Regulations to address integrity management principles for Gas Transmission pipelines. In particular, PHMSA proposed requirements to address repair criteria for both HCA and non-HCA areas, assessment methods, validating and integrating pipeline data, risk assessments, knowledge gained through the IM program, corrosion control, management of change, gathering lines, and safety features on launchers and receivers.
Analiese Marchesseault, Department of Transportation,
Section 1203 of MAP-21 requires the Secretary to promulgate a rulemaking within 18 months after the date of enactment.
Section 1203 of MAP-21 requires the Secretary to promulgate a rulemaking within 18 months after the date of enactment.
The primary missions of the Department of the Treasury are:
• To promote prosperous and stable American and world economies, including promoting domestic economic growth and maintaining our Nation's leadership in global economic issues, supervising national banks and thrift institutions, and helping to bring residents of distressed communities into the economic mainstream.
• To manage the Government's finances by protecting the revenue and collecting the correct amount of revenue under the Internal Revenue Code, overseeing customs revenue policies, financing the Federal Government and managing its fiscal operations, and producing our Nation's coins and currency.
• To safeguard the U.S. and international financial systems from those who would use these systems for illegal purposes or to compromise U.S. national security interests, while keeping them free and open to legitimate users.
Consistent with these missions, most regulations of the Department and its constituent bureaus are promulgated to interpret and implement the laws as enacted by the Congress and signed by the President. It is the policy of the Department to comply with applicable requirements to issue a notice of proposed rulemaking and carefully consider public comments before adopting a final rule. Also, the Department invites interested parties to submit views on rulemaking projects while a proposed rule is being developed.
To the extent permitted by law, it is the policy of the Department to adhere to the regulatory philosophy and principles set forth in Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 13609 and to develop regulations that maximize aggregate net benefits to society while minimizing the economic and paperwork burdens imposed on persons and businesses subject to those regulations.
The Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB) issues regulations to implement and enforce the Federal laws relating to alcohol, tobacco, firearms, and ammunition excise taxes and certain non-tax laws relating to alcohol. TTB's mission and regulations are designed to:
(1) Collect the taxes on alcohol, tobacco, firearms, and ammunition;
(2) Protect the consumer by ensuring the integrity of alcohol products; and
(3) Prevent unfair and unlawful market activity for alcohol and tobacco products.
As part of TTB's ongoing efforts to modernize its regulations, TTB continuously identifies changes in the industries it regulates, as well as new technologies available in compliance enforcement. TTB's modernization efforts focus on removing outdated requirements and revising the regulations to facilitate industry growth and reduce burdens where possible, while at the same time ensuring that TTB collects revenue due and protects consumers from deceptive labeling and advertising of alcohol beverages.
On June 21, 2016, TTB published a notice of proposed rulemaking (81 FR 40404) to clarify and streamline import procedures, and support the implementation of the International Trade Data System (ITDS) and the filing of import information electronically in conjunction with an electronic import filing with U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP). The proposed amendments include providing the option for importers to file TTB-specific import-related data electronically when filing entry or entry summary data electronically with CBP, as an alternative to current TTB requirements that importers submit paper documents to CBP upon importation.
On August 30, 2016, TTB published a final rule to amend its regulations governing specially denatured alcohol (SDA) and completely denatured alcohol (CDA) to, among other things, eliminate the need for industry members to submit certain formulas to TTB for approval. Under the authority of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (IRC), TTB regulates denatured alcohol that is unfit for beverage use, which may be removed from a regulated distilled spirits plant free of tax. SDA and CDA are widely used in the American fuel, medical, and manufacturing sectors. The industrial alcohol industry far exceeds the beverage alcohol industry in size and scope, and it is a rapidly growing industry in the United States. Some concerns had been raised that the existing regulations may create significant roadblocks for industry members in getting products to the marketplace quickly and efficiently. TTB determined that it could amend its regulations to address these concerns and reduce regulatory burdens, while posing no added risk to the revenue. The final rule eliminates outdated formulas, reclassifies certain SDA formulas as CDA, and provides new general-use formulas for articles made
On July 1, 2016, TTB published an interim final rule (81 FR 43062) to implement the provisions of the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (Inflation Adjustment Act), as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 and the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015. This rulemaking increases the maximum civil monetary penalty for violations of the Alcoholic Beverage Labeling Act of 1988 from $10,000 to $19,787, in accordance with Federal law. The increased maximum penalty will help maintain the deterrent effect of the penalty, which is a stated goal of the Inflation Adjustment Act. As authorized under the law, TTB will announce future cost-of-living adjustments to the penalty by publishing a notice in the
On June 21, 2016, TTB published a final rule (81 FR 40183) to adopt temporary regulations it had issued on June 27, 2013 (78 FR 38555) concerning permit and other requirements related to importers and manufacturers of tobacco products and processed tobacco. The regulatory amendments adopted in the final rule include an extension in the duration of new permits for importers of tobacco products and processed tobacco from three years to five years. Importers who wish to continue to engage in the business beyond the duration of the permit must renew their permits before expiration. Less frequent renewal reduces the regulatory burden on the importers. Temporary regulations issued under the IRC expire three years after the date of issuance, and publication of the final rule made permanent this extension of the duration of new importer permits.
In FY 2017, TTB will continue its multi-year Regulations Modernization effort by prioritizing projects that will update its Import and Export regulations, Labeling Requirements regulations, Nonbeverage Products regulations, and Distilled Spirits Plant Reporting requirements. Priority projects also include implementing new statutory provisions that go into effect in FY 2017 as a result of the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015 (PATH Act).
This fiscal year TTB plans to give priority to the following regulatory matters:
Revisions to Import and Export Regulations Related to ITDS. TTB is currently preparing for the implementation of ITDS and, specifically, the transition to an all-electronic import and export environment. ITDS, as described in section 405 of the Security and Accountability for Every Port Act of 2006 (the “SAFE Port Act”) (Pub. L. 109-347), is an electronic information exchange capability, or “single window,” through which businesses will transmit data required by participating Federal agencies for the importation or exportation of cargo. To enhance Federal coordination associated with the development of ITDS and put in place specific deadlines for implementation, President Obama, on February 19, 2014, signed an Executive Order on Streamlining the Export/Import Process for America's Businesses. In line with section 3(e) of the Executive Order, TTB was required to develop a timeline for ITDS implementation. Updating the regulations for transition to the all-electronic environment is part of the implementation process.
TTB completed its review of the relevant regulatory requirements and identified those that it intends to update. With regard to imports, as noted above, TTB published a notice of proposed rulemaking in June 2016 to amend its import regulations to support the implementation of ITDS and incorporate needed updates. TTB also continues to operate a pilot program (originally announced in August 2015) for importers who want to gain experience with the ITDS “single window” functionality for providing data on the TTB-regulated commodities. This pilot program helps familiarize both TTB and the public with the new environment and assists TTB and the public to refine the implementation of ITDS. The pilot program also provides valuable information for TTB's ongoing efforts to amend its regulations. In FY 2017, TTB intends to publish a final rule on the proposed changes to its import regulations.
In addition, in recent years, TTB has identified selected sections of its export regulations (27 CFR parts 28 and 44) that it intends to amend to clarify and update the requirements. Under the IRC, the products taxed by TTB may be removed for exportation without payment of tax or with drawback of any excise tax previously paid, subject to the submission of proof of export. However, the current export regulations require industry members to follow procedures that do not adequately reflect current technology or take into account current industry business practices. In FY 2017, TTB intends to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking that will address electronic submission of information through ITDS for exports and will include proposals to amend the regulations to provide industry members with clear and updated procedures for removal of alcohol and tobacco products for exportation, thus facilitating exportation of those products. Increasing U.S. exports benefits the U.S. economy and is consistent with Treasury and Administration priorities.
Revisions to the Regulations to Implement the PATH Act. On December 18, 2015, the President signed into law the PATH Act, which is Division Q of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016. The PATH Act contains changes to certain statutory provisions that TTB administers in the IRC regarding excise tax due dates, bond requirements, and the definition of wine eligible for the hard cider tax rate. These amendments take effect beginning in January 2017, and TTB is currently working on two separate rulemaking projects to be published in FY 2017 that will implement these changes. First, TTB is implementing provisions that allow certain small alcohol beverage excise taxpayers to file tax returns less frequently and to qualify for an exemption from certain bond requirements. These provisions will reduce regulatory burdens on small businesses. Second, TTB is implementing changes to the definition of wine that is eligible for the hard cider tax rate. These changes will increase the allowable alcohol content and carbonation level of such wines and authorize the use of pears, pear juice concentrate, and pear products and flavorings.
Revisions to the Labeling Requirements (Parts 4 (Wine), 5 (Distilled Spirits), and 7 (Malt Beverages)). The Federal Alcohol Administration Act requires that alcohol beverages introduced in interstate commerce have a label issued and approved under regulations prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. In accordance with the mandate of Executive Order 13563 of January 18, 2011, regarding improving regulation and regulatory review, TTB conducted an analysis of its labeling regulations to identify any that might be outmoded, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively burdensome, and to modify, streamline, expand, or repeal them in accordance with that analysis. These regulations were also reviewed to assess their applicability to the modern alcohol beverage marketplace. As a result of this review, TTB plans to propose in FY 2017 revisions to modernize the
Revision of the Part 17 Regulations, Drawback on Taxpaid Distilled Spirits Used in Manufacturing Nonbeverage Products, to Allow Self-Certification of Nonbeverage Product Formulas. TTB is considering revisions to the regulations in 27 CFR part 17 governing nonbeverage products made with taxpaid distilled spirits. These nonbeverage products include foods, medicines, and flavors. This proposal, which TTB intends to publish in FY 2017, offers a new method of formula certification by incorporating quantitative standards into the regulations and establishing new voluntary procedures that would further streamline the formula review process for products that meet the standards. This proposal would provide adequate protection to the revenue because TTB would continue to receive submissions of certified formulas; however, TTB would not take action on certified formula submissions unless TTB discovered that the formulas require correction. By allowing for self-certification of certain nonbeverage product formulas, this proposal would eliminate the requirement for TTB to formally approve such formulas. These changes would result in significant cost savings for the nonbeverage alcohol industry, which currently must obtain formula approval from TTB, and reduce the number of formulas that TTB must review.
Revisions to Distilled Spirits Plant Reporting Requirements. In FY 2012, TTB published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) proposing to revise regulations in 27 CFR part 19 to replace the current four report forms used by distilled spirits plants to report their operations on a monthly basis with two new report forms that would be submitted on a monthly basis. (Plants that file taxes on a quarterly basis would submit the new reports on a quarterly basis.) This project will address concerns the distilled spirits industry has raised about reporting, and result in cost savings to industry and TTB by significantly reducing the number of monthly plant operations reports that must be completed and filed by industry members and processed by TTB. TTB preliminarily estimates that this project will result in a reduction of paperwork burden hours for industry members, as well as savings in processing hours and contractor time for TTB. In addition, TTB estimates that this project will result in additional savings in staff time because of the more efficient and effective processing of reports and the use of report data to reconcile industry member tax accounts. In FY 2017, TTB intends to publish a supplemental notice of proposed rulemaking that will include new proposals to address comments received in response to the initial notice of proposed rulemaking and incorporate additional improvements identified by TTB in the interim.
The Community Development Financial Institutions Fund (CDFI Fund) was established by the Community Development Banking and Financial Institutions Act of 1994 (12 U.S.C. 4701
In FY 2017, the CDFI Fund will publish updated regulations for the Capital Magnet Fund and the CDFI Program to incorporate a variety of technical and policy changes.
The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) charters, regulates, and supervises all national banks and Federal savings associations (FSAs). The agency also supervises the Federal branches and agencies of foreign banks. The OCC's mission is to ensure that national banks and FSAs operate in a safe and sound manner, provide fair access to financial services, treat customers fairly, and comply with applicable laws and regulations.
Significant rules issued during fiscal year 2016 include:
Margin and Capital Requirements for Covered Swap Entities (12 CFR part 45). The banking agencies, Farm Credit Administration (FCA), and Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA) issued a final rule to establish minimum margin and capital requirements for registered swap dealers, major swap participants, security-based swap dealers, and major security-based swap participants for which one of the Agencies is the prudential regulator. The rule implements sections 731 and 764 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which require the Agencies to adopt rules jointly to establish capital requirements and initial and variation margin requirements for such entities on all non-cleared swaps and non-cleared security-based swaps in order to offset the greater risk to such entities and the financial system arising from the use of swaps and security-based swaps that are not cleared. The Agencies also issued an interim final rule that exempts certain non-cleared swaps and non-cleared security-based swaps with certain counterparties that qualify for an exception or exemption from clearing from the initial and variation margin requirements promulgated under sections 731 and 764 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The rule implements Title III of the Terrorism Risk Insurance Program Reauthorization Act of 2015, which exempts from the Agencies' swap margin rules non-cleared swaps and non-cleared security-based swaps in which a counterparty qualifies for an exemption or exception from clearing under the Dodd-Frank Act. The final and interim final rules were issued on November 30, 2015, 81 FR 74839 and 74915 and the interim final rule was finalized on August 2, 2016, 81 FR 50605.
Guidelines Establishing Standards for Recovery Planning by Certain Large Insured National Banks, Insured FSAs, and Insured Federal Branches (12 CFR part 30). The OCC issued a proposed rule setting forth enforceable guidelines establishing standards for recovery planning by insured national banks, insured FSAs, and insured Federal branches of foreign banks with average total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more (Guidelines). The Guidelines would be issued as an appendix to the OCC's 12 CFR part 30 safety and soundness standards regulations and would be enforceable by the terms of the Federal statute that authorizes the OCC to prescribe operational and managerial standards for national banks and FSAs. The proposed rule was issued on December 17, 2015, 80 FR 78681 and the final rule was issued on October 29, 2016, 81 FR 66791.
Incentive-Based Compensation Arrangements (12 CFR part 42). Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Act requires the banking agencies, National Credit Union
Net Stable Funding Ratio (12 CFR part 50). The banking agencies issued a proposed rule to implement the Basel net stable funding ratio standards. These standards would require large, internationally active banking organizations to maintain sufficient stable funding to support their assets, generally over a one-year time horizon. The proposed rule was issued on June 1, 2016, 81 FR 35123.
Economic Growth and Regulatory Paperwork Reduction Act of 1996 Amendments (12 CFR parts 4 to 5, 7, 9 to 12, 16, 18, 31, 150 to 151, 155, 162 to 163, 194, and 197). The OCC issued a proposed rule with the goal of removing provisions that are outdated, unnecessary, or unduly burdensome. The proposal would revise certain licensing rules related to chartering applications, business combinations involving Federal mutual savings associations, and notices for changes in permanent capital; clarify national bank director oath requirements; revise certain fiduciary activity requirements for national banks and FSAs; remove certain financial disclosure regulations for national banks; remove certain unnecessary regulatory reporting, accounting, and management policy regulations for FSAs; update the electronic activities regulation for FSAs; integrate and update OCC regulations for national banks and FSAs relating to municipal securities dealers, Securities Exchange Act disclosure rules, and securities offering disclosure rules; update and revise recordkeeping and confirmation requirements for national banks' and FSAs' securities transactions; integrate and update regulations relating to insider and affiliate transactions; and make other technical and clarifying changes. The proposed rule was issued on March 14, 2016, 81 FR 13608.
Expanded Examination Cycle for Certain Small Insured Depository Institutions and U.S. Branches and Agencies of Foreign Banks (12 CFR part 4). The banking agencies issued an interim final rule to implement section 83001 of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (the FAST Act). Section 83001 of the FAST Act permits a qualifying insured depository institution (institution) with up to $1 billion in total assets to be examined by its appropriate Federal banking agency no less than once during each 18-month period. The OCC's interim final rule expands eligibility for the 18-month examination cycle to qualifying national banks, Federal savings associations, and Federal branches and agencies with less than $500 million in total assets to those with less than $1 billion in total assets. The interim final rule was issued on February 29, 2016, 81 FR 10063.
Civil Money Penalty Inflation Adjustments (12 CFR parts 19 and 109). The OCC issued an interim final rule implementing the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015 (the 2015 Act) (Pub. L. 114-74, title VII, section 701(b), November 2, 2015) and Office of Management and Budget guidance issued on February 24, 2016. The 2015 Act amended the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (codified at 28 U.S.C. 2461 note). The 2015 Act changed the formula for calculating inflation adjustments and required agencies to adjust penalties for inflation on an annual basis. The interim final rule was issued on July 1, 2016, 81 FR 43021.
Appraisals for Higher-Priced Mortgage Loans Exemption Threshold (12 CFR part 34). The OCC, the FRB, and the CFPB issued a proposed rule amending the official interpretations for their regulations that implement section 129H of the Truth in Lending Act, which establishes special appraisal requirements for “higher-risk mortgages.” The banking agencies, the CFPB, the NCUA and the FHFA issued joint final rules implementing these requirements, which exempted, among other loan types, transactions of $25,000 or less, and required that this loan amount be adjusted annually based on any annual percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index for Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (CPI-W). If there is no annual percentage increase in the CPI-W, the OCC, the FRB and the CFPB will not adjust this exemption threshold from the prior year. The proposal would memorialize this as well as the calculation method for determining the adjustment in years following a year in which there is no annual percentage increase in the CPI-W. The proposed rule was issued on August 4, 2016, 81 FR 51394.
Mandatory Contractual Stay Requirements for Qualified Financial Contracts (12 CFR parts 3, 47, and 50). The OCC issued a proposed rule to promote U.S. financial stability by enhancing the safety and soundness of the national banking system by mitigating potential negative impacts that could result from the disorderly resolution of certain systemically important national banks, FSAs, Federal branches and agencies, and the subsidiaries of these entities. A covered bank would be required to ensure that a covered qualified financial contract contains a contractual stay-and-transfer provision analogous to the statutory stay-and-transfer provision imposed under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and limits the exercise of default rights based on the insolvency of an affiliate of the covered bank. The proposed rule was issued on August 19, 2016, 81 FR 55381.
Regulatory priorities for fiscal year 2017 include finalizing any proposals listed above as well as the following rulemakings:
Automated Valuation Models (parts 34 and 164). The banking agencies, NCUA, FHFA and Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), in consultation with the Appraisal Subcommittee (ASC) and the Appraisal Standards Board of the Appraisal Foundation, are required to promulgate regulations to implement quality-control standards required under the statute. Section 1473(q) of the Dodd-Frank Act requires that automated valuation models used to estimate collateral value in connection with mortgage origination and securitization activity, comply with quality-control standards designed to ensure a high level of confidence in the estimates produced by automated valuation models; protect against manipulation of data; seek to avoid conflicts of interest; require random sample testing and reviews; and account for other factors the agencies deem appropriate. The agencies plan to issue a proposed rule to implement the requirement to adopt quality-control standards.
Source of Strength (12 CFR part 47). The banking agencies plan to issue a
Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements for Covered Trading Activities (12 CFR part 44). The banking agencies, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC), and the SEC are planning to issue a proposed rule that would modify the reporting and recordkeeping requirements for covered trading activities under Appendix A of the final rule implementing section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, which was added by section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Loans in Areas Having Special Flood Hazards-Private Flood Insurance (12 CFR part 22). The banking agencies, the FCA, and the NCUA are planning to issue a proposed rule to amend their regulations regarding loans in areas having special flood hazards to implement the private flood insurance provisions of the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 (the Biggert-Waters Act). The proposed rule was issued on November 7, 2016, 81 FR 78063.
Receiverships for Uninsured National Banks (12 CFR part 51). The OCC is planning to issue a proposed rule addressing the conduct of receiverships of national banks that are not insured by the FDIC and for which the FDIC would not be appointed as receiver.
Enhanced Cyber Risk Management Standards (12 CFR part 30). The banking agencies are considering issuing an advance notice of proposed rulemaking setting forth enhanced cyber risk management standards for the largest and most interconnected financial organizations in the United States.
The banking agencies and the NCUA plan to issue interim final rules to clarify the applicability of recent amendments to the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) customer due diligence rules to the depository institutions under their supervision. FinCEN clarified and strengthened its customer due diligence requirements for covered financial institutions, including banks, brokers or dealers in securities, mutual funds, and futures commission merchants and introducing brokers in commodities (FinCEN Rule). As part of that rulemaking, FinCEN amended the elements of the anti-money laundering program financial institutions must implement and maintain in order to satisfy program requirements under 31 U.S.C. 5318(h)(1). The banking agencies and the NCUA are amending their anti-money laundering program rules to maintain consistency with the FinCEN Rule.
The Homeland Security Act of 2002 (the Act) provides that, although many functions of the former United States Customs Service were transferred to the Department of Homeland Security, the Secretary of the Treasury retains sole legal authority over customs revenue functions. The Act also authorizes the Secretary of the Treasury to delegate any of the retained authority over customs revenue functions to the Secretary of Homeland Security. By Treasury Department Order No. 100-16, the Secretary of the Treasury delegated to the Secretary of Homeland Security authority to prescribe regulations pertaining to the customs revenue functions subject to certain exceptions. This Order further provided that the Secretary of the Treasury retained the sole authority to approve such regulations.
During the past fiscal year, among the customs-revenue function regulations issued were the Customs and Border Protection's Bond Program final rule, the United States-Australia Free Trade Agreement final rule, Investigation of Claims of Evasion of Antidumping and Countervailing Duties interim final rule, and the North American Free Trade Agreement Preference Override notice of proposed rulemaking. On November 13, 2015, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) published the final rule (80 FR 70154) to the CBP regulations which amended CBP regulations to reflect the centralization of the continuous bond program at CBP's Revenue Division. The changes support CBP's bond program by ensuring an efficient and uniform approach to the approval, maintenance, and periodic review of continuous bonds, as well as accommodating the use of information technology and modern business practices. On January 15, 2016, CBP published the United States-Australia Free Trade Agreement final rule (81 FR 2086) to the CBP regulations, which finalized the implementation of the preferential tariff treatment and other customs-related provisions of the United States-Australia Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act. In addition, on August 22, 2016, CBP and Treasury issued an interim final rule titled “Investigation of Claims of Evasion of Antidumping and Countervailing Duties” which amended CBP regulations implementing section 421 of the Trade Facilitation and Trade Enforcement Act of 2015. CBP and Treasury also issued on July 8, 2016, a proposed rule (81 FR 44555) titled “North American Free Trade Agreement Preference Override” which proposed amending CBP regulations to liberalize provisions of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) preference rules of origin that relate to certain goods, including certain spices.
This past fiscal year, Treasury and CBP worked towards the implementation of the International Trade Data System (ITDS). The ITDS, as described in section 405 of the Security and Accountability for Every Port Act of 2006 (the “SAFE Port Act”) (Pub. L. 109-347), is an electronic information exchange capability, or “Single Window,” through which businesses will transmit data required by participating agencies for the importation or exportation of cargo. To enhance Federal coordination associated with the development of the ITDS, Treasury and CBP issued an interim regulation (80 FR 61278) in connection with the establishment of the Automated Commercial Environment (ACE) as a CBP-authorized Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) System. This regulatory document informed the public that the Automated Commercial System (ACS) is being phased out as a CBP-authorized EDI System for the processing electronic entry and entry summary filings (also known as entry filings). CBP issued subsequent
During fiscal year 2017, CBP and Treasury also plan to give priority to the following regulatory matters involving the customs revenue functions:
Disclosure of Information for Certain Intellectual Property Rights Enforced at the Border. Treasury and CBP plan to finalize interim amendments to the CBP regulations which provides a pre-seizure notice procedure for disclosing information appearing on the imported merchandise and/or its retail packing suspected of bearing a counterfeit mark to an intellectual property right holder for the limited purpose of obtaining the right holder's assistance in determining whether the mark is counterfeit or not.
Free Trade Agreements. Treasury and CBP also plan to issue final regulations this fiscal year to implement the preferential trade benefit provisions of the United States-Singapore Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act. Treasury and CBP also expect to issue final regulations implementing the liberalization of the NAFTA preference rules of origin that relate to certain goods, including certain spices.
In-Bond Process. Consistent with the practice of continuing to move forward with Customs Modernization provisions of the North American Free Trade Implementation Act to improve its regulatory procedures, Treasury and CBP plan to finalize this fiscal year the proposal to change the in-bond process by issuing final regulations to amend the in-bond regulations that were proposed on February 22, 2012 (77 FR 10622). The proposed changes, including the automation of the in-bond process, would modernize, simplify, and facilitate the in-bond process while enhancing CBP's ability to regulate and track in-bond merchandise to ensure that in-bond merchandise is properly entered or exported.
Inter-Partes Proceedings Concerning Exclusion Orders Based on Unfair Practices in Import Trade. Treasury and CBP plans to publish a proposal to amend its regulations with respect to administrative rulings related to the importation of articles in light of exclusion orders issued by the United States International Trade Commission (“Commission”) under section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended. The proposed amendments seek to promote the speed, accuracy, and transparency of such rulings through the creation of an
As chief administrator of the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA), the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) is responsible for developing and implementing regulations that are the core of the Department's anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing efforts. FinCEN's responsibilities and objectives are linked to, and flow from, that role. In fulfilling this role, FinCEN seeks to enhance U.S. national security by making the financial system increasingly resistant to abuse by money launderers, terrorists and their financial supporters, and other perpetrators of crime.
The Secretary of the Treasury, through FinCEN, is authorized by the BSA to issue regulations requiring financial institutions to file reports and keep records that are determined to have a high degree of usefulness in criminal, tax, or regulatory matters or in the conduct of intelligence or counter-intelligence activities to protect against international terrorism. The BSA also authorizes requiring designated financial institutions to establish anti-money laundering programs and compliance procedures. To implement and realize its mission, FinCEN has established regulatory objectives and priorities to safeguard the financial system from the abuses of financial crime, including terrorist financing, money laundering, and other illicit activity. These objectives and priorities include: (1) Issuing, interpreting, and enforcing compliance with regulations implementing the BSA; (2) supporting, working with, and as appropriate, overseeing compliance examination functions delegated to other Federal regulators; (3) managing the collection, processing, storage, and dissemination of data related to the BSA; (4) maintaining a government-wide access service to that same data and for network users with overlapping interests; (5) conducting analysis in support of policymakers, law enforcement, regulatory and intelligence agencies, and the financial sector; and (6) coordinating with and collaborating on anti-terrorism and anti-money laundering initiatives with domestic law enforcement and intelligence agencies, as well as foreign financial intelligence units.
During fiscal year 2016, FinCEN issued the following regulatory actions:
Civil Monetary Penalty Adjustment and Table. On June 30, 2016, FinCEN issued an Interim Final Rule amending the BSA regulations to adjust the maximum amount or range, as set by statute, of certain civil monetary penalties within its jurisdiction to account for inflation. The action was taken to implement the requirements of the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990, as further amended by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015.
Customer Due Diligence Requirements. On May 11, 2016, FinCEN issued Final Rules under the BSA to clarify and strengthen customer due diligence requirements for banks, brokers or dealers in securities, mutual funds, and futures commission merchants and introducing brokers in commodities. The rules contain explicit customer due diligence requirements and include a new regulatory requirement to identify beneficial owners of legal entity customers, subject to certain exemptions.
Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts. On March 10, 2016, FinCEN issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking to address requests from filers for clarification of certain requirements regarding the Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts, including requirements with respect to employees, who have signature authority over, but no financial interest in, the foreign financial accounts of their employers.
Amendments to the Definitions of Broker or Dealer in Securities. On April 4, 2016, FinCEN issued an NPRM proposing amendments to the regulatory definitions of broker or dealer in securities under the BSA regulations. The proposed changes would expand the current scope of the definitions to include funding portals and would require them to implement policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance with all of the BSA requirements that are currently applicable to brokers or dealers in securities.
Anti-Money Laundering Program Requirements for Banks Lacking a Federal Functional Regulator. On August 25, 2016, FinCEN issued an NPRM to remove the anti-money laundering (AML) program exemption for banks that lack a Federal functional regulator, including, but not limited to, private banks, non-federally insured credit unions, and certain trust companies. The proposed rule would prescribe minimum standards for AML programs and would ensure that all banks, regardless of whether they are subject to Federal regulation and oversight, are required to establish and implement AML programs.
Imposition of Special Measure against FBME Bank Ltd., formerly known as Federal Bank of the Middle East, Ltd., as a Financial Institution of Primary Money Laundering Concern. On July 29, 2015, FinCEN issued a final rule imposing the fifth special measure under section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act against FBME. This action followed a notice of finding issued on July 22, 2014 that FBME is a financial institution of primary money laundering concern and an NPRM proposing the imposition of the fifth special measure. FBME filed suit on August 7, 2015 in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia; FBME also moved for a preliminary injunction. On August 27, 2015, the Court granted the preliminary injunction and enjoined the rule from taking effect before the rule's effective date of August 28, 2015. On March 31, 2016, FinCEN issued a Final Rule imposing a prohibition on U.S. financial institutions from opening or maintaining a correspondent account for, or on behalf of, FBME in place of the rule published in 2015. On July 22, 2016, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia ordered that the implementation of the Final Rule be stayed until further notice from the Court.
Administrative Rulings and Written Guidance. FinCEN published 4 written guidance pieces, and provided 17 responses to requests for administrative rulings and written inquiries/correspondence interpreting the BSA and providing clarity to regulated industries.
FinCEN's regulatory priorities for fiscal year 2017 include finalizing any initiatives mentioned above that are not finalized by fiscal year end, as well as the following in-process and potential projects:
Cross-Border Electronic Transmittal of Funds. On September 27, 2010, FinCEN issued an NPRM in conjunction with the feasibility study prepared pursuant to the Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act of 2004 concerning the issue of obtaining information about certain cross-border funds transfers and transmittals of funds. As FinCEN has continued to work on developing the system to receive, store, and use this data, FinCEN is considering various regulatory actions to update the previously published proposed rule and provide additional information to those banks and money transmitters that will become subject to the rule.
Anti-Money Laundering Program and SAR Requirements for Investment Advisers. On August 25, 2015, FinCEN published in the
Registration Requirements of Money Services Businesses. FinCEN is considering issuing an NPRM to amend the requirements for money services businesses with respect to registering with FinCEN.
Changes to the Travel and Recordkeeping Requirements for Funds Transfers and Transmittals of Funds. FinCEN is considering changes to require that more information be collected and maintained by financial institutions on funds transfers and transmittals of funds and to lower the threshold.
Changes to the Currency and Monetary Instrument Report (CMIR) Reporting Requirements. FinCEN will research, obtain, and analyze relevant data to validate the need for changes aimed at updating and improving the CMIR and ancillary reporting requirements. Possible areas of study to be examined could include current trends in cash transportation across international borders, transparency levels of physical transportation of currency, the feasibility of harmonizing data fields with bordering countries, and information derived from FinCEN's experience with Geographic Targeting Orders.
Other Requirements. FinCEN also will continue to issue proposed and final rules pursuant to section 311 of the USA PATRIOT Act, as appropriate. Finally, FinCEN expects that it may propose various technical and other regulatory amendments in conjunction with its ongoing, comprehensive review of existing regulations to enhance regulatory efficiency, and as a result of the efforts of an interagency task force currently focusing on improvements to the U.S. regulatory framework for anti-money laundering.
The Bureau of the Fiscal Service (Fiscal Service) administers regulations pertaining to the Government's financial activities, including: (1) Implementing Treasury's borrowing authority, including regulating the sale and issue of Treasury securities; (2) administering Government revenue and debt collection; (3) administering Governmentwide accounting programs; (4) managing certain Federal investments; (5) disbursing the majority of Government electronic and check payments; (6) assisting Federal agencies in reducing the number of improper payments; and (7) providing administrative and operational support to Federal agencies through franchise shared services.
During fiscal year 2017, the Fiscal Service will accord priority to the following regulatory projects:
Notice of Proposed Rulemaking for Publishing Delinquent Debtor Information. The Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996, Public Law 104-134, 110 Stat. 1321 (DCIA) authorizes Federal agencies to publish or otherwise publicly disseminate information regarding the identity of persons owing delinquent nontax debts to the United States for the purpose of collecting the debts, provided certain criteria are met. Treasury proposes to issue a notice of proposed rulemaking seeking comments on a proposed rule that would establish the procedures Federal agencies must follow before promulgating their own rules to publish information about delinquent debtors and the standards for determining when use of this debt collection remedy is appropriate.
Offset of Tax Refund Payments to Collect Past-Due Support. On December 30, 2015, the Fiscal Service published an Interim Final Rule, with request for comments, limiting the time period during which Treasury may recover certain tax refund offset collections from States to six months from the date of such collection. Previously, there was no time limit to recoup offset amounts that were collected from tax refunds to which the debtor taxpayer was not entitled. The Fiscal Service proposes to publish a Final Rule for this time limit for such recoupments in fiscal year 2017.
Management of Federal Agency Receipts, Disbursements and Operation of the Cash Management Improvements Fund. The Fiscal Service plans to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking to amend 31 CFR 206 governing the collection of public money, along with a request for public comments. This notice will propose implementing statutory authority which mandates that some or all nontax payments made to the Government, and accompanying remittance information, be submitted electronically. Receipt of such items electronically offers significant efficiencies and cost-savings to the government, compared to the receipt of cash, check or money order payments.
The Internal Revenue Service (IRS), working with the Office of Tax Policy, promulgates regulations that interpret and implement the Internal Revenue Code (Code) and related tax statutes. The purpose of these regulations is to carry out the tax policy determined by Congress in a fair, impartial, and reasonable manner, taking into account the intent of Congress, the realities of relevant transactions, the need for the Government to administer the rules and monitor compliance, and the overall integrity of the Federal tax system. The goal is to make the regulations practical and as clear and simple as possible.
During fiscal year 2017, the IRS will accord priority to the following regulatory projects:
Tax-Related Affordable Care Act Provisions. On March 23, 2010, the President signed the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-148) and on March 30, 2010, the President signed the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152) (referred to collectively as the Affordable Care Act (ACA)). The ACA's reform of the health insurance system affects individuals, families, employers, health care providers, and health insurance providers. The ACA provides authority for Treasury and the IRS to issue regulations and other guidance to implement tax provisions in the ACA,
In fiscal year 2017, Treasury and the IRS will continue to provide guidance to implement tax provisions of the ACA, including:
• Proposed and final regulations related to numerous aspects of the premium tax credit under section 36B, including the determination of minimum value of eligible-employer-sponsored plans;
• Regulations related to the employer shared responsibility provisions under section 4980H;
• Regulations under section 4980I of the Code relating to the excise tax on high cost employer-provided coverage;
• Final regulations on expatriate health plans under the Expatriate Health Coverage Clarification Act of 2014 for purposes of sections 36B, 162(m)(6), 4377, 5000A, 6055, and 6056 of the Code, and section 9010 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act;
• Final regulations regarding issues related to the net investment income tax under section 1411 of the Code.
Interest on Deferred Tax Liability for Contingent Payment Installment Sales. Section 453 of the Code generally allows taxpayers to report the gain from a sale of property in the taxable year or years in which payments are received, rather than in the year of sale. Section 453A of the Code imposes an interest charge on the tax liability that is deferred as a result of reporting the gain when payments are received. The interest charge generally applies to installment obligations that arise from a sale of property using the installment method if the sales price of the property exceeds $150,000, and the face amount of all such installment obligations held by a taxpayer that arose during, and are outstanding as of the close of, a taxable year exceeds $5,000,000. The interest charge provided in section 453A cannot be determined under the terms of the statute if an installment obligation provides for contingent payments. Accordingly, in section 453A(c)(6), Congress authorized the Secretary of the Treasury to issue regulations providing for the application of section 453A in the case of installment sales with contingent payments. Treasury and the IRS intend to issue proposed regulations that, when finalized, will provide guidance and reduce uncertainty regarding the application of section 453A to contingent payments.
Rules for Home Construction Contracts. In general, section 460(a) of the Code requires taxpayers to use the percentage-of-completion method (PCM) to account for taxable income from any long-term contract. Under the PCM, income is generally reported in installments as work is performed, and expenses are generally deducted in the taxable year incurred. However, taxpayers with contracts that meet the definition of a “home construction contract,” under section 460(e)(4), are not required to use the PCM for those contracts and may, instead, use an exempt method. Exempt methods include the completed contract method (CCM) and the accrual method. Under the CCM, for example, a taxpayer generally takes into account the entire gross contract price and all incurred allocable contract costs in the taxable year the taxpayer completes the contract. Treasury and the IRS believe that amended rules are needed to reduce uncertainty and controversy, including litigation, regarding when a contract qualifies as a “home construction contract” and when the income and allocable deductions are taken into account under the CCM. On August 4, 2008, Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations on the types of contracts that are eligible for the home construction contract exemption. The preamble to those regulations stated that Treasury and the IRS expected to propose additional rules specific to home construction contracts accounted for using the CCM. After considering comments received and the need for additional and clearer rules to reduce ongoing uncertainty and controversy, Treasury and the IRS have determined that it would be beneficial to taxpayers to present all of the proposed changes to the current regulations in a single document. Treasury and the IRS plan to withdraw the 2008 proposed regulations and replace them with new, more comprehensive proposed regulations.
Research Expenditures. Section 41 of the Code provides a credit against taxable income for certain expenses paid or incurred in conducting research activities. To assist in resolving areas of controversy and uncertainty with respect to research expenses, Treasury and the IRS plan to issue final regulations with respect to the definition and credit eligibility of expenditures for internal use software. In addition, on December 18, 2015, the President signed the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes of 2015 (the PATH Act), which added new section 41(h). That section allows qualified small businesses to elect to claim a portion of the section 41 credit against the employer's portion of certain payroll taxes. Treasury and the IRS plan to provide guidance on eligibility for the election, how and where to claim the election, and how the credit will be recaptured in certain situations.
Domestic Production Activities Income. Section 199 of the Code provides a deduction for certain income attributable to domestic production activities. To assist in resolving areas of controversy and uncertainty with respect to the eligibility of income from online computer software, Treasury and the IRS plan to issue regulations regarding the application of section 199 to online computer software.
Consistent Basis Reporting between Estate and Person Acquiring Property from Decedent. On July 31, 2015, the President signed H.R. 3236, Surface Transportation and Veterans Health Care Choice Improvement Act of 2015 (Act) (Pub. L. 114-41), into law. Section 2004 of the Act added new Code sections 1014(f), 6035, and 6662(k). Section 1014(f) provides rules requiring that the basis of certain property acquired from a decedent be consistent with the estate tax value of the property. Section 6035 requires executors who are required to file a return under section 6018(a) of the Code (and other persons required to file a return under section 6018(b)) after July 31, 2015, to file statements with the IRS and furnish statements to certain estate beneficiaries providing information regarding the value of certain property acquired from a decedent. Section 6662(k) provides a
Definition of Issue Price for Tax-Exempt Bonds. On September 16, 2013, Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations (78 FR 56842) to address certain issues involving the arbitrage investment restrictions under section 148 of the Code, including guidance on the issue price definition used in the computation of bond yield. On June 24, 2015, Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations (80 FR 36301) that revised the 2013 guidance on the issue price definition. Treasury and the IRS plan to finalize the 2015 proposed regulations.
Guidance on the Definition of Political Subdivision for Tax-Exempt, Tax-Credit, and Direct-Pay Bonds. A political subdivision may be a valid issuer of tax-exempt, tax-credit, and direct-pay bonds. Concerns have been raised about what is required for an entity to be a political subdivision for purposes of section 103 of the Code. Proposed regulations (REG-129067-15) were published in the
Contingent Notional Principal Contract Regulations. Notice 2001-44 (2001-2 CB 77) outlined four possible approaches for recognizing nonperiodic payments made or received on a notional principal contract (NPC) when the contract includes a nonperiodic payment that is contingent in fact or in amount. The Notice solicited further comments and information on the treatment of such payments. After considering the comments received in response to Notice 2001-44, Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations (69 FR 8886) (the 2004 proposed regulations) that would amend section 1.446-3 and provide additional rules regarding the timing and character of income, deduction, gain, or loss with respect to such nonperiodic payments, including termination payments. On December 7, 2007, Treasury and the IRS released Notice 2008-2 (2008-1 CB 252) requesting comments and information with respect to transactions frequently referred to as prepaid forward contracts. On May 8, 2015, Treasury and the IRS published temporary and proposed regulations (80 FR 26437) relating to the treatment of nonperiodic payments. Treasury and the IRS plan to finalize the temporary regulations and to re-propose regulations to address issues relating to the timing and character of nonperiodic contingent payments on NPCs, including termination payments and payments on prepaid forward contracts.
Tax Treatment of Distressed Debt. A number of tax issues relating to the amount, character, and timing of income, expense, gain, or loss on distressed debt remain unresolved. During the fiscal year, Treasury and the IRS plan to address certain of these issues in published guidance.
Definition of Real Property and Qualifying Income for REIT Purposes. A taxpayer must satisfy certain asset and income requirements to qualify as a real estate investment trust (REIT) under section 856 of the Code. REITs have sought to invest in various types of assets that are not directly addressed by the current regulations or other published guidance. On May 14, 2014, Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations (79 FR 27508) to update and clarify the definition of real property for REIT qualification purposes, including guidance addressing whether a component of a larger item is tested on its own or only as part of the larger item, the scope of the asset to be tested, and whether certain intangible assets qualify as real property. Treasury and the IRS plan to finalize the proposed regulations in the fiscal year. Treasury and the IRS also plan to provide guidance clarifying the definition of income for purposes of section 856.
Treatment of Certain Interests in Corporations as Stock or Indebtedness. Section 385 of the Code grants the Secretary of the Treasury the authority to prescribe regulations as necessary or appropriate to determine whether an interest in a corporation is to be treated as stock or indebtedness or as part stock and part indebtedness for Federal income tax purposes. On April 4, 2016, Treasury and the IRS issued proposed regulations under section 385 that would establish threshold documentation requirements for determining whether certain related party interests in a corporation are characterized as stock or indebtedness for Federal tax purposes. The proposed regulations also would treat certain related party interests that otherwise would be treated as indebtedness for Federal income tax purposes as stock. Treasury and the IRS issued final and temporary regulations on these issues on October 21, 2016 (81 FR 72858).
Corporate Spin-offs and Split-offs. Section 355 and related provisions of the Code allow for the tax-free distribution of stock or securities of a controlled corporation if certain requirements are met. For example, both the distributing and controlled corporations must be engaged in the active conduct of a trade or business immediately after the distribution, and the transaction must not be used as a device for the distribution of earnings and profits or to circumvent Congress' intent in repealing the
Assistance to Troubled Financial Institutions. Section 597 grants the Secretary of the Treasury wide latitude to prescribe regulations determining the treatment of any transaction in which Federal financial assistance is provided to a bank or domestic building and loan association. Treasury and the IRS have issued final regulations under section 597. In the wake of the most recent financial crisis and changes in the form of government assistance that have developed since the final regulations were issued, Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations that would reflect those changes. Treasury and the IRS intend to issue final regulations on these issues.
Redetermination of the Consolidated Net Unrealized Built-in Gain and Net Unrealized Built-in Loss. Section 382 limits the amount of taxable income that can be offset by net operating loss carryovers. Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations modifying the application of section 382 to consolidated groups, specifically regarding the time that recognized built-in loss is treated as reducing consolidated net unrealized built-in loss. Treasury and the IRS intend to issue final regulations on these issues.
Disguised Payments for Services. Section 707(a)(2)(A) of the Code provides that if a partner performs services for a partnership and receives a related direct or indirect allocation and distribution, and the performance of services and the allocation and distribution, when viewed together, are properly characterized as a transaction occurring between the partnership and a partner acting other than in its capacity as a partner, the transfer will be treated as occurring between the partnership and one who is not a partner. Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations on July 23, 2015, to provide guidance on when an arrangement that is purported to be a distributive share under section 704(b) of the Code will be recharacterized as a disguised payment for services under section 707(a)(2)(A). The proposed regulations also provide for modifications to the regulations governing guaranteed payments under section 707(c) to make those regulations consistent with the proposed regulations under section 707(a)(2)(A). Treasury and the IRS expect to issue final regulations during Fiscal Year 2017.
Transfers of Property to Partnerships with Related Foreign Partners. Section 721(c) of the Code provides authority to issue regulations that prevent the use of a partnership to shift gain to a foreign person. On August 6, 2015, Treasury and the IRS issued Notice 2015-54 (2015-34 IRB 210) describing regulations to be issued under that authority. By the end of 2016, Treasury and the IRS plan to issue temporary and proposed regulations implementing the guidance described in Notice 2015-52. Treasury and the IRS intend to finalize the temporary and proposed regulations in this fiscal year.
Reporting requirements applicable to certain foreign-owned entities. On May 5, 2016, Treasury and the IRS issued proposed regulations that would require foreign-owned entities that are disregarded entities for tax purposes, including foreign-owned single-member limited liability companies (LLCs), to obtain an employer identification number (EIN) with the IRS. These changes are intended to provide the IRS with improved access to information that will allow the United States to comply with international standards on tax and transparency, as well as strengthen the enforcement of U.S. tax laws. Treasury and the IRS intend to finalize the proposed regulations in this fiscal year.
Currency. On September 6, 2006, Treasury and the IRS published a notice of proposed rulemaking under section 987 of the Code that proposes rules for translating a section 987 qualified business unit's income or loss into the taxpayer's functional currency for each taxable year, as well as for determining the amount of section 987 currency gain or loss that must be recognized when a section 987 qualified business unit makes a remittance. Treasury and the IRS expect to finalize the proposed regulations in this fiscal year. In addition, Treasury and the IRS intend to issue proposed regulations in Fiscal Year 2017 to provide guidance on the treatment of foreign currency gain or loss of a controlled foreign corporation (CFC) under the exclusion from foreign personal holding company income for income from transactions directly related to the business needs of the CFC, as well as related timing and other issues.
Disguised Sale and Allocation of Liabilities. A contribution of property by a partner to a partnership may be recharacterized as a sale under section 707(a)(2)(B) of the Code if the partnership distributes to the contributing partner cash or other property that is, in substance, consideration for the contribution. The allocation of partnership liabilities to the partners under section 752 of the Code may impact the determination of whether a disguised sale has occurred and whether gain is otherwise recognized upon a distribution. Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations on January 30, 2014, to address certain issues that arise in the disguised sale context and other issues regarding the partners' shares of partnership liabilities. Treasury and the IRS are considering comments on the proposed regulations and expect to issue regulations on this issue in fiscal year 2017.
Certain Partnership Distributions Treated as Sales or Exchanges. In 1954, Congress enacted section 751 to prevent the use of a partnership to convert potential ordinary income into capital gain. In 1956, Treasury and the IRS issued regulations implementing section 751 of the Code. The current regulations, however, do not always achieve the purpose of the statute. In 2006, Treasury and the IRS published Notice 2006-14 (2006-1 CB 498) to propose and solicit alternative approaches to section 751 that better achieve the purpose of the statute while providing greater simplicity. Treasury and the IRS published proposed regulations following up on Notice 2006-14 on November 3, 2014. These regulations were intended to provide guidance on determining a partner's interest in a partnership's section 751 property and how a partnership recognizes income required by section 751. Treasury and the IRS expect to issue final regulations during fiscal year 2017.
Penalties and Limitation Periods. Congress amended several penalty provisions in the Internal Revenue Code in the past several years. Treasury and the IRS intend to publish a number of guidance projects in this fiscal year addressing these penalty provisions. Specifically, Treasury and the IRS intend to publish final regulations under section 6708 of the Code regarding the penalty for failure to make available upon request a list of advisees that is required to be maintained under section 6112 of the Code. The proposed regulations were published on March 8, 2013. Treasury and the IRS also intend to publish proposed regulations under sections 6662, 6662A, and 6664 of the Code to provide further guidance on the circumstances under which a taxpayer
Inversion Transactions. On January 17, 2014, Treasury and the IRS issued temporary and proposed regulations providing guidance on the application of the ownership test under section 7874(a)(2)(B)(ii). On April 4, 2016, Treasury and the IRS issued temporary and proposed regulations providing further guidance on the application of sections 7874 and 367 of the Code to inversion transactions, as well as on certain tax avoidance transactions that are commonly undertaken after an inversion transaction. In this fiscal year, Treasury and the IRS expect to issue additional guidance to further limit inversion transactions that are contrary to the purposes of section 7874 and the benefits of post-inversion tax avoidance transactions.
Information Reporting for Foreign Accounts of U.S. Persons. In March 2010, chapter 4 (sections 1471 to 1474) was added to subtitle A of the Code as part of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act (HIRE Act) (Pub. L. 111-147). Chapter 4 was enacted to address concerns with offshore tax evasion by U.S. citizens and residents and generally requires foreign financial institutions (FFIs) to enter into an agreement (FFI Agreement) with the IRS to report information regarding financial accounts of U.S. persons and certain foreign entities with significant U.S. ownership. An FFI that does not enter into an FFI Agreement, or that is not otherwise deemed compliant with FATCA, generally will be subject to a withholding tax on the gross amount of certain payments from U.S. sources. Treasury and the IRS have issued proposed, temporary, and final regulations under chapter 4, followed by proposed and temporary regulations modifying certain provisions of the final regulations; proposed and temporary regulations under chapters 3 and 61, and section 3406, to coordinate with those chapter 4 regulations; and implementing revenue procedures and other guidance. Treasury and the IRS expect to issue further guidance with respect to FATCA and related provisions in this fiscal year, including finalizing the aforementioned chapter 3, 4 and 61 regulations; issuing proposed regulations covering the compliance requirements of entities acting as sponsoring entities on behalf of certain foreign entities; issuing updated agreements for foreign financial institutions, qualified intermediaries (including qualified derivatives dealers), and withholding foreign partnerships and withholding foreign trusts; and issuing regulations on refunds and credits.
Foreign Tax Credits and Covered Asset Acquisitions. Section 901(m) of the Code limits the availability of foreign tax credits in certain cases in which U.S. tax law and foreign tax law provide different rules for recognizing income and gain. In 2014, Treasury and the IRS issued two notices providing guidance under section 901(m) regarding the treatment of gains and losses from dispositions. By the end of 2016, Treasury and the IRS expect to issue temporary and proposed regulations setting forth the rules described in those notices. Treasury and the IRS also plan to issue proposed regulations setting forth substantial additional guidance under section 901(m). Treasury and the IRS expect to finalize the proposed regulations during this fiscal year.
Transfers of Property to Foreign Corporations. Section 367 of the Code provides special rules to address the transfer of property, including intangible property, by U.S. persons to foreign corporations in certain nonrecognition transactions. Under existing temporary regulations issued in 1986, favorable treatment is afforded to the outbound transfer of “foreign goodwill and going concern value,” which has created incentives for taxpayers to categorize transfers of high-value intangible property as such. On September 14, 2015, Treasury and the IRS released proposed regulations that would eliminate that favorable treatment. Treasury and the IRS intend to finalize the proposed section 367 regulations in this fiscal year.
ABLE Account guidance. On December 19, 2014, Congress passed The Stephen Beck, Jr., Achieving a Better Life Experience (ABLE) Act of 2014, adding section 529A to the Code to enable states to create qualified ABLE programs under which disabled individuals may establish a tax-advantaged account to pay for disability-related expenses. To be eligible to establish an ABLE account, the individual must have become disabled prior to age 26. As required by the statute, Treasury and the IRS on June 19, 2015, published proposed regulations implementing the provision. States may rely on the proposed regulations for establishing a qualified ABLE program. Treasury and the IRS intend to finalize the regulations during the 2017 fiscal year, taking into account all comments received.
Certified Professional Employer Organization guidance. On May 6, 2016, Treasury and the IRS published final, temporary, and proposed regulations which set forth the Federal employment tax liabilities and other obligations of persons certified by the IRS as certified professional employer organizations (CPEOs) in accordance with provisions enacted as part of the ABLE Act. The temporary regulations address the requirements relating to applying for and maintaining certification as a CPEO and some related definitions. In July 2016, the IRS opened the application process for being certified as a CPEO. Treasury and the IRS intend to finalize the temporary and proposed regulations during the 2017 fiscal year, taking into account all comments received.
Guidance Relating to Publicly Traded Partnerships. Section 7704 of the Code provides that a partnership whose interests are traded on either an established securities market or on a secondary market (a “publicly traded partnership”) is generally treated as a corporation for Federal tax purposes. However, section 7704(c) permits publicly traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for Federal tax purposes if 90 percent or more of partnership income consists of “qualifying income.” Section 7704(d) provides that income is generally qualifying income if it is passive income or is derived from exploration, development, mining or production, processing, refining, transportation, or marketing of a mineral or natural resource. Treasury and the IRS issued proposed regulations in 2015 to provide guidance and reduce uncertainty regarding the scope of the natural resource exception. After considering comments on the proposed regulations, Treasury and the IRS expect to issue final regulations in fiscal year 2017.
Guidance implementing the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015. The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 repealed the current procedures governing audits of partnerships and replaced them with new procedures. Treasury and the IRS intend to publish regulations implementing these new procedures. Proposed regulations will provide guidance on electing out of the new procedures, partner reporting and adjustments, designation of a partnership representative, imputed underpayments, and requests for administrative adjustments.
Guidance on User Fees. Treasury and the IRS intend to publish regulations charging (or updating) user fees for certain applications made by individuals to the IRS, including for an installment agreement, an offer in compromise, and a preparer tax identification number, as well as to take
Guidance under the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015. On December 25, 2015, Congress passed the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act (PATH Act). The Path Act made changes to numerous provisions of the Code. Treasury and the IRS intend to publish guidance implementing these changes, including guidance on the issuance of individual taxpayer identifying numbers, an update to the revenue procedure on acceptance agents, proposed regulations on the use of truncated taxpayer identification numbers on the Form W-2, and regulations under sections 6721 and 6722 regarding de minimis errors on information returns.
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) administers benefit programs that recognize the important public obligations to those who served this Nation. VA's regulatory responsibility is almost solely confined to carrying out mandates of the laws enacted by Congress relating to programs for veterans and their families. VA's major regulatory objective is to implement these laws with fairness, justice, and efficiency.
Most of the regulations issued by VA involve at least one of three VA components: The Veterans Benefits Administration, the Veterans Health Administration, and the National Cemetery Administration. The primary mission of the Veterans Benefits Administration is to provide high-quality and timely nonmedical benefits to eligible veterans and their dependents. The primary mission of the Veterans Health Administration is to provide high-quality health care on a timely basis to eligible veterans through its system of medical centers, nursing homes, domiciliaries, and outpatient medical and dental facilities. The primary mission of the National Cemetery Administration is to bury eligible veterans, members of the Reserve components, and their dependents in VA National Cemeteries and to maintain those cemeteries as national shrines in perpetuity as a final tribute of a grateful Nation to commemorate their service and sacrifice to our Nation.
VA's most important significant regulatory actions are identified and discussed in the following chart. These actions are identified as helping to implement VA's policies and priorities, and embody the core of VA's regulatory priorities.
Consistent with guidance from section 6 of Executive Order 13563, VA identifies rules that are to be “modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed so as to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives.” In addition, consistent with Executive Order 13610, initiatives that are discussed in those plans are identified below.
The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Access Board) is an independent federal agency established by section 502 of the Rehabilitation Act (29 U.S.C. 792). The Access Board is responsible for developing accessibility guidelines and standards under various laws to ensure that individuals with disabilities have access to and use of buildings and facilities, transportation vehicles, information and communication technology, and medical diagnostic equipment. Other federal agencies adopt the accessibility guidelines and standards issued by the Access Board as mandatory requirements for entities under their jurisdiction.
This plan highlights five rulemaking priorities for the Access Board in FY 2017: (A) Information and Communication Technology Accessibility Standards and Guidelines; (B) Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines for Transportation Vehicles; (C) Medical Diagnostic Equipment Accessibility Standards; (D) Accessibility Guidelines for Pedestrian Facilities in the Public Right-of-Way; and (E) Passenger Vessel Accessibility Guidelines. The guidelines and standards would enable individuals with disabilities to achieve greater participation in our society, independent living, and economic self-sufficiency, and would promote our national values of equity, human dignity, and fairness, the benefits of which are difficult to quantify.
The rulemakings are summarized below.
This rulemaking would update in a single document the accessibility standards for electronic and information technology covered by section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended (29 U.S.C. 794d) (Section 508), and the accessibility guidelines for telecommunications equipment and customer premises equipment covered by section 255 of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 255) (Section 255). Section 508 requires the Federal Acquisition Regulatory Council (FAR Council) and each appropriate federal department or agency to revise their procurement policies and directives no later than 6 months after the Access Board's publication of standards. The FAR Council has incorporated the accessibility standards for electronic and information technology in the Federal Acquisition Regulation (48 CFR Chapter 1). Under section 255, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is responsible for issuing implementing regulations and enforcing section 255. The FCC has promulgated enforceable standards (47 CFR parts 6 and 7) implementing section 255 that are consistent with the Access Board's accessibility guidelines for telecommunications equipment and customer premises equipment.
The Access Board's 2010 ANPRM included a proposal to amend section 220 of the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG), but, based on public comments, the ADAAG proposal is no longer included in this rulemaking and will be pursued separately at a later date.
A.1.
A.2.
Section 508 requires that when developing, procuring, maintaining, or using electronic and information technology, each federal department or agency must ensure, unless an undue burden would be imposed on the department or agency, that electronic and information technology (regardless of the type of medium) allows individuals with disabilities to have access to and use of information and data that is comparable to the access and use of the information and data by others without disabilities. Section 255 requires telecommunications manufacturers to ensure that telecommunications equipment and customer premises equipment are designed, developed, and fabricated to be accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities when it is readily achievable to do so.
A.3.
A.4.
This rulemaking would update the accessibility guidelines for buses, over-the-road buses, and vans covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). The accessibility guidelines for other transportation vehicles covered by the ADA, including vehicles operated in fixed guideway systems (
B.1.
B.2.
The Access Board is required by the ADA and the Rehabilitation Act to establish and maintain guidelines for the accessibility standards adopted by DOT for transportation vehicles acquired or manufactured by entities covered by the ADA. Compliance with the new guidelines is not required until DOT revises its accessibility standards for transportation vehicles acquired or remanufactured by entities covered by the ADA to be consistent with the new guidelines.
B.3.
B.4.
The Access Board plans to issue a final rule establishing accessibility standards for medical diagnostic equipment used in or in conjunction with medical settings such as physicians' offices, clinics, emergency rooms, and hospitals. The standards will contain minimum technical criteria to ensure that medical diagnostic equipment, including examination tables, examination chairs, weight scales, mammography equipment, and other imaging equipment used by health care providers for diagnostic purposes are accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. The Access Board published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM) in the
C.1.
C.2.
Section 510 does not address who is required to comply with the standards. However, the Americans with Disabilities Act requires health care providers to provide individuals with disabilities full and equal access to their health care services and facilities. The U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) is responsible for issuing regulations to implement the Americans with Disabilities Act and enforcing the law. The NPRM discusses DOJ activities related to health care providers and medical diagnostic equipment.
C.3.
C.4.
The rulemaking would establish accessibility guidelines to ensure that sidewalks and pedestrian facilities in the public right-of-way are accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. A Supplemental Notice of Proposed Rulemaking consolidated this rulemaking with RIN 3014-AA41; accessibility guidelines for shared use paths (which are multi-use paths designed primarily for use by bicyclists and pedestrians—including persons with disabilities—for transportation and recreation purposes). The U.S. Department of Justice, U.S. Department of Transportation, and other federal agencies are expected to adopt the accessibility guidelines for pedestrian facilities in the public right-of way and for shared use paths, as enforceable standards in separate rulemakings for the construction and alteration of facilities covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act, and the Architectural Barriers Act.
D.1.
D.2.
D.3.
D.4.
The rulemaking would establish accessibility guidelines to ensure that newly constructed and altered passenger vessels covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) are accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. The U.S. Department of Transportation and U.S. Department of Justice are expected to adopt the guidelines as enforceable standards in separate rulemakings for the construction and alteration of passenger vessels covered by the ADA.
E.1.
E.2.
Titles II and III of the ADA require the DOT and DOJ to issue accessibility standards for the construction and alteration of passenger vessels covered by the law that are consistent with the guidelines issued by the Access Board. (See 42 U.S.C. 12134(c), 12149(b), 12186(c).) The DOT has reserved a subpart in its ADA regulations for accessibility standards for passenger vessels in anticipation of the Access Board issuing these guidelines. (See 49 CFR part 39, subpart E.) Once DOT and DOJ issue accessibility standards for the construction and alteration of passenger vessels covered by the ADA, vessel owners and operators are then required to comply with the standards.
E.3.
E.4.
For more than 40 years, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) has worked to protect people's health and the environment. By taking advantage of the best thinking, the newest technologies and the most cost-effective, sustainable solutions, EPA and its Federal, tribal, State, local, and community partners have made important progress to address pollution where people live, work, play, and learn. From cleaning up contaminated waste sites to reducing greenhouse gases, mercury and other air emissions, to investing in water and wastewater treatment, the American people have seen and felt tangible benefits to their health and surroundings. Efforts to reduce air pollution alone have produced hundreds of billions of dollars in benefits in the United States.
To keep up this momentum in the coming year, EPA will use regulatory authorities, along with grant- and incentive-based programs, technical and compliance assistance and tools, research and educational initiatives to address the priorities set forth in EPA' Strategic Plan:
All of this work will be undertaken with a strong commitment to science, law and transparency.
EPA's more than 40 years of protecting public health and the environment demonstrates our nation's commitment to reducing pollution that can threaten the air we breathe, the water we use and the communities we live in. This Regulatory Plan contains information on some of our most important upcoming regulatory actions. As always, our Semiannual Regulatory Agenda contains information on a broader spectrum of EPA's upcoming regulatory actions.
The EPA's success depends on supporting innovation and creativity in both what we do and how we do it. To guide the agency's efforts, the Agency has established several guiding priorities. These priorities are enumerated in the list that follows, along with recent progress and future objectives for each.
The Agency will continue to deploy existing regulatory tools where appropriate and warranted. Using the Clean Air Act, EPA will continue to develop standards, as appropriate, for both mobile and stationary sources, to reduce emissions of greenhouse gases and other pollutants, including sulfur dioxide, particulate matter, nitrogen oxides, and toxics.
For the states that choose to continue to work to cut carbon pollution from power plants and seek the Agency's guidance and assistance, EPA will continue to provide tools and support, including issuing Model Trading Rules as a tool for states to use in developing plans that achieve carbon reductions. These Model Trading Rules were proposed in July 2015, and will be finalized in late 2016. The Clean Energy Incentive Program (CEIP), which was
Despite considerable progress, America's waters remain at risk. Water quality protection programs face complex challenges: An aging national water infrastructure, widespread nutrient pollution, stormwater runoff and threats to drinking water safety. These challenges require both traditional and innovative strategies.
EPA's regulatory program recognizes the progress in environmental protection and incorporates new technologies and approaches that allow us to provide for an environmentally sustainable future more efficiently and effectively.
Both EPA and the Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) had previously issued regulations, as required by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990, in response to a number of catastrophic chemical accidents occurring worldwide that had resulted in public and worker fatalities and injuries, environmental damage, and other community impacts. OSHA published the Process Safety Management (PSM) standard (29 CFR
The EPA is considering modifications to the current RMP regulations in order to (1) reduce the likelihood and severity of accidental releases, (2) improve emergency response when those releases occur, and (3) enhance state and local emergency preparedness and response in an effort to mitigate the effects of accidents.
One of EPA's highest priorities is to make significant progress in assuring the safety of chemicals. Using sound science as a compass, EPA protects individuals, families, and the environment from potential risks of pesticides and other chemicals. In its implementation of these programs, EPA uses several different statutory authorities, including the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA), the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and the Pollution Prevention Act (PPA), as well as collaborative and voluntary activities. In FY 2017, the Agency will continue to satisfy its overall directives under these authorities and highlights the following actions in this Regulatory Plan:
In addition, EPA is now required to systematically prioritize and evaluate chemicals on a specific and enforceable schedule. Within a few years, EPA's chemicals program will have to assess at least 20 chemicals at a time, beginning another chemical review as soon as one is completed. The new law provides a consistent source of funding for EPA to carry out its new responsibilities. EPA will now be able to collect up to $25 million a year in user fees from chemical manufacturers and processers, supplemented by Congressional budgeting, to pay for these improvements. The Agency initiated stakeholder discussions in August 2016 and is developing regulations that will identify how EPA will carry out the various provisions of the new law.
Today's pollution challenges require a modern approach to compliance, taking advantage of new tools and approaches while strengthening vigorous enforcement of environmental laws. Next Generation Compliance is EPA's integrated strategy to do that, designed to bring together the best thinking from inside and outside EPA.
EPA's Next Generation Compliance consists of five interconnected components, each designed to improve the effectiveness of our compliance program:
• Design regulations and permits that are easier to implement, with a goal of improved compliance and environmental outcomes.
• Use and promote advanced emissions/pollutant detection technology so that regulated entities, the government, and the public can more easily see pollutant discharges, environmental conditions, and noncompliance.
• Shift toward electronic reporting to help make environmental reporting more accurate, complete, and efficient while helping EPA and co-regulators better manage information, improve effectiveness and transparency.
• Expand transparency by making information more accessible to the public.
• Develop and use innovative enforcement approaches (
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), the following EPA actions have been identified as associated with retrospective review and analysis in the Agency's final plan for retrospective review of regulations, or one of its subsequent updates. Some of the entries on this list may not appear in
As described above, EPA continues to review its existing regulations in an effort to achieve its mission in the most efficient means possible. To this end, the Agency is committed to identifying areas in its regulatory program where significant savings or quantifiable reductions in paperwork burdens might be achieved, as outlined in Executive Orders 13563 and 13610, while protecting public health and our environment.
By better coordinating small business activities, EPA aims to improve its technical assistance and outreach efforts, minimize burdens to small businesses in its regulations, and simplify small businesses' participation in its voluntary programs. Actions that may affect small entities can be tracked on EPA's Regulatory Development and Retrospective Review Tracker (
EPA has considered international regulatory cooperation activities as described in Executive Order 13609 and has identified the following international activity that is anticipated to lead to a significant regulation in the following year:
Paul Argyropoulos, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, 6401A, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Lynn Dail, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, C539-01, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711,
Paul Argyropoulos, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, 6401A, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Joel Wolf, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, 7404T, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Joel Wolf, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, 7404T, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Joel Wolf, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, 7404T, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Erik Winchester, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, 7404T, Washington, DC 20460,
Scott Palmer, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Land and Emergency Management, 5305P, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Jerry Ellis, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, Mail Code 4607M, Washington, DC 20460,
Karen Fligger, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water, 4204M, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Dan Schultheisz, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, 6608J, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Tom Peake, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, 6608J, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Jeremy Tarr, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, D205-01, RTP, NC 27709,
Final Statutory November 30,2016, cellulosic biofuel, biomass based diesel (BBD), advanced biofuel, and total renewable fuel. The statute requires the standards be finalized by November 30 of the year prior to the year in which the standards would apply.
Paul Argyropoulos, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, 6401A, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
• Willingness to pay to avoid acute effects of pesticide exposure beyond
• Reduced latent effect of avoided acute pesticide exposure.
• Reduced chronic effects from lower chronic pesticide exposure to workers, handlers, and farmworker families, including a range of illnesses such as non-Hodgkins lymphoma, prostate cancer, Parkinson's disease, lung cancer, chronic bronchitis, and asthma. (EA chapter 6.4 & 6.6) EPA estimated total incremental costs of $47.2 million/year (EA chapter 5), which included the following:
• $19.5 million/year for costs to Private Applicators, with an estimated 490,000 impacted and an average cost of $40 per applicator (EA chapter 5 & 5.6).
• $27.4 million/year for costs to Commercial Applicators, with an estimated 414,000 impacted and an average cost of $66 per applicator (EA chapter 5 & 5.6).
• $359,000 for costs to States and other jurisdictions, with an estimated 63 impacted (EA chapter 5). The EPA estimated that there is no significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. EPA estimated that the proposed rule may affect over 800,000 small farms that use pesticides, although about half are unlikely to apply restricted use pesticides. The estimated impact for small entities is less than 0.1% of the annual revenues for the average small entity (EA chapter 5.7). The EPA also estimated that the proposed rule will have a negligible effect on jobs and employment because most private and commercial applicators are self-employed; and the estimated incremental cost per applicator represents from 0.3 to 0.5 percent of the cost of a part-time employee (EA chapter 5.6).
Kevin Keaney, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, 7506c, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Kathy Franklin, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Land and Emergency Management, 5104A, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
The mission of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC, Commission, or Agency) is to ensure equality of opportunity in employment by vigorously enforcing and educating the public about the following Federal statutes: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended (prohibits employment discrimination on the basis of race, color, sex (including pregnancy), religion, or national origin); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended (makes it illegal to pay unequal wages to men and women performing substantially equal work under similar
The Regulatory Plan has one item entitled “Affirmative Action for Individuals With Disabilities in the Federal Government.” The EEOC's regulations implementing section 501, as set forth in 29 CFR 1614, require Federal agencies and departments to be “model employers” of individuals with disabilities. The Commission issued an Advanced Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) on May 15, 2014 (79 FR 27824), and it issued a proposed rule on February 24, 2016 (81 FR 9123), to include a more detailed explanation of how Federal agencies and departments should “give full consideration to the hiring, placement, and advancement of qualified individuals with disabilities.” Any revisions would be informed by Management Directive 715, and may include goals consistent with Executive Order 13548. Furthermore, any revisions would result in costs only to the Federal Government; would contribute to increasing the employment of individuals with disabilities; and would not affect risks to public health, safety, or the environment.
Consistent with section 4(c) of Executive Order 12866, this statement was reviewed and approved by the Chair of the Agency. The statement has not been reviewed or approved by the other members of the Commission.
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), the following Regulatory Identifier Numbers (RINs) have been identified as associated with retrospective review and analysis in the EEOC's final retrospective review of regulations plan. Some of the entries on this list may be completed actions, which do not appear in The Regulatory Plan. However, more information can be found about these completed rulemakings in past publications of the Unified Agenda on Reginfo.gov (
Aaron Konopasky, Senior Attorney Advisor, Office of Legal Counsel, Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, 131 M Street NE., Washington, DC 20507,
GSA oversees the business of the Federal Government. GSA's acquisition solutions supply Federal purchasers with cost-effective, high-quality products and services from commercial vendors. GSA provides workplaces for Federal employees and oversees the preservation of historic Federal properties. GSA helps keep the Nation safe by providing tools, equipment, and non-tactical vehicles to the U.S. military, and providing State and local governments with law enforcement equipment, firefighting and rescue equipment, and disaster recovery products and services.
GSA serves the public by delivering services directly to its Federal customers through the Federal Acquisition Service (FAS), the Public Buildings Service (PBS), and the Office of Government-wide Policy (OGP). GSA has a continuing commitment to its Federal customers and the U.S. taxpayers by providing those services in the most cost-effective manner possible.
FAS is the lead organization for procurement of products and services (other than real property) for the Federal Government. The FAS organization leverages the buying power of the Government by consolidating Federal agencies' requirements for common goods and services. FAS provides a range of high-quality and flexible acquisition services that increase overall Government effectiveness and efficiency. FAS business operations are organized into four business portfolios based on the product or service provided to customer agencies: Integrated Technology Services (ITS); Assisted Acquisition Services (AAS); General Supplies and Services (GSS); and Travel, Motor Vehicles, and Card Services (TMVCS). The FAS portfolio structure enables GSA and FAS to provide best value services, products, and solutions to its customers by aligning resources around key functions.
PBS is the largest public real estate organization in the United States, providing facilities and workspace solutions to more than 60 Federal agencies. PBS aims to provide a superior workplace for the Federal worker and superior value for the U.S. taxpayer. Balancing these two objectives is PBS' greatest management challenge. PBS' activities fall into two broad areas. The first is space acquisition through both leases and construction. PBS translates general needs into specific requirements, marshals the necessary resources, and delivers the space necessary to meet the respective missions of its Federal clients. The second area is management of space. This involves making decisions on maintenance, servicing tenants, and ultimately, deciding when and how to dispose of a property at the end of its useful life.
OGP sets Government-wide policy in the areas of personal and real property, travel and transportation, information technology, regulatory information, and use of Federal advisory committees. OGP also helps direct how all Federal supplies and services are acquired as well as GSA's own acquisition programs. OGP's regulatory function fully incorporates the provisions of the President's priorities and objectives under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 with policies covering acquisition, travel, and property and management practices to promote efficient Government operations. OGP's strategic direction is to ensure that Government-wide policies encourage agencies to develop and utilize the best, most cost effective management practices for the conduct of their specific programs. To reach the goal of improving Government-wide management of property, technology, and administrative services, OGP builds and maintains a policy framework by: (1) Incorporating the requirements of Federal laws, Executive orders, and other regulatory material into policies and guidelines; (2) facilitating Government-wide reform to provide Federal managers with business-like incentives and tools and flexibility to prudently manage their assets; (3) identifying, evaluating, and promoting best practices to improve efficiency of management processes; and (4) performing ongoing analysis of existing rules that may be obsolete, unnecessary, unjustified, excessively burdensome, or counterproductive.
OGP's policy regulations are described in the following subsections:
The Federal Travel Regulation (FTR) enumerates the travel and relocation policy for all title 5 Executive agency employees and others, as specified therein. The Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) is available at
The FTR is the regulation contained in 41 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR),
The Administrator of General Services promulgates the FTR to: (a) Interpret statutory and other policy requirements in a manner that balances the need to ensure that official travel is conducted in a responsible manner with the need to minimize administrative costs; and (b) communicate the resulting policies in a clear manner to Federal agencies and employees.
The Federal Management Regulation (FMR) establishes policy for aircraft, transportation, personal property, real property, and mail management. The FMR is the successor regulation to the Federal Property Management Regulation (FPMR), and it contains updated regulatory policies originally found in the FPMR. However, it does not contain FPMR material that describes how to do business with GSA.
GSA's internal rules and practices on how it buys goods and services from its business partners are covered by the General Services Administration Acquisition Manual (GSAM), which implements and supplements the Federal Acquisition Regulation at GSA. The GSAM comprises both a non-regulatory portion (GSAM), which reflects policies with no external impact, and a regulatory portion, the General Services Administration Acquisition Regulation (GSAR). The GSAR establishes agency acquisition regulations that affect GSA's business partners (
In fiscal year 2017, GSA plans to amend the FTR by:
• Revising chapter 301, Temporary Duty Travel, ensuring accountability and transparency. This revision will ensure agencies' travel for missions is efficient and effective, reduces costs, promotes sustainability, or incorporates industry best practices at the lowest logical travel cost.
• Revising chapters 301; Temporary Duty (TDY) Travel Allowances and 304, Payment of Travel Expenses from a Non-Federal Source to clarify the full or partial waiver of conference registration fees from a non-Federal conference organizer.
In fiscal year 2017, GSA plans to amend the FMR by:
• Revising rules regarding management of Federal real property;
• Revising rules regarding management of Federal personal property.
• Revising rules under management of transportation.
• Migrating regulations regarding the supply and procurement of Government personal property management from the FPMR to the FMR.
• Incorporating the penalty inflation adjustments for the civil monetary penalties.
GSA plans, to update the GSAR to maintain consistency with the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) and to implement streamlined and innovative acquisition procedures that contractors, offerors, and GSA contracting personnel can utilize when entering into and administering contractual relationships. Current GSAR initiatives are focused on—
• Providing consistency with the FAR;
• Eliminating coverage that duplicates the FAR or creates inconsistencies within the GSAR;
• Rewriting sections that have become irrelevant because of changes in technology or business processes or that place unnecessary administrative burdens on contractors and the Government;
• Streamlining or simplifying the regulation;
• Rolling up coverage from the services and regions/zones that should be in the GSAR, specifically targeting PBS's construction contracting policies and the GSA Schedules Program; and
• Streamlining the evaluation process for contracts containing commercial supplier agreements.
• Updating and streamlining the Freedom of Information Act regulations.
GSAR rules are relevant to small businesses that do or wish to do business with the Federal Government. GSAR Case 2015-G512, Unenforceable Commercial Supplier Agreement Terms is of interest to small businesses as it proposes a way to streamline the evaluation process to award contracts containing commercial supplier agreements. By streamlining this process, GSA anticipates reducing barriers to entry for small businesses.
There are currently no regulations which promote open Government and disclosure.
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (2011), the GSA retrospective review and analysis final and updated regulations plan can be found at
Dated: September 1, 2016.
The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) aim is to increase human understanding of the solar system and the universe that contains it and to improve American aeronautics ability. NASA's basic organization consists of the Headquarters, nine field Centers, the Jet Propulsion Laboratory (a Federally Funded Research and Development Center), and several component installations which report to Center Directors. Responsibility for overall planning, coordination, and control of NASA programs is vested in NASA Headquarters located in Washington, DC.
NASA continues to implement programs according to its 2014 Strategic Plan. The Agency's mission is to “Drive advances in science, technology, aeronautics, and space exploration to enhance knowledge, education, innovation, economic vitality, and stewardship of the Earth.” The FY 2014 Strategic Plan, (available at
•
•
•
In the decades since Congress enacted the National Aeronautics and Space Act of 1958, NASA has challenged its scientific and engineering capabilities in pursuing its mission, generating tremendous results and benefits for humankind. NASA will continue to push scientific and technical boundaries in pursuit of these goals.
As the President noted in Executive Order 13609, “international regulatory cooperation, consistent with domestic law and prerogatives and U.S. trade policy, can be an important means of promoting” public health, welfare, safety, and our environment as well as economic growth, innovation, competitiveness, and job creation. Accordingly, in Executive Order 13609, the President requires each executive agency to include in its Regulatory Plan a summary of its international regulatory cooperation activities that are reasonably anticipated to lead to significant regulations.
In August 2009, the President directed a broad-based interagency review of the U.S. export control system, with the goal of strengthening national security by focusing efforts on controlling the most critical products and technologies and by enhancing the competitiveness of US manufacturing and technology sectors. While NASA does not have any
In addition, NASA serves as one of the signatories to the Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR). The FAR at 48 CFR chapter 1, contains procurement regulations that apply to NASA and other Federal agencies. Pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 1302 and FAR 1.103(b), the FAR is jointly prepared, issued, and maintained by the Secretary of Defense, the Administrator of General Services, and the Administrator, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, under their several statutory authorities. NASA implements and supplements FAR requirements through the NASA FAR Supplement (NFS), 48 CFR chapter 18. NASA finalized the entire NFS rewrite initiative this year to eliminate unnecessary and burdensome regulations, clarify regulatory language, and simplify processes. More than 1.9 million hours of information collection requirements (ICRs) were identified as no longer required and duplicative of active FAR-level ICRs. Specifically, OMB control numbers 2700-0085, 2700-0086, and 2700-0087 were discontinued as part of the NFS rewrite initiative. The Agency will continue to analyze the NFS to implement procurement-related statutes, Executive orders, NASA initiatives, and Federal procurement policy that streamline current processes and procedures.
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13579 “Regulation and Independent Regulatory Agencies” (Jul. 11, 2011), NASA regulations associated with its retrospective review and analysis are described in the Agency's final retrospective plan of existing regulations. NASA's final plan and updates can be found at
1. Discrimination on Basis of Handicap [14 CFR 1251]—NASA has finalized its section 504 regulations to incorporate changes to the definition of disability required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Amendments Act of 2008; include an affirmative statement of the longstanding requirement for reasonable accommodations in programs, services, and activities; include a definition of direct threat and a provision describing the parameters of the existing direct threat defense to a claim of discrimination; clarify the existing obligation to provide auxiliary aids and services to qualified individuals with disabilities; update the methods of communication that recipients may use to inform program beneficiaries of their obligation to comply with section 504 to reflect changes in technology, adopt updated accessibility standards applicable to the design, construction, and alteration of buildings and facilities; establish time periods for compliance with these updated accessibility standards; provide NASA with access to recipient data and records to determine compliance with section 504; and make administrative updates to correct titles. These amendments will reduce administrative burdens imposed on the public [81 FR 3703].
2. NASA FAR Supplement: Safety and Health Measures and Mishap Reporting [48 CFR 1852.233]—NASA finalized its regulations to revise a current clause related to safety and health measures and mishaps reporting by narrowing the application of the clause, resulting in a decrease in the reporting burden on contractors while reinforcing the measures contractors at NASA facilities must take to protect the safety of their workers, NASA employees, the public, and high-value assets. These amendments streamlined and reduced reporting requirements imposed on the public [80 FR 73675].
3. Clarification of Award Fee Evaluations and Payments—[48 CFR 1816 and 1852] NASA issued a final rule amending the NASA Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (NFS) to clarify NASA's award fee process by incorporating terms used in award-fee contracting; guidance relative to final award-fee evaluations; release of source selection information; and the calculation of the provisional award fee payment percentage in NASA end-item award-fee contracts [81 FR 50365].
4. Cooperative Agreements with Commercial Firms—[14 CFR 1274] NASA issued a final rule amending its regulation on Cooperative Agreements with Commercial Firms to implement the requirements of section 872 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2009 for recipients and NASA staff to report information that will appear in the Federal Awardee Performance and Integrity Information System (FAPIIS) [81 FR 35583].
5. Space Flight [14 CFR 1214]—NASA amended its regulations to remove language that refers to the retired Space Shuttle Program and to clarify language for other ongoing programs that require some of this rule to remain in place [81 FR 8545].
6. NASA Protective Services [14 CFR 1204]—NASA amended its traffic enforcement regulation to correct citations and to clarify the regulation's scope, policy, responsibilities, procedures, and violation descriptions [81 FR 70151].
7. Processing of Monetary Claims [14 CFR 1261]—NASA is amending its regulations to change the amount to collect installment payments from $20,000 to $100,000 to align with Title II, Claims of the United States Government, section 3711(a)(2) Collection and Compromise. This regulation will also be amended to include the rules for the use of contractors for debt collection and new provisions allowing for debts to be transferred to the Treasury Department for direct collection, as prescribed by Federal Debt Collection Procedures Act of 1990.
8. Duty Free Entry of Space Articles [14 CFR 1217]—NASA amended its regulations to remove language that refers to the Space Shuttle Program and to clarify language for other ongoing programs that require some of this rule to remain in place [80 FR 45864].
9. Removal of Obsolete Regulations [14 CFR 1216]—NASA amended its regulations to remove regulatory text that is covered in internal NASA policies and requirements [80 FR 30352].
10. Administrative Updates [14 CFR 1207, 1245, 1262, 1263, 1264, & 1266] NASA amended its regulations to make administrative updates to correct spelling citations [80 FR 42028].
11. Removal of Outdated and Duplicative Guidance [48 CFR 1817 and 1852]—NASA amended the NASA FAR Supplement (NFS) to remove duplicative language of the FAR and superseded NFS guidance. The revision is part of NASA's retrospective plan under Executive Order (EO) 13563 completed in August 2011 [81 FR 39871].
Abstracts for other regulations that will be amended or repealed between October 2016 and October 2017 are reported in the fall 2016 edition of Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulation actions.
1. Contractor Financial Reporting of Property [48 CFR 1845, 1852)—NASA is proposing to amend the NASA Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (NFS) to add a monthly reporting requirement for contractors having custody of $10 million or more in NASA-owned property, plant, and equipment (PP&E) [81 FR 48726].
2. Revised Voucher Submission & Payment Process [48 CFR 1816, 1832, 1842, 1852]—NASA is proposing to issue an interim rule amending the NASA Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (NFS) to implement revisions to the voucher submittal and payment process. These revisions are necessary due to section 893 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2016 prohibiting the Defense Contract Audit Agency (DCAA) from performing audit work for non-Defense Agencies. NASA had delegated to DCAA the task of reviewing contractor requests for payment under NASA cost-type contracts.
3. Removal of NFS clause 1852.243-70, Engineering Change Proposals [48 CFR 1852]—NASA is proposing to amend the NASA FAR Supplement (NFS) to remove NFS clause 1852.243-70, Engineering Change Proposals (ECPs) basic clause with its Alternate I & II and associated information collection from the NFS.
4. Award Term [48 CFR 1816 and 1852]—NASA is proposing to revise the NFS to implement policy addressing the use of “award terms” or additional contract periods of performance for which a contractor may earn if the contractor's performance is superior, the Government has an ongoing need for the requirement, and funds are available for the additional period of performance. The purpose of the policy is to provide a non-monetary incentive for contractors whose performance is better than the “average” or “acceptable” level.
5. Revisions to Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards [2 CFR 1800]—NASA is proposing to amend the NASA regulation, titled Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards to modify the requirements related to information contained in a Federal award for commercial firms with no cost sharing requirement and to add new or modify existing terms and conditions related to indirect cost charges and access to research results.
The National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) primarily issues regulations directed to other Federal agencies and to the public. These regulations include records management, information services, access to and use of NARA holdings, and grant programs. For example, records management regulations directed to Federal agencies concern the proper management and disposition of Federal records. Through the Information Security Oversight Office (ISOO), NARA also issues Government-wide regulations concerning information security classification and declassification programs. NARA regulations directed to the public address access to and use of our historically valuable holdings, including archives, donated historical materials, Nixon Presidential materials, and Presidential records. NARA also issues regulations relating to the National Historical Publications and Records Commission (NHPRC) grant programs.
NARA has two regulatory priorities for fiscal year 2017, which are included in The Regulatory Plan. The first priority is a substantial revision to NARA's National Industrial Security Program (NISP) regulations at 32 CFR 2004. The NISP regulations govern release of classified information to contractors and other entities that enter agreements with the Federal Government involving access to classified information. Although we are proposing to substantially revise the regulation, the proposed revisions would effect only minor changes to the program's requirements for contractors and other entities. The proposed changes primarily include new sections setting out agency obligations in the course of implementing the program that reflect already-existing requirements for industry contained in the National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual (NISPOM), and streamline or clarify other sections of the regulation. In addition, a small portion of the proposed revisions add requirements from Executive Order 13587 to implement the insider threat program.
And the second priority this fiscal year are revisions to the Federal records management regulations found at 36 CFR Chapter XII, Subchapter B (phases I, II, and III). The proposed changes include changes resulting from the 2011 Presidential Memorandum on Managing Government Records, the 2012 Managing Government Records Directive (M-12-18), and Public Law 113-187, The Presidential and Federal Records Acts Amendments of 2014. The proposed rules will affect Federal agencies' records management programs relating to proper records creation and maintenance, adequate documentation, electronic recordkeeping requirements, use of the Electronic Records Archive (ERA) for records transfer, and records disposition.
Phase I (RIN 3095-AB74) includes changes to provisions in 36 CFR parts 1223 (Managing Essential Records), 1224 (Records Disposition Programs), 1227 (General Records Schedules), 1229 (Emergency Authorization to Destroy Records), 1232 (Transfer of Records to Records Storage Facilities), 1233 (Transfer Use and Disposition of Records in a NARA Federal Records Center), and 1239 (Program Assistance and Inspections). These regulations were published in a proposed rulemaking in March 2016 and were open for public comment through May. During the course of addressing the comments we received, we determined we need to undertake a more substantial revision, which we are focusing on this fiscal year. We anticipate publishing a new proposed rule around the end of FY 2017.
Phase II (RIN 3095-AB89) includes changes to provisions in 36 CFR parts 1235 (Transfer of Records to the National Archives of the United States), 1236 (Electronic records management), and 1237 (Audiovisual Cartographic and Related Records Management). These regulations were published in a proposed rulemaking in July 2016 and were open for public comment through September. We are currently addressing the comments we received and, similarly to Phase I, we have determined that we should do a more significant revision. As a result, we anticipate publishing a new proposed rule on these regulations in FY 2018.
Phase III (RIN 3095-AB85) includes changes to provisions in 36 CFR parts 1220 (Federal Records General), 1222 (Creation and Maintenance of Federal Records), 1225 (Scheduling records), 1226 (Implementing disposition), 1228 (Loan of Permanent and Unscheduled Records), 1230 (Unlawful or Accidental Removal, Defacing, Alteration, or Destruction of Records), 1231 (Transfer of Records from the Custody of one Executive Agency to Another), 1234
OPM works in several broad categories to recruit, retain and honor a world-class workforce for the American people.
• We manage Federal job announcement postings at USAJOBS.gov, and set policy on governmentwide hiring procedures.
• We conduct background investigations for prospective employees and security clearances across government, with hundreds of thousands of cases each year.
• We uphold and defend the merit systems in Federal civil service, making sure that the Federal workforce uses fair practices in all aspects of personnel management.
• We manage pension benefits for retired Federal employees and their families. We also administer health and other insurance programs for Federal employees and retirees.
• We provide training and development programs and other management tools for Federal employees and agencies.
• In many cases, we take the lead in developing, testing and implementing new governmentwide policies that relate to personnel issues.
Altogether, we work to make the Federal government America's model employer for the 21st century.
The Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) protects the pensions of more than 40 million people in nearly 24,000 private-sector defined benefit plans. PBGC receives no tax revenues. Operations are financed by insurance premiums, investment income, assets from pension plans trusteed by PBGC, and recoveries from
To carry out these functions, PBGC issues regulations on such matters as termination, payment of premiums, reporting and disclosure, and assessment and collection of employer liability. The Corporation is committed to issuing simple, understandable, flexible, and timely regulations to help affected parties.
PBGC continues to follow a regulatory approach that seeks to encourage the maintenance of existing defined benefit plans or the establishment of new plans. Thus, in developing new regulations and reviewing existing regulations, the focus, to the extent possible, is to reduce burdens on plans, employers, and participants, and to ease and simplify employer compliance. PBGC particularly strives to meet the needs of small businesses that sponsor defined benefit plans.
PBGC develops its regulations in accordance with the principles set forth in Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), and PBGC's Plan for Regulatory Review (Regulatory Review Plan).
PBGC administers two insurance programs for privately maintained defined benefit plans under title IV of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA):
•
•
At the end of FY 2015, PBGC had a deficit of $24 billion in its single-employer insurance program and $52 billion in its multiemployer insurance program. While the financial position of the single-employer program is likely (but not certain) to improve, the multiemployer program is likely to run out of funds by 2025. Substantial increases in premium revenue will be needed to avoid cuts in multiemployer insurance program guarantees.
PBGC's regulatory objectives and priorities are developed in the context of the Corporation's statutory purposes:
• To encourage voluntary private pension plans;
• To provide for the timely and uninterrupted payment of pension benefits; and
• To keep premiums at the lowest possible levels.
Pension plans and the statutory framework in which they are maintained and terminated are complex. Despite this complexity, PBGC is committed to issuing simple, understandable, flexible, and timely regulations and other guidance that do not impose undue burdens that could impede maintenance or establishment of defined benefit plans.
Through its regulations and other guidance, PBGC strives to minimize burdens on plans, plan sponsors, and plan participants; simplify filing; provide relief for small businesses and plans; and assist plans in complying with applicable requirements. To enhance policy-making through collaboration, PBGC also plans to continue to expand opportunities for public participation in rulemaking (see Open Government and Public Participation below).
PBGC's current regulatory objectives and priorities are to simplify its regulations and reduce burden, to enhance retirement security, and to implement statutory changes, particularly the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 (MPRA) and the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA 2006).
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), the following Regulatory Identifier Numbers (RINs) have been identified as associated with retrospective review and analysis consistent with the Corporation's final retrospective review plan. The regulatory actions associated with these RINs are described below.
PBGC takes into account the special needs and concerns of small businesses in making policy. A large percentage of the plans insured by PBGC are small or maintained by small employers. PBGC has issued or is considering proposed rules that will focus on small businesses:
PBGC is doing more to encourage public participation in the regulatory process. For example, PBGC's current efforts to reduce regulatory burden are in substantial part a response to public comments. The regulatory projects discussed above highlight PBGC's customer-focused efforts to reduce regulatory burden.
PBGC's Regulatory Review Plan sets forth ways to expand opportunities for public participation in the regulatory process. For example, in June 2013, PBGC held its first-ever regulatory hearing on the reportable events proposed rule, so that the agency would have a better understanding of the needs and concerns of plan administrators and plan sponsors. Discussion at that hearing informed PBGC's final rule. PBGC's 2013 Request for Information
PBGC plans to provide additional means for public involvement, including social media and continuing opportunity for public comment on PBGC's Web site.
PBGC also invites comments on the Regulatory Review Plan on an on-going basis as we engage in the review process. Comments should be sent to
PBGC will continue to look for ways to further improve its regulations.
The mission of the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) is to maintain and strengthen the Nation's economy by enabling the establishment and viability of small businesses and by assisting in economic recovery of communities after disasters. In carrying out this mission, SBA strives to improve the economic environment for small businesses, including those in areas that have significantly higher unemployment and lower income levels than the Nation's averages and those in traditionally underserved markets. The Agency serves as a guarantor of small business loans, and also provides management and technical assistance to existing or potential small business owners through various grants, cooperative agreements or contracts. This access to capital and other assistance provides a crucial foundation for those starting a new business, or growing an existing business and ultimately helps to create new jobs. SBA also provides direct financial assistance to homeowners, renters, and small business to help in the rebuilding of communities in the aftermath of a disaster.
SBA's regulatory policy reflects a commitment to developing regulations that reduce or eliminate the burden on the public, in particular the Agency's core constituents—small businesses. SBA's regulatory process generally includes an assessment of the costs and benefits of the regulations as required by Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review;” Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review;” and the Regulatory Flexibility Act. SBA's program offices are particularly invested in finding ways to reduce the burden imposed by the Agency's core activities in its loan, innovation, and procurement programs.
SBA promotes transparency, collaboration, and public participation in its rulemaking process. To that end, SBA routinely solicits comments on its
The SBA's FY 2014 to FY 2018 strategic plan serves as the foundation for the regulations that the Agency will develop during the next twelve months. This Strategic Plan provides a framework for strengthening, streamlining, and simplifying SBA's programs while leveraging collaborative relationships with other agencies and the private sector to maximize the tools small business owners and entrepreneurs need to drive American innovation and strengthen the economy. The plan sets out three strategic goals: (1) Growing businesses and creating jobs; (2) serving as the voice for small business; and (3) building an SBA that meets the needs of today's and tomorrow's small businesses. In order to achieve these goals SBA will, among other objectives, focus on:
• Expanding access to capital through SBA's extensive lending network;
• Ensuring Federal contracting goals are met or exceeded by collaborating across the Federal Government to expand opportunities for small businesses and strengthen the integrity of the Federal contracting data and certification process;
• Strengthening SBA's relevance to high growth entrepreneurs and small businesses to more effectively drive innovation and job creation; and
• Mitigating risk and improving program oversight.
The regulations reported in SBA's semi-annual regulatory agenda and plan are intended to facilitate achievement of these goals and objectives. Over the next twelve months, SBA's highest regulatory priorities will be to implement the following regulations and program guidance: (1) Small Business Investment Company (SBIC) Program; Impact SBICs (RIN: 3245-AG66); and (2) Small Business Innovation Research Program and Small Business Technology Transfer Program Policy Directive (RIN: 3245-AG64).
This rule proposes to establish a regulatory structure for the SBIC program's Impact Investment Fund initiative, which is currently implemented via policy memorandum. The goal of the Impact Investment Fund is to support small business investment strategies that maximize financial returns while also yielding enhanced social, environmental, or economic impacts as part of the SBIC program's overall effort to supplement the flow of private equity and long-term loan funds to small businesses in underserved communities and the innovative sectors whose capital needs are not being met. The proposed rule supports the development of America's growing impact investing industry by making available a new type of SBIC license called an Impact SBIC to investment funds meeting the SBIC program's licensing qualifications, provides application and examination fee considerations to incentivize impact investing participation, establishes leverage eligibility requirements, and establishes reporting and performance measures for licensed funds to maintain Impact SBIC designation. The proposed rule would require an Impact SBIC to invest at least 50% of its total invested capital in one or both categories of impact investment: (a) SBA-identified impact investments, which are investments in small businesses located in geographic areas and sectors of national priority designated by SBA, such as Low- and Moderate- Income Zones (LMI); and/or (b) fund-identified impact investments, which are investments that meet an SBIC's own definition, subject to SBA's approval, of an “Impact Investment,” such as small businesses operating in the clean energy, education or healthcare sectors.
This proposed Directive seeks to revise the Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) and Small Business Technology Transfer (STTR) Policy Directives. Specifically, SBA proposes to combine the two directives into one integrated Directive, clarify the Phase III preference afforded to SBIR and STTR small business awardees, add definitions relating to data rights, clarify the benchmarks for progress towards commercialization, and update language regarding the calculations of extramural Research/Research & Development budgets used to fund the SBIR/STTR programs.
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), SBA developed a plan for the retrospective review of its regulations. Since that date SBA has issued several updates to this plan to reflect the Agency's ongoing efforts in carrying out this executive order. The final agency plan and review updates, which can be found at
On April 7, 2016, SBA issued a notice of policy directive amendments with a request for comments at 81 FR 20484. In this NPRM, SBA proposed clarification of the issues relating to both programs concerning data rights, Phase III awards, and miscellaneous issues such as benchmarks to commercialization achievement and the calculation of extramural budget. SBA also proposed combining both the SBIR and STTR policy directives into one because the general structure of both programs is the same.
The Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) was established to codify uniform policies for acquisition of supplies and services by executive agencies. It is issued and maintained jointly, pursuant to the Office of Federal Procurement Policy (OFPP) Reauthorization Act, under the statutory authorities granted to the Secretary of Defense, Administrator of General Services, and the Administrator, National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Statutory authorities to issue and revise the FAR have been delegated to the procurement executives in Department of Defense (DoD), GSA, and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Specific FAR cases that the FAR Council plans to address in fiscal year 2017 include:
Implementation of the Small Business Administration's final rule for section 1651 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2013. SBA's rule revised the limitations on subcontracting and the nonmanufacturer rule. Also implements SBA's regulatory clarifications concerning application of the limitations on subcontracting, nonmanufacturer rule, and size determination of joint ventures. (FAR Case 2016-011, Small Business Government Contracting and National Defense Authorization Act of 2013 Amendments)
Clarification on the participation of Federal Prison Industries in small business set-asides. Provides clarity under FAR subparts 19.8, 19.13, 19.14, and 19.15. (FAR Case 2016-010, FPI Participation in Small Business Set-Asides)
Clarification on 8(a) joint ventures. Clarifies that 8(a) joint ventures are not “certified” into the 8(a) program and that 8(a) joint venture agreements need not be “approved” by the SBA until contract award rather than at the time of proposal submission. (FAR Case 2015-031, Policy on 8(a) Joint Ventures)
Considers applicability of small business regulations to contracts performed outside the United States. FAR Case 2016-002, Applicability of Small Business Regulations Outside the United States)
Contracts under the Small Business Administration 8(a) Program—This case clarifies FAR subpart 19.8, “Contracting with the Small Business Administration (The 8(a) Program).” (FAR Case 2012-022)
Clarification of Requirement for Justifications for 8(a) Sole-Source Contracts—This case clarifies the requirement for a justification for 8(a) sole-source contracts, in response to GAO Report to the Chairman, Subcommittee on Contracting Oversight, Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, U.S. Senate, entitled Federal Contracting: Slow Start to Implementation of Justifications for 8(a) Sole-Source Contracts (GAO-13-118 dated December 2012). (FAR Case 2013-018)
Set-Asides under Multiple Award Contracts—This case implements statutory requirements from the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 and is aimed at providing agencies with clarifying guidance on how to use multiple-award contracts as a tool to increase Federal contracting opportunities for small businesses. (FAR Case 2014-002)
Payment of Subcontractors—This case implements section 1334 of the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 and the Small Business Administration's (SBA) Final Rule 78 FR 42391, Small Business Subcontracting. The rule requires prime contractors of contracts requiring a subcontracting plan to notify the contracting officer in writing if the prime contractor pays a reduced price to a subcontractor or if payment is more than 90 days past due. A contracting officer will then use his or her best judgment in determining whether the late or reduced payment was justified and if not the contracting officer will record the identity of a prime contractor with a history of unjustified untimely payments to subcontractors in the Federal Awardee Performance and Integrity Information System (FAPIIS) or any successor system. (FAR Case 2014-004)
Equal Pay for Equal Work Among Employees Working for Covered Federal Contractors. The rule implements E.O. 13665, Non-Retaliation for Disclosure of Compensation Information. FAR Case 2016-007, Non-Retaliation for Disclosure of Compensation Information.
Combating Trafficking in Persons—Definition of “Recruitment Fees”—This case considers a new definition for the term “recruitment fees” at the request of the Senior Policy Operating Group (SPOG) for Combating Trafficking in Persons. (FAR Case 2015-017)
Public Disclosure of Greenhouse Gas Emissions and Reduction Goals—Representation—This case creates an annual representation within the System for Award Management (SAM) for contractors to indicate if and where they publicly disclose GHG emissions and GHG reduction goals or targets. This information will help the Government assess supplier GHG management practices and assist agencies in developing strategies to engage with contractors to reduce supply chain emissions as directed in section 15 of Executive Order 13693, Planning for Federal Sustainability in the Next Decade, dated March 19, 2015. (FAR Case 2015-024)
Sustainable Acquisition—This case implements Executive Order 13693, Planning for Federal Sustainability in the Next Decade, which supersedes Executive orders 13423 and 13514. (FAR Case 2015-033)
Privacy Training—This case creates a FAR clause to require contractors that (1) need access to a system of records, (2) handle personally identifiable information, or (3) design, develop, maintain, or operate a system of records on behalf of the Government, have their personnel complete privacy training. This addition complies with subsections (e) (agency requirements) and (m) (Government contractors) of the Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a) (FAR Case 2010-013)
Organizational Conflicts of Interest and Unequal Access to Information—This case implements section 841 of the NDAA for FY 2009 (Pub. L. 110-147). Section 841 requires consideration of how to address the current needs of the acquisition community with regard to Organizational Conflicts of Interest. Separately addresses issues regarding unequal access to information. (FAR Case 2011-001)
Contractor Use of Information—This case addresses contractor access to controlled unclassified information. (FAR Case 2014-021)
Prohibition on Contracting with Corporations with Delinquent Taxes or a Felony Conviction.—This case implements multiple sections of the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015. (Pub. L. 113-235) to prohibit using any of the funds appropriated by the Act to enter into a contract with any corporation with a delinquent Federal tax liability or a felony conviction. (FAR Case 2015-011)
Prohibition on Providing Funds to the Enemy—This case implements sections 841-843, subtitle E (Never Contract with the Enemy), title VIII, of the National Defense Authorization Act for FY 2015 (Pub. L. 113-291), enacted 12/19/2014. Section 841 prohibits providing funds to the enemy. Section 842 provides additional access to records. Section 843 provides definitions. (FAR Case 2015-014)
Effective Communication. Implements section 887 of the NDAA for FY 2016, which provides that agency acquisition personnel are permitted and encouraged to engage in responsible and constructive exchanges with industry. (FAR Case 2016-005, Effective Communication between Government and Industry)
Provide clarification within service contracts that contractors are required to purchase the mandatory source products from approved sources. (FAR Case 2015-026, Contractor Use of Mandatory Sources of Supply in Service Contracts)
Incremental Funding of Fixed-Price Contracting Actions. While the FAR provides for incremental funding of cost-reimbursement contracts, it is silent on incremental funding of fixed-price contracts. Given the federal government's implicit preference for fixed-price contracting, as well as the quagmire posed by Continuing Resolutions and other budgeting problems, acquisition professionals need additional tools to overcome less-than-full-funding challenges while abiding by the preference for fixed-price contracting. The proposed rule aims to amend the FAR to cover fixed-price contracting actions under circumstances in which full funding is not available at the outset of the contracting endeavor.
Provisions and Clauses for Acquisitions of Commercial Items and Acquisitions That Do Not Exceed the Simplified Acquisition Threshold—This case implements a new approach to the prescription and flow down for provisions and clauses applicable to the acquisition of commercial items or acquisitions that do not exceed the simplified acquisition threshold. Each clause prescription and each clause flow down for commercial items is specified within the prescription/clause itself, without having to cross-check another clause or list. The rule supports the use of automated contract writing systems and reduced necessary FAR maintenance when clauses are updated. (FAR Case 2015-004)
Reverse Auction Guidance—This case Implements OFPP memorandum, “Effective Use of Reverse Auctions.” The memorandum provides guidance on the usage of reverse auctions, and was issued in response to recommendations within GAO report (Reverse Auctions: Guidance is Needed to Maximize Competition and Achieve Cost Savings, GAO-14-108). (FAR Case 2015-038)
Revise the definition of “information technology” in the FAR. This conforms to the Office of Management and Budget Memo, M-15-14 titled Management Oversight of Federal Information Technology. (FAR Case 2015-037, Definition of “Information Technology”)
Strategic Sourcing Documentation—This case implements section 836 of the FY15 NDAA. Section 836 requires that when purchasing services and supplies that are offered under the Federal Strategic Sourcing Initiative but the Initiative in not used, the contract file shall include an analysis of comparative value, including price and nonprice factors, between the services and supplies offered under such Initiative and services and supplies offered under the source or sources used for the purchase. (FAR Case 2015-015)
Prohibition on Reimbursement for Congressional Investigations and Inquiries—This case implements section 857 of the NDAA for FY15, which amends 10 U.S.C.2324(e)(1). Section 857 disallows costs incurred by a contractor in connection with a congressional investigation or inquiry into an issue that is the subject 10 U.S.C. 2324(k)(2). (FAR Case 2015-016)
Determination of Fair and Reasonable Prices on Orders under Multiple-Award Contracts—This case clarifies the
Uniform Use of Line Items—This case establishes a requirement for use of a standardized uniform line item numbering structure in Federal procurement. (FAR Case 2013-014)
Past Performance Evaluation Requirements—This case updates FAR subpart 42.15 to identify “regulatory compliance” as a separate evaluation factor in the Contractor Past Performance Assessment System (CPARS) and require agencies use past performance information in the Past Performance Information three years for construction and architect-engineer contracts. (FAR Case 2015-027)
We administer the Retirement, Survivors, and Disability Insurance programs under title II of the Social Security Act (Act), the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program under title XVI of the Act, and the Special Veterans Benefits program under title VIII of the Act. As directed by Congress, we also assist in administering portions of the Medicare program under title XVIII of the Act. Our regulations codify the requirements for eligibility and entitlement to benefits, and our procedures for administering these programs. Generally, our regulations do not impose burdens on the private sector or on State or local governments, except for the States' Disability Determination Services. We fully fund the Disability Determination Services in advance or via reimbursement for necessary costs in making disability determinations.
The 18 entries in our regulatory plan (plan) represent issues of major importance to the Agency. We describe the individual initiatives more fully in the attached plan.
The continued improvement of the disability program and the protection of our beneficiaries is of paramount importance to SSA. The regulatory plan actions under this category will aid in these goals. These initiatives include two final and three proposed rules that will:
• Save time during the disability application process by authorizing the Commissioner of SSA to directly seek necessary medical evidence for disability claims;
• Update the education category in our medical-vocational guidelines to accurately differentiate between literacy and education level;
• Establish beneficiaries' legal guardians as the preferred choice during our representative payee selection process;
• Update our rules on withdrawal of old-age benefits applications and suspension of benefits; and
• Improve the efficiency of our processes by requiring representatives to use electronic methods with the Agency.
These rules are the core of a continuing SSA initiative to improve the adjudication process, reduce average processing times for disability hearings, and reduce the hearings backlog. These regulatory actions include three final rules that will:
• Revise existing rules to achieve national consistency of our procedures at the administrative law judge (ALJ) and Appeals Council levels;
• Revise our rules of conduct and standards of responsibility for claimant representatives to better protect the integrity of our administrative process and further clarify representatives' existing responsibilities, thus protecting our beneficiaries; and
• Update rules relating to acceptable medical sources and medical evidence, to make these rules easier to understand and apply and support the goal of faster, more accurate disability decisions.
SSA uses the Listing of Impairments in disability determinations. Each major body system has its own unique listing describing impairments that we consider severe enough to prevent an individual from performing substantial gainful activity, regardless of age, education, or work experience. As part of our commitment to improving and modernizing the disability programs, we update the listings to keep pace with medicine, science, technology, and the world of work. In 2017, we plan to begin the process of updating six of our body system listings by publishing proposed rules.
The rules in this section are required in connection with the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (BBA), Public Law 114-74, enacted on November 2, 2015. SSA is prioritizing these rules to meet our regulatory obligations under the BBA. Our BBA Regulatory Plan initiatives include a proposed and final rule to regulate the use of electronic payroll data to improve program administration, and a proposed rule to close unintended loopholes related to presumed filing and voluntary suspension.
The interim final rule in this category will implement the time-sensitive, statutory requirements of the FOIA Improvement Act of 2016, Public Law 114-185.
Pursuant to section 6 of Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (January 18, 2011), SSA regularly engages in retrospective review and analysis for multiple existing regulatory initiatives. These initiatives may be proposed or completed actions, and they do not necessarily appear in The Regulatory Plan. You can find more information on these completed rulemakings in past publications of the Unified Agenda at
We expect adjudicators to support the change in the framework of the text because it makes the guidance in the introductory text and listings easier to access and understand.
Nancy Miller, Social Insurance Specialist, Social Security Administration, Office of Medical Policy, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Brian J. Rudick, Social Insurance Specialist, Regulations Writer, Social Security Administration, Office of Regulations and Reports Clearance, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
This proposed rule is not required by statute or court order.
Costs: While no cost is expected, documentation is not yet available.
Shawnette Ashburne, Social Insurance Specialist, Social Security Administration, Office of Medical Policy, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Brian J. Rudick, Social Insurance Specialist, Regulations Writer, Social Security Administration, Office of Regulations and Reports Clearance, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
This proposed rule is not required by statute or court order.
Costs: While no cost is expected, documentation is not yet available.
Brian J. Rudick, Social Insurance Specialist, Regulations Writer, Social Security Administration, Office of Regulations and Reports Clearance, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Joshua Silverman, Technical Expert, Social Security Administration, Office of Disability Policy, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Dan O'Brien, Social Insurance Specialist, Social Security Administration, Office of Employment Support Programs, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
This proposed rule is not required by statute or court order.
Costs: While no cost is expected, documentation is not yet available.
Suzanne Luther, Social Insurance Specialist, Social Security Administration, Office of Medical Policy, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Brian J. Rudick, Social Insurance Specialist, Regulations Writer, Social Security Administration, Office of Regulations and Reports Clearance, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Faye Lipsky, Director, Office of Regulations and Reports Clearance, Social Security Administration, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Eric Skidmore, Social Insurance Specialist, Social Security Administration, Office of Income Security Programs, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235,
Kristine Erwin-Tribbitt, Acting Director, Social Security Administration, Office of Research, Demonstration, and Employment Support, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235,
Alexander Cristaudo, Program Analyst, Social Security Administration, Office of Disability Policy, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
William P. Gibson, Social Insurance Specialist, Regulations Writer, Social Security Administration, Office of Regulations and Reports Clearance, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Paul J. Scott, Social Insurance Specialist, Social Security Administration, Office of Medical Policy, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Brian Rudick, Social Insurance Specialist, Regulations Writer, Social Security Administration, Office of Regulations and Reports Clearance, 6401 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21235-6401,
Brian Rudick, Social Insurance Specialist, Regulations Writer, Social
(1) The time-frame for notifying claimants of a hearing date;
(2) the information in our hearing notices;
(3) the period when we require claimants to inform us about or submit written evidence, written statements, objections to the issues, and subpoena requests;
(4) what constitutes the official record; and
(5) the manner in which the Appeals Council considers additional evidence.
We anticipate that these nationally consistent procedures will enable us to administer our disability programs more efficiently and better serve the public.
The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (CFPB or Bureau) was established in 2010 as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve System by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376) (Dodd-Frank Act). Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB has rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement, and other authorities relating to consumer financial products and services. Among these are the consumer financial protection authorities that transferred to the CFPB from seven Federal agencies on the designated transfer date, July 21, 2011. These authorities include the ability to issue regulations under more than a dozen Federal consumer financial laws.
As provided in section 1021 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the purpose of the CFPB is to implement and enforce Federal consumer financial laws consistently for the purpose of ensuring that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services and that such markets are fair, transparent, and competitive. The CFPB is authorized to exercise its authorities for the purpose of ensuring that, with respect to consumer financial products and services:
(1) Consumers are provided with timely and understandable information to make responsible decisions about financial transactions;
(2) Consumers are protected from unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts and practices and from discrimination;
(3) Outdated, unnecessary, or unduly burdensome regulations are regularly identified and addressed in order to reduce unwarranted regulatory burdens;
(4) Federal consumer financial law is enforced consistently, without regard to status of a person as a depository institution, in order to promote fair competition; and
(5) Markets for consumer financial products and services operate transparently and efficiently to facilitate access and innovation.
The CFPB's regulatory priorities for the period from November 1, 2016, to October 31, 2017, include continuing rulemaking activities to address critical issues in various markets for consumer financial products and services and implementing Dodd-Frank Act mortgage protections. The Bureau also maintains a long-term agenda listing areas of potential rulemaking interest, as discussed below.
The Bureau is working on a number of rulemakings to address important consumer protection issues in a wide variety of markets for consumer financial products and services. Many of these projects build on prior research efforts by the Bureau.
For example, the Bureau has begun a rulemaking process to follow up on a report it issued to Congress in March 2015 concerning the use of agreements providing for arbitration of any future disputes between covered persons and consumers in connection with the offering or providing of consumer financial products or services. The report, which was required by the Dodd-Frank Act, expanded on preliminary
The Bureau is also engaged in a rulemaking concerning underwriting and certain other practices in connection with payday, vehicle title, and similar credit products. The rulemaking follows on multiple reports that the Bureau has issued on its research into these markets, including a white paper in April 2013, a data point in March 2014, and several publications earlier this year. The Bureau has issued a proposed rule that, among other things, would require lenders to make a reasonable determination that the consumer has the ability to repay a covered loan before extending credit. It would also require lenders to make certain disclosures before attempting to collect payments from consumers' accounts and restrict lenders from making additional payment collection attempts after two consecutive attempts have failed. The Bureau has already received more than 100,000 comments in response to the proposal; the comment period closed on October 7, 2016.
In addition, the Bureau also engaged in policy analysis and research initiatives in preparation for a proposed rulemaking on debt collection activities, which are the single largest source of complaints to the Federal Government of any industry. Building on the Bureau's November 2013 Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, the Bureau released materials in July 2016 in advance of convening a panel under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) in conjunction with the Office of Management and Budget and the Small Business Administration's Chief Counsel for Advocacy to consult with small businesses that may be affected by the policy proposals under consideration. This SBREFA process focuses on companies that are considered “debt collectors” under the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act; the Bureau expects to convene a separate SBREFA proceeding focusing on companies that collect their own debts in 2017. The CFPB is also in the process of analyzing the results of a survey to obtain information from consumers about their experiences with debt collection and undertaking consumer testing initiatives to determine what information would be useful for consumers to have about debt collection and their debts and how that information should be provided to them.
Building on Bureau research and other sources, the Bureau is also engaged in policy analysis and further research initiatives in preparation for a proposed rulemaking on overdraft programs on checking accounts. The CFPB issued a white paper in June 2013, and a report in July 2014, based on supervisory data from several large banks that highlighted a number of possible consumer protection concerns, including how consumers opt in to overdraft coverage for ATM and one-time debit card transactions, overdraft coverage limits, transaction posting order practices, overdraft and insufficient funds fee structures, and involuntary account closures. The CFPB is continuing to engage in additional research and has begun qualitative consumer testing initiatives relating to the opt-in process.
The Bureau is also working on a final rule to create a comprehensive set of protections for prepaid financial products, such as general purpose reloadable cards and other similar products, which are increasingly being used by consumers in place of traditional checking accounts or credit cards. The final rule will build off a proposal that the Bureau issued in November 2014 to bring prepaid products within the ambit of Regulation E (which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act) as prepaid accounts and to create new provisions specific to such accounts. The proposal also included provisions to amend Regulation E and Regulation Z (which implements the Truth in Lending Act) to regulate prepaid accounts with overdraft services or certain other credit features.
The Bureau is also continuing rulemaking activities that will further establish the Bureau's nonbank supervisory authority by defining larger participants of certain markets for consumer financial products and services. Larger participants of such markets, as the Bureau defines by rule, are subject to the Bureau's supervisory authority. The Bureau expects that its next larger participant rulemaking will focus on the markets for consumer installment loans and vehicle title loans for purposes of supervision. The Bureau is also considering whether rules to require registration of these or other non-depository lenders would facilitate supervision, as has been suggested to the Bureau by both consumer advocates and industry groups.
The Bureau is also continuing to develop research on other critical markets to help implement statutory directives and to assess whether regulation of other consumer financial products and services may be warranted. For example, section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Act amends the Equal Credit Opportunity Act to require financial institutions to report information concerning credit applications made by women-owned, minority-owned, and small businesses. The Bureau is in its early stages with respect to implementing section 1071 and is currently focused on outreach and research to develop its understanding of the players, products, and practices in the business lending markets and of the potential ways to implement section 1071. The Bureau then expects to begin developing proposed regulations concerning the data to be collected and determining appropriate procedures and privacy protections needed for information-gathering and public disclosure under this section.
The Bureau is also continuing its efforts to implement critical consumer protections under the Dodd-Frank Act to guard against mortgage market practices that contributed to the Nation's most significant financial crisis in several decades. The Bureau has already issued regulations implementing Dodd-Frank Act protections for mortgage originations and servicing and integrating various Federal mortgage disclosures as discussed further below.
In October 2015, the Bureau issued a final rule implementing Dodd-Frank amendments to the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (HMDA), which augment existing data reporting requirements regarding housing-related loans and applications for such loans. In addition to obtaining data that is critical to the purposes of HMDA—which include providing the public and public officials
Another major effort of the Bureau is the implementation of its final rule combining several federal mortgage disclosures that consumers receive in connection with applying for and closing on a mortgage loan under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The integrated forms are the cornerstone of the Bureau's broader “Know Before You Owe” mortgage initiative. The rule, in most cases, requires that two forms, the Loan Estimate and the Closing Disclosure, replace four different Federal disclosures. These new forms help consumers better understand their options, choose the deal that is best for them, and avoid costly surprises at the closing table. The Bureau has worked intensively to support implementation efforts, including consumer education initiatives, both before and after the rule's October 2015 effective date. To facilitate implementation, the Bureau has released and provided applicable updates for a small entity compliance guide, a guide to forms, a readiness guide, sample forms, and additional materials. In July 2016, the Bureau proposed revisions to address a number of questions about the final rule that have been identified by interested parties in the course of these implementation efforts. The comment period on the proposal closed October 18, 2016. The Bureau anticipates finalizing the proposal in 2017.
The Bureau also continues to work in support of the full implementation of, and to facilitate compliance with, various mortgage-related final rules issued by the Bureau in January 2013 (including several amendments issued since that time) to strengthen consumer protections involving the origination and servicing of mortgages. In general, these rules, implementing requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act, were all effective by January 2014. The Bureau is working diligently to monitor the market and continues to make clarifications and adjustments to the rules where warranted. For example, the Bureau issued a final rule in August 2016 that amends various provisions of its mortgage servicing rules in both Regulation X, which implements RESPA, and Regulation Z, which implements TILA. The final rule clarifies the applicability of certain provisions when a borrower is in bankruptcy or has invoked cease communication rights under the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, enhances loss mitigation requirements, and extends the protections of the mortgage servicing rules to confirmed successors in interest, among other amendments. Most of the final rule will be effective in 2017, one year from publication in the
Further, the Bureau continues to participate in a series of interagency rulemakings to implement various Dodd-Frank Act amendments to TILA and the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) relating to mortgage appraisals. In April 2015, in conjunction with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration Board, and the Federal Housing Finance Agency, the Bureau issued a final rule adopting certain minimum requirements for appraisal management companies. These joint agency efforts are continuing with further efforts to implement amendments to FIRREA concerning required quality control standards relating to the use of automated valuation models.
The Bureau also maintains a long-term agenda to reflect its expectations beyond the current fiscal year. As noted in these items, the Bureau intends to explore potential rulemakings to address important issues related to consumer reporting and student loan servicing.
With regard to consumer reporting, the Bureau continues to oversee the credit reporting market through its supervisory and enforcement efforts, monitor the market through research and to consider prior research, including a white paper the Bureau published on the largest consumer reporting agencies in December 2012 and reports on credit report accuracy produced by the Federal Trade Commission pursuant to the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act. As this work continues, the Bureau will evaluate possible policy responses to issues identified, including potential additional rules or amendments to existing rules governing consumer reporting. Potential topics for consideration might include the accuracy of credit reports, including the processes for resolving consumer disputes, or other issues.
Further, in May 2015, the CFPB issued a request for information seeking comment from the public regarding student loan servicing practices, including those related to payment processing, servicing transfers, complaint resolution, co-signer release, and procedures regarding alternative repayment and refinancing options. In September 2015, the CFPB released a report regarding student loan servicing practices, based, in part, on comments submitted in response to the request for information. The CFPB, the Department of Education, and the Department of Treasury also published a Joint Statement of Principles on student loan servicing. In May 2016, the CFPB issued a request for information, seeking comment from the public about potential borrower communications regarding alternative repayment options. In July 2016, the CFPB and Department of Treasury joined the Department of Education as it announced new policy guidance regarding servicing standards for Federal student loans, which it developed in consultation with the Bureau and the Department of Treasury. The CFPB will also continue to monitor the student loan servicing market for trends and developments. As this work continues, the Bureau will evaluate possible policy responses, including
The Bureau also has begun planning to conduct assessments of significant rules it has adopted, pursuant to section 1022(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act. That section requires the Bureau to conduct such assessments to address, among other relevant factors, the effectiveness of the rules in meeting the purposes and objectives of title X of the Dodd-Frank Act and the specific goals of the rules assessed, to publish a report of each assessment not later than five years after the effective date of the subject rule, and to invite public comment on recommendations for modifying, expanding, or eliminating the subject rule before publishing each report. The Bureau will provide further information about its expectations for the lookback process as its planning continues.
The U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission is charged with protecting the public from unreasonable risks of death and injury associated with consumer products. To achieve this goal, among other things, the CPSC:
• Develops mandatory product safety standards or bans when other efforts are inadequate to address a safety hazard, or where required by statute;
• obtains repair, replacement, or refunds for defective products that present a substantial product hazard;
• develops information and education campaigns about the safety of consumer products;
• participates in the development or revision of voluntary product safety standards; and
• follows statutory mandates.
Unless directed otherwise by Congressional mandate, when deciding which of these approaches to take in any specific case, the CPSC gathers and analyzes data about the nature and extent of the risk presented by the product. The Commission's rules at 16 CFR 1009.8 require the Commission to consider, among other factors, the following criteria, when deciding the level of priority for any particular project:
• Frequency and severity of injury;
• causality of injury;
• chronic illness and future injuries;
• costs and benefits of Commission action;
• unforeseen nature of the risk;
• vulnerability of the population at risk;
• probability of exposure to the hazard; and
• additional criteria that warrant Commission attention.
Significant Regulatory Actions:
Currently, the Commission is considering one rule that would constitute a “significant regulatory action” under the definition of that term in Executive Order 12866:
1. Flammability Standard for Upholstered Furniture
Under Section 4 of the Flammable Fabrics Act (“FFA”), the Commission may issue a flammability standard or other regulation for a product of interior furnishing if the Commission determines that such a standard is needed to adequately protect the public against unreasonable risk of the occurrence of fire leading to death or personal injury, or significant property damage. The Commission's regulatory proceeding could result in several actions, one of which could be the development of a mandatory standard requiring that upholstered furniture meet mandatory requirements specified in the standard.
The Federal Trade Commission (FTC or Commission) is an independent agency charged by its enabling statute, the Federal Trade Commission Act (FTC Act), with protecting American consumers from “unfair methods of competition” and “unfair or deceptive acts or practices” in the marketplace. The Commission strives to ensure that consumers benefit from a vigorously competitive marketplace. The Commission's work is rooted in a belief that competition, based on truthful and non-misleading information about products and services, provides consumers the best choice of products and services at the lowest prices.
The Commission pursues its goal of promoting competition in the marketplace through two different but complementary approaches. Unfair or deceptive acts or practices injure both consumers and honest competitors alike and undermine competitive markets. Through its consumer protection activities, the Commission seeks to ensure that consumers receive accurate, truthful, and non-misleading information in the marketplace. One recent example is the FTC's enforcement action along with its law enforcement partners, the U.S. Department of Justice and the Environmental Protection Agency, to compensate consumers who were harmed by Volkswagen both because the company allegedly unfairly sold cars with illegal defeat devices and deceptively advertised these cars with claims that they were “clean.” On June 28, 2016, Volkswagen entered into a settlement to create a $10 billion compensation fund for Volkswagen diesel owners.
At the same time, to ensure that consumers have a choice of products and services at competitive prices and quality, the marketplace must be policed for anticompetitive business practices. Thus, the second part of the Commission's basic mission—antitrust enforcement—is to prohibit anticompetitive mergers or other anticompetitive business practices without unduly interfering with the legitimate activities of businesses. These two complementary missions make the Commission unique insofar as it is the nation's only Federal agency with this combination of statutory authority to protect consumers.
The Commission is, first and foremost, a law enforcement agency. It pursues its mandate primarily through case-by-case enforcement of the FTC Act and other statutes. In addition, the
The Commission protects consumers through a variety of tools, including both regulatory and non-regulatory approaches. It has encouraged industry self-regulation, developed a corporate leniency policy for certain rule violations, and established compliance partnerships where appropriate.
As detailed below, protecting consumer privacy, preventing and mitigating identity theft, containing the rising costs of health care and prescription drugs, fostering competition and innovation in markets for products that consumers buy every day, challenging deceptive advertising and marketing, and safeguarding the interests of potentially vulnerable consumers, such as children and the financially distressed, continue to be at the forefront of the Commission's consumer protection and competition programs.
By subject area, the FTC discusses some of the major workshops, reports,
New health-related apps, devices, and services are increasingly available to consumers. These products and services often involve the collection of sensitive health data, which consumers generally expect to be private. While much of this activity is not covered by HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996), it is covered by the FTC Act. An example of a recent enforcement action in this area is a case against Practice Fusion, a company that provides management services to physicians, based on allegations that it deceived consumers by soliciting reviews about their doctors without adequately disclosing that the reviews would be posted publicly on the internet.
The Internet of Things is also an expanding part of the Commission's work. It comes in the form of products such as fitness devices, wearables, smart cars, and connected smoke detectors, light bulbs, and refrigerators. While these products are innovative and exciting, they are also collecting, storing, and often sharing vast amounts of consumer data, some of it very personal, raising familiar and new concerns relating to privacy and security. Device security is a serious concern. If hackers can hack a smart car, a pacemaker, or an insulin pump, the consequences could be grave. The FTC's case against computer hardware company ASUS illustrates the problems created by poor device security.
Another area of interest is Big Data, specifically the vast collection of data about consumers and enhanced capabilities to analyze data to make inferences and predictions about consumers. Such data uses can and are creating many benefits, including in areas such as public health and safety. But the increase in data collection and storage also increases the risk of data breach, identity theft, and the likelihood that data will be used in ways consumers do not expect or want. The FTC recently issued a report entitled
One aspect of the increase in data collection is the ease with which anyone can buy detailed data about consumers. The FTC continues to focus on data brokers and, in particular, the role they play in facilitating fraud. For example, the FTC brought a case against data broker Sequoia One, alleging that it purchased the payday loan applications of financially strapped consumers—including names, addresses, phone numbers, Social Security Numbers, and bank account numbers—and then sold them to scam artists who used the data to withdraw millions of dollars from consumers' accounts.
Data security remains an important focus of the Commission's privacy work. Since 2002, approximately 60 companies have settled FTC cases alleging that they engaged in deceptive or unfair practices that unreasonably put consumers' personal data at risk. In July 2016, the Commission issued an Opinion and Final Order against medical testing laboratory LabMD, Inc., concluding that its data security practices were unreasonable and constituted an unfair act or practice that violated the FTC Act.
The FTC also engages in policy initiatives to better understand emerging technologies, research, and business models, including by hosting many workshops and events on privacy issues. On January 14, 2016, the FTC hosted it's first-ever PrivacyCon event to showcase original research in the area of privacy and security. Participants presented and discussed original research on important and timely topics such as data security, online tracking, and consumer perceptions of privacy, privacy disclosures, Big Data, and the economics of privacy. PrivacyCon is helping the Commission stay up-to-date with changing technologies, learn about new tools and programs, identify potential areas for investigation and enforcement, fashion remedies, and identify areas for further study. The Commission has scheduled a second PrivacyCon for January 12, 2017, in Washington, DC
As another example of its work on policy issues, the FTC is hosting a Fall Technology Series of three half-day events during Fall of 2016 that to explore consumer protection and privacy implications of ransomware, drones, and smart TVs. This series gathers input from academics, business and industry representatives, government experts, and consumer advocates for three-hour discussion sessions, which take place in Washington, DC and are open to the public. The FTC invites comment from the public on the events.
Finally, the FTC educates consumers and businesses on privacy and security issues. For example, the “Start with Security” business outreach campaign, launched in 2015, has included one-day conferences in Austin, San Francisco, Seattle, and Chicago to bring business owners and developers together with industry experts to discuss practical tips and strategies for implementing effective data security. Additionally, the Start with Security Guide
The Commission actively litigates to protect children and their parents when children use mobile apps that appeal to children and offer virtual goods for sale.
The agency has aggressively enforced the law against scam artists and sought to educate older consumers about scams and to promote technological solutions that will make it more difficult for scammers to operate and hide from law enforcement. Though all of the FTC's fraud cases involve elderly consumers as part of the general population, since 2005, the Commission has brought 38 cases alleging that defendants' conduct has specifically targeted or disproportionately harmed older adults. Although scams targeting older Americans are diverse and have ranged from sweepstakes to business opportunities, the FTC has in recent years concentrated its law enforcement efforts on online threats and various types of impostor scams. Some examples are technical support scams, health care-related scams, and sweepstakes and prize scams. The FTC also has pursued actions related to the money transfer services that are commonly used in scams affecting older adults, and has coordinated efforts with criminal and foreign law enforcement agencies to achieve a broader impact.
FTC education and outreach programs reach tens of millions of people every year. Among them are a series of fotonovelas (graphic novels) to raise awareness about scams targeting the Latino community and the “Pass It On” program that provides seniors with information, in English and Spanish, on a variety of scams targeting the elderly.
For example, if educational institutions make promises to their prospective students about future employment and income, the institutions must be able to substantiate those claims. On January 27, 2016, the Commission filed suit against DeVry University for allegedly deceiving students about the likelihood that they would find jobs after graduation in their field of study.
Tax identity theft is a growing share of identity theft-related complaints. In January 2016, the FTC sponsored a Tax Identity Theft Awareness Week to raise awareness about tax identity theft and provide tips about how to respond to it. The FTC's Tax Identity Theft Awareness Week Web site
The FTC also continues to work to eliminate anticompetitive “pay-for-delay” settlements in which a branded drug firm pays a generic competitor to keep generic drugs off the market. In a significant victory, the U.S. Supreme Court held that pay-for-delay agreements between brand and generic drug companies are subject to antitrust scrutiny under an antitrust “rule of reason” analysis.
The FTC also remains vigilant to stop other anticompetitive conduct by pharmaceutical firms to delay generic competition, including “product hopping,” where a brand introduces new products with minor or no substantive improvements in the hopes of preventing substitution to lower-priced generics. The Commission has noted that the potential for anticompetitive product design is particularly acute in the pharmaceutical industry, in part because it may be a profitable strategy even if consumers do not prefer the reformulated version of the product or if it lacks any real medical benefit.
The Commission also recently filed an administrative complaint against 1-800
For instance, the FTC has used its authority under Section 6(b) of the Federal Trade Commission Act to explore the impact of patent assertion entities (PAE), firms that acquire patents from third parties and then try to make money by licensing or suing accused infringers. In 2014, the FTC received clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act from the Office of Management and Budget to issue compulsory process orders to PAEs and other industry participants to develop a better understanding of PAE business models. During October 2016, the FTC published a staff report that spotlighted the business practices of PAEs and recommended patent litigation reforms.
In 2014, the FTC received clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act from the Office of Management and Budget to issue compulsory process orders to PAEs and other industry participants to develop a better understanding of PAE business models. The FTC expects to publish a report in Fall 2016 describing its findings and providing recommendations for future reform.
In conjunction with the Department of Justice, the Commission is also seeking to update the Antitrust Guidelines for the Licensing of Intellectual Property, also known as the IP Licensing Guidelines. To reflect changes in law and accumulated antitrust enforcement experience over the past 20 years, the agencies have proposed modifications to the IP Licensing Guidelines. The Commission is seeking comments from the public on the proposed update.
The Commission focuses on similar concerns with respect to native advertising, which involves the use of formats that make advertising or promotional messages look like objective content. The Commission recently issued an Enforcement Policy Statement about this practice.
The FTC cooperated on enforcement-related matters with foreign agencies or multilateral organizations in 58 consumer protection and privacy matters, using its authority under the U.S. SAFE WEB Act in 19 of these matters to share information or provide investigative assistance to foreign authorities. One highlight was the FTC's successful effort, working with the Royal Canadian Mounted Police and the U.S. Department of Justice, to obtain a court order from a Montreal court repatriating nearly $2 million to the U.S. victims of a phony mortgage assistance and debt relief scheme. The FTC also continues to advance enforcement cooperation through networks such as the International Consumer Protection and Enforcement Network (ICPEN), the Global Privacy Enforcement Network (GPEN), the anti-spam London Action Plan and the International Mass Marketing Fraud Working Group. It relaunched the
In the policy arena, the FTC played a leading role in revising the OECD's Guidelines on Consumer Protection in Electronic Commerce, which were adopted by the OECD Council in early 2016 to address new developments in e-commerce including mobile applications, digital content, and peer platform marketplaces. The agency also played an important role in negotiating new provisions of the United Nations Guidelines on Consumer Protection relating to e-commerce, consumer financial services, dispute resolution and redress, and international cooperation.
The FTC also continues to advocate for global interoperability among different international privacy frameworks. For example, the FTC worked closely with the U.S. Department of Commerce and European Commission to develop the E.U.-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework which the European Commission adopted on July 12, 2016. The new framework replaces the U.S.-E.U. Safe Harbor Framework and allows companies of all sizes and across most industries to transfer data between the European Union and United States. The new framework enhances protections for EU citizens' data, improves cooperation procedures among U.S. and EU authorities, and adds new redress and complaint resolution mechanisms for EU citizens. The FTC has a strong track record of protecting consumer privacy in many contexts, and it is committed to vigorously enforcing the new framework.
Throughout 2016, the FTC's international competition program promoted cooperation with competition agencies in other jurisdictions and advocated convergence of international antitrust policies toward best practice. As a new co-chair of the Mergers Working Group of the International Competition Network (ICN), the FTC is already taking a lead role to strengthen implementation of, and possibly update, the ICN's signature recommended practices for merger notification and review procedures.
In addition to promoting convergence toward sound competition policy and enforcement, the FTC advocates fair and transparent enforcement procedures. The FTC initiated and co-led the ICN's project on procedural fairness that culminated in the consensus Guidance on Investigative Process, which is the most comprehensive agency-led effort to articulate best practices in providing due process in antitrust investigations. The FTC actively promotes implementation of these standards of transparency, engagement, and other key procedural aspects of antitrust enforcement. The FTC also participated in the interagency teams that negotiated outcomes with China in the Joint Commission on Commerce and Trade and the Strategic and Economic Dialogue, including with regard to procedural fairness in anti-monopoly law proceedings and the coherence of antitrust monopoly and intellectual property rules. We also played an active role in developing the competition chapters of Trans-Pacific and Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnerships.
Finally, the FTC has continued its robust technical assistance program to share its experience with competition agencies around the world. In 2016, the FTC conducted programs in jurisdictions around the globe, including Argentina, Brazil, India, Mexico, the Philippines, South Africa, and Ukraine. Through its International Fellows Program, the FTC brought ten international competition colleagues from five competition agencies to work alongside FTC staff on antitrust enforcement matters for fiscal year 2016. Under the same program, the FTC brought four international consumer protection colleagues from four agencies to work alongside FTC staff on consumer protection matters and research this fiscal year.
In 1992, the Commission implemented a program to review its rules and guides regularly. The Commission's review program is patterned after provisions in the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612. Under the Commission's program, rules are reviewed on a 10-year schedule. For many rules, this has resulted in more frequent reviews than are generally required by Section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. This program is also broader than the review contemplated under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, in that it provides the Commission with an ongoing systematic approach for seeking information about the costs and benefits of its rules and guides and whether there are changes that could minimize any adverse economic effects, not just a “significant economic impact upon a substantial number of small entities.” 5 U.S.C. 610. In each rule review, the Commission requests public comments on, among other things, the economic impact and benefits of the rule; possible conflict between the rule and state, local, or other federal laws or regulations; and the effect on the rule of any technological, economic, or other industry changes.
As part of its continuing 10-year review plan, the Commission examines the effect of rules and guides on small businesses and on the marketplace in general. These reviews may lead to the revision or rescission of rules and guides to ensure that the Commission's consumer protection and competition goals are achieved efficiently and at the least cost to business. In a number of instances, the Commission has determined that existing rules and guides were no longer necessary or in the public interest. Most of the matters currently under review pertain to consumer protection and are intended to ensure that consumers receive the information necessary to evaluate competing products and make informed purchasing decisions. Pursuant to this program, the Commission has rescinded 37 rules and guides promulgated under the FTC's general authority and updated dozens of others since the early 1990s.
In light of Executive Orders 13563 and 13579, the FTC continues to take a fresh look at its long-standing regulatory review process. The Commission is taking a number of steps to ease burdens on business and promote transparency in its regulatory review program:
• The Commission issued in February 2016 a revised 10-year review schedule (see next paragraph below). The Commission is currently reviewing 11 of the 65 rules and guides within its jurisdiction.
• The Commission continues to request and review public comments on the effectiveness of its regulatory review program and suggestions for its improvement.
• The FTC maintains a Web page at
In addition, the Commission's 10-year periodic review schedule includes initiating reviews for the following rules and guides (81 FR 7716, Feb. 16, 2016) during 2016:
(1) Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information, 16 CFR 314,
(2) CAN-SPAM Rule, 16 CFR 316,
(3) Labeling and Advertising of Home Insulation, 16 CFR 460,
(4) Disposal of Consumer Report Information and Records, 16 CFR 682, and in 2017 for:
(5) Deceptive Advertising as to Sizes of Viewable Pictures Shown by Television Receiving Sets, 16 CFR 410.
The Commission is continuing review of a number of rules and guides, which are discussed below.
Since the publication of the 2015 Regulatory Plan, the Commission has issued the following final rules or taken other actions to close other rulemaking proceedings.
The final rule amendments extend the scope of the Rules to cover persons or entities that sell imitation numismatic items (coins, paper currency and commemorative medals), or provide substantial assistance or support to any manufacturer, importer, or seller of imitation numismatic items, or any manufacturer or importer of imitation political items, who they know, or should have known, is violating the marking requirements of the Hobby Act and the Rules. The amendments will be effective on November 16, 2016.
In both content and process, the FTC's ongoing and proposed regulatory actions are consistent with the President's priorities. The actions under consideration inform and protect consumers, while minimizing the regulatory burdens on businesses. The Commission will continue working toward these goals. The Commission's 10-year review program described above is patterned after provisions in the Regulatory Flexibility Act and complies with the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996. The Commission's 10-year program also is consistent with section 5(a) of Executive Order 12866, which directs executive branch agencies to develop a plan to reevaluate periodically all of their significant existing regulations. 58 FR 51735 (Sept. 30, 1993). In addition, the final rules issued by the Commission continue to be consistent with the President's Statement of Regulatory Philosophy and Principles, Executive Order 12866, section 1(a), which directs agencies to promulgate only such regulations as are,
The Commission continues to identify and weigh the costs and benefits of proposed regulatory actions and possible alternative actions and to seek and consider the broadest practicable array of comment from affected consumers, businesses, and the public at large. In sum, the Commission's regulatory actions are aimed at efficiently and fairly promoting the ability of “private markets to protect or improve the health and safety of the public, the environment, or the well-being of the American people.” Executive Order 12866, section 1.
The Commission has no proposed rules that would be a “significant regulatory action” under the definition in Executive Order 12866.
(1) Have an annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more or adversely affect in a material way the economy; a sector of the economy; productivity; competition; jobs; the environment; public health or safety; or State, local, or tribal governments or communities;
(2) Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
(3) Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients thereof; or
(4) Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles set forth in this Executive order.
In 1988, Congress adopted the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act (IGRA) (Pub. L. 100-497, 102 Stat. 2475) with a primary purpose of providing “a statutory basis for the operation of gaming by Indian tribes as a means of promoting tribal economic development, self-sufficiency, and strong tribal governments.” IGRA established the National Indian Gaming Commission (NIGC) to protect such gaming, amongst other things, as a means of generating tribal revenue.
At its core, Indian gaming is a function of sovereignty exercised by tribal governments. In addition, the Federal Government maintains a government-to-government relationship with the tribes—a responsibility of the NIGC. Thus, while the NIGC is committed to strong regulation of Indian gaming, the NIGC is equally committed to strengthening government-to-government relations by engaging in meaningful consultation with tribes to fulfill IGRA's intent. The NIGC's vision is to adhere to principles of good government, including transparency to promote agency accountability and fiscal responsibility, to operate consistently to ensure fairness and clarity in the administration of IGRA, and to respect the responsibilities of each sovereign in order to fully promote tribal economic development, self-sufficiency, and strong tribal governments. The NIGC is fully committed to working with tribes to ensure the integrity of the industry by exercising its regulatory responsibilities through technical assistance, compliance, and enforcement activities.
As an independent regulatory agency, the NIGC has been performing a retrospective review of its existing regulations well before Executive Order 13579 was issued on July 11, 2011. The NIGC, however, recognizes the importance of Executive Order 13579, and its regulatory review is being conducted in the spirit of Executive Order 13579, to identify those regulations that may be outmoded, ineffective, insufficient, or excessively burdensome and to modify, streamline, expand, or repeal them in accordance with input from the public. In addition, as required by Executive Order 13175, the NIGC has been conducting government-to-government consultations with tribes regarding each regulation's relevancy, consistency in application, and limitations or barriers to implementation, based on the tribes' experiences. The consultation process is also intended to result in the identification of areas for improvement and needed amendments, if any, new
The following Regulatory Identifier Numbers (RINs) are associated with the review:
More specifically, the NIGC is currently considering promulgating new regulations in the following areas: (i) Amendments to its regulatory definitions to conform to the newly promulgated rules; (ii) the removal, revision, or suspension of the existing minimum internal control standards (MICS) in part 542; (iii) updates or revisions to its management contract regulations to address the current state of the industry; (iv) the review and revision of the minimum internal control standards for Class II gaming; (v) regulation that would provide a preference to qualified Indian-owned businesses when purchasing goods or services for the Commission at a fair market price; (vi) revisions to the minimum technical standards for gaming equipment used with the play of Class II games; and, (vii) revisions to the existing Privacy Act Procedures in part 515 as a means to streamline internal processes.
The NIGC anticipates that the ongoing consultations with tribes will continue to play an important role in the development of the NIGC's rulemaking efforts.
Under the authority of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, as amended, the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) regulates the possession and use of source, byproduct, and special nuclear material. Our regulatory mission is to license and regulate the Nation's civilian use of byproduct, source, and special nuclear materials to ensure adequate protection of public health and safety, promote the common defense and security, and protect the environment. As part of our mission, we regulate the operation of nuclear power plants and fuel-cycle plants; the safeguarding of nuclear materials from theft and sabotage; the safe transport, storage, and disposal of radioactive materials and wastes; the decommissioning and safe release for other uses of licensed facilities that are no longer in operation; and the medical, industrial, and research applications of nuclear material. In addition, we license the import and export of radioactive materials.
As part of our regulatory process, we routinely conduct comprehensive regulatory analyses that examine the costs and benefits of contemplated regulations. We have developed internal procedures and programs to ensure that we impose only necessary requirements on our licensees and to review existing regulations to determine whether the requirements imposed are still necessary.
Our regulatory priorities for Fiscal Year (FY) 2017 reflect our complex mission and will enable us to achieve our two strategic goals described in NUREG-1614, Volume 6, “Strategic Plan: Fiscal Years 2014-2018 (
This section contains information on some of our most important regulatory actions that we are considering issuing in proposed or final form during FY 2017. For additional information on these regulatory actions and on a broader spectrum of the NRC's upcoming regulatory actions, see the NRC's portion of the Unified Agenda of Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions.
Office of the Secretary, USDA.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
This agenda provides summary descriptions of significant and not significant regulations being developed in agencies of the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) in conformance with Executive Orders (E.O.) 12866 “Regulatory Planning and Review,” and 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review.” The agenda also describes regulations affecting small entities as required by section 602 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, Public Law 96-354. This agenda also identifies regulatory actions that are being reviewed in compliance with section 610(c) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. We invite public comment on those actions as well as any regulation consistent with E.O. 13563.
USDA has attempted to list all regulations and regulatory reviews pending at the time of publication except for minor and routine or repetitive actions, but some may have been inadvertently missed. There is no legal significance to the omission of an item from this listing. Also, the dates shown for the steps of each action are estimated and are not commitments to act on or by the date shown.
USDA's complete regulatory agenda is available online at
(1) Rules that are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and
(2) Rules identified for periodic review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
For this edition of the USDA regulatory agenda, the most important significant regulatory actions and a Statement of Regulatory Priorities are included in the Regulatory Plan, which appears in both the online regulatory agenda and in part II of the
For further information on any specific entry shown in this agenda, please contact the person listed for that action. For general comments or inquiries about the agenda, please contact Michael Poe, Office of Budget and Program Analysis, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250, (202) 720-3257.
C. William Hench,
Lynnette M. Thomas, Chief, Planning and Regulatory Affairs Branch, Department of Agriculture, Food and Nutrition Service, 3101 Park Center Drive, Alexandria, VA 22302,
Lynnette M. Thomas,
Various Secretary's Rules and Regulations (years of 1911, 1937, 1938, 1939, 1947, 1950, and 1963) and Forest Service regulations at 36 CFR 251.15 provide direction for the use of NFS lands for mineral development activities associated with the exercise of reserved mineral rights. These existing rules for reserved minerals development activities also include requirements for protection of NFS resources.
Currently, there are no formal regulations governing the use of NFS lands for activities associated with the exercise of outstanding mineral rights underlying those lands. The Energy Policy Act of 1992, section 2508, directed the Secretary of Agriculture to apply specified terms and conditions to surface-disturbing activities related to development of oil and gas on certain lands with outstanding mineral rights on the Allegheny National Forest, and promulgate regulations implementing that section.
The Forest Service initiated rulemaking for the use of NFS lands for development activities associated with both reserved and outstanding minerals rights with an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) in the
Office of the Secretary, Commerce.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
In compliance with Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review,” and the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended, the Department of Commerce (Commerce), in the spring and fall of each year, publishes in the
Commerce's fall 2016 regulatory agenda includes regulatory activities that are expected to be conducted during the period November 1, 2016, through October 31, 2017.
Commerce hereby publishes its fall 2016 Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions pursuant to Executive Order 12866 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
In this edition of Commerce's regulatory agenda, a list of the most important significant regulatory actions and a Statement of Regulatory Priorities are included in the Regulatory Plan, which appears in both the online Unified Agenda and in part II of the issue of the
In addition, beginning with the fall 2007 edition, the Internet became the basic means for disseminating the Unified Agenda. The complete Unified Agenda is available online at
Because publication in the
(1) Rules that are in the Agency's regulatory flexibility agenda, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, because they are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and
(2) Rules that the Agency has identified for periodic review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Printing of these entries is limited to fields that contain information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act's Agenda requirements. Additional information on these entries is available in the Unified Agenda published on the Internet. In addition, for fall editions of the Agenda, Commerce's entire Regulatory Plan will continue to be printed in the
Within Commerce, the Office of the Secretary and various operating units may issue regulations. Among these operating units, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), the Bureau of Industry and Security, and the Patent and Trademark Office, issue the greatest share of Commerce's regulations.
A large number of regulatory actions reported in the Agenda deal with fishery management programs of NOAA's National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS). To avoid repetition of programs and definitions, as well as to provide some understanding of the technical and institutional elements of NMFS' programs, an “Explanation of Information Contained in NMFS Regulatory Entries” is provided below.
The Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1801
The Council process for developing FMPs and amendments makes it difficult for NMFS to determine the significance and timing of some regulatory actions under consideration by the Councils at the time the semiannual regulatory agenda is published.
Commerce's fall 2016 regulatory agenda follows.
Department of Defense (DoD).
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Department of Defense (DoD) is publishing this semiannual agenda of regulatory documents, including those that are procurement-related, for public information and comments under Executive Order 12866 “Regulatory Planning and Review.” This agenda incorporates the objective and criteria, when applicable, of the regulatory reform program under the Executive order and other regulatory guidance. It contains DoD regulations initiated by DoD components that may have economic and environmental impact on State, local, or tribal interests under the criteria of Executive Order 12866. Although most DoD regulations listed in the agenda are of limited public impact, their nature may be of public interest and, therefore, are published to provide notice of rulemaking and an opportunity for public participation in the internal DoD rulemaking process. Members of the public may submit comments on individual proposed and interim final rulemakings at
This agenda updates the report published on May 18, 2016, and includes regulations expected to be issued and under review over the next 12 months. The next agenda is scheduled to be published in the spring of 2017.
The complete Unified Agenda will be available online at
Because publication in the
(1) Rules that are in the Agency's regulatory flexibility agenda, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, because they are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and
(2) Any rules that the Agency has identified for periodic review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Printing of these entries is limited to fields that contain information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act's agenda requirements. Additional information on these entries is in the Unified Agenda available online.
For information concerning the overall DoD regulatory improvement program and for general semiannual agenda information, contact Ms. Patricia Toppings, telephone 571-372-0485, or write to Office of the Deputy Chief Management Officer, Directorate for Oversight and Compliance, Regulatory and Advisory Committee Division, 9010 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-9010, or email:
For questions of a legal nature concerning the agenda and its statutory requirements or obligations, write to Office of the General Counsel, 1600 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-1600, or call 703-697-2714.
For general information on Office of the Secretary regulations, other than those which are procurement-related, contact Ms. Morgan Park, telephone 571-372-0489, or write to Office of the Deputy Chief Management Officer, Directorate of Oversight and Compliance, Regulatory and Advisory Committee Division, 9010 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-9010, or email:
For general information on Office of the Secretary regulations which are procurement-related, contact Ms. Jennifer Hawes, telephone 571-372-6115, or write to Office of the Under Secretary of Defense for Acquisition, Technology, and Logistics, Defense Procurement and Acquisition Policy, Defense Acquisition Regulations System, Room 3B941, 3060 Defense Pentagon, Washington, DC 20301-3060, or email:
For general information on Department of the Army regulations, contact Ms. Brenda Bowen, telephone 703-428-6173, or write to the U.S. Army Records Management and Declassification Agency, ATTN: AAHS-RDR-C, Casey Building, Room 102, 7701 Telegraph Road, Alexandria, Virginia 22315-3860, or email:
For general information on the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers regulations, contact Mr. Chip Smith, telephone 703-693-3644, or write to Office of the Deputy Assistant Secretary of the Army (Policy and Legislation), 108 Army Pentagon, Room 2E569, Washington, DC 20310-0108, or email:
For general information on Department of the Navy regulations, contact CDR Noreen Hagerty-Ford, telephone 703-614-7408, or write to Department of the Navy, Office of the Judge Advocate General, Administrative Law Division (Code 13), Washington Navy Yard, 1322 Patterson Avenue SE., Suite 3000, Washington, DC 20374-5066, or email:
For general information on Department of the Air Force regulations, contact Bao-Anh Trinh, telephone 703-614-8500, or write the Office of the Secretary of the Air Force, Chief, Information Dominance/Chief Information Officer (SAF CIO/A6), 1800 Air Force Pentagon, Washington, DC 20330-1800, or email:
For specific agenda items, contact the appropriate individual indicated in each DoD component report.
This edition of the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions is composed of the regulatory status reports, including procurement-related regulatory status reports, from the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) and the Departments of the Army and Navy. Included also is the regulatory status report from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, whose civil works functions fall under the reporting requirements of Executive Order 12866 and involve water resource projects and regulation of activities in waters of the United States.
In addition, this agenda, although published under the reporting requirements of Executive Order 12866, continues to be the DoD single-source reporting vehicle, which identifies regulations that are currently applicable under the various regulatory reform programs in progress. Therefore, DoD components will identify those rules which come under the criteria of the:
a. Regulatory Flexibility Act;
b. Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995;
c. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995.
Those DoD regulations, which are directly applicable under these statutes, will be identified in the agenda and their action status indicated. Generally, the regulatory status reports in this agenda will contain five sections: (1) Prerule stage; (2) proposed rule stage; (3) final rule stage; (4) completed actions; and (5) long-term actions. Where certain regulatory actions indicate that small entities are affected, the effect on these entities may not necessarily have significant economic impact on a
Although not a regulatory agency, DoD will continue to participate in regulatory initiatives designed to reduce economic costs and unnecessary burdens upon the public. Comments and recommendations are invited on the rules reported and should be addressed to the DoD component representatives identified in the regulatory status reports. Although sensitive to the needs of the public, as well as regulatory reform, DoD reserves the right to exercise the exemptions and flexibility permitted in its rulemaking process in order to proceed with its overall defense-oriented mission. The publishing of this agenda does not waive the applicability of the military affairs exemption in section 553 of title 5 U.S.C. and section 3 of Executive Order 12866. Executive Order 13563 recognizes the importance of maintaining a consistent culture of retrospective review and analysis throughout the executive branch. DoD's retrospective review plan is intended to identify certain significant rules that are obsolete, unnecessary, unjustified, excessively burdensome, or counterproductive and can be accessed at:
References in boldface appear in The Regulatory Plan in part II of this issue of the
Office of the Secretary, Department of Education.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Secretary of Education publishes a semiannual agenda of Federal regulatory and deregulatory actions. The agenda is issued under the authority of section 4(b) of Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review.” The purpose of the agenda is to encourage more effective public participation in the regulatory process by providing the public with early information about the regulatory actions we plan to take.
Questions or comments related to specific regulations listed in this agenda should be directed to the agency contact listed for the regulations. Other questions or comments on this agenda should be directed to LaTanya Cannady, Program Specialist, Emily Fridman, Attorney, Rachel Disario, Attorney, or Hilary Malawer, Assistant General Counsel, Division of Regulatory Services, Department of Education, Room 6C128, 400 Maryland Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20202-2241; telephone: LaTanya Cannady (202) 401-9676, Emily Fridman (202) 453-7421, Rachel Disario (202) 401-0897, or Hilary Malawer (202) 401-6148. Individuals who use a telecommunications device for the deaf or a text telephone may call the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339.
Section 4(b) of Executive Order 12866, dated September 30, 1993, requires the Department of Education (ED) to publish, at a time and in a manner specified by the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, an agenda of all regulations under development or review. The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 602(a), requires ED to publish, in October and April of each year, a regulatory flexibility agenda.
The regulatory flexibility agenda may be combined with any other agenda that satisfies the statutory requirements (5 U.S.C. 605(a)). In compliance with the Executive order and the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the Secretary publishes this agenda.
For each set of regulations listed, the agenda provides the title of the document, the type of document, a citation to any rulemaking or other action taken since publication of the most recent agenda, and planned dates of future rulemaking. In addition, the agenda provides the following information:
• An abstract that includes a description of the problem to be addressed, any principal alternatives being considered, and potential costs and benefits of the action.
• An indication of whether the planned action is likely to have significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities as defined by the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601(6)).
• A reference to where a reader can find the current regulations in the Code of Federal Regulations.
• A citation of legal authority.
• The name, address, and telephone number of the contact person at ED from whom a reader can obtain additional information regarding the planned action.
In accordance with ED's Principles for Regulating listed in its regulatory plan (78 FR 1361, published January 8, 2013), ED is committed to regulations that improve the quality and equality of services to its customers. ED will regulate only if absolutely necessary and then in the most flexible, most equitable, least burdensome way possible.
Interested members of the public are invited to comment on any of the items listed in this agenda that they believe are not consistent with the Principles for Regulating. Members of the public are also invited to comment on any uncompleted actions in this agenda that ED plans to review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 610) to determine their economic impact on small entities.
This publication does not impose any binding obligation on ED with regard to any specific item in the agenda. ED may elect not to pursue any of the regulatory actions listed here, and regulatory action in addition to the items listed is not precluded. Dates of future regulatory actions are subject to revision in subsequent agendas.
The entire Unified Agenda is published electronically and is available online at
Department of Energy.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Department of Energy (DOE) has prepared and is making available its portion of the semiannual Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions (Agenda), including its Regulatory Plan (Plan), pursuant to Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” and the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
The Agenda is a government-wide compilation of upcoming and ongoing regulatory activity, including a brief description of each rulemaking and a timetable for action. The Agenda also includes a list of regulatory actions completed since publication of the last Agenda. The Department of Energy's portion of the Agenda includes regulatory actions called for by statute, including amendments contained in the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007 and the American Energy Manufacturing Technical Corrections Act, and programmatic needs of DOE offices.
The Internet is the basic means for disseminating the Agenda and providing users the ability to obtain information from the Agenda database. DOE's entire Fall 2016 Agenda can be accessed online by going to
Publication in the
The Plan appears in both the online Agenda and the
RIN: 1904-AD18
Office of the Secretary, HHS.
Semiannual Regulatory Agenda.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 and Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 require the semiannual issuance of an inventory of rulemaking actions under development throughout the Department, offering for public review summarized information about forthcoming regulatory actions.
Wilma Robinson, Deputy Executive Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20201; (202) 690-5627.
The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) is the Federal government's lead agency for protecting the health of all Americans and providing essential human services, especially for those who are least able to help themselves. HHS enhances the health and well-being of Americans by promoting effective health and human services and by fostering sound, sustained advances in the sciences underlying medicine, public health, and social services.
This Agenda presents the rulemaking activities that the Department expects to undertake in the foreseeable future to advance this mission. The Agenda furthers several Departmental goals, including strengthening health care; advancing scientific knowledge and innovation; advancing the health, safety, and well-being of the American people; increasing efficiency, transparency, and accountability of HHS programs; and strengthening the nation's health and human services infrastructure and workforce.
HHS has an agency-wide effort to support the Agenda's purpose of encouraging more effective public participation in the regulatory process. For example, to encourage public participation, we regularly update our regulatory Web page (
The rulemaking abstracts included in this paper issue of the
Sunlamp products incorporate ultraviolet (UV) lamps and include devices such as UV tanning beds and booths. People who use sunlamp products are at increased risk of developing skin cancer and other illnesses, and sustaining injuries.
The final rule is part of the ongoing review of OTC drug products conducted by FDA.
In this final rule, we address whether certain active ingredients used in OTC consumer antiseptic products intended for use with water (referred to as consumer antiseptic washes) are not generally recognized as safe and effective (GRAS/GRAE) and are misbranded.
Sarah Harding, Health Insurance Specialist, Department of Health and Human Services, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Center for Medicare, MS: C4-01-26, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244,
Office of the Secretary, DHS.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
This regulatory agenda is a semiannual summary of current and projected rulemakings, existing regulations, and completed actions of the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and its components. This agenda provides the public with information about DHS's regulatory activity. DHS expects that this information will enable the public to be more aware of, and effectively participate in, the Department's regulatory activity. DHS invites the public to submit comments on any aspect of this agenda.
Please direct general comments and inquiries on the agenda to the Regulatory Affairs Law Division, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. Department of Homeland Security, 245 Murray Lane, Mail Stop 0485, Washington, DC 20528-0485.
Please direct specific comments and inquiries on individual regulatory actions identified in this agenda to the individual listed in the summary of the regulation as the point of contact for that regulation.
DHS provides this notice pursuant to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (Pub. L. 96-354, Sept. 19, 1980) and Executive Order 12866 “Regulatory Planning and Review” (Sept. 30, 1993) as incorporated in Executive Order 13563 “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (Jan. 18, 2011), which require the Department to publish a semiannual agenda of regulations. The regulatory agenda is a summary of current and projected rulemakings as well as actions completed since the publication of the last regulatory agenda for the Department. DHS last published its semiannual regulatory agenda on June 9, 2016 at 81 FR 37308.
Beginning in fall 2007, the Internet became the basic means for disseminating the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions (“Unified Agenda”). The complete Unified Agenda is available online at
Executive Order 12866 requires Federal agencies to prepare a Regulatory Plan of the most important significant regulatory actions that the agency reasonably expects to issue in proposed or final form in that fiscal year or thereafter. As in past years, for fall editions of the semiannual regulatory agenda, Federal agencies print the entire Regulatory Plan in the
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 602) requires Federal agencies to publish their regulatory flexibility agendas in the
DHS's semiannual agenda conforms to the Unified Agenda format developed by the Regulatory Information Service Center.
Nancy Harvey, Policy Analyst, Department of Homeland Security, Office of the Chief Procurement Officer, Room 3636-15, 301 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20528,
Alex Moscoso, Lead Economist, Economic Analysis Branch—Cross Modal Division, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of Security Policy and Industry Engagement, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6028,
Denise Daniels, Attorney-Advisor, Regulations and Security Standards, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of the Chief Counsel, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6002,
The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) intends to propose new regulations to revise and standardize the procedures, adjudication criteria, and fees for most of the security threat assessments (STA)
Michael J. Pickford, Lead Economist, Economic Analysis Branch—Cross Modal Division, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of Security Policy and Industry Engagement, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6028,
John Vergelli, Senior Counsel, Regulations and Security Standards Division, Department of Homeland Security, Transportation Security Administration, Office of the Chief Counsel, 601 South 12th Street, Arlington, VA 20598-6002,
Molly Stubbs, ICE Regulatory Coordinator, Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, Office of the Director, PTN—Potomac Center North, 500 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20536,
Brad Tuttle, Attorney Advisor, Department of Homeland Security, U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement, 500 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20536,
Department of Housing and Urban Development.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
In accordance with section 4(b) of Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” as amended, HUD is publishing its agenda of regulations already issued or that are expected to be issued during the next several months. The agenda also includes rules currently in effect that are under review and describes those regulations that may affect small entities, as required by section 602 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The purpose of publication of the agenda is to encourage more effective public participation in the regulatory process by providing the public with advance information about pending regulatory activities.
Aaron Santa Anna, Assistant General Counsel for Regulations, Office of General Counsel, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 10276, Washington, DC 20410-0500; telephone number 202-708-3055. (This is not a toll-free number.) A telecommunications device for hearing- and speech-impaired individuals (TTY) is available at 800-877-8339 (Federal Relay Service).
Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735), as amended, requires each department or agency to prepare semiannually an agenda of: (1) Regulations that the department or agency has issued or expects to issue, and; (2) rules currently in effect that are under departmental or agency review. The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) requires each department or agency to publish semiannually a regulatory agenda of rules expected to be proposed or promulgated that are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of “small entities,” meaning small businesses, small organizations, or small governmental jurisdictions. Executive Order 12866 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act permit incorporation of the agenda required by these two authorities with any other prescribed agenda.
HUD's regulatory agenda combines the information required by Executive Order 12866 and the Regulatory Flexibility Act. As in the past, HUD's complete Unified Agenda will be available online at
The Department is subject to certain rulemaking requirements set forth in the Department of Housing and Urban Development Act (42 U.S.C. 3531
HUD has attempted to list in this agenda all regulations and regulatory reviews pending at the time of publication, except for minor and routine or repetitive actions, but some may have been inadvertently omitted, or may have arisen too late to be included in the published agenda. There is no legal significance to the omission of an item from this agenda. Also, where a date is provided for the next rulemaking action, the date is an estimate and is not a commitment to act on or by the date shown.
In some cases, HUD has withdrawn rules that were placed on previous agendas for which there has been no publication activity. Withdrawal of a rule does not necessarily mean that HUD will not proceed with the rulemaking. Withdrawal allows HUD to assess the subject matter further and determine whether rulemaking in that area is appropriate. Following such an assessment, the Department may determine that certain rules listed as withdrawn under this agenda are appropriate. If that determination is made, such rules will be included in a succeeding semiannual agenda.
In addition, for a few rules that have been published as proposed or interim rules and which, therefore, require further rulemaking, HUD has identified the timing of the next action stage as “undetermined.” These are rules that are still under review by HUD for which a determination and timing of the next action stage have not yet been made.
Since the purpose of publication of the agenda is to encourage more effective public participation in the regulatory process by providing the public with early information about the Department's future regulatory actions, HUD invites all interested members of the public to comment on the rules listed in the agenda.
Office of the Secretary, Interior.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
This notice provides the unified agenda of rules scheduled for review or development between fall 2016 and fall 2017. The Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive Order 12866 require publication of the agenda.
Unless otherwise indicated, all agency contacts are located at the Department of the Interior, 1849 C Street NW., Washington, DC 20240.
You should direct all comments and inquiries to the about these rules to the appropriate agency contact. You should direct general comments relating to the agenda to the Office of Executive Secretariat and Regulatory Affairs, Department of the Interior, at the address above or at 202-208-3181.
With this publication, the Department satisfies the requirement of Executive Order 12866 that the Department publish an agenda of rules that we have issued or expect to issue and of currently effective rules that we have scheduled for review.
Simultaneously, the Department meets the requirement of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
This edition of the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions includes The Regulatory Plan, which appears in both the online Unified Agenda and in part II of the
Department of Justice.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Department of Justice is publishing its fall 2016 regulatory agenda pursuant to Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” 58 FR 51735, and the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601 to 612 (1988).
Robert Hinchman, Senior Counsel, Office of Legal Policy, Department of Justice, Room 4252, 950 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20530, (202) 514-8059.
This edition of the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions includes The Regulatory Plan, which appears in both the online Unified Agenda and in part II of the
Beginning with the fall 2007 edition, the Internet has been the basic means for disseminating the Unified Agenda. The complete Unified Agenda will be available online at
Because publication in the
Rules that are in the Agency's regulatory flexibility agenda, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, because they are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and any rules that the Agency has identified for periodic review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Printing of these entries is limited to fields that contain information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act's Agenda requirements. Additional information on these entries is available in the Unified Agenda published on the Internet. In addition, for fall editions of the Agenda, the entire Regulatory Plan will continue to be printed in the
Office of the Secretary, Labor.
Semiannual Regulatory Agenda.
The Internet has become the means for disseminating the entirety of the Department of Labor's semiannual regulatory agenda. However, the Regulatory Flexibility Act requires publication of a regulatory flexibility agenda in the
Stephanie Swirsky, Deputy Assistant Secretary, Office of Regulatory Policy, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Policy, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW., Room S-2312, Washington, DC 20210; (202) 693-5959.
Information pertaining to a specific regulation can be obtained from the agency contact listed for that particular regulation.
Executive Order 12866 requires the semiannual publication of an agenda of regulations that contains a listing of all the regulations the Department of Labor expects to have under active consideration for promulgation, proposal, or review during the coming one-year period. The entirety of the Department's semiannual agenda is available online at
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 602) requires DOL to publish in the
In addition, the Department's Regulatory Plan, also a subset of the Department's regulatory agenda, is being published in the
All interested members of the public are invited and encouraged to let departmental officials know how our regulatory efforts can be improved, and are invited to participate in and comment on the review or development of the regulations listed on the Department's agenda.
All of the other regulations implementing WIOA were published by the Departments of Labor and Education in separate NPRMs. The Departments analyzed the comments received and developed a final rule.
Office of the Secretary, DOT.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Regulatory Agenda is a semiannual summary of all current and projected rulemakings, reviews of existing regulations, and completed actions of the Department. The intent of the Agenda is to provide the public with information about the Department of Transportation's regulatory activity planned for the next 12 months. It is expected that this information will enable the public to more effectively participate in the Department's regulatory process. The public is also invited to submit comments on any aspect of this Agenda.
You should direct all comments and inquiries on the Agenda in general to Jonathan Moss, Assistant General Counsel for Regulation, Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590; (202) 366-4723.
You should direct all comments and inquiries on particular items in the Agenda to the individual listed for the regulation or the general rulemaking contact person for the operating administration in appendix B.
Supplementary Information:
Improvement of our regulations is a prime goal of the Department of Transportation (Department or DOT). Our regulations should be clear, simple, timely, fair, reasonable, and necessary. They should not be issued without appropriate involvement of the public; once issued, they should be periodically reviewed and revised, as needed, to ensure that they continue to meet the needs for which they originally were designed. To view additional information about the Department's regulatory activities online, go to
To help the Department achieve its goals and in accordance with Executive Order (E.O.) 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” (58 FR 51735; Oct. 4, 1993) and the Department's Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; Feb. 26, 1979), the Department prepares a semiannual regulatory agenda. It summarizes all current and projected rulemakings, reviews of existing regulations, and completed actions of the Department. These are matters on which action has begun or is projected during the next 12 months or for which action has been completed since the last Agenda.
The Agendas are based on reports submitted by the offices initiating the rulemaking and are reviewed by OST.
The Internet is the basic means for disseminating the Unified Agenda. The complete Unified Agenda is available online at
Because publication in the
1. The agency's Agenda preamble;
2. Rules that are in the agency's regulatory flexibility agenda, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, because they are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and
3. Any rules that the agency has identified for periodic review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Printing of these entries is limited to fields that contain information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act's Agenda requirements. These elements are: Sequence Number; Title; Section 610 Review, if applicable; Legal Authority; Abstract; Timetable; Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Required; Agency Contact; and Regulation Identifier Number (RIN). Additional information (for detailed list, see section heading “Explanation of Information on the Agenda”) on these entries is available in the Unified Agenda published on the Internet.
The Agenda covers all rules and regulations of the Department. We have classified rules as significant in the Agenda if they are, essentially, very beneficial, controversial, or of substantial public interest under our Regulatory Policies and Procedures. All DOT significant rulemaking documents are subject to review by the Secretary of Transportation. If the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) decided a rule is subject to its review under Executive Order 12866, we have also classified it as significant in the Agenda.
An Office of Management and Budget memorandum, dated July 27, 2016, requires the format for this Agenda.
First, the Agenda is divided by initiating offices. Then the Agenda is divided into five categories: (1) Prerule stage, (2) proposed rule stage, (3) final rule stage, (4) long-term actions, and (5) completed actions. For each entry, the Agenda provides the following information: (1) Its “significance”; (2) a short, descriptive title; (3) its legal basis; (4) the related regulatory citation in the Code of Federal Regulations; (5) any legal deadline and, if so, for what action (
For nonsignificant regulations issued routinely and frequently as a part of an established body of technical requirements (such as the Federal Aviation Administration's Airspace Rules), to keep those requirements operationally current, we only include the general category of the regulations, the identity of a contact office or official, and an indication of the expected number of regulations; we do not list individual regulations.
In the “Timetable” column, we use abbreviations to indicate the particular documents being considered. ANPRM stands for Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, SNPRM for Supplemental Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, and NPRM for Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. Listing a future date in this column does not mean we have made a decision to issue a document; it is the earliest date on which a rulemaking document may publish. In addition, these dates are based on current schedules. Information received after the issuance of this Agenda could result in a decision not to take regulatory action or in changes to proposed publication dates. For example, the need for further evaluation could result in a later publication date; evidence of a greater need for the regulation could result in an earlier publication date.
Finally, a dot (•) preceding an entry indicates that the entry appears in the Agenda for the first time.
Our agenda is intended primarily for the use of the public. Since its inception, we have made modifications and refinements that we believe provide the public with more helpful information, as well as making the Agenda easier to use. We would like you, the public, to make suggestions or comments on how the Agenda could be further improved.
We also seek your suggestions on which of our existing regulations you believe need to be reviewed to determine whether they should be revised or revoked. We particularly draw your attention to the Department's review plan in appendix D. In response to Executive Order 13563 “Retrospective Review and Analysis of Existing Rules,” in 2011 we prepared a retrospective review plan providing more detail on the process we use to conduct reviews of existing rules, including changes in response to Executive Order 13563. Any updates related to our retrospective plan and review results can be found at
The Department is especially interested in obtaining information on requirements that have a “significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities” and, therefore, must be reviewed under the Regulatory Flexibility Act. If you have any suggested regulations, please submit them to us, along with your explanation of why they should be reviewed.
In accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, comments are specifically invited on regulations that we have targeted for review under section 610 of the Act. The phrase (sec. 610 Review) appears at the end of the title for these reviews. Please see appendix D for the Department's section 610 review plans.
Executive Orders 13132 and 13175 require us to develop an accountable process to ensure “meaningful and timely input” by State, local, and tribal officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism or tribal implications. These policies are defined in the Executive orders to include regulations that have “substantial direct effects” on States or Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and them, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and various levels of Government or Indian tribes. Therefore, we encourage State and local Governments or Indian tribes to provide us with information about how the Department's rulemakings impact them.
The Department is publishing this regulatory Agenda in the
To obtain a copy of a specific regulatory document in the Agenda, you should communicate directly with the contact person listed with the regulation at the address below. We note that most, if not all, such documents, including the Semiannual Regulatory Agenda, are available through the Internet at
(Name of contact person), (Name of the DOT agency), 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. (For the Federal Aviation Administration, substitute the following address: Office of Rulemaking, ARM-1, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591).
The following is a list of persons who can be contacted within the Department for general information concerning the rulemaking process within the various operating administrations.
All comments via the Internet are submitted through the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at the following address:
The public also may review regulatory dockets at or deliver comments on proposed rulemakings to the Dockets Office at 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590, 1-800-647-5527. Working Hours: 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
The Department of Transportation has long recognized the importance of regularly reviewing its existing regulations to determine whether they need to be revised or revoked. Our Regulatory Policies and Procedures require such reviews. We also have responsibilities under Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” and section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act to conduct such reviews. This includes the use of plain language techniques in new rules and considering its use in existing rules when we have the opportunity and resources to permit its use. We are committed to continuing our reviews of existing rules and, if it is needed, will initiate rulemaking actions based on these reviews.
In accordance with Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review,” issued by the President on January 18, 2011, the Department has added other elements to its review plan. The Department has decided to improve its plan by adding special oversight processes within the Department, encouraging effective and timely reviews, including providing additional guidance on particular problems that warrant review, and expanding opportunities for public participation. These new actions are in addition to the other steps described in this appendix.
Section 610 requires that we conduct reviews of rules that: (1) Have been published within the last 10 years, and (2) have a “significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities” (SEIOSNOSE). It also requires that we publish in the
Some reviews may be conducted earlier than scheduled. For example, to the extent resources permit, the plain language reviews will be conducted more quickly. Other events, such as accidents, may result in the need to conduct earlier reviews of some rules. Other factors may also result in the need to make changes; for example, we may make changes in response to public comment on this plan or in response to a presidentially mandated review. If there is any change to the review plan, we will note the change in the following Agenda. For any section 610 review, we will provide the required notice prior to the review.
Generally, the agencies have divided their rules into 10 different groups and plan to analyze one group each year. For purposes of these reviews, a year will coincide with the fall-to-fall schedule for publication of the Agenda. Thus, Year 1 (2008) begins in the fall of 2008 and ends in the fall of 2009; Year 2 (2009) begins in the fall of 2009 and ends in the fall of 2010, and so on. We request public comment on the timing of the reviews. For example, is there a reason for scheduling an analysis and review for a particular rule earlier than we have? Any comments concerning the plan or particular analyses should be submitted to the regulatory contacts listed in appendix B, General Rulemaking Contact Persons.
The agency will analyze each of the rules in a given year's group to determine whether any rule has a SEIOSNOSE and, thus, requires review in accordance with section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. The level of analysis will, of course, depend on the nature of the rule and its applicability. Publication of agencies' section 610 analyses listed each fall in this Agenda provides the public with notice and an opportunity to comment consistent with the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act. We request that public comments be submitted to us early in the analysis year concerning the small entity impact of the rules to help us in making our determinations.
In each fall Agenda, the agency will publish the results of the analyses it has completed during the previous year. For rules that had a negative finding on SEIOSNOSE, we will give a short explanation (
The agency will also examine the specified rules to determine whether any other reasons exist for revising or revoking the rule or for rewriting the rule in plain language. In each fall Agenda, the agency will also publish information on the results of the examinations completed during the previous year.
The Agenda identifies the pending DOT section 610 Reviews by inserting “(Section 610 Review)” after the title for the specific entry. For further information on the pending reviews, see the Agenda entries at
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has elected to use the two-step, two-year process used by most Department of Transportation (DOT) modes in past plans. As such, the FAA has divided its rules into 10 groups as displayed in the table below. During the first year (the “analysis year”), all rules published during the previous 10 years within a 10% block of the regulations will be analyzed to identify those with a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities (SEISNOSE). During the second year (the “review year”), each rule identified in the analysis year as having a SEISNOSE will be reviewed in accordance with Section 610 (b) to determine if it should be continued without change or changed to minimize impact on small entities. Results of those reviews will be published in the DOT Semiannual Regulatory Agenda.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 as amended (RFA), (§§ 601 through 612 of Title 5, United States Code (5 U.S.C.)) requires Federal regulatory agencies to analyze all proposed and final rules to determine their economic impact on small entities, which includes small businesses, small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions. The primary purpose of the RFA is to establish as a principle of regulatory issuance that Federal agencies endeavor, consistent with the objectives of the rule and applicable statutes, to fit regulatory and informational requirements to the scale of entities subject to the regulation. The FAA performed the required RFA analyses of each final rulemaking action and amendment it has initiated since enactment of the RFA in 1980.
Section 610 of 5 U.S.C. requires government agencies to periodically review all regulations that will have a SEISNOSE. The FAA must analyze each rule within 10 years of its publication date.
The RFA does not define “significant economic impact.” Therefore, there is no clear rule or number to determine when a significant economic impact occurs. However, the Small Business Administration (SBA) states that significance should be determined by considering the size of the business, the size of the competitor's business, and the impact the same regulation has on larger competitors.
Likewise, the RFA does not define “substantial number.” However, the legislative history of the RFA suggests that a substantial number must be at least one but does not need to be an overwhelming percentage such as more than half. The SBA states that the substantiality of the number of small businesses affected should be determined on an industry-specific basis.
This analysis consisted of the following three steps:
• Review of the number of small entities affected by the amendments to parts 91 through 105.
• Identification and analysis of all amendments to parts 91 through 105 since 2006 to determine whether any still have or now have a SEISNOSE.
• Review of the FAA Office of Aviation Policy, and Plans regulatory flexibility assessment of each amendment performed as required by the RFA.
• Section 610: The agency conducted a Section 610 review of this part and found Amendment 91-314, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010; Amendment 91-314, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010; and Amendment 91-330, 79 FR 9972, Feb. 21, 2014 trigger SEISNOSE within the meaning of the RFA.
• General: No changes are needed. The FAA has considered a number of alternatives in attempts to lower compliance costs for small entities, but could not go forward with the lower cost alternatives without compromising the safety for the industry.
• Section 610: The agency conducted a Section 610 review of this part and found no SEISNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden.
• Section 610: The agency conducted a Section 610 review of this part and found there were no amendments since 2016. Therefore, part 99 does not trigger SEISNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed.
• Section 610: The agency conducted a Section 610 review of this part and found no SEISNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden.
• Section 610: The agency conducted a Section 610 review of this part and found there were no amendments since 2016. Therefore, part 99 does not trigger SEISNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed.
• Section 610: The agency conducted a Section 610 review of this part and found no SEISNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden.
• Section 610: Section 610: The agency conducted a Section 610 review of this part and found there were no amendments since 2016. Therefore, part 99 does not trigger SEISNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed.
• Section 610: The agency conducted a Section 610 review of this part and found no SEISNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden.
The Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) has adopted regulations in title 23 of the CFR, chapter I, related to the Federal-Aid Highway Program. These regulations implement and carry out the provisions of Federal law relating to the administration of Federal aid for highways. The primary law authorizing Federal aid for highway is chapter I of title 23 of the U.S.C. 145 of title 23, expressly provides for a federally assisted State program. For this reason, the regulations adopted by the FHWA in title 23 of the CFR primarily relate to the requirements that States must meet to receive Federal funds for the construction and other work related to highways. Because the regulations in title 23 primarily relate to States, which are not defined as small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, the FHWA believes that its regulations in title 23 do not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The FHWA solicits public comment on this preliminary conclusion.
• Section 610: No SEIOSNOSE. No small entities are affected
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. FHWA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: No SEIOSNOSE. No small entities are affected
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. FHWA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: No SEIOSNOSE. No small entities are affected
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. FHWA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: No SEIOSNOSE. No small entities are affected
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. FHWA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: No SEIOSNOSE. No small entities are affected
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. FHWA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: No SEIOSNOSE. No small entities are affected
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. FHWA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
23 CFR Part 1200—Uniform Procedures for State Highway Safety Grant Programs
23 CFR Part 1208—National Minimum Drinking Age
23 CFR Part 1210—Operation of Motor Vehicles by Intoxicated Minors
23 CFR Part 1215—Use of Safety Belts—Compliance and Transfer-of-funds Procedures
23 CFR Part 1225—Operation of Motor Vehicles by Intoxicated Persons
23 CFR Part 1235—Uniform System for Parking for Persons with Disabilities
23 CFR Part 1240—Safety Incentive Grants for Use of Seat Belts—Allocations Based on Seat Belt Use Rates
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. FMCSA requires for-hire interstate carriers to pay a single $300 registration fee (49 CFR part 365); making the process of paying by the route obsolete.
• General: These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. The commercial routes discussed in this rule have been eclipsed by the advent of the Unified Carrier Registration (UCR) and the International Registration Plan (IRP). It is our opinion that 49 CFR part 356 is obsolete and should be removed in its entirety.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. This action is not economically significant. All costs associated with this rule are required pursuant to an explicit Congressional mandate in Safe, Accountable, Flexible, Efficient Transportation Equity Act: A Legacy for Users (SAFETEA-LU). Also, a majority of the fees under the current rule replace fees that were paid under the Single State Registration System (SSRS). Much of the revenue collected by the new fees would have been collected under SSRS from the same entities.
• General: These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. FMCSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. This rule requires the reporting of principally financial data and it impacts only a small percentage of larger motor carriers (class I and class II carriers).
• General: These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden to carriers. It is our opinion that the rule is obsolete and should be removed in its entirety. However, Congressional action to modify the statute is required and has not been granted to eliminate this regulation.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE, largely due to the fact that compliance with the rule is required by contract law and prudent commercial business practices.
• General: These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. This rule offers guidance on the business approach to deal with claims made against carriers for loss or damage of property. It is our opinion that the 49 CFR part 370 is obsolete in that it serves no discernible safety function. The requirement to follow and comply with the terms of Bills of Lading contracts are already captured by other laws.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. The potential costs identified in the Agency's worst case analysis are minimal, and represent
• General: This rule prescribes rules for brokers of property. Comments received during the rulemaking process indicate that some level of regulation is appropriate and should be retained.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. FMCSA requires for-hire interstate carriers to pay a single $300 registration fee (49 CFR part 365). The process addressed under 49 CFR part 372 identifies exemptions and commercial zones for which registration fees may not be required.
• General: These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. FMCSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: No changes are needed. These regulations are cost effective and impose the least burden. NHTSA's plain language review of these rules indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: The regulation requires freight rolling stock owners and railroads to have all freight rolling properly equipped with retroreflective material within 10 years of the effective date of the final rule for the purpose of enhancing its detectability at highway-rail crossings. Freight rolling stock owners and railroads are also required to periodically inspect and maintain that material. The rule also established a 10-year implementation schedule to help facilitate the initial application of retoreflective material to non-reflectorized freight rolling stock. Further, the regulation prescribes standards for the application, inspection, and maintenance of retroreflective material on rail freight rolling. FRA's plain language review of this rule indicates no need for revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. Section 225.3 specifically states that certain Internal Control Plan and recordkeeping requirements are not applicable to railroads below a certain size. FRA makes available a free software package to all railroads that would allow for FRA recordkeeping and reporting. FRA also makes available the FRA Guide for Preparing Accident/Incident Reports, and model Internal Control Plans for small railroads.
• General: Since the FRA needs accurate information on the hazards and risks that exist on the nation's railroads to effectively carry out its regulatory responsibilities, to determine comparative trends of railroad safety, and to develop hazard elimination and risk reduction programs that focus on preventing railroad injuries and accidents, the requirements set forth in part 225 will improve railroad safety for industry employees and general public. FRA's plain language review of this rule indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. Small railroads generally purchase rail equipment that has already been used in transportation by Class I and Class II railroads. As a result, rail equipment used by small railroads is often in compliance with Part 231 standards at the time of acquisition. In addition, small railroads are not substantially affected by rail equipment maintenance costs that are associated with Part 231 requirements because most rail equipment repairs are performed by Class I and Class II railroads and/or billed to the car owner. Although Part 231 may have some impact on small railroads, FRA has deemed any such impact to be necessary to ensure uniform and consistent equipment design requirements, which contribute to the safety of railroad employees who work on or about the rail equipment.
• General: The rule provides for railroad safety standards which are necessary to ensure the protection and safety of railroad employees and general public, and to minimize the number of casualties. FRA's plain language review of this rule indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. This rule does not apply to railroads that exclusively operate freight trains only on track which is not part of the general railroad system of transportation, rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation or railroads that operates passenger trains only on track inside insular installations. Since small railroads have proportionately smaller number of grade crossing warning systems to inspect, test and maintain, therefore, smaller railroads would have a smaller burden of cost per crossing. So far as the State Highway-Rail Grade Crossing Action Plans are concerned, the requirements would apply to States—none of which is small.
• General: Since the rule prescribes maintenance, inspection and testing
• Section 610: The agency has determined that the rule continues to not have a significant effect on a substantial number of small entities. Provisions of the recently enacted Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act removed the requirement for a recipient to conduct a cost-effectiveness analysis before entering any lease agreement using Federal capital assistance and removed the applicability of part 639 to rolling stock procurements through capital leases. However, other provisions of part 639 continue to apply. FTA is currently revising the Grant Management Requirements Circular 5010, to provide guidance to recipients for the capital lease program. FTA has evaluated the likely effects of the proposed rule on small entities and requested public comment on proposed revisions to Circular 5010. FTA has determined that the proposed revisions and the current regulation do not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
• General: The rule was promulgated to prescribe requirements and procedures to procure capital assets through lease agreements with the use of Federal capital assistance. Recently, Congress enacted the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST), Public Law 114-357, (2015). The statue revised the definition of capital project so that a recipient is no longer required to conduct a cost-effectiveness analysis before leasing public transportation equipment or facilities with Federal funds. In addition, the statue exempts certain rolling stock procurements from the requirements of 49 CFR part 639. FTA has proposed revisions to Circular 5010 and requested public comment on its proposal to conform its capital lease requirements to the FAST Act provisions. Although, the FAST Act has revised some requirements of this part, other provisions of the rule continue to apply.
• Section 610: There is no SEIONOSE.
• General: Changes that are being considered require coordination between multiple offices and Maritime educational institutions. Our ongoing review has confirmed that the proposed rule will not apply to small entities.
• Section 610 review: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: The agency is preparing a technical final update which will delete obsolete references, including entire parts, and will provide new office and contact information. Our ongoing review has confirmed that this rule will not apply to small entities.
• Section 610 review: There is no SEIOSNOSE.
• General: The agency is preparing a final rule which will implement statutorily required updates. Our ongoing review has confirmed that this rule will not apply to small entities.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. A substantial number of small entities may be affected by this rule, but the economic impact on those entities is not significant. Plain Language: PHMSA's plain language review of this rule indicates no need for substantial revision. Where confusing or wordy language has been identified, revisions have been and will be made to simplify.
• General: This rule prescribes minimum requirements for the communication of risks associated with materials classed as hazardous in accordance with the Hazardous Materials Regulations (HMR; 49 CFR parts 171-180). On June 2, 2016 PHMSA published a final rule entitled “Hazardous Materials: Miscellaneous Amendments (RRR)” 81 FR 35483. As this final rule clarifies provisions based on PHMSA's initiatives and correspondence with the regulated community, the impact that it will have on small entities is not expected to be significant. The changes are generally intended to provide relief and, as a result, marginal positive economic benefits to shippers, carriers, and packaging manufactures and testers, including small entities. These benefits are not at a level that can be considered economically significant. Consequently, this final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. PHMSA's plain language review of this rule indicates no need for substantial revision.
• Section 610: There is no SEIOSNOSE. A substantial number of small entities, particularly those that use performance oriented packagings, may be affected by this rule, but the economic impact on those entities is not significant.
• General: This rule prescribes minimum Federal safety standards for the construction of DOT specification packagings, these requirements are necessary to protect transportation workers and the public and to ensure the survivability of DOT specification packagings during transportation incidents. PHMSA's plain language review of this rule indicates no need for substantial revision.
Department of the Treasury.
Semiannual regulatory agenda and annual regulatory plan.
This notice is given pursuant to the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive Order (E.O.) 12866 (“Regulatory Planning and Review”), which require the publication by the Department of a semiannual agenda of regulations. E.O. 12866 also requires the publication by the Department of a regulatory plan for the upcoming fiscal year.
The Agency Contact identified in the item relating to that regulation.
The semiannual regulatory agenda includes regulations that the Department has issued or expects to issue and rules currently in effect that are under departmental or bureau review. For this edition of the regulatory agenda, the most important significant regulatory actions and a Statement of Regulatory Priorities are included in the Regulatory Plan, which appears in both the online Unified Agenda and in part II of the
Beginning with the fall 2007 edition, the Internet has been the primary medium for disseminating the Unified Agenda. The complete Unified Agenda will be available online at
(1) Rules that are in the regulatory flexibility agenda, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, because they are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and
(2) Rules that have been identified for periodic review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Printing of these entries is limited to fields that contain information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act's Agenda requirements. Additional information on these entries is available in the Unified Agenda published on the Internet. In addition, for fall editions of the Agenda, the entire Regulatory Plan will continue to be printed in the
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board submits the following agenda of proposed regulatory activities which may be conducted by the agency during the next 12 months. This regulatory agenda may be revised by the agency during the coming months as a result of action taken by the Board.
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 1331 F Street NW., Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004-1111.
For information concerning Board regulations and proposed actions, contact Gretchen Jacobs, General Counsel, (202) 272-0040 (voice) or (202) 272-0062 (TTY).
Environmental Protection Agency.
Semiannual regulatory flexibility agenda and semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) publishes the semiannual regulatory agenda online (the e-Agenda) at
• Regulations in the semiannual regulatory agenda that are under development, completed, or canceled since the last agenda;
• Retrospective reviews of existing regulations; and
• Reviews of regulations with small business impacts under Section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
If you have questions or comments about a particular action, please get in touch with the agency contact listed in each agenda entry. If you have general questions about the semiannual regulatory agenda, please contact: Caryn Muellerleile (
EPA is committed to a regulatory strategy that effectively achieves the Agency's mission of protecting the environment and the health, welfare, and safety of Americans while also supporting economic growth, job creation, competitiveness, and innovation. EPA publishes the Semiannual Regulatory Agenda to update the public about regulatory activity undertaken in support of this mission. Within the Semiannual Regulatory Agenda, EPA provides notice of our plans to review, propose, and issue regulations.
EPA's Semiannual Regulatory Agenda also includes information about rules that may have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, and review of those regulations under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended.
Within this document, EPA explains in greater detail the types of actions and information available in the Semiannual Regulatory Agenda, the opportunity to suggest regulations that may be appropriate for retrospective review, and actions that are currently undergoing review specifically for impacts on small entities.
“E-Agenda,” “online regulatory agenda,” and “semiannual regulatory agenda” all refer to the same comprehensive collection of information that, until 2007, was published in the
“Regulatory Flexibility Agenda” refers to a document that contains information about regulations that may have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. We continue to publish it in the
“Unified Regulatory Agenda” refers to the collection of all agencies' agendas with an introduction prepared by the Regulatory Information Service Center facilitated by the General Service Administration.
“Regulatory Agenda Preamble” refers to the document you are reading now. It appears as part of the Regulatory Flexibility Agenda and introduces both the Regulatory Flexibility Agenda and the e-Agenda.
“Regulatory Development and Retrospective Review Tracker” refers to an online portal to EPA's priority rules and retrospective reviews of existing regulations. This portal is available at
“Retrospective Review Plan” is EPA's plan under Executive Orders 13563 and 13610 to periodically review existing regulations to determine whether any may be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed in order to make the agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving the regulatory objectives. This Plan and subsequent progress updates are available at
“610 Review” is an action EPA is committed to reviewing within ten years of promulgating a final rule that has or may have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. EPA maintains a list of these actions at
A number of environmental laws authorize EPA's actions, including but not limited to:
• Clean Air Act (CAA),
• Clean Water Act (CWA),
• Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA, or Superfund),
• Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act (EPCRA),
• Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA),
• Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA),
• Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), and
• Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA).
Not only must EPA comply with environmental laws, but also administrative legal requirements that apply to the issuance of regulations, such as: The Administrative Procedure Act (APA), the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA), the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (UMRA), the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA), and the Congressional Review Act (CRA).
EPA also meets a number of requirements contained in numerous Executive Orders: 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, Oct. 4, 1993), as supplemented by Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” (76
In addition to meeting its mission goals and priorities, EPA reviews its existing regulations under Executive Order 13563, “Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review” and Executive Order 13610, “Identifying and Reducing Regulatory Burdens.” These Executive orders provide for periodic retrospective review of existing regulations and are intended to determine whether any such regulations should be modified, streamlined, expanded, or repealed, so as to make the Agency's regulatory program more effective or less burdensome in achieving its regulatory objectives.
You can make your voice heard by getting in touch with the contact person provided in each agenda entry. EPA encourages you to participate as early in the process as possible. You may also participate by commenting on proposed rules published in the
Instructions on how to submit your comments are provided in each Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NPRM). To be most effective, comments should contain information and data that support your position and you also should explain why EPA should incorporate your suggestion in the rule or other type of action. You can be particularly helpful and persuasive if you provide examples to illustrate your concerns and offer specific alternatives.
EPA believes its actions will be more cost effective and protective if the development process includes stakeholders working with us to help identify the most practical and effective solutions to problems. EPA encourages you to become involved in its rule and policymaking process. For more information about public involvement in EPA activities, please visit
EPA includes regulations in the e-Agenda. However, there is no legal significance to the omission of an item from the agenda, and EPA generally does not include the following categories of actions:
• Administrative actions such as delegations of authority, changes of address, or phone numbers;
• Under the CAA: Revisions to state implementation plans; equivalent methods for ambient air quality monitoring; deletions from the new source performance standards source categories list; delegations of authority to states; area designations for air quality planning purposes;
• Under FIFRA: Registration-related decisions, actions affecting the status of currently registered pesticides, and data call-ins;
• Under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act: Actions regarding pesticide tolerances and food additive regulations;
• Under RCRA: Authorization of State solid waste management plans; hazardous waste delisting petitions;
• Under the CWA: State Water Quality Standards; deletions from the section 307(a) list of toxic pollutants; suspensions of toxic testing requirements under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES); delegations of NPDES authority to States;
• Under SDWA: Actions on State underground injection control programs.
Meanwhile, the Regulatory Flexibility Agenda includes:
• Actions likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
• Rules the Agency has identified for periodic review under section 610 of the RFA.
EPA has one ongoing 610 review and is completing one 610 review at this time.
You can choose how to organize the agenda entries online by specifying the characteristics of the entries of interest in the desired individual data fields for both the
Each entry in the Agenda is associated with one of five rulemaking stages. The rulemaking stages are:
1. Prerule Stage—This section includes EPA actions generally intended to determine whether the agency should initiate rulemaking. Prerulemakings may include anything that influences or leads to rulemaking, such as Advance Notices of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRMs), studies or analyses of the possible need for regulatory action.
2. Proposed Rule Stage—This section includes EPA rulemaking actions that are within a year of proposal (publication of Notices of Proposed Rulemakings [NPRMs]).
3. Final Rule Stage—This section includes rules that will be issued as a final rule within a year.
4. Long-Term Actions—This section includes rulemakings for which the next scheduled regulatory action is after November 2017. We urge you to explore becoming involved even if an action is listed in the Long-Term category.
5. Completed Actions—This section contains actions that have been promulgated and published in the
The Regulatory Flexibility Agenda entries include only the nine categories of information that are required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 and by
E-Agenda entries include:
1. Create a serious inconsistency or otherwise interfere with an action taken or planned by another agency;
2. Materially alter the budgetary impact of entitlements, grants, user fees, or loan programs, or the rights and obligations of recipients; or
3. Raise novel legal or policy issues arising out of legal mandates, the President's priorities, or the principles in Executive Order 12866.
EPA posts monthly information of new rulemakings that the Agency's senior managers have decided to develop. This list is also distributed via email. You can find the current list, known as the Action Initiation List (AIL), at
The Regulatory Information Service Center and Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs have a Federal regulatory dashboard that allows users to view the Regulatory Agenda database (
Some actions listed in the Agenda include a URL that provides additional information about the action.
When EPA publishes either an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANPRM) or a Notice of
EPA's Regulatory Development and Retrospective Review Tracker (
Section 610 of the RFA requires that an agency review, within 10 years of promulgation, each rule that has or will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. At this time, EPA has one ongoing 610 review and is completing one 610 review.
EPA established official public dockets for these 610 Reviews. EPA is no longer accepting comment on the reviews themselves, but comments received earlier in 2016 can be accessed at
For each of EPA's rulemakings, consideration is given to whether there will be any adverse impact on any small entity. EPA attempts to fit the regulatory requirements, to the extent feasible, to the scale of the businesses, organizations, and governmental jurisdictions subject to the regulation.
Under RFA as amended by SBREFA, the Agency must prepare a formal analysis of the potential negative impacts on small entities, convene a Small Business Advocacy Review Panel (proposed rule stage), and prepare a Small Entity Compliance Guide (final rule stage) unless the Agency certifies a rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. For more detailed information about the Agency's policy and practice with respect to implementing RFA/SBREFA, please visit EPA's RFA/SBREFA Web site at
Finally, we would like to thank those of you who choose to join with us in making progress on the complex issues involved in protecting human health and the environment. Collaborative efforts such as EPA's open rulemaking process are a valuable tool for addressing the problems we face, and the regulatory agenda is an important part of that process.
Charles Moulis, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Air and Radiation, NVFEL, Ann Arbor, MI 48105,
Michelle Price, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, 7404T, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
Erik Winchester, Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Chemical Safety and Pollution Prevention, 7404T, Washington, DC 20460,
General Services Administration (GSA).
Semiannual Regulatory Agenda.
This agenda announces the proposed regulatory actions that GSA plans for the next 12 months and those that were completed since the spring 2016 edition. This agenda was developed under the guidelines of Executive Order 12866 “Regulatory Planning and Review.” GSA's purpose in publishing this agenda is to allow interested persons an opportunity to participate in the rulemaking process. GSA also invites interested persons to recommend existing significant regulations for review to determine whether they should be modified or eliminated. Published proposed rules may be reviewed in their entirety at the Government's rulemaking Web site at
Since the fall 2007 edition, the Internet has been the basic means for disseminating the Unified Agenda. The complete Unified Agenda will be available online at
Because publication in the
(1) Rules that are in the Agency's regulatory flexibility agenda, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act, because they are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and
(2) Any rules that the Agency has identified for periodic review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Printing of these entries is limited to fields that contain information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act's Agenda requirements. Additional information on these entries is available in the Unified Agenda published on the Internet. In addition, for fall editions of the Agenda, the entire Regulatory Plan will continue to be printed in the
Hada Flowers, Division Director, Regulatory Secretariat Division at 202-501-4755.
Transactional data refers to the information generated when the Government purchases goods or services from a vendor. It includes specific details such as descriptions, part numbers, quantities, and prices paid for the items purchased. GSA has experimented with collecting transactional data through some of its contracts and found it instrumental for improving competition, lowering pricing, and increasing transparency. Accordingly, GSA will now test these principles on a broader base of its contracting programs. This move supports the Government's shift towards category management by allowing it to centrally analyze what it buys and how much it pays, and thereby identify the most efficient solutions, channels, and sources to meet its mission critical needs.
GSA will introduce a new Transactional Data Reporting clause to its FSS contracts in phases, beginning with a pilot for select Schedules and Special Item Numbers. Participating vendors will no longer be subject to the existing requirements for Commercial Sales Practices (CSP) disclosures and Price Reductions clause (PRC) basis of award monitoring, resulting in a substantial burden reduction. Stakeholders have identified the CSP and PRC requirements as some of the most burdensome under the Schedules program. These actions represent the most significant change to the Schedules program in the past two decades. GSA has also created a Transactional Data Reporting clause for all new GWACs and Governmentwide IDIQ contracts and may apply the clause to any existing contracts in this class that do not contain other transactional data requirements.
In all, the Transactional Data Reporting rule will result in an estimated burden reduction of $29 million a year, which consists of a projected $15 million a year compliance burden minus the estimated $44 million a year burden for the CSP and PRC requirements being waived for vendors participating in the FSS pilot.
National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
NASA's regulatory agenda describes those regulations being considered for development or amendment by NASA, the need and legal basis for the actions being considered, the name and telephone number of the knowledgeable official, whether a regulatory analysis is required, and the status of regulations previously reported.
Deputy Associate Administrator, Office Mission Support Directorate, NASA Headquarters, Washington, DC 20546.
Cheryl E. Parker, (202) 358-0252.
OMB guidelines dated July 27, 2016, “Fall 2016 Data Call for the Regulatory Plan and Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions,” require a regulatory agenda of those regulations under development and review to be published in the
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
This Regulatory Agenda is a semiannual summary of all current and projected rulemakings and completed actions of the Small Business Administration (SBA). SBA expects that this summary information will enable the public to be more aware of, and effectively participate in, SBA's regulatory activity. SBA invites the public to submit comments on any aspect of this Agenda.
SBA provides this notice under the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601 to 612 and Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review,” which require each agency to publish a semiannual agenda of regulations. The Regulatory Agenda is a summary of all current and projected Agency rulemakings, as well as actions completed since the publication of the last Regulatory Agenda. SBA's last Semiannual Regulatory Agenda was published on June 9, 2016, at 81 FR 37392. The Semiannual Agenda of the SBA conforms to the Unified Agenda format developed by the Regulatory Information Service Center. The complete Unified Agenda will be available online at
The Regulatory Flexibility Act requires federal agencies to publish those regulatory actions that are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities in their regulatory flexibility agendas in the
This rule proposes to make four changes to the Surety Bond Guarantee (SBG) Program. The first would change the threshold for notification to SBA of changes in the contract or bond amount. Second, the change would require sureties to submit quarterly contract completion reports. Third, SBA proposes to increase the eligible contract limit for the Quick Bond Application and Agreement from $250,000 to $400,000. Finally, SBA proposes to increase the guarantee percentage in the Preferred Surety Bond program to reflect the statutory change made by the National Defense Authorization Act of 2016. The guarantee percentage will increase from 70% to 80% or 90%, depending on contract size and socioeconomic factors currently in effect in the Prior Approval Program.
Department of Defense (DoD), General Services Administration (GSA), and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA).
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
This agenda provides summary descriptions of regulations being developed by the Civilian Agency Acquisition Council and the Defense Acquisition Regulations Council in compliance with Executive Order 12866 “Regulatory Planning and Review.” This agenda is being published to allow interested persons an opportunity to participate in the rulemaking process. The Regulatory Secretariat Division has attempted to list all regulations pending at the time of publication, except for minor and routine or repetitive actions; however, unanticipated requirements may result in the issuance of regulations that are not included in this agenda. There is no legal significance to the omission of an item from this listing. Also, the dates shown for the steps of each action are estimated and are not commitments to act on or by the dates shown.
Published proposed rules may be reviewed in their entirety at the Government's rulemaking Web site at
Hada Flowers, Director, Regulatory Secretariat Division, 1800 F Street NW., 2nd Floor, Washington, DC 20405-0001, 202-501-4755.
DoD, GSA, and NASA, under their several statutory authorities, jointly issue and maintain the FAR through periodic issuance of changes published in the
The electronic version of the FAR, including changes, can be accessed on the FAR Web site at
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Commission), in accordance with the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, is publishing a semiannual agenda of rulemakings that the Commission expects to propose or promulgate over the next year. The Commission welcomes comments from small entities and others on the agenda.
Christopher J. Kirkpatrick, Secretary of the Commission, (202) 418-5964,
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), 5 U.S.C. 601,
(1) A brief description of the subject area of any rule that the agency expects to propose or promulgate, which is likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities;
(2) A summary of the nature of any such rule under consideration for each subject area listed in the agenda, the objectives and legal basis for the issuance of the rule, and an approximate schedule for completing action on any rule for which the agency has issued a general notice of proposed rulemaking; and
(3) The name and telephone number of an agency official knowledgeable about the items listed in the agenda.
Accordingly, the Commission has prepared an agenda of rulemakings that it presently expects may be considered during the course of the next year. Subject to a determination for each rule, it is possible as a general matter that some of these rules may have some impact on small entities.
The Commission's Fall 2016 regulatory flexibility agenda is included in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions. The complete Unified Agenda will be available online at
Issued in Washington, DC, on September 28, 2016, by the Commission.
David E. Aron, Special Counsel, Division of Market Oversight, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC 20581,
Owen Kopon, Attorney Advisor, Division of Market Oversight, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, Three Lafayette Centre, 1155 21st Street NW., Washington, DC 20581,
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (CFPB or Bureau) is publishing this agenda as part of the Fall 2016 Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions. The CFPB reasonably anticipates having the regulatory matters identified below under consideration during the period from November 1, 2016 to October 31, 2017. The next agenda will be published in spring 2017 and will update this agenda through spring 2018. Publication of this agenda is in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
This information is current as of October 19, 2016.
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, 1700 G Street NW., Washington, DC 20552.
A staff contact is included for each regulatory item listed herein.
The CFPB is publishing its fall 2016 agenda as part of the Fall 2016 Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions, which is coordinated by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866. The CFPB's participation in the Unified Agenda is voluntary. The complete Unified Agenda is available to the public at the following Web site:
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Public Law 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (Dodd-Frank Act), the CFPB has rulemaking, supervisory, enforcement, and other authorities relating to consumer financial products and services. These authorities include the ability to issue regulations under more than a dozen Federal consumer financial laws, which was transferred to the CFPB from seven Federal agencies on July 21, 2011. The CFPB is working on a wide range of initiatives to address issues in markets for consumer financial products and services that are not reflected in this notice because the Unified Agenda is limited to rulemaking activities.
The CFPB reasonably anticipates having the regulatory matters identified below under consideration during the period from November 1, 2016, to October 31, 2017.
The Bureau is working on a number of rulemakings to address important consumer protection issues in a wide variety of markets for consumer financial products and services, including mortgages, debt collection, credit cards, and installment lending, among others.
For example, in May 2016, the Bureau issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking concerning the use of agreements between a covered person and a consumer for a consumer financial product or service providing for arbitration of any future disputes. The rulemaking follows on a report that the Bureau issued to Congress in March 2015, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as on preliminary results of arbitration research that were released by the Bureau in December 2013. The proposal would prohibit covered providers of certain consumer financial products and services from using an arbitration agreement to bar the consumer from filing or participating in a class action. Under the proposal, companies would still be able to include arbitration clauses in their contracts. However, for contracts subject to the proposal, the clauses would have to say explicitly that they cannot be used to stop consumers from being part of a class action in court. The proposal would also require a covered provider that has an arbitration agreement and that is involved in arbitration pursuant to a pre-dispute arbitration agreement to submit specified arbitral records to the Bureau. The deadline for comments on the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking was August 22, 2016. As the Bureau considers development of a final rule for spring 2017, it is reviewing and considering comments on the proposed rule.
The Bureau also released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in June 2016, to address consumer harms from practices related to payday loans, vehicle title loans, and other similar credit products, including failure to determine whether consumers have the ability to repay without default or re-borrowing and certain payment collection practices. The deadline for comments on the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking is October 7, 2016. Among other things, the proposal would require lenders to make a reasonable determination that the consumer has the ability to repay a covered loan before extending credit. It would also require lenders to make certain disclosures before attempting to collect payments from consumers' accounts and restrict lenders from making additional payment collection attempts after two consecutive attempts have failed.
The Bureau also expects to issue a final rule in early fall 2016, to create a comprehensive set of consumer protections for prepaid financial products, such as general purpose reloadable cards and other similar products, which are increasingly being used by consumers in place of traditional checking accounts or credit cards. The final rule will build off a proposal that the Bureau issued in November 2014, to bring prepaid products expressly within the ambit of Regulation E (which implements the Electronic Fund Transfer Act) as prepaid accounts and to create new provisions specific to such accounts. The proposal also included provisions to amend Regulation E and Regulation Z (which implements the Truth in Lending Act) to regulate prepaid accounts with overdraft services or certain other credit features.
The Bureau also expects to issue a final rule amending Regulation P, which implements the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA) in fall 2016. Congress recently amended the GLBA to provide an exception to the requirement for financial institutions to deliver annual privacy notices when certain conditions are met. On July 11, the Bureau published in the
Building on Bureau research and other sources, the Bureau is also engaged in policy analysis and further research initiatives in preparation for a rulemaking on overdraft programs on checking accounts. The CFPB issued a white paper in June 2013, and a report in July 2014, based on supervisory data from several large banks that highlighted a number of possible consumer protection concerns, including how consumers opt in to overdraft coverage for ATM and one-time debit card transactions, overdraft coverage limits, transaction posting order practices, overdraft and insufficient funds fee structure, and involuntary account closures. The CFPB is continuing to engage in additional research, including qualitative
The Bureau is also engaged in rulemaking activities regarding debt collection practices. Debt collection continues to be the single largest source of complaints to the Federal Government of any industry. Building on the Bureau's November 2013, Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, the Bureau released materials in July 2016, in advance of convening a panel under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act (SBREFA) in conjunction with the Office of Management and Budget and the Small Business Administration's Chief Counsel for Advocacy to consult with small businesses that may be affected by the policy proposals under consideration. This SBREFA process focuses on companies that are considered “debt collectors” under the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act; the Bureau expects to convene a separate SBREFA proceeding focusing on companies that collect their own debts in 2017. The CFPB also continues to analyze the results of a survey to obtain information from consumers about their experiences with debt collection and plans to publish a report in the coming months.
The Bureau is also continuing rulemaking activities that will further establish the Bureau's nonbank supervisory authority by defining larger participants of certain markets for consumer financial products and services. Larger participants of such markets, as the Bureau defines by rule, are subject to the Bureau's supervisory authority. The Bureau expects that its next larger participant rulemaking will focus on the markets for consumer installment loans and vehicle title loans for purposes of supervision. The Bureau is also considering whether rules to require registration of these or other non-depository lenders would facilitate supervision, as has been suggested to the Bureau by both consumer advocates and industry groups.
The Bureau is also continuing to develop research on other critical markets to help implement statutory directives and to assess whether regulation of other consumer financial products and services may be warranted. For example, the Bureau is starting its work to implement section 1071 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which amends the Equal Credit Opportunity Act to require financial institutions to report information concerning credit applications made by women-owned, minority-owned, and small businesses. The Bureau is focusing on outreach and research to develop its understanding of the players, products, and practices in business lending markets and of the potential ways to implement section 1071. The CFPB then expects to begin developing proposed regulations concerning the data to be collected and determining the appropriate procedures and privacy protections needed for information-gathering and public disclosure under this section.
The Bureau is also continuing efforts to implement critical consumer protections under the Dodd-Frank Act to guard against mortgage market practices that contributed to the nation's most significant financial crisis in several decades. Since 2013, the Bureau has issued regulations as directed by the Dodd-Frank Act to implement certain consumer protections for mortgage originations and servicing, integrate various federal mortgage disclosures, and amend mortgage reporting requirements for institutions covered under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. The Bureau engages in intensive implementation work for each new rule or rule change to facilitate understanding and implementation of rulemaking requirements, including follow-up rulemaking where warranted.
For example, the Bureau issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking in July 2016, to make clarifications and provide further regulatory guidance concerning its rule integrating several Federal mortgage disclosures that consumers receive in connection with applying for and closing on a mortgage loan under the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The integration and streamlining of the disclosures is mandated under the Dodd-Frank Act and the rule took effect in October 2015. The rule is the cornerstone of the Bureau's broader “Know Before You Owe” mortgage initiative.
In August 2016, the Bureau issued a final rule to amend various provisions of the mortgage servicing rules in Regulation X (which implements RESPA) and Regulation Z. Among other amendments, the final rule clarifies the applicability of certain provisions when a borrower is in bankruptcy or has invoked cease communication rights under the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act (FDCPA), enhances loss mitigation requirements, and extends the protections of the mortgage servicing rules to confirmed successors in interest. The Bureau conducted consumer testing of certain disclosures on sample forms provided in the final rule.
Concurrently with the final rule, the Bureau also issued an interpretive rule under the FDCPA, relating to servicers' compliance with certain mortgage servicing provisions as amended by the final rule. Most provisions of the final rule and interpretive rule take effect 12 months after publication in the
The Bureau is also working intensely to conduct outreach with industry and coordinate with other agencies to monitor and facilitate implementation of its rule to implement Dodd-Frank amendments to HMDA. The Bureau has already released a small entity compliance guide in connection with the rule, which was finalized in October 2015. Certain elements of the rule take effect in January 2017, and most new data collection requirements begin in January 2018. The Bureau is working to streamline and modernize HMDA data collection and reporting processes in conjunction with implementation.
Finally, the Bureau is continuing to conduct outreach and research to assess issues in various other markets for consumer financial products and services beyond those discussed herein. As this work continues, the Bureau will evaluate possible policy responses, including possible rulemaking actions, taking into account the critical need for and effectiveness of various policy tools. The Bureau will update its regulatory agenda in spring 2017, to reflect the results of this further prioritization and planning.
U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
In this document, the Commission publishes its semiannual regulatory flexibility agenda. In addition, this document includes an agenda of regulatory actions that the Commission expects to be under development or review by the agency during the next year. This document meets the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act and Executive Order 12866. The Commission welcomes comments on the agenda and on the individual agenda entries.
Comments should be received in the Office of the Secretary on or before December 14, 2016.
Comments on the regulatory flexibility agenda should be captioned, “Regulatory Flexibility Agenda,” and be emailed to:
For further information on the agenda in general, contact Eileen Williams, Office of the General Counsel, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, 4330 East-West Highway, Bethesda, MD 20814-4408;
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601 to 612) contains several provisions intended to reduce unnecessary and disproportionate regulatory requirements on small businesses, small governmental organizations, and other small entities. Section 602 of the RFA (5 U.S.C. 602) requires each agency to publish, twice each year, a regulatory flexibility agenda containing a brief description of the subject area of any rule expected to be proposed or promulgated, which is likely to have a “significant economic impact” on a “substantial number” of small entities. The agency must also provide a summary of the nature of the rule and a schedule for acting on each rule for which the agency has issued a notice of proposed rulemaking.
The regulatory flexibility agenda is also required to contain the name and address of the agency official knowledgeable about the items listed. Furthermore, agencies are required to provide notice of their agendas to small entities and to solicit their comments by direct notification or by inclusion in publications likely to be obtained by such entities.
Additionally, Executive Order 12866 requires each agency to publish, twice each year, a regulatory agenda of regulations under development or review during the next year, and the Executive order states that such an agenda may be combined with the agenda published in accordance with the RFA. The regulatory flexibility agenda lists the regulatory activities expected to be under development or review during the next 12 months. It includes all such activities, whether or not they may have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This agenda also includes regulatory activities that appeared in the spring 2016 agenda and have been completed by the Commission prior to publication of this agenda. Although CPSC, as an independent regulatory agency, is not required to comply with Executive orders, the Commission does follow Executive Order 12866 with respect to the publication of its regulatory agenda.
The agenda contains a brief description and summary of each regulatory activity, including the objectives and legal basis for each; an approximate schedule of target dates, subject to revision, for the development or completion of each activity; and the name and telephone number of a knowledgeable agency official concerning particular items on the agenda.
The Internet is the basic means through which the Unified Agenda is disseminated. The complete Unified Agenda will be available online at
Because publication in the
(1) Rules that are in the agency's regulatory flexibility agenda, in accordance with the Regulatory Flexibility Act because they are likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities; and
(2) Rules that the agency has identified for periodic review under section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Printing of these entries is limited to fields that contain information required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act's agenda requirements. Additional information on these entries is available in the Unified Agenda published on the Internet.
The agenda reflects an assessment of the likelihood that the specified event will occur during the next year; the precise dates for each rulemaking are uncertain. New information, changes of circumstances, or changes in law may alter anticipated timing. In addition, no final determination by staff or the Commission regarding the need for, or the substance of, any rule or regulation should be inferred from this agenda.
Federal Communications Commission.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
Twice a year, in spring and fall, the Commission publishes in the
Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554.
Maura McGowan, Telecommunications Policy Specialist, Federal Communications Commission, 445 12th Street SW., Washington, DC 20554, (202) 418-0990.
The Commission encourages public participation in its rulemaking process. To help keep the public informed of significant rulemaking proceedings, the Commission has prepared a list of important proceedings now in progress. The General Services Administration publishes the Unified Agenda in the
The following terms may be helpful in understanding the status of the proceedings included in this report:
On July 10, 2015, the commission released a Declaratory Ruling and Order resolving 21 separate requests for clarification or other action regarding the TCPA. It clarified, among other things, that: Nothing in the Communications Act of the Commission's rules prohibits carriers or other service providers from implementing consumer-initiated call-blocking technologies; equipment meets the TCPA's definition of “autodialer” if it has the “capacity” to store or produce random sequential numbers, and to dial them, even if it is not presently used for that purpose; an “app” provider that plays a minimal role in making a call, such as just proving the app itself, is not the maker of the call for TCPA purposes; consumers who have previously consented to robocalls may revoke that consent at any time and through any reasonable means; the TCPA requires the consent of the party called—the subscriber to a phone number or the customary user of the number—not the intended recipient of the call; and callers who make calls without knowledge or reassignment of a wireless phone number and with a reasonable basis to believe that they have valid consent to make the call to the wireless number should be able to initiate one call after reassignment as an additional opportunity to gain actual or constructive knowledge of the reassignment and cease future calls to the new subscriber. The Commission also exempted certain financial and healthcare-related calls, when free to the consumer, from the TCPA's consumer-consent requirement.
In the Report and Order, the Commission amended its rules to make additional spectrum available for new investment in mobile broadband networks while also ensuring that the United States maintains robust mobile satellite service capabilities. First, the Commission adds co-primary Fixed and Mobile allocations to the Mobile Satellite Service (MSS) 2 GHz band, consistent with the International Table of Allocations, allowing more flexible use of the band, including for terrestrial broadband services, in the future. Second, to create greater predictability and regulatory parity with the bands licensed for terrestrial mobile broadband service, the Commission extends its existing secondary market spectrum manager spectrum leasing policies, procedures, and rules that currently apply to wireless terrestrial services to terrestrial services provided using the Ancillary Terrestrial Component (ATC) of an MSS system. Petitions for Reconsideration have been filed in the Commission's rulemaking proceeding concerning Fixed and Mobile Services in the Mobile Satellite Service Bands at 1525-1559 MHz and 1626.5-1660.5 MHz, 1610-1626.5 MHz and 2483.5-2500 MHz, and 2000-2020 MHz and 2180-2200 MHz, and published pursuant to 47 CFR 1.429(e). See 1.4(b)(1) of the Commission's rules.
In the Report and Order (R&O), the Commission revised and streamlined its rules to modernize the Experimental Radio Service (ERS). The rules adopted in the R&O updated the ERS to a more flexible framework to keep pace with the speed of modern technological change while continuing to provide an environment where creativity can thrive. To accomplish this transition, the Commission created three new types of ERS licenses—the program license, the medical testing license, and the compliance testing license—to benefit the development of new technologies, expedite their introduction to the marketplace, and unleash the full power of innovators to keep the United States at the forefront of the communications industry. The Commission's actions also modified the market trial rules to eliminate confusion and more clearly articulate its policies with respect to marketing products prior to equipment certification. The Commission believes that these actions will remove regulatory barriers to experimentation, thereby permitting institutions to move from concept to experimentation to finished product more rapidly and to more quickly implement creative problem-solving methodologies.
The Memorandum Opinion and Order responds to three petitions for reconsideration seeking to modify certain rules adopted in the Report and Order in this proceeding. In response, the Commission modifies its rules, consistent with past practice, to permit conventional Experimental Radio Service (ERS) licensees and compliance testing licensees to use bands exclusively allocated to the passive services in some circumstances; clarifies that some cost recovery is permitted for the testing and operation of experimental medical devices that take place under its market trial rules; and adds a definition of emergency notification providers to its rules to clarify that all participants in the Emergency Alert System (EAS) are such providers. However, the Commission declines to expand the eligibility for medical testing licenses.
In the Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking the Commission proposes to modify the rules for program experimental licenses to permit experimentation for radio frequency (RF)-based medical devices, if the device being tested is designed to comply with all applicable service rules in part 18, Industrial, Scientific, and Medical Equipment; part 95, Personal Radio Services subpart H Wireless Medical Telemetry Service; or part 95, subpart I Medical Device Radiocommunication Service. This proposal is designed to establish parity between all qualified medical device manufacturers for conducting basic research and clinical trials with RF-based medical devices as to permissible frequencies of operation.
This Memorandum Opinion and Order responds to three petitions for reconsideration seeking to modify certain rules adopted in the Report and Order in this proceeding. In response, the Commission modifies its rules, consistent with past practice, to permit conventional Experimental Radio Service (ERS) licensees and compliance testing licensees to use bands exclusively allocated to the passive services in some circumstances; clarifies that some cost recovery is permitted for the testing and operation of experimental medical devices that take place under its market trial rules; and adds a definition of emergency notification providers: To its rules to clarify that all participants in the Emergency Alert System (EAS) are such providers. However, the Commission declines to expand the eligibility for medical testing licenses.
Navtech Radar, Ltd. and Honeywell International, Inc., filed petitions for reconsideration in response to the
The Commission denied Honeywell's petition. Section 1.429(b) of the Commission's rules provides three ways in which a petition for reconsideration can be granted, and none of these have been met. Honeywell has not shown that its petition relies on facts regarding fixed radar use which had not previously been presented to the Commission, nor does it show that its petition relies on facts that relate to events that changed since Honeywell had the last opportunity to present its facts regarding fixed radar use.
The Commission stated in the Vehicular Radar R&O, “that no parties have come forward to support fixed
In connection with the Commission's decision to deny the petitions for reconsideration discussed above, the Commission terminates ET Docket Nos. 10-28 and 11-90 (pertaining to vehicular radar).
In the Report and Order the Commission implemented allocation changes from the World Radiocommunication Conference (Geneva, 2007) (WRC-07) and updated related service rules. The Commission took this action in order to conform its rules, to the extent practical, to the decisions that the international community made at WRC-07. This action will promote the advancement of new and expanded services and provide significant benefits to the American people. In addition, the Commission revised the International Table of Frequency Allocations within its rules to generally reflect the allocation changes made at the World Radiocommunication Conference (Geneva, 2012) (WRC-12).
This Report and Order updates the Commission's radiofrequency (RF) equipment authorization program to build on the success realized by its use of Commission-recognized Telecommunications Certification Bodies (TCBs). The rules the Commission is adopting will facilitate the continued rapid introduction of new and innovative products to the market while ensuring that these products do not cause harmful interference to each other or to other communications devices and services.
In the Report and Order, the Commission takes several steps to accommodate the long-term needs of wireless microphone users. Wireless microphones play an important role in enabling broadcasters and other video programming networks to serve consumers, including as they cover breaking news and live sports events. They enhance event productions in a variety of settings including theaters and music venues, film studios, conventions, corporate events, houses of worship, and internet webcasts. They also help create high quality content that consumers demand and value. In particular, the Commission provide additional opportunities for wireless microphone operations in the TV bands following the upcoming incentive auction, and the Commission provide new opportunities for wireless microphone operations to access spectrum in other frequency bands where they can share use of the bands without harming existing users.
Pursuant to a remand from the Third Circuit, the measures adopted in the 2009 Diversity Order were put forth for comment in the NPRM for the 2010 review of the Commission's Broadcast Ownership rules. The Commission sought additional comment in 2014. The Commission addressed the remand in the 2016 Second Report and Order. In the 2014 quadrennial review, the Commission reinstated the revenue-based eligible entity standard.
The Report and Order adopts definitions and permissible use provisions for digital TV translator and LPTV stations. The Second Report and Order takes steps to resolve the remaining issues in order to complete the low-power television digital transition. The third Notice of Proposed Rulemaking seeks comment on a number of issues related to the potential impact of the incentive auction and the repacking process.
In May 2016, the Commission released a Report and Order, FNPRM, and Order on Reconsideration (see dockets 11-82 & 15-80). The Order on Reconsideration addressed outage reporting for events at airports, and the FNPRM sought comment on database sharing.
The incentive auction will consist of a “reverse auction” to determine the amount of compensation that each broadcast television licensee would accept in return for voluntarily relinquishing some or all of its spectrum usage rights and a “forward auction” that will allow mobile broadband providers to bid for licenses in the reallocated spectrum. Broadcast television licensees who elect voluntarily to participate in the auction have three basic options: Voluntarily go off the air, share their spectrum, or move channels in exchange for receiving part of the proceeds from auctioning that spectrum to wireless providers.
In June 2014, the Commission adopted a Report and Order that laid out the broad rules for the incentive auction. Consistent with past practice, in December 2014, a public notice was issued asking for comment specific key components related to implementing the June 2014 Report and Order. Public Notices in August and October 2015 announced the specific procedures about how to participate in the incentive auction. The start of the Incentive Auction is planned for March 29, 2016, with the submission of initial commitments by eligible broadcast TV licensees.
Today's action is a first step to implement the congressional directive in the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012 (Spectrum Act) to grant new initial licenses for the 1915-1920 MHz and 1995-2000 MHz bands (the Lower H Block and Upper H Block, respectively) through a system of competitive bidding,Â- unless doing so would cause harmful interference to commercial mobile service licenses in the 1930-1985 MHz (PCS downlink) band. The potential for harmful interference to the PCS downlink band relates only to the Lower H Block transmissions, and may be addressed by appropriate technical rules, including reduced power limits on H Block devices. We, therefore, propose to pair and license the Lower H Block and the Upper H Block for flexible use, including mobile broadband, aiming to assign the licenses through competitive bidding in 2013. In the event that we conclude that the Lower H Block cannot be used without causing harmful interference to PCS, we propose to license the Upper H Block for full power, and seek comment on appropriate use for the Lower H Block, including Unlicensed PCS.
The Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking proposes to create a new Citizens Broadband Radio Service in the 3550 to 3650 MHz band to be governed by a new part 96 of the Commission's rules. Access to and use of the 3550 to 3650 MHz band would be managed by a spectrum access system, incorporating a geo-location enabled dynamic database.
The Report and Order and Second Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking adopted by the Commission established a new Citizens Broadband Radio Service for shared wireless broadband use of the 3550 to 3700 MHz band. The Citizens Broadband Radio Service is governed by a three-tiered spectrum authorization framework to accommodate a variety of commercial uses on a shared basis with incumbent federal and non-federal users of the band. Access and operations will be managed by a dynamic spectrum access system. The three tiers are: Incumbent Access, Priority Access, and General Authorized Access. Rules governing the Citizens Broadband Radio Service are found in Part 96 of the Commission's rules.
On November 10, 2014, the FCC released a Report and Order (R&O) and a companion Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM) to revise rules governing the 800 MHz Cellular Service. In the R&O, the FCC eliminated various regulatory requirements and streamlined requirements remaining in place, while retaining Cellular Service licensees' ability to expand into an area that is not yet licensed. In the FNPRM, the FCC proposes and seeks comment on additional Cellular Service reforms of licensing rules and the radiated power rules, to promote flexibility and help foster the deployment of newer technologies such as LTE.
The Report and Order, Order on Reconsideration and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking: (i) Adopted rules updating the process by which incumbent LECs notify interconnecting entities of planned copper retirements; (ii) clarified that a carrier must obtain Commission approval before discontinuing, reducing, or impairing a service used as a wholesale input, but only when the carrier's actions will discontinue, reduce, or impair service to end users, including a carrier-customer's retail end users; (iii) adopted an interim rule requiring that to receive authority to discontinue, reduce, or impair a legacy TDM-based service special access service or commercial wholesale platform service that is used as a wholesale input by competitive providers, an incumbent LEC must as a condition to obtaining discontinuance authority commit to providing competitive carriers wholesale access on reasonably comparable rates, terms, and conditions; (iv) proposed specific criteria for the Commission to consider in determining whether to authorize carriers to discontinue a legacy retail service in favor of a retail service based on a newer technology; (v) sought comment on updating the rules governing the discontinuance process, including regarding the timing of notice to consumers, the method for providing that notice, and providing notice to Tribal governments; (vi) sought comment on extending the end point of the interim rule adopted in the Report and Order as it applies to the commercial wholesale platform service; and (vii) sought comment on whether to adopt objective criteria to measure an ILEC's good faith in responding to competitive LEC requests for additional information in connection with a copper retirement notice and whether a planned copper retirement should be postponed when an ILEC has failed to fulfill the new good faith communication requirement adopted in the Report and Order.
The Second Report and Order and Order on Reconsideration: (i) Adopted rules updating the process by which carriers seek Commission authorization for the discontinuance of legacy services in favor of services based on newer technologies; (ii) set forth consumer education requirements for carriers seeking to discontinue legacy services in favor of services based on newer technologies; (iii) revised rules to authorize carriers to provide notice to customers of discontinuance applications by email; (iv) revised rules to require carriers to provide notice of discontinuance applications to Tribal entities; (v) revised rules to provide new titles for copper retirement notices and certifications; (vi) revised rules to provide that if a competitive LEC files a Section 214(a) discontinuance application based on an incumbent LEC's copper retirement notice without an accompanying discontinuance of TDM-based service, the competitive LEC's application will be automatically granted on the effective date of the copper retirement as long as (1) the competitive LEC submits its discontinuance application to the Commission at least 40 days before the incumbent LEC's copper retirement effective date, and (2) the competitive LEC's discontinuance application contains a certification that the basis for the application is the incumbent LEC's planned copper retirement.
The Universal Service Fund is paid for by contributions from telecommunications carriers, including wireline and wireless companies, and interconnected Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) providers, including cable companies that provide voice service, based on an assessment on their interstate and international end-user revenues. The Universal Service Administrative Company, or USAC, administers the four programs and collects monies for the Universal Service Fund under the direction of the FCC.
On October 16, 2014, the Commission released a Public Notice seeking comments on proposed methodology for Connect America Fund recipients to measure and report speed and latency performance to fixed locations.
On December 18, 2014, the Commission released a Report and Order finalizing decisions necessary to proceed to Phase II of the Connect America Fund.
On December 19, 2014, the Commission released a Second E-rate Modernization Order adjusting program rules and support levels in order to meet long-term program goals for high-speed connectivity.
On January 30, 2015, the Commission released a Public Notice seeking comment on the Alliance of Rural Broadband applicants petition for limited waiver of certain RBE letter of credit requirements.
On February 4, 2015, the Commission released a Public Notice seeking comments on NTCA's emergency petition for limited waiver of RBE letter of credit bank eligibility requirements.
In the Local Number Portability Porting Interval and Validation Requirements First Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, released on May 13, 2009, the Commission reduced the porting interval for simple wireline and simple intermodal port requests, requiring all entities subject to its local number portability (LNP) rules to complete simple wireline-to-wireline and simple intermodal port requests within one business day. In a related Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (FNPRM), the Commission sought comment on what further steps, if any, the Commission should take to improve the process of changing providers.
In the LNP Standard Fields Order, released on May 20, 2010, the Commission adopted standardized data fields for simple wireline and intermodal ports. The Order also adopts the NANC's recommendations for porting process provisioning flows and for counting a business day in the context of number porting.
On February 13, 2015, the Wireline Competition Bureau provided additional guidance regarding how providers must categorize information. The Commission also adopted an Order on Reconsideration addressing petitions for reconsideration. Reports have been due quarterly beginning with the second quarter of 2015.
In order to provide the best possible legal foundation for these rules, the Commission's Declaratory Ruling reclassified broadband Internet access service as a telecommunications service subject to title II of the Communications Act. Finally, in order to tailor title II to the 21st century broadband ecosystem, the Commission issued an Order
The Order requires interconnected VoIP providers obtaining numbers to comply with the same requirements applicable to carriers seeking to obtain numbers. These requirements include any state requirements pursuant to numbering authority delegated to the states by the Commission, as well as industry guidelines and practices, among others. The Order also requires interconnected VoIP providers to comply with facilities readiness requirements adapted to this context, and with numbering utilization and optimization requirements. As conditions to requesting and obtaining numbers directly from the Numbering Administrators, interconnected VoIP providers are also required to: (1) Provide the relevant state commissions with regulatory and numbering contacts when requesting numbers in those states, (2) request numbers from the Numbering Administrators under their own unique OCN, (3) file any requests for numbers with the relevant state commissions at least 30 days prior to requesting numbers from the Numbering Administrators, and (4) provide customers with the opportunity to access all abbreviated dialing codes (N11 numbers) in use in a geographic area.
Finally, the Order also modifies Commission's rules in order to permit VoIP Positioning Center (VPC) providers to obtain pseudo-Automatic Number Identification (p-ANI) codes directly from the Numbering Administrators for purposes of providing E911 services.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Board is issuing this agenda under the Regulatory Flexibility Act and the Board's Statement of Policy Regarding Expanded Rulemaking Procedures. The Board anticipates having under consideration regulatory matters as indicated below during the period November 1, 2016 through April 30, 2017. The next agenda will be published in spring 2017.
Comments about the form or content of the agenda may be submitted any time during the next 6 months.
Comments should be addressed to Robert deV. Frierson, Secretary of the Board, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551.
A staff contact for each item is indicated with the regulatory description below.
The Board is publishing its fall 2016 agenda as part of the Fall 2016 Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions, which is coordinated by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Order 12866. The agenda also identifies rules the Board has selected for review under section 610(c) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, and public comment is invited on those entries. The complete Unified Agenda will be available to the public at the following Web site:
The Board's agenda is divided into three sections. The first, Proposed Rule Stage, reports on matters the Board may consider for public comment during the next 6 months. The second section, Final Rule Stage, reports on matters that have been proposed and are under Board consideration. And a third section, Completed Actions, reports on regulatory matters the Board has completed or is not expected to consider further. A dot (•) preceding an entry indicates a new matter that was not a part of the Board's previous agenda.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
We are publishing our semiannual regulatory agenda (the Agenda) in accordance with Public Law 96-354, “The Regulatory Flexibility Act,” and Executive Order 12866, “Regulatory Planning and Review.” The Agenda is a compilation of all rulemaking activities on which we have recently completed action or have proposed or are considering action. We have completed 13 rulemaking activities since publication of our last Agenda on June 9, 2016 (81 FR 37465). This issuance of our Agenda contains 26 active and 23 long-term rulemaking activities: 1 is Economically Significant; 7 represent Other Significant agency priorities; 39 are Substantive, Nonsignificant rulemaking activities; and 2 are Administrative rulemaking activities. Two of the NRC's rulemaking activities impact small entities. This issuance also contains our annual regulatory plan, which contains information on some of our most important regulatory actions that we are considering issuing in proposed or final form during Fiscal Year 2017. Our regulatory plan was submitted to OMB in June 2016; updates have been reflected in the Agenda abstract for each rulemaking. We are requesting comment on the rulemaking activities as identified in this Agenda.
Submit comments on rulemaking activities as identified in this Agenda by January 23, 2017.
Submit comments on any rulemaking activity in the Agenda by the date and methods specified in any
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
Cindy Bladey, Office of Administration, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001,
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0186 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this document. You may obtain publically-available information related to this document by any of the following methods:
•
○ For completed rulemaking activities go to
○ For active rulemaking activities go to
○ For long-term rulemaking activities go to
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0186 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
The Agenda is a compilation of all rulemaking activities on which an agency has recently completed action or has proposed or is considering action. The Agenda reports rulemaking activities in three major categories: Completed, active, and long-term. Completed rulemaking activities are those that were completed since publication of an agency's last Agenda; active rulemaking activities are those that an agency currently plans to have an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking, a Proposed Rule, or a Final Rule issued within the next 12 months; and long-term rulemaking activities are rulemaking activities under development but for which an agency does not expect to have a regulatory action within the 12 months after publication of the current edition of the Unified Agenda.
We assign a “Regulation Identifier Number” (RIN) to a rulemaking activity when our Commission initiates a rulemaking and approves a rulemaking plan, or when the NRC staff begins work on a Commission delegated
The information contained in this Agenda is updated to reflect any action that has occurred on a rulemaking activity since publication of our last Agenda on June 9, 2016 (81 FR 37465). Specifically, the information in this Agenda has been updated through September 2, 2016.
The date for the next scheduled action under the heading “Timetable” is the date the next regulatory action for the rulemaking activity is scheduled to be published in the
A key part of our regulatory program is an annual review of all ongoing and potential rulemaking activities. In conjunction with our budget and long-term planning process, we develop program budget estimates and determine the relative priority of rulemaking activities using our Common Prioritization of Rulemaking (CPR) methodology (ADAMS Accession No. ML15086A074). The results of the most current annual review is available on the NRC's Rulemaking Priorities Web page at
Section 610 of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) requires agencies to conduct a review within 10 years of promulgation of those regulations that have or will have a
The NRC did not receive any written public comments on its last Agenda that published on June 9, 2016 (81 FR 37465).
Dated at Rockville, Maryland, this 2nd day of September 2016.
Securities and Exchange Commission.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Securities and Exchange Commission is publishing the Chair's agenda of rulemaking actions pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (Pub. L. 96-354, 94 Stat. 1164) (Sep. 19, 1980). The items listed in the Regulatory Flexibility Agenda for autumn 2016 reflect only the priorities of the Chair of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, and do not necessarily reflect the view and priorities of any individual Commissioner.
Information in the agenda was accurate on September 2, 2016, the date on which the Commission's staff completed compilation of the data. To the extent possible, rulemaking actions by the Commission since that date have been reflected in the agenda. The Commission invites questions and public comment on the agenda and on the individual agenda entries.
The Commission is now printing in the
The Commission's complete RFA agenda will be available online at
Comments should be received on or before January 23, 2017.
Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Use the Federal eRulemaking Portal (
• Send paper comments to Brent J. Fields, Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
Anne Sullivan, Office of the General Counsel, 202-551-5019.
The RFA requires each Federal agency, twice each year, to publish in the
The following abbreviations for the acts administered by the Commission are used in the agenda:
The Commission invites public comment on the agenda and on the individual agenda entries.
By the Commission.
Surface Transportation Board.
Semiannual regulatory agenda.
The Surface Transportation Board (the Board), in accordance with the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), is publishing a semiannual agenda of: (1) Current and projected rulemakings; and (2) existing regulations being reviewed to determine whether to propose modifications through rulemaking. Listed below are the regulatory actions to be developed or reviewed during the next 12 months. Following each rule identified is a brief description of the rule, including its purpose and legal basis.
A contact person is identified for each of the rules listed below.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601
(1) A brief description of the subject area of any rule that the agency expects to propose or promulgate, which is likely to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities;
(2) A summary of the nature of any such rule under consideration for each subject area listed in the agenda pursuant to paragraph (1), the objectives and legal basis for the issuance of the rule, and an approximate schedule for completing action on any rule for which the agency has issued a general notice of proposed rulemaking; and
(3) The name and telephone number of an agency official knowledgeable about the items listed in paragraph (1).
Accordingly, a list of proceedings appears below containing information about subject areas in which the Board is currently conducting rulemaking proceedings or may institute such proceedings in the near future. It also contains information about existing regulations being reviewed to determine whether to propose modifications through rulemaking.
The agenda represents the Board's best estimate of rules that will be considered over the next 12 months. However, section 602(d) of the RFA, 5 U.S.C. 602(d), provides: “Nothing in [section 602] precludes an agency from considering or acting on any matter not included in a regulatory flexibility agenda or requires an agency to consider or act on any matter listed in such agenda.”
The Board is publishing its fall 2016 regulatory flexibility agenda as part of the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions (Unified Agenda). The Unified Agenda is coordinated by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), pursuant to Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. The Board is participating voluntarily in the program to assist OMB.
By the Board, Chairman Elliott, Vice Chairman Miller, and Commissioner Begeman.
Francis O'Connor, Section Chief, Chemical & Agricultural Transportation, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423,
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |